Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to the Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2013

Registration No. 333-        

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)

 
   
   
England and Wales
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury
Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ
United Kingdom
(44) 198 055-7000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor
New York, NY 10011
(212) 590-9330
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)



Copies to:

 
   
   
Edward S. Best
David S. Bakst
Mayer Brown LLP
1675 Broadway
New York, NY 10019
Telephone: (212) 506 2500
Facsimile: (212) 262 1910
  Justin D. Gover, Chief Executive Officer
Adam D. George, Chief Financial Officer
GW Pharmaceuticals plc
Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury
Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ
United Kingdom
Telephone: (44) 198 055-7000
Facsimile: (44) 198 055-7111
  Jonathan L. Kravetz
Daniel T. Kajunski
Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris,
Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
One Financial Center
Boston, MA 02111
Telephone: (617) 542-6000
Facsimile: (617) 542-2241

           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

           As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

          If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities to be registered
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Ordinary Shares, par value £0.001 per share (2)(3)

  $50,000,000   $6,820

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes ordinary shares that the underwriters may purchase solely to cover overallotments, if any.

(3)
American Depositary Shares issuable on deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby have been registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (File No.: 333-        ). Each American depositary share will represent             ordinary shares.



           The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated                        , 2013

PROSPECTUS

American Depositary Shares

GRAPHIC

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
(Incorporated in England and Wales)

Representing                     Ordinary Shares



        This is GW Pharmaceuticals plc's initial public offering in the United States. We are offering                        American Depositary Shares (each, an "ADS" and, collectively "ADSs"). Each ADS will represent                ordinary shares, par value £0.001 per share.

        We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per ADS. Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "GWPH."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as such term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

         Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 of this prospectus for certain factors you should consider before investing in the ADSs.



           
 
 
  Price
To Public

  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

  Proceeds
to Us

 

Per ADS

  $               $               $            
 

Total

  $               $               $            

 

(1)
We have agreed to pay Trout Capital LLC a fee of $200,000 for consulting services provided by its affiliate, The Trout Group LLC, in connection with this offering, which amount is included in the underwriting discounts and commissions. See "Underwriting" beginning on page 172 of this prospectus for more information regarding this arrangement.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase up to                     additional ADSs from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Delivery of the ADSs will be made against payment in New York, New York on or about                        , 2013.



Joint Book-Running Managers

LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS   COWEN AND COMPANY


Lead Manager

 

Co-Manager

CANACCORD GENUITY

 

ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS

   

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2013.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

The Offering

  9

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

  11

Risk Factors

  13

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  40

Exchange Rates

  42

Price Range of our Ordinary Shares

  43

Use of Proceeds

  44

Dividends and Dividend Policy

  45

Capitalization

  46

Dilution

  47

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  49

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  51

Business

  72

Management

  115

Related Party Transactions

  133

Principal Shareholders

  134

Description of Share Capital

  136

Description of American Depositary Shares

  152

Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale

  162

Taxation

  164

Underwriting

  172

Expenses of the Offering

  177

Legal Matters

  178

Experts

  178

Service of Process and Enforcement of Judgments

  178

Where You Can Find More Information

  178

Index to the Financial Statements

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any related free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby.

         No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the ADSs or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of the prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

        Until 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell, or trade the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        Sativex®, the GW logo and other trademarks or service marks of GW Pharmaceuticals plc appearing in this prospectus are the property of GW Pharmaceuticals plc. Trade names, trademarks and


service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        In this prospectus, "GW Pharma," the "Group," the "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to GW Pharmaceuticals plc and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires.

        All references in this prospectus to "$" are to U.S. dollars, all references to "£" are to pounds sterling and all references to "€" are to euros. Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pounds sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2012 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 28, 2012, the last business day of our year ended September 30, 2012, of £0.6199 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information about us and the ADSs that we are offering. It may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. Before investing in the ADSs, you should read this entire prospectus carefully for a more complete understanding of our business and this offering, including our consolidated financial statements, and the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from our proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas. In our 14 years of operations, we have established a world leading position in the development of plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven drug discovery and development processes, our intellectual property portfolio and our regulatory and manufacturing expertise. We commercialized the world's first plant-derived cannabinoid prescription drug, Sativex, which is approved for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, in 20 countries outside the United States. We are also evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program for the treatment of cancer pain, and we anticipate that top-line results from two Phase 3 trials will be available in 2014, the first of which we expect to be available in mid-2014. This program is intended to support the submission of a New Drug Application, or NDA, for Sativex in cancer pain with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and in other markets around the world. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we intend to pursue an additional clinical development program for this significant opportunity. We have a deep pipeline of additional cannabinoid product candidates, including two distinct compounds, GWP42004 and GWP42003, in Phase 2 clinical development for Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, respectively, and at least two additional programs expected to enter clinical trials in the next 12 months.

        Our lead product, Sativex, is an oromucosal spray consisting of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, and cannabidiol, or CBD. We are evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to treat persistent pain in people with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief from optimized chronic opioid therapy, the current standard of care. This program represents the lead target indication for Sativex in the United States and is based on positive data from two Phase 2 trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients in this indication. According to Fallon, et al. in the March/April 2006 edition of Clinical Medicine , pain is uncontrolled with opioid treatments in approximately 20% of patients with advanced cancer, or 420,000 people in the United States. There are currently no approved non-opioid treatments for patients who do not respond to, or experience negative side effects with, opioid medications. We believe that Sativex has the potential to address a significant unmet need in this large market by treating patients with a product that employs a differentiated non-opioid mechanism of action, and offers the prospect of pain relief without increasing opioid-related adverse side effects. Our ongoing Phase 3 program is being conducted under an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, and consists of three clinical trials, the first two of which are expected to enroll 760 patients in total and are intended to form the basis of the NDA. These two Phase 3 trial protocols mirror our Phase 2b trial of Sativex with respect to patient population and treatment duration, and employ a primary efficacy endpoint that yielded statistically significant results in favor of Sativex in both Phase 2 trials. The costs of the Phase 3 program are fully funded by Otsuka.

        We recently initiated commercialization of Sativex for the treatment of MS spasticity in seven countries outside the United States. We have also received regulatory approval for Sativex for MS spasticity in 13 additional countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in the majority of these countries in the next 12 months. Two additional countries have recommended approval for Sativex in this indication and regulatory filings are under review in eight other countries. While we believe that

 

1


Table of Contents

MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States, we also believe that cancer pain is the optimal entry point for Sativex in the United States from a commercial and regulatory perspective since we performed our MS spasticity pre-clinical and clinical program outside of the United States, and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of an NDA with the FDA for this indication. According to the World Health Organization, MS affects 1.3 million people worldwide, of which up to 80% suffer from spasticity, a symptom of MS characterized by muscle stiffness and uncontrollable spasms. There is no cure for spasticity, and it is widely recognized that currently available oral treatments afford only partial relief and have unpleasant side effects. Sativex offers the prospect of treating patients who have failed existing oral therapies and who might otherwise require invasive and costly alternative treatment options.

        In addition to Sativex, we are developing other cannabinoid product candidates, including GWP42004, which has completed a Phase 2a trial in Type 2 diabetes. In this trial, GWP42004 showed evidence of anti-diabetic effects, including the preservation of beta cell function and evidence across a number of endpoints suggesting an increase in insulin sensitivity. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 dose-ranging trial in 2013 of GWP42004 in this indication. In addition, we are developing GWP42003, a cannabinoid which has shown anti-inflammatory properties in pre-clinical studies. GWP42003 is currently in a Phase 2 trial for ulcerative colitis for which we expect data in early 2014. We expect at least two additional cannabinoid programs to advance into clinical trials within the next 12 months. Our early clinical development activities are conducted outside of the United States and we expect to submit INDs in the United States for our product candidates at a later stage in their development.

        Our commercialized product and key ongoing development programs are shown in the table below:

Product/Product Candidates
  Indication   Partner(s)   Status   Expected
Next Steps

Sativex

  MS spasticity   Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm   Approved in 20 countries   Additional submissions, approvals and launches

Sativex

 

Cancer pain

 

Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm

 

Phase 3 program ongoing

 

Phase 3 data in 2014

GWP42004

 

Type 2 diabetes

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2a trial complete

 

Phase 2 dose ranging trial to commence in 2013

GWP42003

 

Ulcerative colitis

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2 trial ongoing

 

Phase 2 data in early 2014

GWP42006

 

Epilepsy

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 1 to commence in 2013

Combination of GWP42002 and GWP42003

 

Glioma

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 1b/2a to commence in 2013

GWP42003

 

Schizophrenia

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 2a to commence in 2013


*
Currently funded under the terms of the Otsuka research collaboration agreement. See "Business—Intellectual Property and Technology Licenses" in this prospectus for more information.

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Strategic Partnerships

        To support the development and commercialization of Sativex, we have entered into collaborations with the following major pharmaceutical companies: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG, or Bayer, in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel. These agreements provide our collaborators with the sole right to commercialize Sativex in exclusive territories for all indications. From our incorporation through September 30, 2012, these agreements have yielded cash of £67.2 million in upfront fees and milestone payments. In addition, we are entitled to receive up to an additional £201.0 million in potential payments upon the achievement of regulatory and commercial milestones. Upon commercialization, we are also entitled to receive revenue from the supply of products as well as royalties on product sales. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka, all pre-clinical and clinical costs associated with the development of Sativex in the United States are fully funded by Otsuka.

        We also have a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, under which we are researching novel cannabinoid candidates for disorders of the central nervous system, or CNS, and oncology. This agreement was originally signed in 2007 for a three-year period and was extended in 2010 until June 2013. Under this collaboration, Otsuka has the right until September 2013 to license selected product candidates, and if it exercises this right, it will pay us license fees, milestone payments, revenue from the supply of products and royalties. Detailed financial terms are required to be negotiated only when Otsuka exercises its right to license a particular product candidate. Global rights to product candidates not selected for license by Otsuka will be exclusively licensed back to us from Otsuka.

Our Strengths

        We believe that we offer the following key distinguishing characteristics:

    Commercialized lead product and validated development and regulatory pathway.   We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex in MS spasticity provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. On this basis, we believe we can expand the approved indications for Sativex and develop a portfolio of additional cannabinoid therapeutics.

    Significant late stage opportunity in cancer pain, a large market.   We are currently evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program, which is fully funded by Otsuka, to support the submission of an NDA in the United States and regulatory applications across other parts of the world for the treatment of advanced cancer pain. Our Phase 3 program follows positive Phase 2 data from clinical trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients in this indication and employs several of the same key study features as our Phase 2 trials.

    Additional late stage opportunity in the United States for MS spasticity .    Sativex is approved for MS spasticity in 20 countries outside the United States. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of a separate NDA with the FDA for this indication.

    Opportunity for first-in-class treatments across a large number of therapeutic targets.   We are at the forefront of the commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics using our proprietary product platform to identify, validate and develop innovative first-in-class therapeutics that are designed to meet significant unmet medical needs.

    Collaborations with major global pharmaceutical companies.   We have entered into collaboration agreements for Sativex, including with Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis and Bayer. Separately, we have

 

3


Table of Contents

      a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka under which Otsuka funds our pre-clinical research in the fields of CNS and oncology.

    Strong competitive position in a highly specialized and regulated field.   We believe we are uniquely positioned to benefit from the significant potential within the field of cannabinoid therapeutics in which we have developed a successful track record and expertise, as well as an intellectual property portfolio, during our 14 years of operations.

    In-house manufacturing capabilities and expertise in controlled substances.   We operate under Good Manufacturing Practice commercial manufacturing licenses in the United Kingdom, which give us the capability to supply our products to global markets. We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to 34 countries and have substantial expertise in relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics.

    Highly experienced management team and network of leading scientists.   Several members of our leadership team have been in place for over ten years. We have a fully integrated in-house research and development organization, regulatory capabilities and commercial manufacturing expertise. We closely collaborate with a broad network of leading scientists in the cannabinoid field, including 28 academic institutions in eight countries.

Our Proprietary Cannabinoid Product Platform

        The cannabis plant is the unique source of more than 70 structurally-related, plant-derived cannabinoids. Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share this property. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and a cannabinoid receptor system in the human body, or endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science, and we believe that our proprietary cannabinoid product platform uniquely positions us to discover and develop cannabinoids as new therapeutics. We are currently evaluating the potential for cannabinoids in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, CNS disorders, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer and neurodegenerative disease.

        Our proprietary cannabinoid product platform consists of our:

    continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, or chemotypes. We reproduce the selected chemotypes solely through propagation of plant cuttings, or clones, in order to ensure that all subsequent plant material is genetically uniform. The cultivation process lasts 11 weeks from plant cutting to harvest;

    in-house extraction, processing methodologies and analytical techniques, which yield well-characterized and standardized chemotype extracts;

    discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through conducting in vitro and in vivo pharmacologic evaluation studies in validated disease models to determine the most promising potential therapeutic areas for each extract;

    in-house formulation and manufacturing capabilities;

    global in-house development and regulatory expertise; and

    intellectual property portfolio, which includes multiple patent families with issued and/or pending claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets. The patents and pending patent applications directed to Sativex in the United

 

4


Table of Contents

      States, if issued, would expire on various dates between 2021 and 2026, excluding possible patent extensions.

        We believe that our focus on the development of therapeutics from plant-derived cannabinoids offers the following important advantages:

    Our plant extract formulations may contain one or more principal cannabinoids offering a multi-target profile designed to address many of the causative factors of complex diseases.

    Our approach is optimally suited to targeting the endocannabinoid system, the complexities of which make the "single-target" approach to development of cannabinoid therapeutics more challenging.

    Our platform enables us to evaluate the therapeutic potential of products containing single cannabinoids as well as combinations of cannabinoids, as demonstrated by Sativex, while remaining defined as a single new medicinal entity by regulatory authorities.

    The chemical complexity of our plant-based formulations may offer superior therapeutic promise compared with the corresponding pure cannabinoids and provide additional hurdles for potential generic competitors.

        We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex for MS spasticity provide important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform.

        The prospect for cannabinoid therapeutics to be approved through the FDA approval pathway has been the subject of statements from the White House, Congress and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The White House Office of National Drug Control Policy states on its "Facts and Answers to the Frequently Asked Questions about Marijuana" on the White House website that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically references Sativex as a product that is currently in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. In its June 2012 report entitled "Reducing the U.S. Demand for Illegal Drugs," the U.S. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control expresses the view that the development of marijuana-based therapeutics through an approved FDA process is the best route to explore and references Sativex as a promising product currently in the final phase of the FDA's trials for approved use in the United States. In that report, the Senate Caucus urged the FDA to complete a careful review of Sativex in a timely manner. In its January 2011 report entitled "The DEA Position on Marijuana," the DEA expresses support for ongoing research into potential medicinal uses of marijuana's active ingredients, and specifically references Sativex.

Our Business Strategy

        Our goal is to capitalize on our leading position in the field of cannabinoid therapeutics by pursuing the following strategies:

    Secure regulatory approval of Sativex for advanced cancer pain in the United States and around the world . We expect Phase 3 data to be available in 2014 following which we expect to submit an NDA with the FDA and regulatory applications across other parts of the world for Sativex in cancer pain.

    Achieve global commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity.   Sativex has been approved in 20 countries for MS spasticity and we intend to seek and obtain approval for Sativex in this indication in additional countries throughout the world, and to conduct an additional development program necessary for submission of a separate NDA with the FDA.

    Advance additional product candidates in our pipeline towards commercialization with a particular focus on the United States market.   We have a deep product pipeline that includes two other

 

5


Table of Contents

      cannabinoid product candidates in Phase 2 trials for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, and at least two pre-clinical programs that are expected to enter the clinic in the next 12 months.

    Leverage our proprietary cannabinoid product platform to discover, develop and commercialize additional novel first-in-class cannabinoid products . We believe our established platform, including our in-house development expertise, allows us to achieve candidate selection and proof of concept in an efficient manner.

    Continue to selectively enter into new collaboration agreements for certain programs and retain full control and/or co-promotion opportunities for other programs . We plan to seek future collaboration agreements for certain programs, while retaining commercial interests in other selected product opportunities where the development and commercialization activities are appropriate for our size and financial resources.

    Further strengthen our competitive position.   We will continue to develop our extensive international network of the most prominent scientists in the cannabinoid field and secure additional intellectual property rights.

Risk Factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks that could prevent us from successfully implementing our business strategy. These and other risks are discussed more fully in "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary and include the following:

    We are substantially dependent on the commercial success of our only product, Sativex, which is currently being commercialized for MS spasticity outside the United States.

    In addition to Sativex for MS spasticity, we are also dependent on the success of our product candidates, including Sativex for cancer pain, which may never receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

    If we experience disruptions in or problems with any phase of our manufacturing process and/or fail to comply with manufacturing regulations or maintain licenses relating to the cultivation, possession and supply of controlled substances, our business, results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected.

    Sativex and our other product candidates contain controlled substances, the use of which may generate public controversy around our business which could negatively impact the commercial success of any of our approved products or the future development of our product candidates.

    We may not be able to maintain and protect our proprietary technology and assets and third parties may assert that we infringe their patents and proprietary rights, which could impair our proprietary cannabinoid product platform and commercial opportunities.

    We depend substantially on the commercial expertise of our collaboration partners, and rely on Otsuka's funding of the clinical program for Sativex in cancer pain.

    We have significant and increasing liquidity needs and may require additional funding.

    Clinical trials for our product candidates are expensive, time consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination.

    Even if Sativex and our other product candidates receive FDA approval, we will be subject to stringent U.S. controlled substances laws and regulations, and any failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.

    New investors will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

 

6


Table of Contents

    As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq corporate governance rules and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

Recent Financial Results

        Set forth below is a summary of certain preliminary financial data as at and for the three months ended December 31, 2012. We have not yet finalized our complete results of operations for this period. These results are the responsibility of management. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our financial results for this period and these results are not necessarily indicative of our results for future periods. For the three months ended December 31, 2012, total revenue was £5.2 million, Sativex sales were £0.2 million, research and development expenditure was £6.4 million, and we incurred a loss before tax of £2.4 million.

        Sativex sales in the quarter ended December 31, 2012 were adversely impacted by the recognition of a £0.7 million provision for a rebate to our commercial partner, Almirall, as a consequence of a pricing decision. During March 2013, the German National Association of Statutory Health Insurance Funds imposed a price reduction on Sativex sales in Germany effective for sales from July 1, 2012. Of the additional £0.7 million rebate provision, £0.6 million related to sales recognized in the year ended September 30, 2012. We expect this pricing decision to have a negative impact on Sativex revenues in this fiscal year.

        In early 2013, we reached an agreement with the U.K. tax authority, HM Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, regarding the tax computations we submitted for the year ended September 30, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, HMRC agreed that our principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Ltd., was able to surrender trading losses that arise from its research and development activity for a tax credit cash rebate. The majority of our pipeline research, clinical trials management and the Sativex chemistry and manufacturing controls development activities, all of which are being carried out by GW Research Ltd., are eligible for inclusion within the tax credit cash rebate claims.

        This agreement with HMRC resulted in an additional tax credit of £3.8 million being recorded during the three months ended December 31, 2012 due to: (i) the recognition of an additional £2.0 million of research and development tax credits in respect of the year ended September 30, 2012 by GW Research Ltd., our principal research subsidiary and (ii) the recognition of a £1.8 million deferred tax asset in respect of cumulative trading losses which we intend to utilize to offset against future trading profits by GW Pharma Ltd., our principal commercial trading subsidiary.

        GW Research Ltd. is also eligible to claim a £0.6 million tax credit for the three months ended December 31, 2012, bringing the total tax credit for the period to £4.4 million. Profit after tax for the three months ended December 31, 2012, was £2.0 million. Net cash outflow for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was £1.7 million. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012 was £27.6 million. Net assets at December 31, 2012 were £23.3 million.

Corporate Information

        Our registered and principal executive offices are located at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ, United Kingdom, our general telephone number is (44) 198 055-7000 and our internet address is http://www.gwpharm.com. Our website and the information contained on or accessible through our website are not part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10011. Since June 28, 2001, our ordinary shares have been listed on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM, which is a sub-market of the London Stock Exchange. See "Price Range of Our Ordinary Shares" in this prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue for our year ending September 30, 2012, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies in the United States. Among these provisions is an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. We have elected to rely on this exemption and will not provide such an attestation from our auditors. We have elected to opt out of all other provisions of the JOBS Act, including the provision that allows us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards until such time as private companies would be required to comply. This latter decision to opt out of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act.

 

8


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Issuer

  GW Pharmaceuticals plc

ADSs offered by us

 

            ADSs

Price per ADS

 

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per ADS.

Overallotment option

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to            additional ADSs from us to cover overallotments, if any.

ADSs to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            ADSs

Ordinary to be shares outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            ordinary shares

The ADSs

 

Each ADS represents            ordinary shares.

 

The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement. You may cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for, among other acts, any cancellation. In certain limited instances described in the deposit agreement, we may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the terms of the deposit agreement then in effect.

 

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read "Description of American Depositary Shares" in this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Depositary

 

Citibank, N.A.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

"GWPH"

Shareholder approval of offering

 

Under English law, certain steps necessary for the consummation of this offering require the approval of holders of 75% of our ordinary shares voting at a general meeting of shareholders. We expect to receive all such required approvals from our shareholders prior to the completion of this offering.

Lockup agreements

 

We expect to enter into an agreement with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or dispose of any ordinary shares or ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of these securities until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Our directors, including our officers, have agreed to similar lockup restrictions for a period of 180 days. See "Underwriting" in this prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to receive total estimated net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to: (i) fund new clinical trials of multiple product candidates, (ii) expand our Sativex manufacturing capabilities, (iii) discover and develop new product candidates from our proprietary product platform and (iv) fund research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including costs and expenses of being a U.S. public company. See "Use of Proceeds" in this prospectus.

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully read the information set forth under "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 of this prospectus and the other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in the ADSs.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus, including information relating to the number of ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering:

    excludes 3,776,960 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 11,054,144 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our equity compensation plans, as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 612,456 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted to non-executive directors and consultants, other than under our equity compensation plans, as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 15,000,000 ordinary shares potentially issuable pursuant to future awards under our Long-Term Incentive Plan; and

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to            additional ADSs.

 

10


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data as at the dates and for the periods indicated. The consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), and included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, or IFRS-EU, and which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in pounds sterling, our presentation currency. Solely for the convenience of the reader our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended September 30, 2012 have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.6199 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 28, 2012, the last business day of our year ended September 30, 2012. Such convenience translation should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at this or at any other rate of exchange, or at all.

        Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Income Statement Data:

                         

Revenue

    53,428     33,120     29,627     30,676  

Cost of sales

    (1,353 )   (839 )   (1,347 )   (752 )

Research and development expenditure

    (44,488 )   (27,578 )   (22,714 )   (22,145 )

Management and administrative expenses

    (5,904 )   (3,660 )   (3,298 )   (3,267 )
                   

Operating profit

    1,683     1,043     2,268     4,512  

Interest expense

    (2 )   (1 )   (3 )   (8 )

Interest income

    323     200     263     100  
                   

Profit before tax

    2,004     1,242     2,528     4,604  

Tax

    2,013     1,248     221     37  
                   

Profit for the year

    4,017     2,490     2,749     4,641  
                   

Earnings per share

                         

Basic

    0.03     0.02     0.02     0.04  

Diluted

    0.03     0.02     0.02     0.04  

Weighted average number of shares

                         

Basic

    133.0     133.0     131.7     129.7  

Diluted

    137.5     137.5     135.7     133.2  

 

11


Table of Contents

 

 
  As at September 30,  
 
  2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Non-current assets

    12,328     7,642     7,078     6,776  

Current assets

                         

Inventories

    5,706     3,537     1,424     780  

Trade receivables and other current assets

    2,562     1,588     2,281     1,217  

Cash and cash equivalents

    47,322     29,335     28,319     25,219  

Total current assets

    56,912     35,280     32,024     27,216  

Total assets

   
69,240
   
42,922
   
39,102
   
33,992
 

Current liabilities

                         

Trade and other payables

    (14,702 )   (9,114 )   (6,562 )   (4,554 )

Deferred revenue

    (3,951 )   (2,449 )   (3,459 )   (5,120 )

Non-current liabilities

                         

Deferred revenue

    (16,337 )   (10,127 )   (11,422 )   (11,599 )

Net assets/Total equity

   
34,251
   
21,232
   
17,652
   
12,673
 

 

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash Flow Data:

                         

Net cash inflow from operating activities

    2,905     1,801     2,361     4,324  

Net cash outflow from investing activities

    (1,710 )   (1,060 )   (647 )   (334 )

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    118     73     1,393     620  

 

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements, before making an investment decision regarding our securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are those significant risk factors, currently known and specific to us, that we believe are relevant to an investment in our securities. If any of these risks materialize, our business, results of operations or financial condition could suffer, the price of the ADSs could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we now deem immaterial may also harm us and adversely affect your investment in the ADSs.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are substantially dependent on the success of our only commercial product Sativex.

        Our future success will depend heavily on the continued successful commercialization of Sativex, which is now in the early stages of its commercial life. Although Sativex is currently approved in 20 countries outside of the United States for spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, and is sold in seven of those countries, it may never be successfully commercialized in all of these jurisdictions. Sativex's commercial success depends on a number of factors beyond our control, including the willingness of physicians to prescribe Sativex to patients, payers' willingness and ability to pay for the drug, the level of pricing achieved, patients' response to Sativex and the ability of our marketing partners to generate sales. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will succeed in generating revenue growth through the commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity. If we are not successful in the continued commercialization of Sativex, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially harmed.

We are dependent on the success of our product candidates, including Sativex for cancer pain, none of which may receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized.

        Our success will depend on our ability to successfully commercialize our product pipeline, including commercialization of Sativex for cancer pain, currently in Phase 3 trials, and our other cannabinoid product candidates for Type 2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, cancer, epilepsy and schizophrenia. We are evaluating Sativex in Phase 3 trials for the treatment of cancer pain in the United States and it may never receive U.S. regulatory approval. We have met with, and received guidance from, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, regarding the development program for Sativex for MS spasticity in the United States, but we may never receive U.S. regulatory approval for this indication either. Even if completed Phase 3 clinical trials and/or Phase 3 clinical trials conducted for U.S. approval show positive results, there can be no assurance that the FDA will approve Sativex for any given indication for several potential reasons, including failure to follow Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, negative assessment of risk:benefit, unacceptable risk of abuse or diversion, insufficient product quality control and standardization, non-GMP compliant manufacturing facilities, unreliable dose counter, and failure to agree on appropriate clinical endpoints. For example, we recently initiated discussions with the FDA about their recommended clinical endpoints for a pivotal study in MS spasticity, which may be different from endpoints upon which our foreign approvals were based.

        Our ability to successfully commercialize Sativex and our other product candidates will depend on, among other things, our ability to:

    successfully complete pre-clinical and clinical trials;

    receive regulatory approvals from the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

    produce, through a validated process, in manufacturing facilities inspected and approved by regulatory authorities, including the FDA, sufficiently large quantities of Sativex, the related

13


Table of Contents

      Botanical Drug Substances, or BDSs, and our product candidates to permit successful commercialization;

    establish collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of our product candidates, or otherwise build and maintain strong sales, distribution and marketing capabilities sufficient to launch commercial sales of our product candidates;

    obtain reimbursement from payers such as government health care systems and insurance companies, as well as achieve commercially attractive levels of pricing;

    secure acceptance of Sativex and our product candidates from physicians, health care payers, patients and the medical community;

    create positive publicity surrounding Sativex and our other product candidates;

    manage our spending as costs and expenses increase due to clinical trials and commercialization; and

    obtain and enforce sufficient intellectual property for Sativex and our other product candidates.

        Our failure with respect to any of the factors above could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our product candidates, if approved, may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance and, consequently, limit our ability to generate revenue from new products.

        Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate significant revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by physicians and patients. Although Sativex is already known in certain markets for the treatment of MS spasticity, we cannot assure you that it or our other planned products will achieve the expected market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite regulatory approvals. The market acceptance of any product depends on a number of factors, including the indication statement and warnings approved by regulatory authorities in the product label, continued demonstration of efficacy and safety in commercial use, physicians' willingness to prescribe the product, reimbursement from third-party payers such as government health care systems and insurance companies, the price of the product, the nature of any post-approval risk management plans mandated by regulatory authorities, competition, and marketing and distribution support. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Product shipment delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        The shipment, import and export of Sativex and our product candidates require import and export licenses. In the United States, the FDA, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, and in the United Kingdom, the Home Office, and in other countries, similar regulatory authorities regulate the import and export of pharmaceutical products that contain controlled substances, including Sativex and our other product candidates. Specifically, the import and export process requires the issuance of import and export licenses by the relevant controlled substance authority in both the importing and exporting country. We may not be granted, or if granted, maintain, such licenses from the authorities in certain countries. Even if we obtain the relevant licenses, shipments of Sativex and our product candidates may be held up in transit, which could cause significant delays and may lead to product batches being stored outside required temperature ranges. Inappropriate storage may damage the product shipment resulting in a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipment of Sativex or our other product candidates. A partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipment of Sativex or our other product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

14


Table of Contents

If we fail to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payers, sales and profitability would be adversely affected.

        The course of medical treatment for patients is and will continue to be expensive. We expect that most patients and their families will not be capable of paying for our products themselves. There will be no commercially viable market for Sativex or our other product candidates without reimbursement from third-party payers. Additionally, even if there is a commercially viable market, if the level of third-party reimbursement is below our expectations, our revenue and gross margins will be adversely affected.

        Third-party payers, such as government programs, including Medicare, or private health care insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payers limit coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved health care products. Reimbursement rates from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. A current trend in the U.S. health care industry as well as in other countries around the world is toward cost containment. Large public and private payers, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and similar organizations are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. In particular, third-party payers may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for any product, which could result in product revenue and profitability being lower than anticipated. For example, in March 2013, the German National Association of Statutory Health Insurance Funds imposed a price reduction for Sativex in Germany effective for sales from July 1, 2012. This price reduction adversely affected our Sativex sales in our preliminary financial results for the three months ended December 31, 2012 by £0.7 million due to the recognition of a £0.7 million provision for a rebate we expect to pay to our commercial partner, Almirall, following the pricing decision in Germany. If the price for Sativex or any future approved products decreases or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels, our revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer. Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. Our partners may elect to reduce the price of our products in order to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals. In many countries, products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved and the negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions taken in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may thereby adversely affect our sales and profitability. In the event that countries impose prices which are not sufficient to allow us or our partners to generate a profit, our partners may refuse to launch the product in such countries or withdraw the product from the market, which would adversely affect sales and profitability. For example, in Germany, the price reduction determined in March 2013 has resulted in a price which our partners consider to be uneconomic and are considering various options which may include withdrawal of the product from the German market in order to seek to maintain the price and profit margins in other countries.

Problems in our manufacturing process, failure to comply with manufacturing regulations or unexpected increases in our manufacturing costs could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to our collaboration partners and for use in clinical trials. The manufacturing of Sativex necessitates compliance with international Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, and other international regulatory requirements. Our ability to successfully manufacture Sativex involves cultivation of botanical raw material from specific cannabinoid plants under highly controlled and standardized conditions, extraction and purification processes, manufacture of finished products and labeling and packaging, which includes product information, tamper evidence and anti-counterfeit features. In addition, we must ensure therapeutic consistency among our batches, including clinical batches and, if approved, marketing batches. Demonstrating such consistency may require typical manufacturing controls as well as clinical data. We must also ensure

15


Table of Contents

that our batches conform to complex release specifications. For each step in the manufacturing process, we are currently reliant on single manufacturing facilities and no back-up facilities are yet in place. Because Sativex is a complex mixture manufactured from plant materials, and because the release specifications may not be identical in all countries, certain batches may fail release testing and not be able to be commercialized. If we are unable to manufacture Sativex or other product candidates in accordance with regulatory specifications, or if there are disruptions in our manufacturing process due to damage, loss or otherwise, or failure to pass regulatory inspections of our manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to meet the current demand for Sativex or supply sufficient product for use in clinical trials, and this may also harm our ability to commercialize Sativex and our product candidates on a timely or cost-competitive basis, if at all. In addition, we are in the process of expanding and upgrading parts of our manufacturing facilities in order to meet future demand and FDA requirements, a program which requires significant time and resources. We also expect to expand and upgrade other parts of our manufacturing facilities in the future. These activities may lead to delays, interruptions to supply, or may prove to be more costly than anticipated. Any problems in our manufacturing process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, under the Sativex license agreements, we generate revenue from the supply of commercial product to our partners at a fixed percentage of partners' net sales, and hence any increases in our manufacturing costs will adversely effect our margins and our financial condition.

        In addition, before we can begin commercial manufacture of Sativex for sale in the United States, we must obtain FDA regulatory approval for the product, which requires a successful FDA inspection of our manufacturing facilities, processes and quality systems in addition to other product-related approvals. Further, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are continuously subject to inspection by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, before and after product approval. Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture Sativex and our product candidates, we may be unable to initially or continue to pass federal, state or international regulatory inspections in a cost effective manner. If we are unable to comply with manufacturing regulations, we may be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of any approved products, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Product recalls or inventory losses caused by unforeseen events, cold chain interruption and testing difficulties may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

        Sativex and our product candidates are manufactured and distributed using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for the manufacture of our products, subjects us to production risks. For example, during the manufacturing process we have from time to time experienced defects in components which have caused vial sealing faults, resulting in vial leakage, pump dispenser faults which have resulted in under-filling of vials and misalignment of labels and tamper evident seals. While product batches released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following product release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these intermediate products not complying with stability requirements or specifications. Most of our products must be stored and transported at temperatures within a certain range, which is known as "strict cold chain" storage and transportation. If these environmental conditions deviate, our products' remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and safety could become adversely affected, making them no longer suitable for use. The occurrence or suspected occurrence of production and distribution difficulties can lead to lost inventories, and in some cases product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product launches.

16


Table of Contents

Sativex and our product candidates contain controlled substances, the use of which may generate public controversy.

        Since Sativex and our product candidates contain controlled substances, their regulatory approval may generate public controversy. Political and social pressures and adverse publicity could lead to delays in approval of, and increased expenses for, Sativex and our product candidates. These pressures could also limit or restrict the introduction and marketing of Sativex and our product candidates. Adverse publicity from cannabis misuse or adverse side effects from cannabis or other cannabinoid products may adversely affect the commercial success or market penetration achievable by Sativex and our product candidates. The nature of our business attracts a high level of public and media interest, and in the event of any resultant adverse publicity, our reputation may be harmed.

Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.

        Loss of our manufacturing facilities, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire or other causes, or loss of our botanical raw material due to pathogenic infection or other causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for Sativex, to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial product may lead to adverse consequences, including the right of partners to take over responsibility for product supply. We currently have insurance coverage to compensate us for such business interruptions; however, such coverage may prove insufficient to fully compensate us for the damage to our business resulting from any significant property or casualty loss to our inventory or facilities.

We have significant and increasing liquidity needs and may require additional funding.

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. Excluding receipts from milestone fees, our cash flow used for operating activities for the years ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011 was approximately £8.0 million and £3.0 million, respectively. We expect our operating and management and administrative expenses and cash used for operations to continue to be significant and to increase substantially in connection with our planned research, development and continued product commercialization efforts and as we transition to a U.S. public company. Over the next two years, excluding receipts from product sales, milestone fees and any potential fees resulting from new business development activity, we estimate that cash flow used for operating expenses will be approximately £28.0 million. We may need to raise additional capital following this offering to fund our operations and continue to conduct clinical trials to support potential regulatory approval of marketing applications.

        The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

    the timing of FDA approval, if any, and approvals in international markets of Sativex and our other product candidates, if at all;

    the timing and amount of revenue from sales of Sativex, or revenue from grants or other sources;

    the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other product development programs;

    costs of establishing or outsourcing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

    costs and timing of completion of expanded in-house manufacturing facilities as well as any outsourced commercial manufacturing supply arrangements for Sativex and our product candidates;

    costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights associated with our product candidates;

    costs of operating as a U.S. public company;

17


Table of Contents

    the effect of competing technological and market developments;

    the continuation of our existing collaboration agreements, including those with Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., or Otsuka;

    personnel, facilities and equipment requirements; and

    the terms and timing of any additional collaborative, licensing, co-promotion or other arrangements that we may establish.

        While we expect to fund our future capital requirements from cash flow from operations, including milestone and other payments from our partners and the proceeds from this offering, we cannot assure you that any of these funding sources will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.

The presence or absence of one or more new large orders in a specific quarter, our ability to process orders or the cancellation of previous orders may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.

        We supply products to our commercial partners in response to their monthly purchase order schedules. Historically, the size of each purchase order has fluctuated. As a result, the presence or absence in a specific quarter of one or more new large orders or delays in our ability to process large orders or the cancellation of previous orders may cause our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly basis. These fluctuations may be significant from one quarter to the next. Any demands that require us to quickly increase production may create difficulties for us. In addition, our limited commercial history and the characteristic of our orders in any quarterly period make it very difficult to accurately predict or forecast our future operating results.

We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.

        We conduct a significant portion of our operations outside the United Kingdom. Because our financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, changes in currency exchange rates have had and could have a significant effect on our operating results. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the pound sterling create risk in several ways, including the following: weakening of the pound sterling may increase the pound sterling cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside the United Kingdom; strengthening of the pound sterling may decrease the value of our revenues denominated in other currencies; the exchange rates on non-sterling transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and commercial Sativex pricing and profit margins are affected by currency fluctuations.

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, we will incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit the commercialization of Sativex and our product candidates.

        Although we have never had any product liability claims or lawsuits brought against us, we face potential product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials, and we currently face exposure to claims in jurisdictions where we market and distribute Sativex. We may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons if we begin marketing and distributing our products commercially in the United States and elsewhere, including those relating to misuse of Sativex. Now, and in the future, an individual may bring a liability claim against us alleging that Sativex or one of our product candidates caused an injury. While we continue to take what we believe are appropriate precautions, we may be unable to avoid significant liability if any product liability lawsuit is brought against us. Although we have purchased insurance to cover product liability lawsuits, if we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, or if such insurance coverage is inadequate, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

    decreased demand for Sativex and our other product candidates, if such product candidates are approved;

    injury to our reputation;

18


Table of Contents

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

    costs of related litigation;

    substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

    increased cost of liability insurance;

    loss of revenue; and

    the inability to successfully commercialize our products.

We depend upon our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees.

        Our future growth and success depend on our ability to recruit, retain, manage and motivate our employees. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management, including our Chairman, Dr. Geoffrey Guy, our Chief Executive Officer, Justin Gover and our Research and Development Director, Dr. Stephen Wright, or the inability to hire or retain experienced management personnel could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. Because of the specialized scientific and managerial nature of our business, we rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical field is intense. Due to this intense competition, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.

We expect to face intense competition, often from companies with greater resources and experience than we have.

        The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technological, managerial and research and development resources and experience than we have. Some of these competitors and potential competitors have more experience than we have in the development of pharmaceutical products, including validation procedures and regulatory matters. In addition, Sativex competes with, and our other therapeutics, if successfully developed, will compete with, product offerings from large and well-established companies that have greater marketing and sales experience and capabilities than we or our collaboration partners have. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may be unable to grow and sustain our revenue.

If we are unable to use net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments or benefit from favorable tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

        As a U.K. resident trading entity, we are subject to U.K. corporate taxation. At September 30, 2012, we had cumulative carry forward tax losses of £40.9 million. These are available to carry forward and offset against future operating profits. As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime, whereby we are able to surrender losses that arise from research and development activity for a cash rebate that equals 24.8% of the eligible research and development expenditure. We also expect to benefit in the future from the new "patent box" initiative, which is due to come into effect in the United Kingdom in April 2013. This initiative allows profits attributable to revenue from patented products to be taxed at a lower rate than other revenues that over time will be reduced to 10%. When taken in combination with the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, we expect that this will result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. If, however, there are unexpected adverse changes to the U.K. research and development tax credit regime or "patent box" initiative, or we are unable to

19


Table of Contents

qualify for such advantageous tax legislation, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

        We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

        However, there is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure of our information technology systems could significantly disrupt the operation of our business .

        Our ability to execute our business plan and to comply with regulators requirements with respect to data control and data integrity, depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems, or IT systems. These systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT systems, sustained or repeated system failures or problems arising during the upgrade of any of our IT systems that interrupt our ability to generate and maintain data, and in particular to operate our proprietary technology platform, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

We may acquire other companies which could divert our management's attention, result in additional dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

        We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product offerings, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer

20


Table of Contents

growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

    incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

    diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

    unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

    harm to our existing business relationships with collaboration partners as a result of the acquisition;

    harm to our brand and reputation;

    the potential loss of key employees;

    use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

    use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

        In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results arising from the impairment assessment process. Acquisitions may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Reliance Upon Third Parties

We depend substantially on the commercial expertise of our collaboration partners .

        We do not have a sales and marketing operation and rely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners to sell Sativex. We have entered into agreements for the commercialization of Sativex with Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Otsuka in the United States; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel. Our ability to successfully market and sell Sativex in each of these markets depends entirely on the expertise and commercial skills of our collaboration partners. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and three of our partners, Almirall, Otsuka and Novartis, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause. A failure by our partners to successfully market Sativex, or the termination of agreements with our partners, will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely heavily on Otsuka for funding of our research and development programs and overhead, and Otsuka is a joint owner of the intellectual property resulting from our collaboration.

        We rely heavily on our relationship with Otsuka for the funding of our research and development programs and for overhead expenses. Under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka with respect to Sativex in the United States, Otsuka funds all pre-clinical and clinical trials for the development of Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain. If Otsuka were to terminate this agreement, we would be required to find alternative funding for our clinical program for the development of Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain or face substantial delays in, or possible termination of, that program. In addition, we receive funds from Otsuka as part of a separate global research collaboration for research of cannabinoids in central nervous system, or CNS, and oncology. The term of our research

21


Table of Contents

collaboration agreement with Otsuka is currently scheduled to end in June 2013; however, Otsuka has the right to terminate this agreement without cause at any time. If this collaboration is terminated or not renewed or Otsuka decides not to license any product candidates from us under this collaboration, we may need to increase in our GW-funded research and development expenditure and discontinue certain research programs.

        In addition, the research collaboration agreement provides that all intellectual property rights (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that is conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is to be jointly owned by Otsuka and us. To date, we have 11 patent families with 219 jointly owned patent applications relating to our collaboration with Otsuka, including those directed to the use of Sativex in the CNS and/or oncology field or that are otherwise relevant to Sativex, and we anticipate filing additional such patent applications in the future. Because Otsuka exercises some control over this jointly owned intellectual property, we may need to seek Otsuka's consent to pursue, use, license and/or enforce some of this collaboration intellectual property in the future. In addition, pursuant to the collaboration, we agreed not to develop or commercialize any competing product either inside or outside the research field during the research term. Accordingly, we may be prevented from pursuing opportunities that we might otherwise wish to pursue absent the collaboration. An unexpected deterioration in our relationship with Otsuka would have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing collaboration arrangements and any that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates.

        We are a party to, and may seek additional, collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our current and potential product candidates, including for the commercialization of Sativex. We may enter into new arrangements on a selective basis depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into selective collaboration arrangements with leading pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for each product candidate, both in the United States and internationally. To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish, implement and maintain collaborations or other alternative arrangements if we choose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

        Any existing or future collaboration that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations.

        Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding development, intellectual property, regulatory or commercialization matters, can lead to delays in the development process or commercialization of the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision making authority.

        Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

22


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates. The loss of these suppliers, or their failure to supply us on a timely basis, could cause delays in our current and future capacity and adversely affect our business.

        We depend on a limited number of suppliers for the materials and components required to manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates. For example, we rely on single-source suppliers to supply various components of Sativex, including the glass vial, pump actuator and dose counter. In addition, we rely on a single contractor for commercial supply of botanical raw material. As a result, we may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of critical materials and components in the future. A delay or interruption by our suppliers may also harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the lead time needed to establish a relationship with a new supplier can be lengthy, and we may experience delays in meeting demand in the event we must switch to a new supplier. The time and effort to qualify for and, in some cases, obtain regulatory approval for a new supplier could result in additional costs, diversion of resources or reduced manufacturing yields, any of which would negatively impact our operating results. Our dependence on single-source suppliers exposes us to numerous risks, including the following: our suppliers may cease or reduce production or deliveries, raise prices or renegotiate terms; we may be unable to locate a suitable replacement supplier on acceptable terms or on a timely basis, or at all; and delays caused by supply issues may harm our reputation, frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors for future needs.

A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents are held at a small number of banks .

        A significant portion of our cash and cash equivalents is presently held at a small number of banks. Although our board has adopted a treasury policy requiring us to limit the amount of cash held by each banking group taking into account their credit ratings, we are subject to credit risk if any of these banks are unable to repay the balance in the applicable account or deliver our securities or if any bank should become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. Any of the above events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates

Clinical trials for our product candidates are expensive, time consuming, uncertain and susceptible to change, delay or termination.

        Clinical trials are expensive, time consuming and difficult to design and implement. Even if the results of our clinical trials are favorable, the clinical trials for a number of our product candidates are expected to continue for several years and may take significantly longer to complete. In addition, we, the FDA, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or other regulatory authorities, including state and local, may suspend, delay or terminate our clinical trials at any time, or the DEA could suspend or terminate the registrations and quota allotments we require in order to procure and handle controlled substances, for various reasons, including:

    lack of effectiveness of any product candidate during clinical trials;

    discovery of serious or unexpected toxicities or side effects experienced by trial participants or other safety issues;

    slower than expected rates of subject recruitment and enrollment rates in clinical trials;

    difficulty in retaining subjects who have initiated a clinical trial but may withdraw at any time due to adverse side effects from the therapy, insufficient efficacy, fatigue with the clinical trial process or for any other reason;

    delays or inability in manufacturing or obtaining sufficient quantities of materials for use in clinical trials due to regulatory and manufacturing constraints;

    inadequacy of or changes in our manufacturing process or product formulation;

23


Table of Contents

    delays in obtaining regulatory authorization to commence a trial, including "clinical holds" or delays requiring suspension or termination of a trial by a regulatory agency, such as the FDA, before or after a trial is commenced;

    DEA-related recordkeeping, reporting, or security violations at a clinical site, leading the DEA or state authorities to suspend or revoke the site's controlled substance license and causing a delay or termination of planned or ongoing trials;

    changes in applicable regulatory policies and regulations;

    delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms in clinical trial contracts or protocols with prospective clinical trial sites;

    delay or failure to supply product for use in clinical trials which conforms to regulatory specification;

    unfavorable results from ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

    failure of our contract research organizations, or CROs, or other third-party contractors to comply with all contractual requirements or to perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner;

    failure by us, our employees, our CROs or their employees to comply with all applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of clinical trials or the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for controlled substances;

    scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions; or

    failure to design appropriate clinical trial protocols; or regulatory concerns with cannabinoid products generally and the potential for abuse.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials.

        Generally, there is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. Further, even if we view the results of a clinical trial to be positive, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of the data. For instance, because a large percentage of subjects in our pivotal trials for Sativex in cancer pain are being enrolled at sites outside the United States, differences in efficacy results between U.S. and ex-U.S. sites could cause the FDA to require additional trials. In the event that we obtain negative results from the Sativex cancer pain Phase 3 trials or receive poor clinical results for our other product candidates, or the FDA places a clinical hold on our Phase 3 trials due to potential Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls issues or other hurdles or does not approve our New Drug Application, or NDA, for Sativex, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain financing to continue our operations, our ability to execute on our current business plan will be materially impaired, our reputation in the industry and in the investment community would likely be significantly damaged and the price of our ADSs would likely decrease significantly.

24


Table of Contents

Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our product candidates, or limit the scope of any approved label or market acceptance.

        If Sativex or any of our product candidates, prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause serious or unexpected side effects, or are associated with other safety risks such as misuse, abuse or diversion, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

    regulatory authorities may interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials;

    regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our product candidates;

    regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the indications for use, and/or impose restrictions on distribution in the form of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, in connection with approval, if any;

    regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements or impose a more restrictive REMS of any product that is approved;

    we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

    our relationships with our collaboration partners may suffer;

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

    our reputation may suffer.

        We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants or if preliminary data demonstrate that our product candidates are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or unlikely to be successfully commercialized. To date, we have only voluntarily suspended clinical trials when recruitment of the target patients has proven to be too difficult. In addition, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants. Although we have never been asked by a regulatory agency, IRB or data safety monitoring board to temporarily or permanently discontinue a clinical trial, if we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial of Sativex or any other of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for that product will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from that product may be delayed or eliminated. Furthermore, any of these events could prevent us or our partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates and impair our ability to generate revenue from the commercialization of these products either by us or by our collaboration partners.

Our ability to research, develop and commercialize Sativex and our product candidates is dependent on our ability to maintain licenses relating to the cultivation, possession and supply of controlled substances.

        Our research and manufacturing facilities are located exclusively in the United Kingdom. In the United Kingdom, licenses to cultivate, possess and supply cannabis for medical research are granted by the Home Office on an annual basis. Although the Home Office has renewed our licenses each year since 1998, it may not do so in the future, in which case we may not be in a position to carry on our research and development program in the United Kingdom. In addition, we are required to maintain our existing commercial licenses to cultivate, produce and supply cannabis. However, if the Home Office were not prepared to renew such licenses, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute our products on a commercial basis in the United Kingdom or beyond. In order to carry out research

25


Table of Contents

in countries other than the United Kingdom, similar licenses to those outlined above are required to be issued by the relevant authority in each country. In addition, we will be required to obtain licenses to export from the United Kingdom and to import into the recipient country. To date, we have obtained necessary import and export licenses to 34 countries. Although we have an established track record of successfully obtaining such licenses as required, this may change in the future.

        In the United States, the DEA regulates the cultivation, possession and supply of cannabis for medical research and/or commercial development, including the requirement of annual registrations to manufacture or distribute pharmaceutical products derived from cannabis extracts. We do not currently conduct any manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of either Sativex or its active ingredients, or any product candidates, in the United States. In the event that we sought to do so in the future, a decision to manufacture, or supply cannabis extracts for medical research or commercial development in the United States would require that we and/or our contract manufacturers maintain such registrations, and be subject to other regulatory requirements such as manufacturing quotas, and if the DEA failed to issue or renew such registrations, we would be unable to manufacture and distribute any product in the United States on a commercial basis.

Any failure by us to comply with existing regulations could harm our reputation and operating results.

        We are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state and foreign governments in each of the markets where we currently sell Sativex or in markets where we have product candidates progressing through the approval process. We must adhere to all regulatory requirements including the FDA's Good Laboratory Practice, current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and Good Clinical Practice requirements. If we or our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulations, including FDA pre-or post-approval cGMP requirements, then the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities could sanction us. Even if a drug is FDA-approved, regulatory authorities may impose significant restrictions on a product's indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-marketing trials.

        If Sativex, or any of our other product candidates, is approved in the United States, it will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States. In addition, manufacturers and manufacturers' facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers (in the event contract manufacturers are appointed in the future) are subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, quality control and quality assurance. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product's approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have FDA approval.

        If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of the product, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may:

    issue warning letters;

    impose civil or criminal penalties;

26


Table of Contents

    suspend regulatory approval;

    suspend any of our ongoing clinical trials;

    refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

    impose restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers' facilities, if any; or

    seize or detain products or require a product recall.

        Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from Sativex and our product candidates. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our business and our operating results will be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to generate revenue from sales of Sativex, our potential for achieving profitability will be diminished and the capital necessary to fund our operations will be increased.

        Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management's attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation. We expend significant resources on compliance efforts and such expenses are unpredictable and might adversely affect our results. Changing laws, regulations and standards might also create uncertainty, higher expenses and increase insurance costs. As a result, we intend to invest all reasonably necessary resources to comply with evolving standards, and this investment might result in increased management and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

The anticipated development of a REMS for Sativex and our other product candidates could cause delays in the approval process and would add additional layers of regulatory requirements that could impact our ability to commercialize Sativex and our other product candidates in the United States and reduce their market potential.

        As a condition of approval of an NDA, the FDA may require a REMS to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS elements can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. We may be required to adopt a REMS for Sativex and our other product candidates to ensure that the benefits outweigh the risks of abuse, misuse, diversion and other potential safety concerns. Even if abuse, misuse and diversion are not as high as for other cannabinoid products, there can be no assurance that the FDA will approve a manageable REMS for Sativex and our product candidates, which could create material and significant limits on our ability to successfully commercialize Sativex and our product candidates in the United States. Delays in the REMS approval process could result in delays in the NDA approval process. In addition, as part of the REMS, the FDA could require significant restrictions, such as restrictions on the prescription, distribution and patient use of the product, which could significantly impact our ability to effectively commercialize Sativex and our product candidates, and dramatically reduce their market potential thereby adversely impacting our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if initial REMS are not highly restrictive, if, after launch, Sativex and our product candidates were to be subject to significant abuse/non-medical use or diversion from licit channels, this could lead to negative regulatory consequences, including a more restrictive REMS.

27


Table of Contents

If we are found in violation of federal or state "fraud and abuse" laws, we may be required to pay a penalty and/or be suspended from participation in federal or state health care programs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        After we obtain marketing approval for our products in the United States, if any, we will be subject to various federal and state health care "fraud and abuse" laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state health care programs, which could affect us particularly upon successful commercialization of our products in the United States. The Medicare and Medicaid Patient Protection Act of 1987, or federal Anti-Kickback Statute, makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, order or prescription of a particular drug for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Under federal government regulations, some arrangements, known as safe harbors, are deemed not to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. False claims laws prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully presenting or causing to be presented for payment to third-party payers, including government payers, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services that were not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Cases have been brought under false claims laws alleging that off-label promotion of pharmaceutical products or the provision of kickbacks has resulted in the submission of false claims to governmental health care programs. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we are prohibited from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. Violations of fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including fines and/or exclusion or suspension from federal and state health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and debarment from contracting with the U.S. government. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states.

        Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal anti-kickback statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for health care services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payers. In addition, California and a few other states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and/or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. In addition, several states impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties.

        Neither the government nor the courts have provided definitive guidance on the application of fraud and abuse laws to our business. Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. While we believe we have structured our business arrangements to comply with these laws, it is possible that the government could allege violations of, or convict us of violating, these laws. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be required to pay a penalty and could be suspended or excluded from participation in federal or state health care programs, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Controlled Substances

Controlled substance legislation differs between countries and legislation in certain countries may restrict or limit our ability to sell Sativex and our product candidates.

        Most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for Sativex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. For example, although we are currently working with the French authorities regarding a regulatory pathway for Sativex, we have to date been unable to file a regulatory application in France due to a national law which prohibits the approval of cannabis-based medicines. Most recently, in February 2013, the French Minister of Health issued a statement requesting the French regulatory agency to review Sativex. In the case of countries with similar obstacles, we would be unable to market Sativex and our product candidates in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all without modification to laws and regulations.

Sativex and the other product candidates we are developing will be subject to U.S. controlled substance laws and regulations and failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the results of our business operations, both during clinical development and post approval, and our financial condition.

        Sativex and certain product candidates we are developing contain controlled substances as defined in the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA. Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, no currently "accepted medical use" in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription.

        While cannabis is a Schedule I controlled substance, products approved for medical use in the United States that contain cannabis or cannabis extracts must be placed in Schedules II—V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the "accepted medical use" requirement. If and when Sativex receives FDA approval, the DEA will make a scheduling determination and place it in a schedule other than Schedule I in order for it to be prescribed to patients in the United States. If approved by the FDA, we expect the finished dosage form of Sativex to be listed by the DEA as a Schedule II or III controlled substance. Consequently, its manufacture, importation, exportation, domestic distribution, storage, sale and legitimate use will be subject to a significant degree of regulation by the DEA. In addition, the scheduling process may take one or more years, thereby delaying the launch of Sativex in the United States. Furthermore, if the FDA, DEA, or any foreign regulatory authority determines that Sativex may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of Sativex.

29


Table of Contents

        DEA registration and inspection of facilities.     Facilities conducting research, manufacturing, distributing, importing or exporting, or dispensing controlled substances must be registered (licensed) to perform these activities and have the security, control, recordkeeping, reporting and inventory mechanisms required by the DEA to prevent drug loss and diversion. All these facilities must renew their registrations annually, except dispensing facilities, which must renew every three years. The DEA conducts periodic inspections of certain registered establishments that handle controlled substances. Obtaining the necessary registrations may result in delay of the importation, manufacturing or distribution of Sativex. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, can result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings.

        State-controlled substances laws.     Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Though state-controlled substances laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule Sativex and our product candidates as well. While some states automatically schedule a drug based on federal action, other states schedule drugs through rulemaking or a legislative action. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.

        Clinical trials.     Because Sativex contains cannabis extracts, which are Schedule I substances, to conduct clinical trials with Sativex in the United States prior to approval, each of our research sites must submit a research protocol to the DEA and obtain and maintain a DEA researcher registration that will allow those sites to handle and dispense Sativex and to obtain the product from our importer. If the DEA delays or denies the grant of a research registration to one or more research sites, the clinical trial could be significantly delayed, and we could lose clinical trial sites. The importer for the clinical trials must also obtain a Schedule I importer registration and an import permit for each import. We do not currently conduct any manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling of either Sativex or its active ingredients (i.e., the cannabis extract) in the United States. Sativex is imported in its fully-finished, packaged and labeled dosage form.

        Importation.     If Sativex is approved and classified as a Schedule II or III substance, an importer can import for commercial purposes if it obtains an importer registration and files an application for an import permit for each import. The DEA provides annual assessments/estimates to the International Narcotics Control Board which guides the DEA in the amounts of controlled substances that the DEA authorizes to be imported. The failure to identify an importer or obtain the necessary import authority, including specific quantities, could affect the availability of Sativex and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, an application for a Schedule II importer registration must be published in the Federal Register, and there is a waiting period for third party comments to be submitted.

        If Sativex is approved and classified as a Schedule II controlled substance, federal law may prohibit the import of the substance for commercial purposes. If Sativex is listed as a Schedule II substance, we will not be allowed to import the drug for commercial purposes unless the DEA determines that domestic supplies are inadequate or there is inadequate domestic competition among domestic manufacturers for the substance as defined by the DEA. Moreover, Schedule I controlled substances, including BDSs, have never been registered with the DEA for importation commercial purposes, only

30


Table of Contents

for scientific and research needs. Therefore, if neither Sativex nor its BDSs could be imported, Sativex would have to be wholly manufactured in the United States, and we would need to secure a manufacturer that would be required to obtain and maintain a separate DEA registration for that activity.

        Manufacture in the United States.     If, because of a Schedule II classification or voluntarily, we were to conduct manufacturing or repackaging/relabeling in the United States, our contract manufacturers would be subject to the DEA's annual manufacturing and procurement quota requirements. Additionally, regardless of the scheduling of Sativex, cannabis and the BDSs comprising the active ingredient in the final dosage form are currently Schedule I controlled substances and would be subject to such quotas as these substances could remain listed on Schedule I. The annual quota allocated to us or our contract manufacturers for the active ingredient in Sativex may not be sufficient to meet commercial demand or complete clinical trials. Consequently, any delay or refusal by the DEA in establishing our, or our contract manufacturers', procurement and/or production quota for controlled substances could delay or stop our clinical trials or product launches, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operations.

        Distribution in the United States.     If Sativex is scheduled as Schedule II or III, we would also need to identify wholesale distributors with the appropriate DEA registrations and authority to distribute the product to pharmacies and other health care providers. We would need to identify distributors to distribute the product to pharmacies; these distributors would need to obtain Schedule II or III distribution registrations. The failure to obtain, or delay in obtaining, or the loss any of those registrations could result in increased costs to us. If Sativex is a Schedule II drug, pharmacies would have to maintain enhanced security with alarms and monitoring systems and they must adhere to recordkeeping and inventory requirements. This, coupled with the fact that Sativex must be refrigerated, may discourage some pharmacies from carrying the product. Furthermore, state and federal enforcement actions, regulatory requirements, and legislation intended to reduce prescription drug abuse, such as the requirement that physicians consult a state prescription drug monitoring program may make physicians less willing to prescribe, and pharmacies to dispense, Schedule II products.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, and/or the intellectual property rights of our licensors.

        We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against infringement and unauthorized use by competitors, and to protect our trade secrets. In so doing, we may place our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated, unenforceable, or limited or narrowed in scope. Further, an adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings may place pending applications at risk of non-issuance. In addition, if any licensor fails to enforce or defend their intellectual property rights, this may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and prevent competitors from making, using, and selling competing products. Any such litigation could be very costly and could distract our management from focusing on operating our business. The existence and/or outcome of any such litigation could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, because the content of much of our intellectual property concerns cannabis and other activities that are not legal in some state jurisdictions, we may face additional difficulties in defending our intellectual property rights.

        Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential and proprietary information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If

31


Table of Contents

securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our ADSs.

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology in the marketplace.

        Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection (i.e., know how), and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property of Sativex and our product candidates. The strengths of patents in the pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. Where appropriate, we seek patent protection for certain aspects of our products and technology. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, so our policy is to patent commercially potential technology in jurisdictions with significant commercial opportunities. However, patent protection may not be available for some of the products or technology we are developing. If we must spend significant time and money protecting or enforcing our patents, designing around patents held by others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. We may not develop additional proprietary products that are patentable.

        The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are complex and uncertain. The scope and extent of patent protection for Sativex and our product candidates are particularly uncertain. To date, our principal product candidates, including Sativex, have been based on specific formulations of certain previously known cannabinoids found in nature in the cannabis sativa plant. We anticipate that the products we develop in the future will continue to include or be based on the same or other naturally occurring compounds, as well as synthetic compounds we may discover. Although we have sought and expect to continue to seek patent protection for our product candidates, their methods of use, and methods of manufacture, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. Publication of information related to Sativex and our product candidates by us or others may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and product candidates. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar products, may duplicate our products, or may design around our patent rights. In addition, any of our issued patents may be declared invalid. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face competition from companies who attempt to create a generic product to compete with Sativex. We may also face competition from companies who develop a substantially similar product to Sativex or one of our other product candidates, that is not covered by any of our patents.

        Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and enforcing intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

        We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary know-how and technological advances, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our

32


Table of Contents

trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could enable competitors to develop generic products or use our proprietary information to develop other products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If third parties claim that intellectual property used by us infringes upon their intellectual property, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

        There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not, in the future, pursue such infringement claims against us or any third-party proprietary technologies we have licensed. If we were found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property right, or if we failed to obtain or renew a license under a patent or other intellectual property right from a third party, or if a third party that we were licensing technologies from was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, we may be required to pay damages, including triple damages if the infringement is found to be willful, suspend the manufacture of certain products or reengineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, or we may be unable to enter certain new product markets. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management's attention and resources. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. In addition, if we have declined to enter into a valid non-disclosure or assignment agreement for any reason, we may not own the invention or our intellectual property and may not be adequately protected. Although we have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that we believe may be relevant to Sativex, we have not conducted a full freedom-to-operate search or analysis for Sativex, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing Sativex. Thus, we cannot guarantee that Sativex, or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party's intellectual property.

Risks related to the ADSs and this offering

As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

        The public offering price per ADS will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS prior to the offering. Consequently, if you purchase ADSs in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate dilution of $            per ADS. For further information regarding the dilution resulting from this offering, please see the section entitled "Dilution" in this prospectus. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that additional ordinary shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the assumed initial public offering price when they purchased their ordinary shares. In addition, if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option, you will experience additional dilution.

There is no established trading market for the ADSs.

        This offering constitutes our initial public offering of ADSs, and no public market for the ADSs currently exists. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, and we expect our ADSs to be quoted on Nasdaq, subject to completion of customary procedures in the United States. Any delay in the commencement of trading of the ADSs on Nasdaq would impair the liquidity of the market for the ADSs and make it more difficult for holders to sell the ADSs.

33


Table of Contents

        If the ADSs are listed on Nasdaq and quoted on Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the ADSs will develop or be sustained after this offering is completed. The initial offering price has been determined by negotiations among the lead underwriters and us. Among the factors considered in determining the initial offering price were our future prospects and the prospects of our industry in general, our revenue, net income and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the financial ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. However, there can be no assurance that following this offering the ADSs will trade at a price equal to or greater than the offering price.

        In addition, the market price of the ADSs may be volatile. Many factors may have a material adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs, including, but not limited to:

    the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel;

    announcements of the failure to obtain regulatory approvals or receipt of a complete response letter from the FDA;

    announcements of restricted label indications or patient populations, or changes or delays in regulatory review processes;

    announcements of therapeutic innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

    adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials, manufacturing supply chain or sales and marketing activities;

    changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to Sativex and our product candidates;

    any adverse changes to our relationship with licensors, manufacturers or suppliers;

    the failure of our testing and clinical trials;

    the failure to retain our existing, or obtain new, collaboration partners;

    announcements concerning our competitors or the pharmaceutical industry in general;

    the achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

    the failure to obtain reimbursements for our products or price reductions;

    manufacture, supply or distribution shortages;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

    our cash position;

    changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

    potential acquisitions;

    the trading volume of ADSs on Nasdaq and of our ordinary shares on the Alternative Investment Market, or AIM;

    sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our executive officers and directors or our shareholders in the future;

    general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the United States equity markets; and

    changes in accounting principles.

34


Table of Contents

        In addition, the stock market in general, and Nasdaq in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance. Further, the current decline in the financial markets and related factors beyond our control, including the credit and mortgage crisis in the United States and worldwide, may cause the price of our ADSs to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs following this offering may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

        Following this offering and after the ADSs are traded on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the AIM. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on the AIM. Although our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the AIM, following this offering, we may decide to delist our ordinary shares from the AIM. We cannot predict the effect such delisting of our ordinary shares would have on the market price of the ADSs.

Securities traded on the AIM may carry a higher risk than shares traded on other exchanges that may impact the value of your investment.

        Our ordinary shares are currently traded on the AIM. Investment in equities traded on the AIM is perceived to carry a higher risk than an investment in equities quoted on exchanges with more stringent listing requirements, such as the London Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq. This is because the AIM imposes less stringent corporate governance and ongoing reporting requirements than those other exchanges. In addition, the AIM requires only semi-annual, rather than quarterly, financial reporting. You should be aware that the value of our ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which may be specific to us and some of which may affect AIM-listed companies generally, including the depth and liquidity of the market, our performance, a large or small volume of trading in our ordinary shares, legislative changes and general economic, political or regulatory conditions, and that the prices may be volatile and subject to extensive fluctuations. Therefore, the market price of our ordinary shares underlying the ADSs may not reflect the underlying value of our company.

Substantial future sales of our ordinary shares or the ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the price of the ADSs to decline.

        Additional sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of the ADSs to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                        ordinary shares outstanding. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The ordinary shares held by our directors, including our officers, will be available for sale upon the expiration of a lock-up period, which we expect will expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The remaining ordinary shares will be available for sale after this offering since they are not subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriters for this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of the ADSs could decline.

35


Table of Contents

You may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise your right to vote.

        Except as described in this prospectus, holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares evidenced by the ADSs on an individual basis. Holders of the ADSs will appoint the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. You may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

        The depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

        We are a "foreign private issuer," as defined in the Securities and Exchange Commission's, or SEC, rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

        As a foreign private issuer, we will file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the close of each year ended September 30 and reports on Form 6-K relating to certain material events promptly after we publicly announce these events. However, because of the above exemptions for foreign private issuers, our shareholders will not be afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies organized in the United States.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain Nasdaq corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. listed companies.

        We rely on a provision in Nasdaq's Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on Nasdaq.

36


Table of Contents

        For example, we are exempt from Nasdaq regulations that require a listed U.S. company to:

    have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

    promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

    have an independent nominating committee;

    solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings; and

    seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.

        In accordance with our Nasdaq listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to Nasdaq-listed U.S. companies. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are "independent," using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Start-ups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as long as we qualify as an "emerging growth company," which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected and may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ADSs less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs, and the price of the ADSs may be more volatile and may decline.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired .

        Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that beginning with our annual report for the year ending September 30, 2014, management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company.

37


Table of Contents

        Our first Section 404(a) assessment will take place beginning with our annual report for the year ending September 30, 2014. The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports, delays in our financial reporting, we could require us to restate our operating results or our auditors may be required to issue a qualified audit report. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with evaluating our compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management's attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.

        If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of our ADSs could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

        As a company whose ADSs will be publicly traded in the United States, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not previously incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform, Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We estimate that our annual compliance expenses following the completion of this offering will be approximately £1.0 million in each of the next two fiscal years. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of the ADSs, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our Company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

        Our directors and the experts named in this prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Mayer Brown International LLP, our English solicitors, advised us that there is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in

38


Table of Contents

original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

        We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of ADSs, are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, and, upon adoption, by our Amended Articles. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law" in this prospectus for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections.

39


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains estimates and forward-looking statements, principally in "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." Some of the matters discussed concerning our operations and financial performance include estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

        These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause our actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or suggested by, these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions regarding our present and future business strategies and the environment in which we expect to operate in the future. Important factors that could cause those differences include, but are not limited to:

    the inherent uncertainty of product development;

    manufacturing and commercialization;

    patents, including, but not limited to, legal challenges;

    government regulation and approval, including, but not limited to, the expected regulatory approval dates for Sativex;

    future revenue being lower than expected;

    the level of pricing and reimbursement for our products;

    increasing competitive pressures in the industry;

    general economic conditions or conditions affecting demand for the services offered by us in the markets in which it operates, both domestically and internationally, being less favorable than expected;

    fluctuations in the price of raw materials and utilities;

    currency fluctuations and hedging risks;

    worldwide economic and business conditions and conditions in the industries in which we operate;

    our relationships with our customers and suppliers;

    increased competition from other companies in the industries in which we operate;

    changing technology;

    claims for personal injury or death arising from the use of products produced by us;

    the occurrence of accidents or other interruptions to our production processes;

    changes in our business strategy or development plans, and our expected level of capital expenses;

    our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

    regulatory, environmental, legislative and judicial developments;

    our intention to pay dividends; and

    factors that are not known to us at this time.

40


Table of Contents

        Additional factors that could cause actual results, financial condition, liquidity, performance, prospects, opportunities, achievements or industry results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus not to occur. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect" and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements. Estimates and forward-looking statements speak only at the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update or to review any estimate and/or forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors. Estimates and forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Our future results may differ materially from those expressed in these estimates and forward-looking statements. In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the estimates and forward-looking statements discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our future results and our performance may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements due to, inclusive of, but not limited to, the factors mentioned above. Because of these uncertainties, you should not make any investment decision based on these estimates and forward-looking statements.

41


Table of Contents


EXCHANGE RATES

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of the ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in pounds sterling on the ordinary shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on Nasdaq. The table below shows the period end, average, high and low exchange rates of U.S. dollars per pound sterling for the periods shown. Average rates are computed by using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the U.S. dollar on the last business day of each month during the relevant year indicated or each business day during the relevant month indicated. The rates set forth below are provided solely for your convenience and may differ from the actual rates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and other financial data appearing in this prospectus.

 
  Noon Buying Rate  
 
  Period
End
  Average (1)   High   Low  

Period:

                         

2007

    1.9843     2.0073     2.1104     1.9235  

2008

    1.4619     1.8424     2.0311     1.4395  

2009

    1.6167     1.4499     1.6977     1.3658  

2010

    1.5392     1.5415     1.6370     1.4344  

2011

    1.5537     1.6105     1.6691     1.5358  

2012

    1.6262     1.5924     1.6275     1.5301  

Month:

                         

January 2013

    1.5856     1.5965     1.6255     1.5686  

February 2013

    1.5192     1.5474     1.5814     1.5112  

March 2013 (through March 8, 2013)

    1.4926     1.5035     1.5098     1.4926  

(1)
The average of the noon buying rate for pounds sterling on the last day of each full month during the relevant year or each business day during the relevant month indicated.

42


Table of Contents


PRICE RANGE OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES

        Our ordinary shares have been trading on the AIM under the symbol "GWP" since June 28, 2001.

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ordinary shares on the AIM in pounds sterling and U.S. dollars. U.S. dollar per ordinary share amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.6199 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 28, 2012.

 
  Price Per
Ordinary Share
  Price Per
Ordinary Share
 
 
  £   $  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  

Annual (Year Ended September 30):

                         

2007

    1.14     0.57     1.84     0.92  

2008

    1.04     0.35     1.68     0.56  

2009

    1.07     0.26     1.73     0.42  

2010

    1.56     0.80     2.52     1.29  

2011

    1.33     0.83     2.15     1.34  

2012

    1.03     0.66     1.66     1.06  

Quarterly:

                         

First Quarter 2010

    1.03     0.80     1.66     1.29  

Second Quarter 2010

    1.41     0.86     2.27     1.39  

Third Quarter 2010

    1.56     1.06     2.52     1.71  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    1.24     0.90     2.00     1.45  

First Quarter 2011

    1.15     0.83     1.86     1.34  

Second Quarter 2011

    1.19     0.93     1.92     1.50  

Third Quarter 2011

    1.30     0.93     2.10     1.50  

Fourth Quarter 2011

    1.33     0.86     2.15     1.39  

First Quarter 2012

    1.03     0.76     1.66     1.23  

Second Quarter 2012

    1.00     0.81     1.61     1.31  

Third Quarter 2012

    0.94     0.72     1.52     1.16  

Fourth Quarter 2012

    0.78     0.66     1.26     1.06  

First Quarter 2013

    0.75     0.54     1.21     0.87  

Most Recent Six Months:

                         

September 2012

    0.77     0.68     1.24     1.10  

October 2012

    0.75     0.67     1.21     1.08  

November 2012

    0.68     0.58     1.10     0.94  

December 2012

    0.64     0.54     1.03     0.87  

January 2013

    0.64     0.58     1.03     0.94  

February 2013

    0.61     0.53     0.98     0.86  

March 2013 (through March 12, 2013)

    0.56     0.54     0.90     0.87  

        On March 12, 2013, the last reported sales price of our ordinary shares on AIM was £0.56 per share ($0.90 per share).

43


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive total estimated net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or $             million if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full, in each case after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering payable by us.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, by approximately $             million (assuming no exercise of the overallotment option by the underwriters).

        We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering as follows:

    approximately $            to fund new Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of multiple product candidates;

    approximately $            to expand our Sativex manufacturing capabilities by purchasing new extraction and purification, vial filling and labelling equipment;

    approximately $            to discover and develop new product candidates from our proprietary cannabinoid platform; and

    approximately $            to fund research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, including costs and expenses of being a U.S. public company and which also may include acquisitions, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions.

        The expected uses of the net proceeds we receive from this offering represent our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenses may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds in this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds. In addition, it is possible that the amount set forth above will not be sufficient for the purposes described above.

        Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short or medium term investments.

44


Table of Contents


DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by our indebtedness, any future debt agreements or applicable laws and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

        See "Description of American Depositary Shares—Dividends and Distribution" in this prospectus for more information on the procedure for awarding dividends to nonresidents of the United Kingdom.

45


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table presents our total capitalization and cash and cash equivalents as at September 30, 2012:

    on an actual basis; and

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale by us of                        ADSs in this offering at an offering price of $            per ADS (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and assuming no exercise of the overallotment option by the underwriters.

 
  As at September 30, 2012  
 
  Actual   Pro forma for the
Offering
 
 
  $
  £
  $
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    47,322     29,335              
                   

Long-term debt

                     

Equity:

                         

Share capital

    215     133              

Share premium account

    106,383     65,947              

Other reserves

    32,560     20,184              

Accumulated deficit

    (104,907 )   (65,032 )            
                   

Total equity

    34,251     21,232              
                   

Total capitalization

    34,251     21,232              
                   

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per ADS would increase or decrease our pro forma total equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

46


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in the ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share underlying our ADSs is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share. Our net tangible book value as at                        was approximately $            per ordinary share and $            per ADS. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after September 30, 2012, other than to give effect to our sale of ADSs offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value as at September 30, 2012 would have been $            per outstanding ordinary share, including ordinary shares underlying our outstanding ADSs, or $            per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per ordinary share, or $            per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per ordinary share, or $            per ADS, to purchasers of ADSs in this offering. The following table presents this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering:

 
   
  As at September 30, 2012
 
   
  (per ADS) (in $) (unaudited)

Initial public offering price

      $                                                   
         

Net tangible book value as at September 30, 2012            

       

Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors

       

As adjusted net tangible book value immediately after the offering

       
         

Dilution to new investors

      $                                                   
         

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in an assumed public offering price of $            per ADS after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value after this offering by $            per ordinary share and $            per ADS assuming no exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters and the dilution to investors in the offering by $            per ordinary share and $            per ADS.

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as at September 30, 2012, the differences between the shareholders as at September 30, 2012 and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share paid at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The total

47


Table of Contents

number of ordinary shares does not include                        ADSs issuable pursuant to the exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters.

 
  Ordinary Shares
Purchased
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Total Consideration    
   
 
 
  Average Price
Per Ordinary
Share
  Average Price
Per ADS
 
 
  Number   %   Amount   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages and per share data)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Existing shareholders

                                   

New investors

                                   
                           

Total

                                   
                           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $            per ADS would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, average price per ordinary share and per ADS paid by all shareholders by $             million, $            per ordinary share and $            per ADS, respectively, assuming sale of                         ADSs by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The share information above:

    excludes 3,776,960 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of all of our warrants outstanding as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 11,054,144 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under equity compensation plans, as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 612,456 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted to non-executive directors and consultants, other than under our equity compensation plans, as at September 30, 2012;

    excludes 15,000,000 ordinary shares potentially issuable pursuant to future awards under our Long-Term Incentive Plan; and

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                        additional ADSs.

See "Management—Compensation" in this prospectus.

48


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data as at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union, and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, or IFRS-EU, and which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein.

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in pounds sterling, our presentation currency. Solely for the convenience of the reader our consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended September 30, 2012 have been translated into U.S. dollars at $1.00 = £0.6199 based on the certified foreign exchange rates published by Federal Reserve Bank of New York on September 28, 2012. Such convenience translation should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at this or at any other rate of exchange, or at all.

        Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2012 (1)   2011 (1)   2010 (1)   2009 (2)   2008 (2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Income Statement Data:

                                     

Revenue

    53,428     33,120     29,627     30,676     24,121     11,774  

Cost of sales

    (1,353 )   (839 )   (1,347 )   (752 )   (433 )   (249 )

Research and development expenditure

    (44,488 )   (27,578 )   (22,714 )   (22,145 )   (19,649 )   (19,418 )

Management and administrative expenses

    (5,904 )   (3,660 )   (3,298 )   (3,267 )   (3,015 )   (3,110 )
                           

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,683     1,043     2,268     4,512     1,024     (11,003 )

Interest expense

    (2 )   (1 )   (3 )   (8 )   (8 )    

Interest income

    323     200     263     100     136     809  
                           

Profit/(loss) before tax

    2,004     1,242     2,528     4,604     1,152     (10,194 )

Tax

    2,013     1,248     221     37     353     1,974  
                           

Profit/(loss) for the year

    4,017     2,490     2,749     4,641     1,505     (8,220 )
                           

Earnings/(loss) per share

                                     

Basic

    0.03     0.02     0.02     0.04     0.01     (0.07 )

Diluted

    0.03     0.02     0.02     0.03     0.01     (0.07 )

Weighted average number of shares

                                     

Basic

    133.0     133.0     131.7     129.7     122.3     120.3  

Diluted

    137.5     137.5     135.7     133.2     127.9     120.3  

49


Table of Contents


 
  As at September 30,  
 
  2012   2012 (1)   2011 (1)   2010 (2)   2009 (2)   2008 (2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Non-current assets

    12,328     7,642     7,078     6,776     7,068     6,317  

Current assets

                                     

Inventories

    5,706     3,537     1,424     780     551     503  

Trade and other receivables

    2,562     1,588     2,281     1,217     811     774  

Cash and cash equivalents

    47,322     29,335     28,319     25,219     20,601     14,054  

Total current assets

    56,912     35,280     32,024     27,216     22,323     17,129  

Total assets

   
69,240
   
42,922
   
39,102
   
33,992
   
29,391
   
23,446
 

Current liabilities

                                     

Trade and other payables

    (14,702 )   (9,114 )   (6,562 )   (4,554 )   (4,496 )   (5,363 )

Deferred revenue

    (3,951 )   (2,449 )   (3,459 )   (5,120 )   (4,594 )   (4,411 )

Non-current liabilities

                                     

Deferred revenue

    (16,337 )   (10,127 )   (11,422 )   (11,599 )   (13,499 )   (15,399 )

Net assets/Total equity

   
34,251
   
21,232
   
17,652
   
12,673
   
6,722
   
(1,727

)

 

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2012 (1)   2011 (1)   2010 (1)   2009 (2)   2008 (2)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash Flow Data:

                                     

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

    2,905     1,801     2,361     4,324     1,220     (7,397 )

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

    (1,710 )   (1,060 )   (647 )   (334 )   (934 )   381  

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    118     73     1,393     620     6,261     104  

(1)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union, and audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The selected historical consolidated financial data as at September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 has been derived, after certain reclassifications to conform to the current presentation, from our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU and which are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. Reclassifications made impacted on the presentation of our share-based payment charge in our consolidated income statement. Such reclassification had no impact on operating profit, profit before tax or profit for the year. There are no differences applicable to us between IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS-EU for any of the periods presented herein. These consolidated financial statements have not been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

50


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the European Union, or EU.

         The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements" in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

         Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as at and for the year ended September 30, 2012 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate at September 28, 2012, of £0.6199 to $1.00. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date .

Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from our proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas. In our 14 years of operations, we have established a world leading position in the development of plant-derived cannabinoids therapeutics through our proven drug discovery and development processes, our intellectual property portfolio and our regulatory and manufacturing expertise. We commercialized the world's first plant-derived cannabinoid prescription drug, Sativex, which is approved for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, in 20 countries and commercialized in seven countries outside the United States. We are also evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program for the treatment of cancer pain. The costs of the Phase 3 program are fully funded by our U.S. collaboration partner, Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., or Otsuka. We anticipate that top-line results from two of these Phase 3 trials will be available in 2014, the first of which we expect to be available in mid-2014. This program is intended to support the submission of a New Drug Application, or NDA, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and in other markets around the world. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program in the United States prior to the submission of a separate NDA for this indication. We have a deep pipeline of additional cannabinoid product candidates, including two distinct compounds, GWP42004 and GWP42003, in Phase 2 clinical development for Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, respectively, and at least two additional programs expected to enter clinical trials in the next 12 months.

        To support the development and commercialization of Sativex, we have entered into collaborations with the following major pharmaceutical companies: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG, or Bayer, in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel. These agreements provide our collaborators with the sole right to commercialize Sativex in exclusive territories for all indications. From our incorporation through September 30, 2012, these agreements have yielded cash of £67.2 million in upfront fees and milestone payments, of which £55.7 million has been recognized as revenue. In addition, we are entitled to receive up to an additional £201.0 million in potential payments upon the achievement of regulatory

51


Table of Contents

and commercial milestones. Upon commercialization, we are also entitled to receive revenue from the supply of products as well as royalties on product sales. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka, all pre-clinical and clinical costs associated with the development of Sativex in the United States are fully funded by Otsuka.

        We also have a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, under which we are researching cannabinoid candidates for disorders of the central nervous system, or CNS, and oncology. This agreement was originally signed in 2007 for a three-year period and was extended in 2010 until June 2013. Under this collaboration, Otsuka has the right until September 2013 to license selected product candidates, and if it exercises this right, it will pay us license fees, milestone payments, revenue from the supply of products and royalties. Detailed financial terms are required to be negotiated only when Otsuka exercises its right to license a particular product candidate. Global rights to product candidates not selected for license by Otsuka will be exclusively licensed back to us from Otsuka.

        In each of the last four years, we have generated profit for the year and positive cash inflow from operating activities, resulting in a cash position of £29.3 million at September 30, 2012. The principal factors affecting our profitability and cash flow are the timing and amount of development and approval milestone receipts from our commercial partners, the rate of growth of our Sativex product revenues, and the amount of GW-funded research and development expenditure. In the last four years we have earned significant development and approval milestone fees as a result of having achieved positive Phase 3 trial results, a series of Sativex regulatory approvals, as well as clinical trials initiation and recruitment targets.

        In recent years, we have carefully managed the level of GW-funded research and development expenditure in order to ensure that we maintain a healthy cash position. A significant proportion of our total research and development expenditure has been funded by our development partners. This has slowed down our rate of progress with the clinical development of our pipeline product candidates. We now propose to take steps to advance our clinical development programs in order to potentially realize value from our promising pipeline product candidates.

        We generate Sativex product revenue from commercial sales of Sativex for MS spasticity. Our revenue is calculated as a percentage of the net sales price charged by our commercial partners who commercialize and distribute Sativex. Our sales are therefore determined by the commercial success of our partners in achieving launches in new countries, the level of pricing charged by our partners in each country and the rate of sales growth. As the commercial rollout of Sativex continues, we expect to see growth in Sativex product revenue over time. Sales may increase or decrease in certain years depending on our partners' order schedule as well as changes in price. We also expect to receive reduced development and approval milestone fee income in the next two years. Despite this reduction, it is our intention to increase our investment in GW-funded research and development by increasing the expenditures on the Phase 2 clinical development of our pipeline product candidates. We therefore expect to report a loss and cash outflow for the year ended September 30, 2013. We believe that continued investment in research and development within the near-term will result in the creation of long-term value from our product pipeline.

Important Financial and Operating Terms and Concepts

    Revenue

        We generate revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration

52


Table of Contents

is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The allocated consideration is recognized as revenue in accordance with our accounting policies for each revenue stream.

    Product sales

        We recognize revenue from the sale of products when we have transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods to the buyer, when we no longer have effective control over the goods sold, when the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and when it is probable that we will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

    License fees

        License fees are upfront payments received under our product out-licensing agreements from our commercial partners for the right to commercialize products. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized over the period of the expected license term.

    Collaboration fees

        Collaboration fees are amounts received from our commercial partners for our participation in joint development activities. Such fees are generally received upfront, are non-refundable and are deferred and recognized as services are rendered based on the percentage of completion method.

    Technical access fees

        Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and allow them to commercially exploit, data that we possess or that can be expected to result from our research programs that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that we possess and that permit our licensing partners to use the data freely and where we have no remaining obligations to perform are recognized as revenue upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research program is ongoing are recognized based on the percentage of completion method.

    Development and approval milestone fees

        Development and approval milestones represent amounts received from our commercial partners, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones. We recognize development and approval milestone fees as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with cumulative revenue recognized limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.

    Research and development fees

        Research and development fees represent amounts chargeable to our development partners relating to the conduct of our joint research plans. Revenue from development partner-funded contract research and development agreements is recognized as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, we recognize revenue proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, we recognize revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenue is recognized in line with the expenditures.

53


Table of Contents

    Royalties

        Royalty revenue arises from our contractual entitlement to receive a fixed percentage of our commercial partner's in-market net product sales revenue. Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to us and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

    Costs of sales

        Costs of sales principally includes the cost of materials, direct labor, depreciation of manufacturing assets and overhead associated with our manufacturing facilities.

    Research and development expenditure

        Expenses on research and development activities are recognized as an expense in the period in which the expense is incurred.

        An internally-generated intangible asset arising from our development activities is recognized only when an asset is created that can be identified, it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

        We have determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold for the creation of an internally generated intangible asset can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.

    GW-funded research and development expenditure

        GW-funded research and development expenditure consists of costs associated with our research activities. These costs include costs of conducting our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, payroll costs associated with employing our team of research and development staff, share-based payment expenses, property costs associated with leasing laboratory and office space to accommodate our research teams, costs of growing botanical raw material, costs of consumables used in the conduct of our in-house research programs, payments for research work conducted by sub-contractors and sponsorship of work by our network of academic collaborative research scientists, costs associated with safety studies and costs associated with the development of further Sativex data.

        We expect to increase our investment in GW-funded research and development in the future as we seek to advance our most promising pipeline product candidates through further clinical development.

    Development partner-funded research and development expenditure

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure represent costs incurred by us in conducting the joint research plans under our collaborations. These costs include (i) costs incurred under our Phase 3 cancer pain program and other Sativex related U.S. market development activities that are chargeable to Otsuka under the terms of the 2007 Sativex U.S. development license, (ii) costs incurred in carrying out our pre-clinical toxicology, pharmacology and both in vitro and in vivo pre-clinical models in the fields of CNS disease and oncology, which are chargeable to our partner Otsuka under the terms of the research collaboration agreement and (iii) costs that we incur in providing support to the regulatory and research activities of our other Sativex development partners, which are recoverable under the terms of our agreements.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits related to our executive, finance, business development and support functions. Other management and administrative expenses include costs associated with managing our commercial activities and the costs of compliance with the day-to-day requirements of being a listed public company in the United Kingdom, including

54


Table of Contents

insurance, general administration overhead, legal and professional fees, audit fees and fees for taxation services. We expect that management and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we expand our operating activities and as we incur incremental costs associated with being a U.S. public company, including increased insurance premiums, legal compliance costs and fees associated with investor relations activities.

    Interest expense and income

        Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense incurred on a single equipment finance lease that expired in 2012.

        Interest income consists primarily of interest earned by investing our cash reserves in short-term interest-bearing deposit accounts.

    Taxation

        As a U.K. resident trading entity, we are subject to U.K. corporate taxation. Our tax recognized represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable, and deferred tax. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

        As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime, whereby our principal research subsidiary company, GW Research Ltd., is able to surrender the trading losses that arise from its research and development activities for a cash rebate of up to 24.8% of eligible research and development expenditures. Qualifying expenditures largely comprise employment costs for research staff, consumables and certain internal overhead costs incurred as part of research projects. Subcontracted research expenditures are eligible for a cash rebate of up to 16%. The majority of our pipeline research, clinical trials management and the Sativex chemistry and manufacturing controls development activities, all of which are being carried out by GW Research Ltd., are eligible for inclusion within these tax credit cash rebate claims. The Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials program, which is fully funded by Otsuka, and certain other Sativex safety studies are being carried out by GW Pharma Ltd., our principal commercial trading subsidiary. As GW Pharma Ltd. is currently profitable, it is currently unable to surrender trading losses to seek a research and development tax credit cash rebate.

        We also expect to benefit in the future from the new "patent box" initiative, which is due to come into effect in the United Kingdom in April 2013. This initiative allows profits attributable to revenues from patented products to be taxed at a lower rate than other revenue that over time will be reduced to 10%. As we have many different patents covering our products, we expect that future upfront fees, milestone fees, product revenues and royalties will be taxed at this favorably low tax rate. When taken in combination with the enhanced relief available on our research and development expenditure, we expect that this will result in a long-term low rate of corporation tax. As such, we consider that the United Kingdom is a favorable location for us to continue to conduct our business for the long-term.

Critical Judgments in Applying our Accounting Policies

        In the application of our accounting policies, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        Our estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

        The following are our critical judgments, except those involving estimation uncertainty, that we have made in the process of applying our accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents

    Recognition of clinical trials expenses

        We recognize expenses incurred in carrying out clinical trials during the course of conduct of each clinical trial in line with the state of completion of each trial. This involves the calculation of clinical trial accruals at each period end to account for incurred expenses. This requires estimation of the expected full cost to complete the trial as well as the current stage of trial completion.

        Clinical trials usually take place over extended time periods and typically involve a set-up phase, a recruitment phase and a completion phase which ends upon the receipt of a final report containing full statistical analysis of trial results. Accruals are prepared separately for each in-process clinical trial and take into consideration the stage of completion of each trial including the number of patients that have entered the trial, the number of patients that have completed treatment and whether we have received the final report. In all cases, the full cost of each trial is expensed by the time we have received the final report.

    Revenue recognition

        We recognize revenue from product sales, license fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with our commercial partners generally include a non-refundable upfront fee (attributed to separately identifiable components including license fees, collaboration fees and technical access fees), milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, royalties on product sales of licensed products if and when such product sales occur and revenue from the supply of products to our commercial partners. For these agreements, we are required to apply judgment in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.

        We apply the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires our judgment with regards to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.

Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

        The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year, are discussed below.

    Provision for inventories

        We maintain inventories which, based upon current sales levels and the current regulatory status of the product in each indication, are in-excess of the amount that is expected to be utilized in the manufacture of finished product for future commercial sales. Provision is therefore made to reduce the carrying value of the excess inventories to their expected net realizable value.

        Our provision for inventories, and adjustments thereto, are estimated based on evaluation of the status of the regulatory approval, projected sales volumes and growth rates. The timing and extent of future provision adjustments will be contingent upon the timing and extent of future regulatory approvals and post-approval in-market sales demand, which remain uncertain at this time.

    Deferred taxation

        At September 30, 2012, we have accumulated tax losses of £40.9 million, which are available to offset against future profits. We do not currently recognize the value of tax loss as deferred tax assets on the balance sheet. If the value of these losses and certain other timing differences were recognized within our balance sheet at the balance sheet date, we would be carrying a deferred tax asset of £9.7 million as at September 30, 2012. Our policy is to recognize deferred tax assets only to the extent

56


Table of Contents

that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies, and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the brought forward operating losses can be utilized. Estimation of the level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset at each reporting period end.

Segments

        We operate through three reportable segments, Sativex Commercial, Sativex Research and Development and Pipeline Research and Development.

    Sativex Commercial.   The Sativex Commercial segment promotes Sativex through strategic collaborations with major pharmaceutical companies for the currently approved indication of MS spasticity. We entered into agreements with: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group in Israel.

    Sativex Research and Development.   The Sativex R&D segment seeks to maximize the potential of Sativex through the development of new indications. The current focus for this segment is the Phase 3 clinical development program of Sativex for use in the treatment of cancer pain. We also believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States and we intend to pursue an additional clinical development program for this significant market opportunity. In addition, Sativex has shown promising efficacy in Phase 2 trials in other indications such as neuropathic pain, but these areas are not currently the subject of full development programs.

    Pipeline Research and Development.   Our Pipeline R&D segment seeks to develop cannabinoid medications other than Sativex across a range of therapeutic areas using our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. We are in Phase 2 clinical development evaluating selected cannabinoids to treat Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, and we also have pre-clinical research programs evaluating the use of selected cannabinoids for the treatment of glioma, epilepsy and psychiatric illness.

Results of Operations

    Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Revenue

    53,428     33,120     29,627     3,493     12 %

Cost of sales

    (1,353 )   (839 )   (1,347 )   (508 )   (38 )%

Research and development expenditure

    (44,488 )   (27,578 )   (22,714 )   4,864     21 %

Management and administrative expenses

    (5,904 )   (3,660 )   (3,298 )   362     11 %
                       

Operating profit

    1,683     1,043     2,268     (1,225 )   (54 )%

Interest expense

    (2 )   (1 )   (3 )   (2 )   (67 )%

Interest income

    323     200     263     (63 )   (24 )%
                       

Profit before tax

    2,004     1,242     2,528     (1,286 )   (51 )%

Tax

    2,013     1,248     221     1,027     465 %
                       

Profit for the year

    4,017     2,490     2,749     (259 )   (9 )%
                       

57


Table of Contents

    Revenue

        The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    4,055     2,514     4,409     (1,895 )   (43 )%

Research and development fees

    31,457     19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    2,087     1,294     3,843     (2,549 )   (66 )%

Development and approval milestone fees

    15,828     9,812     5,337     4,475     84 %
                       

Total revenue

    53,428     33,120     29,627     3,493     12 %
                       

        Total revenue grew by 12% to £33.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012, compared to £29.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This growth was driven by a variety of factors, as explained below.

        Sativex product sales revenue declined by £1.9 million, or 43%, to £2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 when compared to 2011. This decline was driven by two factors. First, at this early stage in the commercialization of Sativex, our deliveries consist principally of launch stock for new countries. During the year ended September 30, 2011, product sales revenue included £1.2 million of launch inventory delivered to Almirall between June and September 2011 in anticipation of a German commercial launch in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012. In comparison, there were no launch stock deliveries during the year ended September 30, 2012. Second, there were lower deliveries of Sativex batches during the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to 2011, as Almirall in Europe and Bayer in the United Kingdom serviced in-market sales principally from their existing inventory. As our partners' level of inventory stabilizes, we expect our revenue from product sales to become more representative of the in-market sales trend. This sales trend will be determined by launches in new countries, the level of pricing charged by our partners in each country and the rate of sales growth. In our 2013 fiscal year, Sativex product sales revenues will be negatively impacted by the decision in March 2013 by the German National Association of Statutory Health Insurance Funds to reduce the price of Sativex in Germany.

        Total Sativex in-market net sales by our commercial partners rose to £10.0 million, for the year ended September 30, 2012 from £5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. The volume of Sativex 10ml vials sold in-market by our partners increased year on year by 108%, which was driven by increased prescription rates in Spain and Germany as a result of Almirall's marketing efforts.

        Research and development fees increased by £3.5 million, or 22%, to £19.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected increased charges to our partners, principally Otsuka, for fees we have incurred in conducting our joint research plans, for which our partners reimburse us under the terms of our license and collaboration agreements. Further discussion regarding the joint research plan activities is included within the research and development expenditure section below.

        License, collaboration and technical access fees declined by £2.5 million, or 66%, to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 when compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This variance was due principally to:

    The inclusion in the year ended September 30, 2011 of Novartis technical access fees of £1.9 million, which included a £1.8 million fee to grant access to our MS spasticity dossier. We recognized technical access fee revenue of £1.8 million upon completion and delivery of the dossier during the year ended September 30, 2011.

    A decline in Otsuka collaboration fees of £0.8 million.

58


Table of Contents

        Development and approval milestone fees increased by £4.5 million, or 84%, to £9.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. Development and approval milestone fees consist of milestone payments due to us from Sativex partners under the terms of our agreements. Development and approval milestone payments of £9.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 resulted from a £9.8 million milestone payment received from Almirall upon achievement of an agreed Phase 3 cancer pain trial patient recruitment target.

        During the year ended September 30, 2011, development and approval milestone fees of £5.3 million included:

    £2.5 million from Almirall upon achievement of Spanish reimbursement and pricing approval for Sativex;

    £0.3 million from Almirall upon German commercial launch; and

    £2.5 million from Otsuka upon recruitment of the first patient into our Phase 3 cancer pain clinical program.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales decreased by £0.5 million, or 38%, to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This decline was primarily driven by higher sales of Sativex to Almirall during the year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to 2012 as it prepared for the German commercial launch of Sativex in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012 and sales of Sativex in 2012 by Almirall and Bayer being serviced out of their existing inventory.

    Research and development expenditure

        The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

GW-funded research and development

    13,031     8,078     6,676     1,402     21 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    31,457     19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    44,488     27,578     22,714     4,864     21 %
                       

        Research and development expenditure increased by £4.9 million, or 21%, to £27.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012, from £22.7 million for year ended September 30, 2011. As shown in the table above, research and development expenditure consists of two elements, GW-funded research and development expenditure and development partner-funded research and development expenditure.

        The £1.4 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure was due principally to:

    a £0.4 million increase in expenditure on our Phase 2 trials as two of the four trials that were in progress during the year ended September 30, 2012 neared completion. This expense consisted principally of external third party costs incurred in the conduct of these exploratory clinical trials;

    £0.5 million of expenditure on our Sativex regulatory commitments, which includes a 120 patient MS cognition trial as well as patient registry studies being conducted in the United Kingdom, Germany and Sweden. These studies were required by regulators as a post-approval commitment

59


Table of Contents

      following the regulatory approvals granted during the years ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2011 in these countries; and

    a £0.5 million increase in payroll costs for research staff, share based payment expenses, property related overhead and other internal overhead costs associated with GW-funded research activities.

        We track all research and development expenditures against detailed budgets but do not seek to allocate and monitor all research and development costs by individual project. As noted in the segmental analysis below, we do analyze GW-funded research and development into Sativex related expenditures and pipeline related expenditures. External third party costs of running clinical trials totalling £1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 and £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 were tracked by individual project while the remaining £6.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 and £5.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 consisting largely of internal overhead costs were not allocated to individual projects. We believe that our existing liquidity is sufficient to complete our GW-funded research and development projects. Development partner-funded research and development projects are funded in advance by our development partners, which involves the receipt of advanced funds every three months, sufficient to cover projected expenditure for the next three months. For further information on the risks our research and development program face, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Development and Regulatory Approval of Sativex and Our Product Candidates".

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Sativex U.S. development program

    22,713     14,080     10,822     3,228     30 %

Otsuka research collaboration expenses

    8,743     5,420     5,216     234     5 %
                       

Total development partner-funded research and development

    31,457     19,500     16,038     3,462     22 %
                       

        Sativex U.S. development expenses increased by £3.2 million, or 30%, to £14.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected increased patient recruitment into the first two Sativex Phase 3 trials, geographic expansion of the trials into new territories and commencement of the third Phase 3 cancer pain trial.

        Otsuka research collaboration expenses increased by £0.2 million, or 5%, to £5.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. These charges to Otsuka included charges for the cost of employing staff to work on our joint research plan, plus the cost of subcontracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorship of our network of academic scientists. The increase reflected a rise in the amount of sub-contracted pre-clinical studies as we started to focus our research upon the product candidates of most interest to Otsuka to demonstrate efficacy in in vivo models of disease and to refine our understanding of likely mechanisms of action in an effort to further advance this collaboration.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses increased by £0.4 million, or 11%, to £3.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This reflected the combined effects of increases in share-based payment charges of £0.2 million and other management and administrative expenses of £0.2 million.

60


Table of Contents

    Interest income

        Interest income declined by £0.1 million to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011, reflecting lower interest rates achieved on our cash deposits during the year ended September 30, 2012, principally due to a tightening of our treasury policy, whereby our board of directors decided to keep our cash deposits on a very short term, typically 30 to 60 days, in order to maximize the liquidity of our funds during a period of economic uncertainty and increased concern about counterparty credit risk. This approach to investing our surplus cash deposits resulted in a reduction to the average interest rates achieved on deposits.

    Tax

        Our tax credit increased by £1.0 million, or 464%, to £1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. Research and development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses, the eligibility of our research and development expenditure and the level of certainty relating to the recoverability of the claim. The significant increase in research and development tax credits recognized in the year ended September 30, 2012 arose following an increase in levels of qualifying expenditure supported by a sustained history of agreement by Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (UK) with such claims.

    Segmental review

    Sativex Commercial segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    4,055     2,514     4,409     (1,895 )   (43 )%

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    2,087     1,294     3,843     (2,549 )   (66 )%

Development and approval milestone fees

    15,828     9,812     5,337     4,475     84 %
                       

Total revenue

    21,971     13,620     13,589     31     0 %

Cost of sales

    (1,353 )   (839 )   (1,347 )   (508 )   (38 )%

Research and development credit

    2,097     1,300     266     1,034     389 %
                       

Segmental result

    22,715     14,081     12,508     1,573     13 %
                       

        We classify all revenue from Sativex collaboration partners, with the exception of research and development fees, as Sativex Commercial segment revenue. The principal variances in these revenue streams are summarized in the table above. An explanation of the principal movements in the revenue streams is provided in the revenue section above.

        Cost of sales declined by £0.5 million, or 38%, to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. An explanation of the principal movements in the cost of sales is provided in the cost of sales section above.

        For the Sativex Commercial segment, the research and development credit represents the movement in the provision against inventories manufactured prior to the regulatory approval of Sativex. All inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval were capitalized as an asset but provided for, with the charge recognized in the research and development expenditure line, until there was a high probability of regulatory approval. When we determined that there was a high probability of regulatory approval of Sativex, the provision was revised to adjust the carrying value of Sativex inventories to the expected net realizable value, which may not exceed original cost. The provision for inventories release of £1.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 was higher than the £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 due to higher estimated future sales of Sativex at September 30, 2012.

61


Table of Contents

    Sativex Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    22,713     14,080     10,822     3,258     30 %

Research and development expenditure:

                               

GW-funded research and development

    (6,993 )   (4,335 )   (3,935 )   400     10 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (22,713 )   (14,080 )   (10,822 )   3,258     30 %
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    (29,706 )   (18,415 )   (14,757 )   3,658     25 %
                       

Segmental result

    (6,993 )   (4,335 )   (3,935 )   (400 )   10 %
                       

        Total research and development expenditure related to Sativex during the year ended September 30, 2012 increased by £3.7 million, or 25%, to £18.4 million as compared to the year ended September 30, 2011. This growth was largely attributable to a £3.3 million increase to the expanding Phase 3 cancer pain clinical program and associated development projects that are funded by Otsuka under the terms of the Sativex license and development agreement.

        As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.

    Pipeline Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2012 vs. 2011  
 
  2012   2012   2011   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    8,743     5,420     5,216     204     4 %

Research and development expenditure:

                               

GW-funded research and development

    (7,233 )   (4,484 )   (2,618 )   1,866     71 %

Development partner-funded research and development

    (8,743 )   (5,420 )   (5,216 )   204     4 %
                       

Total research and development expenditure

    (15,977 )   (9,904 )   (7,834 )   2,070     26 %
                       

Segmental result

    (7,233 )   (4,484 )   (2,618 )   1,866     71 %
                       

        Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. The 4% year-on-year increase in pipeline research and development fees and development partner-funded research and development fees reflect an increasing amount of in vivo pre-clinical studies as we focused our work on preparing Otsuka's preferred product candidates for potential clinic development.

        GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure increased by £1.9 million, or 71%, to £4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 as compared to £2.6 million for the year ended

62


Table of Contents

September 30, 2011. This increase was attributable to us having made progress with the recruitment of our Phase 2 trials, with the result that there was a year-on-year increase in Phase 2 clinical expenses.

        As the development partner-funded research and development expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental result equals the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.

    Comparison of Years Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Revenue

    29,627     30,676     (1,049 )   (3 )%

Cost of sales

    (1,347 )   (752 )   595     79 %

Research and development expenditure

    (22,714 )   (22,145 )   569     3 %

Management and administrative expenses

    (3,298 )   (3,267 )   31     1 %
                   

Operating profit

    2,268     4,512     (2,244 )   (50 )%

Interest expense

    (3 )   (8 )   (5 )   (63 )%

Interest income

    263     100     163     163 %
                   

Profit before tax

    2,528     4,604     (2,076 )   (45 )%

Tax

    221     37     184     497 %
                   

Profit for the year

    2,749     4,641     (1,892 )   (41 )%
                   

    Revenue

        The following table summarizes our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    4,409     2,768     1,641     59 %

Research and development fees

    16,038     14,808     1,230     8 %

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    3,843     1,900     1,943     102 %

Development and approval milestone fees

    5,337     11,200     (5,863 )   (52 )%
                   

Total revenue

    29,627     30,676     (1,049 )   (3 )%
                   

        Total revenue decreased by 3% to £29.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £30.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This decrease was driven by a variety of factors, as explained below.

        Sativex product sales revenue increased by £1.6 million, or 59%, to £4.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £2.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This reflected the geographic expansion of Sativex product sales revenue following regulatory approval in the United Kingdom and Spain in mid-2010. In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2011, product sales revenue included £1.2 million of launch inventory delivered to Almirall between June and September 2011 in anticipation of a German commercial launch in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012.

63


Table of Contents

        Research and development fees increased by £1.2 million, or 8%, to £16.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £14.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This reflected increased charges to our partners, principally Otsuka, for fees we have incurred in conducting our joint research plans, for which our partners reimburse us under the terms of our license and collaboration agreements. Further discussion regarding the joint research plan activities is included within the research and development expenditure section below.

        License, collaboration, and technical access fees increased by £1.9 million, or 102%, to £3.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £1.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This increase was due to the inclusion in the year ended September 30, 2011 of Novartis technical access fees of £1.9 million, which included a £1.8 million fee to grant access to our MS spasticity dossier, which was recognized upon completion and delivery of the dossier during the year ended September 30, 2011.

        Development and approval milestone fees decreased by £5.9 million, or 52%, to £5.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £11.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. Development and approval milestone fees consist of milestone payments due to us from Sativex partners under the terms of our agreements. During the year ended September 30, 2011, development and approval milestone fees of £5.3 million included:

    £2.5 million from Almirall upon achievement of Spanish reimbursement and pricing approval for Sativex;

    £0.3 million from Almirall upon German commercial launch; and

    £2.5 million from Otsuka upon recruitment of the first patient into our Phase 3 cancer pain clinical trials program.

        In the year ended September 30, 2010, development and approval milestone fees included £10.0 million from Bayer upon Sativex U.K. regulatory approval for MS spasticity and £1.2 million from Bayer in respect of the Canadian MS spasticity regulatory approval.

    Cost of sales

        Cost of sales increased by £0.6 million, or 79%, to £1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010, reflecting the increased volume of Sativex sold following approvals during the year ended September 30, 2010 in the United Kingdom and Spain and higher sales of Sativex to Almirall during the year ended September 30, 2011 as it prepared for the German commercial launch of Sativex in the first quarter of the year ended September 30, 2012.

    Research and development expenditure

        The following table summarizes our research and development expenditure for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

GW-funded research and development

    6,676     7,337     (661 )   (9 )%

Development partner-funded research and development

    16,038     14,808     1,230     8 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    22,714     22,145     569     3 %
                   

64


Table of Contents

        Research and development expenditure increased by £0.6 million, or 3%, to £22.7 million in the year ended September 30, 2011 from £22.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. As shown in the table above, research and development expenditure consists of two elements, GW-funded research and development expenditure and development partner-funded research and development expenditure.

        GW-funded research and development expenditure decreased by £0.7 million, or 9%, to £6.7 million during the year ended September 30, 2011 from £7.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in GW-funded research and development expenditure was primarily driven by dedicating an increased proportion of our internal staff and resources to development partner-funded research projects.

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditure was made up of two principal elements, as follows:

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Sativex U.S. development program

    10,822     10,381     441     4 %

Otsuka research collaboration expenses

    5,216     4,427     789     15 %
                   

Total development partner-funded research and development

    16,038     14,808     1,230     8 %
                   

        Sativex U.S. development expenses increased by £0.4 million, or 4%, to £10.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to £10.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. The increase in Sativex U.S. development expenses was driven by the geographic expansion of our Phase 3 clinical program in cancer pain, and a transition from the operational set-up and planning phase of these clinical trials into the patient recruitment phase.

        Otsuka research collaboration expenses increased by £0.8 million, or 15%, to £5.2 million during the year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to £4.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This increase was driven by the increase in our headcount that was funded by Otsuka and by increased sponsorship of pre-clinical work by our network of collaborative scientists. The earliest years of our collaboration with Otsuka focused upon pharmacology and toxicology while work for the year ended September 30, 2011 was increasingly focused upon more expensive in vivo models of disease and mode of action studies.

    Management and administrative expenses

        Management and administrative expenses remained static at £3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011, which is comparable to the year ended September 30, 2010.

    Interest income

        Interest income increased by £0.2 million to £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This reflected the increase in our average level of cash deposits following receipt of the £11.2 million of Sativex approval milestones from Bayer in the second half of 2010.

    Tax

        The tax credit recognized in our income statement increased marginally to £0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 from £37,000 for the year ended September 30, 2010. Research and

65


Table of Contents

development tax credits recognized vary depending on our available tax losses and the eligibility of our research and development expenditure.

    Segmental review

    Sativex Commercial segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex Commercial segment for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Product sales

    4,409     2,768     1,641     59 %

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    3,843     1,900     1,943     102 %

Development and approval milestone fees

    5,337     11,200     (5,863 )   (52 )%
                   

Total revenue

    13,589     15,868     (2,279 )   (14 )%

Cost of sales

    (1,347 )   (752 )   595     79 %

Research and development credit

    266     114     152     133 %
                   

Segmental result

    12,508     15,230     (2,722 )   (18 )%
                   

        Sativex Commercial segment revenue decreased by £2.3 million, or 14%, to £13.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £15.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. An explanation of the principal movements in revenue is provided in the revenue section above.

        Cost of sales increased by £0.6 million, or 79%, to £1.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £0.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. An explanation of the principal movements in cost of sales is provided in the cost of sales section above.

        For the Sativex Commercial segment, the research and development credit represents the movement in the provision against inventories manufactured prior to the regulatory approval of Sativex. All inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval were capitalized as an asset but provided for, with the charge recognized in the research and development expenditure line, until there was a high probability of regulatory approval. When we determined that there was a high probability of regulatory approval of Sativex, the provision was revised to adjust the carrying value of Sativex inventories to expected net realizable value, which may not exceed original cost. The provision for inventories release of £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 was higher than the £0.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2010 due to higher estimated future sales of Sativex at September 30, 2011.

66


Table of Contents

    Sativex Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Sativex R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    10,822     10,381     441     4 %

Research and development expenditure:

                         

GW-funded research and development

    (3,935 )   (4,137 )   (202 )   (5 )%

Development partner-funded research and development

    (10,822 )   (10,381 )   441     4 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    (14,757 )   (14,518 )   239     2 %
                   

Segmental result

    (3,935 )   (4,137 )   (202 )   (5 )%
                   

        Total research and development expenditure incurred by the Sativex R&D segment during the year ended September 30, 2011 increased slightly by £0.2 million, or 2%, to £14.8 million as compared to £14.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. Development partner-funded research and development expenditure on the Sativex Phase 3 cancer pain program and associated Sativex development work increased by £0.4 million, or 4%, for the year ended September 30, 2011 as patient recruitment in these trials progressed during the 2011 period.

        The GW-funded element of Sativex research and development expenditure declined slightly by £0.2 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2011 to £3.9 million as compared to £4.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. The year ended September 30, 2010 included the final costs for the MS spasticity Phase 3 trials, which were subsequently used for regulatory approvals achieved during the year ended September 30, 2010.

        As all of the development partner-funded research and development expenditure is reimbursed to us under the terms of our license agreements, the net result for this segment equals the GW-funded research and development expenditure on Sativex related projects.

    Pipeline Research and Development segment

        The following table summarizes the results of our operations for our Pipeline R&D segment for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, together with the changes to those items.

 
  Year Ended September 30,   Change 2011 vs. 2010  
 
  2011   2010   Increase/(Decrease)  
 
  £
  £
  £
  %
 
 
  (in thousands, except for percentages)
 

Research and development fees

    5,216     4,427     789     18 %

Research and development expenditure:

                         

GW-funded research and development

    (2,618 )   (2,992 )   (374 )   (13 )%

Development partner-funded research and development

    (5,216 )   (4,427 )   789     18 %
                   

Total research and development expenditure

    (7,834 )   (7,419 )   415     6 %
                   

Segmental result

    (2,618 )   (2,992 )   (374 )   (13 )%
                   

        Pipeline research and development fees are equal to the development partner-funded research and development expenditure incurred by us in conducting our joint pipeline research program and recharged to Otsuka under the terms of our 2007 research collaboration agreement. As noted in the

67


Table of Contents

research and development expenditure section above, the 18% year-on-year increase reflected an increasing amount of in vivo pre-clinical studies and increasing charges to Otsuka in line with increasing our headcount dedicated to this research.

        GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure declined by £0.4 million, or 13%, to £2.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 as compared to £3.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This decrease was attributable to an increase in the proportion of staff and overhead being allocated to joint pipeline research efforts with Otsuka, with the result that while the overall research and development overhead continued to grow, the net amount required to be funded by us decreased as charges to Otsuka increased.

        As the development partner-funded expenditure was fully offset by the associated research and development fees, the segmental results equal the GW-funded pipeline research and development expenditure.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        In recent years, we have largely funded our operations and growth from research and development fees and milestone payments from our development partners. We have also funded our operations and growth with cash flow from operations including Sativex revenue, research and development tax credits, interest income and issuances of equity securities. Our cash flows may fluctuate, are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors including:

    the rate of growth of our Sativex revenue, which relies upon the marketing efforts of our commercial partners and factors such as the timing of further national approvals, the price levels achieved by our partners in each country, and the availability of reimbursement in countries in which the product is able to be marketed;

    the extent to which we seek to retain development rights to our pipeline of new product candidates or whether we seek to out-license them to a partner who will fund future research and development expenditure in return for a right to share in future commercial revenue;

    the extent of success in our early pre-clinical and clinical stage research programs which will determine the amount of funding required to further the development of our product candidates;

    the timing of achievement of the milestones receivable if Sativex is approved and launched in the United States;

    the terms and timing of new strategic collaborations;

    the number and characteristics of the product candidates that we seek to develop;

    the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals of Sativex and our other product candidates;

    the costs involved in constructing larger, FDA-compliant manufacturing facilities for Sativex and our other product candidates;

    the costs involved in filing and prosecuting patent applications and enforcing and defending potential patent claims; and

    the costs of hiring additional skilled employees to support our continued growth.

        We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as at September 30, 2012 of £29.3 million coupled with cash flow from operating activities will be sufficient to fund our operations, including currently anticipated research and development activities and planned capital spending, for the foreseeable future, including for at least the next twelve months.

68


Table of Contents

    Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes the results of our cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 
  Year Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  $
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

    2,905     1,801     2,361     4,324  

Net cash outflow from investing activities

    (1,710 )   (1,060 )   (647 )   (334 )

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    118     73     1,393     620  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

    47,322     29,335     28,319     25,219  

    Operating activities

        Net cash inflow from operating activities decreased by £0.6 million, or 24%, to £1.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 compared to £2.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily driven by a £3.1 million reduction in receipts of license and technical access fees, a £1.4 million reduction in Sativex product sales and a £1.8 million increase in GW-funded research and development expenditure and management and administrative expenditure, being only partially offset by an increase in milestone payments received of £4.5 million, a £1.0 million reduction in working capital growth and a £0.2 million increase in tax credit receipts.

        Net cash inflow from operating activities decreased by £2.0 million, or 45%, to £2.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 compared to £4.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2010. This decrease was primarily driven by a £5.9 million reduction in milestone payments received, a £0.6 million increase in working capital and a £0.2 million reduction to tax credit receipts, being only partially offset by the effects of a £3.1 million increase in license and technical access fee receipts, a £1.0 million increase in Sativex product receipts and a £0.6 million reduction to GW-funded research and development expenditure.

    Investing activities

        The net cash outflow from investing activities increased by £0.5 million to £1.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2012 from £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011, principally reflecting an increase in capital expenditure of £0.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2012 as we invested in expanding and upgrading our manufacturing facilities.

        The cash outflow from investing activities increased by £0.3 million to £0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 from £0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2010, reflecting a £0.5 million increase in capital expenditure, which principally consisted of new laboratory equipment, offset in part by a £0.2 million increase in interest received during the year ended September 30, 2011.

    Financing activities

        Cash generated by financing activities, in all reporting periods, relates principally to the proceeds received on exercise of share options. Such cash inflows amounted to £0.1 million in the year ended September 30, 2012, £1.4 million in the year ended September 30, 2011 and £0.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2010.

69


Table of Contents

    Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as at September 30, 2012.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations (1)

    3,362     987     1,788     587      

Purchase obligations (2)

    138     138              
                       

Total contractual cash obligations (3)

    3,500     1,125     1,788     587      
                       

(1)
We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases on defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we exercise our renewal options, or if we were to enter into additional new operating leases. See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Purchase obligations include signed orders for capital equipment, which have been committed but not yet received at the balance sheet date totaling £138,000.

(3)
The table above excludes a potential liability, under the terms of a letter of indemnity given by us to the landlord of proposed new manufacturing facilities, for up to £1.1 million. See Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk arises from our exposure to fluctuation in interest rates and currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to expected liquidity requirements.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to interest rate risk as we place surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. We seek to ensure that we consistently earn commercially competitive interest rates by using the services of an independent broker to identify and secure the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet our stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so, we manage the term of cash deposits, up to 365 days, in order to maximize interest earnings while also ensuring that we maintain sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.

        At September 30, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents consisted of very short-term cash deposits with maturities of less than 90 days, in order to maximize the liquidity of our funds during a period of economic uncertainty and increased concern about counterparty credit risk.

        We do not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities that would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.

    Currency Risk

        Our functional currency is pounds sterling and the majority of our transactions are denominated in that currency. However, we receive revenue and incur expenses in other currencies and are exposed to the effects of exchange rates. We seek to minimize this exposure by passively maintaining other currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable expenses in these other currencies,

70


Table of Contents

converting surplus currency balances of these other currencies into pounds sterling as soon as they arise. We do not use forward exchange contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

        The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. Among these provisions is an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal control over financial reporting. We have elected to rely on this exemption and will not provide such an attestation from our auditors. We have elected to opt out of all other provisions of the JOBS Act, including the provision that allows us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards until such time as private companies would be required to comply. This latter decision to opt out of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act.

71


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from our proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas. In our 14 years of operations, we have established a world leading position in the development of plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven drug discovery and development processes, our intellectual property portfolio and our regulatory and manufacturing expertise. We commercialized the world's first plant-derived cannabinoid prescription drug, Sativex, which is approved for the treatment of spasticity due to multiple sclerosis, or MS, in 20 countries outside the United States. We are also evaluating Sativex a Phase 3 program for the treatment of cancer pain, and we anticipate that top-line results from two Phase 3 trials will be available in 2014, the first of which we expect to be available in mid-2014. This program is intended to support the submission of a New Drug Application, or NDA, for Sativex in cancer pain with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and in other markets around the world. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we intend to pursue an additional clinical development program for this significant opportunity. We have a deep pipeline of additional cannabinoid product candidates, including two distinct compounds, GWP42004 and GWP 42003, in Phase 2 clinical development for Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, respectively, and at least two additional programs expected to enter clinical trials in the next 12 months.

        Our lead product, Sativex, is an oromucosal spray consisting of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, and cannabidiol, or CBD. We are evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to treat persistent pain in people with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief from optimized chronic opioid therapy, the current standard of care. This program represents the lead target indication for Sativex in the United States and is based on positive data from two Phase 2 trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients in this indication. According to Fallon, et al. in the March/April 2006 edition of Clinical Medicine , pain is uncontrolled with opioid treatments in approximately 20% of patients with advanced cancer, or 420,000 people in the United States. There are currently no approved non-opioid treatments for patients who do not respond to, or experience negative side effects with, opioid medications. We believe that Sativex has the potential to address a significant unmet need in this large market by treating patients with a product that employs a differentiated non-opioid mechanism of action, and offers the prospect of pain relief without increasing opioid-related adverse side effects. Our ongoing Phase 3 program is being conducted under an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, and consists of three clinical trials, the first two of which are expected to enroll 760 patients in total and are intended to form the basis of the NDA. These two Phase 3 trial protocols mirror our Phase 2b trial of Sativex with respect to patient population and treatment duration, and employ a primary efficacy endpoint which yielded statistically significant results in favor of Sativex in both Phase 2 trials. The costs of the Phase 3 program are fully funded by Otsuka.

        We recently initiated commercialization of Sativex for the treatment of MS spasticity in seven countries outside the United States. We have also received regulatory approval for Sativex for MS spasticity in 13 additional countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in the majority of these countries in the next 12 months. Two additional countries have recommended approval for Sativex in this indication and regulatory filings are under review in eight other countries. While we believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States, we also believe that cancer pain is the optimal entry point for Sativex in the United States from a commercial and regulatory perspective since we performed our MS spasticity pre-clinical and clinical program outside of the United States, and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of an NDA with the FDA for this indication. According to the World Health Organization, MS affects 1.3 million people worldwide, of which up to 80% suffer from

72


Table of Contents

spasticity, a symptom of MS characterized by muscle stiffness and uncontrollable spasms. There is no cure for spasticity, and it is widely recognized that currently available oral treatments afford only partial relief and have unpleasant side effects. Sativex offers the prospect of treating patients who have failed existing oral therapies and who might otherwise require invasive and costly alternative treatment options.

        The cannabis plant is the unique source of more than 70 structurally related plant-derived cannabinoids. Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share this property. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and a cannabinoid receptor system in the human body, known as the endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science and our research into a large number of these cannabinoids suggests that each has distinct pharmacological effects and potential therapeutic applications.

        Our proprietary cannabinoid product platform consists of a continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through our worldwide network of leading scientists, our intellectual property portfolio, in-house formulation, processing and manufacturing capabilities, and development and regulatory expertise. We believe that our proprietary cannabinoid product platform uniquely positions us to discover and develop cannabinoids as new therapeutics, and we are evaluating the potential for cannabinoids in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, disorders of the central nervous system, or CNS, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer, and neurodegenerative disease.

        We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. In addition to Sativex, we are developing other cannabinoid product candidates, including GWP42004, which has completed a Phase 2a trial in Type 2 diabetes. In this trial, GWP42004 showed evidence of anti-diabetic effects, including the preservation of beta cell function and evidence across a number of endpoints suggesting an increase in insulin sensitivity. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 dose-ranging trial in 2013 of GWP42004 for this indication. In addition, we are developing GWP42003, a cannabinoid which has shown anti-inflammatory properties in pre-clinical studies. GWP42003 is currently in a Phase 2 trial for ulcerative colitis for which we expect data in early 2014. We expect at least two additional cannabinoid programs to advance into clinical trials within the next 12 months. Our early clinical development activities are conducted outside of the United States and we expect to submit INDs in the United States for our product candidates at a later stage in their development.

        Our commercialized product and key ongoing development programs are shown in the table below:

Product/Product Candidates
  Indication   Partner(s)   Status   Expected
Next Steps

Sativex

  MS spasticity   Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm   Approved in 20 countries   Additional submissions, approvals and launches

Sativex

 

Cancer pain

 

Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis, Bayer and Neopharm

 

Phase 3 program ongoing

 

Phase 3 data in 2014

GWP42004

 

Type 2 diabetes

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2a trial complete

 

Phase 2 dose ranging trial to commence in 2013

73


Table of Contents

Product/Product Candidates
  Indication   Partner(s)   Status   Expected
Next Steps

GWP42003

 

Ulcerative colitis

 

We retain global rights

 

Phase 2 trial ongoing

 

Phase 2 data in early 2014

GWP42006

 

Epilepsy

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 1 to commence in 2013

Combination of GWP42002 and GWP42003

 

Glioma

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 1b/2a to commence in 2013

GWP42003

 

Schizophrenia

 

Otsuka Collaboration*

 

Pre-clinical

 

Phase 2a to commence in 2013


*
Currently funded under the terms of the Otsuka research collaboration agreement. See "Business—Intellectual Property and Technology Licenses" for more information.

        To support the development and commercialization of Sativex, we have entered into license and development agreements with the following major pharmaceutical companies in selected territories: Otsuka in the United States; Almirall S.A., or Almirall, in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico; Novartis Pharma AG, or Novartis, in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa; Bayer HealthCare AG, or Bayer, in the United Kingdom and Canada; and Neopharm Group, or Neopharm, in Israel. These agreements provide our collaborators with the sole right to commercialize Sativex in exclusive territories for all indications. From our incorporation through September 30, 2012, these agreements have yielded cash of £67.2 million in upfront fees and milestone payments. In addition, we are entitled to receive up to an additional £201.0 million in potential payments upon the achievement of regulatory and commercial milestones. Upon commercialization, we are also entitled to receive revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. In addition, under the terms of our agreement with Otsuka, all pre-clinical and clinical costs associated with the development of Sativex in the United States are fully funded by Otsuka.

        We also have a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, under which we are researching novel cannabinoid candidates for CNS disorders and oncology. This agreement was originally signed in 2007 for a three-year period and was extended in 2010 until June 2013. Under this collaboration, Otsuka has the right until September 2013 to license selected product candidates, and if it exercises this right, it will pay us license fees, milestone payments, revenue from the supply of product and royalties. Detailed financial terms are required to be negotiated only at the time at which Otsuka exercises its right to license a particular product candidate. Global rights to product candidates not selected for license by Otsuka will be exclusively licensed back to us from Otsuka.

Our Strengths

        We are a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering, developing and commercializing novel plant-derived cannabinoid therapeutics. We believe that we offer the following key distinguishing characteristics:

    Commercialized lead product and validated development and regulatory pathway.   We believe that the successful development and regulatory approval of Sativex in MS spasticity provides important validation of our proprietary cannabinoid product platform. Sativex for MS spasticity is now approved in 20 countries outside of the United States, recommended for approval in four countries, and submitted for approval in eight additional countries. On this basis, we believe we can expand the approved indications for Sativex and develop a portfolio of additional cannabinoid therapeutics.

74


Table of Contents

    Significant late stage opportunity in cancer pain, a large market.   We are currently evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to support the submission of an NDA in the United States and regulatory applications across other parts of the world for the treatment of advanced cancer pain. Our Phase 3 program follows positive Phase 2 data from clinical trials of Sativex involving over 530 patients. Our ongoing Phase 3 program is being conducted under an IND and consists of three clinical trials, the first two of which are expected to enroll 760 patients in total and are intended to form the basis of the NDA. These two Phase 3 trial protocols mirror our Phase 2b trial with respect to patient population and treatment duration, and employ a primary efficacy endpoint which yielded statistically significant results in both Phase 2 trials. The Phase 3 trials are fully funded by Otsuka, and we anticipate that top-line results from the first two Phase 3 trials will be available in 2014.

    Additional late stage opportunity in the United States for MS spasticity.   Sativex is approved for MS spasticity in 20 countries outside the United States. We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for Sativex in the United States and we anticipate that we will be required to conduct an additional development program prior to the submission of a separate NDA with the FDA for this indication.

    Opportunity for first-in-class treatments across a large number of therapeutic targets.   We are at the forefront of the commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics using our proprietary product platform to identify, validate and develop innovative first-in-class therapeutics that are designed to meet significant unmet medical needs. Sativex and each of our other product candidates represent a novel approach and aim to provide benefits that are superior to existing treatment options, by providing efficacy where current treatments have failed and/or offering an improved safety profile. We believe our cannabinoid research may yield new product candidates in a broad range of diseases, including in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, CNS disorders, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer and neurodegenerative disease.

    Collaborations with major global pharmaceutical companies.   We have entered into collaboration agreements for Sativex, including with Otsuka, Almirall, Novartis and Bayer. From our incorporation through September 30, 2012, we have received cash of £67.2 million in upfront fees and milestones. In addition, we are eligible to receive up to an additional £201.0 million in potential milestone payments, plus product supply revenue and royalties upon commercialization. In addition, Otsuka is required to fund all pre-clinical and clinical research activities towards achieving FDA approval for Sativex in all indications. Separately, we have a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka under which Otsuka funds our pre-clinical research in the fields of CNS and oncology.

    Strong competitive position in a highly specialized and regulated field.   We believe we are uniquely positioned to benefit from the significant potential within the field of cannabinoid therapeutics in which we have developed a successful track record and expertise during our 14 years of operations. In addition, we believe the highly specialized area of research and high degree of international regulations by governmental authorities, create substantial barriers to entry. We have an intellectual property portfolio including patent families with claims directed to plants, plant extracts, extraction technology, pharmaceutical formulations, drug delivery and the therapeutic uses of cannabinoids. Supplementing our traditional intellectual property, we own plant variety rights and possess a significant body of know-how and trade secrets pertaining to plant breeding and growing.

    In-house manufacturing capabilities and expertise in controlled substances.   We operate under good manufacturing practice, or GMP, commercial manufacturing licenses in the United Kingdom, which give us the capability to supply our products to global markets. We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to 34 countries and have substantial

75


Table of Contents

      expertise in, and experience with, relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics.

    Highly experienced management team and network of leading scientists.   Several members of our leadership team have been in place for over ten years. We have a fully integrated in-house research and development organization, regulatory capabilities and commercial manufacturing expertise. As of September 30, 2012, our work force of 182 staff included 114 in research and development, 38 in manufacturing and operations, 16 in quality control and quality assurance and 14 in administrative functions. We closely collaborate with a broad network of leading scientists in the cannabinoid field, including 28 academic institutions in eight countries.

Our Proprietary Cannabinoid Product Platform

        We believe we have established a world leading position in cannabinoid therapeutics through our proven proprietary cannabinoid product platform. Our platform consists of a continually evolving library of internally generated novel cannabis plant types that produce selected cannabinoids, discovery of novel cannabinoid pharmacology through our network of world leading scientists, an intellectual property portfolio, in-house formulation, processing and manufacturing capabilities, and development and regulatory expertise. We further believe that we are in a unique position to develop and manufacture plant-derived cannabinoid formulations worldwide at sufficient quality, uniformity, scale and sophistication for the purposes of pharmaceutical development and to meet international regulatory requirements.

    Cannabinoid Science Overview

        Although one cannabinoid, THC, is known to cause psychoactive effects associated with the use of illicit herbal cannabis, none of the other cannabinoids are known to share these properties. In recent decades, there have been major scientific advances that have led to the discovery of new plant-derived cannabinoids and the endocannabinoid system. We are at the forefront of this new area of science and our research into a large number of these cannabinoids suggests that each has distinct pharmacological effects and potential therapeutic applications.

        Our research to date has focused on the following plant-based cannabinoids:

   
   
  THC (Delta-9 Tetrahydrocannabinol)   CBDVA (Cannabidivarin—Acid)
  D8-THC (Delta-8 Tetrahydrocannabinol)   CBC (Cannabichromene)
  THCA (Tetrahydrocannabinol—Acid)   CBG (Cannabigerol)
  THCV (Tetrahydrocannabivarin)   CBGA (Cannabigerol—Acid)
  THCVA (Tetrahydrocannabivarin—Acid)   CBGV (Cannabigerovarin)
  CBD (Cannabidiol)   CBN (Cannabinol)
  CBDA (Cannabidiol—Acid)   CBNV (Cannabinovarin)
  CBDV (Cannabidivarin)    

        Initial academic research in the field of cannabinoid science focused almost exclusively on THC. It has been widely published in scientific literature that THC has pain suppression, anti-spasmodic, anti-tremor, anti-inflammatory, appetite stimulant and anti-nausea properties. Our research and development, however, has focused primarily on exploring cannabinoids other than THC and identifying potential therapeutic applications of these other cannabinoids. We have focused particularly on CBD, which has shown in pre-clinical testing conducted by us and supported by publications in scientific literature to have anti-inflammatory, anti-convulsant, anti-psychotic, anti-oxidant, neuroprotective and immunomodulatory effects. In addition, we believe CBD is not intoxicating as

76


Table of Contents

evidenced by its distinct pharmacology from THC as well as evidence from clinical trials. In particular, the intoxicating effects of THC result from its activity as a partial agonist at the CB1 receptor; CBD does not have this same pharmacologic activity. There is a significant body of scientific literature on the properties of CBD, which consistently describes CBD as a cannabinoid without psychotropic effects. Furthermore, according to publications in scientific literature, in particular pre-clinical research published by Zuardi, et al. in the Journal of Psychopharmacology 1982 and clinical research published by Karniol, et al. in the European Journal of Pharmacology 1974, research suggests that the presence of CBD may mitigate some of the side-effects of THC. We have also identified important pharmacological effects of other cannabinoids, such as the anti-convulsant effects of CBDV, anti-diabetic effects of THCV, anti-nausea effects of CBDA and anti-cancer effects of CBG.

        There are at least two types of cannabinoid receptors, CB1 and CB2, in the human endocannabinoid system. CB1 receptors are considered to be among the most widely expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the brain and are particularly abundant in areas of the brain concerned with movement and postural control, pain and sensory perception, memory, cognition, emotion, autonomic and endocrine function. CB1 receptors are also found in peripheral tissues including peripheral nerves and non-neuronal tissues such as muscle, liver tissues and fat. CB2 receptors are expressed primarily in tissues in the immune system and are believed to mediate the immunological effects of cannabinoids. In addition, research suggests the endocannabinoid system interacts with other important neurotransmitter and neuromodulatory systems in the human body, including TRP channels, adenosine uptake, and serotonin receptors. We believe that the far-reaching and diverse pharmacology of the numerous cannabinoids provides significant potential for development of cannabinoid therapeutics across many indications and disease areas.

    Our Product Development Approach

        Our approach to early product development of novel cannabinoids consists of the following stages:

        Cannabinoid Chemotype Development.     Our research activities commence with the generation of novel and proprietary cannabinoid plant types that produce selected cannabinoids. Our plant geneticists breed unique and protected "chemotypes," or plants characterized by their chemical content, such that we can precisely control the cannabinoid composition of a plant. We employ traditional methods of plant breeding, with no use of genetic modification. We select chemotypes on the basis of their cannabinoid profile, appropriate levels of concentration and botanical characteristics that enable commercial viability. We seek protection for chemotypes in the form of plant variety rights, which protect the plants and the material obtained therefrom in Europe.

        Extract Preparation.     After we generate the unique and protected chemotypes, we develop and characterize preparations from an extract of the chemotype. In addition to preparing whole plant extracts, we also modify the extract preparations by adding or removing certain components or purifying preparations to produce a purified cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.

        Pharmacologic Evaluation.     We then conduct in vitro and in vivo pharmacologic evaluation studies in validated disease models, testing the potential activity, safety and routes of drug metabolism of each cannabinoid preparation as well as combinations of preparations. These studies seek to identify the pharmacology of cannabinoid preparations and allow us to determine the potential therapeutic area in which they might have promise. We then conduct additional pharmacology, toxicology and pre-clinical development on promising preparations.

        We conduct most of our pharmacologic evaluations in collaboration with cannabinoid scientists at academic institutions around the world. We enter into research collaboration agreements and other arrangements that enable us to benefit from the expertise of external scientists while retaining intellectual property rights that emerge from the study of our research materials.

77


Table of Contents

        Formulation Development.     In parallel with the later stages of pharmacological evaluation, we identify optimum extraction and processing methods for the most promising preparations and then develop clinical formulations from the plant extract and analytical methodologies to further study the formulations. We are able to develop formulations of potential product candidates that focus on one or more cannabinoids as key active constituents as well as formulations that focus on a single cannabinoid. Each of these steps may give rise to patentable opportunities.

        Our formulation approach is exemplified by Sativex, the first approved cannabinoid therapeutic based on whole plant extracts from the cannabis plant. The main active ingredients of Sativex, THC and CBD, are extracted from two protected chemotypes. In addition to THC and CBD, Sativex contains additional cannabinoid and non-cannabinoid plant components. In order to achieve a fully standardized formulation of these complex extracts, we employ a range of advanced analytical technologies to demonstrate batch-to-batch uniformity. We standardize the formulation across the extracts as a whole, not simply by reference to their key active components.

        Clinical development.     Selected cannabinoid product candidates progress into clinical development. We have an in-house clinical operations team that has the proven capability to execute Phase 1, 2 and 3 trials rapidly and cost-effectively. Since our inception, we have undertaken an extensive program of clinical trials in over 3,000 patients, including over 20 Phase 2 and Phase 3 trials.

    Cannabinoid Product Production Process

        There are three principal steps in the manufacturing process for Sativex and our cannabinoid product candidates—production of botanical raw material, or BRM, botanical drug substance, or BDS, and botanical drug product, or BDP, in each instance as defined by FDA Guidance for Industry—Botanical Drug Products. We hold inventories of BRM and BDS, both of which have extended shelf lives, that enable us to manufacture BDP on demand. We have in-house facilities that can perform all steps in the production process.

        BRM Production.     Once a cannabinoid plant type is selected to form the basis of a pharmaceutical product candidate, we reproduce the chemotype solely through propagation of plant cuttings, or clones, in order to ensure that all subsequent plant material is genetically uniform. Our plants are grown under highly controlled conditions in indoor glasshouses, in which all key features of the growing climate and growing process are standardized. The cultivation process lasts 11 weeks from plant cutting to harvest. Plant material is grown throughout the year and batches are harvested each week. Following harvest, plant material is dried and milled under standardized conditions.

        BDS Production.     BRM from each chemotype is processed and controlled separately to yield a well characterized and standardized extract as our BDS for a particular product or product candidate. Conversion from BRM to BDS involves several processing steps as well as employment of extraction technologies. A proprietary liquid carbon dioxide extraction method is employed for Sativex production.

        BDP Production.     BDP is the finished product manufactured from one or more BDS's at our in-house manufacturing facility. We manufacture Sativex and our other product candidates through a controlled series of processes resulting in a reproducible finished product manufactured to GMP standards. We are able to manufacture spray products (such as Sativex) and capsules.

    Advantages of Our Approach

        We believe that our focus on the development of therapeutics from plant-derived cannabinoids offers the following important advantages:

    Our approach offers advantages over development programs that focus on synthetic single-target potent molecules. There is an increasing recognition within the pharmaceutical industry that the aetiology of complex disease is multifactorial and that improved treatments will involve multiple

78


Table of Contents

      or poly-pharmacology. We believe that our focus on the development of plant extract formulations containing one or more principal cannabinoids offers a multi-target profile designed to address many of the causative factors of complex diseases.

    Our approach is optimally suited to targeting the endocannabinoid system. This system has been shown to be altered by, and to contribute to, several chronic conditions, especially involving the CNS. The inherent complexity of this system, and the ability of one part of the system to compensate for abnormalities elsewhere in the system makes the "single-target" approach to therapeutics unlikely to be successful.

    Our platform enables us to evaluate the therapeutic potential of single cannabinoids as well as combinations of cannabinoids. As demonstrated with Sativex, this approach offers the prospect of developing a product that enhances the efficacy and safety features of one cannabinoid with complementary features of another cannabinoid while remaining defined as a single new medicinal entity by regulatory authorities.

    Our research has generated pre-clinical evidence in a number of disease areas where cannabinoids contained within plant extract formulations may offer superior therapeutic promise compared with the corresponding pure cannabinoids.

    The chemical complexity of our plant-based formulations provides additional hurdles for potential generic competitors who will be required to demonstrate essential similarity.

    Scientific Collaborators

        Our research network extends to 28 academic institutions in eight countries. We work closely with the most eminent cannabinoid pharmacologists in the world, including Professor Raphael Mechoulam, Hebrew University, Professor Roger Pertwee, Aberdeen University and Professor Vincenzo di Marzo, the Institute of Biomolecular Chemistry of the National Research Council (ICB-CNR). In target disease areas, we identify lead scientists and institutions with relevant expertise and enter into collaborations to advance our research efforts. In cancer, we collaborate with the research team at Complutense University, Madrid and with Professor Karol Sikora, Dean of Buckingham University and former Global Clinical Expert in Oncology at AstraZeneca. We conduct metabolic and inflammation research in collaboration with Professor Mike Cawthorne, University of Buckingham, Professor Jimmy Bell, Imperial College, London, and Professor Angelo Izzo, University of Naples. We conduct epilepsy research with Dr. Ben Whalley, University of Reading. All research with our collaborators is conducted under collaboration agreements, and any expert advice provided outside of research activity is governed by consulting agreements. The expertise of these collaborators relates principally to the pharmacology of cannabinoids and the early pre-clinical phases of product development.

        All results and the accumulated knowledge gained from this work is written up and reported to us on a quarterly basis and is usually shared among the network of collaborators such that no specific individuals have retained knowledge that is critical to any of our development programs. In addition, having completed the early phases of product development for our main product candidates, future developments will largely be focused on human clinical trials which are entirely managed by our in-house clinical management teams. As a result, we do not consider any single collaboration in isolation to be material to our business.

Our Business Strategy

        Our goal is to capitalize on our leading position in the field of cannabinoid therapeutics by pursuing the following strategies:

    Secure regulatory approval of Sativex for advanced cancer pain in the United States and around the world. We plan to expand the market for Sativex by concluding our Phase 3 program, involving over 1,000 patients, evaluating Sativex in the treatment of pain in patients with advanced cancer.

79


Table of Contents

      We expect data from this Phase 3 program to be available in 2014, following which we expect to submit an NDA with the FDA and regulatory applications across other parts of the world.

    Achieve global commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity.   Sativex was recently launched for MS spasticity in seven countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in up to 12 countries in the next 12 months. Additionally, we intend to seek and obtain approval for Sativex in this indication in countries in Asia, Middle East, Africa and Latin America, and to conduct an additional development program necessary for submission of a separate NDA with the FDA.

    Advance additional product candidates in our pipeline towards commercialization with a particular focus on the United States market.   We have a deep product pipeline which includes two other cannabinoid product candidates in Phase 2 trials for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, and at least two pre-clinical programs that are expected to enter the clinic in the next 12 months.

    Leverage our proprietary cannabinoid product platform to discover, develop and commercialize additional novel first-in-class cannabinoid products . We intend to advance our leading position in cannabinoid therapeutics through the continuing discovery and development of new cannabinoid product candidates for multiple indications. We believe our established platform, including our in-house development expertise, allows us to achieve candidate selection and proof of concept in an efficient manner.

    Continue to selectively enter into new collaboration agreements for certain programs and retain full ownership and/or co-promotion opportunities for other programs. We plan to seek future collaboration agreements for certain programs, while retaining commercial interests in other selected product opportunities where the development and commercialization activities are appropriate for our size and financial resources.

    Further strengthen our competitive position.   We will continue to develop our extensive international network of the most prominent scientists in the cannabinoid field and secure additional intellectual property rights in the form of patents relating to plant extracts, process technologies, formulations and therapeutic uses, as well as plant variety rights, know-how and trade secrets.

Sativex

        Our lead product, Sativex, is an oromucosal spray of a formulated extract of the cannabis sativa plant that contains the principal cannabinoids THC and CBD as well as specific minor cannabinoids and other non-cannabinoid components. Because cannabinoids are virtually insoluble in water, we use organic solvents, ethanol and propylene glycol, to formulate the extract.

        We developed Sativex to be administered as an oral spray, whereby the active ingredients are absorbed in the lining of the mouth, either under the tongue or inside the cheek. This route of administration is intended to achieve a reliable rate of absorption and high level of bioavailability of THC and CBD. The spray cannot be inhaled due to the particle size. The spray provides patients with the flexibility to self-manage their dosage in order to achieve and maintain an optimal therapeutic response. In the United States, the FDA will require the spray to be incorporated within additional packaging which features a dose counter in order to reduce the potential for diversion. We are developing a dose counter with funding from Otsuka in parallel with our Phase 3 cancer pain program.

    Sativex Pharmacokinetics

        Although Sativex contains THC, both the composition of its formulation and its route of administration means that the resulting THC blood levels achieved are quite distinct from those associated with smoked cannabis. We have compared the pharmacokinetics of Sativex to data reported in a separate study published by Marilyn Huestis, et al., in the September 1992 issue of Journal of

80


Table of Contents

Analytical Toxicology involving smoked cannabis. This comparison illustrates differences in the speed of absorption and maximum concentration, or Cmax, of THC in the blood. Rapid concentration of high levels of THC in the blood, as achieved by smoked cannabis, is known to be associated with intoxication.

Comparison of the Plasma Concentration Time Curves for Smoked Cannabis
and Sativex Oromucosal Spray

GRAPHIC

    Sativex for Cancer Pain

        We are evaluating Sativex in a Phase 3 program to treat persistent pain in people with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief from optimized chronic opioid therapy. This program represents the lead target indication for Sativex in the United States and is also intended to form the basis for future regulatory applications in the rest of the world. This Phase 3 program follows positive data from two Phase 2 trials of Sativex in this indication involving over 530 patients. We believe that Sativex has the potential to address a significant unmet need in this large market by treating patients with a product that employs a differentiated non-opioid mechanism of action, and offering the prospect of pain relief without increasing opioid-related adverse side effects.

        Cancer Pain Opportunity.     Chronic, unremitting persistent pain in deep tissues that results from cancer adversely affects a significant patient population.

        The primary treatment for cancer pain is analgesic narcotics, also known as opioids. Morphine and oxycodone are the most prescribed opioids, and morphine is the standard regimen for treating cancer pain in palliative care and hospice care programs and facilities. Opioids are often added to non-opioid analgesics and other adjuvant medications to control cancer pain. These agents act on the CNS by binding to various opiate receptors. The use of opioids is frequently met with undesirable side effects such as constipation, sedation, respiratory depression and analgesic tolerance as well as the risk of addiction. Studies in animal models of pain suggest that there may be pharmacodynamic synergy between cannabinoids and opioids.

        According to Data Monitor Stakeholder Insight: Cancer Pain, Dec 2009, there were 4.75 million cancer patients in the United States in 2009. Approximately 70% of those patients, or 3.3 million individuals, experience pain. According to market research conducted on behalf of Otsuka as part of our collaboration, approximately 72%, or 2.4 million of these patients, have advanced cancer, of which 89%, or approximately 2.1 million patients, are treated with opioid medications. According to Fallon,

81


Table of Contents

et al. in the March/April 2006 edition of Clinical Medicine , pain is uncontrolled with opioid treatments in approximately 20% of patients with advanced cancer, or 420,000 people in the United States.

        There are currently no approved non-opioid treatments for patients who do not respond to, or experience negative side effects with, opioid medications.

        Pharmacology.     We believe there is a strong pharmacologic rationale for the use of Sativex in cancer pain. Cannabinoid receptors have been found in all of the principal pain transmission pathways, including the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, the descending tracts from the peri-aqueductal grey and rostral-ventral medulla and within the cortical structures, the medial thalamus, amygdala and limbic cortex. In animal models, not only does local administration of endogenous cannabinoids produce pain relief, but THC and CBD also produce pain relief in animal models of both nociceptive and neuropathic pain.

        In this context, the CB1 receptor, of which THC is a partial agonist, has been identified as being most implicated in cannabinoid-induced pain relief. CBD is a potent inhibitor of adenosine uptake, and it is also known to be an agonist at the TRPV-1 (vanilloid) receptor. Both of these activities may produce pain relief. Furthermore, CBD has anti-inflammatory activity in standard animal models of inflammation and is a potent inhibitor of neutrophil chemotaxis. Finally, CBD also has an anxiolytic effect, is anti-psychotic and is believed to mitigate some of the undesirable side effects of THC.

    Cancer Pain Clinical Program

        Phase 2 Clinical Data.     We have completed two Phase 2 multinational, randomized, placebo-controlled trials for Sativex in patients with advanced cancer who experienced inadequate pain relief from the use of optimized chronic opioid therapy. In each of the two trials, patients received Sativex or placebo as add-on treatment to strong opioid therapy while remaining on stable doses of their background optimized opioid therapy.

        In both Phase 2 trials, pain was assessed daily by the patient using a 0 to 10 Numeric Rating Scale, or NRS. The change in pain severity was measured by comparing pain scores at the end of the trial with baseline scores at the beginning of the trial. There are two primary approaches to analyzing these changes in pain, either by assessing the mean numeric change in NRS or by responder analyses which assess percentage improvements.

        Historically, application of responder analyses required choosing a specific cut-off point on the NRS, or alternatively a percentage threshold, deemed to be clinically meaningful. More recently, an alternative approach to responder analyses, known as the Cumulative Proportion of Responders Analysis, or CPR Analysis, has been proposed as an improvement to previous approaches. This analysis was first published by John Farrar, et al. in the November 2001 issue of Pain and was proposed to overcome concerns with previous approaches which had required a pre-determined choice of the level of response which would be considered clinically meaningful. The CPR Analysis is one of the key efficacy parameters discussed in the FDA-approved package insert of the analgesic medications pregabalin and duloxetine and analyzes the full range of responses achieved across the entire patient population within a trial. We believe the CPR Analysis offers several advantages over using a single cut-off response rate, including:

    because it employs more available data, it provides greater statistical power with the same number of patients;

    it permits an analysis of the totality of response across a patient population, rather than focusing solely on a single, pre-defined, cut-off response rate; and

    if included in labeling, it provides more comprehensive information to the prescriber on the range of responses that patients may experience if treated with the product.

82


Table of Contents

        The specific method used is to analyze the cumulative proportion of patients who reach each level of response rate, calculated and displayed up to the response rate cut-off point. The CPR Analysis graph displays patient data in order of the calculated level of response for both active treatment and placebo. For each level of response, it shows the proportion of the total number of patients that equaled or exceeded that level of response.

        Results of our Phase 2 trials have been analyzed using three methodologies—mean change in NRS scores, analysis of patients with a response of 30% or more, and the CPR Analysis. Following our end of Phase 2 discussions with FDA, we chose to employ the CPR Analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in the first two of our Phase 3 trials.

    Phase 2a Data

        Results from a Phase 2a trial in 177 patients were published by Jeremy Johnson, et al. in the February 2010 issue of Journal of Pain and Symptom Management , the official journal of the American Academy of Hospice and Palliative Medicine, the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization, and the U.S. Cancer Pain Relief Committee. This three-arm trial compared the efficacy and safety of Sativex to a THC-only extract spray formulation and placebo as add-on treatments to strong opioid therapy administered over a two-week period. A co-primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the change in mean pain score (on the 0 to 10 NRS) from baseline to end of treatment. The results showed a statistically significant improvement of 0.67 points in the Sativex group compared with the placebo group (p=0.014). Changes in pain scores using responder analyses not specified in the trial protocol showed the following:

    43% of patients using Sativex achieved an improvement in their pain score of 30% or greater compared with 21% of patients in the placebo group. This difference was statistically significant (p=0.006).

    The CPR Analysis also showed statistically significant improvements of Sativex versus placebo (p=0.044) and is displayed below:

Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2a CPR Analysis

GRAPHIC

83


Table of Contents

        During the trial, patients were permitted to administer between 0-48 sprays per day. The median dose in the Sativex treatment group was 8.15 sprays per day.

        While Sativex showed a statistically significant improvement over placebo in the trial, it is noteworthy that the THC-only extract spray showed a smaller improvement of 0.32 points over placebo, which was not statistically significant, providing evidence that the combination of THC and CBD, the main ingredients in Sativex, is an improved cannabinoid formulation for this patient population as compared to THC alone.

    Phase 2b Data

        Results from a Phase 2b dose ranging trial were published by Russell Portenoy, et al. in the May 2012 issue of The Journal of Pain , the official journal of the American Pain Society. This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group trial recruited a total of 360 patients in 14 countries in North America, Europe, Latin America and South Africa, and evaluated three dose range groups of Sativex—a low-dose (one to four sprays per day), mid-dose (six to ten sprays per day), and high-dose (11 to 16 sprays per day)—and placebo, over a five-week treatment period. The primary objectives of this trial were to determine the effective dose range and to demonstrate a non-effective dose of Sativex in patients with advanced cancer who experience inadequate pain relief during optimized chronic opioid therapy.

        The trial provided data to support entry into a Phase 3 program, showing statistically significant differences in favor of Sativex over placebo in two key analyses of pain scores. The trial also provided information sufficient to select a dose range of Sativex in the patient population and confirmed key features of the trial design of our Phase 3 trials.

        The primary efficacy measure of the trial was a patient assessment of pain using a 0 to 10 NRS. This endpoint was analyzed using a primary and two secondary statistical methodologies, including 30% responder analysis (where a response was defined as a 30% or greater reduction in the NRS score during the last three days of treatment versus the three-day baseline period at the beginning of the trial), CPR Analysis and change from baseline analysis in NRS average pain. The 30% responder analysis was specified as the primary analysis in the protocol. Results of these analyses for the low and mid-dose groups are provided below:

    30% Responder Analysis.   The results of this analysis were numerically in favor of Sativex for the low and mid dose groups but did not show a statistically significant difference in pain scores compared to placebo.

    Change from Baseline Analysis in NRS Average Pain.   This analysis showed statistically significant differences in favor of Sativex for the low-dose group compared to placebo (treatment difference 0.75 points, p=0.006). While no statistical difference was seen for the mid-dose group and placebo, the low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, were also statistically significantly superior to placebo (treatment difference 0.55 points, p=0.019).

    CPR Analysis.   This analysis showed statistically significant results in favor of Sativex for each of the Sativex low and mid-dose groups compared to placebo (p=0.008 and p=0.038, respectively). The low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, were also significantly superior to placebo (p=0.006). Following the End of Phase 2 meetings with the FDA, we decided to use this analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in our Phase 3 program and to employ a single dose group of three to ten sprays per day, reflecting the data from combining the low and mid-dose

84


Table of Contents

      groups in the Phase 2b trial. The CPR Analyses for the low-dose group, the mid-dose group, and the combined low and mid-dose groups are displayed in the charts below:

Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Low-Dose Group

GRAPHIC

Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Mid-Dose Group

GRAPHIC

85


Table of Contents

Sativex in Cancer Pain—Phase 2b
CPR Analysis for Combined Low and Mid-Dose Groups

GRAPHIC

        The Sativex high-dose level did not show superior efficacy to placebo. While tolerability does not completely account for this lack of efficacy, it is noteworthy that discontinuation due to adverse events was 28% in the high-dose group and was substantially higher than the rates of discontinuation in the placebo group (18% discontinuation), the low-dose group (14% discontinuation) and in the mid-dose group (17% discontinuation). In addition, 34% of patients in the high-dose group took their medication below their target dose at the end of the treatment period.

        The trial included several secondary endpoints, including sleep disruption, which is identified in the Phase 3 trials as the key secondary endpoint. In the Phase 2b trial, the Sativex low-dose group showed a statistically significant difference compared to placebo in reducing sleep disruption (treatment difference 0.88 points, p=0.003). While the mid-dose group showed no improvement over placebo, the low and mid-dose Sativex groups, when combined, did show a statistically significant reduction in sleep disruption compared to placebo (treatment difference 0.61 points, p=0.016).

    Phase 2 Safety Profile

        The safety profile of Sativex in the two Phase 2 trials was consistent. In the Phase 2a trial, the most common treatment-related adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than or equal to 10% for the Sativex population) reported for the Sativex treatment group were somnolence (13% vs. 10% for placebo), dizziness (12% vs. 5% for placebo) and nausea (10% vs. 7% for placebo). In the Phase 2b trial, the most common treatment-related adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than 10% for the combined Sativex population) reported for the Sativex treatment groups were dizziness (17% vs. 10% for placebo), nausea (11% vs. 8% for placebo) and somnolence (12% vs. 4% for placebo). An analysis of treatment-related severe adverse events showed that such events occurred at a similarly low rate in the mid-dose and low-dose Sativex groups as in the placebo group (3% and 3% vs. 1%). More patients in the high-dose Sativex group experienced treatment-related severe adverse events, with 17% of subjects doing so. The most severe treatment related events observed in the Sativex arm (occurring in

86


Table of Contents

more than two patients for the combined Sativex population) were disturbance in attention, dizziness, sedation, anorexia, vomiting, nausea and vertigo.

    Phase 2 Key Findings

        The Phase 2 trials provided us data sufficient to support entry into Phase 3 trials of Sativex in cancer pain, to determine the optimum dose range to be used in Phase 3 trials, and determine the choice of primary efficacy analysis to be used in the first two Phase 3 trials.

    Dose Range

        We believe that the Phase 2b trial achieved one of its key objectives in determining the effective dose range for Sativex and demonstrating a non-effective dose range. Efficacy was observed in both the low (one to four sprays per day) and mid-dose (six to ten sprays per day) groups and these groups were also associated with a lower or similar rate of adverse events to placebo, and a low rate of withdrawal from the trial due to adverse events. In contrast, the data suggests that a high-dose range of Sativex reaches a maximum tolerated dose without improved efficacy over placebo. These results are consistent with those seen in the Phase 2a trial where the median daily dose taken by the Sativex treatment group was 8.15 sprays per day.

        We have therefore concluded that an appropriate approach to dosing in the Phase 3 trials is to employ a single dose range of three to ten sprays per day.

    Primary Efficacy Analysis

        The table below summarizes Phase 2 results for three statistical analyses of changes in pain scores:

 
  Phase 2a Trial   Phase 2b Trial

Number of Patients

  Sativex (n=60) vs. placebo (n=59)   Sativex low and mid-dose groups (n=179) vs. placebo (n=91)

CPR Analysis*

  p=0.044   p=0.006

NRS Mean Change

  p=0.014**   p=0.019

30% Responder Analysis

  p=0.006   p=0.38**

*
The primary analysis selected for first two Phase 3 trials.

**
The primary analysis in Phase 2 trial.

        Following our End of Phase 2 discussions with the FDA, we decided to employ the CPR Analysis as the primary efficacy analysis in the first two of our Phase 3 trials. In the third Phase 3 trial, which employs a different 'enriched' trial design, the primary efficacy analysis is the mean change from baseline in NRS scores. These analyses have provided statistically significant results in favor of Sativex in both Phase 2 trials.

        Phase 3 Program.     As a result of the positive data seen in our Phase 2 program, we and Otsuka held discussions with the FDA regarding the proposed Phase 3 program for the continued development of Sativex for cancer pain. We are now conducting three multi-national, randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-center Phase 3 trials, two of which will employ an identical trial design and endpoints and are expected to support the NDA submission. These two Phase 3 trials include the following key features:

    The patient population is defined as patients with advanced cancer who have failed to gain adequate pain relief from the use of strong opioids. Patients receive active Sativex or placebo as add-on treatment to strong opioid therapy while remaining on stable doses of their background optimized opioid therapy during the trial.

87


Table of Contents

    The primary efficacy endpoint is the CPR Analysis of pain response as measured by patients using a 0 to 10 NRS.

    The duration of treatment during the trial is five weeks with an additional five to 14 day stabilization period at the beginning of the trial and a one-week follow-up at the end of the trial.

    Single dose range of three to ten sprays per day (reflecting a combination of the low and mid dose groups from the Phase 2b trial).

    Each of the studies will include 380 patients randomized equally between active and placebo groups.

    Following completion of the randomized phase, all patients are eligible to enter a long-term extension trial.

        The ongoing Phase 3 program, is being performed with and funded by Otsuka.

        Patients are being recruited into these two trials at hospital sites in the United States, Europe and Mexico. Professor Marie Fallon, Professor of Palliative Care, University of Edinburgh, is the principal investigator of the first trial, and Dr. Russell K. Portenoy, Chairman of the Department of Pain Medicine and Palliative Care, Beth Israel Medical Center in New York City, is the principal investigator of the second trial. We anticipate that top-line results from these two Phase 3 trials will be available in 2014, the first of which will be available in mid-2014. This program is intended to support the submission of an NDA with the FDA and in other markets around the world.

        We are also in the process of conducting a third Phase 3 trial, which we expect to enroll approximately 540 patients, that is designed to provide additional information on the effects of Sativex in treating opioid resistant cancer pain. The results of this third trial are not intended to be included in the initial regulatory filings if the results of the first two pivotal Phase 3 trials provide a sufficient basis to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of Sativex in the target indication. The third Phase 3 trial differs in design from the first two trials, employing a two-part "enriched trial design" akin to that which was successfully employed in the MS spasticity trials program. The trial involves exposing all enrolled patients to Sativex in a two-week single-blind phase, or Phase A, following which responders will be randomized either to stay on Sativex or switch to placebo in a double-blind phase for a five-week treatment period, or Phase B. The primary efficacy analysis will be the mean change from baseline in Phase B as measured using a 0 to 10 NRS. The trial is designed to enroll 216 patients in Phase B.

        Long-term Safety and Efficacy.     Results from a long-term, open-label, follow-up trial in 43 cancer pain patients who had previously participated in the Phase 2a trial were published by Jeremy Johnson, et al. in the November 2012 issue of Journal of Pain and Symptom Management . These results showed that the long-term use of Sativex was generally well tolerated, with no evidence of a loss of effect for the relief of pain with long-term use. Furthermore, patients who kept using Sativex did not seek to increase their dose of Sativex or other pain-relieving medication over time.

        Abuse Liability.     A study published in the June 2011 issue of Human Psychopharmacology by Kerri Schoedel, et al. compared the abuse liability of Sativex at three dose levels (four sprays taken consecutively, eight sprays taken consecutively and 16 sprays taken consecutively) with placebo and two doses of dronabinol (synthetic THC) capsules (20mg and 40mg) in a randomized, double-blind, crossover study in 23 healthy subjects with a history of non-dependent but regular recreational cannabis use. The subjective effects of 20 and 40mg dronabinol were consistently and significantly greater than placebo, demonstrating that it has measurable abuse potential. The effects of Sativex were consistently lower than dronabinol. Four sprays of Sativex taken consecutively (containing 10.8mg of THC) was not significantly different from placebo with regard to changes in primary variables, suggesting low abuse potential at this dosage. Eight sprays of Sativex taken consecutively had a mixed profile of effects suggesting modest abuse potential, while 16 sprays of Sativex taken consecutively was significantly

88


Table of Contents

different from placebo in most outcome measures suggesting significant abuse potential. In contrast to this abuse liability study in which Sativex doses were administered together, patients in the Phase 3 trials administer between three and ten sprays over a 24-hour period.

        If Sativex receives FDA approval, it will be a controlled substance, as is the case with opioids, and the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, will place it in a schedule under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, in order for it to be able to be prescribed to patients in the United States. The schedule into which a product is placed reflects the DEA's determination of its potential for abuse or dependence. We expect Sativex to be listed by the DEA as a Schedule II or III controlled substance. As part of the NDA, we will submit information on abuse liability which will be reviewed by the Controlled Substances Staff at the FDA who, in consultation with the National Institute on Drug Abuse, will in turn make a scheduling recommendation to the DEA.

        In February 2013, the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs, which is the advisory body to the U.K. government with respect to controlled substances, confirmed its recommendation to the U.K. government that it deems Sativex to have low abuse potential and low risk of diversion, and that Sativex thereafter should be scheduled as a Schedule IV substance. We have received correspondence from the U.K. Home Office that the legal steps to place Sativex in Schedule IV are now progressing with a view to securing ministerial approval for the implementation of the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs recommendation.

        Potential Expansion of Cancer Pain Market.     Following successful completion of the development of Sativex in the treatment of pain in patients with advanced cancer, we may consider, together with Otsuka, expanding the target market of Sativex by conducting Phase 3 trials in the treatment of pain in patients with earlier stage cancer. A future submission of a supplemental NDA in this expanded indication would represent a significant additional market opportunity for Sativex in the United States and the rest of the world. Under the terms of our Otsuka collaboration, such additional development costs would be fully funded by Otsuka.

    Sativex for MS Spasticity

        The approved label for Sativex is as a "treatment for symptom improvement in patients with moderate to severe MS spasticity who have not responded adequately to other anti-spasticity medication and who demonstrate clinically significant improvement in spasticity related symptoms during an initial trial of therapy".

        We recently initiated the commercialization of Sativex for MS spasticity in seven countries outside the United States. We have also received regulatory approval in an additional 13 countries, and we anticipate commercial launches in the majority of these countries in the next 12 months. Two additional countries have recommended approval for Sativex and regulatory filings are ongoing in eight other countries.

        We believe that MS spasticity represents an attractive indication for the United States and we intend to pursue an additional clinical development program for this significant market opportunity. Although Sativex has been approved for the treatment of MS spasticity in 20 countries outside the United States, we believe that from a commercial and regulatory perspective, Sativex for cancer pain represents the optimal entry point into the United States market. This is because we believe the size of the commercial opportunity for the cancer pain indication in the United States is larger than the MS spasticity opportunity. Moreover, because patients with MS spasticity would typically use Sativex for an extended treatment duration, we expect that additional pre-clinical carcinogenicity data will be required as part of the submission of an NDA in this indication. The timing of the availability of such data is expected to follow the expected timing of the submission of an NDA in the cancer pain indication potentially allowing us to obtain U.S. approvals for this indication before we would be able to obtain U.S. approvals in MS spasticity. The initial development of Sativex focused on the European MS

89


Table of Contents

spasticity market, hence pre-clinical carcinogenicity data was originally generated prior to our first interactions with the FDA.

        We held our first meeting with the FDA in December 2012 to discuss the MS spasticity indication. This pre-IND meeting has provided us with guidance on the U.S. development program and we are now preparing an investigational plan, including a Phase 3 trial protocol, for a potential IND submission in the future.

Regulatory Status of Sativex for MS Spasticity

Launched   Approved (pending launch)   Recommended for approval   Regulatory submission filed
Canada   Australia   Ireland   Bahrain
Denmark   Austria   Italy   Egypt
Germany   Belgium       Kuwait
Israel   Czech Republic       Oman
Norway   Finland       Qatar
Spain   Iceland       Saudi Arabia
United Kingdom   Luxembourg
Netherlands
New Zealand
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Sweden
      Switzerland
United Arab Emirates

        MS Spasticity Opportunity.     MS is the most common disabling neurological condition affecting young adults. According to the World Health Organization, MS affects more than 1.3 million people worldwide, of which over 400,000 are in the United States and over 600,000 are in Europe. MS affects twice as many women as men and typically develops between the ages of 20 and 40 years. The hallmark pathology of MS is patchy demyelination, leading to nerve damage, which in most cases causes symptoms that adversely affect quality of life. Spasticity is one of the most common, chronic, and disabling of these symptoms, affecting up to 80% of MS patients over their lifetimes. Spasticity refers to an abnormal, involuntary tightness of muscles, which increases when the muscles are rapidly stretched, so that the associated joint appears to resist movement. Some of the features of spasticity include muscle stiffness, difficulty straightening joints, reduced mobility, limb weakness, shaking, intermittent spasms and pain. As a result of the increased muscle tone due to spasticity, "simple," everyday movements become difficult or impossible altogether. In addition, painful muscle spasms can lead to difficulty with sleeping, sitting in a chair or lying in bed. Occasionally, spasms may be triggered by fairly minor irritations such as tight clothing, a full bladder or bowel, urinary tract infection or skin irritation, such as from a pressure sore. Moderate to severe spasticity can lead to significant impairment.

        There is no cure for spasticity, and it is widely recognized that currently available oral treatments afford only partial relief and have unpleasant side effects. Sativex offers the prospect of treating patients who have failed existing oral therapies and who might otherwise require invasive and costly alternative treatment options such as intrathecal baclofen or surgery.

        Pharmacology.     Sativex has been investigated for anti-spasticity effects in chronic relapsing experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, or CREAE, the accepted animal model of MS spasticity. In this model, Sativex rapidly reduces spasticity in a dose-dependent way, achieving the same overall reduction in spasticity as baclofen, the standard first line treatment for MS spasticity, without causing as much disability in the animals.

90


Table of Contents

        Each of the two principal cannabinoids within Sativex, THC and CBD, possess pharmacological properties that provide a rationale to support the efficacy of Sativex in MS spasticity. In animal models of MS, the CB1 receptor plays a key role in the modulation of spasticity and spasms. While CBD has little activity at cannabinoid receptors, it does have neuroprotective properties, which are most likely mediated by its ability to modulate intra-cellular calcium. The key pharmacology of CBD in MS likely relates to its role as an agonist at TRP channels, critical for maintaining calcium homeostasis and as an inhibitor of adenosine uptake, providing a non-cannabinoid receptor mechanism for its anti-inflammatory properties. In addition, CBD has an anxiolytic effect, is anti-psychotic and is believed to mitigate some of the undesirable side effects of THC.

        MS Spasticity Clinical Program.     In clinical trials, Sativex has been shown to provide effective relief of spasticity symptoms, including reduced spasms, improved sleep and improved function, in patients for whom existing anti-spasticity treatments have failed. During the course of the development program for Sativex in MS spasticity, we have conducted Phase 2 and Phase 3 double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trials involving 1,294 patients. These trials have all been published in peer-reviewed journals. In each trial, patients were permitted to remain on stable doses of their background oral anti-spasticity medication and spasticity was measured using a 0 to 10 NRS. This scale has been validated for use in spasticity clinical trials.

        The largest and most recent of the Phase 3 trials, published by A. Novotna, et al. in the April 2011 issue of European Journal of Neurology , was a two-part trial and employed an enriched trial design. During the first four-week period, all patients received Sativex single-blind. This was followed by a 12-week, double-blind period in which patients who had achieved a pre-determined level of response at the end of the prior four-week period were randomized to Sativex or placebo in a conventional parallel group design. We designed this trial to demonstrate the size of clinical benefit achieved from Sativex in patients who had previously shown a capacity to respond to treatment.

        The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the difference between Sativex and placebo in the mean change in spasticity as measured by the patient using a 0 to 10 NRS in the 12-week period from randomization to the end of treatment. There were a number of functional secondary measures that are important in contributing to an assessment of the clinical relevance of a change in the primary outcome measure. In particular, the objective view of the physician was considered important by regulatory authorities and was therefore included as a secondary endpoint.

        After the four-week, single-blind period in 572 patients, Sativex reduced the mean score for spasticity on the NRS scale by 3.01 points from a baseline of 6.91 points, or 44%. In addition, 48% of patients' NRS score improved by 20% or more during this initial period, the pre-defined level of response required to be included in the randomized phase.

        As a result, 241 patients proceeded into the 12-week, randomized, placebo-controlled trial phase. The primary endpoint, the mean difference between treatment groups at the end of the randomized treatment period was statistically significant in favor of Sativex (p=0.0002). Furthermore, 74% of Sativex responders experienced a reduction of 30% or more in their spasticity score from their original pre-treatment baseline, which represents a meaningful clinical improvement in this patient population.

        The secondary efficacy measures were in line with the primary outcome of the trial. In particular, the functional measures added to the existing evidence that patients achieve a benefit that is apparent to both their caregiver and their physician. The following secondary efficacy measures showed statistically significant improvements of Sativex over placebo: spasm score (p=0.0046), sleep disturbance (p<0.0001), Subject Global Impression of Change (p=0.023), Physician Global Impression of Change (p=0.005), Carer Global Impression of Function (p=0.005) and Barthel Activities of Daily Living (p=0.007).

91


Table of Contents

        The safety profile of Sativex across placebo-controlled trials conducted in MS patients shows that the drug is generally well tolerated, with the most commonly occurring individual adverse events (occurring at a rate greater than 10%) being dizziness (25% vs. 8% for placebo), fatigue (13% vs. 8% for placebo) and nausea (10% vs. 6% for placebo). Adverse events were typically mild or moderate in severity and the pattern of common adverse events is similar in both short-term and long-term exposure to Sativex. The most common adverse events tend not to be recurrent, occurring in the first four weeks of treatment and much less commonly thereafter.

        Long-Term Efficacy.     We have demonstrated the long-term efficacy of Sativex in a placebo-controlled trial published by William Notcutt, et al. in the February 2011 issue of Multiple Sclerosis . This randomized withdrawal trial recruited 36 patients with MS that had been receiving Sativex on prescription for a mean duration of 3.6 years. Patients were randomized to continue with Sativex or switched to placebo in a double-blind, four-week treatment period. The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the time to treatment failure, with treatment failure being defined as cessation of the randomized treatment before the end of the trial, a worsening of spasticity (defined as an increase in the mean spasticity NRS over the last seven days of the treatment period of at least 20% and at least one unit from the treatment baseline), or a clinically relevant increase in or addition to anti-spasticity drugs or disease modifying medications after randomization.

Kaplan-Meier Plot: Time to Treatment Failure

GRAPHIC

        The primary efficacy endpoint was statistically significant in favor of Sativex (p=0.013). Of the key secondary measures, both the Subject Global Impression of Change (p=0.017) and the Carer Global Impression of Functional Ability (p=0.0011) were also statistically significant.

        In addition to this controlled trial, there is a significant body of evidence from long-term open label extension trials to support the evidence of maintenance of efficacy in long-term use of Sativex, many of which have been published in peer-reviewed journals.

        The withdrawal rate from open-label, long-term extension trials is low, and withdrawals due to a lack of efficacy are uncommon. For those patients who remained in open-label, long-term extension trials for a year, the symptom score for spasticity remained low, providing supportive evidence that continued use of Sativex is associated with long-term maintenance of efficacy.

92


Table of Contents

        The pattern of adverse events seen in long-term use of Sativex is very similar to that seen in the short-term placebo-controlled trials. Since Sativex first became commercially available, there has been an estimated additional 12,000 patient-years of exposure to Sativex outside of clinical trials and no new significant safety issues have been identified.

        Post-Approval Evidence of Sativex Clinical Benefits.     Since launch, two studies have been completed which support the commercialization efforts of our partners. An independent survey of Sativex prescription use in the United Kingdom has been the subject of a paper published by William Notcutt in the July 2012 issue of the peer-reviewed publication Primary Health Care Research and Development . In this survey of 124 Sativex patients with a mean duration of treatment of 30 months, the majority of respondents and their caregivers reported improvements across a range of daily functional activities, alongside a reduction in the use of concomitant anti-spasticity medication and other health care resources.

        Also, a formal prospective trial of prescription use in Germany was presented in October 2012 at the 28th Congress of the European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis (ECTRIMS) in Lyon, France. This trial involved 300 patients and showed that the clinical response rate on Sativex is with consistent with, and somewhat better than, that seen in the Phase 3 trials.

    Sativex in Neuropathic Pain and Other Indications

        Sativex is approved to treat MS neuropathic pain in Israel and Canada (under a Notice of Compliance with conditions, or NOC/c, policy) and also has an NOC/c approval in Canada for cancer pain. The NOC/c policy applies to drugs that show promising Phase 2 evidence of efficacy in a patient population with a high, unmet medical need for which there is currently no approved treatment. NOC/c approvals are granted subject to the completion of subsequent Phase 3 confirmatory trials. Although we are not actively pursuing the following indications, we have generated positive Phase 2 data and believe that there may be potential for the use of Sativex to be expanded into the following areas:

    We have studied Sativex in a number of Phase 2 trials in neuropathic pain involving over 1,000 patients. Many of these trials show promising efficacy and are published in peer-reviewed journals. Neuropathic pain is a chronic, debilitating and widespread condition with an estimated prevalence of 1% of the general population. Neuropathic pain arises as a consequence of damage to, or dysfunction in, the nervous system, either peripheral, central or both. Neuropathic pain may be triggered by a variety of diseases and conditions, including MS, stroke, cancer, spinal cord injury, physical trauma or peripheral neuropathy resulting from diabetes. Neuropathic pain is one of the most difficult types of chronic pain to treat, and relief is often unsatisfactory or short-term.

    In a Phase 2 trial published by R.B.C. Kavia, et al. in the November 2010 issue of Multiple Sclerosis , Sativex showed positive results in the management of bladder problems in people with MS. Bladder problems are a very common feature in up to 75% of people with MS experiencing dysfunction including increased frequency and urgency of urination and increased incontinence.

    In a Phase 2, placebo-controlled trial published by D.R. Blake, et al. in the January 2006 issue of Rheumatology , Sativex showed positive results in treating pain due to rheumatoid arthritis, or RA, as well as treating the underlying disease. RA is the most common form of inflammatory arthritis and afflicts up to 1% of the population of Western countries.

Our Strategic Alliances and Collaborations

        We have entered into five separate collaboration agreements for Sativex with major pharmaceutical companies. Each agreement provides the respective partner with exclusive rights in a defined geographic territory to commercialize Sativex in all indications, while we retain the exclusive right to

93


Table of Contents

manufacture and supply Sativex to such partner on commercial supply terms for the duration of the commercial life of the product. These agreements typically carry a 15-year initial term, with automatic renewal periods. However, our agreement with Novartis continues on a country-by-country basis for the commercial life of the products. Our partners have the right, under certain circumstances, to terminate their agreements with us, and three of our partners, Almirall, Otsuka and Novartis, have the right to terminate their agreements with us without cause.

        Each of our collaboration agreements for Sativex incorporates different supply and royalty terms. With the exception of the Novartis agreement, described below, each of our supply agreements requires us to supply fully labelled Sativex vials at a price that is expressed as a percentage of a partner's in-market net sales revenue. In some cases, part of this revenue is structured as a combination of product supply price plus a royalty, although both types of revenue are accounted for similarly. Sativex supply revenue is invoiced when product inventory is delivered to or collected by the marketing partner. Royalties will be received in arrears based upon quarterly in-market net sales declarations from partners.

        The price charged for Sativex in the market is controlled by our marketing partners. However, our contracts do not anticipate us being obligated to supply Sativex at a loss. In such event, if the in-market supply price would cause us to supply Sativex at a loss we would have the right to renegotiate supply terms to prevent this.

    Sativex in the United States

        In 2007, we entered into a strategic alliance with Otsuka, the second largest Japanese pharmaceutical company based on global sales and the developer of Abilify® (aripiprazole), one of the world's highest selling antipsychotic medications. This alliance is comprised of two separate agreements—a Sativex U.S. license agreement and a global cannabinoid research collaboration agreement.

        Under the terms of the Sativex U.S. license agreement, we granted Otsuka an exclusive license to develop and market Sativex in the United States. We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Otsuka. Both companies jointly oversee all U.S. clinical development and regulatory activities for the first cancer pain indication. We will be the holder of the IND until the filing of an NDA, which will be in Otsuka's name. Otsuka will assume development and regulatory responsibility for the second and any subsequent indications. Otsuka will bear the costs of all U.S. development activities for Sativex in the treatment of cancer pain, additional indications and future formulations.

        The financial terms of this agreement include total milestone payments and license fees to us of up to $272.0 million, of which approximately $18.0 million relates to license fees, $54.0 million are linked to regulatory milestones, such as initiation of Phase 3 trials, submission of an NDA to the FDA and other regulatory approvals, and $200.0 million are linked to various commercial milestones, as well as revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. Our combined supply price and royalty to Otsuka equates to a percentage in the mid-twenties of Otsuka's in-market net sales revenue. Otsuka paid us the license fee of $18.0 million upfront and has since paid an additional milestone payment of $4.0 million upon commencing the first Phase 3 clinical trial in cancer pain.

    Sativex in Asia, the Middle East and Africa

        Novartis Pharma AG.     In 2011, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Novartis to commercialize Sativex in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa.

94


Table of Contents

        Under the terms of this agreement, Novartis has exclusive commercialization rights to Sativex in the above-mentioned territories and will act as the marketing authorization holder for Sativex. We will be responsible for the manufacture and supply of Sativex to Novartis.

        The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of $5.0 million from Novartis. In addition, we are eligible to receive additional payments of up to $28.8 million, of which $12.0 million is linked to achievement of regulatory approvals and $16.8 million is linked to commercial performance targets. We will also receive revenue from the supply of products and royalties on net sales of Sativex. Our supply terms to Novartis are structured differently from those of our other partners. We supply batches of unlabelled Sativex vials and Novartis completes the labelling and packaging process. Our supply price is structured as cost of goods plus a margin plus a further royalty that is expected to grow with volume. Over the long-term, we expect our revenue to average a percentage in the teens of Novartis' Sativex in-market net sales revenue.

        Neopharm Group.     Under an agreement signed in 2010, Neopharm, an Israeli pharmaceutical company, holds exclusive commercial rights to Sativex in Israel. The financial terms of this agreement did not include a license fee and we are not entitled to any milestone payments. We will receive revenue from the supply of products to Neopharm, expected to equate to a percentage equal to forty to fifty of Neopharm's in-market net sales revenue. To date, we have received less than $100,000 under this collaboration agreement.

        Under the terms of this agreement, Neopharm acts as market authorization holder in the territory. We are responsible for commercial product supply to Neopharm for which we generate sales revenue.

    Sativex in the European Union

        Almirall S.A.     In 2005, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Almirall, an international pharmaceutical company with headquarters in Spain and 2011 global sales of €768.0 million, to commercialize Sativex in the European Union (excluding the United Kingdom) and E.U. accession countries, as well as Switzerland, Norway and Turkey. In 2012, this agreement was amended to add Mexico to the licensed territory. In countries where Almirall has no direct presence at the time of product launch, we will jointly agree on the appointment of distribution partners. In such countries, we may elect to distribute the product ourselves.

        Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in all countries in the territory except where local regulations require a locally registered entity to assume this responsibility. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Almirall. The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £12.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable to us upon the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2005, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, two of which included the provision of new milestone payments. Since 2005, in total, we have received £20.6 million in milestone payments from Almirall. We have the potential to receive a further £19.8 million in future milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved. Of such £19.8 million in potential future milestone payments, £6.8 million are linked to regulatory milestones and £13.0 million are linked to commercial milestones. We also receive revenue from the supply of Sativex, currently equating to a percentage in the low to mid-twenties of Almirall's in-market net sales revenue, a percentage which is expected to increase to the mid-thirties if Sativex is approved for cancer pain in Europe.

        Bayer HealthCare AG.     In 2003, we entered into an agreement with Bayer whereby we granted Bayer an exclusive license to market Sativex in the United Kingdom. This agreement was amended later in 2003 to include Canada.

95


Table of Contents

        Under the agreement, we are the marketing authorization holder for Sativex in the United Kingdom and Canada. In addition, we are responsible for commercial product supply to Bayer.

        The financial terms of the agreement included an upfront fee of £5.0 million. In addition, milestone payments are payable on the successful completion of certain development activities, as well as on regulatory approvals and the achievement of specified sales targets. Since its initial execution in 2003, the agreement has been the subject of various amendments, one of which included the provision of new milestone payments. In total, we have received £14.8 million in milestone payments from Bayer. We have the potential to receive a further £9.0 million in milestone payments in the event that the relevant milestones are achieved, all of which are related to future regulatory approvals. We also receive revenue from supply of Sativex, equating to a percentage in the mid-thirties to forty of Bayer's in-market net sales revenue.

    Research Collaboration for Additional Cannabinoid Product Candidates in CNS Disorders and Oncology

        Under a research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, we are jointly conducting pre-clinical research on a range of our cannabinoids, both alone and in combination, as potential new drug candidates for the treatment of CNS disorders and oncology. This agreement was originally signed in 2007 for a three-year period, and in 2010 the research term of the collaboration was extended by three years to June 2013. To date, Otsuka's total investment in research activities under this collaboration exceeds £21.0 million.

        Our research collaboration with Otsuka is led by a joint research team, which incorporates senior scientists from both companies and works in close collaboration with a number of leading cannabinoid scientists around the world.

        Under the research collaboration agreement, Otsuka has the right, at any time prior to the end of the research term or three months thereafter, to select one or more product candidates for full development. Any product candidate(s) selected by Otsuka will automatically become the subject of an exclusive license from us to Otsuka in the field of CNS and oncology. Financial terms for each license are subject to negotiations and are expected to include upfront license fees, potential milestone payments, as well as revenue from the supply of products and royalties on product sales. Global rights to product candidates not selected for license by Otsuka will be exclusively licensed back to us from Otsuka. To date, no product candidates have been designated as a licensed product candidate by Otsuka under the collaboration agreement.

        Since the collaboration was formed, our joint research efforts have yielded promising data and new intellectual property with particular focus on epilepsy, schizophrenia and various oncology indications, including glioma. These efforts are currently focused on a few cannabinoid drug candidates, which include CBD, THCV, CBG, CBDV, alone and/or in combination.

Pipeline Research and Development

        There are over 70 cannabinoid compounds, and our research explores their potential therapeutic applications across a broad range of disease areas, including in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, ulcerative colitis, CNS disorders, including epilepsy and schizophrenia, cancer and neurodegenerative disease.

    Pipeline Programs

        Our lead pipeline programs comprise distinct product candidates with the following primary cannabinoid components:

    GWP42004, which features THCV as the primary cannabinoid, in Phase 2 development for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes;

96


Table of Contents

    GWP42003, which features CBD as the primary cannabinoid, in Phase 2 development for the treatment of ulcerative colitis;

    GWP42006, which features CBDV as the primary cannabinoid, in pre-clinical development for the treatment of epilepsy and is expected to enter Phase 1 trials in 2013;

    Combinations of GWP42002 and GWP42003, which feature THC and CBD as the primary cannabinoids, in pre-clinical development for the treatment of glioma and are expected to enter Phase 1/2 trials in 2013; and

    GWP42003, which features CBD as the primary cannabinoid, in pre-clinical development for the treatment of schizophrenia and is expected to enter Phase 2 trials in 2013.

        In addition to these programs, we are conducting pre-clinical research into the potential application of our cannabinoids in neuroprotection, nausea and anorexia/cachexia.

        Our early clinical development activities are conducted outside of the United States and we expect to submit INDs in the United States for our product candidates at a later stage in their development.

    Type 2 Diabetes

    Market Overview

        According to the American Diabetes Association, 25.8 million individuals in the United States, or 8.3% of the population, have diabetes, of which at least 90% have the Type 2 form. According to the World Health Organization, between 2010 and 2030, diabetes rates in developing countries will increase by 70% and by 20% in developed countries.

        Type 2 diabetes is associated with two lesions—insulin resistance in peripheral tissues causing an increase in the insulin requirement and a failure of the insulin producing cells in the pancreas to meet this increased demand. Insulin resistance is driven by obesity, as well as age and lack of exercise. Insulin resistance causes elevated blood glucose levels, which in turn lead to various complications of diabetes, including increased risk of cardiovascular disease, kidney damage, nerve damage, and eye disease.

        There is no cure for diabetes, so treatments are aimed at controlling blood glucose levels. There is recognition that advances in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes should focus not merely on glucose control but in protecting the overworked pancreatic islet cells from failure. Thus, there is an unmet need for improved insulin sensitizer drugs and oral treatments that result in a restoration of normal insulin production and glucose-dependent release of insulin from pancreatic islets.

    Our Research

        We have completed a Phase 2a trial that examined a number of clinical endpoints in patients with Type 2 diabetes. This five-arm trial was a 13 week randomized, double blind, placebo controlled, parallel group, pilot trial of GWP42004 (5mg), GWP42003 (100mg) and two separate ratios (5mg:5mg and 100mg:5mg) of GWP42003 and GWP42004. Each treatment was formulated as oral capsules and administered twice daily. The trial enrolled a total of 62 Type 2 diabetes patients, such that each treatment group had 11 to 14 patients.

        The trial showed that GWP42004, an oral cannabinoid treatment, produced the following desirable anti-diabetic effects: reduced fasting plasma glucose levels (p=0.04), with an increase in fasting insulin, improved pancreatic beta-cell function (p=0.0074), increased serum adiponectin (p=0.0024), reduced systolic blood pressure (p=0.099), and reduced serum IL-6 levels (p=0.076). The trial did not show meaningful effects in the other treatment arms.

97


Table of Contents

        Several of these findings are consistent with pre-clinical data generated in collaboration with Professor Mike Cawthorne at the GW Metabolic Research Laboratory, University of Buckingham. In particular, pre-clinical data suggests that GWP42004 protects the insulin-producing cells of the pancreatic islets, a highly desirable feature of a new anti-diabetic medicine, increases insulin sensitivity, and reduces fasting plasma glucose levels.

        We are now planning a larger placebo-controlled Phase 2 dose ranging trial of GWP42004 which is expected to start in 2013.

    Ulcerative Colitis

    Market Overview

        Ulcerative colitis, or UC, is a chronic, relapsing inflammatory bowel disease affecting the colon which can cause pain, urgent diarrhea, severe tiredness and loss of weight. In addition, patients with chronic intestinal inflammation have an increased risk of developing bowel cancers. According to the Crohn's & Colitis Foundation of America, UC may affect as many as 700,000 Americans.

        Medical treatment for UC has two main goals: achieving remission (the absence of symptoms) and, once that is accomplished, maintaining remission (prevention of flare-ups). To accomplish these goals, treatment is aimed at controlling the ongoing inflammation in the intestine. The four major classes of medication used today to treat ulcerative colitis are aminosalicylates (5-ASA), steroids, immune modifiers and antibiotics. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in one-quarter to one-third of patients with ulcerative colitis, medical therapy is not completely successful or complications arise. Under these circumstances, surgical removal of the colon may be considered.

    Our Research

        We have shown that GWP42003 has anti-inflammatory properties in a number of accepted animal models of inflammation, notably of the gut and the joints. In addition, we have shown the capacity of GWP42003 to inhibit the production in tissues of chemical mediators of inflammation, such as TNF a . In particular, we have demonstrated potential in the treatment of UC in standard in vivo models.

        We have initiated a 62-patient Phase 2a trial to investigate the efficacy and safety of GWP42003 compared with placebo for the treatment of UC in patients refractory to 5-ASA. This trial is due to report results in early 2014.

    Epilepsy

    Market Overview

        Epilepsy is a complex neurological disorder characterized by spontaneous recurrence of unprovoked seizures, which are surges of electrical activity in the brain. Epilepsy is estimated to affect 50 million people worldwide including, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2.2 million people in the United States. Drug therapy remains ineffective for seizure control in up to 30% of patients with epilepsy because either the drugs do not control the seizures or the patients cannot tolerate the side effects. Currently available drugs can cause significant side effects to individuals' movement and cognitive abilities that can adversely affect the quality of life for epileptic patients.

    Our Research

        Selected cannabinoids have shown anti-convulsant effects across a range of in vitro and in vivo models of epilepsy. We have identified a lead product candidate, GWP42006, which has shown the ability to treat seizures in animal models of epilepsy with significantly fewer side effects than existing

98


Table of Contents

anti-epileptic drugs. In a paper published in the September 2012 issue of The British Journal of Pharmacology by scientists with whom we collaborate at the University of Reading, United Kingdom, GWP42006 was reported to have the potential to prevent more seizures, with few of the side effects caused by many existing anti-epileptic drugs, such as uncontrollable shaking. In the study, GWP42006 strongly suppressed seizures in six different experimental models commonly used in epilepsy treatment. GWP42006 was also found to provide additional efficacy when combined with drugs currently used to control epilepsy.

        We are currently conducting a final round of confirmatory pre-clinical tests, expected to be completed in the first half of 2013 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 trial for GWP42006 shortly thereafter.

        Separately, there is emerging interest amongst U.S. paediatric epilepsy specialists and patient organizations in the potential role of CBD in treating intractable childhood epilepsy. We have recently agreed to a request from epilepsy specialists in the U.S. to support an observational study of CBD in patients with Dravet's and Lennox Gastaut Syndrome, two rare and severe forms of paediatric epilepsy. With advice from these specialists, we are evaluating the prospects for consulting with the FDA regarding an investigational plan for CBD in intractable childhood epilepsy in the U.S.

    Glioma

    Market Overview

        Glioma describes any tumor that arises from the glial tissue of the brain. Glioblastoma, or GBM, is a particularly aggressive tumor that forms from abnormal growth of glial tissue. According to the New England Journal of Medicine , GBM accounts for approximately 50% of the 22,500 new cases of brain cancer diagnosed in the United States each year. Treatment options are limited and expected survival is a little over one year. GBM is considered a rare, or orphan, disease by the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA.

    Our Research

        In pre-clinical models, we have shown cannabinoids to be orally active in the treatment of gliomas and, in addition, have shown tumor response to be positively associated with tissue levels of cannabinoids. We have identified the putative mechanism of action for our cannabinoid product candidates, where autophagy and programmed cell death are stimulated via inhibition of the akt/mTORC1 axis. We have shown in in vivo studies that cannabinoids have a synergistic effect with temozolomide, a standard treatment for glioma.

        In light of this promising pre-clinical research, we plan to conduct an early proof of concept Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with recurrent GBM, which we expect to commence in 2013. The trial will compare a combination of GWP42002 and GWP42003 with placebo, in each case in combination with temozolomide, the current standard of care. The principal cannabinoids we have studied in pre-clinical models of glioma are GWP42002 and GWP42003 in various ratios, and this first trial will employ an equal ratio of GWP42002 and GWP42003 to establish a proof of principle. It is anticipated that subsequent development would focus on a product candidate with a different ratio of GWP42002 and GWP42003.

        We have also generated promising pre-clinical data to suggest that our cannabinoids could have benefits in other cancers, notably breast cancer, colon cancer and prostate cancer. In particular, in a model of Her2 positive breast cancer, we have shown cannabinoids to have the ability to inhibit not only local metastases, but also the occurrence of distant metastases. Our efforts are now focused on identifying the precise molecular mechanism of action of cannabinoids in breast cancer, and to define the optimum cannabinoid treatment regimen.

99


Table of Contents

    Schizophrenia

    Market Overview

        Schizophrenia is a chronic disease that manifests through disturbances of perception, thought, cognition, emotion, motivation and motor activity. Over a lifetime, about 1% of the population will develop schizophrenia.

        All antipsychotic treatments for schizophrenia rely primarily upon their action at the dopamine D2 receptor for their antipsychotic effect. They produce a wide range of adverse events, and are often poorly tolerated by patients resulting in poor compliance.

        Current antipyschotics also have little or no effect upon the 'negative' symptoms (blunted mood and lack of pleasure, motivation and movement) of schizophrenia or the associated cognitive deficit. Furthermore, the 'positive' symptoms (such as hallucinations, delusions and thought disorder) of at least one third of patients fail to respond adequately to current treatments.

    Our Research

        GWP42003 has shown notable anti-psychotic effects in accepted pre-clinical models of schizophrenia and importantly has also demonstrated the ability to reduce the characteristic movement disorders induced by currently available anti-psychotic agents. The mechanism of GWP42003 does not appear to rely on the D2 receptor augmentation of standard antipsychotics and therefore has the potential to offer a novel treatment option in this therapeutic area. We are currently preparing to commence a Phase 2a trial of GWP42003 in the treatment for schizophrenia in 2013.

        Additionally, our pre-clinical research findings suggest that a range of other psychiatric conditions may be promising targets for cannabinoid therapeutics.

Intellectual Property and Technology Licenses

        Our success depends in significant part on our ability to protect the proprietary nature of Sativex, our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and to prevent others from infringing on our proprietary rights. We have sought, and plan to continue to seek, patent protection in the United States and other countries for our proprietary technologies. As of September 30, 2012, we own 335 pending patent applications worldwide. Within the United States, we already have 14 issued patents with a further 30 pending patent applications under active prosecution. There are an additional 154 issued patents outside of the United States. Our policy is to seek patent protection for the technology, inventions and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business, but only in those cases where we believe that the costs of obtaining patent protection is justified by the commercial potential of the technology, and typically only in those jurisdictions that we believe present significant commercial opportunities.

        We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.

        Our strategy is to seek and obtain patents related to Sativex across all major pharmaceutical markets around the world. In the United States, our patents and/or pending applications (if they were to issue) relating to Sativex would expire on various dates between 2021 and 2026, excluding possible patent term extensions. We have at least seven different patent families containing one or more pending and/or issued patents directed to the Sativex formulation, the extracts from which Sativex is composed, the extraction technique used to produce the extracts and the therapeutic use of Sativex. In the key indication, treatment of cancer pain, we have obtained a patent in the United States, entitled "Pharmaceutical Compositions for the Treatment of Pain", which would expire in September 2026. This patent is specific to the United States, and we will not seek to file, or obtain corresponding rights under, this patent in other countries.

100


Table of Contents

        Under the 2007 research collaboration agreement with Otsuka, all intellectual property (including both patents and non-manufacturing related know-how) that is conceived by either Otsuka or us during the course of the collaboration is jointly owned by Otsuka and us, and is referred to as "collaboration IP". We have an exclusive royalty-bearing sub-licensable license to use collaboration IP outside the fields of CNS and oncology (other than collaboration IP relating to cannabinoid drug candidates specifically being researched within the collaboration).

        At the end of the term of the collaboration, our rights will depend upon what, if any, product/product candidate(s) Otsuka selects to license. In the event Otsuka licenses one or more product/product candidate(s) from us, we cannot develop or commercialize products which compete with those products/product candidate(s). With respect to any product/product candidate(s) not licensed, we will have an exclusive sub-licensable royalty-bearing license to use collaboration IP both outside and within the fields of CNS and oncology.

        Under the collaboration agreement, we are responsible for the filing, prosecution, maintenance and defense of any patents filed on the jointly owned collaboration IP, and Otsuka is responsible for all out-of-pocket expenses associated therewith. In the event Otsuka no longer wishes to reimburse us for our out-of-pocket costs associated with any of the jointly owned patents, Otsuka is required to assign its rights to the patents in question back to us. Otsuka has the first right to bring and control any action for infringement of any joint patent rights in the research field, and we have the right to join such action at our own expense. In the event Otsuka fails to bring such an action, we have the right to bring and control any such action at our own expense. Neither party shall have the right to settle any infringement litigation regarding the joint patent rights inside the research field without the prior written consent of the other party.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we have filed, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent's term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent.

        The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for extension, which permits term restoration as compensation for the term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits an extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Extensions cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug are available in Europe and other non-U.S. jurisdictions; indeed Supplementary Protection Certificates have been applied for such that the European formulation patent for Sativex will be extended to 2025 in Europe. In the future, if and when our pharmaceutical product candidates receive FDA approval, we may apply for extensions on patents covering those products.

        To protect our rights to any of our issued patents and proprietary information, we may need to litigate against infringing third parties, avail ourselves of the courts or participate in hearings to determine the scope and validity of those patents or other proprietary rights.

        We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information, and it is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us.

101


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

        We are responsible for the manufacture and supply of our products for commercial and clinical trial purposes. We operate under GMP manufacturing licenses issued by the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, in the United Kingdom and our facilities have been audited by the MHRA on several occasions. We have personnel with extensive experience in production of botanical raw material, pharmaceutical production, quality control, quality assurance and supply chain.

        For commercial Sativex production, the BRM is currently contracted to an external third party, although our staff is at the contract site to monitor activity and production quality on a weekly basis. All other steps in the commercial production process for Sativex are performed in-house. We routinely hold significant inventories of Sativex BRM and BDS, both of which have extended shelf lives, that enable us to manufacture finished product on demand. We believe that these inventories are currently sufficient to enable us to continue to meet anticipated commercial demand for Sativex in the event of an interruption in our supply of BRM.

        We are in the process of expanding and upgrading parts of our manufacturing facilities in order to meet future demand and FDA requirements. Over the next two years, we will construct a new BDS production facility at our current site and install new BDS processing equipment. Longer term, depending on volume requirements, we anticipate the need to construct a new BDP facility.

        We have successfully exported cannabinoid commercial or research materials to 34 countries and have the necessary in-house expertise to manage the import/export process worldwide. We have substantial expertise in, and experience with, relevant international and national regulations in relation to the research, distribution and commercialization of cannabinoid therapeutics. We have formed relationships with relevant international and national agencies in order to enable licensing of research sites, establishing appropriate product distribution channels and securing licensed storage, obtaining import/export licenses, and facilitating amendments to relevant legislation if required prior to commercialization.

Competition

        The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our scientific knowledge, technology and development experience provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

        A synthetic THC (dronabinol) oral capsule has been approved and distributed in the United States for anorexia associated with weight loss in patients with AIDS. Dronabinol and nabilone (a synthetic molecule similar to THC) capsules have been approved and distributed in the United States for the treatment of nausea and vomiting associated with cancer chemotherapy in patients who have failed to respond adequately to conventional antiemetic treatments. We are also aware of exploratory research into the effects of THC formulations in other areas.

        We are aware of discovery research within the pharmaceutical industry into synthetic agonists and antagonists of CB1 and CB2 receptors. We are also aware of companies that supply synthetic cannabinoids and cannabis extracts to researchers for pre-clinical and clinical investigation. We are also aware of various companies that cultivate cannabis plants with a view to supplying herbal cannabis or non-pharmaceutical cannabis-based formulations to patients. These activities are generally not compliant with national and international legislation and have not been approved by the FDA.

102


Table of Contents

        In both MS spasticity and cancer pain, Sativex aims to treat patients who do not respond adequately to standard of care. In MS spasticity, such treatments include baclofen and tizanidine and in cancer pain, such treatments include morphine and other opioids. Xenoport, Inc., a public biotech company, is developing a R -Baclofen Prodrug for MS spasticity. In cancer pain, the principal focus of ongoing clinical research by our potential competitors is in the development of alternative formulations of opioids.

        We have never endorsed or supported the idea of distributing or legalizing crude herbal cannabis for medical use and do not believe prescription cannabinoids are the same, and therefore competitive, with crude herbal cannabis. We have consistently maintained that only a cannabinoid medication, one that is standardized in composition, formulation, and dose, administered by means of an appropriate delivery system, and tested in properly controlled pre-clinical and clinical studies, can meet the standards of regulatory authorities around the world, including those of the FDA. We have also repeatedly stressed that these regulatory processes provide important protections for patients, and we believe that any cannabinoid medication must be subjected to, and satisfy, such rigorous scrutiny.

        The prospect for cannabinoid therapeutics to be approved through the FDA approval pathway has been the subject of statements from the White House, Congress and the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The White House Office of National Drug Control Policy states on its "Facts and Answers to the Frequently Asked Questions about Marijuana" on the White House website that the FDA has recognized and approved the medicinal use of isolated components of the marijuana plant and related synthetic compounds, and it specifically references Sativex as a product that is currently in late-stage clinical trials with the FDA. In its June 2012 report entitled "Reducing the U.S. Demand for Illegal Drugs," the U.S. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control expresses the view that the development of marijuana-based therapeutics through an approved FDA process is the best route to explore and references Sativex as a promising product currently in the final phase of the FDA's trials for approved use in the United States. In that report, the Senate Caucus urged the FDA to complete a careful review of Sativex in a timely manner. In its January 2011 report entitled "The DEA Position on Marijuana," the DEA expresses support for ongoing research into potential medicinal uses of marijuana's active ingredients, and specifically references Sativex.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

    FDA Approval Process

        In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

        Pharmaceutical product development in the United States typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.

        Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good

103


Table of Contents

laboratory practices. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

        A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations, (ii) in compliance with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors, and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

        The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB's requirements or may impose other conditions.

        Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance, and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the trial is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with potentially serious outcome, and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

        After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product's pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, currently exceeding $1,958,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $98,000 per product and $526,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

104


Table of Contents

        The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs. Most such applications for standard review drug products are reviewed within ten to twelve months, while most applications for priority review drugs are reviewed in six to eight months. FDA can extend these reviews by three months. Priority review can be applied to drugs that the FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. For biologics, priority review is further limited only for drugs intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease relative to the currently approved products. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

        The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, which is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

        After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

        An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

    Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

        Sponsors of clinical trials of certain FDA-regulated products, including prescription drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information on a public website maintained by the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigator, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of these trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly-available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.

105


Table of Contents

    The Hatch-Waxman Act

    Orange Book Listing

        In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant's product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as "generic equivalents" to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

        The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA's Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement, certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use, rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent.

        If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

        A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

        The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.

    Exclusivity

        Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which time the FDA cannot receive any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approval an ANDA for a generic drug that includes the change.

        An ANDA may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification, and, thus, no ANDA may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.

106


Table of Contents

        For a botanical drug, FDA may determine that the active moiety is one or more of the principle components or the complex mixture as a whole. This determination would affect the utility of any 5-year exclusivity as well as the ability of any potential generic competitor to demonstrate that it is the same drug as the original botanical drug.

    Patent Term Extension

        After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five-year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug's testing phase—the time between IND submission and NDA submission—and all of the review phase—the time between NDA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.

        For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the PTO must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.

    Advertising and Promotion

        Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet.

        Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

    Adverse Event Reporting and GMP Compliance

        Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

107


Table of Contents

    Pediatric Information

        Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication where orphan designation has been granted.

        The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, provides NDA holders a six-month extension of any exclusivity—patent or non-patent—for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for exclusivity include the FDA's determination that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, the FDA making a written request for pediatric studies, and the applicant agreeing to perform, and reporting on, the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications, with all of the benefits that designation confers.

    Controlled Substances

        The federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or CSA, and its implementing regulations establish a "closed system" of regulations for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, importation and other requirements under the oversight of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements in order to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.

        Facilities that manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substance schedule(s). For example, separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes which schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. However, certain coincident activities are permitted without obtaining a separate DEA registration, such as distribution of controlled substances by the manufacturer that produces them.

        The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules—Schedule I, II, III, IV, or V—with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have no currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. They may be used only in federally-approved research programs and may not be marketed or sold for dispensing to patients in the United States. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use that are otherwise approved for marketing may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The regulatory requirements are more restrictive for Schedule II substances than Schedule III substances. For example, all Schedule II drug prescriptions must be signed by a physician, physically presented to a pharmacist in most situations, and cannot be refilled.

        The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, record keeping, reporting and handling prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. The most stringent requirements apply to manufacturers of Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of

108


Table of Contents

controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. An application for a manufacturing registration as a bulk manufacturer (not a dosage form manufacturer or a repacker/relabeler) for a Schedule I or II substance must be published in the Federal Register, and is open for 30 days to permit interested persons to submit comments, objections, or requests for a hearing. A copy of the notice of the Federal Register publication is forwarded by DEA to all those registered, or applicants for registration, as bulk manufacturers of that substance. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses, and must obtain authorization to destroy or dispose of controlled substances. As with applications for registration as a bulk manufacturer, an application for an importer registration for a Schedule I or II substance must also be published in the Federal Register, which remains open for 30 days for comments. Imports of Schedule I and II controlled substances for commercial purposes are generally restricted to substances not already available from domestic supplier or where there is not adequate competition among domestic suppliers. In addition to an importer or exporter registration, importers and exporters must obtain a permit for every import or export of a Schedule I and II substance or Schedule III, IV and V narcotic, and submit import or export declarations for Schedule III, IV and V non-narcotics. In some cases, Schedule III non-narcotic substances may be subject to the import/export permit requirement, if necessary to ensure that the United States complies with its obligations under international drug control treaties.

        For drugs manufactured in the United States, the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for the amount of substances within Schedules I and II that may be manufactured or produced in the United States based on the DEA's estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate medical, scientific, research and industrial needs. This limited aggregate amount of cannabis that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which, in turn, must annually apply to the DEA for individual manufacturing and procurement quotas. The quotas apply equally to the manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and production of dosage forms. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas a few times per year, and individual manufacturing or procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments for individual companies.

        The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State Authorities, including Boards of Pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.

    Europe/Rest of World Government Regulation

        In addition to regulations in the United States, we are and will be subject, either directly or through our distribution partners, to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products, if approved.

        Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in non-U.S. countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like an IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In Europe, for example, a clinical trial application, or CTA,

109


Table of Contents

must be submitted to the competent national health authority and to independent ethics committees in each country in which a company intends to conduct clinical trials. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country's requirements, clinical trial development may proceed in that country.

        The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country, even though there is already some degree of legal harmonization in the European Union member states resulting from the national implementation of underlying E.U. legislation. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and other applicable regulatory requirements.

        To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational drug under E.U. regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application. This application is similar to the NDA in the United States, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. Drugs can be authorized in the European Union by using (i) the centralized authorization procedure, (ii) the mutual recognition procedure, (iii) the decentralized procedure or (iv) national authorization procedures. The initial Sativex approvals were a consequence of an application under the De-Centralized Procedure, or DCP, to the E.U. member states of the United Kingdom and Spain.

        The EMA implemented the centralized procedure for the approval of human drugs to facilitate marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the European Union. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization granted by the European Commission that is valid across the European Union, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is compulsory for human drugs that are: (i) derived from biotechnology processes, such as genetic engineering, (ii) contain a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, autoimmune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases, (iii) officially designated "orphan drugs" (drugs used for rare human diseases) and (iv) advanced-therapy medicines, such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines. The centralized procedure may at the request of the applicant also be used for human drugs which do not fall within the above mentioned categories if the human drug (a) contains a new active substance which, on the date of entry into force of this Regulation, was not authorised in the Community; or (b) the applicant shows that the medicinal product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that the granting of authorisation in the centralized procedure is in the interests of patients or animal health at European Community level.

        Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application by the EMA is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP), with adoption of the actual marketing authorization by the European Commission thereafter. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest from the point of view of therapeutic innovation, defined by three cumulative criteria: the seriousness of the disease to be treated; the absence of an appropriate alternative therapeutic approach, and anticipation of exceptional high therapeutic benefit. In this circumstance, EMA ensures that the evaluation for the opinion of the CHMP is completed within 150 days and the opinion issued thereafter.

        The mutual recognition procedure, or MRP, for the approval of human drugs is an alternative approach to facilitate individual national marketing authorizations within the European Union. Basically, the MRP may be applied for all human drugs for which the centralized procedure is not obligatory. The MRP is applicable to the majority of conventional medicinal products, and is based on the principle of recognition of an already existing national marketing authorization by one or more member states. Since the first approvals for Sativex were national approvals in the United Kingdom

110


Table of Contents

and Spain (following a DCP), the only route open to us for additional marketing authorizations in the European Union was the MRP.

        The characteristic of the MRP is that the procedure builds on an already existing marketing authorization in a member state of the E.U. that is used as reference in order to obtain marketing authorizations in other E.U. member states. In the MRP, a marketing authorization for a drug already exists in one or more member states of the E.U. and subsequently marketing authorization applications are made in other European Union member states by referring to the initial marketing authorization. The member state in which the marketing authorization was first granted will then act as the reference member state. The member states where the marketing authorization is subsequently applied for act as concerned member states.

        The MRP is based on the principle of the mutual recognition by European Union member states of their respective national marketing authorizations. Based on a marketing authorization in the reference member state, the applicant may apply for marketing authorizations in other member states. In such case, the reference member state shall update its existing assessment report about the drug in 90 days. After the assessment is completed, copies of the report are sent to all member states, together with the approved summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. The concerned member states then have 90 days to recognize the decision of the reference member state and the summary of product characteristics, labeling and package leaflet. National marketing authorizations shall be granted within 30 days after acknowledgement of the agreement.

        Should any Member State refuse to recognize the marketing authorization by the reference member state, on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the issue will be referred to a coordination group. Within a timeframe of 60 days, member states shall, within the coordination group, make all efforts to reach a consensus. If this fails, the procedure is submitted to an EMA scientific committee for arbitration. The opinion of this EMA Committee is then forwarded to the Commission, for the start of the decision making process. As in the centralized procedure, this process entails consulting various European Commission Directorates General and the Standing Committee on Human Medicinal Products or Veterinary Medicinal Products, as appropriate. Since the initial approvals of Sativex in the United Kingdom and Spain, there have been two "waves" of additional approvals under two separate MRPs. Both of these procedures have been completed without any referral, and therefore without any delay.

        For other countries outside of the European Union, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the other applicable regulatory requirements.

        If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

        In addition, most countries are parties to the Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs 1961, which governs international trade and domestic control of narcotic substances, including cannabis extracts. Countries may interpret and implement their treaty obligations in a way that creates a legal obstacle to our obtaining marketing approval for Sativex and our other products in those countries. These countries may not be willing or able to amend or otherwise modify their laws and regulations to permit Sativex or our other products to be marketed, or achieving such amendments to the laws and regulations may take a prolonged period of time. In that case, we would be unable to market our products in those countries in the near future or perhaps at all.

111


Table of Contents

    Reimbursement

        Sales of pharmaceutical products in the United States will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payers, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Additionally, the containment of health care costs has become a priority of federal and state governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. If these third-party payers do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

        The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, imposed new requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries and included a major expansion of the prescription drug benefit under Medicare Part D. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payers often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payers.

        On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. This law provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. A plan for the research will be developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures will be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payers, it is not clear how such a result could be avoided and what if any effect the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor's product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payer to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of the product candidate and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the ACA) enacted in March 2010, is expected to

112


Table of Contents

have a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA is expected to expand coverage for the uninsured while at the same time contain overall health care costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA is expected to expand and increase industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and make changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare D program. We cannot predict the impact of the ACA on pharmaceutical companies as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions which has not yet occurred. In addition, although the United States Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have stated their intentions to not implement certain section of ACA and some members of Congress are still working to repeal ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the changes enacted as part of ACA. In addition, the current legal challenges to the ACA, as well as Congressional efforts to repeal the ACA, add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of the ACA.

        In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.

    Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements

        In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (formerly the Health Care Financing Administration), or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the False Claims Act, the privacy provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and similar state laws, each as amended. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, or VHCA, each as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Under the VHCA, drug companies are required to offer certain drugs at a reduced price to a number of federal agencies including U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs and U.S. Department of Defense, the Public Health Service and certain private Public Health Service designated entities in order to participate in other federal funding programs including Medicare and Medicaid. Recent legislative changes purport to require that discounted prices be offered for certain U.S. Department of Defense purchases for its TRICARE program via a rebate system. Participation under the VHCA requires submission of pricing data and calculation of discounts and rebates pursuant to complex statutory formulas, as well as the entry into government procurement contracts governed by the Federal Acquisition Regulations.

        In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of pharmaceutical products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose

113


Table of Contents

requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities or register their sales representatives. Other legislation has been enacted in certain states prohibiting pharmacies and other health care entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical companies for use in sales and marketing, and prohibiting certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

Legal Proceedings and Related Matters

        From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Employees

        As at September 30, 2012, we had 182 full-time equivalent employees. Of these employees, 114 were in research and development, 38 were in manufacturing and operations, 16 were in quality control and quality assurance, 14 were in management and administrative functions (including business development, finance, intellectual property, information technology and general administration). We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or represented by a labor union. We believe our employee relations are good.

Property

        Our principal executive offices are located in Wiltshire, United Kingdom, and in London, United Kingdom. Our leased offices in Wiltshire encompass 2,942 square feet. The lease for this space expires in August 2013. In London, we lease 2,680 square feet of office space. The lease for this space expires in September 2015. In addition to our principal executive offices, we lease 12,120 square feet of office space near Cambridge, United Kingdom. The lease for this space expires in May 2021. Our in-house research and manufacturing functions are performed at facilities we lease in the south of the United Kingdom. In the aggregate, we currently lease 90,979 square feet of research and manufacturing space. The leases for this space expire in June 2013 for 3,216 square feet, October 2013 for 3,847 square feet, January 2019 for 69,356 square feet and December 2023 for 14,560 square feet. All of our property is leased. We believe that our office, research and manufacturing facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs. However, in anticipation of future demand, we are negotiating the terms of a lease for an additional manufacturing facility.

114


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of immediately prior to this offering:

Name   Age   Position

Executive Officers

         

Dr. Geoffrey Guy (3)

    58   Chairman of the Board of Directors and member of Board of Directors

Justin Gover

    42   Chief Executive Officer and member of Board of Directors

Dr. Stephen Wright

    61   Research and Development Director and member of Board of Directors

Adam George

    43   Chief Financial Officer and member of Board of Directors

Chris Tovey

    47   Chief Operating Officer and member of Board of Directors

Non-Employee Directors

         

James Noble (1)(2)(3)(4)

    54   Deputy Chairman

Cabot Brown (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

    51   Non-Executive Director

Thomas Lynch (1)(2)(4)

    55   Non-Executive Director

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of the Remuneration Committee.

(3)
Member of the Nomination Committee.

(4)
An "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

(5)
The board confirmed Mr. Brown's appointment in February 2013.

Executive Officers

         Dr. Geoffrey Guy is our founder and has served as our Chairman since 1998. Dr. Guy has over 30 years of experience in medical research and global drug development, most recently as Chairman and Chief Executive of Ethical Holdings plc, a Nasdaq-quoted drug delivery company (now Amarin Corporation plc, or Amarin), which he founded in 1985 and led to its Nasdaq listing in 1993. He also founded Phytopharm plc in 1989, of which he was Chairman until 1997. Dr. Guy has been the physician in charge of over 200 clinical studies including first dose in man, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, dose-ranging, controlled clinical trials and large scale multi-centred studies and clinical surveys. He is also an author on numerous scientific publications and has contributed to six books. Dr. Guy was appointed as Visiting Professor in the School of Science and Medicine at the University of Buckingham in July 2011. He also received the "Deloitte Director of the Year Award in Pharmaceuticals and Healthcare" in 2011. Dr. Guy holds a BSc. in pharmacology from the University of London, an MBBS at St. Bartholomew's Hospital, an MRCS Eng. and LRCP London, an LMSSA Society of Apothecaries and a Diploma of Pharmaceutical Medicine from the Royal Colleges of Physicians.

         Justin Gover has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1999. He has 17 years experience in the pharmaceutical industry. As Chief Executive Officer, he has been the lead executive responsible for the running of our company's operations, as well as in leading equity financings and business development activities. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gover was Head of Corporate Affairs at Ethical Holdings plc from 1995 to 1997 where he was responsible for the company's strategic corporate activities, including mergers and acquisitions, strategic investments, equity financings and

115


Table of Contents

investor relations. Mr. Gover holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD and a BSc. (Hons) from Bristol University.

         Dr. Stephen Wright has served as our Research and Development Director since January 2004 and as a Director since March 2005. Dr. Wright has more than 20 years of experience in drug development. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Wright was Senior Vice President of Clinical Research & Development and a member of the U.K. Board of Directors at Ipsen Limited, where he led teams responsible for regulatory success in both the United States and the European Union. Dr. Wright also has direct U.S. drug development experience, first as Medical Director of Immunosciences, then as Venture Head of Neuroscience at Abbott Laboratories. Dr. Wright is a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of Edinburgh and the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Dr. Wright is also a Visiting Professor in the School of Chemistry, Food and Pharmacy at The University of Reading and is the author of more than 100 publications, and several book chapters. Dr. Wright received an M.D. and an M.A. in Social and Political Science from the University of Cambridge and qualified in Medicine (MBBS) at The Royal London Hospital.

         Adam George has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2012. Mr. George also acts as our Company Secretary. Prior to taking on his current role, Mr. George served as our Financial Controller since 2007. Mr. George has previously occupied several senior finance roles within both public and privately-owned companies, most recently as Finance Director from 2004 to 2007 and as Group Financial Controller from 2001 to 2004 of Believe It Group Limited (now 4Com plc), a telecommunications service provider. Mr. George holds an BSc. in Biology from Bristol University and is qualified as a chartered accountant.

         Chris Tovey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since October 2012. Mr. Tovey has over 25 years experience in the pharmaceutical industry. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Tovey was at UCB Pharmaceuticals from 2006 to 2012. Most recently, Mr. Tovey was the Vice President of Global Marketing Operations where he was responsible for worldwide marketing activities on a portfolio of UCB products generating over €2.0 billion in annual sales. Previous experience and roles at UCB included Managing Director Greece and Cyprus, and leader of all UCB activities on the orphan narcotic medication Xyrem®, used in the treatment of narcolepsy. Mr. Tovey previously spent 18 years at GlaxoSmithKline plc in senior commercial roles in both the European and U.K. organizations. These roles included Director Commercial Strategy Distribution Europe, Director European Vaccine Therapy Director Commercial Development U.K., Director Vaccines Business Unit U.K. and Business Unit Manager Oncology U.K. While at GSK, Mr. Tovey worked across a wide range of therapeutic areas including infectious diseases, neurology, oncology, diabetes, respiratory, and immunology. Mr. Tovey holds a BSc. degree in Marine Biology from the University of Liverpool.

Non-Employee Directors

         James Noble has served as a Non-Executive Director since January 2007. Mr. Noble has 20 years of experience in the biotech industry. Mr. Noble currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of Immunocore Limited and Adaptimmune Limited, two privately-held companies involved in T-cell receptor technology. Mr. Noble has previously held numerous non-executive director positions, including at CuraGen Corporation, PowderJect Pharmaceuticals plc, Oxford GlycoSciences plc, MediGene AG, and Advanced Medical Solutions plc. Mr. Noble is qualified as a chartered accountant with Price Waterhouse and spent seven years at the investment bank Kleinwort Benson Limited, where he became a director in 1990. He then joined British Biotech plc as Chief Financial Officer and secured the company's IPO on the Nasdaq and London stock exchanges in 1992. Mr. Noble was previously Chief Executive Officer of Avidex Limited, a privately-held biotechnology company. Mr. Noble holds an M.A. from the University of Oxford. Our board of directors believes Mr. Noble's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his financial expertise, his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

116


Table of Contents

         Cabot Brown has served as a Non-Executive Director since February 2013. Mr. Brown has over 25 years of experience in the financial industry. Mr. Brown is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Carabiner LLC, an advisory and private equity firm based in San Francisco and London that specializes in health care and education. Previously, Mr. Brown served as a Managing Director at GCA Savvian Group Corp., an international financial advisory firm, from 2011 to 2012 where he directed the firm's efforts in the health care industry. Before joining GCA Savvian, Mr. Brown worked for ten years at Seven Hills Group, an investment banking group he co-founded where he also directed the firm's health care activities. He also was Managing Director of Brown, McMillan & Co., an investment firm he co-founded that sponsored buy-outs and venture capital investments. From 1987 until 1995, Mr. Brown worked at Volpe, Welty & Company, a boutique investment bank where he co-founded and ran the health care practice and served as a member of its Executive Committee. Mr. Brown started his finance career in New York, working in the investment banking departments of The First Boston Corporation and Lehman Brothers. Mr. Brown holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School with high distinction as a George F. Baker Scholar and an A.B. cum laude in Government from Harvard College. Our board of directors believes Mr. Brown's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his financial expertise, his extensive experience in the health care industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

         Thomas Lynch has served as a Non-Executive Director since July 2010. Mr. Lynch has over 19 years of experience in the biotechnology industry. Mr. Lynch currently serves as a senior independent director of ICON plc, a clinical research company, and Profectus BioSciences Inc., (a company conducting research into immunological diseases) and is Chairman of Chrontech AB, a Swedish company conducting research in infectious diseases. Previously, Mr. Lynch served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Amarin from 2000 and 2007, respectively, until December 2009. During his tenure as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lynch led the re-positioning of Amarin as a cardiovascular company, over $100 million in equity financings and the de-listing of Amarin's shares from the AIM while maintaining the company's primary listing on Nasdaq. As at December 31, 2012, Amarin's market capitalization had reached over $1.2 billion. Mr. Lynch continues as Chairman of Amarin Pharmaceuticals (Ireland) Limited, having stepped down from its parent board of directors in October 2010. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Lynch worked in a variety of capacities in Elan Corporation plc, including Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice-President, Vice-Chairman and senior adviser. Mr. Lynch holds an economics degree from Queen's University Belfast. Our board of directors believes Mr. Lynch's qualifications to serve as a member of our board include his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his years of experience in his leadership roles as a director and executive officer.

Board Composition

        Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which is currently composed of eight members. Three of our directors qualify as independent directors under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

        Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the Nasdaq permit a foreign private issuer to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of Nasdaq.

        The committees of our board of directors consist of an audit committee, a remuneration committee and a nominations committee. Each of these committees has the responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

117


Table of Contents

    Audit Committee

        Prior to completion of the offering, the members of our audit committee will be our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of the members is an "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Noble serves as chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Noble is a financial expert as contemplated by the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. Our Audit Committee meets at least three times per year and oversees the monitoring of our internal controls, accounting policies and financial reporting and provides a forum through which our external auditors and independent registered public accounting firm reports. Our Audit Committee meets at least once a year with the external auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm without executive Board members present. The audit committee is also responsible for overseeing the activities of the external auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm, including their appointment, reappointment, or removal as well as monitoring of their objectivity and independence. The Audit Committee also considers the fees paid to the external auditors and independent registered public accounting firm and determines whether the fee levels for non-audit services, individually and in aggregate, relative to the audit fee are appropriate so as not to undermine their independence.

    Remuneration Committee

        Prior to completion of the offering, the members of the Remuneration Committee will be our three non-executive directors, Mr. James Noble, Mr. Cabot Brown and Mr. Thomas Lynch, and each of the members is an "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Mr. Lynch serves as chair of the remuneration committee. Our Remuneration Committee reviews, among other things, the performance of the Executive Directors and sets the scale and structure of their remuneration and the basis of their service agreements with due regard to the interests of the shareholders. The Remuneration Committee also determines the allocation of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP to our executive directors. No director has a service agreement with a notice period exceeding one year. During the year ended September 30, 2012, there were three meetings of the Remuneration Committee. It is a policy of the Remuneration Committee that no individual participates in discussions or decisions concerning his own remuneration.

    Nominations Committee

        Prior to completion of the offering, the members of the nominations committee will be Dr. Geoffrey Guy, Mr. James Noble and Cabot Brown. Dr. Guy serves as chair of the nominations committee and oversees the evaluation of the board's performance. Dr. Guy's performance as Chairman is reviewed by Mr. Noble, in his capacity as senior independent director, taking into account feedback from other members of the board of directors. The nominations committee meets at least twice a year and reviews the structure, size and composition of the board of directors, supervising the selection and appointment process of directors, making recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes and using an external search consultancy if considered appropriate. For new appointments, the nominations committee will make a final recommendation to the board of directors, and the board has the opportunity to meet the candidate prior to approving the appointment. Once appointed, the nominations committee oversees the induction of new directors and provides the appropriate training to the board during the course of the year in order to ensure that they have the knowledge and skills necessary to operate effectively. The nominations committee is also responsible for annually evaluating the performance of the board, both on an individual basis and for the board as a whole, taking into account such factors as attendance record, contribution during board meetings and the amount of time that has been dedicated to board matters during the course of the year.

118


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Prior to completion of the offering, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at http://www.gwpharm.com. We expect that any amendment to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Compensation

        The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to our directors and members of the executive management board for services in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the year ended September 30, 2012, as well as the amount contributed by us or our subsidiaries into money purchase plans for the year ended September 30, 2012 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to, our directors and members of the executive management board.

        For the year ended September 30, 2012, the table below sets forth the compensation paid to our directors, and in the case of Messrs. Guy, Gover, Wright and George, reflects the compensation paid for their services as our executives.

Year Ended September 30, 2012 Directors Compensation (1)

Name   Salary/
Fees
  Annual
Bonus
  Benefits
Excluding
Pension (2)
  Pension
Benefit (3)
  Total  
 
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 

Dr. Geoffrey Guy
Executive Director
Chairman

    348,675     154,891     3,619     50,395     557,580  

Justin Gover
Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer

    278,262     127,369     2,662     45,917     454,210  

Dr. Stephen Wright
Executive Director
Research and Development Director

    234,145     106,090     3,902     40,182     384,319  

Adam George (4)
Executive Director
Chief Financial Officer

    131,055     30,000     2,590     4,929     168,574  

David Kirk
Executive Director
Finance Director—retired June 1, 2012

    182,279     103,000     2,291     21,780     309,350  

Chris Tovey (5)
Executive Director
Chief Operating Officer

                     

119


Table of Contents

Name   Salary/
Fees
  Annual
Bonus
  Benefits
Excluding
Pension (2)
  Pension
Benefit (3)
  Total  
 
  £
  £
  £
  £
  £
 

James Noble
Non-Executive Director
Deputy Chairman

    52,213                 52,213  

Richard Forrest (6)
Non-Executive Director

    38,213                 38,213  

Cabot Brown (7)
Non-Executive Director

                     

Thomas Lynch (8)
Non-Executive Director

                     

(1)
For the year ended September 30, 2012, the compensation of all our Non-Executive and Executive Directors was set, and paid, in pounds sterling (£).

(2)
For our Executive Directors, these amounts represent the value of the personal benefits granted to our senior management for the year ended September 30, 2012, which include car allowance and medical and life insurance.

(3)
These amounts represent our contribution into money purchase plans.

(4)
Mr. George was appointed on June 1, 2012.

(5)
Mr. Tovey was appointed on October 1, 2012.

(6)
Mr. Forrest departed from the Board in January 2013.

(7)
The board confirmed Mr. Brown's appointment in February 2013.

(8)
Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive remuneration for his service as a Non-Executive Director.

    Executive Management Compensation

        The compensation for each member of our executive management board is comprised of the following elements: base salary, annual bonus, personal benefits, and long-term incentives. The total amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted to the members of our executive management board, whether or not a director, for the year ended September 30, 2012 was £2.0 million.

    Bonus Plans

        The discussion set forth below describes each bonus plan pursuant to which compensation was paid to our directors and members of our executive management board for our last full year.

        Executive Directors are eligible for an annual bonus at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Bonus awards are reviewed at the end of each calendar year and any such awards are determined by the performance of the individual and the Group as a whole based upon the achievement of strategic objectives set at the beginning of the year. The awards are normally limited to a maximum of 50% of basic salary, however in exceptional circumstances the annual maximum may increase up to 100% of basic salary.

    Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercise

        During the year ended September 30, 2012, 701,770 options to purchase ordinary shares were awarded to the directors. As of September, 2012, directors held options to purchase 6,244,166 ordinary shares. Directors exercised 140,000 options during the year ended September 30, 2012.

        We periodically grant share options to employees, including executive officers, to enable them to share in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns employee interests with that of our shareholders. Since September 30, 2010, we have granted a number of additional options to purchase ordinary shares to 39 employees who are not members of our executive management board.

120


Table of Contents

        Options issued under our Long Term Incentive Plan have an exercise price of £0.001 per share, a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. These options are also subject to a number of different performance conditions. If the relevant performance conditions are not achieved by the three-year vesting date, the options lapse. In addition, generally, an optionholder must remain an employee throughout the relevant vesting period or the options will lapse. Options issued under the other share option schemes were all issued with an exercise price equal to the closing market price on the day prior to grant, a three-year vesting period and expire ten years from date of grant. The only performance condition linked to these awards was continued employment throughout the vesting period.

    Pension, Retirement and Similar Benefits

        For the year ended September 30, 2012, we and our subsidiaries contributed a total of £0.2 million into money purchase plans to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and members of the executive management board.

Employment Agreements

    Dr. Geoffrey Guy

        On March 14, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Dr. Guy, our Chairman and Founder. Dr. Guy's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Dr. Guy not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Dr. Guy's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Dr. Guy's service agreement provides for a base salary of £322,174 per annum (to be reviewed annually), a car allowance of £24,960 per annum, plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion. Dr. Guy's service agreement provides that for a 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Justin Gover

        On February 26, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Gover, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Gover's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than 12 months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Mr. Gover not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Mr. Gover's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Mr. Gover's service agreement provides for a base salary of £272,875 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, car allowance of £15,600 per annum, permanent health insurance coverage, life assurance coverage and private health insurance, and a bonus

121


Table of Contents

on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. Gover's service agreement provides that for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Dr. Stephen Wright

        On January 18, 2013, GW Research Limited entered into a service agreement with Dr. Stephen Wright, our Research and Development Director. The service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than twelve months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Research Limited may require Dr. Wright not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Research Limited may terminate Dr. Wright's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Dr. Wright's service agreement provide for a base salary of £227,287 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Dr. Wright, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a bonus on such terms and of such amount as approved from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Dr. Wright's service agreement provides that for 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Research Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Research Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Adam George

        On June 1, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. George, our Chief Financial Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £128,750 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. George, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. George's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than six months' written notice. The notice period is expected to increase to 12 months after two years' service, subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee. During the first two years of service, the notice period required from GW Pharma Limited will increase to 12 months if notice is given during the three month period immediately following a change of control of the company or during the three month period immediately before or immediately after GW Pharmaceuticals plc securities being listed on a U.S. investment exchange and offered to the public for the first time. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. George not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. George's employment with

122


Table of Contents

immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his service agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct or serious or repeated breaches of obligations of his service.

        Mr. George's service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    Chris Tovey

        On July 11, 2012, GW Pharma Limited entered into a service agreement with Mr. Tovey, our Chief Operating Officer. The service agreement provides for a base salary of £200,850 per annum (to be reviewed annually), plus a monthly pension contribution of 17.5% of salary, a car allowance of £15,600 per annum, life assurance coverage, the cost of membership for Mr. Tovey, his spouse and children in a private patients medical plan, access to a permanent health insurance plan, and a discretionary bonus on such terms and of such amount as decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.

        Mr. Tovey's service agreement provides that his service will continue until either party provides no less than six months' written notice. Upon notice of termination, GW Pharma Limited may require Mr. Tovey not to attend work for all or any part of the period of notice, during which time he will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements. GW Pharma Limited may terminate Mr. Tovey's employment with immediate effect at any time by notice in writing for certain circumstances as described in his employment agreement, including bankruptcy, criminal convictions, gross misconduct, or serious or repeated breaches of obligations to his service.

        Mr. Tovey's service agreement provides that for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment with GW Pharma Limited, he will not entice, induce or encourage any customer or employee to end their relationship with GW Pharma Limited or any other member of the Group, solicit or accept business from customers or engage in competitive acts more fully described in his service agreement.

    James Noble

        On January 19, 2007, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Noble Deputy Chairman and Non-Executive Director with effect from January 26, 2007. On February 26, 2013, GW Pharmaceuticals plc entered into an appointment letter with Mr. Noble, which continues for no specific duration. The appointment letter provides for Director's fees of £52,934 per annum plus reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Noble's agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension or employee share schemes and is not eligible for any other benefits.

        Mr. Noble's appointment letter provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Noble's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Noble's agreement provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Noble not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services

123


Table of Contents

on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.

    Cabot Brown

        We appointed Mr. Brown as a Non-Executive Director in February 2013. Mr. Brown will also serve as a member of the Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee.

        On appointment, we entered into a letter of appointment, the terms of which provide for an agreed Director's fee plus reimbursement for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceuticals plc business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time. The agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension and will not be eligible for other benefits.

        Mr. Cabot's agreement also provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Cabot's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year. Mr. Cabot's agreement provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Cabot not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for one year.

    Thomas Lynch

        On July 22, 2010, GW Pharmaceuticals plc appointed Mr. Lynch, a Non-Executive Director. On February 26, 2013, Mr. Lynch entered into an updated appointment letter with GW Pharmaceuticals plc, which continues for no specific duration. Mr. Lynch has waived his right to receive remuneration for this role. Mr. Lynch's agreement provides for reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on GW Pharmaceutical plc business and director's and officer's liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as our Board of Directors may from time to time decide. Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that he is not entitled to participate in any pension or employee share schemes and is not eligible for any other benefits.

        Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that his appointment will continue until either party provides no less than three months' written notice and that he should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per year on company business. Mr. Lynch's appointment may be automatically terminated if he is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, is not re-elected to office, vacates his office, commits any act that would justify summary termination of an employment contract or if he is unable to perform his duties under his appointment for six months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

        Mr. Lynch's agreement provides that GW Pharmaceuticals plc may, during any period of notice, ask Mr. Lynch not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf. The agreement includes a non-compete clause, to take effect on termination, for 12 months following termination of his office.

124


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plans

    GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted and our shareholders approved the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the Long-Term Incentive Plan, on March 18, 2008. The Long-Term Incentive Plan permits participating employees to purchase Investment Shares and provides for the grant of Matching Awards and Performance Awards, or, collectively, Awards, all summarized below.

        Investment Shares.     The Remuneration Committee may invite any eligible employee to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan by purchasing ordinary shares, which are referred to as Investment Shares in this prospectus. The invitation will specify the maximum amount of Investment Shares which can be purchased, the procedure for purchasing the Investment Shares, the maximum number of ordinary shares which may be received as a Matching Award and other terms of the award. A "Return Date" will also be specified which is the date by which the invitation to participate must be accepted. As soon as practicable after the Return Date, we procure the Investment Shares. The participant will have full rights with respect to the Investment Shares. Any ordinary shares subject to a Matching Award with respect to Investment Shares will be transferred to the participant when the Matching Award vests.

        Matching Awards and Performance Awards.     Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Remuneration Committee may grant Matching Awards or Performance Awards and will designate the type of award prior to the date on which the award is granted. The Remuneration Committee will also specify whether an Award is a Conditional Award or an option to purchase our ordinary shares, referred to in this prospectus as an Option; provided, however, that if the Remuneration Committee does not specify the type of Award, the Award will be in the form of an Option. Awards may be granted only within the six weeks beginning with the dealing date after the date on which we announce our results for any period or at any other time that the Committee determines that the circumstances justify the grant. The Remuneration Committee may determine that any Conditional Award or Option may be settled in cash rather than ordinary shares unless it would be unlawful to do so or if it would cause adverse tax or social security contribution consequences for the participant or us or our affiliates.

        Vesting of Awards.     Awards generally vest on the later of the date on which the Remuneration Committee determines whether any applicable performance conditions or other vesting condition have been met or the third anniversary of the grant date (or such other date as the Remuneration Committee may determine prior to the grant of the applicable Award). In addition, a Matching Award will lapse on the date on which the participant does any act in breach of the terms relating to Investment Shares or loses his entitlement to, transfers, charges or otherwise disposes of the Investment Shares to which the Matching Award relates and the lapse shall be pro rata to the number of the affected Investment Shares.

        If a participant ceases to be a director or employee of us or our affiliates before the normal vesting date of an Award by reason of (i) death, (ii) retirement with the agreement of the Remuneration Committee (in the case of our executive directors or senior management) or the employer (in the case of other participants), (iii) ill health, injury or disability, (iv) redundancy, (v) his office or employment is with a company that ceases to be one of our affiliates or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to an unrelated third party, or (vi) or for any other reason that the Remuneration Committee determines, then the Award will vest on the normal vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides that the Award will vest on the date specified in paragraphs (i) through (vi) above (and an Option could be exercised for six months thereafter). If a participant ceases to be a director or employee in other circumstances, the Award will lapse immediately upon cessation of service. Special rules apply to determine the number of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.

125


Table of Contents

        Limits on Ordinary Shares and Awards.     No Award may be made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan in any calendar year if, at the time of the proposed grant date, it would cause the number of our ordinary shares allocated on or after June 28, 2001 and in the period of ten calendar years ending with that calendar year under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, any other employee share plan operated by us or any other share incentive arrangement operated by us for the benefit of directors or consultants to any participating company to exceed ten percent of our ordinary share capital in issue at that time. Ordinary shares are generally considered to be allocated if they are subject to outstanding options to acquire unissued shares or treasury shares, if they are issued or transferred from treasury otherwise than pursuant to an option or other right to acquire the ordinary shares or, in certain circumstances, if they are issued or may be issued to any trustees to satisfy the grant of an option or other contractual right. Existing shares other than treasury shares that are transferred or over which options or other contractual rights are granted are not treated as allocated. Special rules apply to the determination of whether shares are allocated in the case of awards that expire or are settled in cash or where institutional investor guidelines cease to require the shares to be counted as allocated. In addition, the aggregate number of shares in relation to which Awards may be made pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan after March 14, 2013 shall not exceed 15 million.

        Except as otherwise determined by the Committee for exceptional circumstances (such as recruitment or retention), the maximum total market value of our ordinary shares over which Award may be granted to any employee during any year is 100% of the employee's base salary.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If a person or group obtains control of us pursuant to a general offer to acquire our ordinary shares or has obtained control of us and then makes such an offer or such an offer becomes unconditional in all respects, then the Remuneration Committee will notify all participants and all Awards will vest on the date determined by the Remuneration Committee (but no later than the date of the change in control or offer becoming unconditional) and any Option can be exercised within one month after such early vesting date. Special vesting rules apply in the context of a winding up of us or in the event of a demerger, special dividends or other events which, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee would affect the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent. In certain cases, the Remuneration Committee, with the consent of an acquiring company if applicable, may decide before the change of control that an Award will not vest under the special vesting provisions but shall instead be surrendered in consideration for the grant of a new award which the Remuneration Committee determines is equivalent in value to the Award that it replaces. Special rules apply to determine the numbers of ordinary shares that will vest in any specified circumstances, including application of any performance conditions.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital or any demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of our ordinary shares to a material extent, the Remuneration Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate, taking into account where relevant, any adjustment to the related holding of Investment Shares. Any such adjustments may be made to one or more of the number of ordinary shares subject to an Award, the option price or the number of ordinary shares that may be transferred pursuant to a vested Award which has not yet been settled. Limitations apply to the extent that any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

        Transferability.     No award under the Long-Term Incentive Plan may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt.

126


Table of Contents

        Amendment and Termination.     The Long-Term Incentive Plan will expire ten years after the date that it was approved by our shareholders and no awards may be granted thereunder after the expiration date. The Committee may, at any time, alter the Long-Term Incentive Plan or the terms of any Award; provided, however, that no alteration to the benefit of a participant or potential participants will be made to the provisions relating to the individual limits on participation, the overall limits on the issue of ordinary shares or transfer of treasury shares, the overall limit on the number of ordinary shares which may be subject to Awards or the foregoing restrictions without approval of our ordinary shareholders. Minor alterations to benefit the administration of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, to take into account changes in law or obtain or maintain favorable tax treatment, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or us and our affiliates or alterations to performance conditions are not subject to shareholder approval. Alterations to the disadvantage of participants (other than changes to performance conditions) may not be made unless all participants have the opportunity to approve the change and the change is approved by a majority of the participants. Although performance conditions can generally be altered by the Committee, we have undertaken to consult with our major shareholders prior to altering any performance conditions existing as of January 18, 2008.

    GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme

        GW Pharma Ltd. (then GW Pharmaceuticals Ltd.) adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme, or the Share Scheme, on August 16, 2000 and it was approved by the U.K.'s Inland Revenue on August 25, 2000 as what is now known as an approved share incentive plan. The Share Scheme provides for the grant of awards of our ordinary shares, which may be Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares, or, collectively, Share Scheme Awards, all summarized below, in a tax advantageous manner. Dividends payable in relation to Share Scheme Awards may be reinvested as Dividend Shares subject to the scheme. Shares awarded are held by the trustees of the scheme, or the Trustees, in a specially established trust on behalf of the participants. The scheme originally operated over ordinary shares in GW Pharma Ltd, but following our acquisition of GW Pharma Ltd the scheme was amended so that it operated over our ordinary shares.

        Eligibility.     Generally, employees of GW Pharma or certain of its subsidiaries are eligible to receive Share Scheme Awards under the Plan. In order to satisfy certain U.K. tax rules, certain participants, referred to in this prospectus as Qualifying Employees, must be invited to participate in the Share Scheme if they are otherwise eligible.

        Generally, all Qualifying Employees who are required to be invited (or who have been invited) to participate in an Share Scheme Award under the Share Scheme will participate on the same terms. We may, however, make awards of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees which vary by reference to their remuneration, length of service or hours worked or by reference to their performance.

        Free Shares.     The Trustees, with the prior consent of GW Pharma Ltd., may award Free Shares. The number of Free Shares to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee will be determined by GW Pharma Ltd. and the initial market value of any such Share Scheme Award in any tax year will not exceed £3,000. The number of Free Shares granted to a Qualifying Employee on any date may be determined by reference to performance allowances. If such performance allowances are used, they will apply to all Qualifying Employees. The Share Scheme sets forth methodologies for determining how to calculate the number of Free Shares that are awarded to a Qualifying Employee by reference to performance allowances. With respect to the grant of Free Shares, a holding period is specified through which a participant who has been granted Free Shares must be bound by the terms of a Free Share agreement. The length of the holding period will not be less than three nor more than five years beginning on the award date and will be the same for all participants who receive a grant at the same time.

127


Table of Contents

        Partnership Shares.     GW Pharma Ltd. may invite every Qualifying Employee to enter into an agreement with respect to the grant of Partnership Shares. Partnership Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of the Share Scheme and are not subject to any forfeiture provisions. Participants are required to have amounts deducted from their compensation to pay for Partnership Shares, such amounts referred to in this prospectus as Partnership Share Money; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month cannot exceed £125 or such lower figure that may be specified and the total Partnership Share Money for any period during which contributions are accumulated to purchase Partnership Shares such period referred to in this prospectus as the Accumulation Period, cannot exceed 10% of the payments of salary made to the participant over the Accumulation Period. There may also be a minimum amount of Partnership Share Money for any month (applied uniformly to all participants), which minimum cannot exceed £10. Any Partnership Share Money that is deducted in excess of the limitations, less applicable taxes, will be paid to the participant as soon as practicable.

        If there is an Accumulation Period, the maximum number of Partnership Shares that may be acquired for that Accumulation Period will be determined by reference to the lower of the value of our shares at the beginning of the Accumulation Period or the value of ordinary shares on the acquisition date. Any excess Partnership Share Money remaining after purchase of the ordinary shares may, with the agreement of the participant, be carried over to the next Accumulation Period or in other cases be paid to the participant less applicable taxes. The number of Partnership Shares that may be purchased as of any date may be reduced if the applications to purchase exceed the permitted limits.

        An employee may withdraw from purchasing Partnership Shares at any time. Unless otherwise specified by the employee, the withdrawal will take effect 30 days after we receive the notice. In the event of a withdrawal, any Partnership Purchase Money held on behalf of the withdrawing employee, less applicable taxes, will be returned to the employee as soon as practicable.

        If approval of the Share Scheme is withdrawn or if the Share Scheme is terminated, all Partnership Share Money, less applicable taxes, will be repaid to employees as soon as practicable.

        Matching Shares.     Matching Shares are granted on the basis set forth in the Partnership Agreement relating to the grant of Partnership Shares. No payment is made by the participants in relation to Matching Shares. Generally, Matching Shares are awarded to all participants on the same basis. In no event will the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares exceed 2:1.

        Dividend Shares.     If any dividends are paid in relation to ordinary shares held pursuant to the Share Scheme for participants, GW Pharma Ltd may specify that those dividends shall be applied to purchase Dividend Shares or paid in cash, or they may give the participants the choice between the two methods. The amount that may be applied to purchase Dividend Shares will not exceed £1,500 in each tax year (when aggregated with any other approved share incentive plan). Any amounts over that limit will be paid to the participants. Special rules apply to reinvestment of dividends. Dividend Shares are subject to a three year holding period.

        Limits on Shares and Awards.     No ordinary shares will be issued under the Share Scheme if the issue would result in the aggregate number of our ordinary shares which have been allocated under the Share Scheme, any other employees' share plan adopted by us or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of our affiliates during the period of ten years ending on the date of the issue to exceed 10% of our ordinary shares then in issue. "Allocated" for these purposes means the grant of options or other rights to acquire ordinary shares which may be satisfied by the issue of new shares, or, where no such rights are granted, the issue of ordinary shares. Rights which have lapsed are no longer taken into account.

        Amendment.     GW Pharma Ltd. may, with the Trustees' written consent, amend the Share Scheme, provided that no amendment which may increase the limits described in the preceding paragraph may

128


Table of Contents

be made without the approval of our shareholders. In addition, no amendment may be made which would adversely prejudice to a material extent the rights attached to any ordinary shares awarded, and certain amendments would require the approval of the UK tax authorities.

        Reconstructions and Rights Issues.     The Share Scheme sets forth special rules that apply in the case of reconstructions and rights issues.

    GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001

        Our shareholders approved and adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001, or the Executive Option Scheme, on May 31, 2001. In the United Kingdom, generally, an "unapproved" share option scheme means that it does not qualify for certain tax breaks since it has not been "approved" by the U.K. tax authority. It is typical for U.K. companies to have both "approved" and "unapproved" share options schemes due, in part, to the individual participation limits found in "approved" schemes. Under the Executive Option Scheme, Options were granted to our employees, such employees referred to in this prospectus as eligible employees. The scheme terminated on May 31, 2011, and no further options will be granted under the scheme. Termination of the scheme did not affect the rights of existing participants.

        Options granted under the Executive Option Scheme may be designated as "EMI Options" which are intended to qualify for advantageous tax treatment as enterprise management incentives under applicable UK tax law. Generally, EMI Options are subject to the same terms and conditions as apply to Options. Other terms and conditions may also apply to EMI Options, particularly where the Committee determines that such alternative treatment is appropriate to obtain, protect or maximize beneficial tax or national insurance treatment of the participant, us or our affiliates.

        Exercise of Options.     Options generally may not be exercised prior to the third anniversary of the grant, however all outstanding options are currently exercisable. If applicable, any performance targets and other conditions on exercise must also be satisfied. Vesting provisions and performance targets may be waived only to the extent provided in the grant terms or, in the case of a performance target, an event occurs which makes the condition more onerous to achieve.

        Generally, Options must be exercised while the participant is an eligible employee. In the event, however, that a participant ceases to be an eligible employee as the result of injury, illness or disability, redundancy or retirement on or after attaining his normal retirement age (age 60 or such other date on which he is required to retire pursuant to his employment contract) or at the specific request of his employer, the Option may be exercised during the period of six months (or such longer period as the Committee may specify) commencing on the date he ceases to be an eligible employee. If a participant dies while he is an eligible employee or during the extended exercise period described in the preceding sentence, the participant's personal representatives may exercise the Option for twelve months after the participant's death. In all other cases, the Remuneration Committee may permit post-cessation exercise during such period from the date of cessation as they may notify to the participant. All Options lapse upon the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If any person obtaining control of us (as determined in accordance with specified U.K. tax law) as the result of making an offer to acquire all of our issued share capital that is either unconditional or which is made on a condition which, if satisfied will cause the person making the offer to have control of us or a general offer to acquire all of our ordinary shares, any such offer referred to in this prospectus as a Takeover Offer, Options may be exercised within the relevant period after the time the person has obtained control and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer have been satisfied. Options may also be exercisable for the relevant period in the event of certain court sanctioned restructurings or amalgamations of us or if another company becomes bound or entitled to acquire our ordinary shares pursuant to certain provisions of U.K.

129


Table of Contents

corporate law. If the Remuneration Committee determines that it is likely that we will come under the control of another company such that our ordinary shares will cease to satisfy specified conditions of U.K. tax law, the Remuneration Committee may permit exercise of the Options prior to the change of control.

        In the event of a Takeover Offer or court sanctioned restructuring or amalgamation, the participant, by agreement with the other company, release Options in consideration for the grant of a new option with respect to the acquiring company's shares and subject to certain other terms and conditions. The Remuneration Committee may also permit exercise of the Options within a relevant period following the date on which we pass a resolution for voluntary winding up or certain other transactions involving a change in control of us.

        With respect to any event, the "relevant period" is generally the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee may determine in connection with a relevant particular event which may allow Options to be exercised. Options not exercised by the end of that period will lapse.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital the Remuneration Committee may make adjustments as it considers fair and reasonable to preserve the participant's position to the number of ordinary shares subject to an Option and/or the acquisition price and/or the aggregate maximum number of ordinary shares. Limitations apply to the extent to which any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

        Transferability.     No Option under the Executive Option Scheme may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Executive Option Scheme will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt or if there is a compulsory winding up of us.

        Amendment.     The Committee may, at any time, alter the Executive Option Scheme.

    GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001

        Our shareholders approved and adopted the GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001, or the "Company Option Scheme", on May 31, 2001 and it was approved by the U.K.'s Inland Revenue on July 3, 2001. Under the Company Option Scheme, Options were granted to our employees who were not ineligible to participate in the Company Option Scheme under applicable U.K. tax law and who, in the case of a director, is required to work not less than 25 hours per week, such individuals referred to in this prospectus as Option Scheme eligible employees. The scheme terminated on May 31, 2011, and no further options will be granted under the scheme. Termination of the scheme did not affect the rights of existing participants.

        Exercise of Options.     Options generally may not be exercised prior to the third anniversary of the grant. All outstanding options, however, are currently exercisable. If applicable, any performance targets and other conditions on exercise must also be satisfied. Vesting provisions and performance targets may be waived only to the extent provided in the grant terms or, in the case of a performance target, an event occurs which makes the condition more onerous to achieve.

        Generally, Options must be exercised while the participant is an Option Scheme eligible employee. In the event, however, that a participant ceases to be an Option Scheme eligible employee as the result of injury, illness or disability, redundancy or retirement on or after attaining his normal retirement age (age 60 or such other date on which he is required to retire pursuant to his employment contract) or at the specific request of his employer, the Option may be exercised during the period commencing on

130


Table of Contents

the date he ceases to be an Option Scheme eligible employee and ending on the later of six months thereafter or three years and six months after the date of grant. If a participant dies while he is an Option Scheme eligible employee or during the extended exercise period described in the preceding sentence, the participant's personal representatives may exercise the Option for twelve months after the participant's death (unless the participant would have been precluded from exercising the option during that period under applicable U.K. tax law). In all other cases, the Remuneration Committee may permit post-cessation exercise for up to six months from the date of cessation or, if later three years and six months after the date of grant. All Options lapse upon the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        Takeovers and Corporate Events.     If any person obtains control of us (as determined in accordance with specified U.K. tax law) as a result of making a Takeover Offer, any Options may be exercised within the relevant period after the time the person has obtained control and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer have been satisfied. Options may also be exercisable for the relevant period in the event of certain court sanctioned restructurings or amalgamations of us or if another company becomes bound or entitled to acquire our ordinary shares pursuant to certain provisions of U.K. corporate law. If the Remuneration Committee determines that it is likely that we will come under the control of another company such that our ordinary shares will cease to satisfy the conditions of applicable U.K. tax law, the Remuneration Committee may permit exercise of the Options prior to the change of control.

        In the event of a Takeover Offer or court sanctioned restructuring or amalgamation, the participant may, by agreement with the other company, release Options in consideration for the grant of a new option with respect to the acquiring company's shares and subject to certain other terms and conditions, in such a manner as to preserve the tax advantages applicable to the Options.

        The Remuneration Committee may also permit exercise of the Options within a relevant period following the date on which we pass a resolution for voluntary winding up or certain other transactions involving a change in control of us.

        With respect to any event, the "relevant period" is generally the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee may determine in connection with a relevant particular event which may allow Options to be exercised. Options not exercised by the end of that period will lapse.

        Adjustment of Awards.     In the event that there is any variation in our share capital the Remuneration Committee may make adjustments as it considers fair and reasonable to preserve the participant's position to the number of ordinary shares subject to an Option and/or the acquisition price and/or the aggregate maximum number of ordinary shares. Limitations apply to the extent to which any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option and no adjustment will take effect until it has been approved by the United Kingdom tax authorities in accordance with applicable U.K. tax law.

        Transferability.     No Option under the Company Option Scheme may be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on death to the recipient's personal representatives) and will lapse immediately upon an attempt to do so. In addition, an award under the Company Option Scheme will lapse immediately if the recipient of an award is declared bankrupt or if there is a compulsory winding up of us.

        Amendment.     The Remuneration Committee may, at any time, alter the Company Option Scheme provided that no alterations shall be effective unless approved by the U.K. tax authorities in accordance with applicable U.K. tax law.

131


Table of Contents

    Options granted to non-employees

        Our consultants and non-executive directors, who are not employees of companies in the Group, are not eligible to participate in our equity compensation plans described above. Certain of these consultants and non-executive directors have been granted options to acquire our shares pursuant to separate option agreements. These options are generally on comparable terms to options granted under the Executive Option Scheme.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        To the extent permitted by the Companies Act 2006, we shall indemnify our directors against any liability. We maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

132


Table of Contents


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        During the three year period ended September 30, 2012, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any material transaction or series of similar material transactions to which we were or are a party in which any of our directors, members of our executive management board, associates, holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation and shareholding arrangements we describe where required in "Management."

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a related person transaction policy. Our related person transaction policy will set forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction will be a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director will not be covered by this policy. A related person will be any employee, director or beneficial owner of more than 3% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

        Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third-party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant shareholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which we will adopt prior to the completion of this offering, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

133


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table and related footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, as of                         and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the ADSs offered in this offering, by:

    each of our directors and members of the executive board; and

    each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2012.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of ordinary shares owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These ordinary shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person. Ownership of our ordinary shares by the "principal shareholders" identified above has been determined by reference to our share register, which provides us with information regarding the registered holders of our ordinary shares but generally provides limited, or no, information regarding the ultimate beneficial owners of such ordinary shares. As a result, we may not be aware of each person or group of affiliated persons who beneficially owns more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

        This table assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the shareholders in the table below is c/o GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire, SP4 0JQ, United Kingdom.

 
  Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering (2)
   
  Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering (2)
 
 
  Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Offered (2)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner (1)
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

Greater than 5% Shareholders

                               

Prudential plc group of companies (3)

    18,861,389     14.1 %                  

Dr. Brian Whittle (4)

    8,087,491     6.1 %                  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                               

Dr. Geoffrey Guy (5)

    17,187,654     12.9 %                  

Mr. Justin Gover (6)

    3,983,398     3.0 %                  

Mr. Thomas Lynch

    236,344     *                    

Mr. Richard Forrest (7)

    100,000     *                    

Mr. James Noble

    72,500     *                    

Mr. Adam George (8)

    21,696     *                    

Dr. Stephen Wright (9)

    5,000     *                    

Mr. Chris Tovey

        *                    

Mr. Cabot Brown (10)

        *                    

All Named Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (9 persons )

    21,606,892     16.2 %                  

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our ordinary shares.

(1)
The business addresses for the listed beneficial owners are as follows: Prudential plc group of companies—Laurence Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0HH and Dr. Brian Whittle c/o Graybrowne Limited, The Counting House, 13 Nelson Street, Hull, HU1 1XE.

(2)
Number of shares owned as shown both in this table and the accompanying footnotes and percentage ownership before the offering is based on 133,370,354 ordinary shares outstanding on September 30, 2012. Number of shares owned and

134


Table of Contents

    percentage ownership after the offering reflects the sale by us of            ADSs (representing            ordinary shares) in this offering.

(3)
Includes (i)             ordinary shares held of record by Prudential plc, (ii)             ordinary shares held of record by M&G Group Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Prudential plc, (iii)             ordinary shares held of record by M&G Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Group Limited, (iv)             ordinary shares held of record by M&G Investment Management Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited and (v)              ordinary shares held of record by M&G Securities Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&G Limited.

(4)
Includes options to purchase 341,231 ordinary shares that have vested.

(5)
Includes 25,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Dr. Guy's immediate family, 1,174,958 shares held by his personal pension plan and options to purchase 1,394,414 ordinary shares that have vested.

(6)
Includes 33,147 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Gover's spouse and options to purchase ordinary shares that have vested.

(7)
Mr. Forrest departed from the Board in January 2013.

(8)
Includes 21,696 shares held by his personal pension plan and options to purchase 160,000 ordinary shares that have vested.

(9)
Includes 5,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Dr. Wright's spouse and options to purchase 1,180,187 ordinary shares that have vested.

(10)
The board confirmed Mr. Brown's appointment in February 2013.

        Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

        As of                        , 2013, less than one percent of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by                        holders of record with addresses in the United States.

        To our knowledge, there has been no significant change in the percentage ownership held by the principal shareholders listed above since September 30, 2012, except that on December 3, 2012 Chris Tovey purchased 5,000 ordinary shares.

135


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

         The following describes our issued share capital, summarizes the material provisions of our articles of association and highlights certain differences in corporate law in the United Kingdom and the United States .

Issued Share Capital

        Our issued share capital as at the date of this prospectus is 133,370,354 ordinary shares, par value £0.001 per share. Each issued ordinary share is fully paid. Upon the closing of this offering, our issued share capital will be                                    .

Ordinary Shares

        The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and according to the amount paid on such ordinary shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, all of our profits paid out as dividends. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and to the amounts paid up thereon, to share in any surplus in the event of the winding up of our company. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

        As at September 30, 2012, there were options to purchase 11,666,600 ordinary shares outstanding. All options granted are exercisable at the share price on the date of the grant, with the exception of options issued under our Long Term Incentive Plan, which are issued with an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option. The vesting period for all options granted is three years from the date of grant and the options lapse after ten years.

        As at September 30, 2012, there were warrants to subscribe for 3,776,960 ordinary shares outstanding. These warrants can be exercised at any time prior to August 13, 2014. The exercise price for warrants exercisable for 1,888,480 of the ordinary shares is £1.05 per ordinary share and the exercise price for the remaining warrants is £1.75 per ordinary share.

Our Articles of Association

         The following is a summary of our articles of association. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our articles of association which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part .

    Shares and rights attaching to them

    General

        All ordinary shares have the same rights and rank pari passu in all respects. We may issue shares with such preferred, deferred or other rights, or such restrictions, whether in relation to dividends, returns of capital, voting or otherwise, as we may determine by ordinary resolution (or, failing any such determination, as the directors may determine).

    Voting rights

        Without prejudice to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting attached to any shares forming part of our share capital from time to time, the voting rights of shareholders are as follows. On a show of hands, each shareholder present in person, and each duly authorized representative present in person of a shareholder that is corporation, has one vote. On a show of hands, each proxy present in person who has been duly appointed by one or more shareholders has one vote but a proxy has one

136


Table of Contents

vote for and one vote against a resolution if, in certain circumstances, the proxy is instructed by more than one shareholder to vote in different ways on a resolution. On a poll, each shareholder present in person or by proxy or (being a corporation) by a duly authorized representative has one vote for each share held by the shareholder. We are prohibited (to the extent specified by the Companies Act 2006) from exercising any rights to attend or vote at meetings in respect of any shares held by it as treasury shares.

    Restrictions on voting where sums overdue on shares

        None of our shareholders shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate class meeting in respect of any share held by him unless all calls or other sums payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

        The directors may from time to time make calls on shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares, whether in respect of nominal value of the shares or by way of premium. Shareholders are required to pay called amounts on shares subject to receiving at least 14 clear days' notice specifying the time and place for payment. If a shareholder fails to pay any part of a call, the directors may serve further notice naming another day not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the further notice requiring payment and stating that in the event of non-payment the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. Subsequent forfeiture requires a resolution by the directors.

    Dividends

        We may by ordinary resolution declare dividends out of our profits available for distribution in accordance with the respective rights of shareholders but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors. If, in the opinion of the directors, our profits available for distribution justify such payments, the directors may pay fixed dividends payable on any of our shares with preferential rights, half-yearly or otherwise, on fixed dates and from time to time pay interim dividends to the holders of any class of shares. Subject to any special rights attaching to or terms of issue of any shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. No dividend shall be payable to us in respect of any shares held by us as treasury shares.

        We may, upon the recommendation of the directors, by ordinary resolution, direct payment of a dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets.

        All dividends unclaimed may be invested or otherwise used at the directors' discretion for our benefit until claimed (subject as provided in the articles of association), and all dividends unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date when such dividend became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to us.

        The directors may, if so authorized by ordinary resolution passed at any general meeting, offer any holders of the ordinary shares the right to elect to receive in lieu of that dividend an allotment of ordinary shares credited as fully paid.

        We may cease to send any check or warrant by mail or may stop the transfer of any sum by any bank or other funds transfer system for any dividend payable on any of our shares, which is normally paid in that manner on those shares if in respect of at least two consecutive dividends the checks or warrants have been returned undelivered or remain uncashed or the transfer has failed and reasonable inquiries made by us have failed to establish any new address of the holder.

        We or the directors may specify a "record date" on which persons registered as the holders of shares shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend.

137


Table of Contents

    Distribution of assets on winding up

        Subject to any special rights attaching to or the terms of issue of any shares, on any winding up of the Company our surplus assets remaining after satisfaction of our liabilities will be distributed among our shareholders in proportion to their respective holdings of shares and the amounts paid up on those shares.

        On any winding up of the Company (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision or by the Court), the liquidator may with the authority of a special resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by any relevant legislation, divide among our shareholders (excluding the Company itself to the extent that it is a shareholder by virtue of its holding any shares or treasury shares) in specie or in kind the whole or any part of our assets (subject to any special rights attached to any shares issued by us in the future) and may for that purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how that division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. The liquidator may, with that sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as he with the relevant authority determines, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no shareholders shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

    Variation of rights

        The rights or privileges attached to any class of shares may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths in requisite amount of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the shareholders of that class, but not otherwise.

    Transfer of shares

        All of our shares are in registered form and may be transferred by a transfer in any usual or common form or any form acceptable to the directors. All transfers of uncertificated shares shall be made in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 and the facilities and requirements of a relevant system and subject thereto in accordance with any arrangements made by the directors.

        The directors may decline to register a transfer of a share that is:

    not fully paid or on which we have a lien provided that, where any such share is admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange that discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis;

    (except where uncertificated shares are transferred without a written instrument) not lodged duly stamped at our registered office or at such other place as the directors may appoint;

    (except where a certificate has not been issued) not accompanied by the certificate of the share to which it relates or such other evidence reasonably required by the directors to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

    in respect of more than one class of share; or

    in the case of a transfer to joint holders of a share, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred exceeds four.

138


Table of Contents

    Capital variations

        We may by ordinary resolution, consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger nominal amount than our existing shares or sub-divide our shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount than our existing shares. By special resolution confirmed by the court, we may reduce our share capital, any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium account. We may redeem or purchase any of our own shares as described in "—Other UK law considerations—Purchase of own shares."

    Pre-emption rights

        There are no rights of pre-emption under our articles of association in respect of transfers of issued ordinary shares. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may have statutory pre-emption rights under the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the allotment of new shares in the Company as described in "—Differences in Corporate Law—Pre-emptive rights." These statutory pre-emption rights would require us to offer new shares for allotment to existing shareholders on a pro rata basis before allotting them to other persons. In such circumstances, the procedure for the exercise of such statutory pre-emption rights would be set out in the documentation by which such ordinary shares would be offered to our shareholders.

    Directors

    Number

        Unless and until we in a general meeting of our shareholders otherwise determine, the number of directors shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than two.

    Borrowing powers

        Under our directors' general power to manage our business, our directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled capital or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

    Directors' interests and restrictions

        (a)   The board may, in accordance with our articles of association and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, authorize a matter proposed to us which would, if not authorized, involve a breach by a director of his duty under section 175 of the Companies Act 2006 to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with our interests. A director is not required, by reason of being a director, to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he derives from a relationship involving a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest which has been authorized by the board.

        (b)   Provided that he has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest of his, a director may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction, contract or arrangement with us and he may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested and that director shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate; and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

        (c)   A director shall not vote at a meeting of the directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal whatsoever in which he has an interest which (together with any

139


Table of Contents

person connected with him within the meaning of section 252 of the Companies Act 2006) is to his knowledge a material interest, other than (i) an interest in shares or debentures or other securities of the Company, (ii) where permitted by the terms of any authorization of a conflict of interest or by an ordinary resolution, or (iii) in the circumstances set out in paragraph (d) below, and shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which his is not entitled to vote.

        (d)   A director shall (in the absence of some material interest other than those indicated below) be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters:

              (i)  the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him at the request of or for the benefit us or any of our subsidiaries;

             (ii)  the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

            (iii)  any proposal concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by us or any of our subsidiaries for subscription or purchase or exchange in which offer he is or will be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of such offer;

            (iv)  any proposal concerning any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise, provided that he (together with persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest in shares representing one percent or more of the issued shares of any class of such company (or of any third company through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to shareholders of the relevant company;

             (v)  any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a pension, superannuation fund or retirement death or disability benefits scheme or an employees' share scheme under which he may benefit and which relates to our employees and/or directors and does not accord to such director any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the persons to whom such scheme relates;

            (vi)  any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the giving of indemnities to our directors or other officers which the directors are empowered to give under our articles of association;

           (vii)  any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the purchase, funding and/or maintenance of insurance for any of our directors or other officers which the directors are empowered to purchase, fund or maintain under our articles of association; and

          (viii)  any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the provision to directors of funds to meet expenditure in defending proceedings.

        (e)   Where proposals are under consideration to appoint two or more directors to offices or employments with us or with any company in which we are interested or to fix or vary the terms of such appointments, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and in such case each of the directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under paragraph (d)(iv) above) shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

        (f)    If any question shall arise at any meeting as to the materiality of a director's interest or as to the entitlement of any director to vote and such question is not resolved by his agreeing voluntarily to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting (or where the interest concerns the chairman himself to the deputy chairman of the meeting) and his ruling in

140


Table of Contents

relation to any director shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the director concerned have not been disclosed fairly.

    Remuneration

        (a)   Each of the directors may (in addition to any amounts payable under paragraph (b) and (c) below or under any other provision of our articles of association) be paid out of the funds of the Company such sum by way of directors' fees as the directors may from time to time determine.

        (b)   Any director who is appointed to hold any employment or executive office with us or who, by our request, goes or resides abroad for any purposes of the Company or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the directors are outside the scope of his ordinary duties may be paid such additional remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the directors (or any duly authorized committee of the directors) may determine and either in addition to or in lieu of any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

        (c)   Each director may be paid his reasonable travelling expenses (including hotel and incidental expenses) of attending and returning from meetings of the directors or committees of the directors or general meetings or any separate meeting of the holders of any class of our shares or any other meeting which as a director he is entitled to attend and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company's business or in the discharge of his duties as a director.

    Pensions and other benefits

        The directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to provide benefits, either by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or in any other manner whether similar to the foregoing or not, for any director or former director, or any person who is or was at any time employed by, or held an executive or other office or place of profit in, the Company or any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary of the Company or a predecessor of the business of the Company or of any such subsidiary and for the families and persons who are or was a dependant of any such persons and for the purpose of providing any such benefits contribute to any scheme trust or fund or pay any premiums.

    Appointment and retirement of directors

        (a)   The directors shall have power to appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional director but so that the total number of directors shall not exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed by the Company in a general meeting. Any director so appointed shall retire from office at our annual general meeting following such appointment. Any director so retiring shall be eligible for re-election.

        (b)   We may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act as a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors or to replace a director removed from office under our articles of association but so that the total number of directors shall not at any one time exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed by the Company in a general meeting.

        (c)   At each annual general meeting a minimum number equal to one-third of the number of those directors who are not due to retire at the annual general meeting under sub-paragraph (a) above (referred to for as the purposes of this paragraph relevant directors) (or, if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to but not greater than one-third) shall retire from office. directors retiring under paragraph (e) below shall be counted as part of this minimum number.

        (d)   The directors to retire by rotation pursuant to paragraph (c) above shall include (so far as necessary to obtain the minimum number required and after taking into account the directors to retire

141


Table of Contents

under paragraph (e) below) any relevant director who wishes to retire and not to offer himself for re-election. Any further directors to retire shall be those of the other relevant directors who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

        (e)   In any event, each director shall retire and shall (unless his terms of appointment with the Company specify otherwise) be eligible for re-election at the annual general meeting held in the third calendar year (or such earlier calendar year as may be specified for this purpose in his terms of appointment with the Company) following his last appointment, election or re-election at any general meeting of the Company.

        (f)    At the meeting at which a director retires under any provision of our articles of association, we may by ordinary resolution fill the vacated office by appointing a person to it, and in default the retiring director shall be deemed to have been re-appointed except where:

              (i)  that director has given notice to us that he is unwilling to be elected; or

             (ii)  at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacated office or a resolution for the reappointment of such director shall have been put to the meeting and not passed.

        (g)   In the event of the vacancy not being filled at such meeting, it may be filled by the directors as a casual vacancy in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) above.

        (h)   The retirement of a director pursuant to paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) shall not have effect until the conclusion of the relevant meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring director or a resolution for his re-election is put to the meeting and not passed and accordingly a retiring director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without break.

    Indemnity of officers

        Each of our directors and other officers are entitled to be indemnified by us against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties or in relation to those duties. The Companies Act 2006 renders void an indemnity for a director against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he is a director as described in "—Differences in Corporate Law—Liability of Directors and Officers."

    Shareholders meetings

    Annual general meetings

        We shall in each year hold a general meeting of our shareholders in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notice convening it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the directors may appoint.

    Calling of general meetings

        The arrangements for the calling of general meetings are described in "—Differences in Corporate Law—Notice of General Meetings."

    Quorum of meetings

        No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment of a

142


Table of Contents

chairman which shall not be treated as part of the business of a meeting. Two persons present and entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted, each being either a shareholder or a proxy for a shareholder or a duly authorized representative of a corporation which is a shareholder shall be a quorum for all purposes.

    Other UK law considerations

    Notification of voting rights

        A shareholder in a public company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose shares are admitted to trading on the AIM is required pursuant to Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the U.K. Financial Services Authority to notify us of the percentage of his voting rights if the percentage of voting rights which he holds as a shareholder or through his direct or indirect holding of financial instruments (or a combination of such holdings) reaches, exceeds or falls below three percent, four percent, five percent, and each one percent threshold thereafter up to 100 percent as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares.

    Mandatory purchases and acquisitions

        Pursuant to sections 979 to 991 of the Companies Act 2006, where a takeover offer has been made for the Company and the offeror has acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire not less than 90 percent of the voting rights carried by those shares, the offeror may give notice to the holder of any shares to which the offer relates which the offeror has not acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire that he wishes to acquire, and is entitled to so acquire, those shares on the same terms as the general offer.

    Disclosure of interest in shares

        Pursuant to Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006 and our articles of association, we are empowered by notice in writing to require any person whom we know to be, or have reasonable cause to believe to be interested in our shares, or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued has been so interested, within a reasonable time to disclose to us particulars of that person's interest and (so far as is within his knowledge) particulars of any other interest that subsists or subsisted in those shares.

        Under our articles of association, if a person defaults in supplying us with the required particulars in relation to the shares in question ("default shares"), the directors may by notice direct that:

    in respect of the default shares, the relevant member shall not be entitled to vote or exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings; and/or

    where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of their class, (a) any dividend or other money payable in respect of the default shares shall be retained by us without liability to pay interest, and/or (b) no transfers by the relevant member of shares other than approved transfers may be registered (unless the member himself is not in default and the transfer does not relate to default shares), and/or (c) any shares held by the relevant member in uncertificated form shall be converted into certificated form.

    Purchase of own shares

        Under English law, a limited company may only purchase its own shares out of the distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase. A limited company may not purchase its own shares if as a result of the purchase there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than redeemable shares or shares held as treasury shares.

143


Table of Contents

        Subject to the above, we may purchase our own shares in the manner prescribed below. We may purchase on a recognized investment exchange our own fully paid shares pursuant to an ordinary resolution of the Company. The resolution authorizing the purchase must:

    specify the maximum number of shares authorized to be acquired;

    determine the maximum and minimum prices that may be paid for the shares; and

    specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

        We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a recognized investment exchange pursuant to a purchase contract authorized by special resolution of the Company before the purchase takes place. Any authority will not be effective if any shareholder from whom we propose to purchase shares votes on the resolution and the resolution would not have been passed if he had not done so. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

144


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

         The applicable provisions of the Companies Act 2006 differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and English law .

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

Number of Directors

  Under the Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must have at least two directors and the number of directors may be fixed by or in the manner provided in a company's articles of association.   Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws.

Removal of Directors

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, shareholders may remove a director without cause by an ordinary resolution (which is passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting) irrespective of any provisions of any service contract the director has with the company, provided that 28 clear days' notice of the resolution is given to the company and its shareholders and certain other procedural requirements under the Companies Act 2006 are followed (such as allowing the director to make representations against his or her removal either at the meeting or in writing).

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a majority stockholder vote, though in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

 

Under English law, the procedure by which directors (other than a company's initial directors) are appointed is generally set out in a company's articles of association, provided that where two or more persons are appointed as directors of a public limited company by resolution of the shareholders, resolutions appointing each director must be voted on individually.

 

Under Delaware law, vacancies on a corporation's board of directors, including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors.

Annual General Meeting

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must hold an annual general meeting in each six-month period following the company's annual accounting reference date.

 

Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

       

145


Table of Contents

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

General Meeting

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, a general meeting of the shareholders of a public limited company may be called by the directors.

Shareholders holding at least 5% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying voting rights at general meetings can require the directors to call a general meeting.

 

Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

Notice of General Meetings

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, 21 clear days' notice must be given for an annual general meeting and any resolutions to be proposed at the meeting. Subject to a company's articles of association providing for a longer period, at least 14 clear days' notice is required for any other general meeting. In addition, certain matters (such as the removal of directors or auditors) require special notice, which is 28 clear days' notice. The shareholders of a company may in all cases consent to a shorter notice period, the proportion of shareholders' consent required being 100% of those entitled to attend and vote in the case of an annual general meeting and, in the case of any other general meeting, a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority who together hold not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting.

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Proxy

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, at any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at the meeting on their behalf by proxy.

 

Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Preemptive Rights

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, "equity securities" (being (i) shares in the company other than shares that, with respect to dividends and capital, carry a right to participate

 

Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's certificate of incorporation, a stockholder does not, by operation of law, possess

       

146


Table of Contents

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

 

only up to a specified amount in a distribution ("ordinary shares") or (ii) rights to subscribe for, or to convert securities into, ordinary shares) proposed to be allotted for cash must be offered first to the existing equity shareholders in the company in proportion to the respective nominal value of their holdings, unless an exception applies or a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by shareholders in a general meeting or the articles of association provide otherwise in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

 

preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issuances of the corporation's stock.

Liability of Directors and Officers

 

Under the Companies Act 2006, any provision (whether contained in a company's articles of association or any contract or otherwise) that purports to exempt a director of a company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void.

Any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides an indemnity (to any extent) for a director of the company or of an associated company against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he is a director is also void except as permitted by the Companies Act 2006, which provides exceptions for the company to (a) purchase and maintain insurance against such liability; (b) provide a "qualifying third party indemnity" (being an indemnity against liability incurred by the director to a person other than the company or an associated company as long as he is successful in defending the claim or criminal proceedings); and (c) provide a

  Under Delaware law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

       

147


Table of Contents

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

 

"qualifying pension scheme indemnity" (being an indemnity against liability incurred in connection with the company's activities as trustee of an occupational pension plan).

   

Voting Rights

 

Under English law, unless a poll is demanded by the shareholders of a company or is required by the chairman of the meeting or the company's articles of association, shareholders shall vote on all resolutions on a show of hands. Under the Companies Act 2006, a poll may be demanded by (a) not fewer than five shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; (b) any shareholder(s) representing at least 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; or (c) any shareholder(s) holding shares in the company conferring a right to vote on the resolution being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10% of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right. A company's articles of association may provide more extensive rights for shareholders to call a poll.

Under English law, an ordinary resolution is passed on a show of hands if it is approved by a simple majority (more than 50%) of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote. If a poll is demanded, an ordinary resolution is passed if it is approved by holders representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of shareholders present (in person or by proxy) who (being entitled to vote) vote on the resolution. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting.

 

Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

       

148


Table of Contents

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions

  The Companies Act 2006 provides for schemes of arrangement, which are arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors and used in certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers. These arrangements require:

the approval at a shareholders' or creditors' meeting convened by order of the court, of a majority in number of shareholders or creditors representing 75% in value of the capital held by, or debt owed to, the class of shareholders or creditors, or class thereof present and voting, either in person or by proxy; and

the approval of the court.

  Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires:

the approval of the board of directors; and

approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

Standard of Conduct for Directors

  Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to the company, including:

to act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole;

to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with the interests of the company;

to act in accordance with the company's constitution and only exercise his powers for the purposes for which they are conferred;

to exercise independent judgment;

to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;

 

Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.

       

149


Table of Contents

 
  England and Wales   Delaware

 

not to accept benefits from a third party conferred by reason of his being a director or doing (or not doing) anything as a director; and

a duty to declare any interest that he has, whether directly or indirectly, in a proposed or existing transaction or arrangement with the company.

   

Stockholder Suits

 

Under English law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to the company or where there is an irregularity in the company's internal management. Notwithstanding this general position, the Companies Act 2006 provides that (i) a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim (that is, an action in respect of and on behalf of the company) in respect of a cause of action arising from a director's negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust and (ii) a shareholder may bring a claim for a court order where the company's affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial to some of its shareholders.

  Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

state that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiffs shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiff's failure to obtain the action; or

state the reasons for not making the effort.

     

Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.

    City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

        As a U.K. public company with its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, we are subject to the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the "City Code"), which is issued and administered by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (the "Panel"). The City Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies subject to it are conducted. In particular, the City Code contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers. Under Rule 9 of the City Code, if a person:

        (a)   acquires an interest in our shares which, when taken together with shares in which he or persons acting in concert with him are interested, carries 30% or more of the voting rights of our shares; or

150


Table of Contents

        (b)   who, together with persons acting in concert with him, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in the company, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested,

the acquirer and depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Panel) to make a cash offer for our outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.

    Exchange Controls

        There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or our articles of association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.

151


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

        Citibank, N.A. has agreed to act as the depositary bank for the American Depositary Shares. Citibank's depositary offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. American Depositary Shares are frequently referred to as "ADSs" and represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary bank. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as "American Depositary Receipts" or "ADRs." The depositary bank typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Citibank, N.A. London Branch, located at Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, England.

        We will appoint Citibank as depositary bank pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. You may obtain a copy of the deposit agreement from the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and from the SEC's website (www.sec.gov). Please refer to Registration Number 333-            when retrieving such copy.

        We are providing you with a summary description of the material terms of the ADSs and of your material rights as an owner of ADSs. Please remember that summaries by their nature lack the precision of the information summarized and that the rights and obligations of an owner of ADSs will be determined by reference to the terms of the deposit agreement and not by this summary. We urge you to review the deposit agreement in its entirety. The portions of this summary description that are italicized describe matters that may be relevant to the ownership of ADSs but that may not be contained in the deposit agreement.

        Each ADS represents the right to receive            ordinary shares on deposit with the custodian. An ADS also represents the right to receive any other property received by the depositary bank or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations. The custodian, the depositary bank and their respective nominees will hold all deposited property for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs. The deposited property does not constitute the proprietary assets of the depositary bank, the custodian or their nominees. Beneficial ownership in the deposited property will under the terms of the deposit agreement be vested in the beneficial owners of the ADSs. The depositary bank, the custodian and their respective nominees will be the record holders of the deposited property represented by the ADSs for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of the corresponding ADSs. Owners of ADSs will be able to exercise beneficial ownership interests in the deposited property only through the registered holders of the ADSs, by the registered holders of the ADSs (on behalf of the applicable ADS owners) only through the depositary bank, and by the depositary bank (on behalf of the owners of the corresponding ADSs) directly, or indirectly through the custodian or their respective nominees, in each case upon the terms of the deposit agreement.

        If you become an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the deposit agreement and therefore will be bound to its terms and to the terms of any ADR that represents your ADSs. The deposit agreement and the ADR specify our rights and obligations as well as your rights and obligations as owner of ADSs and those of the depositary bank. As an ADS holder you appoint the depositary bank to act on your behalf in certain circumstances. The deposit agreement and the ADRs are governed by New York law. However, our obligations to the holders of Shares will continue to be governed by the laws of England and Wales, which may be different from the laws in the United States.

        In addition, applicable laws and regulations may require you to satisfy reporting requirements and obtain regulatory approvals in certain circumstances. You are solely responsible for complying with such reporting requirements and obtaining such approvals. Neither the depositary bank, the custodian, us or any of their or our respective agents or affiliates shall be required to take any actions whatsoever on your behalf to satisfy such reporting requirements or obtain such regulatory approvals under applicable laws and regulations.

152


Table of Contents

         As an owner of ADSs, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have direct shareholder rights. The depositary bank will hold on your behalf the shareholder rights attached to the Shares underlying your ADSs. As an owner of ADSs you will be able to exercise the shareholders rights for the Shares represented by your ADSs through the depositary bank only to the extent contemplated in the deposit agreement. To exercise any shareholder rights not contemplated in the deposit agreement you will, as an ADS owner, need to arrange for the cancellation of your ADSs and become a direct shareholder.

        As an owner of ADSs, you may hold your ADSs either by means of an ADR registered in your name, through a brokerage or safekeeping account, or through an account established by the depositary bank in your name reflecting the registration of uncertificated ADSs directly on the books of the depositary bank (commonly referred to as the "direct registration system" or "DRS"). The direct registration system reflects the uncertificated (book-entry) registration of ownership of ADSs by the depositary bank. Under the direct registration system, ownership of ADSs is evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs. The direct registration system includes automated transfers between the depositary bank and The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), the central book-entry clearing and settlement system for equity securities in the United States. If you decide to hold your ADSs through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank to assert your rights as ADS owner. Banks and brokers typically hold securities such as the ADSs through clearing and settlement systems such as DTC. The procedures of such clearing and settlement systems may limit your ability to exercise your rights as an owner of ADSs. Please consult with your broker or bank if you have any questions concerning these limitations and procedures. All ADSs held through DTC will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. This summary description assumes you have opted to own the ADSs directly by means of an ADS registered in your name and, as such, we will refer to you as the "holder." When we refer to "you," we assume the reader owns ADSs and will own ADSs at the relevant time.

Dividends and Distributions

        As a holder of ADSs, you generally have the right to receive the distributions we make on the securities deposited with the custodian. Your receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders of ADSs will receive such distributions under the terms of the deposit agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of a specified record date, after deduction the applicable fees, taxes and expenses.

    Distributions of Cash

        Whenever we make a cash distribution for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the funds with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of the deposit of the requisite funds, the depositary bank will arrange for the funds to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders, subject to the laws and regulations of England and Wales.

        The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The depositary bank will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the custodian in respect of securities on deposit.

        The distribution of cash will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. The depositary bank will hold any cash amounts it is unable to distribute in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of the applicable holders and beneficial owners of ADSs until the distribution can be effected or the funds that the depositary bank holds must be escheated as unclaimed property in accordance with the laws of the relevant states of the United States.

153


Table of Contents

    Distributions of Shares

        Whenever we make a free distribution of Shares for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the applicable number of Shares with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary bank will either distribute to holders new ADSs representing the Shares deposited or modify the ADS-to-Share ratio, in which case each ADS you hold will represent rights and interests in the additional Shares so deposited. Only whole new ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

        The distribution of new ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to-Share ratio upon a distribution of Shares will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the new Shares so distributed.

        No such distribution of new ADSs will be made if it would violate a law ( i.e. , the U.S. securities laws) or if it is not operationally practicable. If the depositary bank does not distribute new ADSs as described above, it may sell the Shares received upon the terms described in the deposit agreement and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

    Distributions of Rights

        Whenever we intend to distribute rights to purchase additional Shares, we will give prior notice to the depositary bank and we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders.

        The depositary bank will establish procedures to distribute rights to purchase additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement (such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction). You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The depositary bank is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to purchase new Shares other than in the form of ADSs.

        The depositary bank will not distribute the rights to you if:

    We do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you; or

    We fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

    It is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

        The depositary bank will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution. If the depositary bank is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

    Elective Distributions

        Whenever we intend to distribute a dividend payable at the election of shareholders either in cash or in additional shares, we will give prior notice thereof to the depositary bank and will indicate whether we wish the elective distribution to be made available to you. In such case, we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable.

        The depositary bank will make the election available to you only if it is reasonably practicable and if we have provided all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement. In such case, the

154


Table of Contents

depositary bank will establish procedures to enable you to elect to receive either cash or additional ADSs, in each case as described in the deposit agreement.

        If the election is not made available to you, you will receive either cash or additional ADSs, depending on what a shareholder in England and Wales would receive upon failing to make an election, as more fully described in the deposit agreement.

    Other Distributions

        Whenever we intend to distribute property other than cash, Shares or rights to purchase additional Shares, we will notify the depositary bank in advance and will indicate whether we wish such distribution to be made to you. If so, we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether such distribution to holders is lawful and reasonably practicable.

        If it is reasonably practicable to distribute such property to you and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems practicable.

        The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the property received.

        The depositary bank will not distribute the property to you and will sell the property if:

    We do not request that the property be distributed to you or if we ask that the property not be distributed to you; or

    We do not deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

    The depositary bank determines that all or a portion of the distribution to you is not reasonably practicable.

        The proceeds of such a sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

    Redemption

        Whenever we decide to redeem any of the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary bank in advance. If it is practicable and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will provide notice of the redemption to the holders.

        The custodian will be instructed to surrender the shares being redeemed against payment of the applicable redemption price. The depositary bank will convert the redemption funds received into U.S. dollars upon the terms of the deposit agreement and will establish procedures to enable holders to receive the net proceeds from the redemption upon surrender of their ADSs to the depositary bank. You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges upon the redemption of your ADSs. If less than all ADSs are being redeemed, the ADSs to be retired will be selected by lot or on a pro rata basis, as the depositary bank may determine.

Changes Affecting Shares

        The Shares held on deposit for your ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, a split-up, cancellation, consolidation or reclassification of such Shares or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets.

        If any such change were to occur, your ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the Shares held on deposit. The depositary bank may in such circumstances deliver new ADSs to you, amend the deposit agreement, the

155


Table of Contents

ADRs and the applicable Registration Statement(s) on Form F-6, call for the exchange of your existing ADSs for new ADSs and take any other actions that are appropriate to reflect as to the ADSs the change affecting the Shares. If the depositary bank may not lawfully distribute such property to you, the depositary bank may sell such property and distribute the net proceeds to you as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issuance of ADSs upon Deposit of Shares

        Upon completion of this offering, the Shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus will be deposited by us with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary bank will issue ADSs to the underwriters named in this prospectus. After the completion of this offering, the Shares that are being offered for sale pursuant to this prospectus will be deposited by us with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary bank will issue ADSs to the underwriters named in this prospectus.

        After the closing of this offering, the depositary bank may create ADSs on your behalf if you or your broker deposit Shares with the custodian. The depositary bank will deliver these ADSs to the person you indicate only after you pay any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the Shares to the custodian. Your ability to deposit Shares and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S., as well as English and Wales legal considerations applicable at the time of deposit.

        After the closing of this offering, the issuance of ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the Shares have been duly transferred to the custodian. The depositary bank will only issue ADSs in whole numbers.

        After the closing of this offering, when you make a deposit of Shares, you will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the depositary bank. As such, you will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

    The Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained.

    All preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such Shares have been validly waived or exercised.

    You are duly authorized to deposit the Shares.

    The Shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, "restricted securities" (as defined in the deposit agreement).

    The Shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements.

        If any of the representations or warranties are incorrect in any way, we and the depositary bank may, at your cost and expense, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Transfer, Combination and Split Up of ADRs

        As an ADR holder, you will be entitled to transfer, combine or split up your ADRs and the ADSs evidenced thereby. For transfers of ADRs, you will have to surrender the ADRs to be transferred to the depositary bank and also must:

    ensure that the surrendered ADR is properly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer;

    provide such proof of identity and genuineness of signatures as the depositary bank deems appropriate;

156


Table of Contents

    provide any transfer stamps required by the State of New York or the United States; and

    pay all applicable fees, charges, expenses, taxes and other government charges payable by ADR holders pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon the transfer of ADRs.

        To have your ADRs either combined or split up, you must surrender the ADRs in question to the depositary bank with your request to have them combined or split up, and you must pay all applicable fees, charges and expenses payable by ADR holders, pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon a combination or split up of ADRs.

Withdrawal of Shares Upon Cancellation of ADSs

        As a holder, you will be entitled to present your ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation and then receive the corresponding number of underlying Shares at the custodian's offices. Your ability to withdraw the Shares may be limited by U.S. and England and Wales considerations applicable at the time of withdrawal. In order to withdraw the Shares represented by your ADSs, you will be required to pay to the depositary bank the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the Shares being withdrawn. You assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once canceled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the deposit agreement.

        If you hold ADSs registered in your name, the depositary bank may ask you to provide proof of identity and genuineness of any signature and such other documents as the depositary bank may deem appropriate before it will cancel your ADSs. The withdrawal of the Shares represented by your ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please keep in mind that the depositary bank will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represent a whole number of securities on deposit.

        You will have the right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs at any time except for:

    Temporary delays that may arise because (i) the transfer books for the Shares or ADSs are closed, or (ii) Shares are immobilized on account of a shareholders' meeting or a payment of dividends.

    Obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges.

    Restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit.

        The deposit agreement may not be modified to impair your right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs except to comply with mandatory provisions of law.

Voting Rights

        As a holder, you generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights for the Shares represented by your ADSs. The voting rights of holders of Shares are described in "Description of Share Capital—Key Provisions of Our Articles of Association—Shares and rights attaching to them—Voting Rights."

        At our request, the depositary bank will distribute to you any notice of shareholders' meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. The timing required by the depositary bank and set forth in the deposit agreement to establish a record date and to distribute the notice of meeting and voting materials to holders of ADSs may differ from the timelines set forth in "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law."

157


Table of Contents

        If the depositary bank timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities (in person or by proxy) represented by the holder's ADSs as follows:

    In the event of voting by show of hands , the Depositary will vote (or cause the custodian to vote) all Shares held on deposit at that time in accordance with the voting instructions received from a majority of holders of ADSs who provide timely voting instructions.

    In the event of voting by poll , the Depositary will vote (or cause the Custodian to vote) the Shares held on deposit in accordance with the voting instructions received from the holders of ADSs. Under certain limited circumstances described in the deposit agreement, our chairman shall be entitled to vote the Shares held on deposit for which voting instructions have not been timely received by the depositary from holders of ADSs.

        Please note that the ability of the depositary bank to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary bank in a timely manner. Except as described in the deposit agreement, securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted.

Fees and Charges

        As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank:

Service   Fees

Issuance of ADSs

  Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued

Cancellation of ADSs

 

Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS canceled

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions

 

Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends, free stock distributions or exercise of rights. 

 

Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

 

Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

Depositary Services

 

Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

        As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges such as:

    Fees for the transfer and registration of Shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the Shares in England and Wales ( i.e. , upon deposit and withdrawal of Shares).

    Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

    Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

    Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities ( i.e. , when Shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

    Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of Shares on deposit.

        Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in

158


Table of Contents

connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

        The Depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash ( i.e. , stock dividend, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients' ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients' accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

        In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

        Note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary bank. You will receive prior notice of such changes.

        The depositary bank may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program established pursuant to the deposit agreement, by making available a portion of the depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank may agree from time to time.

Amendments and Termination

        We may agree with the depositary bank to modify the deposit agreement at any time without your consent. We undertake to give holders 30 days' prior notice of any modifications that would materially prejudice any of their substantial rights under the deposit agreement. We will not consider to be materially prejudicial to your substantial rights any modifications or supplements that are reasonably necessary for the ADSs to be registered under the Securities Act or to be eligible for book-entry settlement, in each case without imposing or increasing the fees and charges you are required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to provide you with prior notice of any modifications or supplements that are required to accommodate compliance with applicable provisions of law.

        You will be bound by the modifications to the deposit agreement if you continue to hold your ADSs after the modifications to the deposit agreement become effective. The deposit agreement cannot be amended to prevent you from withdrawing the Shares represented by your ADSs (except as permitted by law).

        We have the right to direct the depositary bank to terminate the deposit agreement. Similarly, the depositary bank may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the deposit agreement. In either case, the depositary bank must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination. Until termination, your rights under the deposit agreement will be unaffected.

        After termination, the depositary bank will continue to collect distributions received (but will not distribute any such property until you request the cancellation of your ADSs) and may sell the securities held on deposit. After the sale, the depositary bank will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs in a non-interest bearing account. At that point, the depositary bank will have no further obligations to holders other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding (after deduction of applicable fees, taxes and expenses).

159


Table of Contents

Books of Depositary

        The depositary bank will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement.

        The depositary bank will maintain facilities in New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADSs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

Limitations on Obligations and Liabilities

        The deposit agreement limits our obligations and the depositary bank's obligations to you. Please note the following:

    We and the depositary bank are obligated only to take the actions specifically stated in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith.

    The depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

    The depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to determine the lawfulness or practicality of any action, for the content of any document forwarded to you on our behalf or for the accuracy of any translation of such a document, for the investment risks associated with investing in Shares, for the validity or worth of the Shares, for any tax consequences that result from the ownership of ADSs, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse under the terms of the deposit agreement, for the timeliness of any of our notices or for our failure to give notice.

    We and the depositary bank will not be obligated to perform any act that is inconsistent with the terms of the deposit agreement.

    We and the depositary bank disclaim any liability if we or the depositary bank are prevented or forbidden from or subject to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement, by reason of any provision, present or future of any law or regulation, or by reason of present or future provision of any provision of our articles of association, or any provision of or governing the securities on deposit, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our control.

    We and the depositary bank disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our articles of association or in any provisions of or governing the securities on deposit.

    We and the depositary bank further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any holder of ADSs or authorized representatives thereof, or any other person believed by either of us in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

    We and the depositary bank also disclaim liability for the inability of a holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Shares but is not, under the terms of the deposit agreement, made available to you.

    We and the depositary bank may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

160


Table of Contents

    We and the depositary bank also disclaim liability for any consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement.

    No disclaimer of any Securities Act liability is intended by any provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-Release Transactions

        Subject to the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement, the depositary may issue to broker/dealers ADSs before receiving a deposit of Shares or release Shares to broker/dealers before receiving ADSs for cancellation. These transactions are commonly referred to as "pre-release transactions," and are entered into between the depositary bank and the applicable broker/dealer. The deposit agreement limits the aggregate size of pre-release transactions (not to exceed 30% of the Shares on deposit in the aggregate) and imposes a number of conditions on such transactions (i.e., the need to receive collateral, the type of collateral required, the representations required from brokers and other conditions). The depositary bank may retain the compensation received from the pre-release transactions.

Taxes

        You will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the depositary bank and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. You will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.

        The depositary bank may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The depositary bank and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on your behalf. However, you may be required to provide to the depositary bank and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the depositary bank and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. You are required to indemnify us, the depositary bank and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for you.

Foreign Currency Conversion

        The depositary bank will arrange for the conversion of all foreign currency received into U.S. dollars if such conversion is practical, and it will distribute the U.S. dollars in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement. You may have to pay fees and expenses incurred in converting foreign currency, such as fees and expenses incurred in complying with currency exchange controls and other governmental requirements.

        If the conversion of foreign currency is not practical or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the depositary bank may take the following actions in its discretion:

    Convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical.

    Distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical.

    Hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

161


Table of Contents


SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding            ADSs representing approximately        % of our ordinary shares outstanding. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our "affiliates" without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and while the ADSs have been approved for listing on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into, and each of our directors, including officers, has entered into, lock-up agreements described under "Underwriting" in this prospectus that restrict the sale of ordinary shares and ADSs for up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to an extension in certain circumstances. After the expiration of the 180 day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose ordinary shares or ADSs are aggregated):

    who is not considered to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale; and

    who has beneficially owned the ordinary shares or ADSs proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate,

is entitled to sell his ordinary shares or ADSs without restriction, subject to our compliance with the reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        In general, under Rule 144, a person who is our affiliate and has beneficially owned ordinary shares or ADSs for at least six months is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of ordinary shares or ADSs that does not exceed the greater of:

    1.0% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which is expected to equal approximately            ordinary shares immediately after this offering; and

    the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 in connection with the sale.

        Any such sales by an affiliate are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and our compliance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 reporting obligations.

        In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to any lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Regulation S

        Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that ordinary shares owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no directed selling efforts are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our ordinary shares may

162


Table of Contents

be sold in some other manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Equity Incentive Plans

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

163


Table of Contents


TAXATION

U.S. Federal Income Taxation

        The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) under present law of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

        This discussion applies only to U.S. Holders that acquire the ADSs in the initial offering and hold the ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ADSs by any particular investor. In particular, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a U.S. Holder that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation, a dealer in securities or currencies, a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, banks, thrifts, or other financial institutions, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a person that holds the ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes, a person whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, a person subject to the U.S. alternative minimum tax, or a person that owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the company's voting stock. In addition, the discussion does not address tax consequences to an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds the ADSs, or a partner in such partnership. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of each partner of such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Prospective purchasers that are partners in a partnership holding the ADSs should consult their own tax advisers.

         PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE ADSs.

        The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to "U.S. Holders" will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of ADSs and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and subject to the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        If you hold ADSs, you should be treated as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

    Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on the ADSs

        Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of cash distributions made by us to you with respect to the ADSs will generally be includable in your gross

164


Table of Contents

income as dividend income on the date of receipt by the depositary, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent, if any, that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them if we pay dividends in any non-U.S. currency. A dividend in respect of the ADSs will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

        With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, dividends will generally be taxed at the preferential rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (i) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (ii) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (iii) certain holding period requirements are met and (iv) you are not under any obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, common or ordinary shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered for purpose of clause (i) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on Nasdaq. Unless the preferential rate applicable to qualified dividend income is extended or made permanent by subsequent legislation, for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, dividends will be taxed at regular ordinary income rates. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential rate for dividends paid with respect to the ADSs, including the effect of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

        Dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, if 50% or more of our stock is treated as held by U.S. persons, we will be treated as a "U.S.-owned foreign corporation." In that case, dividends may be treated for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes as income from sources outside the United States to the extent paid out of our non-U.S. source earnings and profits, and as income from sources within the United States to the extent paid out of our U.S. source earnings and profits. We cannot assure you that we will not be treated as a U.S.-owned foreign corporation. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the U.S. foreign tax credit limitation will generally be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the preferential rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the ADSs will generally constitute "passive category income."

    Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs

        Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ADS equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the ADS and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ADS. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ADS for more than one year, you will be eligible for preferential tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or

165


Table of Contents

loss that you recognize will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

    Medicare Tax

        For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of such U.S. Holder's "net investment income." Net investment income generally includes interest on, and gain from the disposition of, the ADSs unless such interest income or gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect this new legislation may have, if any, on their acquisition, ownership or disposition of the ADSs.

    Passive Foreign Investment Company

        Special U.S. tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be passive foreign investment companies or PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or (ii) on average at least 50% of the value of our assets produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, certain dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income.

        In making this determination, we will be treated as earning our proportionate share of any income and owning our proportionate share of any assets of any corporation in which we hold a 25% or greater interest (by value). Based on current estimates of our gross income and gross assets, the nature of our business and our current business plan (all of which are subject to change), we believe that we will not be classified as a PFIC, but the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and it is possible that we may become a PFIC in a future year. In the event that, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC in any year in which you hold the ADSs, and you do not make one of the elections described in the following paragraph, any gain recognized by you on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ADSs would be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by you on your ADSs were to exceed 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ADSs received during the preceding three years or your holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain on the sale or other disposition of shares if we were a PFIC, described above. Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-up in the basis of your ADSs at death.

        You can avoid the unfavorable rules described in the preceding paragraph by electing to mark your ADSs to market, but only if the ADSs are treated as "marketable stock." If you make this mark-to-market election, you will be required in any year in which we are a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end over your basis in those ADSs. In addition, the excess, if any, of your basis in the ADSs over the fair market value of your ADSs at year-end is deductible as an ordinary loss in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of the excess or (ii) the amount of the net mark-to-market gains that you have included in income in prior years. Any gain you recognize upon the sale of your ADSs will be taxed as ordinary income in the year of sale. Amounts treated as ordinary income will not be eligible for the preferential tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains.

166


Table of Contents

        The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs, any elections available with respect to such ADSs and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Distributions with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

    New Legislation

        Recently enacted legislation imposes new tax reporting obligations on certain U.S. persons that own "specified foreign financial assets," including securities issued by any foreign person, either directly or indirectly or through certain foreign financial institutions, if the aggregate value of all of those assets exceeds $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year. The new reporting requirement applies to individuals and, if specified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, domestic entities formed or availed of for the purpose of holding, directly or indirectly, specified foreign financial assets. The ADSs may be treated as specified foreign financial assets, and investors may be subject to this information reporting regime. Significant penalties and an extended statute of limitations may apply to a U.S. Holder subject to the new reporting requirement that fails to file information reports. Each prospective investor that is a U.S. person should consult its own tax advisor regarding the new information reporting obligation.

United Kingdom Tax Considerations

        The following is a general summary of certain U.K. tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposal of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or the ADSs. It is based on current U.K. tax law and published HM Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, practice as at the date of this prospectus, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

        Save as provided otherwise, this summary applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and who are resident (and, in the case of individuals, ordinarily resident and domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and who are not resident for tax purposes in any other jurisdiction and do not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in any other jurisdiction with which the holding of the ordinary shares or ADSs is connected ("U.K. Holders"). Persons (a) who are not resident or ordinarily resident (or, if resident or ordinarily resident, are not domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, including those individuals and companies who trade in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or the ADSs are attributable, or (b) who are resident or

167


Table of Contents

otherwise subject to tax in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom, are recommended to seek the advice of professional advisors in relation to their taxation obligations.

        This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular:

    this summary only applies to the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or the ADSs and any dividends paid in respect of the ordinary shares where the dividends are regarded for U.K. tax purposes as that person's own income (and not the income of some other person);

    this summary: (a) only addresses the principal U.K. tax consequences for investors who hold the ordinary share or ADSs as capital assets, (b) does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain special classes of investor such as dealers, brokers or traders in shares or securities and other persons who hold the ordinary shares or ADSs otherwise than as an investment, (c) does not address the tax consequences for holders that are financial institutions, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, pension schemes, charities and tax-exempt organizations, (d) assumes that the holder is not an officer or employee of the company (or of any related company) and has not (and is not deemed to have) acquired the ordinary shares or ADSs by virtue of an office or employment, and (e) assumes that the holder does not control or hold (and is not deemed to control or hold), either alone or together with one or more associated or connected persons, directly or indirectly (including through the holding of the ADSs), an interest of 10% or more in the issued share capital (or in any class thereof), voting power, rights to profits or capital of the company, and is not otherwise connected with the company.

        This summary further assumes that a holder of ADSs is the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares for U.K. direct tax purposes.

        POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN THE ADSs SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs, IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS.

    Taxation of dividends

    Withholding Tax

        Dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.

    Income Tax

        Dividends received by individual U.K. Holders will be subject to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend paid, increased for the amount of the non-refundable U.K. dividend tax credit referred to below.

        An individual holder of ordinary shares or ADSs who is not a U.K. Holder will not be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends paid by the company, unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances,

168


Table of Contents

such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company.

        The rate of U.K. income tax that is chargeable on dividends received in the tax year 2012/2013 by (i) additional rate taxpayers is 42.5%, (ii) higher rate taxpayers is 32.5%, and (iii) basic rate taxpayers is 10%. With effect from April 6, 2013, the income tax payable on dividends received by additional rate taxpayers will reduce to 37.5%. Individual U.K. Holders will be entitled to a non-refundable tax credit equal to one-ninth of the full amount of the dividend received from the company, which will be taken into account in computing the gross amount of the dividend that is chargeable to U.K. income tax. The tax credit will be credited against such holder's liability (if any) to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend. After taking into account the tax credit, the effective rate of tax (i) for additional rate taxpayers will be 36.1% of the dividend paid for the 2012/2013 tax year, reducing to 30.6% thereafter, (ii) for higher rate taxpayers will be 25% of the dividend paid, and (iii) for basic rate taxpayers will be nil. An individual holder who is not subject to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company will not generally be entitled to claim repayment of the tax credit in respect of such dividends. An individual's dividend income is treated as the top slice of their total income that is chargeable to U.K. income tax.

    Corporation Tax

        A U.K. Holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may be entitled to exemption from U.K. corporation tax in respect of dividend payments. If the conditions for the exemption are not satisfied, or such U.K. Holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax will be chargeable on the gross amount of any dividends. If potential investors are in any doubt as to their position, they should consult their own professional advisers.

        A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company, unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on its individual circumstances and if the exemption from U.K. corporation tax discussed above does not apply, be chargeable to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company.

    Taxation of disposals

    U.K. Holders

        A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by an individual U.K. Holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, give rise to a chargeable gain or to an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. capital gains tax. The principal factors that will determine the capital gains tax position on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or any earlier tax year and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that tax year (the "annual exemption"). The annual exemption for the 2012/2013 tax year is £10,600. If, after all allowable deductions, an individual U.K. Holder's total taxable income for the year exceeds the basic rate income tax limit, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxed at 28%. In other cases, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs may be taxed at 18% or 28% or at a combination of both rates.

        An individual U.K. Holder who ceases to be resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom (or who fails to be regarded as resident in a territory outside the United Kingdom for the purposes of double taxation relief) for a period of less than five years and who disposes of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs during that period of temporary non-residence may be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on a chargeable gain accruing on such disposal on his or her return to the United Kingdom (or upon

169


Table of Contents

ceasing to be regarded as resident outside the United Kingdom for the purposes of double taxation relief) (subject to available exemptions or reliefs).

        A disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by a corporate U.K. Holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. corporation tax. Such a holder should be entitled to an indexation allowance, which applies to reduce capital gains to the extent that such gains arise due to inflation. The allowance may reduce a chargeable gain but will not create or increase an allowable loss.

        Any gains or losses in respect of currency fluctuations over the period of holding the ADSs would also be brought into account on the disposal.

    Non-U.K. Holders

        An individual holder who is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on capital gains realized on the disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs.

        A corporate holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its ordinary shares or ADSs unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares or ADSs are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax.

    Inheritance Tax

        If for the purposes of the Taxes on Estates of Deceased Persons and on Gifts Treaty 1978 between the United States and the United Kingdom an individual holder is domiciled in the United States and is not a national of the United Kingdom, any ordinary shares or ADSs beneficially owned by that holder will not generally be subject to U.K. inheritance tax on that holder's death or on a gift made by that holder during his/her lifetime, provided that any applicable United States federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, except where (i) the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a U.K. permanent establishment or pertain to a U.K. fixed base used for the performance of independent personal services; or (ii) the ordinary shares or ADSs are comprised in a settlement unless, at the time the settlement was made, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and not a national of the U.K. (in which case no change to U.K. inheritance tax should apply).

    Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax

    Issue and transfer of ordinary shares

        No U.K. stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax or SDRT, is payable on the issue of the ordinary shares.

        The transfer on sale of ordinary shares by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.

        An agreement to transfer ordinary shares will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. Such SDRT is payable on the seventh day of the month following the month in which the charge arises, but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date

170


Table of Contents

of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.

    Transfer of ADSs

        No U.K. stamp duty will be payable on a written instrument transferring an ADS or on a written agreement to transfer an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer or the agreement to transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom Where these conditions are not met, the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS could, depending on the circumstances, attract a charge to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration given in connection with the transfer.

        No SDRT will be payable in respect of an agreement to transfer an ADS.

171


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus among us and the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us, the number of ADSs listed next to its name in the following table. Lazard Capital Markets LLC and Cowen and Company, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers for the offering.

Underwriters
  Number of ADSs

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

   

Cowen and Company, LLC

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

   

   
     

Total

   

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the ADSs offered by us if they purchase any ADSs. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the ADSs covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below. The underwriters are offering the ADSs, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts and Commissions

        The underwriters propose initially to offer the ADSs to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per ADS. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representative.

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 
  Per
share
  Without
option
  With
option
 

Public offering price

                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                   

(1)
Trout Capital LLC will receive a fee of $200,000 for consulting services provided by its affiliate The Trout Group LLC in connection with this offering, which amount is included in the underwriting discounts and commissions in the above table.

        The total estimated expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $             million and are payable by us.

172


Table of Contents

Over-Allotment Option

        We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to            additional ADSs at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover sales of ADSs by the underwriters in excess of the total number of ADSs set forth in the table above. If any ADSs are purchased pursuant to this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase the additional shares in approximately the same proportions as shown in the table above. If any of these additional ADSs are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as those on which the ADSs are being offered. We will pay the expenses associated with the exercise of the over-allotment option.

Initial Public Offering Pricing

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in these negotiations are:

    the prospects for our company and the industry in which we operate;

    our past and present financial and operating performance;

    financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly-traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours;

    the prevailing conditions of U.S. securities markets at the time of this offering; and

    other factors deemed relevant.

        The estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our directors, including our officers, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we, our directors, including our officers, have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to sell or transfer any ADSs, ordinary shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, ADSs or ordinary shares, during a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Lazard Capital Markets LLC and Cowen and Company, LLC. Specifically, we and these other individuals and entities have agreed not to:

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, ADSs, ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable ADSs or ordinary shares or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing; or

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ADS's or ordinary shares;

        The restrictions described above do not apply to:

    the sale of ADSs to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

    transactions by security holders relating to any ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing of this offering;

173


Table of Contents

    the establishment of a 10b5-1 trading plan under the Exchange Act by a security holder for the sale of ADSs or ordinary shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares during the restricted period;

    exercises of warrants of ordinary shares, provided that any ordinary shares received in connection with such exercise of warrants be subject to the restrictions on transfer described above;

    transfers of ADSs or ordinary shares to the us in connection with the cashless exercise of options that would otherwise expire, other than "broker-assisted" cashless exercises, provided that, any ADSs or ordinary shares received in connection with the cashless exercises of options be subject to the restrictions on transfer described above;

    transfers by security holders of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities to any member of the immediate family of such security holders or any trust or pension plan scheme for the direct or indirect benefit of such security holders or the immediate family such security holders;

    transfers by security holders of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities to such security holders' affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such security holders;

    transfers by security holders of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities as a bona fide gift by will or charitable contribution; or

    transfers by distribution by security holders of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities to general or limited partners, members, or stockholders of the security holder or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the security holder.

provided that in the case of each of the preceding four types of transactions, the transfer does not involve a disposition for value and each transferee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement agreeing to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described above.

Indemnification

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

        We have applied to have our ADSs quoted on The NASDAQ Global Market under the "GWPH" symbol.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty

        In order to facilitate the offering of our ADSs, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ADSs. In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment

174


Table of Contents

option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ADSs or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ADSs. As result, the price of our ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ADSs, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representative of the underwriters purchases ADSs in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representative can require the underwriters that sold those ADSs as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        The underwriters make no representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ADSs. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to the underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters' websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Notice to Non-U.S. Investors

        European Economic Area.     In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to herein as a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to herein as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus has been or will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than any offer where a prospectus has been or will be published in relation to such securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the relevant competent authority in that Relevant Member State in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of such securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State:

    to any legal entity or person which is a "qualified investor" as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as

175


Table of Contents

      defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EC.

        United Kingdom.     This document, in so far as it constitutes an invitation or inducement to enter into investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 as amended ("FSMA")) in connection with the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document, our ordinary shares or otherwise, is being directed only at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within Article 19(5) ("Investment professionals") of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) certain high value persons and entities who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) ("High net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc") of the Order; or (iv) any other person to whom it may lawfully be communicated (all such persons in (i) to (iv) together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The ADSs are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such ADSs will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents. The communication of this document or any such invitation or inducement to any persons other than relevant persons is unauthorized and may contravene FSMA.

        No approved prospectus relating to the matters in this document has been made available to the public in the United Kingdom and, accordingly, the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document may not be, and will not be, offered in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which will not result in there being an exempt offer to the public in the United Kingdom as provided by section 86 FSMA.

        Switzerland.     The securities will not be distributed or offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this document may not be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

Other Relationships

        From time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions.

        Lazard Frères & Co. LLC referred this transaction to Lazard Capital Markets LLC and will receive a referral fee from Lazard Capital Markets LLC in connection therewith.

176


Table of Contents


EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

        We estimate that the expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 
  Amount
 
  ($)

Expenses:

   

SEC registration fee

  *

FINRA filing fee

  *

Nasdaq listing fee

  *

Printing and engraving expenses

  *

Legal fees and expenses

  *

Accounting fees and expenses

  *

Road show expenses

  *

Depositary expenses

  *

Miscellaneous costs

  *
     

Total

   
     

*
To be completed by amendment.

        We anticipate that the total underwriting discount on shares offered by us in the offering will be approximately $            , or        % of the gross proceeds to us of the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option.

        All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee.

177


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of our ordinary shares and certain matters governed by English law will be passed on for us by Mayer Brown International LLP, our English counsel. The validity of the ADSs and certain other matters governed by U.S. federal and New York state law will be passed on for us by Mayer Brown LLP, New York, New York, our U.S. counsel. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriters by Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., counsel for the underwriters.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as at September 30, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2012 that are included in this prospectus and the registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

        We are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Many of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers (as well as certain directors, managers and executive officers of the finance subsidiaries) or have any of them appear in a U.S. court.

        We have appointed CT Corporation System as our authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any action instituted in any U.S. federal or state court having subject matter jurisdiction in the Borough of Manhattan in New York, New York, arising out of or based upon the ADSs, the deposit agreement or the underwriting agreement related to the ADSs.

        Mayer Brown International LLP, our English solicitors, has advised us that there is some doubt as to the enforceability in the United Kingdom, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities based solely on the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards for punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including amendments and relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act covering the ADSs to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer to in the prospectus. Since this prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, you should read the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and the ADSs. You may review and copy the registration statement, reports and other information we file at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. For further information on

178


Table of Contents

the public reference facility, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC's Web site at http://www.sec.gov.

        Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as applicable to foreign private issuers. Our annual reports on Form 20-F for the year ended September 30, 2013 and subsequent years will be due four months following the year end. We are not required to disclose certain other information that is required from U.S. domestic issuers. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) that, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other U.S. domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount and at the same time as information is received from, or provided by, U.S. domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC, which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.

179


Table of Contents


Index to the Financial Statements

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries (the "Group") as at 30 September 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries as at 30 September 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ DELOITTE LLP
London, United Kingdom
27 November 2012

F-2


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

For the year ended 30 September

 
  Notes   2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Revenue

    3     33,120     29,627     30,676  

Cost of sales

          (839 )   (1,347 )   (752 )

Research and development expenditure

    4     (27,578 )   (22,714 )   (22,145 )

Management and administrative expenses

          (3,660 )   (3,298 )   (3,267 )
                     

Operating profit

          1,043     2,268     4,512  

Interest expense

    9     (1 )   (3 )   (8 )

Interest income

    9     200     263     100  
                     

Profit before tax

    5     1,242     2,528     4,604  

Tax

    10     1,248     221     37  
                     

Profit for the year

          2,490     2,749     4,641  
                     

Earnings per share—basic

    11     1.9p     2.1p     3.6p  

Earnings per share—diluted

    11     1.8p     2.0p     3.5p  

        All activities relate to continuing operations.

        The Group has no recognised gains or losses other than the gains and losses shown above and therefore no separate consolidated statements of comprehensive income have been presented.

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated income statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 30 September

Group
  Called-up
share capital
£000's
  Share
premium
account
£000's
  Other
reserves
£000's
  Accumulated
deficit
£000's
  Total
£000's
 

At 1 October 2009 (1)

    129     63,755     20,184     (77,346 )   6,722  

Exercise of share options

    2     678             680  

Share-based payment transactions

                630     630  

Profit for the year

                4,641     4,641  
                       

Balance at 30 September 2010

    131     64,433     20,184     (72,075 )   12,673  

Exercise of share options

    2     1,433             1,435  

Share-based payment transactions

                795     795  

Profit for the year

                2,749     2,749  
                       

Balance at 30 September 2011

    133     65,866     20,184     (68,531 )   17,652  

Exercise of share options

        81             81  

Share-based payment transactions

                1,009     1,009  

Profit for the year

                2,490     2,490  
                       

Balance at 30 September 2012

    133     65,947     20,184     (65,032 )   21,232  
                       

(1)
The Group reclassified certain equity account balances at 1 October 2009. The impact of this reclassification was a decrease in the share premium account and an increase in other reserves in the amount of £922,000 at this date. Further information regarding this reclassification is included in Note 22. This reclassification had no impact on total equity or income for any reporting period presented herein.

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements of changes in equity.

F-4


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As at 30 September

 
  Notes   2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Non-current assets

                   

Intangible assets—goodwill

    12     5,210     5,210  

Property, plant and equipment

    13     2,432     1,868  
                 

          7,642     7,078  
                 

Current assets

                   

Inventories

    14     3,537     1,424  

Taxation recoverable

    10     820      

Trade receivables and other current assets

    15     1,588     2,281  

Cash and cash equivalents

    19     29,335     28,319  
                 

          35,280     32,024  
                 

Total assets

          42,922     39,102  
                 

Current liabilities

                   

Trade and other payables

    16     (9,114 )   (6,562 )

Obligations under finance leases

    17         (7 )

Deferred revenue

    18     (2,449 )   (3,459 )
                 

          (11,563 )   (10,028 )
                 

Non-current liabilities

                   

Deferred revenue

    18     (10,127 )   (11,422 )
                 

Total liabilities

          (21,690 )   (21,450 )
                 

Net assets

          21,232     17,652  
                 

Equity

                   

Share capital

    20     133     133  

Share premium account (1)

          65,947     65,866  

Other reserves (1)

    23     20,184     20,184  

Accumulated deficit

          (65,032 )   (68,531 )
                 

Total equity

          21,232     17,652  
                 

(1)
The Group has reclassified certain equity account balances at 1 October 2009. The impact of this reclassification was a decrease in share premium account and an increase in other reserves in the amount of £922,000 at this date. Further information regarding this reclassification is included in Note 22. This reclassification had no impact on total equity or income for any reporting period presented herein.

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.

F-5


Table of Contents


CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

For the year ended 30 September

 
  Group  
 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£'000's
 

Profit for the year

    2,490     2,749     4,641  

Adjustments for:

                   

Interest expense

    1     3     8  

Interest income

    (200 )   (263 )   (100 )

Tax

    (1,248 )   (221 )   (37 )

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    754     589     726  

Other gains and losses

    (202 )   7     (8 )

Increase in allowance for doubtful debts

    26          

Decrease in provision for inventories

    (1,300 )   (425 )   (114 )

Share-based payment charge

    1,009     795     630  
               

    1,330     3,234     5,746  

Increase in inventories

   
(813

)
 
(219

)
 
(115

)

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables and other current assets

    609     (1,043 )   (406 )

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

    247     168     (1,298 )
               

Cash generated by operations

    1,373     2,140     3,927  

Research and development tax credits received

    428     221     397  
               

Net cash inflow from operating activities

    1,801     2,361     4,324  

Investing activities

                   

Interest received

    258     244     100  

Dividend received from subsidiary

             

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (1,318 )   (891 )   (434 )
               

Net cash outflow from investing activities

    (1,060 )   (647 )   (334 )

Financing activities

                   

Proceeds on exercise of share options

    81     1,435     680  

Expenses of share issue

            (18 )

Interest paid

    (1 )   (3 )   (8 )

Capital element of finance leases

    (7 )   (39 )   (34 )
               

Net cash inflow from financing activities

    73     1,393     620  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    814     3,107     4,610  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    28,319     25,219     20,601  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

    202     (7 )   8  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

    29,335     28,319     25,219  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated cash flow statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General Information

        GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (the "Group") focus on discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics from its proprietary cannabinoid product platform in a broad range of disease areas.

        The Company is a public limited company, which has been listed on the Alternative Investment Market ("AIM"), which is a sub-market of the London Stock Exchange, since 28 June 2001. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of the Company's registered office and principal place of business is Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

        The principal Group accounting policies are summarised below.

    Basis of Accounting

        The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") and IFRS as endorsed by the European Union and therefore the Group financial statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS regulation.

        The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for the revaluation of financial instruments. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the assets. The principal accounting policies are set out below.

        The financial statements were approved by the Board on 27 November 2012.

    Going Concern

        The Directors have considered the financial position of the Group, its cash position and forecast cash flows for the twelve month period from the date of signing these financial statements when considering going concern. They have also considered the Group's business activities, the key policies for managing financial risks and the key factors affecting the likely development of the business in 2013. In the light of this review, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these financial statements.

    Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 30 September each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity concerned, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.

        The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method.

F-7


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In future business combinations, if a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary arises, such non-controlling interest will be identified separately from the Group's equity therein. The interests of non-controlling shareholders that are present ownership interests entitling their holders to a proportionate share of net assets upon liquidation may initially be measured at fair value or at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Other non-controlling interests are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests' share of subsequent changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

        Changes in the Group's interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group's interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.

        When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), less liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to the subsidiary are accounted for (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred directly to accumulated deficit) in the same manner as would be required if the relevant assets or liabilities are disposed of. The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement or, when applicable, the costs on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or jointly controlled entity.

    Intangible Assets—Goodwill

        Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets and liabilities assumed.

        Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

        On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

F-8


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Revenue

        Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business net of value added tax and other sales-related taxes. The Group recognises revenue when the amount can be reliably measured; when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group; and when specific criteria have been met for each of the Group's activities, as described below.

        The Group's revenue arises from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include non-refundable up-front license and collaboration fees, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur, and revenue from the supply of products. For these agreements, total arrangement consideration is attributed to separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions. The then allocated consideration is recognised as revenue in accordance with the principles described below.

        The percentage of completion method is used for a number of revenue streams of the Group. For each of the three years ended 30 September 2012, there were no discrete events or adjustments which caused the Group to revise its previous estimates of completion associated with those revenue arrangements accounted for under the percentage of completion method.

    Product Sales

        Revenue from the sale of products is recognised at the point of delivery to the customer, which is when the Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods, the Group no longer has effective control over the goods sold, the amount of revenue and costs associated with the transaction can be measured reliably, and it is probable that the Group will receive future economic benefits associated with the transaction. Product sales have no rights of return. Provisions for rebates are established in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

    Licensing Fees

        License fees received in connection with product out-licensing agreements, even where such fees are non-refundable, are deferred and recognised over the period of the license term.

    Collaboration Fees

        Collaboration fees are deferred and recognised as services are rendered based on the percentage of completion method.

    Technical Access Fees

        Technical access fees represent amounts charged to licensing partners to provide access to, and allow them to commercially exploit data that the Group possesses or which can be expected to result from Group research programmes that are in progress. Non-refundable technical access fees that involve the delivery of data that the Group possesses and that permit the licensing partner to use the data freely and where the Group has no remaining obligations to perform are recognised as revenue

F-9


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

upon delivery of the data. Non-refundable technical access fees relating to data where the research programme is on-going are recognised based on the percentage of completion method.

    Development and Approval Milestone Fees

        Development and approval milestone fees are recognised as revenue based on the percentage of completion method on the assumption that all stages will be completed successfully, but with cumulative revenue recognised limited to non-refundable amounts already received or reasonably certain to be received.

        Development and approval milestone fees are considered reasonably certain to be received when receipt of the milestone is dependent solely on the completion of certain administrative procedures that are considered perfunctory and entirely within control of the Group, such that there is no longer any uncertainty over receipt of the milestone payment.

    Research and Development Fees

        Revenue from partner funded contract research and development agreements is recognised as research and development services are rendered. Where services are in-progress at period end, the Group recognises revenues proportionately, in line with the percentage of completion of the service. Where such in-progress services include the conduct of clinical trials, the Group recognises revenue in line with the stage of completion of each trial so that revenues are recognised in line with the expenditures.

    Royalties

        Royalty revenue is recognised on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement, provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

    Research and Development

        Expenditure on research and development activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

        An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group's development activities is recognised only if the following conditions are met:

    an asset is created that can be identified,

    it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits, and

    the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

        The Group has determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold can be achieved. All research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval is therefore expensed as incurred.

F-10


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of assets, less their estimated residual values, over their useful lives using the straight line method, as follows:

Motor vehicles   4 years

Plant, machinery and lab equipment

 

4-10 years

Office and IT equipment

 

4 years

Leasehold improvements

 

5-10 years or term of the lease if shorter

        Assets under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

        The gain or loss arising on disposal or scrappage of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in operating profit.

    Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the weighted average cost method. Cost includes materials, direct labour, depreciation of manufacturing assets and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price, less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

        If net realisable value is lower than the carrying amount, a write down provision is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its net realisable value.

        Inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are capitalised as an asset but provided for until there is a high probability of regulatory approval of the product. At the point when a high probability of regulatory approval is obtained, the provision is adjusted appropriately to adjust the carrying value to expected net realisable value, which may not exceed original cost.

        Adjustments to the provision against inventories manufactured prior to regulatory approval are recorded as a component of research and development expenditure. Adjustments to the provision against commercial product related inventories manufactured following achievement of regulatory approval are recorded as a component of cost of goods.

    Taxation

        The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable or recoverable and deferred tax.

        The tax payable or recoverable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the consolidated income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

        Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the

F-11


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

        Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

        The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

        Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and rates that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

    Earnings per Share

        Basic earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of ordinary shares held in the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (the "ESOP") during the year to satisfy employee share awards.

        Diluted earnings or loss per share represents the profit or loss for the year, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding the weighted average number of shares held in the ESOP during the year to satisfy employee share awards, plus the weighted average number of dilutive shares resulting from share options or warrants where the inclusion of these would not be antidilutive.

    Retirement Benefit Costs

        The Group does not operate any pension plans, but makes contributions to personal pension arrangements of its Executive Directors and employees. The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of pension costs are the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the consolidated balance sheet.

F-12


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Foreign Currency

        The individual financial statements of each group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates (its functional currency), which for all companies forming part of the Group, is pounds sterling. The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is also pounds sterling.

        In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity's functional currency (foreign currencies) are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated at the rates of exchange prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

        Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain or loss in the income statement as a component of operating profit.

    Share-based Payment

        Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market based vesting conditions) at the date of grant.

        The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

        Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees are measured at the fair value of the goods or services received, except where that fair value cannot be estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the date of grant.

    Warrants

        Warrants issued by the Group are recognised and classified as equity when upon exercise, the Company would issue a fixed amount of its own equity instruments (ordinary shares) in exchange for a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset.

        Consideration received, net of incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of such new warrants, is shown in equity.

        Changes in fair value of such warrants are not recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

        When the warrants are exercised, the Company issues new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

F-13


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Leases

        Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

        Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease except where another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the lease are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

        In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

        Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the finance lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised in accordance with the Group's general policy on borrowing costs. Contingent rentals are recognised as an expense in the periods in which they are incurred.

    Financial Instruments

        Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group's balance sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

        All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the financial asset within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

        Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets "at fair value through profit or loss", "held-to-maturity" investments, "available-for-sale" financial assets and "loans and receivables". The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

        For each reporting period covered herein, the Group's financial assets were restricted to "loans and receivables".

    Loans and Receivables

        Trade receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as "loans and receivables". Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

F-14


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Trade receivables are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Trade receivables are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows of the receivables have been affected. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement. The allowance recognised is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and on-call deposits held with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

    Financial Liabilities

        Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities "at Fair Value Though Profit and Loss" or "other financial liabilities".

        For each reporting period covered herein, the Group's financial liabilities were restricted to "other financial liabilities".

    Other Financial Liabilities

        Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

        The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

    Critical Judgements in Applying the Group's Accounting Policies

        In the application of the Group's accounting policies, which are described above, the Board of Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

        The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the Directors have made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Recognition of Clinical Trials Expenditure

        The Group recognises expenditure incurred in carrying out clinical trials during the course of conduct of each clinical trial in line with the state of completion of each trial. This involves the calculation of clinical trial accruals at each period end to account for expenditure which has been incurred. This requires estimation of the expected full cost to complete the trial and also estimation of the current stage of trial completion.

        Clinical trials usually take place over extended time periods and typically involve a set-up phase, a recruitment phase and a completion phase which ends upon the receipt of a final report containing full statistical analysis of trial results. Accruals are prepared separately for each in-process clinical trial and take into consideration the stage of completion of each trial including the number of patients that have entered the trial, the number of patients that have completed treatment and whether the final report has been received. In all cases, the full cost of each trial is expensed by the time the final report has been received.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Group recognises revenue from product sales, licensing fees, collaboration fees, technical access fees, development and approval milestone fees, research and development fees and royalties. Agreements with commercial partners generally include a non-refundable up-front fee, milestone payments, the receipt of which is dependent upon the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, as well as royalties on product sales of licensed products, if and when such product sales occur, and revenue from the supply of products to our commercial partners. For these agreements, the Group is required to apply judgement in the allocation of total agreement consideration to the separately identifiable components on a reliable basis that reasonably reflects the selling prices that might be expected to be achieved in stand-alone transactions.

        The Group applies the percentage of completion revenue recognition method to certain classes of revenue. The application of this approach requires the judgement of the Group with regards to the total costs incurred and total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the length of the agreement.

    Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

        The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below.

    Provision for Inventories

        The Group maintains inventories which, based upon current sales levels and the current regulatory status of the product in each indication, is in-excess of the amount that is expected to be utilised in the manufacture of finished product for future commercial sales. Provision is therefore made to reduce the carrying value of the excess inventories to their expected net realisable value.

        The provision for inventories, and adjustments thereto, are estimated based on evaluation of the status of the regulatory approval, projected sales volumes and growth rates. The timing and extent of future provision adjustments will be contingent upon timing and extent of future regulatory approvals and post-approval in-market sales demand, which remain uncertain at this time.

F-16


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Deferred Taxation

        At the balance sheet date, the Group has accumulated tax losses of £40.9m (2011: £46.0m) available to offset against future profits. If the value of these losses were recognised within the Group's balance sheet at the balance sheet date, the Group would be carrying a deferred tax asset of £9.7m (2011: £11.8m). However, as explained in the tax accounting policy note, the Group's policy is to recognise deferred tax assets only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits, feasible tax-planning strategies, and deferred tax liabilities will be available against which the brought forward trading losses can be utilised. Estimation of the level of future taxable profits is therefore required in order to determine the appropriate carrying value of the deferred tax asset at each balance sheet date.

    Adoption of New and Revised Standards

        In the current year, the following revised standard has been adopted in these financial statements. Adoption has not had a significant impact on the amounts reported in these financial statements but may impact the accounting for future transactions and arrangements.

    Amendments to IAS 12 (Dec 2010) Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets

    IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures

        At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these financial statements were issued by the IASB but not yet effective:

    Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2009-2011 Cycle (May 2012)

    Amendments to IAS 32 (Dec 2011) Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

    Amendments to IFRS 7 (Dec 2011) Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

    Amendments to IAS 1 (June 2011) Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income

    IAS 19 (revised June 2011) Employee Benefits

    IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

    IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

    IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

    IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

    IAS 28 (revised May 2011) Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

    IAS 27 (revised May 2011) Separate Financial Statements

    Improvements to IFRSs 2010 (May 2010) Improvements to IFRSs 2010

        The Directors do not expect that the adoption of these Standards and Interpretations in future periods will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

F-17


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information

        Information reported to the Group's Board of Directors for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is focused on the stage of product development. The Group's reportable segments are as follows:

    Sativex Commercial: The Sativex Commercial segment promotes Sativex through strategic collaborations with major pharmaceutical companies for the currently approved indication of multiple sclerosis spasticity. The Group entered into agreements with Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. in the United States, Almirall S.A. in Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) and Mexico, Novartis Pharma AG in Australia and New Zealand, Asia (excluding Japan, China and Hong Kong), the Middle East (excluding Israel) and Africa, Bayer HealthCare AG in the United Kingdom and Canada, and Neopharm Group in Israel.

    Sativex Research and Development: The Sativex Research and Development segment seeks to maximize the potential of Sativex through the development of new indications. The current focus for this segment is the Phase 3 clinical development program of Sativex for use in treatment of cancer pain.

    Pipeline Research and Development: The Pipeline Research and Development segment seeks to develop cannabinoid medications other than Sativex across a range of therapeutic areas using the Group's proprietary cannabinoid product platform. The Group is in Phase 2 clinical development evaluating selected cannabinoids to treat Type 2 diabetes and ulcerative colitis, and the Group also has pre-clinical research programs evaluating the use of selected cannabinoids for the treatment of glioma, epilepsy and psychiatric illness.

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group's accounting policies described in Note 2. Segment result represents the result of each segment without allocation of share-based payment expenses, and before management and administrative expenses, interest expense, interest income receivable and tax. This is the measure reported to the Group's Board of Directors for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

        No measures of segment assets and segment liabilities are reported to the Board of Directors in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Intersegment activity has been eliminated. There are no intersegment sales and all revenue is generated from external customers.

F-18


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

    Segment Results

    For the Year Ended 30 September 2012

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    2,514             2,514         2,514  

Research and development fees

        14,080     5,420     19,500         19,500  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,294             1,294         1,294  

Development and approval milestone fees

    9,812             9,812         9,812  
                           

Total revenue

    13,620     14,080     5,420     33,120         33,120  

Cost of sales

    (839 )           (839 )       (839 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    1,300     (18,415 )   (9,904 )   (27,019 )   (559 )   (27,578 )
                           

Segmental result

    14,081     (4,335 )   (4,484 )   5,262     (559 )   4,703  
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,660 )
                                     

Operating profit

                                  1,043  

Interest expenses

                                  (1 )

Interest income

                                  200  
                                     

Profit before tax

                                  1,242  

Tax

                                  1,248  
                                     

Profit for the year

                                  2,490  
                                     

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories provision movement by segment for the year ended 30 September 2012:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Depreciation

        (394 )   (360 )   (754 )       (754 )

Decrease in provision for inventories

    1,300             1,300         1,300  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent share-based payment transactions which are not allocated to segments.

F-19


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

    Segment Results

    For the Year Ended 30 September 2011

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    4,409             4,409         4,409  

Research and development fees

        10,822     5,216     16,038         16,038  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    3,843             3,843         3,843  

Development and approval milestone fees

    5,337             5,337         5,337  
                           

Total revenue

    13,589     10,822     5,216     29,627         29,627  

Cost of sales

    (1,347 )           (1,347 )       (1,347 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    266     (14,757 )   (7,834 )   (22,325 )   (389 )   (22,714 )
                           

Segmental result

    12,508     (3,935 )   (2,618 )   5,955     (389 )   5,566  
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,298 )
                                     

Operating profit

                                  2,268  

Interest expense

                                  (3 )

Interest income

                                  263  
                                     

Profit before tax

                                  2,528  

Tax

                                  221  
                                     

Profit for the year

                                  2,749  
                                     

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories by segment for the year ended 30 September 2011:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Depreciation

        (248 )   (341 )   (589 )       (589 )

Decrease in provision for inventories

    266     159         425         425  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent share-based payment transactions which are not allocated to segments.

F-20


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

    Segment Results

    For the Year Ended 30 September 2010

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Revenue:

                                     

Product sales

    2,768             2,768         2,768  

Research and development fees

        10,381     4,427     14,808         14,808  

License, collaboration and technical access fees

    1,900             1,900         1,900  

Development and approval milestone fees

    11,200             11,200         11,200  
                           

Total revenue

    15,868     10,381     4,427     30,676         30,676  

Cost of sales

    (752 )           (752 )       (752 )

Research and development credit/(expenditure)

    114     (14,518 )   (7,419 )   (21,823 )   (322 )   (22,145 )
                           

Segmental result

    15,230     (4,137 )   (2,992 )   8,101     (322 )   7,779  
                           

Management and administrative expenses

                                  (3,267 )
                                     

Operating profit

                                  4,512  

Interest expense

                                  (8 )

Interest income

                                  100  
                                     

Profit before tax

                                  4,604  

Tax

                                  37  
                                     

Profit for the year

                                  4,641  
                                     

        The following is an analysis of depreciation and the movement in the provision for inventories by segment for the year ended 30 September 2010:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£'000
  Pipeline
R&D
£'000
  Total
reportable
segments
£'000
  Unallocated
costs (1)
£'000
  Consolidated
£'000
 

Depreciation

        (341 )   (385 )   (726 )       (726 )

Decrease in provision for inventories

    114             114         114  

(1)
Unallocated costs represent share-based payment transactions which are not allocated to segments.

F-21


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Segmental Information (Continued)

        Revenues from the Group's largest customer, the only customer where revenues amount to more than 10% of the Group's revenues, are included within the above segments as follows:

 
  Sativex
Commercial
£'000
  Sativex
R&D
£000's
  Pipeline
R&D
£000's
  Total
£000's
 

Year ended 30 September 2012

        13,994     5,420     19,414  
                   

Year ended 30 September 2011

    3,687     10,729     5,216     19,632  
                   

Year ended 30 September 2010

        10,381     4,427     14,808  
                   

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£'000's
 

UK

    248     1,469     1,834  

Europe (excluding UK)

    12,712     10,317     12,511  

United States

    14,274     11,830     11,482  

Canada

    436     795     422  

Asia

    5,450     5,216     4,427  
               

    33,120     29,627     30,676  
               

    Geographical Analysis of Revenue by Destination of Customer:

        All revenue, profits and losses before tax originated in the UK. All assets and liabilities are held in the UK.

4. Research and Development Expenditure

 
  2012 £000's   2011 £000's   2010 £000's  

GW-funded research and development

    8,078     6,676     7,337  

Development partner-funded research and development

    19,500     16,038     14,808  
               

    27,578     22,714     22,145  
               

        GW-funded research and development consists of payroll costs for research staff and associated overhead, cost of growing botanical raw material, research work and sponsorship of collaborative scientists, and external third party costs incurred in conducting clinical trials.

        Development partner-funded research and development expenditures include the costs of employing staff to work on joint research and development plans, plus the costs of subcontracted pre-clinical studies and sponsorships of academic scientists who collaborate with the Group. These expenditures are charged to the Group's commercial partners, principally Otsuka. The Group is the primary obligor for these activities and under the terms of the Sativex development agreements and the Otsuka research collaboration agreement, the Group uses both its internal resources and third party contractors to provide contract research and development services to its commercial partners.

F-22


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Profit before Tax

        Profit before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Operating lease rentals—land and buildings

    1,036     782     749  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment—owned

    744     541     678  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment—leased

    10     48     48  

Provision for inventories

    (1,300 )   (425 )   (114 )

Allowance for doubtful debts—trade receivables

    26          

Foreign exchange loss/(gain)

    301     (96 )   (16 )

Staff costs (see note 7)

    10,098     8,532     8,089  

6. Auditor's Remuneration

 
  2012 £000's   2011 £000's   2010 £000's  

The auditors for the years ending 30 September 2012 and 2011 were Deloitte LLP

                   

Audit fees:

                   

—Audit of the Company's annual accounts (1)

    51     8     8  

—Audit of the Company's subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

    42     37     34  
               

Total audit fees

    93     45     42  

Other services

                   

—Audit related assurance (2)

    5     5     5  

—All Other services (3)

    13          
               

Total non-audit fees

    18     5     5  

(1)
For the year ended 30 September 2012, the audit fees include amounts for the audit of the Group in accordance with the PCAOB standards.

(2)
Audit related assurance fees relate to fees for the performance of an interim review.

(3)
Other services represents other assurance services provided to the Group

7. Staff Costs

        The average number of Group employees (including Executive Directors) for the year ended 30 September was:

 
  2012
Number
  2011
Number
  2010
Number
 

Research and development

    162     136     104  

Management and administration

    15     16     16  
               

    177     152     120  
               

F-23


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Staff Costs (Continued)


 
  2012 £000's   2011 £000's   2010 £000's  

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

                   

Wages and salaries

    7,700     6,443     6,260  

Social security costs

    926     865     798  

Other pension costs

    463     429     401  

Share-based payment

    1,009     795     630  
               

    10,098     8,532     8,089  
               

8. Directors' Remuneration

        Directors' remuneration and other benefits for the year ended 30 September were as follows:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Emoluments

    1,692     1,426     1,796  

Money purchase contributions to Directors' pension arrangements

    158     171     165  

Gain on exercise of share options

    122     225     674  
               

    1,972     1,822     2,635  
               

        During 2012, four Directors were members of defined contribution pension schemes (2011: four).

9. Interest

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Interest expense—Finance lease interest

    (1 )   (3 )   (8 )
               

Interest income—Bank interest

    200     263     100  
               

10. Tax

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Current year credit

    (820 )          

Adjustment in respect of prior year—credit

    (428 )   (221 )   (37 )
               

Tax Credit

    (1,248 )   (221 )   (37 )
               

        Tax credits relate to research and development tax credits claimed under the Finance Act 2000.

        The Group has historically recognised the benefit of enhanced research and development deductions and the resulting tax credits when certainty over the claim has been reached with Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (UK) ("HMRC"), resulting in prior year adjustments to the tax credit as shown above. There is now a sustained history of agreeing such claims with HMRC, resulting in the recognition in the year ended 30 September 2012 of the estimated benefit for qualifying current year research and development expenditures. Any difference in the credit ultimately received will be recorded as an adjustment in respect of prior year—credit or expense.

F-24


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Tax (Continued)

        The tax credit for the year can be reconciled to the tax charge on the Group profit at the standard UK Corporation tax rate as follows:

 
  2012 £000's   2011 £000's   2010 £000's  

Group profit on ordinary activities before tax

    1,242     2,528     4,604  
               

Tax charge on Group profit at standard UK Corporation tax rate of 25% (2011: 27%, 2010: 28%)

    311     682     1,289  

Effects of:

                   

Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit

        3      

Income not taxable in determining taxable profit

    (4 )   (45 )   (224 )

R&D enhanced tax relief

    (732 )   (1,275 )   (1,342 )

Effect of unrecognised temporary differences

    (395 )   635     277  

Over provision in respect of previous years

    (428 )   (221 )   (37 )
               

Group tax credit for the year

    (1,248 )   (221 )   (37 )
               

        The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior reporting periods:

 
  Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£000's
  Other
temporary
differences
£000's
  Tax
losses
£000's
  Total
£000's
 

At 1 October 2009

    (220 )   168     52      

Credited/(charged) to profit or loss

    71     (97 )   26      
                   

At 1 October 2010

    (149 )   71     78      

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss

    (53 )   131     (78 )    
                   

At 1 October 2011

    (202 )   202          

(Charged)/credited to profit or loss

    (75 )   75          
                   

At 30 September 2012

    (277 )   277          
                   

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset in full (netting to nil in all reporting periods), as the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so, and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. All entities in the Group operate in the same taxation jurisdiction and the taxing authority permits the Group to make or receive a single net payment.

        At 30 September 2012 the Group had tax losses available for carry forward of approximately £40.9m (2011: £46.0m, 2010: £44.3m). The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets relating to carried forward losses, of approximately £9.4m (2011: £11.4m, 2010: £11.9m). In addition, the Group has not recognised deferred tax assets relating to other temporary differences of £0.3m (2011: £0.4m, 2010: nil). These deferred tax assets have not been recognised as the Group's management considers that there is insufficient future taxable income, taxable temporary differences and feasible tax-planning strategies to overcome cumulative losses and therefore it is more likely than not that the relevant deferred tax assets will not be realised in full.

F-25


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Tax (Continued)

        In March 2012, the UK Government announced a reduction in the standard rate of UK corporation tax to 24% effective 1 April 2012 and to 23% effective 1 April 2013. These rate reductions became substantially enacted in March 2012 and July 2012 respectively. The UK Government also proposed changes to further reduce the standard rate of UK corporation tax by 1% per annum to 22% by 1 April 2014, but these changes have not yet been substantially enacted. The effect of these tax rate reductions on the deferred tax balance will be accounted for in the period in which the tax rate reductions are substantially enacted.

11. Earnings Per Share

        The calculations of earnings per share are based on the following data:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Profit for the year—basic and diluted

    2,490     2,749     4,641  
               

 

 
  Number of shares  
 
  2012
m
  2011
m
  2010
m
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

    133.2     131.9     129.9  

Less ESOP trust ordinary shares

    (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )
               

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of basic earnings per share

    133.0     131.7     129.7  

Effect of potentially dilutive shares arising from share options

    4.5     3.9     3.5  

Effect of potentially dilutive shares arising from warrants

        0.2      
               

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for purposes of diluted earnings per share

    137.5     135.7     133.2  
               

Earnings per share—basic

    1.9 p   2.1 p   3.6 p
               

Earnings per share—diluted

    1.8 p   2.0 p   3.5 p
               

12. Intangible Assets—Goodwill

Group:
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Cost —As at 1 October

    5,210     5,210     5,210  

Accumulated impairment losses

             
               

Net book value —As at 30 September

    5,210     5,210     5,210  
               

        Goodwill arose upon the acquisition of GW Research Ltd (formerly G-Pharm Ltd) by GW Pharma Limited in 2001.

        For impairment testing purposes, all goodwill has been allocated to the Sativex Commercial segment as a separate cash generating unit. The recoverable amount of this cash-generating unit is determined based on a value in use calculation which uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five year period, with a 2% growth rate thereafter (2011:2%, 2010: 2%) and a

F-26


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Intangible Assets—Goodwill (Continued)

discount rate of 12% per annum (2011: 12% per annum, 2010: 12% per annum). These projections take into account projected future product sales revenues, expected milestone receipts from licensees and projected development expenditures.

        Any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit. An impairment loss is recognised only if the goodwill carrying value exceeds the value in use.

13. Property, Plant and Equipment

Group
  Motor
vehicles
£000's
  Plant,
machinery
and lab
equipment
£000's
  Office
and IT
equipment
£000's
  Leasehold
improvements
£000's
  Total
£000's
 

Cost

                               

At 1 October 2010

    11     3,140     778     968     4,897  

Additions

        405     344     142     891  

Disposals

                     
                       

At 1 October 2011

    11     3,545     1,122     1,110     5,788  

Additions

        500     235     583     1,318  

Disposals

    (11 )   (403 )   (490 )   (504 )   (1,408 )
                       

At 30 September 2012

        3,642     867     1,189     5,698  
                       

Accumulated depreciation

                               

At 1 October 2010

    11     1,993     544     783     3,331  

Charge for the year

        403     125     61     589  

Disposals

                     
                       

At 1 October 2011

    11     2,396     669     844     3,920  

Charge for the year

        392     195     167     754  

Disposals

    (11 )   (403 )   (490 )   (504 )   (1,408 )
                       

At 30 September 2012

        2,385     374     507     3,266  
                       

Net book value

                               

At 30 September 2012

        1,257     493     682     2,432  
                       

At 30 September 2011

        1,149     453     266     1,868  
                       

        The net book value of property, plant and equipment at 30 September 2012 includes £nil in respect of assets held under finance leases (2011: £10,000, 2010: £48,000).

F-27


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Inventories

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Raw materials

    312     70  

Work in progress

    2,951     771  

Finished goods

    274     583  
           

    3,537     1,424  
           

        Inventory with a carrying value of £2.3m is considered to be recoverable after more than one year from the balance sheet date, but within the Group's normal operating cycle (2011: Nil).

        The provision for inventories relates to inventories expected to expire before being utilised by the Group. The movement in the provision for inventories is as follows:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Opening balance—as at 1 October

    3,431     3,856     3,970  

Decrease in provision for inventories

    (1,300 )   (425 )   (114 )
               

As at 30 September

    2,131     3,431     3,856  
               

15. Financial Assets

    Trade and Other Receivables

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Trade receivables

    784     1,521  

Provision for impairment—trade receivables

    (26 )    
           

    758     1,521  

Prepayments and accrued income

    595     430  

Other receivables

    235     330  
           

    1,588     2,281  
           

        Trade receivables disclosed above are classified as loans and receivables and are therefore measured at amortised cost.

        Trade receivables at 30 September 2012 represent 8 days of sales (2011: 19 days). The average trade receivable days during the year ended 30 September 2012 was 31 days (2011: 18 days). The credit period extended to customers is 30 to 60 days.

        The provision for impairment—trade receivables is comprised of an individual past due receivable of £26,000 considered to be impaired at 30 September 2012. All trade receivables, aside from this individual receivable, were current at the balance sheet date as at 30 September 2012 and 2011.

        The trade receivables balance at 30 September 2012 consisted of balances due from six customers (2011: six customers) with the largest single customer representing 38% (2011: 36%) of the total amount due. Given that the Group's customers consist of a small number of large pharmaceutical

F-28


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Financial Assets (Continued)

companies, counterparty credit risk is considered to be low. The Group seeks to mitigate credit risk by seeking payments in advance from pharmaceutical partners for expenditure to be incurred on their behalf.

        No interest is charged on trade receivables.

        The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade receivables equals their fair value.

16. Financial Liabilities

    Trade and Other Payables

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Other creditors and accruals

    4,437     3,695  

Trade payables

    4,090     2,381  

Other taxation and social security

    587     486  
           

    9,114     6,562  
           

        Trade payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and on-going costs.

        Trade payables at 30 September 2012 represent the equivalent of 51 days purchases (2011: 46 days).

        The average credit period taken for trade purchases during the year ended 30 September 2012 was 31 days (2011: 43 days).

        For most suppliers, no interest is charged on invoices that are paid within a pre-agreed trade credit period. The Group has procedures in place to ensure that invoices are paid within agreed credit terms so as to ensure that interest charges by suppliers are minimised.

        The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

17. Obligations under Finance Leases

 
  Minimum lease
payments
  Present value of
lease payments
 
 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Amounts payable under finance leases:

                         

Within one year

        8         7  

In the second to fifth years inclusive

                 
                   

        8         7  
                   

Less: future finance charges

        1     n/a     n/a  
                   

Present value of lease obligations

        7         7  
                   

Less: Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)

                    7  
                   

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

                     
                   

F-29


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Obligations under Finance Leases (Continued)

        Historically, it has been the Group's policy to lease certain of its property, plant and equipment under finance leases. The average lease term has been three years. For the year ended 30 September 2012, the average effective borrowing rate was 11% (2011: 11%). Interest rates are fixed at the contract date. All leases to date have been on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.

        All lease obligations are denominated in Sterling.

        The fair value of the Group's lease obligations is approximately equal to their carrying amount.

        The Group's obligations under finance leases are generally secured by the lessors' rights over the leased assets.

18. Deferred Revenue

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Amounts falling due within one year

             

Deferred license, collaboration, and technical access fee income (1)

    1,378     1,294  

Advance research and development fees (2)

    1,071     2,165  
           

    2,449     3,459  
           

Amounts falling due after one year

             

Deferred license, collaboration and technical access fee income (1)

    10,127     11,422  
           

(1)
These deferred revenues result mainly from up-front license fees received in 2005 of £12.0 million from Almirall S.A. (deferred revenue balance as at 30 September 2012—£6.6 million, and 30 September 2011—£7.4 million) and collaboration and technical access fees from other Sativex licensees. Amounts deferred under each agreement will be recognised in revenue as discussed in Note 2.

(2)
Advance payments received represents payments for research and development activities to be carried out in the next year on behalf of Otsuka. These amounts will be recognised as revenue in future periods as the services are rendered.

19. Financial Instruments

        The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising return to shareholders. The Group's overall strategy remains unchanged from 2011.

        Group senior management are responsible for monitoring and managing the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group, which include credit risk, market risks arising from interest rate risk and currency risk, and liquidity risk. The Board of Directors and the Audit Committee review and approve the internal policies for managing each of these risks, as summarised below. The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

F-30


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The Group's financial instruments, as at 30 September, are summarised below:

    Categories of Financial Instruments

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Financial assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    29,335     28,319  

Taxation recoverable

    820      

Trade receivables—at amortised cost

    758     1,521  

Prepayments and accrued income

    595     430  

Other receivables

    235     330  
           

Total financial assets

    31,743     30,600  
           

Financial liabilities

             

Other creditors and accruals

    4,437     3,695  

Trade payables—at amortised cost

    4,090     2,381  

Other taxation and social security

    587     486  

Obligations under finance leases

        7  
           

Total financial liabilities

    9,114     6,569  
           

        All financial assets and financial liabilities are current in nature. In all instances, the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

        It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group's policy that no speculative trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken.

    Credit Risk:

        Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties, principally involving the major UK clearing banks and their wholly owned subsidiaries, when placing cash on deposit. In addition the Group operates a treasury policy that dictates the maximum cash balance that may be placed on deposit with any single institution or group. This policy is reviewed and approved from time to time by the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.

        Trade receivables represent amounts due from customers for the sale of commercial product and research funding from development partners, consisting primarily of a small number of major pharmaceutical companies where the credit risk is considered to be low. The Group seeks to minimise credit risk by offering only 30 days credit to commercial customers and by requesting payment in advance from its development partners for the majority of its research activities.

        At the balance sheet date the maximum credit risk attributable to any individual counterparty was £13.0m (2011: £7.2m).

        Trade receivables to the value of £26,000 (2011: nil) were past their due date and were provided against in full.

F-31


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The carrying amount of the financial assets recorded in the financial statements represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk as no collateral or other credit enhancements are held.

    Market Risk:

        The Group's activities expose it primarily to financial risks of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These risks are managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of cash deposits in various currencies, placed with a variety of financial institutions for varying periods according to the Group's expected liquidity requirements. There has been no material change to the Group's exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures risk.

    i) Interest Rate Risk

        The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it places surplus cash funds on deposit to earn interest income. The Group seeks to ensure that it consistently earns commercially competitive interest rates by using the services of an independent broker to identify and secure the best commercially available interest rates from those banks that meet the Group's stringent counterparty credit rating criteria. In doing so the Group manages the term of cash deposits, up to a maximum of 365 days, in order to maximise interest earnings while also ensuring that it maintains sufficient readily available cash in order to meet short-term liquidity needs.

        Interest income of £200,000 (2011: £263,000; 2010: £100,000) during the year ended 30 September 2012 was earned from deposits with a weighted average interest rate of 1.00% (2011: 0.86%; 2010: 0.64%). Therefore, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased interest income, and increased the profit for the year, by £200,000 (2011: £306,000; 2010: £156,000).

        The Group does not have any balance sheet exposure to assets or liabilities which would increase or decrease in fair value with changes to interest rates.

    ii) Currency Risk

        The functional currency of the Company, and each of its subsidiaries, is pounds sterling and the majority of transactions in the Group are denominated in that currency. However, the Group receives revenues and incurs expenditures in foreign currencies and is exposed to the effects of foreign exchange which are recorded in the income statement. The Group seeks to minimise this exposure by passively maintaining foreign currency cash balances at levels appropriate to meet foreseeable foreign currency expenditures, converting surplus foreign currency balances into pounds as soon as they arise. The Group does not use derivative contracts to manage exchange rate exposure.

F-32


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The table below shows an analysis of year end cash and cash equivalents balances by currency:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Cash at bank and in hand:

             

Sterling

    7,779     2,183  

Euro

    683     1,219  

US Dollar

    4,600     2,848  

Canadian Dollar

    228     5  
           

Total

    13,290     6,254  
           

Short-term deposits:

             

Sterling

    16,045     22,065  
           

Total cash and cash equivalents

    29,335     28,319  
           

        The table below shows those transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses recognised in the income statement. Such exposures comprise the net monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional currency of the Group. As at 30 September these exposures were as follows:

    Net Foreign Currency Assets/(Liabilities):

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Euro

    396     902  

US Dollar

    355     986  

Canadian Dollar

    464     218  

Other

    (24 )   (39 )
           

    1,191     2,067  
           

    Foreign Currency Sensitivity Analysis:

        The most significant currencies in which the Group trades, other than Sterling, are the US Dollar and the Euro. The Group also trades in the Canadian Dollar; the Czech Crown and the Polish Zloty. The following table details the Group's sensitivity to a 10% change in the key foreign currency exchange rates against Sterling:

Year Ended 30 September 2012
  Euro
£'000
  US
Dollar
£'000
  Can
Dollar
£'000
  Other
£'000
 

Profit before tax

    40     36     46     (2 )
                   

Equity

    40     36     46     (2 )
                   

F-33


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Financial Instruments (Continued)


Year Ended 30 September 2011
  Euro
£'000
  US
Dollar
£'000
  Can
Dollar
£'000
  Other
£'000
 

Profit before tax

    90     99     22     (4 )
                   

Equity

    90     99     22     (4 )
                   

    Liquidity Risk:

        Responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built a liquidity risk management framework to enable the monitoring and management of short, medium and long term cash requirements of the business.

        The Board of Directors actively monitor Group cash flows and regularly review projections of future cash requirements to ensure that appropriate levels of liquidity are maintained. The Group manages its short term liquidity primarily by planning the maturity dates of cash deposits in order to time the availability of funds as liabilities fall due for payment. The Group does not maintain any borrowing facilities.

        Cash deposits, classified as cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, comprise deposits placed on money markets for periods of up to three months and on call. The weighted average time for which the rate was fixed was 50 days (2011: 64 days).

        All of the Group's financial liabilities at each balance sheet date have maturity dates of less than 12 months from the balance sheet date. There have been no material changes to the Group's exposure to liquidity risks or the manner in which it manages and measures liquidity risk.

20. Share Capital

        As at 30 September 2012 the authorised share capital of the Company and the allotted, called-up and fully paid amounts were as follows:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Authorised

             

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.1p each

    200     200  
           

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

    133     133  
           

        Changes to the number of ordinary shares in issue have been as follows:

 
  Number of
shares
  Total
nominal
value
£000's
  Total
share
premium
£000's
  Total
consideration
£000's
 

As at 1 October 2010

    131,197,792     131     64,433     64,564  

Exercise of share options

    1,857,362     2     1,433     1,435  
                   

As at 30 September 2011

    133,055,154     133     65,866     65,999  

Exercise of share options

    315,200         81     81  
                   

As at 30 September 2012

    133,370,354     133     65,947     66,080  
                   

        The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

F-34


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments

        The Company operates various equity-settled share option schemes for employees of the Group. In addition, options have been issued to a small number of expert consultants in return for services provided to the Group.

        All options granted under these schemes are exercisable at the share price on the date of the grant, with the exception of options issued under the GW Pharmaceuticals Long Term Incentive Plan "LTIP" which are issued with an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option.

        The vesting period for all options granted is three years from the date of grant and the options lapse after 10 years.

        Options generally lapse if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest. However, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, under the "Good Leaver" provisions of the share option scheme rules, employees may be allowed to retain some or all of the share options upon ceasing employment by the Group. Vested options usually need to be exercised within six months of leaving.

        Under the terms of the LTIP employees are awarded options to subscribe for the Company's ordinary shares at an exercise price equivalent to the par value of the shares under option. These options are subject to performance conditions which must be achieved before the options vest and become exercisable. In the event that the performance conditions are not achieved within the required three year vesting period these options lapse. Once vested, an award may be exercised at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

        LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors are subject to performance conditions which are determined by the Remuneration Committee. These are usually a mixture of market-based and non-market based performance conditions which are intended to link executive compensation to the key value drivers for the business whilst aligning the interests of the Executive Directors with those of shareholders and employees.

        The 2010 awards are subdivided into four equal tranches, each of which will vest on 19 July 2013 upon achievement of the following performance conditions:

    one quarter will vest upon achievement of regulatory approvals of the Company's lead product in a further six European countries (excluding UK and Spain) and three non-EU countries;

    one quarter will vest upon the conclusion of one new significant non-Sativex license agreement;

    one quarter will vest upon the successful completion of a Phase 2 proof of concept clinical trial in one non-Sativex product; and

    one quarter will vest if, on the vesting date, the Company share price has both increased and outperformed the FTSE AIM All Share Index over the period from the date of grant until vesting of the option.

        The 2011 awards are subject to a performance condition whereby the number of options vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant will be determined according to the performance of the Company share price relative to a comparator group consisting of the constituents of the FTSE small cap index. Awards will only vest if the Company is ranked at median or above in relation to the comparator group. 25% of the award will vest if the Company achieves median ranking, with 100% vesting if an upper quartile ranking is achieved. A straight line approach is used to calculate the percentage vesting between these two extremes.

F-35


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

        The 2012 awards are subdivided into four equal tranches, each of which will vest on 6 June 2015 upon achievement of the following performance conditions:

    one quarter of the award will vest upon achievement of first positive cancer pain clinical trial results;

    one quarter of the award will vest upon filing of a New Drug Application ("NDA") for Sativex with the US Food and Drug Administration ("FDA");

    one quarter of the award will vest upon signature of a new non-Sativex product license agreement; and

    one quarter of the award will vest subject to the Company share price performance over the three year vesting period. This will be ranked against the share price performance of a comparator group made up of the constituents of the FTSE Smallcap index. Awards will only vest if the Company is ranked at Median or above. 25% of this element of the of the award will vest if the Company achieves a Median ranking and 100% will vest if the Company achieves an Upper Quartile ranking, with a straight line approach used to calculate the percentage vesting between these two extremes.

        LTIPs are also granted to other Group employees from time to time. These grants are usually made subject to performance conditions which are linked to a combination of corporate objectives and personal objectives for the individual to achieve prior to the vesting date.

        The number of outstanding options under each scheme can be summarised as follows:

 
  30 Sept 2012
Number of
share options
  30 Sept 2011
Number of
share options
 

Employee share option schemes

    6,462,379     6,867,829  

Employee Long Term Incentive Plan awards

    4,591,765     3,458,345  

Consultant share options

    612,456     714,956  
           

Options outstanding at 30 September

    11,666,600     11,041,130  
           

        The movement in share options in each scheme during the year can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee options   Employee LTIP   Consultant options   Total options  
 
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price £
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price £
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price £
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price £
 

Outstanding at 1 October 2010

    10,579,516     1.31     2,572,582     0.001     1,060,256     1.42     14,212,354     1.08  

Granted during the year

            913,763     0.001             913,763     0.001  

Exercised during the year

    (1,758,562 )   0.79         0.001     (98,800 )   0.48     (1,857,362 )   0.77  

Expired during the year

    (1,953,125 )   2.06     (28,000 )   0.001     (246,500 )   2.10     (2,227,625 )   2.04  
                                   

Outstanding at 1 October 2011

    6,867,829     1.23     3,458,345     0.001     714,956     1.32     11,041,130     0.85  

Granted during the year

            1,326,770     0.001             1,326,770     0.001  

Exercised during the year

    (95,200 )   0.76     (190,000 )   0.001     (30,000 )   0.29     (315,200 )   0.26  

Expired during the year

    (310,250 )   1.14     (3,350 )   0.001     (72,500 )   1.22     (386,100 )   1.15  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2012

    6,462,379     1.24     4,591,765     0.001     612,456     0.76     11,666,600     0.76  
                                   

F-36


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

        Share options outstanding at 30 September 2012 can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee options   Employee LTIP   Consultant options   Total options  
Range of exercise prices
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
Contractual
life/years
 

£0.01-£0.50

    10,000     6.0     4,591,765     7.9     30,000     7.2     4,631,765     7.9  

£0.51-£1.00

    3,025,117     3.5             85,000     0.8     3,110,117     3.4  

£1.01-£1.50

    1,656,372     2.8             375,096     2.6     2,031,468     2.8  

£1.51-£2.00

    918,498     0.3             72,360     0.8     990,858     0.3  

£2.01-£2.50

    852,392     1.3             50,000     0.8     902,392     1.3  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2012

    6,462,379     2.6     4,591,765     7.9     612,456     1.9     11,666,600     4.7  
                                   

Exercisable at 30 September 2012

    6,462,379     2.6     1,443,132     6.1     612,456     1.9     7,674,835     3.1  
                                   

        Share options outstanding at 30 September 2011 can be summarised as follows:

 
  Employee options   Employee LTIP   Consultant options   Total options  
Range of Exercise prices
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life/years
  Number
of share
options
  Weighted
average
remaining
Contractual
life/years
 

£0.01-£0.50

    10,000     7.0     3,458,345     8.2     60,000     8.2     3,528,345     8.2  

£0.51-£1.00

    3,127,817     4.5             85,000     1.8     3,212,817     4.4  

£1.01-£1.50

    1,953,322     3.3             360,996     2.9     2,314,318     3.2  

£1.51-£2.00

    1,776,690     1.8             158,960     1.8     1,935,650     1.8  

£2.01-£2.50

                    50,000     1.8     50,000     1.8  
                                   

Outstanding at 30 September 2011

    6,867,829     3.5     3,458,345     8.2     714,956     2.9     11,041,130     4.4  
                                   

Exercisable at 30 September 2011

    6,867,829     3.5     600,000     6.5     714,956     2.9     8,182,785     3.7  
                                   

        Charges for share based payments have been allocated to the Research and Development and Management and administrative expenses lines of the consolidated income statement as follows:

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
  2010
£000's
 

Research and development expenditure

    450     389     322  

Management and administrative expenses

    559     406     308  
               

    1,009     795     630  
               

        In the year ended 30 September 2012, options were granted on 15 December 2011, 23 March 2012, 31 May 2012, 6 June 2012 and 1 July 2012. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £1.1m and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2012 was £0.82 per option.

        In the year ended 30 September 2011, options were granted on 8 June 2011 and 1 September 2011. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £1.2m and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2011 was £1.19 per option.

F-37


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Share-based payments (Continued)

        In the year ended 30 September 2010, options were granted on 30 November 2009 and 19 July 2010. The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted on those dates is £1.0m and the weighted average fair value of the awards made during 2010 was £1.15 per option.

        Fair values were calculated using the Black Scholes share option pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used in calculating these fair values:

 
  2012   2011   2010

Weighted average share price

  83p   108p   115p

Weighted average exercise price

  0.1p   0.1p   0.1p

Expected volatility

  52%   68%   75%

Expected life

  5.0 Years   5.0 Years   5.0 Years

Risk-free rate

  0.5%   0.5%   0.5%

Expected dividend yield

  Nil   Nil   Nil

        Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group's share price over the previous three years. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management's best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, performance conditions and behavioural considerations.

22. Warrants

        Warrants to subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company are as shown below:

 
  At 1 Oct
2011
Number
  Warrants
granted
Number
  Warrants
exercised
Number
  Warrants lapsed Number   At 30 Sept
2012
Number
  Date of
issue
  Exercise
price
  Date of
expiry
 

Warrant Holder

                                                 

Great Point Partners

    1,888,480                 1,888,480     13/08/09     105.0p     13/08/14  

Great Point Partners

    1,888,480                 1,888,480     13/08/09     175.0p     13/08/14  
                                         

Total

    3,776,960                 3,776,960                    
                                         

        The above warrants were issued to Great Point Partners on 13 August 2009 at a time when the mid-market price for ordinary shares of the Company was 78.0 pence. The warrant issue was concurrent with the issue of 7,553,920 new ordinary shares to Great Point partners at 78.0 pence per share.

        The warrants can be exercised at any time prior to their expiry on the 13th August 2014.

        The fair value of the warrants on the date of issue was £0.9 million which was previously recorded as a component of the share premium account. Having reassessed the rights of the warrants, the Directors have considered it appropriate to restate equity to reflect the inclusion of the fair value of the warrants as a component of Other reserves, rather than the share premium account. The reclassification did not result in any change to profit or total equity for any reporting period presented herein.

F-38


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

23. Other Reserves

        Other reserves of £20.2m relate to a £0.9 million warrants reserve and a £19.3m merger reserve and a £0.9m warrants reserve. The warrants reserve is discussed in note 22. The merger reserve was created as a result of the acquisition by the Company of the entire issued share capital of GW Pharma Ltd in 2001. This acquisition was effected by a share for share exchange which was merger accounted under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, or UK GAAP, in accordance with the merger relief provisions of section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) relating to the accounting for business combinations involving the issue of shares at a premium. In preparing consolidated financial statements, the amount by which the fair value of the shares issued exceeded their nominal value was recorded within a merger reserve on consolidation, rather than in a share premium account. The merger reserve was retained upon transition to IFRS, as allowed under UK law. This reserve is not considered to be distributable.

    ESOP Reserve

        The Group's "ESOP" is an Inland Revenue approved all employee share scheme constituted under a trust deed. The trust holds shares in the Company for the benefit of and as an incentive for the employees of the Group. The trustee of the ESOP is GWP Trustee Company Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Costs incurred by the trust are expensed in the Group's financial statements as incurred. Distributions from the trust are made in accordance with the scheme rules and on the recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company.

        Shares held in trust represent issued and fully paid up 0.1 pence ordinary shares and remain eligible to receive dividends. The shares held by the ESOP were originally acquired in 2000 for nil consideration by way of a gift from a shareholder and hence the balance on the ESOP reserve is nil (2011: nil).

        As at 30 September the ESOP held the following shares:

 
  2012
Number
  2011
Number
  2010
Number
 

Unconditionally vested in employees

    228,607     260,331     328,474  

Conditionally gifted to employees

    173,951     186,341     196,769  

Shares available for future distribution to employees

    34,706     22,316     11,888  
               

Total

    437,264     468,988     537,131  
               

        The valuation methodology used to compute the share-based payment charge was based on fair value at the grant date, which is determined by the application of a Black Scholes share option pricing model. The assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes model for the ESOP shares are as detailed in Note 21 relating to the LTIP awards. The exercise price for shares granted under the ESOP is nil, and the vesting conditions include employment by the Group over the three year vesting period from the date of grant. The share-based payment charge for shares granted under the ESOP plan amounted to £33,441 in the year ended 30 September 2012 (2011: £50,231, 2010: £50,231).

        As at 30 September 2012 the number and market value of shares held by the trust which have not yet unconditionally vested in employees is 208,657 (2011: 208,657) and £0.2m (2011: £0.2m) respectively.

F-39


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

24. Financial Commitments

        The Group had capital commitments for property, plant and equipment contracted but not provided for at 30 September 2012 of £0.1m (2011: £0.2m).

        At the balance sheet date the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

 
  2012 £000's   2011 £000's  

within one year

    987     955  

between two and five years

    2,375     3,442  

after five years

         
           

    3,362     4,397  
           

        The minimum lease payments payable under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year were £1.0m (2011: £0.8m).

        Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its leased properties. Manufacturing and laboratory facilities are subject to 10 year leases with a seven year lease break at the Group's option.

        Office properties are usually leased for one year or less with the exception of the London property, which is on a five year lease and the Histon property which is on a ten year lease with a five year break.

25. Contingent Liabilities

        The Group may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings that are incidental to the Group operations. The Group is not currently involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have, or have had in the 12 months preceding the date of this report, a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Group.

26. Related Party Transactions

    Remuneration of Key Management Personnel:

        The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

 
  2012
£000's
  2011
£000's
 

Short term employee benefits

    1,664     1,426  

Post-employment benefits

    158     171  

Share-based payments

    831     625  
           

    2,653     2,222  
           

    Other Related Party Transactions:

        During the year the Group purchased services in the ordinary course of business from Brian Whittle Associates Limited, a company controlled by Brian Whittle, a former Director and substantial

F-40


Table of Contents


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

26. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

shareholder of the Company, at a cost of £3,000 (2011: £19,000, 2010 £44,000). As at 30 September 2012 there was no amount due to Brian Whittle Associates Limited (2011: nil).

        Upon the retirement of David Kirk from the Board of Directors of the Company, on 1 June 2012, the Remuneration Committee agreed that, in accordance with the "Good Leaver" provisions of the share option scheme rules, David Kirk would be allowed to retain all of his outstanding share options after leaving the employment of the Group.

        This includes:

    1.2m share options, with a weighted average exercise price of £1.48 and a weighted average time to expiry of 1.9years.

    0.3m of vested LTIP awards with a 0.1 pence exercise price and a weighted average time to expiry of 6.0 years.

    0.3m of unvested LTIP award, with a 0.1 pence exercise price and weighted average time to expiry of 8.25 years.

        The unvested options remain subject to the performance conditions and shall only become exercisable if the Group achieves the performance conditions before the vesting date. All vested options shall remain available to exercise at any time prior to their expiry upon the tenth anniversary of their date of grant.

27. Investments

    Principal Group Investments

        The Group has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings:

Name of undertaking
  Country of
registration
  Activity   % holding  

GW Pharma Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

GW Research Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited

  England and Wales   Research and Development     100  

Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited

  Guernsey   Research and Development     100  

GWP Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Employee Share Ownership     100  

G-Pharm Trustee Company Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

G-Pharm Limited

  England and Wales   Dormant     100  

        All the subsidiary undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts.

28. Subsequent events

        Subsequent to the year-end the Group has entered into an arrangement for the construction of new lease premises for occupation during 2014. If the lease premises are not taken up the Group is liable to repay costs of up to £1.05m to the landlord.

F-41


Table of Contents

        
          

American Depositary Shares

GRAPHIC

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC
(Incorporated in England and Wales)


Representing            Ordinary Shares



LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS
COWEN AND COMPANY

CANACCORD GENUITY
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2013.

        Until 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell, or trade the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   



Part II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 6.    Indemnification of directors and officers

        The Registrant's articles of association provide that, subject to the Companies Act 2006, every person who is or was at any time a director or other officer (excluding an auditor) of the Registrant may be indemnified out of the assets of the Registrant against all costs, charges, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in performing his duties or the exercise of his powers or otherwise in relation to or in connection with his duties, powers or office.

        The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

        In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, the Registrant, members of the Registrant's board of directors, members of the executive management board and persons who control the Registrant within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 7.    Recent sales of unregistered securities

        The following information is furnished with regard to all securities issued by the Registrant within the last three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares was deemed exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act as such securities were offered and sold outside of the United States to persons who were neither citizens nor residents of the United States or such sales were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of Securities Act.

        No underwriter or underwriting discount or commission was involved in any of the issuances set forth in this Item 7.

Options to Purchase Ordinary Shares

        From October 1, 2009 through February 22, 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 3,394,483 options to purchase ordinary shares under its equity incentive plans. Of these options:

    options to purchase 46,350 ordinary shares have been canceled without being exercised;

    options to purchase 190,000 ordinary shares have been exercised at a weighted average exercise price of £0.001 per share; and

    options to purchase a total of 3,158,133 ordinary shares are currently outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of £0.001 per share.

Item 8.    Exhibits

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 (1) Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Memorandum & Articles of Association of GW Pharmaceuticals plc.

 

4.1

 

Form of specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares.

 

4.2

(2)

Form of Deposit Agreement among GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Citibank, N.A., as the depositary bank and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs issued thereunder.

 

4.3

(2)

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.2).

 

4.4

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

II-1


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  4.5   Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

4.6

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

4.7

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

5.1

(1)

Opinion of Mayer Brown International LLP as to the validity of the securities being offered under the laws of GW Pharmaceuticals plc's jurisdiction of organization.

 

10.1

(1)

License and Distribution Agreement between Bayer AG Division Pharma and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003.

 

10.2

(1)

Amendment Number 1 to the License and Distribution Agreement, dated November 4, 2003.

 

10.3

(1)

Amendment Number 2 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated January 14, 2004.

 

10.4

(1)

Amendment Number 3 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated March 1, 2005.

 

10.5

(1)

Amendment Number 4 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated May 10, 2005.

 

10.6

(1)

Amendment Number 5 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (fka Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010.

 

10.7

(1)

Supply Agreement between Bayer AG and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003.

 

10.8

(1)

Amendment Number 1 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated November 4, 2003.

 

10.9

(1)

Amendment Number 2 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated May 10, 2005.

 

10.10

(1)

Amendment Number 3 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (fka Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010.

 

10.11

(1)

Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Limited and Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A., dated June 6, 2006.

 

10.12

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Laboratorios Almirall S.A., dated March 4, 2009.

 

10.13

(1)

Amendment to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated July 23, 2010.

 

10.14

(1)

Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated November 17, 2011.

 

10.15

(1)

Amendment and Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated March 13, 2012.

II-2


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.16   (1) Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated July 9, 2007.

 

10.17

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated March 14, 2008.

 

10.18

(1)

Amendment No. 2 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated June 29, 2010.

 

10.19

(1)

Development and License Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals Plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated February 14, 2007.

 

10.20

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to Development and License Agreement, dated November 1, 2008.

 

10.21

(1)

Letter amending Development and License Agreement, dated October 21, 2010.

 

10.22

(1)

Distribution and License Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, by and between GW Pharma Ltd. and Novartis Pharma AG.

 

10.23

(1)

Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated November 9, 2011, by and between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Ltd.

 

10.24

(1)

Production Supply Agreement, dated March 7, 2007.

 

10.25

(1)

Lease, dated July 6, 2009.

 

10.26

(1)

Lease, dated October 9, 2009.

 

10.27

(1)

Lease, dated April 6, 2011.

 

10.28

(1)

Lease, dated October 12, 2011.

 

10.29

(1)

Lease, dated January 6, 2012.

 

10.30

(1)

Agreement for Lease, dated April 4, 2012.

 

10.31

 

Occupational Underlease, dated August 11, 2010.

 

10.32

 

Lease, dated May 24, 2011.

 

10.33

 

Tenancy Agreement, dated November 19, 2012.

 

10.34

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Adam George, dated June 1, 2012.

 

10.35

†(1)

Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Chris Tovey, dated July 11, 2012.

 

10.36

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Geoffrey Guy, dated March 14, 2013.

 

10.37

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Justin Gover, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.38

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Stephen Wright, dated January 18, 2013.

 

10.39

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and James Noble, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.40

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Tom Lynch, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.41

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Cabot Brown, dated February 19, 2013.

II-3


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.42   Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

10.43

 

GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme.

 

10.44

 

GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001.

 

10.45

 

GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001.

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte LLP.

 

23.2

(1)

Consent of Mayer Brown International LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

(1)

Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).

Confidential treatment requested.

(1)
To be filed in an amendment to this registration statement prior to effectiveness.

(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-            ), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to ADSs representing ordinary shares.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        All Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 9.    Undertakings

(a)
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Salisbury, England, on March 19, 2013.


 

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JUSTIN GOVER  
       
Name:  Justin Gover
Title:    Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dr. Geoffrey Guy, Justin Gover and Adam George, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JUSTIN GOVER

Justin Gover
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 19, 2013

/s/ ADAM GEORGE

Adam George

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

 

March 19, 2013

/s/ DR. GEOFFREY GUY

Dr. Geoffrey Guy

 

Director

 

March 19, 2013

/s/ DR. STEPHEN WRIGHT

Dr. Stephen Wright

 

Director

 

March 19, 2013

/s/ CHRIS TOVEY

Chris Tovey

 

Director

 

March 19, 2013

II-5


Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JAMES NOBLE

James Noble
  Director   March 19, 2013

/s/ CABOT BROWN

Cabot Brown

 

Director

 

March 19, 2013

/s/ THOMAS LYNCH

Thomas Lynch

 

Director

 

March 19, 2013

II-6


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

        Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of GW Pharmaceuticals plc has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto on March 19, 2013.


 

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CABOT BROWN  
       
Name:  Cabot Brown
Title:    Authorized U.S. Representative and Director

II-7


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 (1) Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Memorandum & Articles of Association of GW Pharmaceuticals plc.

 

4.1

 

Form of specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares.

 

4.2

(2)

Form of Deposit Agreement among GW Pharmaceuticals plc, Citibank, N.A., as the depositary bank and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of ADSs issued thereunder.

 

4.3

(2)

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.2).

 

4.4

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

4.5

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

4.6

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

4.7

 

Share Warrant to subscribe for ordinary shares issued to Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, L.P. dated August 2009.

 

5.1

(1)

Opinion of Mayer Brown International LLP as to the validity of the securities being offered under the laws of GW Pharmaceuticals plc's jurisdiction of organization.

 

10.1

(1)

License and Distribution Agreement between Bayer AG Division Pharma and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003.

 

10.2

(1)

Amendment Number 1 to the License and Distribution Agreement, dated November 4, 2003.

 

10.3

(1)

Amendment Number 2 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated January 14, 2004.

 

10.4

(1)

Amendment Number 3 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated March 1, 2005.

 

10.5

(1)

Amendment Number 4 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG Division Pharma, dated May 10, 2005.

 

10.6

(1)

Amendment Number 5 to the License and Distribution Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (fka Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010.

 

10.7

(1)

Supply Agreement between Bayer AG and GW Pharma Ltd., dated May 20, 2003.

 

10.8

(1)

Amendment Number 1 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated November 4, 2003.

 

10.9

(1)

Amendment Number 2 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Healthcare AG, dated May 10, 2005.

 

10.10

(1)

Amendment Number 3 to the Supply Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Bayer Schering Pharma AG (fka Bayer AG, Bayer HealthCare, Division Pharma), dated March 10, 2010.

II-8


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.11   (1) Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Limited and Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A., dated June 6, 2006.

 

10.12

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and Laboratorios Almirall S.A., dated March 4, 2009.

 

10.13

(1)

Amendment to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated July 23, 2010.

 

10.14

(1)

Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated November 17, 2011.

 

10.15

(1)

Amendment and Supplementary Agreement to the Product Commercialisation and Supply Consolidated Agreement, dated June 6, 2006 between GW Pharma Ltd. and Almirall S.A., dated March 13, 2012.

 

10.16

(1)

Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated July 9, 2007.

 

10.17

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated March 14, 2008.

 

10.18

(1)

Amendment No. 2 to Research Collaboration and Licence Agreement, dated June 29, 2010.

 

10.19

(1)

Development and License Agreement between GW Pharma Ltd. and GW Pharmaceuticals Plc and Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., dated February 14, 2007.

 

10.20

(1)

Amendment No. 1 to Development and License Agreement, dated November 1, 2008.

 

10.21

(1)

Letter amending Development and License Agreement, dated October 21, 2010.

 

10.22

(1)

Distribution and License Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, by and between GW Pharma Ltd. and Novartis Pharma AG.

 

10.23

(1)

Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated November 9, 2011, by and between Novartis Pharma AG and GW Pharma Ltd.

 

10.24

(1)

Production Supply Agreement, dated March 7, 2007.

 

10.25

(1)

Lease, dated July 6, 2009.

 

10.26

(1)

Lease, dated October 9, 2009.

 

10.27

(1)

Lease, dated April 6, 2011.

 

10.28

(1)

Lease, dated October 12, 2011.

 

10.29

(1)

Lease, dated January 6, 2012.

 

10.30

(1)

Agreement for Lease, dated April 4, 2012.

 

10.31

 

Occupational Underlease, dated August 11, 2010.

 

10.32

 

Lease, dated May 24, 2011.

 

10.33

 

Tenancy Agreement, dated November 19, 2012.

 

10.34

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Adam George, dated June 1, 2012.

II-9


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.35   †(1) Service Agreement by and between GW Pharma Ltd., and Chris Tovey, dated July 11, 2012.

 

10.36

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Geoffrey Guy, dated March 14, 2013.

 

10.37

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Justin Gover, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.38

 

Service Agreement by and between GW Research Ltd. and Dr. Stephen Wright, dated January 18, 2013.

 

10.39

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and James Noble, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.40

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Tom Lynch, dated February 26, 2013.

 

10.41

 

Letter of Appointment by and between GW Pharmaceuticals plc and Cabot Brown, dated February 19, 2013.

 

10.42

 

Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

10.43

 

GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme.

 

10.44

 

GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001.

 

10.45

 

GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001.

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte LLP.

 

23.2

(1)

Consent of Mayer Brown International LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

(1)

Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).

Confidential treatment requested.

(1)
To be filed in an amendment to this registration statement prior to effectiveness.

(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-            ), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to ADSs representing ordinary shares.

II-10




Exhibit 3.1

 

Company No. 4160917

 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

 


 

PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 


 

NEW

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

of

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

(adopted by special resolution

passed on  14 January 2009)

 

 

LONDON

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Exclusion of Table A

 

1

2.

 

Definitions and interpretation

 

1

3.

 

Form of resolution

 

4

4.

 

Share capital

 

4

5.

 

Variation of rights

 

7

6.

 

Alteration of capital

 

7

7.

 

Share certificates

 

9

8.

 

Calls on shares

 

10

9.

 

Lien on shares

 

12

10.

 

Forfeiture and surrender of shares

 

13

11.

 

Share warrants

 

15

12.

 

Transfer of shares

 

15

13.

 

Destruction of documents

 

17

14.

 

Untraced shareholders

 

18

15.

 

Transmission of shares

 

19

16.

 

Suspension of rights where non-disclosure of interests

 

19

17.

 

General meetings

 

22

18.

 

Notice of general meetings

 

23

19.

 

Proceedings at general meetings

 

24

20.

 

Voting

 

27

21.

 

Votes of members

 

29

22.

 

Proxies

 

30

23.

 

Corporation acting by representatives

 

33

24.

 

Number, appointment, retirement and removal of Directors

 

33

25.

 

Directors’ remuneration

 

37

26.

 

President

 

38

27.

 

Powers and duties of Directors

 

39

28.

 

Alternate Directors

 

40

29.

 

Meetings and proceedings of Directors

 

42

30.

 

Directors’ interests

 

43

31.

 

Secretary

 

48

32.

 

Authentication of documents

 

48

33.

 

The seal/execution of documents

 

49

34.

 

Minutes and books

 

49

35.

 

Accounts

 

50

36.

 

Auditors

 

51

37.

 

Dividends

 

51

38.

 

Reserves

 

56

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

39.

 

Capitalisation of reserves

 

56

40.

 

Documents, information and notices

 

57

41.

 

Winding up

 

62

42.

 

Indemnity for Directors and Officers

 

62

43.

 

Insurance for Directors and Officers

 

63

44.

 

Defence expenditure

 

64

 



 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1985

 

PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

NEW

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

of

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS

 

PLC

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on  14 January 2009)

 

1.                                       EXCLUSION OF TABLE A

 

No regulations for the management of the Company set out in any schedule of or otherwise contained or incorporated in any statute or other instrument having statutory force shall apply to the Company and the following shall be the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2.1                                Definitions

 

In these Articles:

 

“address” in relation to a communication made by electronic means includes any number or address used for the purposes of that communication (including, without limitation, in the case of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction (as defined in Article 22.10 ( Meaning of Uncertificated Proxy Instruction )) an identification number of a participant in the Relevant System concerned);

 

“AIM” means the market of that name operated by the London Stock Exchange;

 

“Articles” means these Articles of Association as from time to time altered;

 

“Board” means the board of Directors of the Company or the Directors present or deemed present at a duly convened meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present;

 

“CA85” means the Companies Act 1985;

 

“CA06” means the Companies Act 2006;

 

“certificated” means, in relation to any share or other security of the Company, that it is not held or to be held in uncertificated form;

 

1



 

“clear days” means in relation to a period of notice the period excluding the day on which the notice is given or deemed to have been given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

“Director” means a director of the Company;

 

“electronic form” has the meaning given in the CA06;

 

“electronic means” has the meaning given in the CA06;

 

“executed” means any mode of execution;

 

“financial institution” means any financial institution as that expression is defined in s185 CA85;

 

“hard copy” has the meaning given in the CA06;

 

“holder” means in relation to shares the person entered in the Register and “shareholder” and “member” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“London Stock Exchange” means the London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“month” means calendar month;

 

“Office” means the registered office of the Company for the time being;

 

“Ordinary Shares” has the meaning given in Article 4.1 ( Division of share capital );

 

“paid up” means paid or credited as paid-up;

 

“record date” has the meaning given in Article 37.14 ( Record dates );

 

“Register” in relation to any period on or before 25 November 2001, means the register of members of the Company and, in relation to any period after that date means, in relation to a certificated share or the holder of it, the register of members maintained by the Company and, in relation to an uncertificated share or the holder of it, the register of members of the Company maintained by the operator of the Relevant System through which title to that share is evidenced and transferred and “registered” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Regulations” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 as amended or replaced from time to time and any subordinate legislation or rules made under them for the time being in force;

 

“Relevant System” means any computer-based system, and procedures, permitted by the Regulations, the rules of AIM and the rules of the London Stock Exchange or where applicable the UK Listing Authority, which enable title to units of a security to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and which facilitate supplementary and incidental matters;

 

“Seal” means the common seal (if any) of the Company and the Securities Seal (if any) or either of them as the case may require;

 

2



 

“Secretary” means the Secretary of the Company or any other person appointed to perform the duties of the Secretary of the Company including (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) a joint, deputy or assistant Secretary;

 

“Securities Seal” means the official seal (if any) kept by the Company under the provisions of s40 CA85;

 

“Statutes” means the CA85, the CA06 and every other statute (and any subordinate legislation, order or regulations made under any of them) concerning companies and affecting the Company (including, without limitation, the Regulations), in each case, as they are for the time being in force;

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary and/or subsidiary undertaking of the Company as each of the terms are defined in the CA06;

 

“uncertificated” means in relation to any share or other security of the Company that title to it is evidenced and transferred or to be evidenced and transferred by means of a Relevant System;

 

“United Kingdom” means Great Britain and Northern Ireland;

 

“UK Listing Authority” means the Financial Services Authority (or any other body from time to time) acting as the competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

“working day” has the meaning given in the CA06;

 

“writing” includes handwriting, typewriting, printing, lithography, photocopying and other modes of representing or reproducing words in legible and non-transient form including, unless provided otherwise, by electronic means or in electronic form; and

 

“year” means calendar year.

 

2.2                                Meaning of references

 

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to:

 

(a)                                  the masculine, feminine or neuter gender respectively includes the other genders and any reference to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa);

 

(b)                                  a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government state or agency of state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having a separately legal personality); and

 

(c)                                   a statute or statutory provision includes any consolidation or re-enactment, modification or replacement of the same, any statute or statutory provision of which it is a consolidation, re-enactment, modification or replacement and any subordinate legislation in force under any of the same from time to time.

 

3



 

2.3                                Headings and table of contents

 

In these Articles, the table of contents and headings are included for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of these Articles.

 

2.4                                Definitions from the Statutes

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, any words and expressions defined in the Statutes and not defined in these Articles shall have the meanings given to them in the Statutes.

 

2.5                                Electronic signature

 

Where pursuant to any provision of these Articles any notice, appointment of proxy or other document which is in electronic form is required to be signed or executed by or on behalf of any person, that signature or execution includes the affixation by or on behalf of that person of an electronic signature (as defined in s7(2) Electronic Communications Act 2000) in such form as the Directors may approve.

 

3.                                       FORM OF RESOLUTION

 

A special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles.

 

4.                                       SHARE CAPITAL

 

4.1                                Division of share capital

 

The authorised share capital of the Company at the date of adoption of these Articles is £200,000 divided into 200,000,000 Ordinary shares of £0.001 each ( “Ordinary Shares” ).

 

4.2                                Rights attached to shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and without prejudice to any rights for the time being conferred on the holders of any class of shares (which rights shall not be varied or abrogated except with any consent or sanction as is required by Article 5 ( Variation of rights )), any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other rights, or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution determine (or failing any such determination as the Directors may determine).

 

4.3                                Redeemable shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, any shares may be issued on the terms that they are, or are liable to be, redeemed at the option of the Company or the shareholder on such terms and in such manner as may be provided by these Articles.

 

4



 

4.4                                Purchase of own shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and of any resolution of the Company in general meeting passed pursuant to those provisions, the Company may purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares).

 

4.5                                Unissued shares

 

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and of the Statutes, and to any direction given by the Company in general meeting the unissued shares are under the control of the Directors who may allot, grant options over, or otherwise dispose of them to such persons (including the Directors themselves) at such times and on such terms as the Directors may think proper.

 

4.6                                Authority to allot shares and power to disapply statutory pre-emption rights

 

(a)                                  The Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to and in accordance with s80 CA85 to exercise for each Section 80 prescribed period all the powers of the Company to allot relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 80 amount.

 

(b)                                  During each Section 89 prescribed period the Directors shall be empowered:

 

(i)                                      (otherwise than in connection with a rights issue) to allot equity securities wholly for cash pursuant to and within the terms of the authority conferred by paragraph (a); and

 

(ii)                                   to make sales of shares which are an allotment of equity securities by virtue of s94(3A) CA85

 

up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 89 amount as if, in each case, s89(1) CA85 did not apply to any such allotment or sale; and

 

(iii)                                to allot equity securities wholly for cash pursuant to and within the terms of the authority conferred by paragraph (a) in connection with a rights issue as if s89(1) CA85 did not apply to any such allotment.

 

(c)                                   Pursuant to such authority and/or power the Directors may during such period make offers or agreements which would or might require the allotment of equity securities after the expiry of such period.

 

(d)                                  For the purposes of this Article 4.6:

 

(i)                                      “rights issue” means an offer of equity securities open for acceptance for a period fixed by the Directors to holders of equity securities on the Register on a fixed record date in proportion to their respective holdings of such securities or in accordance with the rights attached to them (but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any country or territory);

 

5



 

(ii)                                   “Section 80 prescribed period” means any period (not exceeding five years on any occasion) for which the authority conferred by paragraph (a) is granted or renewed by an ordinary resolution or special resolution (as the case may be) stating the Section 80 amount for that period;

 

(iii)                                “Section 89 prescribed period” means any period (not exceeding five years on any occasion) for which the power conferred by paragraph (b) is granted or renewed by special resolution stating the Section 89 amount for that period;

 

(iv)                               the “Section 80 amount” shall for any Section 80 prescribed period be that stated in the relevant ordinary or special resolution;

 

(v)                                  the “Section 89 amount” shall for any Section 89 prescribed period be that stated in the relevant special resolution;

 

(vi)                               the nominal amount of any securities shall be taken to be, in the case of rights to subscribe for or to convert any securities into shares of the Company, the nominal amount of such shares which may be allotted pursuant to those rights; and

 

(vii)                            words and expressions defined in or for the purposes of Part IV of the CA85 shall bear the same meanings in this Article 4.6.

 

4.7                                Payment of commission

 

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Statutes to the full extent permitted by the Statutes.  Subject to the provisions of the Statutes any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.  The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

4.8                                Trusts not recognised

 

Except as required by law, no person may be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognise even when having express notice of it any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other right in respect of any share, except an absolute right to the entirety in the holder.

 

4.9                                Renunciation

 

The Directors may at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder recognise a renunciation of such allotment by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Directors may think fit to impose.

 

6


 

5.                                       VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

5.1                                Variation of rights

 

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights or privileges attached to any class may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated, either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding-up, either with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of such holders (but not otherwise).  All the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every such separate general meeting, except that:

 

(a)                                  the necessary quorum shall be two persons present holding at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares (but so that if at any adjourned meeting a quorum as defined above is not present, one person present holding shares of the class in question shall be a quorum) provided that where a person is present by proxy or proxies, he is treated as holding only the shares in respect of those proxies which are authorised to exercise voting rights;

 

(b)                                  any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; and

 

(c)                                   every such holder shall, on a poll, have one vote for every share of the class held by him.

 

5.2                                Pari passu issues and purchase of own shares

 

Unless otherwise expressly provided by these Articles or by the rights conferred upon the holders of any class of shares those rights are not deemed to be varied by:

 

(a)                                  the creation or issue of further shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company in some or all respects pari passu with the first-mentioned shares but in no respect in priority; or

 

(b)                                  the purchase by the Company of any of its own shares.

 

6.                                       ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

6.1                                Consolidation, sub-division and cancellation

 

The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

(a)                                  consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares;

 

(b)                                  cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled; or

 

7



 

(c)                                   subject to the provisions of the Statutes, sub-divide its existing shares, or any of them, into shares of a smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association or resolution creating the same, and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of such shares shall as compared with others have any such preferred or deferred or other special rights or be subject to any such restrictions as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares.

 

6.2                                Fractions arising upon consolidation

 

Subject to any direction by the Company in general meeting, whenever as the result of any consolidation or sub-division of shares members of the Company are entitled to any issued shares of the Company in fractions, the Directors may:

 

(a)                                  deal with such fractions as they think fit and in particular (but without prejudice to the foregoing) may sell the shares representing the fractions to any person (including, subject to the Statutes, the Company) for the best price reasonably obtainable and distribute the net proceeds of sale to and among the members entitled to such shares in due proportions.  For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Directors may nominate some person to execute a transfer or deliver the shares sold to or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser and may cause the name of the purchaser or such person as he may direct to be entered in the Register as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale; or

 

(b)                                  if the necessary unissued shares are available and subject to the Statutes issue to each such holder credited as fully paid up by way of capitalisation the minimum number of shares required to round up his holding to a whole number (such issue being deemed to have been effected immediately prior to consolidation) and the amount required to pay up such shares shall be appropriated at their discretion from any of the sums standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or to the credit of the profit and loss account (or income statement) and capitalised by applying the same in paying up such shares.

 

6.3                                Increase of share capital

 

The Company may, from time to time, by ordinary resolution, increase its share capital by such sum to be divided into shares of such amounts as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

6.4                                Reduction of share capital

 

The Company may (subject to the provisions of the Statutes and to any special rights attaching to the shares or any class of shares in the capital of the Company) from time to time by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account in any manner.

 

8



 

7.                                       SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

7.1                                Rights to a share certificate

 

(a)                                  Every person whose name is entered as a member in the Register (other than a financial institution in respect of whom the Company is not required by law to complete and have ready for delivery a certificate) is (except where the Directors have passed a resolution pursuant to Article 7.5) entitled, except as provided by the Statutes, without payment to receive one certificate for all the shares of each class held by him or, upon payment of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for every certificate after the first as the Directors shall from time to time determine, to several certificates each for one or more of his shares.

 

(b)                                  Every certificate must be issued within two months (or such longer period as the terms of issue shall provide) after allotment or within fourteen days after lodgement with the Company of the transfer of the shares provided that this is not a transfer which the Company is for any reason entitled to refuse to register and does not register.

 

(c)                                   Where some only of the shares comprised in a share certificate are transferred the old certificate must be cancelled and a new certificate for the balance of such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

(d)                                  Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member may at his request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

(e)                                   If any member surrenders for cancellation a share certificate representing shares held by him and request the Company to issue in lieu two or more share certificates representing such shares in such proportions as he may specify, the Directors may, if they think fit, comply with such request.

 

7.2                                Execution and signing of certificates

 

Every certificate must be issued under the Seal (or under a Securities Seal or, in the case of shares on a branch register, under an official seal for use in the relevant territory) or, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, in such other manner as the Directors may resolve.  Each share certificate must specify the number and class of the shares to which it relates and the amount paid up on them.  Whether or not certificates are issued under the Seal, the Directors may by resolution decide that any signatures on any certificates need not be autographic but may be affixed by some method or system of mechanic or electronic signature or that certificates need not be signed by any person.

 

7.3                                Joint holders

 

(a)                                  Neither the Company nor the operator of any Relevant System shall be bound to register more than four persons as the joint holders of any share or shares (except in the case of executors or trustees of a deceased member).

 

9



 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate to any one of joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

(c)                                   In the case of shares held jointly by several persons any request for a replacement certificate may be made by any one of the joint holders.

 

7.4                                Replacement share certificates

 

If a share certificate or any other document of title is worn out, defaced, lost, stolen or destroyed, it must be renewed free of charge on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity with or without security as the Directors require.  In the case of loss, theft or destruction the person to whom the new certificate is issued must pay to the Company any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses incidental to the investigation of evidence of loss or destruction and the preparation of the requisite form of indemnity and in the case of defacement or wearing out he must deliver up the old certificate to the Office.

 

7.5                                Uncertificated securities

 

(a)                                  Nothing in these Articles requires title to any shares or other securities of the Company to be evidenced by a certificate if the Statutes and the London Stock Exchange, or where applicable the UK Listing Authority permit otherwise.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the Statutes and the rules of the London Stock Exchange, or where applicable the UK Listing Authority, the Directors without further consultation with the holders of any shares or securities of the Company may resolve that any class or classes of shares or other securities of the Company from time to time in issue or to be issued may be in uncertificated form and no provision of these Articles will apply to any uncertificated shares or other securities of the Company to the extent they are inconsistent with the holding of such shares or other securities in uncertificated form or the transfer of title to any such shares or other securities by means of a Relevant System.

 

(c)                                   To the extent that any provision of these Articles is inconsistent in any respect with the terms of the Regulations in relation to any uncertificated shares or other uncertificated securities of the Company, that provision shall not apply to those shares or securities and instead the Regulations shall apply.

 

8.                                       CALLS ON SHARES

 

8.1                                Calls

 

Subject to the terms of issue of the shares and to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium).

 

10



 

8.2                                Timing of call

 

A call shall be deemed to have been made when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed, and may be required to be made payable by instalments.

 

8.3                                Payment upon calls

 

Each member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company, at the time or times and place of payment so specified the amount called on his shares.  A call may be revoked or postponed in whole or in part as the Directors may determine.

 

8.4                                Liability of joint holders

 

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of such share.

 

8.5                                Interest due on non-payment

 

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on such sum from the day fixed for payment of such sum to the time of actual payment at the rate specified by the terms of issue of the share or, if no rate is specified, at an appropriate rate or at such rate as the Directors may determine not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum together with all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment but the Directors shall be at liberty in any case or cases to waive payment of such interest and expenses wholly or in part.

 

8.6                                Sums due on allotment treated as calls

 

Any sum (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable.  In case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise and all other relevant provisions of these Articles shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

8.7                                Payment of calls in advance

 

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid on any shares held by him.  The Company may pay interest upon the money so received, or as much of it as exceeds for the time being the amount called up on the shares in respect of which such advance has been made, at such rates as the member paying such sum and the Directors agree not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum in addition to the dividend payable on such part of the share in respect of which such advance has been made as is actually called up.  No dividend shall be payable on so much of the moneys paid up on a share as exceeds the amount for the time being called up on a share.  The

 

11



 

Directors may at any time repay the amount so advanced on giving to such member not less than three months’ notice in writing of their intention to do so, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the share in respect of which it was advanced.

 

8.8                                Power to differentiate on calls

 

The Directors may on the allotment of shares differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the time of payment of such calls.

 

8.9                                Delegation of power to make calls

 

If any uncalled capital of the Company is included in or charged by any mortgage or other security, the Directors may delegate to the person in whose favour such mortgage or security is executed, or to any other person in trust for him, the power to make calls on the members in respect of such uncalled capital, and to sue in the name of the Company or otherwise for the recovery of moneys becoming due in respect of calls so made and to give valid receipts for such moneys, and the power so delegated shall subsist during the continuance of the mortgage or security, despite any change of Directors, and shall be assignable if expressed so to be.

 

9.                                       LIEN ON SHARES

 

9.1                                Company’s lien on shares not fully paid

 

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on any of its shares which are not fully paid in the circumstances and to the extent permitted by the Statutes for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) called or payable in respect of that share; but the Directors may waive any lien which has arisen and may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article.  The Company’s lien (if any) on a share shall further extend to all dividends and interest payable on such share.

 

9.2                                Enforcing lien by sale

 

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is due and payable, nor until a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, shall have been given to the holder for the time being of the share, or to the person entitled to the share by reason of his death or bankruptcy and default in payment shall have been made by him or them for seven clear days after the notice.

 

9.3                                Giving effect to a sale

 

To give effect to any permitted sale of any shares on which the Company has a lien the Directors may authorise a person to execute a transfer of the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.  Subject to payment of any stamp or other duty due the purchaser shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the

 

12



 

application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

9.4                                Application of proceeds of sale

 

The net proceeds of a permitted sale of shares in which the Company has a lien shall be received by the Company and, after payment of the costs of such sale, be applied in or towards satisfaction of the amount due to the Company in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and the balance (if any) shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares before the sale) be paid to the holder at the date of the sale.

 

10.                                FORFEITURE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

10.1                         Notice if call or instalment not paid

 

If a member fails to pay the whole or any part of any call or instalment of a call on the day fixed for payment, the Directors may, at any time after such date, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any accrued interest and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

10.2                         Form of notice

 

The notice shall name a further day (not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall state that, in the event of non-payment in accordance with such notice, the shares in respect of which the call was made or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

 

10.3                         Forfeiture if non-compliance with notice

 

If the notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice was given may at any time after that, before payment of all calls or instalments and interest and expenses due in respect of it has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.  Every forfeiture shall include all dividends declared or other amounts payable in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.  The Directors may accept the surrender of any share which they are in a position to forfeit upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed and, subject to any such terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

10.4                         Sale of forfeited or surrendered shares

 

Subject to the Statutes, a forfeited or surrendered share shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who before such forfeiture was the holder of such share or to any other person upon such terms and such conditions as the Directors shall think fit and the Company may receive the consideration, if any, for such sale, re-allotment or disposal.  The Directors may if they reasonably consider it necessary authorise some person to

 

13



 

execute the transfer of a forfeited or surrendered share.  At any time before sale, re-allotment or disposal the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.  Any share not disposed of in accordance with this Article within a period of three years from the date of its forfeiture or surrender shall, at the expiry of that period, be cancelled in accordance with the provisions of the Statutes.

 

10.5                         Notice after forfeiture

 

When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before the forfeiture the holder of the share but no forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give notice.

 

10.6                         Arrears to be paid despite forfeiture

 

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate in relation to such shares, but shall, despite the forfeiture or surrender, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were then payable by him to the Company in respect of those shares, with interest on those moneys at such rate (not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum) as the Directors shall think fit from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment, and he shall remain liable to satisfy all (if any) the claims and demands which the Company might have enforced in respect of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender without any reduction or allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal; but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares.

 

10.7                         Effects of forfeiture

 

The forfeiture or surrender of a share shall involve the extinction at the time of forfeiture or surrender of all interest in and all claims and demands against the Company in respect of the share and all other rights and liabilities incidental to the share as between the holder whose share is forfeited or surrendered and the Company, except only such of those rights and liabilities as are by these Articles expressly saved, or as are by the Statutes given or imposed in the case of past members.

 

10.8                         Statutory declaration as to forfeiture or sale to satisfy lien

 

A statutory declaration in writing by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share.  Such declaration shall (subject to the execution of any necessary instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the share.  The person to whom the share is sold or disposed shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall be discharged from all calls made prior to such sale or disposition and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or other consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any act, omission or irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings with reference to the forfeiture or surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

14



 

11.                                SHARE WARRANTS

 

11.1                         Power to issue share warrants

 

The Company with respect to fully paid shares may in its discretion issue share warrants under the Seal or in accordance with Article 7.2 ( Execution and signing of certificates ) or Article 33 ( The Seal/Execution of documents ) stating that the bearer of the share warrant is entitled to the shares specified in that share warrant and may provide by coupons or otherwise for the payment of future dividends and any other sum becoming payable on the shares comprised in such share warrant and for the purpose of obtaining in respect of such shares an allotment or offer of shares or debentures or the exercise of any other rights of any description to which members may be or become entitled.

 

11.2                         Conditions governing share warrants

 

The Directors may determine, and may from time to time vary, the conditions upon which share warrants shall be issued, and in particular the conditions upon which a new share warrant may be issued in place of one worn out, defaced, stolen, lost or destroyed (where, in the case of a share warrant stolen, lost or destroyed, the Directors are satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original has been destroyed), upon which the bearer of a share warrant shall be entitled, if at all, to attend and vote at general meetings and upon which a share warrant may be surrendered and the name of the bearer entered in the Register in respect of the shares comprised in such share warrant.  Subject to such conditions and to these Articles the bearer of a share warrant shall be deemed to be a member and shall have the same rights and privileges as if his name were entered in the Register in respect of the shares comprised in such share warrant.  The bearer of a share warrant shall be subject to the conditions governing share warrants for the time being in force whether made before or after the issue of share warrants.

 

12.                                TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

12.1                         Form of transfer

 

Subject to such of the restrictions contained in these Articles as may be applicable, any member may transfer all or any of his shares by transfer in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form acceptable to the Directors or by any other manner acceptable to the Directors and permitted by the Statutes and the London Stock Exchange and where applicable, the UK Listing Authority.

 

12.2                         Execution of transfer

 

Every written instrument of transfer of a share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) by or on behalf of the transferee.  The transferor of any share shall remain the holder of the share concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of that share.

 

15



 

12.3                         Right to decline registration of partly paid shares

 

The Directors may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid or on which the Company has a lien provided that, where any such share is admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange, such discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis.

 

12.4                         Other rights to decline registration

 

The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a share unless:

 

(a)                                  the transfer is lodged, duly stamped (if it is required to be stamped), at the Office or at such other place as the Directors may appoint and (except in the case of a transfer by a financial institution or in any other circumstance where a certificate has not been issued in respect of the share) is accompanied by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

(b)                                  the transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

(c)                                   in the case of a transfer to joint holders of a share, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four.

 

12.5                         Notice of refusal to register a transfer

 

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal together with reasons for the refusal.

 

12.6                         Suspension of registration of transfers

 

Subject to the Statutes, the registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding thirty days in any year) as the Directors may from time to time in their discretion determine.

 

12.7                         Recognition of renunciation

 

Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Directors from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

12.8                         Retention and return of instruments of transfer

 

The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered, but any instrument of transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall (except in case of fraud) be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

12.9                         No fees for registration

 

No fee shall be charged by the Company for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document or instruction relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

16


 

12.10       Requirement for written transfer to evidence title

 

For the avoidance of doubt nothing in these Articles shall require shares to be transferred by a written instrument if the Statutes provide otherwise and the Directors shall be empowered to implement such arrangements as they consider fit in accordance with and subject to the Statutes and the rules of the London Stock Exchange, and where applicable the UK Listing Authority, to evidence and regulate the transfer of title to shares in the Company and for the approval or disapproval as the case may be by the Directors or the operator of any Relevant System of the registration of those transfers.

 

13.           DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

13.1         Documents Company entitled to destroy

 

The Company shall be entitled to destroy:

 

(a)            all share certificates and dividend mandates and dividend warrants which have been cancelled or have ceased to have effect at any time after the expiry of two years from the date of such cancellation or cessation;

 

(b)            any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration;

 

(c)            any other document on the basis of which any entry in the Register is made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of its registration; and

 

(d)            all notifications of change of name or address after the expiry of one year from the date on which they are recorded.

 

13.2         Presumptions where documents destroyed

 

It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every share certificate destroyed as permitted by Article 13.1 was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled, that every entry on the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of a document so destroyed was duly and properly made and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the particulars of it recorded in the books or records of the Company, provided always that:

 

(a)            this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of the document might be relevant to a claim;

 

(b)            nothing in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as provided for in this Article or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article;

 

(c)            reference in this Article to the destruction of any document includes references to its disposal in any manner; and

 

17



 

(d)            any document referred to in Article 13.1 may be destroyed at a date earlier than that authorised by that Article provided that a permanent copy of such document shall have been made which shall not be destroyed before the expiration of the period applicable to the destruction of the original of such document and in respect of which the Directors shall take adequate precautions for guarding against falsification and for facilitating its production.

 

14.           UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS

 

14.1         Power to sell shares of untraced shareholders

 

The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share of a member or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:

 

(a)            during a period of 12 years (provided that in that period at least three dividends, whether interim or final, shall have been declared and paid) no cheque or warrant sent by the Company to the member or person entitled by transmission in the manner authorised by these Articles has been cashed and no communication has been received by the Company from the member or person entitled by transmission;

 

(b)            the Company has at the expiration of that period given notice by advertisement in both a national newspaper and a newspaper circulating in the area in which the last known address of the member or the address at which service of notices may be effected in the manner authorised by these Articles is located of its intention to sell such share;

 

(c)            the Company has not during the further period of three (3) months after the date of the advertisement (or, if published on different dates, the later of the two advertisements) and prior to the date of sale received any communication from the member or person entitled by transmission; and

 

(d)            if such share is admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange the Company has first given notice in writing to the London Stock Exchange, or where applicable, the Listing Department of the UK Listing Authority of its intention to sell such share.

 

14.2         Sale of shares of untraced shareholders

 

To give effect to the sale of any share pursuant to Article 14.1 the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor any necessary instrument of transfer of such share and such instrument of transfer shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the holder or person entitled by transmission to the share.  The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.  The net proceeds of sale shall belong to the Company and on receipt the Company shall be indebted to the member or other person entitled to such share for an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale but no trust shall be created and no interest shall be payable in respect of the proceeds of sale which may either be

 

18



 

employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investment (other than shares of the Company or its holding company, if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

15.           TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

15.1         Transmission on death

 

If a member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, or his personal representatives where he was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the share; but nothing in this Article shall release the estate of a deceased holder (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him.

 

15.2         Election of person entitled by transmission

 

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member may, subject to the following and upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share, either be registered himself as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing of such desire or transfer such share to some other person.  All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right of transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as if the death or bankruptcy of the member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were an instrument of transfer executed by such member.

 

15.3         Rights of person entitled by transmission

 

Save as otherwise provided by or in accordance with these Articles a person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall (upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share) be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages as those to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of the share except that he shall not (except with the authority of the Directors) be entitled in respect of such share to attend or vote at meetings of the Company or to any of the rights or privileges of a member until he shall have been registered as a member in respect of the share. The Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within 60 days the Directors may after that withhold payment of all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

16.           SUSPENSION OF RIGHTS WHERE NON-DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

 

16.1         Company entitled to serve direction notice

 

If any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under s793 CA06 and is in default for the prescribed period in supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then at any time after that the Directors may in their absolute discretion by notice to such member or such other person direct:

 

19



 

(a)            that in respect of the default shares the member shall not be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company or a meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company or meetings of the holders of any class of shares of the Company; and/or

 

(b)            where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent. of the issued shares of any class of shares of the Company (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), that:

 

(i)             any dividend or other money which would otherwise be payable in respect of the default shares shall (in whole or any part thereof) be retained by the Company without any liability to pay interest thereon when such money is finally paid to the member and, in circumstances where an option to elect to receive Ordinary Shares instead of cash in respect of any dividend shall be or has been given to members, any notice of election made under such an option in respect of the default shares shall not be effective; and/or

 

(ii)            no transfer, other than an approved transfer, of any of the shares held by such member shall be registered unless:

 

(A)           the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

(B)           the transfer is of part only of the member’s holding and when presented for registration is accompanied by a certificate from the member, in a form satisfactory to the Directors, to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares the subject of the transfer are default shares; and/or

 

(iii)           any shares held by such member in uncertificated form shall forthwith be converted into certificated form (and the Directors shall be entitled to direct the operator of any Relevant System applicable to those shares to effect that conversion immediately) and that member shall not after that be entitled to convert all or any shares held by him into uncertificated form (except with the authority of the Directors) unless:

 

(A)           the member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

(B)           the shares which the member wishes to convert are part only of his holding and he has issued a certificate, in a form satisfactory to the Directors, to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares he is proposing to convert into uncertificated form are default shares.

 

20



 

16.2         Copies of direction notice for interested parties

 

The Company shall send to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of any direction notice a copy of the notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.  Neither the Company nor the Directors shall in any event be liable to any person as a result of the Directors having imposed any restrictions pursuant to Article 16.1 if the Directors have acted in good faith.

 

16.3         Duration of direction notice

 

Any direction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms until seven days (or such shorter period as the Directors may resolve) after the earlier of the date on which:

 

(a)            the Company is satisfied that the default in respect of which the direction notice was issued has been rectified; and

 

(b)            notification shall be received by the Company that the default shares shall have been transferred to a third party by means of an approved transfer.

 

16.4         Cancellation of direction notice

 

The Directors may at any time give notice cancelling a direction notice, in whole or in part or suspending, in whole or in part, the imposition of any restrictions contained in the direction notice for a given period.  If dividends or other moneys payable in respect of any default shares shall be withheld as a result of any restrictions imposed by a direction notice such dividends or other money shall accrue and shall be payable (without interest) upon the relevant restrictions ceasing to apply.

 

16.5         Interpretation for the purposes of Article 16

 

For the purposes of this Article 16:

 

(a)            “default shares” means shares in relation to which a default has occurred entitling the Company to issue a direction notice and any further shares which are issued in respect of those shares;

 

(b)            a “direction notice” means a notice issued by the Company pursuant to Article 16.1;

 

(c)            a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares or any other person has given to the Company information under s793 CA06 which either:

 

(i)             names such person as being so interested; or

 

(ii)            fails to establish the identities of those interested in the shares and (after taking into account the said information and any other information given under s793 CA06) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares;

 

21



 

(d)            “interested” shall be construed as it is for the purpose of s793 CA06;

 

(e)            the prescribed period is fourteen days from the date of service of the notice under s793 CA06;

 

(f)             a transfer of shares is an approved transfer if and only if:

 

(i)             it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer for the company; or

 

(ii)            the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the member or with other persons appearing to be interested in such shares; or

 

(iii)           the transfer results from a sale made through a recognised investment exchange as defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company’s shares are normally traded; and

 

(g)            reference to a person being in default in supplying to the Company the information required by a notice under the said s793 CA06 includes:

 

(i)             reference to his having failed or refused to give all or any part of it; and

 

(ii)            reference to his having given information which he knows to be false in a material particular or having recklessly given information which is false in a material particular.

 

16.6         Other powers of the Company unaffected

 

Nothing in this Article shall limit the powers of the Company under s794 CA06 or any other powers whatsoever.

 

17.           GENERAL MEETINGS

 

17.1         Annual General Meetings

 

The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its Annual General Meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notice convening it.  The Annual General Meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors may appoint.

 

17.2         Calling of general meetings

 

The Directors may call a general meeting.  The Directors must call a general meeting if the members and the CA06 require them to do so.

 

22



 

18.           NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

18.1         Length of notice

 

(a)            An annual general meeting must be called by at least 21 clear days’ notice.  All other general meetings must be called by at least 14 clear days’ notice.  In each case, this is subject to any longer notice period required by the Statutes.

 

(b)            A general meeting shall, even if it is called by shorter notice than that specified in paragraph (a), be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed by the members who are prescribed for that purpose by the Statutes.

 

(c)            Notice of general meetings must be sent or supplied in accordance with Article 40 ( Notices ).

 

18.2         Contents of notice

 

Every notice of meeting of the Company shall:

 

(a)            specify the time, date and place of the meeting;

 

(b)            with reasonable prominence state that a member may appoint:

 

(i)             a proxy to exercise all or any of the member’s rights to attend, speak and vote at the meeting; and

 

(ii)            more than one proxy in relation to the meeting if each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by the member;

 

(c)            in the case of an Annual General Meeting, specify the meeting as such;

 

(d)            in the case of any general meeting at which business other than routine business is to be transacted, specify the general nature of such business; and

 

(e)            if the meeting is called to consider a special resolution, include the text of the resolution and the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution.

 

18.3         Meaning of routine business

 

Routine business shall mean and include only business transacted at an Annual General Meeting of the following classes, that is to say:

 

(a)            declaring dividends;

 

(b)            considering and/or adopting the accounts, the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be attached or annexed to the accounts;

 

(c)            appointing Auditors;

 

(d)            appointing or re-appointing Directors to fill vacancies arising at the meeting on retirement or under Article 24.4 ( Retirement by rotation ) or otherwise;

 

23



 

(e)            settling the remuneration of the Auditors or determining the manner in which the remuneration is to be settled; and

 

(f)             considering and/or approving any report on the remuneration of Directors.

 

18.4         Record date in notice of meeting

 

For the purposes of determining which people may attend or vote at a meeting and how many votes such people have, the notice of meeting may give a time by which people must be entered on the Register in order to be entitled to attend or vote at the meeting.  This time must not be more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.

 

18.5         Omission or non-receipt of notice of general meeting or resolution

 

If the Company gives notice of a general meeting or a resolution intended to be moved at a general meeting, an accidental failure to give notice to one or more persons is to be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether notice of the meeting or resolution is properly given but this is subject to the exceptions prescribed by the CA06.  The non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting or a resolution intended to be moved at a general meeting is to be disregarded for the purpose of determining whether notice of the meeting or resolution is properly given.

 

19.           PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

19.1         Quorum

 

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment of a Chairman which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting.  Two qualifying persons present at a meeting are a quorum unless each is a qualifying person only because:

 

(a)            he is authorised to act as a representative of a corporation in relation to the meeting, and they are representatives of the same corporation; or

 

(b)            he is appointed as proxy of a member in relation to the meeting, and they are proxies of the same member.

 

For the purposes of this Article 19, a “qualifying person” is an individual who is a member, a person authorised to act as the representative of a member (being a corporation) in relation to the meeting or a person appointed as proxy of a member in relation to the meeting.

 

19.2         Procedure if quorum is not present

 

If within 15 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting (or such longer interval not exceeding one hour as the Chairman of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, the meeting is dissolved if the members or any of them required the meeting to be called or the members or any of them called the meeting.  In any other case it stands adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, or to such other such time, date and place as may be fixed by the

 

24



 

Chairman of the meeting, and if at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for holding the meeting, a qualifying person is a quorum.

 

19.3         Security at meetings

 

The Directors may direct that persons wishing to attend general meetings should submit to such searches, security arrangements and restrictions as the Directors shall consider appropriate in the circumstances.  The Directors shall be entitled in their absolute discretion, or may authorise some one or more persons who shall include a Director or the Secretary or the Chairman of the meeting:

 

(a)            to refuse entry to that general meeting to any person who fails to submit to those searches or otherwise to comply with those security arrangements or restrictions; and

 

(b)            to eject from that general meeting any person who causes the proceedings to become disorderly.

 

19.4         Conduct of meetings

 

The Chairman shall take such action or give directions as he thinks fit to promote the orderly conduct of the meeting as laid down in the notice of the meeting and the Chairman’s decision on matters of procedure or arising incidentally from the business of the meeting shall be final as shall be his determination as to whether any matter is of such a nature.

 

19.5         Chairman of general meetings

 

The Chairman (if any) of the Directors, or, failing whom, the deputy Chairman (if any) must preside as Chairman at every general meeting of the Company.  If at any meeting neither shall be present within 15 minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting and willing to act as Chairman, the Directors present must choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.  If no Director is present, or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, the members present personally or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of themselves to be Chairman of the meeting by a resolution passed at the meeting.

 

19.6         Adjournments

 

(a)            The Chairman of a meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of that meeting (and must if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place or without specification of a time or place.  In addition, the Chairman may at any time without the consent of the meeting adjourn any meeting from time to time and from place to place if it appears to the Chairman that:

 

(i)             the number of persons wishing to attend cannot be conveniently accommodated in the place(s) for the meeting; or

 

25



 

(ii)            the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

(iii)           an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

(b)            No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

(c)            Where a meeting is adjourned without specification of a time or place the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors.

 

19.7         Notice of adjournment

 

When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more or for an indefinite period, not less than seven clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in like manner as in the case of the original meeting; but it shall not otherwise be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

19.8         Amendments to resolutions

 

(a)            If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the Chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

(b)            In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution no amendment to that resolution (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon and in the case of a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution no amendment to that resolution (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted upon unless, at least 48 hours prior to the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which such resolution is to be proposed, notice in writing of the terms of the amendment and intention to move the same has been lodged at the Office.

 

19.9         Procedure when meetings held at more than one place

 

(a)            The provisions of this Article shall apply if any general meeting is held at or adjourned to more than one place.

 

(b)            The notice of such a meeting or adjourned meeting shall specify the place at which the Chairman of the meeting shall preside (for the purposes of this Article 19.9, the “Specified Place” ) and the Directors shall make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at the Specified Place and at other places by members, provided that persons attending at any particular place shall be able to see and hear and be seen and heard by means of audio visual links by persons attending the Specified Place and at the other places at which the meeting is held.

 

26


 

(c)            The Directors may from time to time make such arrangements for the purpose of controlling the level of attendance at any such place (whether involving the issue of tickets or the imposition of some geographical or regional means of selection or otherwise) as they shall in their absolute discretion consider appropriate, and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements in place of them, provided that a member who is not entitled to attend, in person or by proxy, at any particular place shall be entitled so to attend at one of the other places; and the entitlement of any member so to attend the meeting or adjourned meeting at such place shall be subject to any such arrangements as may from time to time be in force and by the notice of meeting or adjourned meeting stated to apply to the meeting.

 

(d)            For the purposes of all other provisions of these Articles, any such meeting shall be treated as being held at the Specified Place.

 

(e)            If a meeting is adjourned to more than one place, not less than seven days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given despite any other provision of these Articles.

 

19.10       Entitlement to attend and speak

 

Without prejudice to Article 24.9 ( No share qualification for Directors ) and subject to the Statutes, the Chairman may invite any person to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company whom the Chairman considers to be equipped by knowledge or experience of the Company’s business to assist in the deliberations of the meeting.  In addition, the Chairman may invite any person who has been nominated by a member of the Company (provided that the Chairman is satisfied that at such time as the Chairman may determine, the member holds any shares in the Company as such person’s nominee) to attend and, if the Chairman considers it appropriate, to speak at general meetings of the Company.

 

20.           VOTING

 

20.1         Method of voting

 

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting must be decided on a show of hands, unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) a poll is demanded.  Subject to the provisions of the CA06, a poll may be demanded:

 

(a)            by the Chairman of the meeting; or

 

(b)            in writing by at least five members present in person or by proxy (or being a duly authorised representative of a corporation which is a member) and entitled to vote on the resolution; or

 

(c)            in writing by a member or members present in person or by proxy (or being a duly authorised representative of a corporation which is a member) and representing not less than ten per cent. of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote on the resolution (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares held as treasury shares); or

 

27



 

(d)            in writing by a member or members present in person or by proxy (or being a duly authorised representative of a corporation which is a member) holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote on the resolution, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid-up equal to not less than ten per cent. of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution which are held as treasury shares).

 

20.2         Chairman’s declaration is final

 

Unless a poll is demanded, a declaration by the Chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority or lost, or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the minute book shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against such resolution.

 

20.3         Procedure if poll demanded

 

If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or cards) as the Chairman of the meeting may direct.  The Chairman may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may adjourn the meeting to some time, date and place fixed by him for the purpose of declaring the result of the poll.

 

20.4         Timing of a poll

 

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith.  A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at some time later during or at the end of the meeting or at such subsequent time, date (not being more than thirty days from the date of the meeting) and place as the Chairman of the meeting may direct.  No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately.

 

20.5         Continuance of other business after demand for a poll

 

The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

20.6         Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

The demand for a poll may at any time before the conclusion of the meeting be withdrawn but only with the consent of the Chairman, and if it is so withdrawn:

 

(a)            before the result of a show of hands is declared, the meeting continues as if the demand had not been made; or

 

(b)            after the result of a show of hands is declared, the demand must not be taken to have invalidated that result,

 

but if a demand is withdrawn, the Chairman of the meeting or other member or members so entitled may himself or themselves demand a poll.

 

28



 

20.7         Casting vote of Chairman

 

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to the votes which he may have.

 

21.           VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

21.1         Votes of members

 

Subject to any other provision of these Articles and without prejudice to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting attached to any shares for the time being forming part of the capital of the Company:

 

(a)            on a show of hands:

 

(i)             each member (being an individual) present in person or by one or more proxies has in total one vote; and

 

(ii)            each member (being a corporation) present by either one or more proxies, or one or more duly authorised representatives, or both, has in total one vote; and

 

(b)            on a poll each member present in person or by proxy or (being a corporation) by a duly authorised representative has one vote for each share of which he is the holder.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company itself is prohibited (to the extent specified by the Statutes) from exercising any rights to attend or vote at meetings in respect of any shares held by it as treasury shares.

 

21.2         Votes show of hands or on a poll

 

On a show of hands or on a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy or (in the case of a corporate member) by a duly authorised representative and on a poll a person entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

21.3         Votes of joint holders

 

In the case of joint holders of a share only the vote of the senior holder who votes, whether in person or by proxy, may be counted by the Company and for this purpose the senior holder is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the Register in respect of the share.

 

21.4         Voting on behalf of incapable member

 

A member in respect of whom an order has been made by any Court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by any person authorised in that behalf by that Court, and any such person may vote by proxy.

 

29



 

Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote shall be deposited at or delivered to the Office (or such other place or address as is specified in accordance with these Articles for the deposit or delivery of appointments of proxy) not later than the last time at which an appointment of proxy should have been deposited or delivered in order to be valid for use at that meeting or on the holding of that poll.

 

21.5         No right to vote where sums overdue on shares

 

No member (whether in person or by proxy or in the case of a corporate member, by a duly authorised representative) shall (unless the Directors otherwise determine) be entitled to vote or to exercise any other right of membership at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company in respect of any share held by him unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of that share in the Company have been paid.

 

21.6         Objections to votes

 

No objection shall be raised to the admissibility of any vote or to the counting of or failure to count any vote unless it is raised at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is or may be given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes.  Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.           PROXIES

 

22.1         Appointment of proxy

 

A member may appoint:

 

(a)            another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend, speak and vote at a meeting; and

 

(b)            more than one proxy in relation to a meeting if each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by the member.

 

22.2         Member’s rights when proxy appointed

 

Deposit or delivery of an appointment of proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting at the meeting or any adjournment of it.

 

22.3         Form and execution of proxy

 

The appointment of a proxy shall:

 

(a)            be in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may accept;

 

(b)            be signed by the appointor or his attorney or, in the case of a corporation, shall either be given under its common seal (or such form of execution as has the

 

30



 

same effect) or signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation;

 

(c)            be deemed to include the power to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit; and

 

(d)            unless the contrary is stated therein be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

22.4         Signature of proxy

 

The signature of an appointment of proxy need not be witnessed.  Where an appointment of proxy is signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer or on behalf of any appointor by an attorney, the Directors may, but shall not be bound to, require evidence of the authority of any such officer or attorney.

 

22.5         Issue of proxy

 

The Directors must send or supply proxy forms to all persons entitled to notice of, and to attend and vote at, any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company.

 

22.6         Content of proxy

 

Such proxy forms shall provide for at least two-way voting on all resolutions to be proposed at that meeting other than resolutions relating to the procedure of the meeting and may either be in blank or may nominate in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other person.

 

22.7         Accidental omission to send proxy

 

The accidental omission to send an appointment of proxy or the non-receipt of such appointment by any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

22.8         Delivery of proxy

 

The appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is executed or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors may:

 

(a)            in the case of an appointment sent by post or by hand, be received at the Office (or at such other place in the United Kingdom as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting) not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote; or

 

(b)            in the case of an appointment sent by electronic means, be received at any address specified or deemed to be specified by the Company for the purpose of receiving a proxy by electronic means not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote;

 

31



 

(c)            in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be received in either manner already described after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for taking the poll; or

 

(d)            where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting to the Chairman or to the Secretary or to any Director,

 

and an appointment of proxy which is not received in a manner and within the time limits so permitted shall be invalid.  In calculating the periods mentioned in this Article, no account is to be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day, unless the Directors decide otherwise in relation to a specific general meeting.

 

22.9         Use of Uncertificated Proxy Instruction

 

Without limiting any other provision of these Articles, in relation to an uncertificated share the Directors may from time to time:

 

(a)            permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction;

 

(b)            where a proxy has been appointed by means of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, permit the revocation of the appointment by means of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction;

 

(c)            prescribe the method for determining the time at which any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction is to be treated as received by the Company (or a participant in the Relevant System concerned on its behalf); and

 

(d)            treat any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction which purports to be or is expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending that instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.

 

22.10       Meaning of “Uncertificated Proxy Instruction”

 

For the purposes of Article 22.9, “Uncertificated Proxy Instruction” means a communication in the form of:

 

(a)            an instruction which is properly authenticated as determined by the Regulations;

 

(b)            any other instruction or notification; or

 

(c)            any supplemented or amended instruction or notification,

 

in each case sent by means of the Relevant System concerned and received by such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company (and in such form and on such terms and conditions) as the Directors may determine subject to the facilities and requirements of that system.

 

32



 

22.11       Maximum validity of proxy

 

No appointment of proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 12 months from the date stated in it as its date of execution except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting where the meeting was originally held within 12 months from such date.

 

22.12       Cancellation of proxy’s authority

 

The termination of the authority of a person to act as proxy does not affect:

 

(a)            whether that person counts in deciding whether there is a quorum at a meeting, the validity of anything that person does as Chairman of a meeting or the validity of a poll demanded by that person at a meeting unless the Company receives notice of termination before the commencement of the meeting;

 

(b)            the validity of a vote given by that person unless the Company receives notice of termination before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is given or, in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, before the time appointed for taking the poll.

 

The notice of the termination must be received at an address that is specified in Article 22.8(a) or, if the appointment of the proxy was sent by electronic means, at an address that is specified or deemed to be specified in Article 22.8(b).

 

23.           CORPORATION ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

 

A corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares.  Such a corporation is for the purposes of these Articles deemed to be present in person at any meeting if a person or persons so authorised is or are present at it.

 

24.           NUMBER, APPOINTMENT, RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1         Number of Directors

 

(a)            Unless and until the Company in general meeting shall otherwise determine, the number of Directors shall not be subject to any maximum but shall not be less than two.

 

(b)            The continuing Directors may act despite any vacancies in their number, but, if the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Director or Directors may act for the purpose of filling up vacancies in his or their number or of calling a general meeting of the Company, but not for any other purpose.

 

33



 

24.2         Power of the Directors to appoint additional Directors

 

The Directors shall have power to appoint any person who is permitted by the Statutes and willing to act to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director but so that the total number of Directors shall not exceed the maximum number fixed (if any) by or in accordance with these Articles.  Any Director so appointed shall retire from office at the Annual General Meeting next following such appointment.  Any Director so retiring shall be eligible for re-election.

 

24.3         Power of the Company to appoint additional Directors

 

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors or to replace a Director removed from office under Article 24.8 but so that the total number of Directors shall not at any one time exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

 

24.4         Retirement by rotation

 

(a)            At each Annual General Meeting a minimum number equal to one-third of the number of Relevant Directors (or, if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to but not greater than one-third) shall retire from office.  Directors retiring under paragraph (c) shall be counted as part of this minimum number.  For the purposes of this Article 24.4, “Relevant Directors” means all the Directors for the time being excluding any Directors who are due to retire at that Annual General Meeting under Article 24.2.

 

(b)            The Directors to retire by rotation pursuant to paragraph (a) shall include (so far as necessary to obtain the minimum number required) the Directors to retire under paragraph (c) and then any Relevant Director who wishes to retire and not to offer himself for re-election.  Any further Directors to retire shall be those of the other Relevant Directors who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that, as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.  A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election.

 

(c)            In any event each Director shall retire and shall (unless his terms of appointment with the Company specify otherwise) be eligible for re-election at the Annual General Meeting held in the third calendar year (or such earlier calendar year as may be specified for this purpose in his terms of appointment with the Company) following his last appointment, election or re-election at any general meeting of the Company.

 

24.5         Filling rotation vacancies

 

(a)            At the meeting at which a Director retires under any provision of these Articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution (subject to Article 24.7) fill the vacated office by appointing a person to it, and in default the retiring Director shall be deemed to have been re-appointed except in the following cases:

 

34



 

(i)             such Director has given notice to the Company that he is unwilling to be elected; or

 

(ii)            at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacated office or a resolution for the re-appointment of such Director shall have been put to the meeting and not passed.

 

(b)            In the event of the vacancy not being filled at such meeting, it may be filled by the Directors as a casual vacancy in accordance with Article 24.2.

 

(c)            The retirement of a Director pursuant to Article 24.4 shall not have effect until the conclusion of the relevant meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for his re-election is put to the meeting and not passed and accordingly a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without break.

 

24.6         No single resolution to appoint two or more Directors

 

Except as otherwise authorised by s160 CA06, the appointment of each person proposed as a Director shall be effected by a separate resolution.

 

24.7         Persons eligible as Directors

 

No person, other than a Director retiring at the meeting, shall be eligible for appointment as a Director at any general meeting unless:

 

(a)            he is recommended by the Directors; or

 

(b)            not less than seven nor more than 42 days before the date appointed for the meeting there shall have been left at the Office notice in writing signed by some member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for appointment and also notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be appointed and stating all such particulars of him as would, on his appointment, be required to be included in the Company’s register of directors.

 

24.8         Power of removal by special resolution

 

In addition to any power of removal conferred by the Statutes the Company may by special resolution remove any Director before the expiration of his term of office despite anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to any claim which such Director may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

24.9         No share qualification for Directors

 

A Director need not hold any share qualification but shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company.

 

35



 

24.10       Vacation of office by Directors

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated in any of the following events, namely:

 

(a)            he resigns by notice in writing to the Company;

 

(b)            he offers in writing to resign and the Directors resolve to accept such offer;

 

(c)            a bankruptcy order or an interim order is made against him or he makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

(d)            he is, or may be, suffering from mental disorder and either:

 

(i)             he is admitted to hospital in pursuance of an application for admission for treatment under the Mental Health Act 1983 or, in Scotland, an application for admission under the Mental Health (Care and Treatment) (Scotland) Act 2003; or

 

(ii)            an order is made by a Court having jurisdiction (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a receiver, curator bonis or other person to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs;

 

(e)            he and his alternate (if any) is absent from meetings of the Directors for six successive months without the permission of the Directors and the Directors resolve that his office is vacated;

 

(f)             in the case of a Director who holds any employment or executive office within the Company or any Subsidiary his employment with the Company and/or Subsidiary shall be determined and the Directors shall resolve that he has by reason of such determination vacated office;

 

(g)            he becomes prohibited by law from acting as a Director; or

 

(h)            he is removed from office by notice in writing served upon him signed by all his co-Directors but so that if he holds an appointment to an executive office which thereby automatically determines such removal shall be deemed an act of the Company and shall have effect without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

24.11       Appointment of executive Directors

 

(a)            The Directors may from time to time:

 

(i)             appoint one or more of their number to hold any employment or executive office with the Company (including, where considered appropriate, but without limitation the office of Chairman, Deputy Chairman, Managing Director, Joint Managing Director, Chief Executive or Deputy Chief Executive) on such terms and for such periods (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) as they may determine and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered

 

36



 

into in any particular case, may at any time revoke any such appointment; and

 

(ii)            permit any person appointed to be a Director to continue in any executive office or employment held by him before he was so appointed.

 

(b)            Any executive office or employment held by a Director shall automatically determine if the appointee ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any rights or claims which he may have against the Company by reason of such determination.

 

The appointment of any Director to any other executive office or position of employment with the Company shall not automatically determine if he ceases for any cause to be a Director unless his contract of appointment to such office or employment expressly states otherwise (in which event such determination shall be without prejudice to any rights or claims which he may have against the Company by reason of such determination).

 

25.           DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

 

25.1         Directors’ fees

 

Each of the Directors may be paid out of the funds of the Company such sum by way of Directors’ fees (in addition to any amounts payable under Articles 25.2 or 25.3 or any other provision of these Articles) as the Directors may from time to time determine provided that the aggregate of all such fees so paid to such Directors shall not in any year exceed the sum of £100,000 exclusive of value added tax (if applicable) or such higher amount as may from time to time be decided by ordinary resolution of the Company and provided further that the maximum aggregate level of non-executive Directors’ fees shall in any event be increased on each anniversary of the date of adoption of these Articles by the same percentage by which the Index of Retail Prices for all items last published by the Office for National Statistics of Her Majesty’s Government (or any successor index or publishing body thereto) before such anniversary shall have increased over the Index last published before the date falling one year before such anniversary.  Those fees shall be divided among the Directors in such manner as the Directors shall direct and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

 

25.2         Additional remuneration for Directors

 

Any Director who is appointed to hold any employment or executive office with the Company or who, by request of the Company, goes or resides abroad for any purposes of the Company or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of his ordinary duties as a Director may be paid such additional remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Directors (or any duly authorised committee of the Directors) may determine and either in addition to or in lieu of any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

37


 

25.3                        Expenses

 

Each Director may be paid his reasonable travelling expenses (including hotel and incidental expenses) of attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or committees of the Directors or general meetings or any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company or any other meeting which as a Director he is entitled to attend and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company’s business or in the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

25.4                        Pensions and gratuities for Directors

 

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to provide benefits, either by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or in any other manner whether similar to the foregoing or not, for any Director or former Director who is or was at any time employed by, or held an executive or other office or place of profit in, the Company or any body corporate which is or has been a Subsidiary of the Company or a predecessor of the business of the Company or of any such Subsidiary and for the families and dependants of any such persons and for the purpose of providing any such benefits contribute to any scheme trust or fund or pay any premiums.

 

26.                               PRESIDENT

 

(a)                                 The Directors may by resolution from time to time appoint any person (whether a Director or not) to be President of the Company either for life or for a fixed or unspecified period and upon such terms as to remuneration, reimbursement of expenses and other matters as the Directors may determine.  The Directors may also vary or terminate such appointment at any time but without prejudice to any claims by such President for breach of the terms of his appointment.

 

(b)                                 The functions of the President shall be such as may be determined by the Directors, but he shall not by virtue of his appointment as such be a Director or officer of the Company nor have any executive powers or duties in the management of the Company.

 

(c)                                  The President shall have the same rights to receive notice of and to attend and speak at meetings of the Directors and general meetings as respectively belong to Directors and members of the Company, but his appointment as such shall not entitle him to voting or other rights belonging to Directors or members.

 

(d)                                 The President’s appointment shall lapse on the happening of the events specified in Article 24.10 (a), (b), (c), (d) or (h) ( Vacation of office by Directors ).

 

38



 

27.                               POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1                        General powers of a Company vested in Directors

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Memorandum of Association of the Company and these Articles and to any directions given by the Company in general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company.  No such direction and no alteration of the Memorandum of Association or of these Articles shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that direction or alteration had not been given or made.  The matters to which the Directors shall have regard in the performance of their functions shall include the interests of the Company’s employees in general as well as the interests of its members.

 

27.2                        Power to establish local boards

 

The Directors may establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards and may determine their remuneration. The Directors may delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local board, or any of them, to fill any vacancies therein and to act despite vacancies.  Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of its own powers, and the Directors may remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected by it.  Subject to this, the proceedings of any local board shall be governed by such of these Articles as regulate the proceedings of the Directors so far as they are capable of applying.

 

27.3                        Delegation to committees

 

(a)                                 The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including, without limitation, the power to determine Directors’ fees or additional remuneration and to vary the terms and conditions of employment of or confer any other benefit on any of the Directors) to committees. No such committee shall, unless the Directors otherwise resolve, have power to sub-delegate to sub-committees any of the powers or discretion delegated to it.  Any such committee or sub-committee shall consist of two or more Directors and (if thought fit) one or more other persons provided that a majority of the members of the committee shall be Directors and no resolutions of the committee shall be effective unless a majority of those present when it is passed are Directors.

 

(b)                                 Any committee or sub-committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated and in the conduct of its meetings and proceedings conform to any regulations which may from time to time be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

(c)                                  Subject to this, the meetings and proceedings of any such committee or sub-committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed mutatis

 

39



 

mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors.

 

27.4                        Powers of attorney

 

The Directors may from time to time, and at any time by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any company, firm or person, or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such agent as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

27.5                        Delegation of powers to individual Directors

 

The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Director any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may from time to time revoke withdraw alter or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it.

 

27.6                        Provision for employees

 

The Directors may exercise any power conferred by the Statutes to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that Subsidiary or the cessation of its business.

 

27.7                        Designation of “Director” not to imply Directorship

 

The Directors may from time to time appoint any person to a position in the Company having a designation or title including the word “Director” or attach to any existing position with the Company such a designation or title.  The inclusion of the word “Director” in the designation or title of any person (other than the office of Managing or Joint Managing Director) shall not imply that such person is a director of the Company nor shall such person by virtue of such designation or title be empowered in any respect to act as a director of the Company or be deemed to be a Director for any purpose (including any of the purposes of these Articles).

 

28.                               ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

28.1                        Appointment

 

Each Director (other than an alternate Director) at any time by notice in writing may appoint to the office of an alternate Director either another Director or any other person willing to act approved for that purpose by a resolution of the Directors, and may at any time terminate such appointment by notice in writing.  The appointment of

 

40



 

a person who is not a Director shall, unless previously approved by the Directors, have effect only upon and subject to being so approved.  Any such alternate is referred to in these Articles as an alternate Director.  Any notice from a Director to Company pursuant to this Article 28.1 may be sent by facsimile or, at the Company’s option, by any other electronic means to an address provided for that purpose by the Company or by post or by hand to the office or to a meeting of the Directors.

 

28.2                        Determination of appointment

 

The appointment of an alternate Director shall automatically determine in any of the following events:

 

(a)                                 if the Director appointing him shall terminate the appointment;

 

(b)                                 on the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office;

 

(c)                                  if by a written statement signed by him sent or supplied to the Company at the Office or to an address specified for the purpose by the Company he shall resign such appointment; or

 

(d)                                 if his appointor shall cease for any reason to be a Director but, if a Director retires but is re-appointed or deemed to have been re-appointed at the meeting at which he retires, any appointment of an alternate Director made by him which was in force immediately prior to his retirement shall continue after his re-appointment.

 

28.3                        Rights and powers of alternate Directors

 

An alternate Director shall (subject to his giving to the Company an address within the United Kingdom at which notices may be served upon him) be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and of any committee or sub-committee of the Directors of which his appointor is a member and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director and be counted in the quorum at any such meeting at which his appointor is not personally present, and at such meeting generally to perform all functions of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he (instead of his appointor) were a Director.  If the alternate Director is a Director or if he shall attend a meeting as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative but he shall not be counted more than once in a quorum.  If his appointor is absent from the United Kingdom or otherwise not available, the alternate Director’s signature to any resolution in writing of the Directors shall be as effective as the signature of his appointor.  Apart from this, an alternate Director shall not have power to act as a Director nor shall he be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles but he shall be an officer of the Company and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

28.4                        Contracts and remuneration

 

An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the

 

41



 

same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company in respect of his appointment as alternate Director any remuneration except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

 

29.                               MEETINGS AND PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

29.1                        Directors’ proceedings

 

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.  Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes.  In case of an equality of votes the Chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.  A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors.

 

29.2                        Notice of Directors’ meetings

 

A Director absent or intending to be absent from the United Kingdom may request the Directors that notices of meetings of Directors shall during his absence be sent to him at his last known address or any other address (including an address for communications by electronic means) given by him to the Company for this purpose.  It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting of Directors to any Director who is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom if no such request is made or if the address given to the Company for the purpose of this Article is outside the United Kingdom and he has not provided an address for the purpose of communications by electronic means or otherwise.  Where such address is outside the United Kingdom notice may be sent by electronic means but the Company shall not be obliged to give the Director a longer period of notice than he would have been entitled to had he been present in the United Kingdom.  Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and such waiver may be retrospective.

 

29.3                        Directors’ meetings by telephone

 

All or any of the Directors, or the members of any committee or sub-committee of the Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Directors or of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time.  A person so participating shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting and shall be entitled to vote and to be counted in a quorum accordingly.  Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled or, if there is no such group, where the Chairman of the meeting is present.

 

29.4                        Quorum

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed from time to time by the Directors, and  unless so fixed at any other number shall be two.

 

42



 

29.5                        Appointment and removal of Chairman

 

The Directors may elect from their number a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman to be Chairman of their meetings on such terms and for such periods (subject to the Statutes and any retirement from office under Article 24.4 ( Retirement by rotation )) as they may determine.  The Directors may also remove the Chairman or Deputy Chairman or such other Director, without prejudice to any rights or claims which he may have against the Company by reason of such removal, from such office or otherwise stipulate the period for which they respectively are to hold the same.  If no such Chairman or Deputy Chairman is appointed, or if at any meeting neither is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding that meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

29.6                        Resolution in writing

 

(a)                                 A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Directors or a duly appointed committee for the time being (not being in either case less than the number required to form a quorum) shall be as valid and effective as a resolution duly passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held.

 

(b)                                 The resolution may consist of several documents in like terms each signed by one or more of the Directors.  A resolution signed by an alternate Director need not also be signed by the Director who appointed him.

 

29.7                        Validity of acts of Directors or committee

 

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors, or of a committee or sub-committee of the Directors, or by any person acting as a Director or as an alternate Director or as a member of any such committee or sub-committee, shall (as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company and even if it is discovered afterwards that there was some defect in the appointment or continuance in office of any of those persons, or that any of them were disqualified, or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote) be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or, as the case may be, an alternate Director or member of the committee and had been entitled to vote.

 

30.                               DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

30.1                        Board power to authorise conflicts of interest

 

(a)                                 The Board may, in accordance with these Articles, authorise a matter proposed to it which would, if not authorised, involve a breach by a Director of his duty under s175 CA06 to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the Company’s interests.

 

(b)                                 A matter referred to in Article 30.1(a) is proposed to the Board by its being submitted:

 

43



 

(i)                                     in writing for consideration at a meeting of the Board or for the authorisation of the Board by resolution in writing; and

 

(ii)                                  in accordance with the Board’s normal procedures or in such other manner as the Board may approve.

 

(c)                                  A reference in these Articles to a conflict of interest includes a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties.

 

(d)                                 An authorisation referred to in Article 30.1(a) is effective only if:

 

(i)                                     it is given in accordance with the requirements of CA06;

 

(ii)                                  in the case of an authorisation given at a meeting of the Board:

 

(A)                               any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question or any other Director who has a direct or indirect interest in the matter being authorised (each such other Director being an “Other Interested Director” ); and

 

(B)                               the matter has been agreed to without the Director in question or any Other Interested Director voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted; and

 

(iii)                               in the case of an authorisation given by resolution in writing:

 

(A)                               the resolution is signed in accordance with Article 29.6(b) ( Resolution in writing ) by all the Directors; and

 

(B)                               the number of Directors that sign the resolution (disregarding the Director in question and any Other Interested Director) is not less than the number required to form a quorum.

 

(e)                                  The Board may:

 

(i)                                     authorise a matter pursuant to Article 30.1(a) on such terms and for such duration, or impose such limits or conditions on it, as it may decide; and

 

(ii)                                  vary the terms or duration of such an authorisation (including any limits or conditions imposed on it) or revoke it.

 

(f)                                   Any terms, limits or conditions imposed by the Board in respect of its authorisation of a Director’s conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest, including (without limitation) an authorisation given pursuant to Article 30.1(a), may provide (without limitation) that:

 

(i)                                     if the relevant Director has (other than through his position as Director) information in relation to the relevant matter in respect of which he owes a duty of confidentiality to another person, he is not obliged to

 

44



 

disclose that information to the Company or to use or apply it in performing his duties as a Director;

 

(ii)                                  the Director is to be excluded from discussions in relation to the relevant matter whether at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board or otherwise;

 

(iii)                               the Director is not to be given any documents or other information in relation to the relevant matter; and

 

(iv)                              the Director may or may not vote (or may or may not be counted in the quorum) at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board in relation to any resolution relating to the relevant matter.

 

(g)                                  A Director does not infringe any duty he owes to the Company by virtue of ss171 to 177 CA06 if he acts in accordance with such terms, limits and conditions (if any) as the Board imposes in respect of its authorisation of the Director’s conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest, including (without limitation) an authorisation given pursuant to Article 30.1(a).

 

30.2                        Directors permitted to retain benefits

 

(a)                                 A Director is not required, by reason of being a Director (or because of the fiduciary relationship established by reason of being a Director), to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he derives from or in connection with a relationship involving a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest which has been authorised by the Board, including (without limitation) pursuant to Article 30.1(a), or by the Company in general meeting (subject in each case to any terms, limits or conditions attaching to that authorisation).

 

(b)                                 If he has disclosed to the Board the nature and extent of his interest to the extent required by CA06, a Director is not required, by reason of being a Director (or because of the fiduciary relationship established by reason of being a Director), to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he derives from or in connection with:

 

(i)                                     being a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with:

 

(A)                               the Company or in which the Company is interested; or

 

(B)                               a body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

(ii)                                  acting (otherwise than as auditor) alone or through his organisation in a professional capacity for the Company (and he or that organisation is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director); or

 

45


 

 

(iii)                               being a director or other officer of, or employed by, or otherwise interested in, a body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested.

 

(c)                                  A Director’s receipt of any remuneration or other benefit referred to in Article 30.2(a) or (b) does not constitute an infringement of his duty under s176 CA06.

 

(d)                                 A transaction or arrangement referred to in Article 30.2(a) or (b) is not liable to be avoided on the ground of any remuneration, benefit or interest referred to in that Article.

 

30.3                        Prohibition on voting for Directors with interests

 

(a)                                 Except as provided by Article 30.3(c) or by the terms of any authorisation given by the Board, including (without limitation) pursuant to Article 30.1(a), or by the Company in general meeting, a Director must not vote at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest (other than an interest in shares, debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through the Company) which is to his knowledge a material interest.

 

(b)                                 A Director must not be counted in the quorum at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board in relation to any resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

 

(c)                                  A Director may (in the absence of some material interest other than those indicated in the following paragraphs (i) to (viii)) vote on any resolution concerning any of the following matters:

 

(i)                                     the giving of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent, or obligations incurred, by him or by another person at the request of, or for the benefit of, the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(ii)                                  the giving of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary for which the Director has assumed responsibility (wholly or partly) under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

(iii)                               any proposal concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or a Subsidiary for subscription or purchase or exchange in which offer he is or is to be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

(iv)                              any proposal concerning another company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise, if he (and persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest in shares (as that term is used in ss820 to 825 CA06) representing one per cent. or more of the issued shares of any class of the equity share capital of that company (or of any third company through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights

 

46



 

available to members of the relevant company (that interest is deemed for the purposes of this Article to be a material interest);

 

(v)                                 any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a pension, superannuation or similar scheme or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme or an employees’ share scheme under which he may benefit and which relates both to employees and Directors and does not accord to the Director any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the employees and Directors to whom the scheme relates;

 

(vi)                              any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the granting of an indemnity to a Director or other officer of the Company pursuant to Article 42 ( Indemnity for Directors and officers );

 

(vii)                           any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the purchase, funding or maintenance of insurance for any Director or other officer of the Company pursuant to Article 43 ( Insurance for Directors and officers ); and

 

(viii)                        any proposal under which he may benefit concerning the provision to a Director of funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Director in defending proceedings or in connection with any application under any of the provisions mentioned in s234(6) CA06 or otherwise enabling the Director to avoid incurring that expenditure.

 

(d)                                 For the purposes of this Article 30.3:

 

(i)                                     an interest of a person who is, for any purpose of CA06, “connected with” (within the meaning of s252 CA06) a Director is to be treated as an interest of the Director; and

 

(ii)                                  in relation to an alternate Director, an interest of his appointor is to be treated as an interest of the alternate Director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate Director has otherwise.

 

30.4                        Directors voting on appointments

 

If it is proposed to appoint two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or with a company in which the Company is interested, or to fix or vary the terms of those appointments, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and in such case each of those Directors (if not debarred from voting under Article 30.3(c)(iv) may vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that which relates to him.

 

30.5                        Chairman’s ruling is final

 

If a question arises at any meeting of the Board or committee or sub-committee of the Board as to the materiality of a Director’s interest or as to the entitlement of a Director to vote and the question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, the question must be referred to the Chairman of the meeting (or where the interest concerns the Chairman to the Deputy Chairman of the meeting who if not

 

47



 

already appointed under Article 29.5 ( Appointment and removal of Chairman ) is the non-executive Director who has been in office as a non-executive Director the longest) and his ruling in relation to any other Director is final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the Director concerned have not been fairly disclosed.

 

30.6                        Directors’ power relating to other companies

 

The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any company held or owned by the Company in any way that it decides (including voting in favour of any resolution appointing any of them directors of that company, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors of that company).

 

31.                               SECRETARY

 

31.1                        Appointment, remuneration and removal

 

Subject to the Statutes, the Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit; and any Secretary so appointed may be removed from office by the Directors but at any time without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.  If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries and the Directors may also appoint from time to time on such terms as they think fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

 

31.2                        Acting as both Director and Secretary

 

Any provision of the Statutes or these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in the place of, the Secretary.

 

32.                               AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

 

Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the Directors or any committee of the Directors and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company and to certify copies of them or extracts from them as true copies or extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody of them shall be deemed to be a person appointed by the Directors for the above purposes.  A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company or of the Directors or any committee, which is certified as described in this Article, shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith of such resolution or extract of minutes, that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

 

48



 

33.                               THE SEAL/EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

33.1                        Use of Seal

 

(a)                                 The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal which shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf.

 

(b)                                 Subject to Article 7.2 ( Execution and signing of certificates ), every instrument to which the Seal shall be affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by one Director and some other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

(c)                                  Where the Statutes so permit, any instrument signed by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature and in each case expressed (in whatever form of words) to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal.

 

33.2                        Securities Seal

 

The Securities Seal (if any) shall be used only for sealing shares or debentures or other securities or options in respect of such securities issued by the Company and documents creating or evidencing securities or options so issued.  Any such securities or documents sealed with the Securities Seal shall not be required to be signed.

 

33.3                        Resolution to dispense with Seal

 

The Directors may resolve (if such is lawful) that the Company shall not have a Seal.

 

33.4                        Seal for use abroad

 

The Company may have an official seal for use abroad under the provisions of the Statutes.

 

34.                               MINUTES AND BOOKS

 

34.1                        Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)                                 of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

(b)                                 of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

(c)                                  of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of any class of members of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of the Directors and of all written resolutions of the Directors.

 

49



 

Those minutes, if purporting to be authenticated by the Chairman of the meeting to which they relate or of the Chairman of the next meeting, shall be sufficient evidence of the facts stated in them without any further proof.

 

34.2                        Statutory books

 

Any register, index, minute book, book of account or other book required by these Articles or the Statutes to be kept by or on behalf of the Company may, subject to the Statutes, be kept either by making entries in bound books or by recording them in any other manner.  In any case in which bound books are not used, the Directors shall take adequate precautions for guarding against falsification and for facilitating its discovery.

 

35.                               ACCOUNTS

 

35.1                        Records to be kept and inspection of records

 

Accounting records sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and otherwise complying with the Statutes shall be kept at the Office or (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) at such other place in Great Britain as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to inspection by the officers of the Company.  No member (other than a Director or other officer of the Company) or other person shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company, except as conferred by the Statutes or authorised by the Directors or by an ordinary resolution of the Company or under an order of a Court of competent jurisdiction.

 

35.2                        Preparation of accounts and reports

 

The Directors shall in respect of each financial year in accordance with the Statutes cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting such profit and loss accounts, income statements, balance sheets, group accounts (if any), other financial statements and reports as are required by the Statutes.

 

35.3                        Publication of annual accounts

 

A copy of every balance sheet and profit and loss account or income statement (including every document required by law to be annexed to them) which is to be laid before the Company in general meeting and of the Directors’ and Auditors’ reports shall, not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting, be sent to every member and debenture-holder of the Company and to every other person who is entitled to receive notices of meetings from the Company under the provisions of the Statutes or of these Articles, provided that this Article shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to more than one of joint holders or to any person of whose current address the Company is not aware, but any member or holder of debentures to whom a copy of these documents has not been sent shall be entitled to receive a copy free of charge on application at the Office.

 

35.4                        Summary financial statements

 

The requirements of Article 35.3 shall be deemed satisfied by sending to the requisite persons, where permitted by the Statutes and instead of the copies referred to in that

 

50



 

Article, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the Directors’ report and prepared in the form and containing the information prescribed by the Statutes.

 

36.                               AUDITORS

 

Auditors of the Company shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Statutes.  The Auditor’s report to the members made pursuant to the Statutes shall be laid before the Company in general meeting and shall be open to inspection by any member.

 

37.                               DIVIDENDS

 

37.1                        Declaration of dividends by Company

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.  For the avoidance of doubt, no dividend shall be payable to the Company itself in respect of any shares held by it as treasury shares (except to the extent permitted by the Statutes).

 

37.2                        Payment of fixed and interim dividends

 

(a)                                 The Directors may pay fixed dividends payable on any shares of the Company with preferential rights, half-yearly or otherwise, on fixed dates whenever the profits of the Company in the opinion of the Directors justify that course, and the Directors may also from time to time declare and pay to the holders of any class of shares such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by those profits.

 

(b)                                 The Directors acting in good faith shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferential rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights provided that at the time of the declaration no preferential dividend is in arrears.

 

37.3                        Dividends paid according to amount and period shares paid up

 

Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to or terms of issue of any shares provide otherwise, all dividends shall be:

 

(a)                                 declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of a call shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 

(b)                                 apportioned and paid in proportion to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

51



 

37.4                        Amount due on shares may be deducted from dividends

 

The Directors may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any member on or in respect of a share all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to shares of the Company.

 

37.5                        Dividends paid to member on share register at record date

 

All dividends and interest shall belong and be paid (subject to any lien of the Company) to those members whose names shall be on the Register at the record date fixed in accordance with Article 37.14 despite any subsequent transfer or transmission of shares.

 

37.6                        Retention of dividends on transmission

 

The Directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares in respect of which any person is under the provisions as to the transmission of shares contained in these Articles entitled to become a member, or which any person is under those provisions entitled to transfer, until that person shall become a member in respect of those shares or shall transfer them.

 

37.7                        Retention of dividends where Company has a lien

 

The Directors may retain any dividends or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien, and may apply them in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.

 

37.8                        Payment procedure

 

Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of registered shares may be paid by cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that one of the joint holders who is first named on the Register or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.  Every such cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument shall be made payable to, or (at the Company’s discretion) to the order of, the person to whom it is sent and may be crossed “A/C Payee” or otherwise and shall be sent at the risk of such person.  Payment of any cheque, warrant or similar financial instrument by the banker on whom it is drawn shall be a good discharge to the Company.  In addition, any such dividend or other sum may be paid by any bank or other funds transfer system or such other means (including, in relation to any dividend or other sum payable in respect of shares held in uncertificated form, by means of a Relevant System in any manner permitted by the rules of the Relevant System concerned) and to or through such person as the holder or joint holders (as the case may be) may in writing direct, and the Company shall have no responsibility for any sums lost or delayed in the course of any such transfer or where it has acted on any such directions.  Any one, two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the shares held by them as joint holders.

 

52



 

37.9                        Forfeiture of unclaimed dividends

 

All dividends unclaimed may be invested or otherwise made use of, at the Directors’ discretion, for the benefit of the Company until, subject as provided in these Articles, claimed.  Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company and the payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect of it.

 

37.10                 Uncashed dividends

 

The Company may cease to send any cheque or warrant through the post or may stop the transfer of any sum by any bank or other funds transfer system or may stop any other means of payment made pursuant to Article 37.8, as the case may be, for any dividend payable on any shares in the Company which is normally paid in that manner on those shares if either in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on those shares the cheques or warrants have been returned undelivered or remain uncashed or the transfer or other means of payment has failed or in respect of one dividend payable on those shares the cheques or warrants have been returned undelivered or remain uncashed or the transfer or other means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries made by the Company have failed to establish any new address of the holder of those shares but, subject to the provisions of these Articles, shall recommence sending cheques or warrants or transferring funds or using the other means of payment, as the case may be, in respect of dividends payable on those shares if the holder or person entitled by transmission claims the arrears of dividend in which event the Company shall resume payment of dividend (and arrears) as notified by the claimant or, in the absence of such notification, in the same manner in which payment was effected prior to the suspension of the payment of dividend.  If any such cheque, warrant or order has or is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Directors may, on request of the person entitled to it, issue a replacement cheque, warrant or order subject to compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out of pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

37.11                 No interest on dividends

 

No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

37.12                 Dividend not in cash

 

The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, by ordinary resolution, direct payment of a dividend wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution.  Where any difficulty arises in regard to that distribution (including, without limitation, in relation to fractional entitlements or legal or practical problems under the law of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any country or territory), the Directors may settle the same as they think fit and in particular may issue fractional certificates (or ignore fractions) and fix the value for

 

53



 

distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all members and may vest any assets in trustees, upon trust for the members entitled to the dividend and may determine that cash shall be paid to any overseas holder upon the footing of the value so fixed.

 

37.13                 Waiver of dividend

 

The waiver, in whole or in part, of any dividend on any share by any document (whether or not under seal) shall be effective only if such document is signed by the holder (or the person entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder) and delivered to the Company and to the extent that the same is accepted as such or acted upon by the Company.

 

37.14                 Record dates

 

Despite any other provision of these Articles but subject always to the Statutes, the Company or the Directors may by resolution specify a date (the “record date” ) as the date at the close of business (or such other time as the Directors may determine) on which persons registered as the holders of shares or other securities shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, distribution, allotment, issue, notice, information, document or circular and such record date may be on or before the date the same is made, paid or despatched or (in the case of any dividend, interest, allotment or issue) after the date on which the same is recommended, resolved, declared or announced but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the same of the transferors and transferees of any such shares or other securities.

 

37.15                 Scrip dividends

 

With the prior approval of an ordinary resolution of the Company passed at any general meeting the Directors may, in respect of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution, offer any holders of Ordinary Shares (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company itself to the extent that it is such a holder by virtue only of its holding any shares as treasury shares) the right to elect to receive in lieu of that dividend (or part of any of that dividend) an allotment of Ordinary Shares credited as fully paid.  In any such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                 the ordinary resolution may authorise the Directors to make such offer in respect of a particular dividend (whether or not already declared or recommended) and/or in respect of all or any dividends declared, proposed to be paid or made within a period specified by that ordinary resolution;

 

(b)                                 the basis of allotment shall be determined by the Directors so that the value (calculated at the Relevant Price) of the additional Ordinary Shares each holder of Ordinary Shares who elects to receive the same shall be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall equal as nearly as possible the net cash amount of the dividend that such holder elects to forgo and may (with the sanction of a special resolution) exceed such amount.  For the purposes of this Article 37.15, the “Relevant Price” of an Ordinary Share shall be equal to the average middle market quotation for the Ordinary Shares on the London Stock Exchange plc, on such five consecutive dealing days as the Directors shall

 

54



 

determine provided the first of such days shall be on or after the day on which such Ordinary Shares are first quoted “ex” the relevant dividend, or shall be calculated in such other manner as the Directors may determine and is set out in the announcement of the availability of the election in respect of the relevant dividend.  A certificate or report by the Auditors as to the amount of the Relevant Price in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount and in giving such a certificate or report the Auditors may rely on advice or information from brokers or other sources of information as they think fit;

 

(c)                                  if the Directors determine to allow such right of election on any occasion they shall give notice in writing to the holders of Ordinary Shares of the right of election offered to them and shall specify the procedure to be followed (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include an election by means of a Relevant System); the Directors may also establish or vary a procedure for election mandates under which shareholders may elect to receive Ordinary Shares instead of cash both in respect of the relevant dividend and (until they notify the Company that such mandate is revoked) in respect of future dividends not yet declared or resolved (and accordingly in respect of which the basis of allotment shall not have been determined) and the Directors may include in the procedure the right to make and revoke such election by means of a Relevant System;

 

(d)                                 the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable in cash on Ordinary Shares in respect of which the share election has been duly exercised (for the purposes of this Article 37.15, the “elected Ordinary Shares” ), and in the place of that dividend additional shares (subject to paragraph (e)) shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on the basis of allotment determined as already described.  For this purpose, the Directors shall capitalise, out of such of the sums standing to the credit of any reserve (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve and/or profit and loss account) as the Directors may determine, whether or not the same is available for distribution, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of additional Ordinary Shares to be allotted on such basis and shall apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on such basis;

 

(e)                                  no fraction of any share shall be allotted.  The Directors may make provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, the benefit of any fractions accrues to the Company and/or under which fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained and in each case accumulated on behalf of any shareholder and such accruals or retentions are applied to the allotment by way of bonus to or cash subscription on behalf of such shareholder of fully paid shares and/or provisions whereby cash payments may be made to members in respect of their fractional entitlements;

 

(f)                                   the additional Ordinary Shares so allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid Ordinary Shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend;

 

55


 

 

(g)                                  Article 39 ( Capitalisation of reserves ) shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to any capitalisation made pursuant to this Article;

 

(h)                                 the Directors may on any occasion determine that rights of election shall not be made available in respect of Ordinary Shares represented by depositary receipts or to any holders of Ordinary Shares with registered addresses in any territory where in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities the circulation of an offer of rights of election would or might be unlawful, undesirable or impracticable  and in such event the provisions of this Article shall be read and construed subject to such determination;

 

(i)                                     in relation to any particular proposed dividend the Directors may in their absolute discretion amend, suspend or withdraw the offer previously made to holders of Ordinary Shares to elect to receive additional Ordinary Shares in lieu of the cash dividend (or any part of it) at any time prior to the allotment of the additional Ordinary Shares; and

 

(j)                                    unless the Directors otherwise determine, or unless the Regulations and/or the rules of the Relevant System concerned otherwise require the new Ordinary Share or shares which a shareholder has elected to receive instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part) of the specified dividend declared in respect of his elected Ordinary Shares shall be in uncertificated form (in respect of the shareholder’s elected Ordinary Shares which were in uncertificated form on the date of his election and in certificated form (in respect of the shareholder’s elected Ordinary Shares which were in certificated form on the date of his election).

 

38.                               RESERVES

 

The Directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company and carry to reserve such sums as they think proper, which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied and, pending such application, may either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.  The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think it prudent not to divide.  The Directors may divide the reserve into any special funds as they think fit and may consolidate into one fund any special funds or any parts of any special funds into which the reserve may have been divided.

 

The Directors shall transfer to share premium account as required by the Statutes sums equal to the amount or value of any premiums at which any shares of the Company shall be issued.

 

39.                               CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

39.1                        Power to capitalise reserves and funds

 

The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or

 

56



 

fund (including the profit and loss account or income statement) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that the amount to be capitalised be set free for distribution among the members or any class of members who would be entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that it is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by those members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among those members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but so that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and a capital redemption reserve, and any reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up unissued shares of the Company as fully paid.  The Directors may resolve that any shares so allocated to any member in respect of a holding by him of any partly paid shares shall, so long as such shares remain partly paid, rank for dividend only to the extent that the latter shares rank for dividend.  The Directors may authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution providing for the allotment to them respectively of any shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company to which they are entitled on the capitalisation and the agreement shall be binding on those persons.

 

39.2                        Settlement of difficulties in distribution

 

Where any difficulty arises in regard to any distribution of any capitalised reserve or fund the Directors may settle the matter as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

40.                               DOCUMENTS, INFORMATION AND NOTICES

 

40.1                        Service of documents etc.

 

Documents, information and notices may be sent or supplied by the Company to any person entitled to receive such documents, information or notice in any of the forms permitted by the CA06.

 

40.2                        Hard copy

 

Any document, information or notice is validly sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy if it is handed to the intended recipient or sent or supplied by hand or through the post in a prepaid envelope:

 

(a)                                 to an address specified for the purpose by the intended recipient;

 

(b)                                 if the intended recipient is a company, to its registered office;

 

(c)                                  to the address shown in the Company’s register of members;

 

57



 

(d)                                 to any address to which any provision of the CA06 authorises it to be sent or supplied;

 

(e)                                  if the Company is unable to obtain an address falling within paragraphs (a) to (d), to the last address known to the Company of the intended recipient.

 

40.3                        Electronic form

 

Any document, information or notice is validly sent or supplied by the Company in electronic form:

 

(a)                                 to a person if that person has agreed (generally or specifically) that the document, information or notice may be sent or supplied in that form and has not revoked that agreement; or

 

(b)                                 to a company that is deemed to have so agreed by the CA06.

 

40.4                        Electronic means

 

Any document, information or notice is validly sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means if it is sent or supplied:

 

(a)                                 to an address specified for the purpose by the intended recipient (generally or specifically); or

 

(b)                                 where the intended recipient is a company, to an address deemed by the CA06 to have been so specified.

 

40.5                        Website

 

Any document, information or notice is validly sent or supplied by the Company to a person by being made available on a website if:

 

(a)                                 the person has agreed (generally or specifically) that the document, information or notice may be sent or supplied to him in that manner, or he is taken to have so agreed under Schedule 5 CA06, and in either case he has not revoked that agreement;

 

(b)                                 the Company has notified the intended recipient of:

 

(i)                                     the presence of the document, information or notice on the website;

 

(ii)                                  the address of the website;

 

(iii)                               the place on the website where it may be accessed;

 

(iv)                              how to access the document, information or notice; and

 

(v)                                 any other information prescribed by the Statutes including, when the document, information or notice is a notice of meeting, that fact, the place, date and time of the meeting and whether the meeting is an annual general meeting; and

 

58



 

(c)                                  the document, information or notice is available on the website throughout the period specified by any applicable provision of the CA06 or, if no such period is specified, the period of 28 days starting on the date on which the notification referred to in Article 40.5(b) is sent to the relevant person.

 

40.6                        Any other means

 

Any document, information or notice that is sent or supplied otherwise than in hard copy or electronic form or by means of a website is validly sent or supplied if it is sent or supplied in a form or manner that has been agreed by the intended recipient.

 

40.7                        Joint holders

 

In respect of joint holdings all documents, notices and information shall be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of such joint holding, and notice so sent or supplied shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.  A joint holder whose name stands first in the Register but who has no specified or registered address in the United Kingdom for the service of notices shall be disregarded for this purpose except to the extent that the Company intends to send or supply a notice by electronic means and the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register has agreed (generally or specifically) to the sending or supply of that document, information or notice by electronic means and has not revoked that agreement and he has notified the Company of an address for that purpose.  Anything to be agreed or specified in respect of a joint holding may be agreed or specified by the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register.  Paragraphs 16(2) and 16(3), Schedule 5 CA06 shall not apply.

 

40.8                        Members resident abroad

 

A member who (having no registered address within the United Kingdom) has not supplied to the Company an address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices shall not be entitled to receive any document, information or notice from the Company except to the extent that the Directors decide to send a document, information or a notice to that member by electronic means and that member has consented (or is deemed to have consented) to the sending of that document, information or notice by electronic means and he has, where necessary, notified the Company of an address for that purpose.

 

40.9                        Presence at meeting evidence in itself of receipt of notice

 

A member present either in person or by proxy, or in the case of a corporate member by a duly authorised representative, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

40.10                 Notice etc. given by advertisement in certain circumstances

 

Unless the Statutes require a notice, document or information to be sent or supplied in a different way, any notice, information or document shall be sufficiently sent or supplied if published by advertisement inserted once in at least one national newspaper published in the United Kingdom.

 

59



 

40.11                 When document etc. deemed served

 

(a)                                 Where a document, information or a notice is sent by post it shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient on the day following the day on which it was posted unless it was sent by second class post in which case it shall be deemed to have been given on the day next but one after it was posted.  In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed, prepaid and posted.

 

(b)                                 A notice given by advertisement shall be deemed to have been given or served on the day on which the advertisement appears.

 

(c)                                  Where a document, information or notice is sent or supplied by electronic means it shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient on the same day as the day on which it was sent.  In proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the document, information or notice was properly addressed.

 

(d)                                 Where a document, information or notice is sent or supplied by means of a website, it is deemed to have been received by the recipient when the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website.

 

(e)                                  In calculating a period of hours for the purposes of this article, it is immaterial whether a day is a working day (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) or not.

 

(f)                                   Where a document, information or a notice to be given or sent by electronic means has failed to be transmitted after three attempts, then that notice or other document shall nevertheless be deemed to have been sent for the purposes of paragraph (c) and, without prejudice to Article 40.13, that failure shall not invalidate any meeting or other proceeding to which the notice or document relates.

 

40.12                 Manner of giving notice of general meetings

 

Notice of every general meeting shall, subject to the provisions of these Articles, be given in any manner authorised in these Articles to:

 

(a)                                 every member entitled to notice under Articles 40.1, 40.7 and 40.8;

 

(b)                                 all persons entitled to a share in consequence of death or bankruptcy of a member, if the Company has been notified in accordance with Article 40.14;

 

(c)                                  the Auditors for the time being of the Company; and

 

(d)                                 the Directors and alternate Directors of the Company.

 

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

60



 

40.13                 Omission or non-receipt of document etc.

 

Without prejudice to Article 18.5 ( Omission or non-receipt of notice of general meeting or resolution ) or Article 22.7 ( Accidental omission to send proxy ), the accidental failure to send any document, notice or information to or the non-receipt of any document, notice or information by any person entitled to any document, notice or information relating to any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or other proceeding.

 

40.14                 Service of document etc. on person entitled by transmission

 

A person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share, and upon supplying also an address within the United Kingdom for the sending or supply of documents, notices or information (or, in relation to any document, notice or information which that person agrees (generally or specifically) to receive and which the Company intends to send or supply using electronic means, an address for that purpose), shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him at such address any document, notice or information to which the member (but for his death or bankruptcy) would have been entitled, and that sending or supply shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient sending or supply of that document, notice or information on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.  Except as already provided, any document, information or notice sent by post to, left at or sent or supplied using electronic means to the address of any member in pursuance of these Articles shall, even if the member is then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first-named joint holder.

 

40.15                 Notice when post not available

 

If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom the Company desires to but is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post then, despite the availability of any other method of sending or supplying notices under Article 40.3, 40.4, 40.5 or 40.6, a general meeting may be convened by a notice advertised on the same date in at least one national newspaper published in the United Kingdom and such notice shall be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied to all members entitled to it to whom the Company would otherwise have sent the relevant notice by post at noon on the day on which the advertisement appears.  In any such case the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post to all members to whom it would otherwise have sent the original notice by post if at least seven days prior to the meeting the posting of notices to addresses throughout the United Kingdom again becomes practicable.

 

40.16                 Power to stop sending documents etc. to untraced shareholders

 

If three separate documents, notices or information have been sent on consecutive occasions through the post to any member at any address specified in Article 40.2, whether the documents, notices or information are duplicates of ones originally sent

 

61



 

using electronic means that failed to be transmitted electronically or ones that were originally sent by post, and have been returned undelivered, such member shall not after that be entitled to receive documents, notices or other information from the Company until he shall have communicated with the Company and supplied in writing to the Office a new address as specified in Article 40.2 or, in so far as the Company intends to send or supply any document, notice or information using electronic means and the member has agreed (generally or specifically) to the sending or supply of that document, notice or information by electronic means, an address for that purpose.

 

40.17                 Reference to documents being served etc.

 

The provisions of Article 40 apply to any notice, document or information to be sent or supplied under these Articles whether the Articles require the notice, document or information to be “sent” or “supplied” or any other word such as “given”, “delivered” or “served”.

 

41.                               WINDING UP

 

41.1                        Distribution of assets otherwise than in cash on a winding up

 

If the Company is wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision or by the Court), the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Statutes, divide among the members (excluding the Company itself to the extent that it is a member by virtue only of its holding any shares as treasury shares) in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company whether or not the assets shall consist of property of one kind or shall consist of properties of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.  The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he with the like authority determines, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no members shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

 

41.2                        Distribution of shares or other consideration on a transfer or sale

 

A special resolution sanctioning a transfer or sale to another company duly passed pursuant to s110 Insolvency Act 1986 may authorise the distribution of any shares or other consideration receivable by the liquidator among the members (whether or not in accordance with the existing rights of members) and any such distribution shall be binding on all members subject to the right of dissent and consequential rights conferred by s111 Insolvency Act 1986.

 

42.                               INDEMNITY FOR DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

42.1                        Power to grant indemnities/Indemnity

 

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes but without prejudice to any indemnity to which he may otherwise be entitled, the Company shall

 

62



 

indemnify each director or other officer of the Company or of an Associated Company of the Company/a Subsidiary against:

 

(a)                                 any liability incurred by or attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company/Subsidiary other than, in the case of a director of Company or an Associated Company of the Company, a liability:

 

(i)                                     to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company; or

 

(ii)                                  of the kind referred to in s234(3) CA06; and

 

(b)                                 any other liability incurred by or attaching to him in the actual or purported execution or discharge of his duties, the exercise or purported exercise of his powers or otherwise in relation to his duties, powers or office.

 

42.2                        Power to grant pension scheme indemnities

 

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes, the Company may, at the Board’s discretion and on such terms as the Board may decide from time to time, indemnify any director of an Associated Company of the Company/a Subsidiary if that Associated Company/Subsidiary is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined in s235(6) CA06) against any liability incurred in connection with that company’s activities as trustee of that scheme.

 

42.3                        Interpretation

 

(a)                                 For the purposes of Article 42.1 and Article 43 ( Insurance for Directors and Officers ) and Article 44 ( Defence expenditure ):

 

(i)                                     “officer” does not include an auditor; and

 

(ii)                                  “Associated Company” is to be interpreted in accordance with s256 CA06.

 

(b)                                 Where a director or other officer is indemnified against a liability in accordance with Article 42.1 or 42.2, the indemnity extends to each cost, charge, loss, expense and liability incurred by him in relation to that liability.

 

43.                               INSURANCE FOR DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 42 ( Indemnity for Directors and Officers ) and subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes, the Directors shall have power to purchase, fund and/or maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors, officers or employees of the Company, or of any company which is an Associated Company of the Company/a Subsidiary or in any way allied to or associated with the Company or any such Associated Company/Subsidiary or of any predecessors of the business of the Company or any such company, or who are or were at any time trustees of any pension fund in which any employees of the Company or of any such other company are interested, including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing)

 

63



 

insurance against any liability incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of their duties, the exercise or purported exercise of their powers or otherwise in relation to their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Company or any such other company or pension fund.

 

44.                               DEFENCE EXPENDITURE

 

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes, the Company may:

 

(a)                                 provide a director or other officer of the Company or of its Associated Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him:

 

(i)                                     in defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company or in connection with any application for relief under any of the provisions referred to in s205(5) CA06; and

 

(ii)                                  in defending himself in an investigation by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company; and

 

(b)                                 do anything to enable such a director or other officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

64


 



Exhibit 4.1

 

00000044601 G210/01 CAPITA TEAR HERE SHARE CERTIFICATE G210/01 CERTIFICATE NO. L/A CODE INVESTOR CODE DATE AMOUNT IN FIGURES GW Pharmaceuticals plc (Incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 1985 with registered number 4160917) THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the undermentioned is/are the registered holder(s) of Ordinary Shares of 0.1p each fully paid in GW Pharmaceuticals plc subject to the Articles of Association of the Company. NAME(S) OF HOLDER(S) AMOUNT IN WORDS THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN DULY ISSUED AND AUTHORISED BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION. NOTE: Any change in the ownership of the above (either in total or in part) will be registered only if both the transfer and this certificate are lodged with the Company's Registrar. Capita Registrars, The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 ATLI. THIS DOCUMENT IS VALUABLE AND SHOULD BE KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

 

 



Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

SHARE WARRANT

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

(Incorporated under the Companies Acts 1985 and 1989)

 

Warrant to subscribe for 1,208,627 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that Biomedical Value Fund, L.P. having its principal place of business at 165 Mason Street, 3 rd  Floor, Greenwich, C.T.06830 is the registered holder of a warrant to subscribe for 1,208,627 ordinary shares of £0.001 each in GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company” ) subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and otherwise on the terms and conditions attached to this Certificate (subject as amended) which provide, inter alia, for adjustment to the number of shares subject to the Warrant (as defined in the said terms and conditions) in certain circumstances.

 

The holder of the Warrant represents and warrants, as to itself, as to the statements in (i) through (s) of the Notice of Exercise to this Warrant.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED this day of

 

2009

 

 

 

by

Director, and

)

/s/ Justin Gover

 

Director/Secretary,

)

/s/ David Kirk

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

)

 

 

1



 

IMPORTANT:

 

(1)                                  The Warrant evidenced by this Certificate is exercisable at any time up to and including the final date of the applicable Warrant Term by completion of the Notice of Exercise set out below and lodgment of such Notice at the then registered office of the Company together with the appropriate payment. After the final date of the applicable Warrant Term this Certificate will cease to have any value or effect in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

(2)                                  No transfer of the Warrant evidenced by this Certificate (or any part thereof) will be registered unless it is in accordance with the attached terms and conditions and is accompanied by this Certificate.

 

2



 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Directors
GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

We hereby exercise our Warrant evidenced by this Certificate to subscribe for *[    ] shares in your company (the “Shares” ) and attach a cheque for £[   ]

 

1.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We request that a certificate for the said [      ] Shares [and a balance certificate in respect of the Warrant] be sent by post to me at my risk at the first address shown or to the agent lodging this Certificate.

 

Lodged by: (agent to whom certificate(s) should be sent)

 

2.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Please complete. If no number is inserted the Notice will be deemed to relate to all the shares subject to the Warrant.

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3



 

In connection with this Notice of exercise, we represent and warrant and undertake that (Check appropriate box):

 

(i)                                      See (i) below

 

(ii)                                   See (ii) below

 

(i)

 

We (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) are outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended ( “Regulation S” ) and we (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) acquired this Warrant in a bona fide re-sale transaction outside the United States pursuant to the safe harbour provisions of Regulation S;

 

or

 

(ii)

 

(a)                                  we acknowledge that (i) we are acquiring the Shares for our own account, not on behalf of others, and for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof in violation of the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any US State securities laws; and (ii) the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws, and that the Shares are being offered and sold to us in a transaction not involving a public offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(b)                                  we acknowledge that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale, and that the Shares may not be sold in the US without registration under the Securities Act, except for sales pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or in a transaction not subject to such requirements (subject to receipt of any legal opinion by the Company to assure such compliance);

 

(c)                                   we agree not to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the laws and regulations of any state or municipality having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(d)                                  we acknowledge that no federal or state agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares or the adequacy of the disclosure made by the Company with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   (i) we have reviewed such additional information about the Company and the Shares as we consider necessary or appropriate to an investment decision, and (ii) we have had an opportunity to ask

 

4



 

questions and receive answers from the Company regarding our acquisition of the Shares; (iii) we are not in possession of any inside information (as that term is defined in either and/or both the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and FSMA) relating to the Company; and (iv) we are not in possession of any price sensitive information (as that term is used in the AIM Rules) relating to the Company;

 

(f)                                    we acknowledge that (i) we can bear the economic risk of losing our entire investment in the Shares, (ii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, (iii) we understand the business in which the Company is engaged and (iv) we have not made such investment in the Company in response to a general solicitation or general advertisement by the Company or any person acting on its behalf;

 

(g)                                   we are (i) an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; (ii) we were not formed for the specific purpose of making an investment in the Company; and (iii) have not been subject to any general solicitation or advertising;

 

(h)                                  we acknowledge that the securities we are acquiring are “restricted securities” and any certificated shares issued to us will have the following legend affixed thereto:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (SUBJECT TO RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF ANY LEGAL OPINION TO ASSURE SUCH COMPLIANCE).

 

(i)                                      We are not a national or resident of Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan or a corporation, partnership or other entity organised under the laws of Canada (or any political sub-division of it), Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan and that we will not offer, sell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any of the Shares in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries or to or for the benefit of any person resident in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries;

 

(j)                                     we are entitled to subscribe for or acquire the Shares under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions which apply to us and that we have fully observed such laws and obtained all governmental and other consents which may be required thereunder and complied with all necessary

 

5



 

formalities and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company or its directors, officers, employees or agents acting in breach of any regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription agreement;

 

(k)                                  we have obtained all necessary consents and authorities to enable us to subscribe for or acquire Shares and to perform our subscription obligations, and we have otherwise observed the laws of all requisite territories, obtained any requisite governmental or other consents, complied with all requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes due in connection with its acceptance in any territory and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company acting in breach of the regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription;

 

(l)                                      we warrant that we and any person on whose behalf we are acting is a person falling within Article 19(1) and/or 49(1) of the Financial Promotions Order 2005 (SI 20065/1529), and, in any event, is a person who falls within Paragraph (7) of Section 86 of FSMA;

 

(m)                              we warrant that we have not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state except in circumstances which have not resulted and which will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state within the meaning of the Prospectus Rules made by the FSA pursuant to Part IV of FSMA, the Prospectus Regulations 2005 or otherwise;

 

(n)                                  we warrant that we have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) relating to the Shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not require approval of the communication by an authorised person;

 

(o)                                  we warrant that we have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA and all other applicable laws with respect to anything done by us in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

 

(p)                                  we acknowledge that we have complied fully with any obligations that we have in any jurisdiction under any applicable anti-money laundering, proceeds of crime or anti-terrorism laws or regulations in relation to the activities we are to perform in connection with the subscription agreement and will provide all information and evidence that the Company may require of us in order to comply with our obligations under any such legislation (including, if applicable, the Money Laundering Regulations 2007);

 

(q)                                  we acknowledge and confirm that our name and the number of Shares to be subscribed by us may be disclosed if required by law or by any

 

6



 

applicable rules or regulations including pursuant to FSMA, the AIM Rules or the Rules of the UK Listing Authority;

 

(r)                                     we confirm that in subscribing for the Shares we are acting as principal and for no other person and that its acceptance of that commitment will not give any other person a contractual right to require the issue by the Company of any of the Shares;

 

(s)                                    we acknowledge that we have the power and authority to carry on the activities in which we are engaged, to subscribe for the Shares and to execute and deliver all documents necessary for such subscription.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       DEFINED TERMS

 

In these terms and conditions:

 

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company current at the date of this Warrant and as amended from time to time;

 

“Company” means GW Pharmaceutical plc (Company Number 4160917) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ;

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof;

 

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

“Shares” means the 1,208,627 ordinary shares of £0.001 in the capital of the Company (subject to adjustment in accordance with Paragraph 9) to be issued or allotted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and having the rights and privileges set out in the Articles;

 

“Registered Holder” means the person in whose name this Certificate is registered;

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary as that expression is defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and “ Subsidiaries ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“this Warrant” means the warrant evidenced by the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached, to subscribe for the Warrant Shares (subject to variation as specified in this Warrant);

 

“Warrant Price” means £1.75; and

 

“Warrant Term” means, in respect of each grant of Shares, the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the fifth anniversary thereof, during which may exercise this Warrant.

 

2.                                       WARRANT SUBJECT TO THE ARTICLES

 

This Warrant is held subject to Articles and otherwise on these terms and conditions which are binding upon the Company and the Registered Holder and all persons

 

7



 

claiming through or under them respectively. This Warrant will be registered and the subscription rights represented thereby will be transferable in multiples of Shares.

 

3.                                       RIGHT OF REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Registered Holder shall have the right upon exercise of this Warrant to subscribe in cash for the Shares of the Company. This Warrant is exercisable by the Registered Holder in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the relevant Warrant Term.

 

4.                                       EXERCISE OF WARRANT

 

In order to exercise this Warrant, the Notice of Exercise must be completed and signed by the Registered Holder and lodged at the then registered office of the Company together with a payment to the Company equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which this Warrant is exercised. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Execution and delivery of the Notice of Exercise with respect to less than all of the Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original Warrant and issuance of a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Shares. On or before the first business day following the date on which the Company has received each of the Notice of Exercise and the Warrant Price for the number of Shares being exercised (the “ Exercise Delivery Documents ”), the Company shall transmit by facsimile an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of the Exercise Delivery Documents to the Registered Holder. On or before the third business day following the date on which the Company has received all of the Exercise Delivery Documents (the “ Share Delivery Date ”), the Company shall allot and issue to the Registered Holders such aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise and as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter instruct the Company’s registrar to issue a share certificate in respect of the aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise.

 

5.                                       PART EXERCISE

 

5.1                                Part exercise

 

Where this Warrant is exercised in part only, it shall be so exercised in respect of not less than 5 per cent. of the Shares.

 

If this Warrant is exercised before the expiry of the relevant Warrant Term in respect of part only of the Shares, a certificate in respect of the balance will be issued by the Company to the Registered Holder.

 

6.                                       TAXES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and other governmental charges with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Shares unless such tax or charge is imposed upon the Registered Holder. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any transfer tax or other similar charge imposed in connection with the issuance of any certificate for the shares in any name other than the Registered Holder, and in such

 

8



 

case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any share certificate until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the satisfaction of the Company that no such tax or charge is due.

 

7.                                       PAYMENT OF THE WARRANT PRICE

 

Payment of the Warrant Price shall be made by certified or official bank cheque.

 

8.                                       RANKING OF SHARES ISSUED

 

Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant will rank pari passu in all respects from the date of issue with the remaining shares of the Company then in issue except for cash dividends declared, made or paid on or after, but for which the record date is fixed prior to, the date of issue in respect of a financial year or other accounting reference period of the Company ending on or before the date of issue.

 

9.                                       REORGANISATION

 

9.1                                Reorganisation

 

If while this Warrant has not been exercised in full there is:

 

(a)                                  a consolidation or sub-division of the ordinary shares of the Company into shares of larger or smaller denominations than £0.001; or

 

(b)                                  any allotment of fully paid Ordinary Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves to holders of the Ordinary Shares on a date (or by reference to a record date),

 

the number and/or nominal value of Ordinary Shares to be subscribed on a subsequent exercise of this Warrant will be increased or (as the case may be) reduced proportionately on the basis that immediately after the allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) the then outstanding Warrants shall relate to the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares as that to which this Warrant related immediately before such allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) and the Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

In the event of a such capitalisation, sub-division or consolidation the Company’s accountants, acting as experts and not as an arbitrator, shall certify the appropriate adjustments (if any) which they believe to be fair and reasonable and, within 28 days thereof, notice will be sent to the Registered Holder, together with a Certificate in respect of any additional Warrants and the price at which such Warrants may be exercised to which the Registered Holder is entitled in consequence of such adjustments (if any).

 

9.2                                Notification

 

The Company shall notify the Registered Holder as early as practicable in advance of any record date for the issue (or if no record date, the issue) of Ordinary Shares whether by rights or otherwise (including but without prejudice to the generality or the foregoing by way of open offer or a placing), however the Company shall not so

 

9



 

notify the Registered Holder in advance of any public or regulatory announcement of such record date or issue.

 

10.                                NO FRACTIONS OF SHARES ISSUED

 

No fraction of a Share will be issued of exercise of this Warrant.

 

11.                                WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

 

If a resolution is passed on or before the expiry of the Warrant Term for the voluntary winding up of the Company (except for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation or merger in which case the Company will procure that the Registered Holder is granted by the reconstructed or amalgamated company a substituted warrant of a value equivalent to the value of this Warrant immediately prior to such reconstruction or amalgamation) the Registered Holder will be entitled on giving notice in writing to the liquidator of the Company within 42 days of the passing of such resolution to elect that for the purpose of ascertaining his rights in the winding up he shall be treated as if he had immediately before the date of the passing of the resolution exercised his rights to acquire Shares pursuant to this Warrant and in that event he shall be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pan passu with the holders of the shares of the Company such a sum as he would have received had he been the holder of the Shares to which he would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise after deducting a sum equal to the sum which would have been payable in respect of such exercise. Subject to this paragraph, this Warrant shall lapse on liquidation of the Company.

 

12.                                UNDERTAKINGS BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall keep available for issue sufficient unissued Shares to satisfy in full this Warrant on any exercise hereof and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all Shares issued as a result of any such exercise are admitted to trading on AIM with effect from their date of issue. So long as the Ordinary Shares of the Company are admitted to trading on AIM, the Company shall cause the Shares to be also so admitted at all times, and as soon as practicable following their issue.

 

13.                                QUESTIONS ON ANY ADJUSTMENT TO WARRANT PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES

 

If any questions shall arise in regard in nature or extent of any adjustment to be made to the Warrant Price or number of Shares subject to this Warrant pursuant to any of the provisions of Paragraph 9 (Reorganisation) the same shall be referred for determination either by some person, firm or company nominated jointly for such purpose by the Company and the Registered Holder or, failing agreement on such joint nomination, by a firm of Chartered Accountants to be nominated at the request of the Company or the Registered Holder by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and so that any person, firm or company so nominated shall be deemed to be acting as an expert or experts and not as an arbitrator or arbitrators and his or their decision shall be binding on all concerned.

 

10



 

14.                                ALTERATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHED TO WARRANT

 

All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Warrant may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Registered Holder.

 

15.                                TRANSFERS

 

The provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to the transfer of shares shall apply equally (mutatis mutandis) to the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached and to the rights conferred by this Warrant. Subject to such provisions such Certificate and rights shall be transferable by instrument or transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which may be approved by the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

16.                                DOCUMENTS TO BE SENT TO REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Company will send or procure to be sent to a copy of each published annual report of the Company together with all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and copies of every statement, notice or circular issued to the members of the Company concurrently with the issue of the same to its members.

 

17.                                RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

The parties do not intend any term of this Deed to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

18.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The Warrant and these terms and conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

11




Exhibit 4.5

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

SHARE WARRANT

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

(Incorporated under the Companies Acts 1985 and 1989)

 

Warrant to subscribe for 1,208,627 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that Biomedical Value Fund, L.P.  having its principal place of business at 165 Mason Street, 3 rd  Floor, Greenwich, C.T. 06830 is the registered holder of a warrant to subscribe for 1,208,627 ordinary shares of £0.001 each in GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company” ) subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and otherwise on the terms and conditions attached to this Certificate (subject as amended) which provide, inter alia, for adjustment to the number of shares subject to the Warrant (as defined in the said terms and conditions) in certain circumstances.

 

The holder of the Warrant represents and warrants, as to itself, as to the statements in (i) through (s) of the Notice of Exercise to this Warrant.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED this day of                         , 2009

 

by                 Director, and

)

/s/ Justin Gover

 

               Director/Secretary,

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

/s/ David Kirk

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

)

 

 

 

1



 

IMPORTANT:

 

(1)                                  The Warrant evidenced by this Certificate is exercisable at any time up to and including the final date of the applicable Warrant Term by completion of the Notice of Exercise set out below and lodgment of such Notice at the then registered office of the Company together with the appropriate payment.  After the final date of the applicable Warrant Term this Certificate will cease to have any value or effect in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

(2)                                  No transfer of the Warrant evidenced by this Certificate (or any part thereof) will be registered unless it is in accordance with the attached terms and conditions and is accompanied by this Certificate.

 

2



 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Directors
GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

We hereby exercise our Warrant evidenced by this Certificate to subscribe for *[      ] shares in your company (the “Shares” ) and attach a cheque for £[    ]

 

1.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We request that a certificate for the said [     ] Shares and [a balance certificate in respect of the Warrant] be sent by post to me at my risk at the first address shown or to the agent lodging this Certificate.

 

Lodged by:  (agent to whom certificate(s) should be sent)

 

2.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Please complete.  If no number is inserted the Notice will be deemed to relate to all the shares subject to the Warrant.

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3



 

In connection with this Notice of exercise, we represent and warrant and undertake that (Check appropriate box):

 

(i)                                      See (i) below

 

(ii)                                   See (ii) below

 

(i)

 

We (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) are outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Regulation S”) and we (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) acquired this Warrant in a bona fide re-sale transaction outside the United States pursuant to the safe harbour provisions of Regulation S;

 

or

 

(ii)

 

(a)                                  we acknowledge that (i) we are acquiring the Shares for our own account, not on behalf of others, and for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof in violation of the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any US State securities laws; and (ii) the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws, and that the Shares are being offered and sold to us in a transaction not involving a public offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(b)                                  we acknowledge that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale, and that the Shares may not be sold in the US without registration under the Securities Act, except for sales pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or in a transaction not subject to such requirements (subject to receipt of any legal opinion by the Company to assure such compliance);

 

(c)                                   we agree not to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the laws and regulations of any state or municipality having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(d)                                  we acknowledge that no federal or state agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares or the adequacy of the disclosure made by the Company with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   (i) we have reviewed such additional information about the Company and the Shares as we consider necessary or appropriate to an investment decision, and (ii) we have had an opportunity to ask

 

4



 

questions and receive answers from the Company regarding our acquisition of the Shares; (iii) we are not in possession of any inside information (as that term is defined in either and/or both the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and FSMA) relating to the Company; and (iv) we are not in possession of any price sensitive information (as that term is used in the AIM Rules) relating to the Company;

 

(f)                                    we acknowledge that (i) we can bear the economic risk of losing our entire investment in the Shares, (ii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, (iii) we understand the business in which the Company is engaged and (iv) we have not made such investment in the Company in response to a general solicitation or general advertisement by the Company or any person acting on its behalf;

 

(g)                                   we are (i) an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; (ii) we were not formed for the specific purpose of making an investment in the Company; and (iii) have not been subject to any general solicitation or advertising;

 

(h)                                  we acknowledge that the securities we are acquiring are “restricted securities” and any certificated shares issued to us will have the following legend affixed thereto:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (SUBJECT TO RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF ANY LEGAL OPINION TO ASSURE SUCH COMPLIANCE).

 

(i)                                      We are not a national or resident of Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan or a corporation, partnership or other entity organised under the laws of Canada (or any political sub-division of it), Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan and that we will not offer, sell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any of the Shares in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries or to or for the benefit of any person resident in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries;

 

(j)                                     we are entitled to subscribe for or acquire the Shares under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions which apply to us and that we have fully observed such laws and obtained all governmental and other consents which may be required thereunder and complied with all necessary

 

5



 

formalities and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company or its directors, officers, employees or agents acting in breach of any regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription agreement;

 

(k)                                  we have obtained all necessary consents and authorities to enable us to subscribe for or acquire Shares and to perform our subscription obligations, and we have otherwise observed the laws of all requisite territories, obtained any requisite governmental or other consents, complied with all requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes due in connection with its acceptance in any territory and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company acting in breach of the regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription;

 

(l)                                      we warrant that we and any person on whose behalf we are acting is a person falling within Article 19(1) and/or 49(1) of the Financial Promotions Order 2005 (SI 20065/1529), and, in any event, is a person who falls within Paragraph (7) of Section 86 of FSMA;

 

(m)                              we warrant that we have not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state except in circumstances which have not resulted and which will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state within the meaning of the Prospectus Rules made by the FSA pursuant to Part IV of FSMA, the Prospectus Regulations 2005 or otherwise;

 

(n)                                  we warrant that we have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) relating to the Shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not require approval of the communication by an authorised person;

 

(o)                                  we warrant that we have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA and all other applicable laws with respect to anything done by us in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

 

(p)                                  we acknowledge that we have complied fully with any obligations that we have in any jurisdiction under any applicable anti-money laundering, proceeds of crime or anti-terrorism laws or regulations in relation to the activities we are to perform in connection with the subscription agreement and will provide all information and evidence that the Company may require of us in order to comply with our obligations under any such legislation (including, if applicable, the Money Laundering Regulations 2007);

 

(q)                                  we acknowledge and confirm that our name and the number of Shares to be subscribed by us may be disclosed if required by law or by any

 

6



 

applicable rules or regulations including pursuant to FSMA, the AIM Rules or the Rules of the UK Listing Authority;

 

(r)                                     we confirm that in subscribing for the Shares we are acting as principal and for no other person and that its acceptance of that commitment will not give any other person a contractual right to require the issue by the Company of any of the Shares;

 

(s)                                    we acknowledge that we have the power and authority to carry on the activities in which we are engaged, to subscribe for the Shares and to execute and deliver all documents necessary for such subscription.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                  DEFINED TERMS

 

In these terms and conditions:

 

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company current at the date of this Warrant and as amended from time to time;

 

“Company” means GW Pharmaceutical plc (Company Number 4160917) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ;

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof;

 

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

“Shares” means the 1,208,627 ordinary shares of £0.001 in the capital of the Company (subject to adjustment in accordance with Paragraph 9) to be issued or allotted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and having the rights and privileges set out in the Articles;

 

“Registered Holder” means the person in whose name this Certificate is registered;

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary as that expression is defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and “ Subsidiaries ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“this Warrant” means the warrant evidenced by the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached, to subscribe for the Warrant Shares (subject to variation as specified in this Warrant);

 

“Warrant Price” means £1.05; and

 

“Warrant Term” means, in respect of each grant of Shares, the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the fifth anniversary thereof, during which may exercise this Warrant.

 

2.                                       WARRANT SUBJECT TO THE ARTICLES

 

This Warrant is held subject to Articles and otherwise on these terms and conditions which are binding upon the Company and the Registered Holder and all persons

 

7



 

claiming through or under them respectively.  This Warrant will be registered and the subscription rights represented thereby will be transferable in multiples of Shares.

 

3.                                       RIGHT OF REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Registered Holder shall have the right upon exercise of this Warrant to subscribe in cash for the Shares of the Company.  This Warrant is exercisable by the Registered Holder in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the relevant Warrant Term.

 

4.                                       EXERCISE OF WARRANT

 

In order to exercise this Warrant, the Notice of Exercise must be completed and signed by the Registered Holder and lodged at the then registered office of the Company together with a payment to the Company equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which this Warrant is exercised.  The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder.  Execution and delivery of the Notice of Exercise with respect to less than all of the Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original Warrant and issuance of a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Shares.  On or before the first business day following the date on which the Company has received each of the Notice of Exercise and the Warrant Price for the number of Shares being exercised (the “Exercise Delivery Documents” ), the Company shall transmit by facsimile an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of the Exercise Delivery Documents to the Registered Holder.  On or before the third business day following the date on which the Company has received all of the Exercise Delivery Documents (the “Share Delivery Date” ), the Company shall allot and issue to the Registered Holders such aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise and as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter instruct the Company’s registrar to issue a share certificate in respect of the aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise.

 

5.                                       PART EXERCISE

 

5.1                                Part exercise

 

Where this Warrant is exercised in part only, it shall be so exercised in respect of not less than 5 per cent. of the Shares.

 

If this Warrant is exercised before the expiry of the relevant Warrant Term in respect of part only of the Shares, a certificate in respect of the balance will be issued by the Company to the Registered Holder.

 

6.                                       TAXES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and other governmental charges with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Shares unless such tax or charge is imposed upon the Registered Holder.  The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any transfer tax or other similar charge imposed in connection with the issuance of any certificate for the shares in any name other than the Registered Holder, and in such

 

8



 

case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any share certificate until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the satisfaction of the Company that no such tax or charge is due.

 

7.                                       PAYMENT OF THE WARRANT PRICE

 

Payment of the Warrant Price shall be made by certified or official bank cheque.

 

8.                                       RANKING OF SHARES ISSUED

 

Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant will rank pari passu in all respects from the date of issue with the remaining shares of the Company then in issue except for cash dividends declared, made or paid on or after, but for which the record date is fixed prior to, the date of issue in respect of a financial year or other accounting reference period of the Company ending on or before the date of issue.

 

9.                                       REORGANISATION

 

9.1                                Reorganisation

 

If while this Warrant has not been exercised in full there is:

 

(a)                                  a consolidation or sub-division of the ordinary shares of the Company into shares of larger or smaller denominations than £0.001; or

 

(b)                                  any allotment of fully paid Ordinary Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves to holders of the Ordinary Shares on a date (or by reference to a record date),

 

the number and/or nominal value of Ordinary Shares to be subscribed on a subsequent exercise of this Warrant will be increased or (as the case may be) reduced proportionately on the basis that immediately after the allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) the then outstanding Warrants shall relate to the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares as that to which this Warrant related immediately before such allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) and the Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

In the event of a such capitalisation, sub-division or consolidation the Company’s accountants, acting as experts and not as an arbitrator, shall certify the appropriate adjustments (if any) which they believe to be fair and reasonable and, within 28 days thereof, notice will be sent to the Registered Holder, together with a Certificate in respect of any additional Warrants and the price at which such Warrants may be exercised to which the Registered Holder is entitled in consequence of such adjustments (if any).

 

9.2                                Notification

 

The Company shall notify the Registered Holder as early as practicable in advance of any record date for the issue (or if no record date, the issue) of Ordinary Shares whether by rights or otherwise (including but without prejudice to the generality or the foregoing by way of open offer or a placing), however the Company shall not so

 

9



 

notify the Registered Holder in advance of any public or regulatory announcement of such record date or issue.

 

10.                                NO FRACTIONS OF SHARES ISSUED

 

No fraction of a Share will be issued of exercise of this Warrant.

 

11.                                WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

 

If a resolution is passed on or before the expiry of the Warrant Term for the voluntary winding up of the Company (except for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation or merger in which case the Company will procure that the Registered Holder is granted by the reconstructed or amalgamated company a substituted warrant of a value equivalent to the value of this Warrant immediately prior to such reconstruction or amalgamation) the Registered Holder will be entitled on giving notice in writing to the liquidator of the Company within 42 days of the passing of such resolution to elect that for the purpose of ascertaining his rights in the winding up he shall be treated as if he had immediately before the date of the passing of the resolution exercised his rights to acquire Shares pursuant to this Warrant and in that event he shall be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pan passu with the holders of the shares of the Company such a sum as he would have received had he been the holder of the Shares to which he would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise after deducting a sum equal to the sum which would have been payable in respect of such exercise.  Subject to this paragraph, this Warrant shall lapse on liquidation of the Company.

 

12.                                UNDERTAKINGS BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall keep available for issue sufficient unissued Shares to satisfy in full this Warrant on any exercise hereof and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all Shares issued as a result of any such exercise are admitted to trading on AIM with effect from their date of issue.  So long as the Ordinary Shares of the Company are admitted to trading on AIM, the Company shall cause the Shares to be also so admitted at all times, and as soon as practicable following their issue.

 

13.                                QUESTIONS ON ANY ADJUSTMENT TO WARRANT PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES

 

If any questions shall arise in regard in nature or extent of any adjustment to be made to the Warrant Price or number of Shares subject to this Warrant pursuant to any of the provisions of Paragraph 9 (Reorganisation) the same shall be referred for determination either by some person, firm or company nominated jointly for such purpose by the Company and the Registered Holder or, failing agreement on such joint nomination, by a firm of Chartered Accountants to be nominated at the request of the Company or the Registered Holder by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and so that any person, firm or company so nominated shall be deemed to be acting as an expert or experts and not as an arbitrator or arbitrators and his or their decision shall be binding on all concerned.

 

10



 

14.                                ALTERATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHED TO WARRANT

 

All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Warrant may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Registered Holder.

 

15.                                TRANSFERS

 

The provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to the transfer of shares shall apply equally (mutatis mutandis) to the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached and to the rights conferred by this Warrant.  Subject to such provisions such Certificate and rights shall be transferable by instrument or transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which may be approved by the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

16.                                DOCUMENTS TO BE SENT TO REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Company will send or procure to be sent to a copy of each published annual report of the Company together with all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and copies of every statement, notice or circular issued to the members of the Company concurrently with the issue of the same to its members.

 

17.                                RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

The parties do not intend any term of this Deed to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

18.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The Warrant and these terms and conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

11




Exhibit 4.6

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

SHARE WARRANT

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

(Incorporated under the Companies Acts 1985 and 1989)

 

Warrant to subscribe for 679,853 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, Ltd having its principal place of business at 165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor, Greenwich, C.T.06830 is the registered holder of a warrant to subscribe for 679,853 ordinary shares of £0.001 each in GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company” ) subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and otherwise on the terms and conditions attached to this Certificate (subject as amended) which provide, inter alia, for adjustment to the number of shares subject to the Warrant (as defined in the said terms and conditions) in certain circumstances.

 

The holder of the Warrant represents and warrants, as to itself, as to the statements in (i) through (s) of the Notice of Exercise to this Warrant.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED this day of

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

by

Director, and

)

 

/s/ Justin Gover

 

Director/Secretary,

)

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

/s/ David Kirk

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

)

 

 

 

1



 

IMPORTANT:

 

(1)                                  The Warrant evidenced by this Certificate is exercisable at any time up to and including the final date of the applicable Warrant Term by completion of the Notice of Exercise set out below and lodgment of such Notice at the then registered office of the Company together with the appropriate payment. After the final date of the applicable Warrant Term this Certificate will cease to have any value or effect in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

(2)                                  No transfer of the Warrant evidenced by this Certificate (or any part thereof) will be registered unless it is in accordance with the attached terms and conditions and is accompanied by this Certificate.

 

2



 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Directors
GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

We hereby exercise our Warrant evidenced by this Certificate to subscribe for *[      shares in your company (the “Shares” ) and attach a cheque for £[    ]

 

1.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We request that a certificate for the said [    ] Shares [and a balance certificate in respect of the Warrant] be sent by post to me at my risk at the first address shown or to the agent lodging this Certificate.

 

Lodged by: (agent to whom certificate(s) should be sent)

 

2.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Please complete. If no number is inserted the Notice will be deemed to relate to all the shares subject to the Warrant.

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3



 

In connection with this Notice of exercise, we represent and warrant and undertake that (Check appropriate box):

 

(i)                                      See (i) below

 

(ii)                                   See (ii) below

 

(i)

 

We (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) are outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Regulation S”) and we (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) acquired this Warrant in a bona fide re-sale transaction outside the United States pursuant to the safe harbour provisions of Regulation S;

 

or

 

(ii)

 

(a)                                  we acknowledge that (i) we are acquiring the Shares for our own account, not on behalf of others, and for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof in violation of the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any US State securities laws; and (ii) the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws, and that the Shares are being offered and sold to us in a transaction not involving a public offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(b)                                  we acknowledge that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale, and that the Shares may not be sold in the US without registration under the Securities Act, except for sales pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or in a transaction not subject to such requirements (subject to receipt of any legal opinion by the Company to assure such compliance);

 

(c)                                   we agree not to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the laws and regulations of any state or municipality having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(d)                                  we acknowledge that no federal or state agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares or the adequacy of the disclosure made by the Company with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   (i) we have reviewed such additional information about the Company and the Shares as we consider necessary or appropriate to an investment decision, and (ii) we have had an opportunity to ask

 

4



 

questions and receive answers from the Company regarding our acquisition of the Shares; (iii) we are not in possession of any inside information (as that term is defined in either and/or both the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and FSMA) relating to the Company; and (iv) we are not in possession of any price sensitive information (as that term is used in the AIM Rules) relating to the Company;

 

(f)                                    we acknowledge that (i) we can bear the economic risk of losing our entire investment in the Shares, (ii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, (iii) we understand the business in which the Company is engaged and (iv) we have not made such investment in the Company in response to a general solicitation or general advertisement by the Company or any person acting on its behalf;

 

(g)                                   we are (i) an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; (ii) we were not formed for the specific purpose of making an investment in the Company; and (iii) have not been subject to any general solicitation or advertising;

 

(h)                                  we acknowledge that the securities we are acquiring are “restricted securities” and any certificated shares issued to us will have the following legend affixed thereto:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (SUBJECT TO RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF ANY LEGAL OPINION TO ASSURE SUCH COMPLIANCE).

 

(i)                                      We are not a national or resident of Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan or a corporation, partnership or other entity organised under the laws of Canada (or any political sub-division of it), Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan and that we will not offer, sell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any of the Shares in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries or to or for the benefit of any person resident in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries;

 

(j)                                     we are entitled to subscribe for or acquire the Shares under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions which apply to us and that we have fully observed such laws and obtained all governmental and other consents which may be required thereunder and complied with all necessary

 

5



 

formalities and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company or its directors, officers, employees or agents acting in breach of any regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription agreement;

 

(k)                                  we have obtained all necessary consents and authorities to enable us to subscribe for or acquire Shares and to perform our subscription obligations, and we have otherwise observed the laws of all requisite territories, obtained any requisite governmental or other consents, complied with all requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes due in connection with its acceptance in any territory and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company acting in breach of the regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription;

 

(l)                                      we warrant that we and any person on whose behalf we are acting is a person falling within Article 19(1) and/or 49(1) of the Financial Promotions Order 2005 (SI 20065/1529), and, in any event, is a person who falls within Paragraph (7) of Section 86 of FSMA;

 

(m)                              we warrant that we have not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state except in circumstances which have not resulted and which will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state within the meaning of the Prospectus Rules made by the FSA pursuant to Part IV of FSMA, the Prospectus Regulations 2005 or otherwise;

 

(n)                                  we warrant that we have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) relating to the Shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not require approval of the communication by an authorised person;

 

(o)                                  we warrant that we have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA and all other applicable laws with respect to anything done by us in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

 

(p)                                  we acknowledge that we have complied fully with any obligations that we have in any jurisdiction under any applicable anti-money laundering, proceeds of crime or anti-terrorism laws or regulations in relation to the activities we are to perform in connection with the subscription agreement and will provide all information and evidence that the Company may require of us in order to comply with our obligations under any such legislation (including, if applicable, the Money Laundering Regulations 2007);

 

(q)                                  we acknowledge and confirm that our name and the number of Shares to be subscribed by us may be disclosed if required by law or by any

 

6



 

applicable rules or regulations including pursuant to FSMA, the AIM Rules or the Rules of the UK Listing Authority;

 

(r)                                     we confirm that in subscribing for the Shares we are acting as principal and for no other person and that its acceptance of that commitment will not give any other person a contractual right to require the issue by the Company of any of the Shares;

 

(s)                                    we acknowledge that we have the power and authority to carry on the activities in which we are engaged, to subscribe for the Shares and to execute and deliver all documents necessary for such subscription.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       DEFINED TERMS

 

In these terms and conditions:

 

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company current at the date of this Warrant and as amended from time to time;

 

“Company” means GW Pharmaceutical plc (Company Number 4160917) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ;

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof;

 

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

“Shares” means the 679,853 ordinary shares of £0.001 in the capital of the Company (subject to adjustment in accordance with Paragraph 9) to be issued or allotted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and having the rights and privileges set out in the Articles;

 

“Registered Holder” means the person in whose name this Certificate is registered;

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary as that expression is defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and “Subsidiaries” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“this Warrant” means the warrant evidenced by the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached, to subscribe for the Warrant Shares (subject to variation as specified in this Warrant);

 

“Warrant Price” means £1.75; and

 

“Warrant Term” means, in respect of each grant of Shares, the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the fifth anniversary thereof, during which may exercise this Warrant.

 

2.                                       WARRANT SUBJECT TO THE ARTICLES

 

This Warrant is held subject to Articles and otherwise on these terms and conditions which are binding upon the Company and the Registered Holder and all persons

 

7



 

claiming through or under them respectively. This Warrant will be registered and the subscription rights represented thereby will be transferable in multiples of Shares.

 

3.                                       RIGHT OF REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Registered Holder shall have the right upon exercise of this Warrant to subscribe in cash for the Shares of the Company. This Warrant is exercisable by the Registered Holder in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the relevant Warrant Term.

 

4.                                       EXERCISE OF WARRANT

 

In order to exercise this Warrant, the Notice of Exercise must be completed and signed by the Registered Holder and lodged at the then registered office of the Company together with a payment to the Company equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which this Warrant is exercised. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Execution and delivery of the Notice of Exercise with respect to less than all of the Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original Warrant and issuance of a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Shares. On or before the first business day following the date on which the Company has received each of the Notice of Exercise and the Warrant Price for the number of Shares being exercised (the “Exercise Delivery Documents ”), the Company shall transmit by facsimile an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of the Exercise Delivery Documents to the Registered Holder. On or before the third business day following the date on which the Company has received all of the Exercise Delivery Documents (the “Share Delivery Date” ), the Company shall allot and issue to the Registered Holders such aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise and as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter instruct the Company’s registrar to issue a share certificate in respect of the aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise.

 

5.                                       PART EXERCISE

 

5.1                                Part exercise

 

Where this Warrant is exercised in part only, it shall be so exercised in respect of not less than 5 per cent. of the Shares.

 

If this Warrant is exercised before the expiry of the relevant Warrant Term in respect of part only of the Shares, a certificate in respect of the balance will be issued by the Company to the Registered Holder.

 

6.                                       TAXES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and other governmental charges with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Shares unless such tax or charge is imposed upon the Registered Holder. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any transfer tax or other similar charge imposed in connection with the issuance of any certificate for the shares in any name other than the Registered Holder, and in such

 

8



 

case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any share certificate until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the satisfaction of the Company that no such tax or charge is due.

 

7.                                       PAYMENT OF THE WARRANT PRICE

 

Payment of the Warrant Price shall be made by certified or official bank cheque.

 

8.                                       RANKING OF SHARES ISSUED

 

Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant will rank pari passu in all respects from the date of issue with the remaining shares of the Company then in issue except for cash dividends declared, made or paid on or after, but for which the record date is fixed prior to, the date of issue in respect of a financial year or other accounting reference period of the Company ending on or before the date of issue.

 

9.                                       REORGANISATION

 

9.1                                Reorganisation

 

If while this Warrant has not been exercised in full there is:

 

(a)                                  a consolidation or sub-division of the ordinary shares of the Company into shares of larger or smaller denominations than £0.001;

 

(b)                                  or any allotment of fully paid Ordinary Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves to holders of the Ordinary Shares on a date (or by reference to a record date),

 

the number and/or nominal value of Ordinary Shares to be subscribed on a subsequent exercise of this Warrant will be increased or (as the case may be) reduced proportionately on the basis that immediately after the allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) the then outstanding Warrants shall relate to the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares as that to which this Warrant related immediately before such allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) and the Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

In the event of a such capitalisation, sub-division or consolidation the Company’s accountants, acting as experts and not as an arbitrator, shall certify the appropriate adjustments (if any) which they believe to be fair and reasonable and, within 28 days thereof, notice will be sent to the Registered Holder, together with a Certificate in respect of any additional Warrants and the price at which such Warrants may be exercised to which the Registered Holder is entitled in consequence of such adjustments (if any).

 

9.2                                Notification

 

The Company shall notify the Registered Holder as early as practicable in advance of any record date for the issue (or if no record date, the issue) of Ordinary Shares whether by rights or otherwise (including but without prejudice to the generality or the foregoing by way of open offer or a placing), however the Company shall not so

 

9



 

notify the Registered Holder in advance of any public or regulatory announcement of such record date or issue.

 

10.                                NO FRACTIONS OF SHARES ISSUED

 

No fraction of a Share will be issued of exercise of this Warrant.

 

11.                                WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

 

If a resolution is passed on or before the expiry of the Warrant Term for the voluntary winding up of the Company (except for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation or merger in which case the Company will procure that the Registered Holder is granted by the reconstructed or amalgamated company a substituted warrant of a value equivalent to the value of this Warrant immediately prior to such reconstruction or amalgamation) the Registered Holder will be entitled on giving notice in writing to the liquidator of the Company within 42 days of the passing of such resolution to elect that for the purpose of ascertaining his rights in the winding up he shall be treated as if he had immediately before the date of the passing of the resolution exercised his rights to acquire Shares pursuant to this Warrant and in that event he shall be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pari passu with the holders of the shares of the Company such a sum as he would have received had he been the holder of the Shares to which he would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise after deducting a sum equal to the sum which would have been payable in respect of such exercise. Subject to this paragraph, this Warrant shall lapse on liquidation of the Company.

 

12.                                UNDERTAKINGS BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall keep available for issue sufficient unissued Shares to satisfy in full this Warrant on any exercise hereof and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all Shares issued as a result of any such exercise are admitted to trading on AIM with effect from their date of issue. So long as the Ordinary Shares of the Company are admitted to trading on AIM, the Company shall cause the Shares to be also so admitted at all times, and as soon as practicable following their issue.

 

13.                                QUESTIONS ON ANY ADJUSTMENT TO WARRANT PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES

 

If any questions shall arise in regard in nature or extent of any adjustment to be made to the Warrant Price or number of Shares subject to this Warrant pursuant to any of the provisions of Paragraph 9 (Reorganisation) the same shall be referred for determination either by some person, firm or company nominated jointly for such purpose by the Company and the Registered Holder or, failing agreement on such joint nomination, by a firm of Chartered Accountants to be nominated at the request of the Company or the Registered Holder by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and so that any person, firm or company so nominated shall be deemed to be acting as an expert or experts and not as an arbitrator or arbitrators and his or their decision shall be binding on all concerned.

 

10



 

14.                                ALTERATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHED TO WARRANT

 

All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Warrant may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Registered Holder.

 

15.                                TRANSFERS

 

The provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to the transfer of shares shall apply equally (mutatis mutandis) to the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached and to the rights conferred by this Warrant. Subject to such provisions such Certificate and rights shall be transferable by instrument or transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which may be approved by the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

16.                                DOCUMENTS TO BE SENT TO REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Company will send or procure to be sent to a copy of each published annual report of the Company together with all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and copies of every statement, notice or circular issued to the members of the Company concurrently with the issue of the same to its members.

 

17.                                RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

The parties do not intend any term of this Deed to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

18.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The Warrant and these terms and conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

11




Exhibit 4.7

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

SHARE WARRANT

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 

(Incorporated under the Companies Acts 1985 and 1989)

 

Warrant to subscribe for 679,853 Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that Biomedical Offshore Value Fund, Ltd having its principal place of business at 165 Mason Street, 3 rd  Floor, Greenwich, C.T.06830 is the registered holder of a warrant to subscribe for 679,853 ordinary shares of £0.001 each in GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company” ) subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and otherwise on the terms and conditions attached to this Certificate (subject as amended) which provide, inter alia, for adjustment to the number of shares subject to the Warrant (as defined in the said terms and conditions) in certain circumstances.

 

The holder of the Warrant represents and warrants, as to itself, as to the statements in (i) through (s) of the Notice of Exercise to this Warrant.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED this day of

 

2009

 

 

 

 

by

Director, and

)

/s/ Justin Gover

 

Director/Secretary,

)

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

/s/ David Kirk

GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

)

 

 

1



 

IMPORTANT:

 

(1)                                  The Warrant evidenced by this Certificate is exercisable at any time up to and including the final date of the applicable Warrant Term by completion of the Notice of Exercise set out below and lodgment of such Notice at the then registered office of the Company together with the appropriate payment. After the final date of the applicable Warrant Term this Certificate will cease to have any value or effect in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

(2)                                  No transfer of the Warrant evidenced by this Certificate (or any part thereof) will be registered unless it is in accordance with the attached terms and conditions and is accompanied by this Certificate.

 

2



 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Directors

GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

We hereby exercise our Warrant evidenced by this Certificate to subscribe for *[ ] shares in your company (the “Shares” ) and attach a cheque for £[          ]

 

1.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We request that a certificate for the said [      ] Shares [and a balance certificate in respect of the Warrant] be sent by post to me at my risk at the first address shown or to the agent lodging this Certificate.

 

Lodged by: (agent to whom certificate(s) should be sent)

 

2.

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

*Please complete. If no number is inserted the Notice will be deemed to relate to all the shares subject to the Warrant.

 

THIS WARRANT, AND ANY SHARES TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3



 

In connection with this Notice of exercise, we represent and warrant and undertake that (Check appropriate box):

 

(i)            See (i) below

 

(ii)           See (ii) below

 

(i)

 

We (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) are outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Regulation S”) and we (and each person, if any, on whose behalf we are acting) acquired this Warrant in a bona fide re-sale transaction outside the United States pursuant to the safe harbour provisions of Regulation S;

 

(ii)

 

(a)                                  we acknowledge that (i) we are acquiring the Shares for our own account, not on behalf of others, and for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof in violation of the US Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any US State securities laws; and (ii) the Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws, and that the Shares are being offered and sold to us in a transaction not involving a public offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(b)                                  we acknowledge that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and resale, and that the Shares may not be sold in the US without registration under the Securities Act, except for sales pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or in a transaction not subject to such requirements (subject to receipt of any legal opinion by the Company to assure such compliance);

 

(c)                                   we agree not to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any US State Securities Laws or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the laws and regulations of any state or municipality having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(d)                                  we acknowledge that no federal or state agency has passed upon the Shares or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares or the adequacy of the disclosure made by the Company with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   (i) we have reviewed such additional information about the Company and the Shares as we consider necessary or appropriate to an investment decision, and (ii) we have had an opportunity to ask

 

4



 

questions and receive answers from the Company regarding our acquisition of the Shares; (iii) we are not in possession of any inside information (as that term is defined in either and/or both the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and FSMA) relating to the Company; and (iv) we are not in possession of any price sensitive information (as that term is used in the AIM Rules) relating to the Company;

 

(f)                                    we acknowledge that (i) we can bear the economic risk of losing our entire investment in the Shares, (ii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, (iii) we understand the business in which the Company is engaged and (iv) we have not made such investment in the Company in response to a general solicitation or general advertisement by the Company or any person acting on its behalf;

 

(g)                                   we are (i) an “Accredited Investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; (ii) we were not formed for the specific purpose of making an investment in the Company; and (iii) have not been subject to any general solicitation or advertising;

 

(h)                                  we acknowledge that the securities we are acquiring are “restricted securities” and any certificated shares issued to us will have the following legend affixed thereto:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (SUBJECT TO RECEIPT BY THE COMPANY OF ANY LEGAL OPINION TO ASSURE SUCH COMPLIANCE).

 

(i)                                      We are not a national or resident of Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan or a corporation, partnership or other entity organised under the laws of Canada (or any political sub-division of it), Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan and that we will not offer, sell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any of the Shares in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries or to or for the benefit of any person resident in Canada, Australia, South Africa, the Republic of Ireland, or Japan in violation of the laws of those countries;

 

(j)                                     we are entitled to subscribe for or acquire the Shares under the laws of all relevant jurisdictions which apply to us and that we have fully observed such laws and obtained all governmental and other consents which may be required thereunder and complied with all necessary

 

5



 

formalities and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company or its directors, officers, employees or agents acting in breach of any regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription agreement;

 

(k)                                  we have obtained all necessary consents and authorities to enable us to subscribe for or acquire Shares and to perform our subscription obligations, and we have otherwise observed the laws of all requisite territories, obtained any requisite governmental or other consents, complied with all requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes due in connection with its acceptance in any territory and we have not taken any action which will or may result in the Company acting in breach of the regulatory or legal requirements of any territory in connection with the subscription;

 

(l)                                      we warrant that we and any person on whose behalf we are acting is a person falling within Article 19(1) and/or 49(1) of the Financial Promotions Order 2005 (SI 20065/1529), and, in any event, is a person who falls within Paragraph (7) of Section 86 of FSMA;

 

(m)                              we warrant that we have not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state except in circumstances which have not resulted and which will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom or in any EEA state within the meaning of the Prospectus Rules made by the FSA pursuant to Part IV of FSMA, the Prospectus Regulations 2005 or otherwise;

 

(n)                                  we warrant that we have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) relating to the Shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not require approval of the communication by an authorised person;

 

(o)                                  we warrant that we have complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA and all other applicable laws with respect to anything done by us in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

 

(p)                                  we acknowledge that we have complied fully with any obligations that we have in any jurisdiction under any applicable anti-money laundering, proceeds of crime or anti-terrorism laws or regulations in relation to the activities we are to perform in connection with the subscription agreement and will provide all information and evidence that the Company may require of us in order to comply with our obligations under any such legislation (including, if applicable, the Money Laundering Regulations 2007);

 

(q)                                  we acknowledge and confirm that our name and the number of Shares to be subscribed by us may be disclosed if required by law or by any

 

6



 

applicable rules or regulations including pursuant to FSMA, the AIM Rules or the Rules of the UK Listing Authority;

 

(r)                                     we confirm that in subscribing for the Shares we are acting as principal and for no other person and that its acceptance of that commitment will not give any other person a contractual right to require the issue by the Company of any of the Shares;

 

(s)                                    we acknowledge that we have the power and authority to carry on the activities in which we are engaged, to subscribe for the Shares and to execute and deliver all documents necessary for such subscription.

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                       DEFINED TERMS

 

In these terms and conditions:

 

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company current at the date of this Warrant and as amended from time to time;

 

“Company” means GW Pharmaceutical plc (Company Number 4160917) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ;

 

“Effective Date” means the date hereof;

 

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

“Shares” means the 679,853 ordinary shares of £0.001 in the capital of the Company (subject to adjustment in accordance with Paragraph 9) to be issued or allotted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and having the rights and privileges set out in the Articles;

 

“Registered Holder” means the person in whose name this Certificate is registered;

 

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary as that expression is defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and “Subsidiaries” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“this Warrant” means the warrant evidenced by the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached, to subscribe for the Warrant Shares (subject to variation as specified in this Warrant);

 

“Warrant Price” means £1.05; and

 

“Warrant Term” means, in respect of each grant of Shares, the period commencing on the Effective Date and expiring on the fifth anniversary thereof, during which may exercise this Warrant.

 

2.                                       WARRANT SUBJECT TO THE ARTICLES

 

This Warrant is held subject to Articles and otherwise on these terms and conditions which are binding upon the Company and the Registered Holder and all persons

 

7



 

claiming through or under them respectively. This Warrant will be registered and the subscription rights represented thereby will be transferable in multiples of Shares.

 

3.                                       RIGHT OF REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Registered Holder shall have the right upon exercise of this Warrant to subscribe in cash for the Shares of the Company. This Warrant is exercisable by the Registered Holder in whole or in part at any time and from time to time during the relevant Warrant Term.

 

4.                                       EXERCISE OF WARRANT

 

In order to exercise this Warrant, the Notice of Exercise must be completed and signed by the Registered Holder and lodged at the then registered office of the Company together with a payment to the Company equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which this Warrant is exercised. The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Execution and delivery of the Notice of Exercise with respect to less than all of the Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original Warrant and issuance of a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Shares. On or before the first business day following the date on which the Company has received each of the Notice of Exercise and the Warrant Price for the number of Shares being exercised (the “Exercise Delivery Documents” ), the Company shall transmit by facsimile an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of the Exercise Delivery Documents to the Registered Holder. On or before the third business day following the date on which the Company has received all of the Exercise Delivery Documents (the “Share Delivery Date” ), the Company shall allot and issue to the Registered Holders such aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise and as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter instruct the Company’s registrar to issue a share certificate in respect of the aggregate number of Shares to which the Registered Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise.

 

5.                                       PART EXERCISE

 

5.1                                Part exercise

 

Where this Warrant is exercised in part only, it shall be so exercised in respect of not less than 5 per cent. of the Shares.

 

If this Warrant is exercised before the expiry of the relevant Warrant Term in respect of part only of the Shares, a certificate in respect of the balance will be issued by the Company to the Registered Holder.

 

6.                                      TAXES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes and other governmental charges with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Shares unless such tax or charge is imposed upon the Registered Holder. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any transfer tax or other similar charge imposed in connection with the issuance of any certificate for the shares in any name other than the Registered Holder, and in such

 

8



 

case the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any share certificate until such tax or other charge has been paid or it has been established to the satisfaction of the Company that no such tax or charge is due.

 

7.                                       PAYMENT OF THE WARRANT PRICE

 

Payment of the Warrant Price shall be made by certified or official bank cheque.

 

8.                                       RANKING OF SHARES ISSUED

 

Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant will rank pari passu in all respects from the date of issue with the remaining shares of the Company then in issue except for cash dividends declared, made or paid on or after, but for which the record date is fixed prior to, the date of issue in respect of a financial year or other accounting reference period of the Company ending on or before the date of issue.

 

9.                                       REORGANISATION

 

9.1                                Reorganisation

 

If while this Warrant has not been exercised in full there is:

 

(a)                                  a consolidation or sub-division of the ordinary shares of the Company into shares of larger or smaller denominations than £0.001; or

 

(b)                                  or any allotment of fully paid Ordinary Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves to holders of the Ordinary Shares on a date (or by reference to a record date),

 

the number and/or nominal value of Ordinary Shares to be subscribed on a subsequent exercise of this Warrant will be increased or (as the case may be) reduced proportionately on the basis that immediately after the allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) the then outstanding Warrants shall relate to the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares as that to which this Warrant related immediately before such allotment (as referred to in sub-paragraph (b)), sub-division or consolidation (as referred to in sub-paragraph (a)) and the Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

In the event of a such capitalisation, sub-division or consolidation the Company’s accountants, acting as experts and not as an arbitrator, shall certify the appropriate adjustments (if any) which they believe to be fair and reasonable and, within 28 days thereof, notice will be sent to the Registered Holder, together with a Certificate in respect of any additional Warrants and the price at which such Warrants may be exercised to which the Registered Holder is entitled in consequence of such adjustments (if any).

 

9.2                                Notification

 

The Company shall notify the Registered Holder as early as practicable in advance of any record date for the issue (or if no record date, the issue) of Ordinary Shares whether by rights or otherwise (including but without prejudice to the generality or the foregoing by way of open offer or a placing), however the Company shall not so

 

9



 

notify the Registered Holder in advance of any public or regulatory announcement of such record date or issue.

 

10.                                NO FRACTIONS OF SHARES ISSUED

 

No fraction of a Share will be issued of exercise of this Warrant.

 

11.                                WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

 

If a resolution is passed on or before the expiry of the Warrant Term for the voluntary winding up of the Company (except for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation or merger in which case the Company will procure that the Registered Holder is granted by the reconstructed or amalgamated company a substituted warrant of a value equivalent to the value of this Warrant immediately prior to such reconstruction or amalgamation) the Registered Holder will be entitled on giving notice in writing to the liquidator of the Company within 42 days of the passing of such resolution to elect that for the purpose of ascertaining his rights in the winding up he shall be treated as if he had immediately before the date of the passing of the resolution exercised his rights to acquire Shares pursuant to this Warrant and in that event he shall be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation pari passu with the holders of the shares of the Company such a sum as he would have received had he been the holder of the Shares to which he would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise after deducting a sum equal to the sum which would have been payable in respect of such exercise. Subject to this paragraph, this Warrant shall lapse on liquidation of the Company.

 

12.                                UNDERTAKINGS BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall keep available for issue sufficient unissued Shares to satisfy in full this Warrant on any exercise hereof and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all Shares issued as a result of any such exercise are admitted to trading on AIM with effect from their date of issue. So long as the Ordinary Shares of the Company are admitted to trading on AIM, the Company shall cause the Shares to be also so admitted at all times, and as soon as practicable following their issue.

 

13.                                QUESTIONS ON ANY ADJUSTMENT TO WARRANT PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES

 

If any questions shall arise in regard in nature or extent of any adjustment to be made to the Warrant Price or number of Shares subject to this Warrant pursuant to any of the provisions of Paragraph 9 (Reorganisation) the same shall be referred for determination either by some person, firm or company nominated jointly for such purpose by the Company and the Registered Holder or, failing agreement on such joint nomination, by a firm of Chartered Accountants to be nominated at the request of the Company or the Registered Holder by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and so that any person, firm or company so nominated shall be deemed to be acting as an expert or experts and not as an arbitrator or arbitrators and his or their decision shall be binding on all concerned.

 

10



 

14.                                ALTERATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHED TO WARRANT

 

All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Warrant may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the Registered Holder.

 

15.                                TRANSFERS

 

The provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company relating to the transfer of shares shall apply equally (mutatis mutandis) to the Certificate to which these terms and conditions are attached and to the rights conferred by this Warrant. Subject to such provisions such Certificate and rights shall be transferable by instrument or transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which may be approved by the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

16.                                DOCUMENTS TO BE SENT TO REGISTERED HOLDER

 

The Company will send or procure to be sent to a copy of each published annual report of the Company together with all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and copies of every statement, notice or circular issued to the members of the Company concurrently with the issue of the same to its members.

 

17.                                RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

The parties do not intend any term of this Deed to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

18.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

The Warrant and these terms and conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

11




Exhibit 10.31

 

Dated 11 th  August, 2010

 

(1) O&H Q7 LIMITED

 

- and -

 

(2) GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

-and-

 

(3) GW PHARMACEUTICALS PLC

 


 

OCCUPATIONAL UNDERLEASE OF

6th FLOOR, ONE CAVENDISH PLACE,

LONDON W1


 

Mishcon de Reya
Summit House
12 Red Lion Square
London WC1R 4QD
Tel: 020 7440 7000
Fax: 020 7404 5982
Ref HL/16795.230
E-mail: helena.liebster@mishcon.com

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

3

 

 

 

2.

INTERPRETATION

10

 

 

 

3.

GRANT, RIGHTS AND OTHER MATTERS

11

 

 

 

4.

RENTS

14

 

 

 

5.

INTEREST

16

 

 

 

6.

OUTGOINGS

16

 

 

 

7.

VALUE ADDED TAX

17

 

 

 

8.

TAXATION

18

 

 

 

9.

LANDLORD’S COSTS

18

 

 

 

10.

REPAIRS, DECORATION ETC.

19

 

 

 

11.

YIELD UP

21

 

 

 

12.

COMPLIANCE WITH NOTICES

22

 

 

 

13.

ALTERATIONS

22

 

 

 

14.

USE OF PREMISES

24

 

 

 

15.

USE RESTRICTIONS

24

 

 

 

16.

LANDLORD’S REGULATIONS

24

 

 

 

17.

EXCLUSION OF WARRANTY AS TO USER

25

 

 

 

18.

GENERAL RESTRICTIONS

25

 

 

 

19.

ASSIGNMENT

26

 

 

 

20.

UNDERLETTING

28

 

 

 

21.

REGISTRATION OF DISPOSITIONS

31

 

 

 

22.

STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

31

 

 

 

23.

PLANNING ACTS

32

 

 

 

24.

STATUTORY NOTICES

33

 

 

 

25.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND EQUIPMENT

34

 

 

 

26.

DEFECTIVE PREMISES

35

 

 

 

27.

INSURANCE PROVISIONS

35

 

 

 

28.

DEFAULT OF TENANT

40

 

 

 

29.

LANDLORD’S SERVICES

42

 

 

 

30.

SERVICE CHARGE

45

 

 

 

31.

OBLIGATIONS AND CONSENTS UNDER SUPERIOR LEASE

48

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

32.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

49

 

 

 

33.

EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED COVENANTS BY LANDLORD

49

 

 

 

34.

RELETTING NOTICES

50

 

 

 

35.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

50

 

 

 

36.

INDEMNITY

50

 

 

 

37.

REPRESENTATIONS

50

 

 

 

38.

EFFECT OF WAIVER

51

 

 

 

39.

NOTICES

51

 

 

 

40.

TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

51

 

 

 

41.

EXCLUSION OF LANDLORD AND TENANT ACT 1954

53

 

 

 

42.

GUARANTOR’S COVENANTS

54

 

 

 

43.

NEW TENANCY

54

 

 

 

44.

INVALIDITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

54

 

 

 

45.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

54

 

 

 

46.

PREVIOUS LEASE B

54

 

 

 

47.

WARRANTED RISK

54

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 Rights And Easements Granted

56

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 Exceptions and Reservations

57

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 Use Restrictions

59

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 Covenants by Guarantor

62

 

 

SCHEDULE 5 Items of Expenditure as referred to in clause 30

67

 

 

SCHEDULE 6 Deeds and documents containing matters to which the premises are subject

72

 

 

SCHEDULE 7 Authorised Guarantee Agreement to be given by Tenant pursuant to clause 19.3.2

73

 

ii



 

Dated 11 th  August, 2010

 

LR1: Date of lease

 

11 th  August 2010

 

 

 

LR2: Title number(s)

 

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)

 

 

 

 

 

314084

 

 

 

 

 

LR2.2 Other title numbers)

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

LR3: Parties to the lease

 

Landlord: O & H Q7 Limited (company reg. no. 5277165) whose registered office is at 25-28 Old Burlington Street, London WIS 3AN

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant: G W Phar a Limited (company reg. no. 3704998) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 OJQ

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor: G W Pharmaceuticals Plc (company reg. no. 4160917) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 OJQ

 

 

 

LR4: Property

 

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease, then for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

The property known as 6 th  floor, One Cavendish Place, London shown edged red on the attached plan as further described in clause 1.23

 

 

 

LR5: Prescribed statements etc.

 

LR5.1 Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

LR5.2 This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

LR6: Term for which the property is leased

 

From and including 1 October 2010 to and including 30 September 2015

 

 

 

LR7: Premium

 

None

 

1



 

LR8: Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 

This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

 

 

 

LR9: flights of acquisition etc

 

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenants to (offer to) surrender this lease

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

 

 

LR10: Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR11: Easements

 

LR11: Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

 

 

 

 

 

See Schedule 1

 

 

 

 

 

LR1.1.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

 

 

 

 

 

See Schedule 2

 

 

 

LR12: Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

 

None

 

 

 

LR13: Application for a standard form of restriction

 

None

 

 

 

LR14: Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the tenant

 

Not applicable

 

2



 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

The expressions Landlord, Tenant, Guarantor, Property and Term have the meanings given to than in clauses LR3, LR4 and LR6.

 

These further definitions apply:

 

1.1                                Additional Rent ” means all sums referred to in clause 5, and all sums which are recoverable as rent in arrear or stated in this Lease to be due to the Landlord;

 

1.2                                Adjoining Property ” means any land and/or buildings adjoining or neighboring the Premises;

 

1.3                                Base Rate ” means the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or some other London clearing bank nominated from time to time by the Landlord or. in the event of base rate being abolished. such other comparable rate of interest as the Landlord shall reasonably specify;

 

1.4                                Building means the land situated at One Cavendish Place. London WI together with the building erected on it or on part of it and registered under title number 314084 and each and every part of the land and building. including all landlord’s fixtures, fittings, plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment now or after the date of this Lease in or upon the same;

 

1.5                                Code of Measuring Practice ” means the current RICS Code of Measuring Practice published on behalf of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors ;

 

1.6                                Common Parts means any entrance halls, lavatories, cleaning cupboards, risers, corridors, passages, lobbies, landings, staircases, lifts, pedestrian ways, courtyards, forecourts, and service areas and loading bays if any and any other amenities in, or forming part of, the Building which are or may from time to time be provided or designated by the Landlord for common use by the tenants and occupiers of the Building

 

3



 

and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by them but excluding the Lettable Areas;

 

1.7                                Conduits means all drains, pipes, gullies, gutters, sewers, ducts, mains, channels, subways, wires, cables, conduits, flues and any other conducting media of whatsoever nature;

 

1.8                                Decoration Year means the year ending 30 September 2013;

 

1.9                                Development means development as defined in section 55 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990;

 

1.10                         Group Company means any company which is. for the time being (a) a subsidiary of the relevant party or (b) the holding company of that party or (c) another subsidiary of the holding company of that party, in each case within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985, as amended by the Companies Act 1989;

 

1.11                         Guarantor means the party named as ‘Guarantor’ in this Lease and includes the person from time to time guaranteeing the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease and. in the case of an individual, includes his personal representatives;

 

1.12                         Initial Rent ” means the sum of one hundred thousand and five hundred pounds sterling (£114,838.00) per annum;

 

1.13                         Insurance Rent ” means:-

 

1.13.1                                       a due proportion (to be fairly and properly determined by the Landlord or the Surveyor) of the sums which the Landlord pays from time to time for insuring the Building against the Insured Risks pursuant to clause 27.1.1 and the other items referred to in clauses 27.1.3 and 27.1.4; and

 

1.13.2                                       all sums which the Landlord pays from time to time for insuring against the loss of the Principal Rent and the Service Charge pursuant to clause 27.1.2;

 

4



 

1.14                         Insured Risks ” means (to the extent that any of the same are insurable in the London insurance market at reasonable cost and on reasonable terms) fire, storm, tempest, flood, earthquake, lightning, explosion, terrorism, impact, aircraft (other than hostile aircraft), subsidence and other aerial devices and articles dropped from them, riot, civil commotion and malicious damage, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, and such other risks as the Landlord may, in its discretion from time to time, determine;

 

1.15                         Landlord means the person for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term;

 

1.16                         Layout Plan means the layout plan attached to this Lease and labelled “Layout Plan”;

 

1.17                         this Lease means this Underlease and any document which is supplemental to it. whether or not it is expressly stated to be so;

 

1.18                         Lettable Areas means those parts of the Building leased or intended to be leased to occupational tenants;

 

1.19                         Net Internal Area ” means the total floor area (expressed in Units of Measurement) measured in accordance with the Code of Measuring Practice ;

 

1.20                         Permitted Use” means good class offices within paragraph (a) of Class B1 (Business) of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 only and not any amendment or re-enactment of such Order made after the date of this Lease and purposes ancillary to such use (but excluding any offices which encourage daily general public access without prior appointment and any other use to which the Landlord may reasonably object on the grounds of good estate management);

 

1.21                         Plan means the plan annexed to this Lease ;

 

1.22                         Planning Acts means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990, the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990, the Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act

 

5



 

1990, the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990, and the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 and any other town and country planning or related legislation;

 

GRAPHIC

 

1.23                         Premises ” means the 6 th  floor of the Building shown edged red on the Plan including:-

 

1.23.1                                       the internal plaster surfaces and finishes of any structural or load bearing walls and columns in or which enclose them, but not any other part of such walls and columns;

 

1.23.2                                       the entirety of any non-structural or non-load bearing walls and columns in them;

 

1.23.3                                       the inner half (severed medially) of any internal non-load hearing walls which divide them from any other part of the Building;

 

1.23.4                                       the floor of them (including raised floors and the cavity below them) but the lower limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything below the floor slabs;

 

6



 

1.23.5                                       the ceiling finishes of them, including suspended ceilings and suspended plaster ceiling (if any) and light fittings but the upper limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything above the ceiling finishes other than the cavity above any suspended ceilings which shall be included;

 

1.23.6                                       all glass in the external windows;

 

1.23.7                                       all sanitary and hot and cold water apparatus and equipment and any radiators in them and all fire fighting equipment and hoses in them together exclusively serving the same;

 

1.23.8                                       all Conduits in them and exclusively serving the same, except those of any utility company;

 

1.23.9                                       all landlord’s fixtures, fitting, plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment at any time in or one them (but not any air conditioning units, sprinklers and ducting and ancillary plant, machinery, apparatus or equipment); and

 

1.23.10                                any additions, alterations and improvements;

 

1.24                         Previous Lease A means the lease dated 27 November 2008 made between (1) the Landlord (2) the Tenant and (3) the Guarantor;

 

1.25                         Previous Lease B ” means the lease dated 1 September 2009 made between (1) the Landlord (2) the Tenant and (3) the Guarantor;

 

1.26                         Previous Leases means Previous Lease A and Previous Lease B;

 

1.27                         Prescribed Rate means four per cent (4%) per annum above the Base Rate;

 

1.28                         Present Tenant ” means (in Schedule 4 ) the Tenant at the time the covenants on the part of the Guarantor arc entered into and (in Schedule 7 ) the Tenant at the time the covenants on the part of the Present Tenant therein referred to are entered into;

 

1.29                         President means the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (or in the event that such Institution ceases to exist such other independent

 

7


 

body as the Landlord may reasonably nominate) and includes the duly appointed deputy of the President or any person authorised by the President or by the Institution or nominated body to make appointments on his or its behalf;

 

1.30                         Principal Rent ” means the rent payable under clause 4.1.1;

 

1.31                         Rent Commencement Date means 1 October 2010;

 

1.32                         Rents means the sums payable by the Tenant under clause 4;

 

1.33                         Retained Parts means all parts of the Building which do not comprise Lettable Areas, including:-

 

1.33.1                                       the Common Parts;

 

1.33.2                                       any parts of the Building reserved by the Landlord for the housing of plant, machinery or equipment, or otherwise in connection with, or required for, the provision of services (which for the avoidance of doubt includes the air conditioning apparatus and risers);

 

1.33.3                                       all Conduits in, on, over or under, or exclusively serving the Building, except any that form part of the Lettable Areas;

 

1.33.4                                       the main structure of the Building, including the roof and its structural parts, the foundations, all external walls, any internal structural or load bearing walls and columns, the structural slabs of the ceilings and floors, any party structures, boundary walls, railings and fences, and all exterior parts of the Building and any pavements, pavement lights, roads and car parking areas (if any) which form part of the Building.

 

1.34                         Schedule of Condition means the schedule of condition attached to this Lease;

 

1.35                         Service Charge has the meaning given to that expression in clause 30;

 

8



 

1.36                         Superior Landlord means or its successor as the person for the time being enfitled to any estate in the Building which is reversionary (whether immediate or mediate) upon the Landlord’s estate;

 

1.37                         Superior Lease means the Lease of the Building dated 2 November 1925 and made between The Right Honourable Thomas Evelyn Baron Howard de Walden and Seaford (1) and James Rossdale (2) for the term of 999 years from 6 January 1914 and any other lease of the Building which is reversionary (whether immediate or mediate) upon this Lease;

 

1.38                         Surveyor means any person appointed by the Landlord to perform the function of a surveyor or an accountant for any purpose of this Lease and includes any employee of the Landlord or of a Group Company of the Landlord appointed for that purpose and any person appointed by the Landlord to collect the rents or to manage the Building;

 

1.39                         Tenant means the party named as ‘Tenant’ in this Lease and includes the Tenant’s successors in title and assigns and, in the case of an individual, his personal representatives;

 

1.40                         Term means the term of years specified in clause 3.1;

 

1.41                         Term Commencement Date means 1 October 2010;

 

1.42                         Unit/s of Measurement means the units of square measurement determined in accordance with the Code of Measuring Practice;

 

1.43                         Utilities means water, soil, steam, air, electricity, radio, television, telegraphic, telephone, telecommunications and other services and supplies of whatsoever nature;

 

1.44                         Value Added Tax means value added tax as defined in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any tax of a similar nature substituted for, or levied in addition to, such value added tax;

 

1.45                         Warranted Risk means, insofar as the same relates to the Works, any substantial and material (in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord having regard to the best interests of

 

9



 

the occupational tenants in the Building) defects in the Works or in, or attributable to the manufacture, construction, design, workmanship or materials used in each case by or on behalf of the building contractors and other consultants employed in carrying out the Works and which causes any of the Tenants to incur an increased service charge liability under this Lease which it would not otherwise have incurred;

 

1.46                         Warrantor means any party (other than the Tenant or any other tenant or occupier of any other part of the Building) against whom (at any relevant time) the Landlord has the right of action for recovery of losses, damages or costs in respect of the Warranted Risks;

 

1.47                         Works means the works described in the Licence for Alterations dated 24 June 2003 and made between (1) the Superior Landlord and (2) the Landlord;

 

1.48                         Working Day means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which clearing banks in the United Kingdom are open to the public for the transaction of business.

 

2.                                      INTERPRETATION

 

Unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent with the same:-

 

2.1                                every covenant by a party comprising more than one person shall be deemed to be made by such party jointly and severally;

 

2.2                                words importing persons shall include companies and corporations and vice versa;

 

2.3                                any covenant by the Tenant not to do any act or thing shall include an obligation not to permit or suffer such act or thing to be done;

 

2.4                                any reference to the right of the Landlord to have access to, or to enter, the Premises shall be construed as extending to the Superior Landlord and to any mortgagee of the Landlord or the Superior Landlord and to all persons authorised by them, including agents, professional advisers, contractors, workmen and others;

 

10



 

2.5                                any requirement that the Tenant must obtain the approval or consent of the Landlord, in respect of any matter mentioned in this Lease includes a requirement that, where necessary under the Superior Lease, the approval or consent of the Superior Landlord must also be obtained in respect of that matter;

 

2.6                                any reference to a statute (whether specifically named or not) shall include any amendment or re-enactment of it for the time being in force, and all instruments, orders, notices, regulations, directions, bye-laws, permissions and plans for the time being made, issued or given under it, or deriving validity from it;

 

2.7                                all agreements and obligations by any party contained in this Lease (whether or not expressed to be covenants) shall be deemed to be, and shall be construed as, covenants by such party;

 

2.8                                the word “ assignment ” includes equitable assignment and the words “ assign ” and “ assignee ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

2.9                                the titles or headings appearing in this Lease are for reference only and shall not affect its construction;

 

2.10                         any reference to a clause or schedule shall mean a clause or schedule of this Lease.

 

SECTION 2

 

GRANT OF LEASE

 

3.                                       GRANT, RIGHTS AND OTHER MATTERS

 

3.1                                Demise and Term

 

In consideration of the rents, covenants and agreements reserved by and contained in, this Lease to be paid and performed by the Tenant, the Landlord leases the Premises with full title guarantee to the Tenant from and including the Term Commencement Date for the term of five (5) years paying the Rents to the Landlord in accordance with clause 4.

 

11



 

3.2                                Rights and Easements

 

There are granted the rights and easements set out in Schedule 1 .

 

3.3                                Exceptions and reservations

 

There are excepted and reserved out of this Lease the rights and easements set out in Schedule 2 .

 

3.4                                Third party rights

 

This Lease is granted subject to any rights, easements, reservations, privileges, covenants, restrictions, stipulations and other matters of whatever nature affecting the Premises including any exceptions or reservations and other matters contained or referred to in the Superior Lease and any matters contained or referred to in the deeds and documents listed in Schedule 6 so far as any of them relate to the Premises and are still subsisting and capable of taking effect.

 

3.5                                No implied easements

 

Nothing contained in this Lease shall confer on, or grant to, the Tenant any easement, right or privilege, other than those expressly granted by this Lease.

 

3.6                                Covenants affecting reversion

 

The Tenant shall perform and observe the agreements, covenants, restrictions and stipulations contained or referred to in the deeds and documents listed in Schedule 6 so far as any of them relate to the Premises and are still subsisting and capable of taking effect.

 

3.7                                Encroachments and easements

 

The Tenant shall not stop up or obstruct any of the windows or lights belonging to the Premises and shall not permit any new window, light, opening, doorway, passage, Conduit or other encroachment or easement to be made or acquired into, on or over the Premises or any part of them. If any person shall attempt to make or acquire any encroachment or easement whatsoever, the Tenant shall give written notice of that fact (o

 

12



 

the Landlord immediately it shall come to the notice of the Tenant and, at the request of the Landlord and at the joint cost of the Landlord and Tenant, adopt such means as may be reasonably required by the Landlord for preventing any encroachment or the acquisition of any easement.

 

3.8                                Covenants relating to other property

 

Nothing contained in, or implied by, this Lease shall give the Tenant the benefit of, or the right to enforce or prevent the release or modification of, any covenant or agreement entered into by any tenant of the Landlord in respect of any property not comprised in this Lease.

 

3.9                                Landlord’s Covenants

 

Covenants on the part of the Landlord are covenants to do or not to do that which is covenanted for so long only as the Landlord remains entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term and until released from such liability pursuant to S. 8 of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

3.10                         Rights of entry by Landlord

 

The Tenant shall permit the Landlord or its surveyor/employees with all necessary materials and appliances to enter and remain on the Premises:-

 

3.10.1                                       to examine the condition of the Premises and to take details of the Landlord’s fixtures in them;

 

3.10.2                                       to exercise any of the rights excepted and reserved by this Lease;

 

3.10.3                                       for any purpose that. in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord. Is necessary to enable it to comply with any covenant on its part contained in the Superior Lease even though the obligation to comply with such covenant may be imposed on the Tenant by this Lease:

 

3.10.4                                       valuing or disposing of the Landlord’s interest in the Building;

 

13



 

3.10.5                                       to carry out inspection, repairs, renewals (when necessary) and maintenance of the flooring and air conditioning units and apparatus within the Premises.

 

3.11                  Terms of entry by Landlord

 

In exercising any of the rights mentioned in clause 3.10, the Landlord or the person exercising the right shall:-

 

3.11.1                                       give to the Tenant reasonable prior notice in writing of at least 3 working days that the right is to be exercised and shall only exercise it at reasonable times (except in an emergency, when no notice need be given and when it can, be exercised at any time);

 

3.11.2                                       cause as little inconvenience as practicable to the Tenant or any other permitted occupier of any part of the Premises; and

 

3.11.3                                       make good, as soon as practicable and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant, any damage caused to the Premises.

 

SECTION 3

 

FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

 

4.                                       RENTS

 

4.1                                Tenant’s obligation to pay

 

The Tenant covenants to pay to the Landlord at all times during the Term:-

 

4.1.1                                              yearly, and proportionately for any fraction of a year, the initial Rent;

 

4.1.2                                              the Insurance Rent;

 

4.1.3                                              the Service Charge;

 

4.1.4                                              the Additional Rent; and

 

14



 

4.1.5                                              any Value Added Tax which may be chargeable in respect of the Principal Rent, the Insurance Rent, the Service Charge and the Additional Rent.

 

4.2                                Dates of payment of Principal Rent

 

The Principal Rent and any Value Added Tax chargeable on it shall be paid in four (4) equal instalments in advance on each 25th March, 24th June, 29th September and 25th December in every year, the first payment, being a proportionate sum in respect of the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date to the day before the quarter day following the Rent Commencement Date to be made on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

4.3                                Method of payment of Principal Rent

 

The Principal Rent and any Value Added Tax chargeable on it shall be paid in such manner as the Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably determine so that the Landlord shall receive full value in cleared funds on the date when payment is due unless the due date for payment is not a Working Day in which case the due date for payment shall be the next Working Day.

 

4.4                                Dates of payment of Insurance Rent and Additional Rent

 

The Insurance Rent and the Additional Rent and any Value Added Tax chargeable on either of them shall be paid within 7 days of receipt of written demand, the first payment of the Insurance Rent having been made on the date of this Lease.

 

4.5                                Dates of payment of Service Charge

 

The Service Charge and any Value Added Tax chargeable on it shall be paid within 7 days of receipt of written demand in accordance with clause 30.

 

15



 

4.6                                No right of set-off

 

Subject to any contrary statutory right, the Tenant shall not exercise any legal or equitable rights of set-off, deduction, abatement or counterclaim which it may have to reduce its liability for Rents.

 

5.                                       INTEREST

 

5.1                                Interest on late payments

 

Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power contained in this Lease or otherwise available to the Landlord, if any of the Rents (whether formally demanded or not save that this provision shall not apply in respect of Service Charge or Insurance Rent which the Landlord must formally demand of the Tenant) or any other sum of money payable to the Landlord by the Tenant under this Lease shall not be paid so that the Landlord receives full value in cleared funds on the due payment date under the terms of this Lease the Tenant shall pay interest on such Rents and/or sums at the Prescribed Rate from and including the date when payment was due to the date of payment to the Landlord (both before and after any judgment).

 

5.2                                Interest on refused payments

 

Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power contained in this Lease or otherwise available to the Landlord, if the Landlord shall decline to accept any of the Rents so as not to waive any existing breach, the Tenant shall pay interest on such Rent at the Prescribed Rate from and including the date when payment was due (or, where applicable, would have been due if demanded on the earliest date on which it could have been demanded) to the date when payment is accepted by the Landlord.

 

6.                                       OUTGOINGS

 

6.1                                Tenant’s obligation to pay

 

The Tenant shall pay, or indemnify the Landlord against, all existing and future rates arising during the Term or any extension or continuation thereof, taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions arid other outgoings whatsoever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description and whether or not of a capital or non-

 

16



 

recurring nature or of a wholly novel character) which are now or may at any time during the Term be Charged, levied, assessed or imposed upon, or payable in respect of, the Premises or upon the owner or occupier of them (excluding any tax payable by the Landlord occasioned by any disposition of, or dealing with, the reversion of this Lease) and, in the absence of a direct assessment on the Premises, shall pay to the Landlord a fair proportion (to be reasonably determined by the Landlord) of any such outgoings.

 

6.2                                Indemnity against void rating relief

 

The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against any loss to the Landlord of void rating relief which might have been applicable to the Premises by reason of the Premises being vacant after the end of the Term (or any earlier termination of it) on the ground that such relief has already been allowed to the Tenant.

 

6.3                                Costs of utilities etc.

 

The Tenant shall:-

 

6.3.1                                              pay all charges for electricity gas and water consumed in the Premises including any connection and hiring charges and meter rents; and

 

6.3.2                                              perform and observe all present and future reasonable regulations and requirements of the electricity, gas and water supply companies or boards in respect of the supply and consumption of electricity, gas and water on the Premises.

 

7.                                       VALUE ADDED TAX

 

7.1                                Sums exclusive of VAT

 

All sums payable under this Lease by the Tenant to the Landlord (with the exception of the rent reserved in clause 4.1.5) shall be deemed to be exclusive of Value Added Tax.

 

17


 

7.2                                Tenant to pay VAT

 

Where pursuant to the terms of this Lease the Landlord makes a supply to the Tenant (other than a supply made in consideration for the payment of the Rents) and Value Added Tax is legally payable in respect of such supply, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on the date of such supply a sum equal to the amount of Value Added Tax so payable.

 

7.3                                VAT incurred by Landlord

 

Where the Tenant is required by the terms of this Lease to reimburse the Landlord for the costs or expenses of any supplies made to the Landlord, the Tenant shall also at the same time pay or, as the case may be, indemnify the Landlord against all Value Added Tax input tax incurred by the Landlord in respect of those supplies save to the extent that the Landlord is entitled to repayment or credit in respect of such Value Added Tax input tax.

 

8.                                       TAXATION

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, the Tenant shall not do on, or in relation to, the Premises or any part of them, or in relation to any interest of the Tenant in the Premises, any act or thing (other than the payment of the Rents) which shall render the Landlord liable for any tax, levy, charge or other fiscal imposition of whatsoever nature save that the Tenant shall be permitted to do and perform anything permitted by this Lease without incurring a liability to the Landlord under this Clause.

 

9.                                       LANDLORD’S COSTS

 

Within ten (10) Working Days of prior written demand, the Tenant shall pay, or indemnify the Landlord, the Superior Landlord and any mortgagee against, all reasonable costs, fees, charges, disbursements and expenses properly incurred by them, including those payable to solicitors, counsel, surveyors, architects and bailiffs;-

 

9.1                                in relation to, or in reasonable contemplation of, the preparation and service of a notice under section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or any proceedings under section 146 or section 147 of that Act (whether or not any right of reentry or forfeiture has been waived by the Landlord or a notice served under section 146 is complied with by the

 

18



 

Tenant or the Tenant has been relieved under the provisions of that Act and even though forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the court);

 

9.2                                in relation to, or in reasonable contemplation of, the preparation and service within 21 days of all notices and schedules relating to any wants of repair, served during or after the expiration of the Term (but relating in all cases only to such wants of repair which accrued not later than the expiration or earlier determination of the Term);

 

9.3                                in connection with the recovery or attempted recovery of arrears of rent or other sums due from the Tenant, or in procuring the remedying of the breach of any covenant by the Tenant;

 

9.4                                in relation to any application for consent required or made necessary by this Lease (such costs to include reasonable management fees and expenses) whether or not it is granted (except in cases where the Landlord is obliged not to withhold its consent unreasonably and the withholding of its consent is held to be unreasonable), or the application is withdrawn.

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND SIGNS

 

10.                                REPAIRS, DECORATION ETC.

 

10.1                         Repairs

 

Subject to clause 10.2, the Tenant shall:-

 

10.1.1                                       repair, and reinstate (as may be necessary); and

 

10.1.2                                       as and when necessary, replace any of the landlord’s fixtures and fittings (excluding the flooring and all air conditioning apparatus situated in the Premises) which may be beyond repair with new ones which are similar in type and quality provided that the Tenant shall not be required by virtue of this clause 10.1 nor any other provision of this lease to put or keep the

 

19



 

Premises in any better state of repair decoration and condition than as is evidenced in the Schedule of Condition (fair wear and tear excepted).

 

10.2                         Damage by the Insured Risks

 

There shall be excepted from the obligations contained in clause 10.1 any damage caused by the Insured Risks (to the extent to which the Landlord covenants to insure the same under Clause 27.1) save to the extent that payment of the insurance monies shall be withheld by reason of any act neglect or default of the Tenant, any undertenant or occupier or any of their respective agents licensees visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them.

 

10.3                         Decorations

 

The Tenant shall:-

 

10.3.1                                       in the Decoration Year and also in the last three (3) months of the Term (whether determined by passage of time or otherwise) in a good and workmanlike manner prepare and decorate with at least two coats of good quality paint or otherwise treat, as appropriate, all parts of the Premises, such decorations and treatment in the last year of the Term to be executed in such colours and materials as the Landlord may reasonably require;

 

10.3.2                                       as often as may be reasonably necessary, wash down all tiles, glazed bricks and similar washable surfaces in the Premises.

 

10.4                         Cleaning

 

The Tenant shall:-

 

10.4.1                                       keep the Premises in a clean and tidy condition and employ only competent and respectable persons as cleaners;

 

10.4.2                                       at least once in every month properly clean the inside of the windows or window frames and all other glass in the Premises unless the Landlord in its

 

20



 

discretion arranges for the cleaning of the windows or window frames of the Premises itself.

 

11.                                YIELD UP

 

11.1                         Reinstatement of Premises

 

Immediately prior to the expiration or earlier determination of the Term, the Tenant shall at its cost:-

 

11.1.1                                       replace any of the landlord’s fixtures and fittings which shall be missing, damaged or destroyed, with new ones of similar kind and quality or (at the option of the Landlord) pay to the Landlord the reasonable cost of replacing any of them;

 

11.1.2                                       remove from the Premises any sign, writing or painting of the name or business of the Tenant or any occupier of them and all tenant’s fixtures, fittings, furniture and effects and make good, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord all damage caused by such removal;

 

11.1.3                                       if so required by the Landlord, but not otherwise remove and make good any alterations or additions made to the Premises during the Term or during the terms of the Previous Leases (but not (to avoid doubt) any alterations or additions made to the Premises at any time prior to the commencement of the term of Previous Lease A), and well and substantially reinstate the Premises in such manner as the Landlord shall direct and to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction provided that the Landlord shall give at least 30 days prior notice to the Tenant prior to the expiry of the Term if it requires the Premises to be reinstated by the removal and making good of any such alterations or additions made to the Premises during the Term or the terms of the Previous Leases failing which the Tenant shall have no liability to the Landlord under this Clause provided that the Landlord and the Tenant acknowledge that the Layout Plan shows the current layout of the Premises and the Landlord and the Tenant agree that the Landlord shall not be entitled to require that the

 

21



 

Tenant removes and the Tenant shall not be obliged to remove prior to or at the expiry of the Term, any of the partitions nor the kitchen area in the Premises shown on the Layout Plan.

 

11.2                         Yielding up in good repair

 

At the expiration or earlier determination of the Term, the Tenant shall quietly yield up the Premises to the Landlord in such state of repair decoration and condition as is in accordance with the covenants by the Tenant contained in this Lease.

 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH NOTICES

 

12.1                         Tenant to remedy breaches of covenant

 

Whenever the Landlord shall give written notice to the Tenant of any defects, wants of repair or breaches of covenant, the Tenant shall, within sixty (60) days of such notice, or sooner if requisite, make good such defects or wants of repair and remedy the breach of covenant to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

12.2                         Failure of Tenant to repair

 

If the Tenant shall fail within fifteen (15) Working days of such notice, or as soon as reasonably possible in the case of emergency, to commence and then diligently and expeditiously to continue to comply with such notice, the Landlord may enter the Premises and carry out, or cause to be carried out, any of the works referred to in such notice and all costs and expenses incurred as a result shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within 7 days of prior written demand, and in default of payment, shall be recoverable as rent in arrear.

 

13.                                ALTERATIONS

 

13.1                         No structural alterations

 

The Tenant shall not alter, cut into or remove any of the principal or load-bearing walls, floors, beams or columns in or enclosing the Premises.

 

22



 

13.2                         No alterations to landlord’s fixtures

 

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition to any of the landlord’s fixtures which for the avoidance of doubt includes the door and glass screens at the entrance to the Premises or to any of the Conduits in the Premises.

 

13.3                         Non-structural alterations

 

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition of a non-structural nature to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) save that for the avoidance of doubt alterations of any kind to the doors and glass screens in the Premises are absolutely prohibited.

 

13.4                         Demountable partitioning

 

The Tenant may install alter or remove demountable partitioning in the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord provided that the Landlord is notified in writing of any such alteration made by the Tenant and is provided with reasonable details of such alterations within 4 weeks following completion of the works.

 

13.5                         Covenants by Tenant

 

The Tenant shall enter into such covenants as the Landlord may reasonably require regarding the execution of any works to which the Landlord consents under this clause, and the reinstatement of the Premises at the end or earlier determination of the Term.

 

13.6                         Signage

 

The Tenant shall not erect or display on the exterior of the Premises or in the windows of them so as to be visible from the exterior any advertisement poster, notice, pole, flag, aerial, satellite dish or any other sign or thing without the prior written approval of the Landlord and subject always to the direction by the Landlord as to the position of any such sign.

 

23



 

SECTION 5

 

USE

 

14.                                USE OF PREMISES

 

14.1                         Permitted use

 

The Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part of them except for the Permitted Use.

 

14.2                         Tenant not to leave Premises unoccupied

 

The Tenant shall not leave the Premises continuously unoccupied for more than thirty (30) days without notifying the Landlord and providing, or paying for such caretaking or security arrangements as the Landlord shall reasonably require in order to protect the Premises from vandalism, theft or unlawful occupation.

 

14.3                         Details of keyboarders

 

The Tenant shall ensure that, at all times, the Landlord has particulars of the name, home address and home telephone number of at least two keyholders of the Premises.

 

14.4                         Keys to be given to Landlord

 

The Tenant shall provide the Landlord with a set of keys to the Premises to enable the Landlord or its agents and others authorised by the Landlord to enter the Premises for security purposes or in cases of emergency.

 

15.                                USE RESTRICTIONS

 

The Tenant shall perform and observe the obligations set out in Schedule 3.

 

16.                                LANDLORD’S REGULATIONS

 

The Tenant shall comply with all reasonable regulations made by the Landlord from time to time and notified to the Tenant in writing for the general management and security of the Building the Common Parts and other areas used or to be used in common with others.

 

24



 

17.                                EXCLUSION OF WARRANTY AS TO USER

 

17.1                         No warranty by Landlord

 

Nothing contained in this Lease, or in any consent or approval granted by the Landlord under this Lease, shall imply or warrant that the Premises may be used under the Planning Acts for the purpose permitted by this Lease or any purpose subsequently permitted.

 

17.2                         Tenant’s acknowledgement

 

The Tenant acknowledges that neither the Landlord nor any person acting on behalf of the Landlord has at any time made any representation or given any warranty that any use permitted by this Lease is, will be, or will remain, a use authorised under the Planning Acts.

 

17.3                         Tenant to remain bound

 

Even though any such use may not be a use authorised under the Planning Acts the Tenant shall remain fully liable to the Landlord in respect of the obligations undertaken by the Tenant in this Lease without being entitled to any compensation, recompense or relief of any kind.

 

SECTION 6

 

DISPOSALS

 

18.                                GENERAL RESTRICTIONS

 

18.1                         Alienation generally

 

The Tenant shall not assign, charge, underlet or part with possession or share the occupation of, or permit any person to occupy, or create any trust in respect of the Tenant’s interest in, the whole or any part of the Premises, except as may be expressly permitted by this clause and clauses 19 and 20.

 

25



 

18.2                         Sharing with a Group Company

 

Nothing in this clause or clauses 19 and 20 shall prevent the Tenant from sharing occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises with any company which is for the time being, a Group Company of the Tenant subject to (a) the Tenant giving to the Landlord written notice of the sharing of occupation and the name of the Group Company concerned within ten (10) Working Days after the sharing begins (b) the Tenant and that Group Company remaining in the same relationship whilst the sharing lasts and (c) the sharing not creating the relationship of landlord and tenant between the Tenant and that Group Company.

 

19.                                ASSIGNMENT

 

19.1                         No Assignment of Part

 

The Tenant shall not assign any part or parts (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises.

 

19.2                         Circumstances in which consent to Assignment may be withheld

 

For the purposes of Section 19(1A) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 it is agreed that the Landlord may withhold its consent to an assignment of the whole of the Premises in the following circumstances:-

 

19.2.1                                       Where the proposed assignee is not resident in, or in the case of a body corporate, is not incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

19.2.2                                       Where the proposed assignee is a Group Company of the Tenant unless the Group Company procures a guarantee from a company of no lesser financial standing than GW Pharmaceuticals PLC as at the date hereof or from GW Pharmaceuticals PLC itself such guarantee to be in accordance with the guarantee provisions in Schedule 4.

 

19.2.3                                       Where the proposed assignee is any person or entity who has the right to claim sovereign or diplomatic immunity or exemption from liability from the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease.

 

26



 

19.2.4                                       If there are any material outstanding breaches of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease at the date of the Tenant’s application for consent.

 

19.3                         Conditions for Landlord’s Consent

 

For the purposes of Section 19(1A) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 it is further agreed that any consent of the Landlord to an assignment of the whole of the Premises may be subject:

 

19.3.1                                       If reasonably required by the Landlord a condition requiring the proposed assignee upon completion of the proposed assignment either:-

 

(a)                                  to deposit in such account as may be reasonably specified by the Landlord a sum equivalent to the annual rent payable for a period of six months or such longer period (up to a maximum of one year) that the Landlord reasonably requires from the date of completion of the proposed assignment and to deliver to the Landlord a duly executed Deed of Deposit in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require; or

 

(b)                                  to deliver to the Landlord a guarantee in favour of the Landlord by one of the English London Clearing Banks in a form first approved in writing by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) covering the Rents reasonably estimated by the Landlord to be prospectively payable for a period of one year from the date of completion of the proposed assignment.

 

19.3.2                                       a condition that the Tenant shall, prior to the proposed assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed which shall be prepared by the Landlord’s solicitors containing covenants on the part of the Tenant in the form of those contained in Schedule 7 (therein defined as the “ Present Tenant ”).

 

27


 

19.4                         Assignment of the whole

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clauses 18 to 19.3 inclusive the Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord any Superior Landlord and any mortgagee whose consent to an assignment of the Premises may be required by the Landlord or any Superior Landlord and except in relation to the circumstances mentioned in Clause 19.2 such consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The parties agree that in considering whether or not the Landlord is reasonably withholding such consent due and proper regard shall be had to the provisions and effect of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

20.                                UNDERLETTING

 

20.1                         Underletting of part

 

The Tenant shall not underlet part (as opposed to the whole) of the Premises.

 

20.2                         Underletting of the whole

 

The Tenant shall not underlet the whole of the Premises other than on condition that:-

 

20.2.1                                       if the Landlord shall reasonably so require, the Tenant obtains a reasonably acceptable guarantor for any proposed undertenant and such guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed containing reasonable covenants by that guarantor (or, if more than one, joint and several covenants) with the Landlord, as a primary obligation in the terms contained in Schedule 4 (with any reasonably necessary changes as are necessary and appropriate) or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require; and

 

20.2.2                                       the tenancy created by the underlease is validly excluded from sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

 

28



 

20.3                         Underletting rent

 

The Tenant shall not: underlet the whole of the Premises at a fine or premium or at a rent less than the open market rent of the Premises at the time of such underlease.

 

20.4                         Direct covenants from undertenant

 

Prior to any permitted underlease the Tenant shall procure that the undertenant enters into the following direct covenants with the Landlord:-

 

20.4.1                                       an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to assign or charge any part of the premises to be underlet subject to clause 20.4.2 and 20.4.3;

 

20.4.2                                       an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to underlet any part of the premises to be underlet nor (save by way of an assignment of the whole or an underlease of the whole of the premises to be underlet) part with possession or share the occupation of the whole or any part of the premises to be underlet or permit any person to occupy them;

 

20.4.3                                       a covenant by the undertenant not to assign, or charge or underlet the whole of the premises to be underlet without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

20.4.4                                       a covenant by the undertenant to perform and observe all the tenant’s covenants contained in (a) this Lease (other than the payment of the Rents) and (b) the permitted underlease.

 

20.5                         Contents of underlease

 

Every permitted underlease (a final copy of which shall be supplied to, and approved by, the Landlord prior to its grant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall contain:-

 

29



 

20.5.1                                       a covenant by the undertenant (which the Tenant covenants to enforce) prohibiting the undertenant from doing or suffering any act or thing on, or in relation to, the premises underlet inconsistent with, or in breach of, this Lease;

 

20.5.2                                       a condition for re-entry on breach of any covenant by the undertenant;

 

20.5.3                                       the same restrictions as to assignment, underletting, charging and parting with or sharing the possession or occupation of the premises underlet, and the same provisions for direct covenants and registration as are in this Lease (with any necessary changes).

 

20.6                         Tenant to obtain Landlord’s consent

 

Without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause, the Tenant shall not underlet the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

20.7                         Tenant to enforce obligations

 

The Tenant shall enforce the performance and observance of the covenants by the undertenant contained in any permitted underlease and shall not, at any time, either expressly or by implication, waive any breach of them.

 

20.8                         No variation of terms

 

The Tenant shall not vary the terms, or accept any surrender, of any permitted underlease, without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

20.9                         No reduction in rent

 

The Tenant shall procure that the rent payable under any permitted underlease is not commuted or made payable more than one quarter in advance, and shall not permit any reduction of that rent.

 

30



 

21.                                REGISTRATION OF DISPOSITIONS

 

Within fifteen (15) Working Days of every assignment, transfer, assent, underlease, assignment of underlease, mortgage, charge or any other disposition, whether mediate or immediate, of or relating to the Premises, the Tenant shall provide the Landlord or its solicitors with a copy (certified as true) of the deed, instrument or other document evidencing or effecting such disposition and, on each occasion, shall pay to the Landlord or its solicitors a fee of fifty pounds (£50.00).

 

SECTION 7

 

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

 

22.                                STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

 

22.1                         Tenant to comply with statutes

 

The Tenant shall, at its expense, comply in all respects with every statute now in force or which may, after the date of this Lease, be in force and any other obligation imposed by law and all regulations laws or directives made or issued by or with the authority of The European Commission and/or The Council of Ministers relating to the Premises or their use, including (but without limitation) the Offices, Shops and Railway Premises Act 1963, the Fire Precautions Act 1971, the Defective Premises Act 1972, the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974, the Environmental Protection Act 1990, the Water Resources Act 1991, the Environment Act 1995 and the Disability Discrimination Act 1995.

 

22.2                         Tenant to execute necessary works

 

The Tenant shall execute all works and provide and maintain all arrangements on or in respect of the Premises or their use which are required by any statute now in force or which may after the date of this Lease be in force or by any government department, local, public or other competent authority or court of competent jurisdiction acting under or in pursuance of any statute, and shall indemnify the Landlord against all costs, charges, fees and expenses arising directly from the execution of any works or the

 

31



 

provision or maintenance of any arrangements so required so long as such works are not the responsibility of the Landlord.

 

22.3                         Tenant to refrain from certain acts

 

The Tenant shall not do, or omit to be done, in or near the Premises, any act or thing by reason of which the Landlord may, under any statute, incur or have imposed upon it, or become liable to pay, any damages, compensation, costs, charges, expenses or penalty save that this clause shall not impose any liability on the Tenant in respect of acts which the Tenant is permitted to carry out under this Lease.

 

23.                                PLANNING ACTS

 

23.1                         Tenant’s obligation to comply

 

The Tenant shall comply with the Planning Acts and with any planning permission relating to, or affecting, the Premises, and indemnify the Landlord against all proper actions, proceedings, claims, demands, losses, costs, expenses, damages and liability arising directly from any non-compliance.

 

23.2                         Tenant to obtain all permissions

 

The Tenant shall, at its expense, obtain and, if appropriate, renew any planning permission and any other consent and serve all necessary notices required for the carrying out by the Tenant of any operations or the commencement or continuance of any use on the Premises.

 

23.3                         Tenant to pay planning charges

 

The Tenant shall pay and satisfy any charge or levy imposed under the Planning Acts in respect of any Development by the Tenant on the Premises.

 

23.4                         Tenant to carry out works before end of Term

 

Unless the Landlord shall otherwise reasonably direct in writing, the Tenant shall carry out and complete before the expiration or earlier determination of the Term:-

 

32



 

23.4.1                                       any works required to be carried out to the Premises as a condition of any planning permission granted during the Term and implemented by the Tenant whether or not the date by which the planning permission requires such works to be carried out is within the Term; and

 

23.4.2                                       any Development begun upon the Premises in respect of which the Landlord may be or become liable for any charge or levy under the Planning Acts.

 

23.5                         Plans etc. to be produced

 

The Tenant shall produce to the Landlord within 10 days of prior written demand all plans, documents and other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to satisfy itself that this clause has been complied with.

 

24.                                STATUTORY NOTICES

 

24.1                         Notices Generally

 

The Tenant shall:-

 

24.1.1                                       within ten (10) Working Days (or sooner if necessary having regard to the requirements of the notice or order in question or the time limits stated in it) of receipt of any notice or order or proposal for a notice or order given to the Tenant and relevant to the Premises or any occupier of them by any government department, local, public or other competent authority or court of competent jurisdiction, provide the Landlord with a true copy of it;

 

24.1.2                                       without delay, take all necessary steps to comply with the notice or order so far as the same is the responsibility of the Tenant; and

 

24.1.3                                       at the request of the Landlord but at the cost of the Tenant, make or join with the Landlord in making such objection, complaint, representation or appeal against or in respect of any such notice, order or proposal as the Landlord shall deem expedient acting reasonably and in the interests of good estate management.

 

33



 

24.2                         Party Wall etc. Act 1996

 

The Tenant shall:-

 

24.2.1                                       Forthwith after receipt by the Tenant of any notice served on the Tenant under the Party Wall etc. Act 1996 provide the Landlord with a true copy of it;

 

24.2.2                                       At the request of the Landlord but at the joint cost of the Landlord and the Tenant make or join with the Landlord in making such objection complaint representation and in serving such counter notice against or in respect of any such notice as the Landlord shall deem expedient acting reasonably and in the interests of good estate management;

 

24.2.3                                       At the request of the Landlord but at the joint cost of the Landlord and the Tenant make or join with the Landlord in serving any such notice on any adjoining owner under the Party Wall etc. Act 1996 as the Landlord may from time to time require.

 

25.                                FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND EQUIPMENT

 

25.1                         Compliance with requirements

 

The Tenant shall comply with the requirements and recommendations of the fire authority and the insurers of the Building and the reasonable requirements of the Landlord in relation to fire precautions affecting the Premises.

 

25.2                         Fire fighting appliances to be supplied

 

The Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with such fire fighting appliances as shall be required by any statute, the fire authority or the insurers of the Building, or as shall be reasonably required by the Landlord (or, at the Tenant’s option, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord within 14 days of prior written demand the cost of providing and installing any such appliances) and the Tenant shall keep such appliances open to inspection and maintained to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

34



 

25.3                         Access to be kept clear

 

The Tenant shall not obstruct the access to, or means of working, any fire fighting appliances or the means of escape from the Premises or the Building in case of fire or other emergency.

 

26.                                DEFECTIVE PREMISES

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of the same, the Tenant shall give written notice to the Landlord of any defect in the Premises which might give rise to an obligation on the Landlord to do, or refrain from doing, any act or thing so as to comply with any duty of care imposed on the Landlord under the Defective Premises Act 1972, and shall display and maintain in the Premises all notices which the Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably require to be displayed in relation to any such matters.

 

SECTION 8

 

INSURANCE

 

27.                                INSURANCE PROVISIONS

 

27.1                         Landlord to insure

 

The Landlord shall insure and keep insured with some publicly quoted insurance company (or a subsidiary of a publicly quoted company) or with Lloyd’s underwriters and through such agency as the Landlord may, from time to time, determine, subject to such reasonable exclusions, excesses, limitations, terms and conditions as may be contained in any policy taken out by the Landlord:-

 

27.1.1                                       the Building (including plate glass) in its Full Reinstatement Cost against loss or damage by the Insured Risks;

 

27.1.2                                       the loss of the Principal Rent and the Service Charge from time to time payable, or reasonably estimated to be payable, under this Lease, for three (3) years or such longer period as the Landlord may, from time to time,

 

35



 

reasonably deem to be necessary, having regard to the likely period required for obtaining planning permission and reinstating the Building;

 

27.1.3                                       explosion or breakdown of any engineering and electrical plant and machinery in the Building to the extent that the same is not covered by clause 27.1.1;

 

27.1.4                                       property owner’s liability and such other insurances in respect of the Building as the Landlord may, from time to time, deem necessary to effect having due regard to the interests of good estate management.

 

27.2                         Full Reinstatement Cost

 

In this clause 27, “ Full Reinstatement Cost ” means the full cost of reinstating the Building at the time when such reinstatement is likely to take place, having regard to any possible increases in building costs, and including the cost of demolition, shoring up, site clearance, ancillary expenses and architects’, surveyors’ and other professional fees and any necessary Value Added Tax.

 

27.3                         Landlord’s fixtures

 

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing of the full reinstatement cost of any fixtures and fittings installed at any time by the Tenant and which may become landlord’s fixtures and fittings for the purpose of enabling the Landlord to effect adequate insurance cover for them.

 

27.4                         Landlord to produce evidence of insurance

 

At the request of the Tenant, the Landlord shall produce to the Tenant reasonable evidence from the insurers of the terms of the insurance policy (or at the Tenant’s option, a copy of the policy) and the fact that the policy is subsisting and in effect and that the premium has been paid.

 

36



 

27.5                         Damage to the Building

 

If the Building or any part of it shall be damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks then:-

 

27.5.1                                       unless payment of the insurance monies shall be refused wholly or partly by reason of any act or default of the Tenant, any undertenant or occupier of any part of the Premises or any of their respective agents, licensees, visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them; and

 

27.5.2                                       subject to the Landlord being able to obtain any necessary planning permission and all other necessary licences, approvals and consents, which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain but shall not be obliged to institute any appeals; and

 

27.5.3                                       subject to any necessary labour and materials being and remaining available, which the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain as soon as practicable

 

the Landlord shall lay out the net proceeds of such insurance received by the Landlord in respect of such damage, (other than any in respect of loss of rent), in the reinstatement and rebuilding of the part of the Building so damaged or destroyed substantially as it was prior to any such damage or destruction (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout if it would not be reasonably practical to do so but if this is the case to ensure that such accommodation and layout does not increase the Tenant’s liability under this Lease and that it is fit for the Tenant’s use and business and as high class offices).

 

37


 

27.6                         Where reinstatement is prevented

 

If, for any reason whatsoever, the Landlord is prevented from reinstating or rebuilding the Premises or the Building, having used all reasonable endeavours to obtain all planning permissions approvals and consents necessary for such purpose, and the Landlord continues to be prevented from reinstating or rebuilding for a period of three (3) years after the date of the damage or destruction, the Landlord shall thereupon be released from such obligation and shall be solely entitled to all the insurance monies. Unless this Lease has been terminated by frustration in the meantime, the Landlord or the Tenant may, at any time after the expiry of such period, determine this Lease by giving written notice to each other but such determination shall be without prejudice to any claim which the Landlord may have against the Tenant or any Guarantor or which the Tenant or the Guarantor may have against the Landlord for any previous breach of covenant or sum previously accrued due.

 

27.7                         Payment of insurance money refused

 

If payment of any insurance money is refused as a result of some act or default of the Tenant, any undertenant or occupier of any part of the Premises or any of their respective agents, licensees, visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord, within 7 days of written demand and with appropriate evidence of the reasons for such refusal, the amount so refused with interest on that amount at the Prescribed Rate from and including the date of such refusal to the date of payment by the Tenant.

 

27.8                         Suspension of rent payments

 

If the Premises or the Building or any part of them shall be damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises unfit for use and occupation or inaccessible, the Principal Rent and the Service Charge, or a fair proportion of them according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained, shall not be payable until the Premises or the part damaged or destroyed shall be again rendered fit for business use by the Tenant as high class offices and occupation and accessible or until the expiration of

 

38



 

the loss of rent insurance (whichever is the earlier). Such suspension of rent shall be conditional upon the insurance not having been vitiated or payment of the policy monies refused wholly or partly as a result of some act or default of the Tenant, any undertenant or occupier of any part of the Premises or any of their respective agents licensees, visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them. Any dispute regarding the suspension of payment of the Principal Rent or the Service Charge shall be referred to a single arbitrator to be appointed, in default of agreement, upon the application of either party, by the President in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996. If such rent suspension applies the Landlord shall make a proportionate reimbursement to the Tenant of any Principal Rent and Service Charge paid in advance for any period beyond the date of the relevant damage or destruction.

 

27.9                         Benefit of other insurances

 

If the Tenant shall become entitled to the benefit of any insurance covering any part of the Premises which is not effected or maintained in pursuance of the obligations contained in this Lease, the Tenant shall apply any money received from such insurance (in so far as it extends) in making good the loss or damage in respect of which it shall have been received.

 

27.10                  Insurance becoming void

 

The Tenant shall not do, or omit to do:-

 

27.10.1                                anything which causes any policy of insurance covering the Premises or the Building or any Adjoining Property owned by the Landlord to become wholly or partly void; or

 

27.10.2                                anything whereby any abnormal or loaded premium becomes payable in respect of the policy, unless the Tenant has previously notified the Landlord and agreed to pay the increased premium

 

39



 

and, in any event, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord written 7 days of written demand all reasonable expenses incurred by the Landlord in renewing any such policy such renewal to be on the terms of the Landlord’s obligations to insure under this Lease.

 

27.11                  Requirements of insurers

 

The Tenant shall, at all times, comply with any requirements and recommendations of the insurers of the Building so far as the same have previously been notified in writing to the Tenant and shall pay a fair proportion of the costs of all insurance valuations of the Building but so long as such insurance valuations do not occur more than once in any year.

 

27.12                  Notice by Tenant

 

The Tenant shall give notice to the Landlord immediately on the happening of any event or thing which might reasonably be expected by the Tenant to affect any insurance policy relating to the Premises or the Building.

 

SECTION 9

 

DEFAULT OF TENANT AND RIGHTS OF RE-ENTRY

 

28.                                DEFAULT OF TENANT

 

28.1                         Re-entry

 

Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power contained in this Lease or otherwise available to the Landlord, on or at any time after the happening of any of the events mentioned in clause 28.2, the Landlord may re-enter the Premises or any part of them in the name of the whole, and the Term shall then end, but without prejudice to any claim which the Landlord may have against the Tenant or any Guarantor for any previous breach of covenant or sum previously accrued due.

 

28.2                         Events of default

 

The events referred to in clause 28.1 are the following:-

 

40



 

28.2.1                                       if the Rents or any part of them shall be unpaid for ten (10) Working Days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not); or

 

28.2.2                                       if any of the covenants by the Tenant contained in this Lease shall not be materially performed and observed; or

 

28.2.3                                       if the Tenant, for the time being, and/or the Guarantor (if any) (being a body corporate):-

 

(a)                                  calls, or a nominee on its behalf calls, a meeting of any of its creditors; or makes an application to the Court under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985; or submits to any of its creditors a proposal under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986; or enters into any arrangement, scheme, compromise, moratorium or composition with any of its creditors (whether under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise); or

 

(b)                                  has an administrative receiver or a receiver or a receiver and manager appointed in respect of the Tenant’s or the Guarantor’s property or assets or any part; or

 

(c)                                   an administration order is made in respect of the Tenant or the Guarantor (as the case may be); or an administrator is appointed; or

 

(d)                                  an administration order is presented against it; or is wound up pursuant to a winding-up resolution; or has a liquidator or provisional liquidator appointed; or

 

(e)                                   shall cease for any reason to maintain its corporate existence; or is struck off the register or companies; or otherwise ceases to exist; or

 

28.2.4                                       if the Tenant, for the time being, and/or the Guarantor (if any) (being an individual, or if more than one individual, then any one of them) obtains an

 

41



 

                                                                        interim order under Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986; or enters into any arrangement, scheme, compromise, moratorium or composition with, any of his creditors (whether under Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise); or has a bankruptcy petition presented against him or is adjudged bankrupt (whether in England or elsewhere); or has a receiver appointed in respect of the Tenant’s or the Guarantor’s property or assets or any part; or

 

28.2.5                                       if analogous proceedings or events to those referred to in this clause shall be instituted or occur in relation to the Tenant, for the time being, and/or the Guarantor (if any) elsewhere than in the United Kingdom; or

 

28.2.6                                       if the Tenant, for the time being, and/or the Guarantor (if any) suffers any distress or execution to be legally levied on the Premises which is not discharged in full within twenty one (21) days after the levy has been made.

 

SECTION 10

 

LANDLORD’S SERVICES AND SERVICE CHARGE

 

29.                                LANDLORD’S SERVICES

 

29.1                         Provision of Services

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that it shall use all reasonable endeavours to provide the following services in accordance with the principles of good estate management:-

 

29.1.1                                       Repairs

 

So far as may be necessary for the use and enjoyment by the Tenant of the Premises and the Building, to keep the Retained Parts in good repair and condition;

 

42



 

29.1.2                                       Common Parts

 

To keep clean and maintained in a proper manner the Common Parts, including their windows, and any lavatories of which the Tenant has the use, and, where appropriate, to keep them adequately lighted;

 

29.1.3                                       Lift

 

To provide a lift service by the operation of the lift now installed in the Building or by such substituted lifts as the Landlord may, in its discretion, from time to time install;

 

29.1.4                                       Hot and cold water

 

To provide an adequate supply of hot water and cold water to the wash basins in any lavatory of which the Tenant has the use;

 

29.1.5                                       Heating

 

To provide to the Premises and the Common Parts heating to such temperature as the Landlord may from time to time consider adequate and for such periods of the year as the Landlord may consider desirable;

 

29.1.6                                       Air Conditioning

 

To provide air conditioning to the Premises to such standard as the air conditioning system was designed to achieve;

 

29.1.7                                       Staff

 

To employ such staff as the Landlord may, in its discretion, deem desirable or necessary to enable it to provide any of the services in the Building and for its general management and security;

 

43



 

29.1.8                                       Name Boards

 

To provide name boards of such size and design as the Landlord may, in its discretion, determine in the main entrance to the Building and at such other locations as the Landlord may consider desirable;

 

29.1.9                                       Open Areas

 

To repair and maintain those parts of the Building which are not built on, and keep them clear of all rubbish and free from weeds, and, at the Landlord’s discretion, to provide and maintain such plants, shrubs, trees or garden or grassed areas as may be appropriate, and to keep them planted, free from weeds and the grass cut.

 

29.2                 Appointment of agents

 

In performing its obligations under this clause, the Landlord shall be entitled to employ such agents, contractors or other persons as it may think fit, having due regard to the interests of the occupiers in the Building and so long as such personnel are employed by the Landlord at arms length at commercially standard rates and to delegate its duties and powers to them and their proper fees and expenses shall form part of the Expenditure (as defined in clause 30).

 

29.3                         Variation of services

 

The Landlord may, at its discretion, add to, extend, vary or withhold from time to time any of the services refereed to in this clause if the Landlord shall reasonably consider it desirable to do so for the more efficient management, operation or security of the Building, or for the comfort of the tenants in the Building provided that the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises shall not be prejudiced.

 

29.4                         Failure by Landlord to provide services

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant in respect of any failure by the Landlord to perform any of the services referred to in this clause unless the Tenant has given to the

 

44



 

Landlord written notice of the failure in question and the Landlord has failed within a reasonable time to remedy it.

 

29.5                         Exclusion of Landlord’s liability

 

The Landlord shall not incur any liability for any failure or interruption in any of the services to be provided by the Landlord or for any inconvenience or injury to person or property arising from that failure or interruption, in either case due to any maintenance, servicing, repair, replacement, mechanical breakdown, failure, malfunction, shortages, labour disputes or any cause or circumstance beyond the control of the Landlord, but the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to cause the service in question to be reinstated with the minimum of delay.

 

30.                                SERVICE CHARGE

 

30.1                         Definitions

 

In this Lease:-

 

30.1.1                                       Advance Payment means the Service Charge Percentage of the Estimated Expenditure;

 

30.1.2                                       Estimated Expenditure means, for any Financial Year during the Term, such sum as the Landlord may, from time to time, specify as being a fair and reasonable estimate of the Expenditure for the current Financial Year based on a budget prepared by the Landlord and submitted to the Tenant, and includes, for the Financial Year in question, any revised budget of the Landlord’s estimate of the Expenditure for that Financial Year;

 

30.1.3                                       Expenditure ” means:-

 

(a)                                  the aggregate of all costs, expenses and outgoings whatsoever incurred by the Landlord in complying with its covenants under clause 29 and in respect of the items set out in Schedule 5 , whether the Landlord is obliged by this Lease to incur them or not; and

 

45



 

(b)                                  such sums or provision as the Landlord may, in its discretion and having regard to the interests of the Tenant in the Building and the principles of good estate management, consider desirable to set aside from time to time for the purpose of providing for periodically recurring items of expenditure, whether recurring at regular or irregular intervals or for anticipated expenditure in respect of any of the services to be provided by the Landlord or any of the items set out in Schedule 5 provided that the Tenant shall not be liable for such terms or provision by the Landlord which is requested during the last 12 months of the Term;

 

30.1.4                                       Financial Year means the period from 1 January in every year to 31 December of that year, or such other period as the Landlord may, in its discretion, from time to time determine;

 

30.1.5                                       Service Charge means the Service Charge Percentage of the Expenditure;

 

30.1.6                                       Service Charge Percentage means that proportion of the Expenditure which the Net Internal Area of the Premises bears to the aggregate of the Net Internal Area of the Lettable Areas (subject to adjustment under this clause);

 

30.1.7                                       Service Charge Commencement Date means 1 October 2010;

 

30.2                         Preparation of Expenditure Account

 

The Landlord shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Financial Year, prepare an account showing the Expenditure for that Financial Year and containing a fair summary of the various items comprising the Expenditure, and on such account being certified by the Surveyor and a copy of it supplied to the Tenant, it shall be conclusive evidence, for the purposes of this Lease, of all matters of fact referred to in the account save in the case of manifest error.

 

30.3                 Advance Payment

 

The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on account of the Service Charge:-

 

46



 

30.3.1                                       for the period beginning on the Service Charge Commencement Date to the end of the Financial Year current at the date of this Lease the Advance Payment for that Financial Year; and

 

30.3.2                                       for each Financial Year following that current at the date of this Lease the Advance Payment,

 

all such payments to be made by equal quarterly payments in advance on the same dates as the Principal Rent is payable and to be subject to adjustment if the Estimated Expenditure is revised as contemplated by its definition, the first instalment, being a proportion of the Advance Payment for the period beginning on the Service Charge Commencement Date and ending on the day before the quarter day following the Service Charge Commencement Date, to be made on the Service Charge Commencement Date.

 

30.4                         Balancing payment

 

If the Service Charge for any Financial Year:-

 

30.4.1                                       shall exceed the Advance Payment for that Financial Year, the excess shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within 7 days of written demand; or

 

30.4.2                                       shall be less than the Advance Payment for that Financial Year, the overpayment shall be credited to the Tenant against the next quarterly payment of the Service Charge, or, if there is none, refunded to the Tenant without delay.

 

30.5                         Omissions

 

Any omission by the Landlord to include in the account of the Expenditure in any Financial Year a sum expended or a liability incurred in that Financial Year shall not preclude the Landlord from including that sum or the amount of that liability in any subsequent Financial Year as the Landlord shall determine.

 

47


 

30.6                         Alteration of Service Charge Percentage

 

If, at any time during the Term, the Net Internal Area of the Lettable Areas shall change or any other circumstances shall arise which make the calculation of the Service Charge Percentage (whether or not relating to individual items of Expenditure) unreasonable or inequitable, the Landlord shall be entitled to alter the Service Charge Percentage to such other percentage as is fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

 

30.7                         Continuing application of provisions

 

This clause shall continue to apply notwithstanding the expiration or earlier determination of the Term but only in respect of the period down to such expiration or earlier determination, the Service Charge for that Financial Year for that period being apportioned on a daily basis.

 

SECTION 11

 

SUPERIOR LEASE

 

31.                                OBLIGATIONS AND CONSENTS UNDER SUPERIOR LEASE

 

31.1                         Obligations by Tenant

 

The Tenant shall perform and observe the tenant’s covenants in the Superior Lease (other than the covenant to pay rents) so far as any of them relate to the Premises are still subsisting and capable of taking effect but not any tenant’s covenant which is expressly assumed by the Landlord under this Lease.

 

31.2                         Obligations by Landlord

 

The Landlord shall pay the rents reserved by the Superior Lease and perform and observe the tenant’s covenants contained in the Superior Lease to the extent that the Superior Landlord requires any such covenant to be performed or that the Landlord is liable to perform them but excluding any tenant’s covenants which are to be performed and observed by the Tenant under this Lease and shall indemnify the Tenant against any

 

48



 

costs, expenses, loss, claims, action whatsoever arising from the Landlord’s failure to comply with this covenant.

 

31.3                         Obligations by Superior Landlord

 

At the written request and at the cost of the Tenant, the Landlord shall use best endeavours to enforce the performance and observance of any covenant by the Superior Landlord in the Superior Lease so far as it relates to the Premises.

 

31.4                         Consents under Superior Lease

 

Where the Tenant applies to the Landlord for any consent in respect of any matter mentioned in this Lease and, under the Superior Lease, the consent of the Superior Landlord is also required in respect of that matter then, at the written request and at the cost of the Tenant, the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent of the Superior Landlord but only in those cases where the Landlord is willing to give its consent or where the Landlord’s consent is not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

SECTION 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

32.                                QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that the Tenant, paying the Rents and performing and observing the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease, shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through, under, or in trust for it.

 

33.                                EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED COVENANTS BY LANDLORD

 

Any covenants on the part of the Landlord which would otherwise be implied by law are hereby expressly excluded.

 

49



 

34.                                RELETTING NOTICES

 

The Tenant shall permit the Landlord, at all reasonable times during the last six (6) months of the Term, to enter the Premises and affix and retain, without interference, on any suitable parts of them (but not so as materially to affect the access of light or air to the Premises) notices for reletting them and the Tenant shall not remove or obscure such notices and shall permit all persons with the written authority of the Landlord to view the Premises at all reasonable hours in the daytime, upon prior appointment having been made.

 

35.                                DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

 

Upon written request by the Landlord from time to time, the Tenant shall supply full particulars of all occupations and derivative interests in the Premises, however remote or inferior.

 

36.                               INDEMNITY

 

The Tenant shall keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, losses, costs, expenses, damages and liability arising in any way directly or indirectly out of:-

 

36.1                         any act, omission, neglect or default of the Tenant or any persons in the Premises expressly or impliedly with the Tenant’s authority; or

 

36.2                         any breach of any covenant by the Tenant contained in this Lease.

 

37.                                REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Tenant acknowledges that this Lease has not been entered into in reliance, wholly or partly, on any statement or representation made by, or on behalf of, the Landlord, except any such statement or representation that is expressly set out in this Lease and replies to enquiries given by the Landlord or its solicitors or agents to the Tenant and its solicitors and agents.

 

50



 

38.                                EFFECT OF WAIVER

 

Each covenant by the Tenant shall remain in full force even though the Landlord may have waived or released it temporarily or waived or released (temporarily or permanently, revocably or irrevocably) a similar covenant affecting other property belonging to the Landlord.

 

39.                                NOTICES

 

39.1                         Notices to Tenant or Guarantor

 

Any demand or notice required to be made, given to, or served on, the Tenant or the Guarantor (if any) under this Lease shall be duly and validly made, given or served if addressed to the Tenant or the Guarantor respectively (and, if there shall be more than one of them, then any one of them) and delivered personally, or sent by pre-paid registered or recorded delivery mail, or sent by fax (but not e-mail) addressed (in the case of a company) to its registered office, or (whether a company or individual) its last known address, or (in the case of a notice to the Tenant) the Premises.

 

39.2                         Notices to Landlord

 

Any notice required to be given to, or served on, the Landlord shall be duly and validly given or served if sent by pre-paid registered or recorded delivery mail, or sent by fax addressed to the Landlord at its registered office.

 

40.                               TENANT’S OPTION TO DETERMINE

 

40.1                         Subject to all the provisions of this clause 40 the Tenant may determine this Lease on the third anniversary of the Term Commencement Date being 1 October 2013 (the “ Determination Date ”) by serving on the Landlord not less than six months prior notice in writing.

 

40.2                         This Lease shall only determine as a result of notice served by the Tenant under clause 40.1 if:

 

51



 

40.2.1                                       on the Determination Date the Tenant delivers up the Premises free from occupation by any sub-tenant; and

 

40.2.2                                       the Tenant has no outstanding payments of Principal Rent due and demanded under this Lease as at the Determination Date provided that any such demand of the Tenant must be made in writing and notified to the Tenant at least 30 days prior to the Determination Date or, if the Tenant requests details of the Principal Rent due on the Determination Date, provided that the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing of such sums due within 14 days of written demand for details and, if the Landlord fails to do so in either case, the condition in this clause 40.2.2 shall be deemed not to apply to this clause 40.

 

40.3                         If the Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of this clause 40 then on the Determination Date this Lease shall determine but without prejudice to any right of action of the Landlord in respect of any previous breach by the Tenant and vice versa of this Lease.

 

40.4                         If any Principal Rent has been paid by the Tenant in relation to the period falling after the Determination Date, the Principal Rent shall be refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant within 10 days after the Determination Date and the Principal Rent to be refunded shall be the amount calculated at the Determination Date in accordance with the following formula:

 

A

  x B

365

 

Where:

 

A =                              the full annual amount of the Principal Rent; and

 

B =                              the number of days from but excluding the Determination Date up to but excluding the first date after the Determination Date upon which an instalment of the Principal Rent would have been due under the Lease but for the determination pursuant to this Clause 40.

 

52



 

40.5                         If any Insurance Rent has been paid by the Tenant in relation to the period falling after the Determination Date, the Insurance Rent shall be refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant within 10 days after the Determination Date and the Insurance Rent to be refunded shall be the amount calculated at the Determination Date in accordance with the following formula:

 

A

  x B

365

 

Where:

 

A =                              the full annual amount of the Insurance Rent; and

 

B =                              the number of days from but excluding the Determination Date up to but excluding the date specified in the then current cover note as the date on which the relevant policy or policies of insurance expire.

 

40.6                         Time is of the essence in respect of this clause 40.

 

41.                                EXCLUSION OF LANDLORD AND TENANT ACT 1954

 

The parties confirm that:

 

41.1                         The Landlord served a notice on the Tenant as required by Section 38(A((3)(a) of the Landlord & Tenant Act 1954 (“the 1954 Act”) and which applies to the tenancy created by this Lease before this Lease was entered into; and

 

41.2                         Anita Coys Jones who was duly authorized by the Tenant to do so made a statutory declaration dated 9 August 2010 in accordance with the requirements of Section 38(A)(3)(b) of the 1954 Act.

 

The parties to this Lease agree that the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act are excluded in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

 

53



 

42.                                GUARANTOR’S COVENANTS

 

In consideration of this Lease having been granted at its request, the Guarantor covenants in the terms contained in Schedule 4.

 

43.                               NEW TENANCY

 

This Lease constitutes a new tenancy for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

44.                                INVALIDITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

 

If any term of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable the same shall be severable and the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

45.                                THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

A person who is not a party to this Lease has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Lease but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

46.                                PREVIOUS LEASE B

 

If Previous Lease B determines for any reason before I October 2010 this Lease will automatically cease and be void unless in the case of forfeiture of the Previous Lease B, relief from forfeiture is sought and obtained in respect of the Previous Lease B.

 

47.                                WARRANTED RISK

 

47.1                         The Landlord covenants, at the Tenant’s written request to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain payment from all relevant Warrantors for the cost of rectification or repair of the Building attributable to the Warranted Risks provided that the Tenant shall have

 

54



 

                                                provided to the Landlord an indemnity satisfactory to the Landlord (acting reasonably) in respect of all proper costs, losses and expenses incurred by the Landlord in any such actions, including (but not limited to) all reasonable and professional costs and the reasonable costs of the Landlord’s managing agent.

 

47.2                         The Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify the Tenant against the costs, as referred to in the definition of Warranted Risk and incurred by the Tenant provided that the liability of the Landlord to the Tenant under this Clause 47.2 shall be limited to the sums actually recovered by the Landlord from the relevant Warrantors pursuant to action taken under Clause 47.1.

 

IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been executed by the parties and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the date first written above.

 

55



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Rights And Easements Granted

 

1.                                       Subject to any temporary interruption for repairs, alterations or replacements, the right for the Tenant and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by the Tenant (in common with the Landlord and all persons having a similar right):-

 

1.1                                to use such of the Common Parts as shall be designated from time to time for use by the Tenant for all proper purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises;

 

1.2                                to use such of the passenger lifts and stairwells and staircases in the Building as shall be designated from time to time for use by the Tenant for the purpose only of obtaining access to and egress from the Premises;

 

1.3                                to use such of the lavatories and the kitchens in the Building as shall be designated from time to time for use by the Tenant;

 

2.                                       Subject to any temporary interruption for repairs, alterations or replacements, the right to the passage of any of the Utilities to and from the Premises through any relevant Conduits which are now or (within a period of 80 years after the date of this Lease) may be in, under, or over any other part of the Building, in each case so far as any of the same are necessary for the reasonable use and enjoyment of the Premises;

 

3.                                       The right of support and protection from all other parts of the Building as is now enjoyed by the Premises;

 

4.                                       The right for the Tenant and any other permitted occupier of any part of the Premises to have displayed on any name board provided by the Landlord in the main entrance to the Building the name and location within the Building of the offices of the Tenant and that occupier in such style as the Landlord in its absolute discretion permits;

 

5.                                       The right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter and use other parts of the Building designated by the Landlord as a means of escape

 

56


 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Exceptions and Reservations

 

1.                                       There are excepted and reserved to the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of the Building and any Adjoining Property and all other persons authorised by the Landlord or having similar rights:-

 

1.1                                the right to the passage and running of the Utilities through any relevant Conduits which are now, or may at any time be in, under, or over the Premises;

 

1.2                                the right to enter the Premises in order to:-

 

1.2.1                      inspect, clean, maintain, repair, connect, remove, lay, renew, relay, replace, alter or execute any works whatsoever to, or in connection with the flooring and air conditioning situated in the Premises and any of the Conduits or any other services;

 

1.2.2                      execute repairs, decorations, alterations or any other works, and to make installations to, the Premises, the Building or to any Adjoining Property;

 

1.2.3                      access any plant/machinery contained in the Building including risers; or

 

1.2.4                      do anything which the Landlord is enfitled to do under this Lease;

 

1.3                                the right to erect scaffolding for the purpose of repairing or cleaning the Building or any building now, or after the date of this Lease, erected on any Adjoining Property, or in connection with the exercise of any of the rights mentioned in this Schedule even though such scaffolding may temporarily restrict the access to, or enjoyment or use of, the Premises;

 

1.4                                any rights of light, air, support, protection and shelter or other easements and rights now, or after the date of this Lease, belonging to, or enjoyed by, other parts of the Building or any Adjoining Property;

 

57



 

1.5                                full right and liberty at any time after the date of this Lease to raise the height of (Provided That under this clause the Landlord shall not have the ability to create new floors of the Building above the Premises), or make any alterations or additions or execute any other works to, the Building or any buildings on any Adjoining Property, or to erect any new buildings of any height on any Adjoining Property in such manner as the Landlord or the person exercising the right shall think fit and even though they may obstruct., affect or interfere with the amenity of, or access to, the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises, but not so that the Tenant’s use and occupation of them is materially affected Provided Always That in carrying out any such works the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to cause minimum disruption to the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises;

 

1.6                                the right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter the Premises and use any designated escape route;

 

2.                                       Any rights or easements excepted and reserved in paragraph 1 over anything which is not in being at the date of this Lease shall be effective only in relation to any such thing which comes into being before the expiry of eighty (80) years from today, which shall be the perpetuity period applicable to this Lease.

 

58



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

Use Restrictions

 

1.                                       Dangerous materials and use of machinery

 

The Tenant shall not:-

 

1.1                                bring into the Building or keep in the Premises any article or thing which is or may become combustible, dangerous, explosive, inflammable, offensive or radio-active, or which might increase the risk of fire or explosion other than reasonable quantities of oil required for the operation of any boiler, plant, machinery, equipment and apparatus which shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of any statute affecting the Premises and of any insurer of them;

 

1.2                                keep or operate in the Premises any machinery which is unduly noisy or causes vibration, or which is likely to annoy any other tenant or occupier of the Building.

 

2.                                       Overloading floors and services

 

The Tenant shall not:-

 

2.1                                overload the floors of the Premises or the Building nor suspend any excessive weight from any ceiling, roof, stanchion, structure or wall of the Building nor overload any Utility in or serving it;

 

2.2                                do anything which may subject the Premises or the Building to any strain beyond that which they are designed to bear (with due margin for safety), and shall pay to the Landlord, within 14 days of written demand, any expense reasonably incurred by the Landlord in obtaining the opinion of a qualified structural engineer as to whether the structure of the Premises or the Building is being, or is about to be, overloaded;

 

2.3                                exceed the weight limits prescribed for any lift in the Building.

 

59



 

3.                                       Discharges into Conduits

 

The Tenant shall not discharge into any Conduit any oil or grease or any noxious or deleterious effluent or substance which may cause an obstruction or might be or become a source of danger, or which might damage any Conduit or the drainage system of the Building or any Adjoining Property.

 

4.                                       Disposal of refuse

 

The Tenant shall not deposit in the Common Parts any refuse, rubbish or trade empties of any kind other than in proper receptacles and as may be designated by the Landlord, and shall not burn any refuse or rubbish on the Premises.

 

5.                                       Obstruction of Common Parts

 

The Tenant shall not do anything as a result of which the Common Parts or other area over which the Tenant may have rights of access or use may be damaged, or their fair use by others may be obstructed in any way and shall not park any vehicle on any road or open area forming part of the Building.

 

6.                                       Prohibited uses

 

The Tenant shall not use the Premises for any public or political meeting, or public exhibition or public entertainment, show or spectacle; or for any dangerous, noisy, noxious or offensive business, occupation or trade; or for any illegal or immoral purpose; or for residential or sleeping purposes; or for betting, gambling, gaining or wagering; or as a betting office; or as a club; or for the sale of any beer, wines or spirits; or for any auction.

 

7.                                       Nuisance

 

The Tenant shall not:-

 

7.1                                do anything in the Premises or the Building which may be or become a nuisance, or causes annoyance, damage or disturbance to, the Landlord or any other tenant or occupier

 

60



 

                                                in the Building or any owner or occupier of any Adjoining Property, or which may be injurious to the amenity, character, tone or value of the Building;

 

7.2                                play any musical instrument, or use any loudspeaker, radio, tape recorder, record or compact disc player or similar apparatus in such a manner as to be audible outside the Premises;

 

7.3                                place outside the Premises or in the Common Parts or expose from any window of the Premises any articles, goods or things of any kind save for any office furnishings, blinds or curtains.

 

61



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

Covenants by Guarantor

 

1.                                       Covenant and indemnity by Guarantor

 

The Guarantor:-

 

1.1                                covenants with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, that the Present Tenant or the Guarantor shall duly perform and observe all the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease, including the payment of the Rents and all other sums payable under this Lease in the manner and at the times specified in this Lease; and

 

1.2                                indemnifies, as a primary obligation, the Landlord against all proper claims, demands, losses, damages, liability, costs, fees and expenses whatsoever sustained by the Landlord by reason of or arising directly out of any default by the Present Tenant in the performance and observance of any of its obligations or the payment of any rent and other sums.

 

2.                                       Guarantor’s liability

 

The Guarantor further covenants with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, that the Guarantor shall be liable (whether before or after any disclaimer by a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy) for the fulfillment of all the obligations of the Present Tenant under this Lease and agrees that the Landlord, in the enforcement of its rights under this Lease, may proceed against the Guarantor as if the Guarantor was named as the Tenant in this Lease.

 

3.                                       Waiver by Guarantor

 

The Guarantor waives any right to require the Landlord to proceed against the Present Tenant or to pursue any other remedy whatsoever which may be available to the Landlord before proceeding against the Guarantor.

 

4.                                      Postponement of claims by Guarantor against Tenant

 

The Guarantor further covenants with the Landlord that the Guarantor shall:-

 

62



 

4.1                                not claim in any liquidation, bankruptcy, composition or arrangement of the Present Tenant in competition with the Landlord and shall remit to the Landlord the proceeds of all judgments and all distributions it may receive from any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy or supervisor of the Present Tenant;

 

4.2                                hold for the benefit of the Landlord all security and rights the Guarantor may have over assets of the Present Tenant whilst any liabilities of the Present Tenant or the Guarantor to the Landlord remain outstanding; and

 

4.3                                not exercise any right or remedy in respect of any amount paid or any liability incurred by the Guarantor in performing or discharging its obligations contained in this Schedule, or claim any contribution from any other guarantor.

 

5.                                       Postponement of participation by Guarantor in security

 

The Guarantor shall not be entitled to participate in any security held by the Landlord in respect of the Tenant’s obligations to the Landlord under this Lease or to stand in the place of the Landlord in respect of any such security until all the obligations of the Present Tenant or the Guarantor to the Landlord under this Lease have been performed or discharged.

 

6.                                       No release of Guarantor

 

None of the following, or any combination of them, shall release, determine, discharge or in any way lessen or affect the liability of the Guarantor as principal obligor under this Lease or otherwise prejudice or affect the right of the Landlord to recover from the Guarantor to the full extent of this guarantee:-

 

6.1                                any neglect, delay or forbearance of the Landlord in endeavouring to obtain payment of the Rents or the amounts required to be paid by the Tenant or in enforcing the performance or observance of any of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease;

 

6.2                                any refusal by the Landlord to accept rent tendered by or on behalf of the Tenant at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of a notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 have been entitled) to re-enter the Premises;

 

63



 

6.3                                any extension of time given by the Landlord to the Tenant;

 

6.4                                any variation of the terms of this Lease or the transfer of the Landlord’s reversion or the assignment of this Lease save where any such variation or transfer increases the Guarantor’s liability from the liabilities currently provided for in this Lease;

 

6.5                                any change in the constitution, structure or powers of either the Tenant, the Guarantor or the Landlord or the liquidation, administration or bankruptcy (as the case may be) of either the Tenant or the Guarantor;

 

6.6                                any legal limitation, or any immunity, disability or incapacity of the Tenant (whether or not known to the Landlord) or the fact that any dealings with the Landlord by the Tenant may be outside, or in excess of, the powers of the Tenant;

 

6.7                                any other act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever as a result of which, but for this provision, the Guarantor would be exonerated either wholly or partly (other than a release executed and delivered as a deed by the Landlord).

 

7.                                       Disclaimer of Lease

 

The Guarantor further covenants with the Landlord that:-

 

7.1                                if a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy shall disclaim or surrender this Lease; or

 

7.2                                if the Present Tenant shall cease to exist

 

the Guarantor shall, if the Landlord by notice in writing given to the Guarantor within six (6) months after such disclaimer or other event so requires accept from, and execute and deliver to, the Landlord a counterpart of a new lease of the Premises for a term commencing on the date of the disclaimer or other event and continuing for the residue then remaining unexpired of the Term, such new lease to be at the reasonable cost of the Guarantor and to be at the same Rents and subject to the same covenants and provisions as are contained in this Lease.

 

64



 

8.                                       Guarantor to pay sum equal to rents

 

If the Landlord shall not require the Guarantor to take a new lease pursuant to paragraph 7, the Guarantor shall nevertheless within 7 days of prior written demand pay to the Landlord a sum equal to the Rents and other sums that would have been payable under this Lease but for the disclaimer or other event in respect of the period from and including the date of such disclaimer or other event until the expiration of six (6) months from such date or until the Landlord shall have granted a lease of the Premises to a third party (whichever shall occur first).

 

9.                                       Benefit of guarantee

 

This guarantee shall enure for the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Landlord under this Lease without the necessity for any assignment.

 

10.                                Guarantor to join in Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord, and as a separate covenant with the Present Tenant, that the Guarantor will join in, and execute and deliver to the Landlord, any deed which the Present Tenant is required to execute and deliver to the Landlord pursuant to clause 19.3.2, so as to give the covenants on the part of the Guarantor contained in that deed.

 

11.                                Invalidity of certain provisions

 

If any term of this guarantee or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable the same shall be severable and the remainder of this guarantee or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby and each term and provision of this guarantee shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

12.                                Duration of Guarantee

 

The guarantee in this Schedule 4 shall remain in effect until the earlier of:

 

65



 

12.1                         the determination of the Term;

 

12.2                         the assignment of this Lease by the Tenant in accordance with the provisions of clause 19; or

 

12.3                         the date upon which the Tenant is released from liability under this Lease by virtue of Section 11(2) of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 but without prejudice to any accrued rights of action or remedy of the Landlord.

 

66


 

SCHEDULE 5

 

Items of Expenditure as referred to in clause 30

 

1.                                       Repairs and maintenance

 

1.1                                Repairing, maintaining, decorating and (where appropriate) cleaning, lighting, heating, servicing and (as and when necessary) altering, reinstating, renewing or rebuilding each part of the Retained Parts;

 

1.2                                Carpeting, furnishing and equipping the Retained Parts as the Landlord may determine, including providing floral decorations, desks, tables, chairs and other fixtures and fittings in the main entrance halls and lift lobby areas.

 

2.                                       Plant and machinery

 

Providing, maintaining, repairing, operating, inspecting, servicing, cleaning, lighting and (as and when necessary) renewing or replacing any plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment in the Retained Parts, including arty boiler and items relating to the ventilation, heating, air conditioning and hot and cold water systems, any lift, lift shaft and lift motor room, any fuel and electricity for them and any necessary maintenance contracts and insurance in respect of them.

 

3.                                       Security and emergency systems

 

Providing, maintaining, repairing, operating, inspecting, servicing, cleaning and (as and when necessary) renewing or replacing any security or emergency systems for the Building, including alarm systems, internal telephone systems, closed circuit television systems, generators, emergency lighting, fire detection or prevention systems, sprinkler systems, any fire escapes for the Building and fire fighting and fire prevention equipment and appliances (other than those for which a tenant is responsible).

 

4.                                       Staff

 

Providing staff (including such direct labour as the Landlord considers appropriate having regard to the best interests of the tenants in the Building and the principles of

 

67



 

good estate management) for the day-to-day running of the installations and plant in, and the provision of other services to, the Building and for its general management, operation and security and all other incidental expenditure, including:-

 

4.1                                insurance, health, pension, welfare, payments, contributions and premiums;

 

4.2                                providing uniforms, working clothes, tools, appliances, materials and equipment (including telephones) for the proper performance of the duties of any such staff;

 

4.3                                providing, maintaining, repairing, decorating and lighting any accommodation and facilities for staff employed in the Building, and any rates, gas or electricity charges in respect of it, and any actual or notional rent for such accommodation.

 

5.                                       Signs etc.

 

Providing, maintaining and renewing name boards and signs in the main entrance halls, lift lobby areas and any other parts of the Building, and any directional signs and fire regulation notices and any flags, flag poles, television and radio aerials and satellite dishes.

 

6.                                       Refuse

 

Providing and (when necessary) renewing or replacing any paladins, compactors or other receptacles for refuse for the Building and the cost of collecting, storing and disposing of refuse.

 

7.                                       Landscaping

 

Providing and maintaining floodlighting and any plants, shrubs, trees or garden or grassed areas in the Retained Parts.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous items

 

8.1                                Leasing or hiring any of the items referred to in this Schedule.

 

68



 

8.2                                Interest, commission and fees in respect of any monies borrowed to finance the provision of services and any of the items referred to in this Schedule provided that such interest, commission and fees are incurred on commercial terms and in an arms length manner.

 

8.3                                Enforcing for the general benefit of the tenants of the Building (as determined by the Landlord) the covenants in any of the other leases of the Building.

 

9.                                       Insurance

 

9.1                                Periodic valuations of the Building for insurance purposes but not more than once in any one year.

 

9.2                                Works required to the Building in order to satisfy the requirements of any insurer of the Building.

 

9.3                                Property owner’s liability, third party liability and employer’s liability and such other insurances as the Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably determine in the interest of good estate management.

 

9.4                                Any amount which may be deducted or disallowed by any insurer of the Building under any excess provision in the insurance policy on settlement of any claim by the Landlord.

 

10.                                Common facilities

 

Making, laying, repairing, maintaining, rebuilding, decorating, cleaning and lighting (as the case may require), any roads, ways, forecourts, passages, pavements, party walls or fences, party structures, Conduits or other conveniences and easements whatsoever which may belong to, or be capable of being used or enjoyed by, the Building in common with any Adjoining Property.

 

11.                                Outgoings

 

All existing or future rates during the Term or any extension or continuation thereof (including water rates) taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions and outgoings whatsoever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description and

 

69



 

whether or not of a capital or non-recurring nature or of a wholly novel character) payable by the Landlord in respect of the Retained Parts or any part of them but not the Landlord’s reversion.

 

12.                                Statutory requirements

 

Carrying out any works to the Building required to comply with any statute (other than works for which any tenant or occupier is responsible).

 

13.                                Representations

 

Taking any steps considered desirable or expedient by the Landlord for complying with, making representations against, or otherwise contesting liability under, any statute concerning town planning, public health, highways, streets, drainage and any other matters relating or alleged to relate to the Building or any part of it for which any tenant is not directly responsible or which the Landlord is not jointly liable to pay with the Tenant hereunder.

 

14.                                Management

 

14.1                         The proper and reasonable fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of the Surveyor or any other person employed or retained by the Landlord for, or in connection with, surveying and accounting functions, the performance of the services and any other duties in and about the Building or any part of it, and relating to the general management, administration, security, maintenance, protection and cleanliness of the Building and incurred in the interests of the occupiers of the Building and in accordance with the principles of good estate management.

 

14.2                        The proper and reasonable fees and expenses of the Landlord or a Group Company of the Landlord in connection with the management of the Building and any of the functions and duties referred to in paragraph 14.1 that may be undertaken by the Landlord or that Group Company, such fees and expenses to include overheads and profits commensurate with current market practice of property companies providing management services.

 

70



 

15.                                Reserve Fund

 

Such annual provision as the Landlord may, in its discretion, determine as being proper and reasonable and in the interest of good estate management for the establishment and maintenance of a reserve fund for the replacement of any boilers, plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment or comprising the Retained Parts.

 

16.                                Generally

 

Any other costs and expenses which the Landlord incurs in providing such other services and in carrying out such other works as the Landlord may, in its discretion, consider desirable or necessary for the benefit of the Building or any part of it or the tenants or occupiers of it, or for securing or enhancing any amenity of, or within, the Building, or in the interest of good estate management.

 

17.                                Value Added Tax

 

Value Added Tax in respect of any item of expenditure referred to in this Schedule to the extent that it is not otherwise recoverable by the Landlord.

 

71



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Deeds and documents containing matters to which the premises are subject

 

All matters contained in the title registers for Title Number 314084 save for any financial charges.

 

72


 

SCHEDULE 7

 

Authorised Guarantee Agreement to be given by Tenant pursuant to clause 19.3.2

 

THIS DEED is made the [                             ] day of [                                         ]

 

BETWEEN:

 

1.                                       [                                                                       ] whose registered office is at [                                                                                                                          ] (registered number: [                                                          ]) (the “ Present Tenant ”) [and]

 

2.                                       [                                                                        ] whose registered office is at: [                                                                                                                          ] (registered number: [                                                          ]) (the “ Landlord ”) [and]

 

3.                                       [                                                                       ] whose registered office is at [                                                                                                                          ] (registered number: [                                                          ]) (the “ Guarantor ”) [and]

 

WHEREAS:-

 

(A)                                This Agreement is made pursuant to the lease dated [                                ] 2010 and made between (1) O&H Q7 Limited; (2) GW Pharma Limited; and (3) GW Pharmaceuticals Limited (the “ Lease ”) which expression shall include (where the context so admits) all deeds and documents supplemental to it (whether expressed to be so or not) relating to the premises at 6 th  Floor, One Cavendish Place London W1 (the “ Premises ”).

 

(B)                                The Present Tenant holds the Premises under the Lease and wishes to assign the Lease to [   ] (the “ Assignee ”), and pursuant to the Lease the Landlord’s consent is required to such assignment (the “ Assignment ”) and such consent is given subject to a condition that the Present Tenant [and the Guarantor] [is/are] to enter into a deed in the form of this Deed.

 

1.                                       Authorised Guarantee

 

Pursuant to the condition referred to above, the Present Tenant covenants with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, that the Assignee or the Present Tenant shall, at all

 

73



 

times during the period (the “ Guarantee Period ”) from the completion of the Assignment until the Assignee shall have ceased to be bound by the tenant covenants (which in this Deed shall have the meaning attributed by section 28(1) of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 (the “ 1995 Act ”)) contained in the Lease (including the payment of the rents and all other sums payable under the Lease in the manner and at the times specified in the Lease), duly perform and observe the tenant covenants.

 

2.                                       Present Tenant’s liability

 

2.1                                The Present Tenant agrees that the Landlord, in the enforcement of its rights under this Deed, may proceed against the Present Tenant as if the Present Tenant were the sole or principal debtor in respect of the tenant covenant in question.

 

2.2                                For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the termination of the Guarantee Period the Present Tenant shall remain liable under this Deed in respect of any liabilities which may have accrued prior to such termination.

 

2.3                                For the avoidance of doubt the Present Tenant shall be liable under this Deed for any reasonable and proper costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the Present Tenant’s obligations under this Deed.

 

3.                                       Disclaimer of Lease

 

The Present Tenant further covenants with the Landlord that if the Crown or a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy shall disclaim the Lease during the Guarantee Period the Present Tenant shall, if the Landlord by notice in writing given to the Present Tenant within six (6) months after such disclaimer so requires accept from, and execute and deliver to, the Landlord a counterpart of a new lease of the Premises for a term commencing on the date of the disclaimer and continuing for the residue then remaining unexpired of the term of the Lease, such new lease to be at the same rents and subject to the same covenants and provisions as are contained in the Lease.

 

74



 

4.                                       Supplementary provisions

 

By way of provision incidental or supplementary to clauses 1, 2 and 3 of this Deed:-

 

4.1                                Postponement of claims by Present Tenant

 

The Present Tenant further covenants with the Landlord that the Present Tenant shall:-

 

4.1.1                      not claim in any liquidation, bankruptcy, composition or arrangement of the Assignee in competition with the Landlord and shall remit to the Landlord the proceeds of all judgments and all distributions it may receive from any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy or supervisor of the Assignee;

 

4.1.2                      hold for the benefit of the Landlord all security and rights the Present Tenant may have over assets of the Assignee whilst any liabilities of the Present Tenant or the Assignee to the Landlord remain outstanding; and

 

4.1.3                      not exercise any right or remedy in respect of any amount paid or any liability incurred by the Present Tenant in performing or discharging its obligations contained in this Deed, or claim any contribution from any other guarantor.

 

4.2                                Postponement of participation by Present Tenant in security

 

The Present Tenant shall not be entitled to participate in any security held by the Landlord in respect of the Assignee’s obligations to the Landlord under the Lease or to stand in the place of the Landlord in respect of any such security until all the obligations of the Present Tenant or the Assignee to the Landlord under the Lease have been performed or discharged.

 

4.3                                No release of Present Tenant

 

None of the following, or any combination of them, shall release, determine, discharge or in any way lessen or affect the liability of the Present Tenant as principal obligor under this Deed or otherwise prejudice or affect the right of the Landlord to recover from the Present Tenant to the full extent of this guarantee:-

 

75



 

4.3.1                      any neglect, delay or forbearance of the Landlord in endeavouring to obtain payment of any rents or other amounts required to be paid by the Assignee or in enforcing the performance or observance of any of the obligations of the Assignee under the Lease;

 

4.3.2                      any refusal by the Landlord to accept rent tendered by or on behalf of the Assignee at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of a notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 have been entitled) to re-enter the Premises;

 

4.3.3                      any extension of time given by the Landlord to the Assignee;

 

4.3.4                      (subject to Section 18 of the 1995 Act) any variation of the terms of the Lease or the transfer of the Landlord’s reversion provided that any such variation or transfer does not increase the liability of the Present Tenant;

 

4.3.5                      any change in the constitution, structure or powers of either the Present Tenant, the Assignee or the Landlord or the liquidation, administration or bankruptcy (as the case may be) of either the Present Tenant or the Assignee;

 

4.3.6                      any legal limitation, or any immunity, disability or incapacity of the Assignee (whether or not known to the Landlord) or the fact that any dealings with the Landlord by the Assignee may be outside, or in excess of, the powers of the Assignee;

 

4.3.7                     any other deed, act, omission, failure, matter or thing whatsoever as a result of which, but for this provision, the Present Tenant would be exonerated either wholly or partly (other than a release executed and delivered as a deed by the Landlord or a release effected by virtue of the 1995 Act).

 

4.4                                Costs of new lease

 

The Landlord’s reasonable legal costs in connection with any new lease granted pursuant to clause 3 of this Deed shall be borne by the Present Tenant and paid to the Landlord (together with Value Added Tax) upon completion of such new lease.

 

76



 

5.                                       Invalidity of certain provisions

 

If any term of this Deed or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable the same shall be severable and the remainder of this Deed or the application of such term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby and each term and provision of this Deed shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed by the Present Tenant and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the date first above written above.

 

77



 

Executed as a Deed by

 

O&H Q7 LIMITED

 

acting by a director in the presence of:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Signature of witness:

/s/ David Lyons

 

 

Name of witness (in BLOCK CAPITALS)

DAVID LYONS

 

Address:

 

78




Exhibit 10.32

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

relating to 2nd Floor, Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon,

 

Cambridge

 

 

 

(1)                                  Apia Nominee 1 Limited and Apia Nominee 2 Limited

 

 

 

(2)                                  G W Pharma Limited

 

 

 

 

 

Dated               24 May 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Osborne Clarke

 

 

 

2 Temple Back East

 

Temple Quay

 

Bristol

 

BS1 5EG

 

Telephone

+44 (0) 117 917 3000

 

Fax

+44 (0) 117 917 3005

 

 

 

MOH/0961346/10323249v10/DER

 



 

Contents

 

Prescribed clauses under Schedule 1A of the Land Registration Rules 2003

i

Lease Particular

iii

1.

Definitions and interpretation

1

2.

Demise

6

3.

Tenant’s covenants

6

4.

Landlord’s Covenants

15

5.

Forfeiture

16

6.

Obligations in schedules to this Lease

17

7.

Miscellaneous provisions

17

Schedule 1

Rights granted

20

Schedule 2

Exceptions and Reservations

21

Schedule 3

Matters to which the Lease is subject

22

Schedule 4

Insurance provisions

23

Schedule 5

Rent Review Provisions

26

Schedule 6

Guarantor Covenants

29

Schedule 7

Part I — Services

31

Part 2

Service Charge

34

Schedule 8

Estate Service Charge

37

Schedule 9

Form of Authorised Guarantee Agreement

40

Schedule 10

Regulations

45

 



 

Prescribed clauses under Schedule 1A of the
Land Registration Rules 2003

 

LRI. Date of lease

 

24 May 2011

 

 

 

LR2. Title number(s)

 

LR2.1 Landlord’s title number CB170451

 

LR2.2 Other title numbers

 

 

 

LR3. Parties to this lease

 

Landlord: Apia Nominee I Limited (Company Number 05593236) and Apia Nominee 2 Limited (Company Number 05593237)s whose registered office is at No 1 Poultry, London EC2R 8EJ

 

Tenant: GW Pharma Limited (Company Number 03704998) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

 

LR4. Premises

 

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

 

The Premises as defined in clause 1.1.

 

 

 

LR5. Prescribed statements etc.

 

LR5.1 Not applicable

 

LR5.2 Not applicable

 

 

 

LR6. Term for which the Premises is leased

 

The term as specified in the definition of Contractual Term in the Lease Particulars

 

 

 

LR7. Premium

 

None

 

 

 

LR8. Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

 

This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

 

 

 

LR9. Rights of acquisition etc

 

LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Premises, or to acquire an Interest in other land

 

None

 

LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

 

None

 

LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease

 

None

 

 

 

LR10. Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Premises

 

None

 

i



 

LR11 Easements

 

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Premises

 

Contained in schedule 1

 

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Premises for the benefit of other Premises

 

Contained in schedule 2

 

 

 

LR12. Estate rentcharge burdening the Premises

 

None

 

 

 

LR13. Application for standard form of restriction

 

None

 

 

 

LR14. Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant

 

Not applicable

 

ii



 

Lease Particular

 

Landlord:

Apia Nominee 1 Limited and Apia Nominee 2 Limited

 

 

Company Number:

05593238 and 05593237 respectively

 

 

Registered Office:

No 1 Poultry, London EC2R 8E1

 

 

Tenant:

GW Pharma Limited

 

 

Company Number:

03704998

 

 

Registered Office:

Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury,
Wiltshire SP4 0JQ

 

 

Premises:

Second Floor, Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge shown edged red on Plan 1

 

 

Building:

the land and building known as Sovereign House, Vision Park, Histon, Cambridge shown edged blue on Plan 2

 

 

Contractual Term:

Ten years starting on the Term Start Date

 

 

Term Start Date:

24 May 2011

 

 

Initial Rent:

£216,810 Two Hundred and Sixteen Thousand Eight Hundred and Ten Pounds) per year

 

 

Rent Start Date:

24 February 2012

 

 

Review Date:

24 May 2016

 

 

Permitted Use:

As offices within Class B1(a) of the Schedule to the 1987 Order

 

 

Break Dates:

23 May 2016 (First Break Date)
23 May 2018 (Second Break Date)
23 May 2019 (Third Break Date)
and Break Date means any one of the Break Dates as applicable

 

iii



 

This Lease is made on the date stated and between the parties specified in the Prescribed Clauses

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1                               In this Lease, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions and those set out in the Lease Particulars will apply:

 

“1954 Act” means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (as amended),

 

“1987 Order” means the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as amended by the Town and  Country Planning (Use Classes) (Amendment) (England) Order 2005 (as existing at the date of this Lease),

 

“1995 Act” means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

“2003 Order” means the Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003,

 

“Authorised Guarantee Agreement” means as defined by section 28(1) of the 1995 Act.

 

“Authority” means any statutory, public, local or other competent authority or court of competent jurisdiction.

 

“Building” means the building set out in the Lease Particulars or such other land (including the Premises) of a greater or lesser extent as the Landlord may designate from time to time,

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which clearing banks are open for business In the City of London.

 

“‘Business Hours” means the hours between 8.00 am and 6.00 pm on Mondays to Fridays and between 8.00 am and 1,00pm on Saturdays other (in each case) than on public or general holidays

 

“Car Parking Spaces” means fifty eight (58) car parking spaces designated from time to time by the Landlord for the use of the Tenant and comprising part of the car parking areas within the Common Parts the spaces designated at the date of this Lease being those shown coloured yellow on Plan 2.

 

“Common Parts” means all parts of the Building which are not exclusively demised to any tenant and which are designated by the Landlord as available for use in common by the tenants and occupiers of the Building, the Landlord and those properly authorised or permitted by them to do so including the car parking areas, entrance areas, landscaped areas, entrance halls, reception areas, lifts, fire escapes, staircases, passages, landings and toilets of the Building and any other areas or amenities granting access to or egress from the Premises.

 

“Conduits” means gutters, pipes, ducts, cables, aerials, tanks, sewers, drains, shafts, fire prevention and security installations and all other facilities of a similar nature together with all meters and other apparatus used in connection with them.

 

“Due Date” means in respect of:

 

(a)                                 the Yearly Rent and VAT on it, the Quarter Day it falls due; and

 

(b)                                 any other rents or sums and VAT on them payable under this Lease, the date twenty (20) Business Days after written demand for payment by way of an invoice for the same is made.

 

1



 

“Due Proportion” means such proportion as is conclusively certified (save in the case of manifest error) by the Landlord’s surveyor (acting reasonably and properly) as representing the due proportion of the relevant expenditure reasonably attributable to the Premises.

 

“Energy Performance Certificate” means a certificate required to be produced by virtue of Regulation 11 of the Energy Performance of Buildings (Certificates and Inspections) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007.

 

“Environmental Law” means all laws, regulations, directives and codes of practice applicable to the United Kingdom relating to the protection of the environment (as defined in section 1(2) of the Environmental Protection Act 1990), pollution control and human, animal and plant welfare,

 

“Estate” means Vision Park, Station Road, Histon, Cambridge which is for the purposes of identification shown edged green on Plan 3 and of which the Building forms part.

 

“Estate Roads” means the roads and footpaths within the Estate constructed or to be constructed for use by vehicular and pedestrian traffic and as referred to in the Transfer.

 

“Estate Service Charge” and “Interim Estate Service Charge” are defined in paragraph 1 of schedule 8

 

“External Areas” means any areas outside the Building which are within the Landlord’s registered title (CB170451) at the date of this Lease.

 

“Group Company” means a company which is either

 

(a)                                 the holding company of the Tenant; or

 

(b)                                 a wholly-owned subsidiary of either the Tenant or the Tenant’s holding company as both expressions are defined in S1159 Companies Act 2006,

 

“Guarantor” means the party so named in the Lease Particulars (if any) and any person from time to time who guarantees the obligations of the Tenant In this Lease,

 

“Insolvent” means as defined in clause 5.1.

 

“Insurance Rent” means the proper gross amount of all premiums and other expenses (including valuation fees and insurance premium tax) incurred by the Landlord in effecting and maintaining cover for the Premises against the items set out in paragraph 1 of schedule 4.

 

“Insured Risks” means the risks of loss or damage by fire, lightning, storm, flood, explosion, earthquake, impact from vehicles, aircraft, articles dropped from aircraft, riot, civil commotion, malicious damage, terrorism, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes and such other risks of a normally insurable nature against which the Landlord may, in Its reasonable discretion or at the reasonable request of the Tenant insure against from time to time.

 

“Interest” means interest at the Interest Rate (both before and after judgment) calculated on a daily basis from the Due Date until the date on which payment is made such interest to be compounded quarterly on the Quarter Days,

 

“Interest Rate” means 3% per year above the base lending rate from time to time of National Westminster Bank Plc (or such other bank as the Landlord may from time to time nominate) or (if base lending rates cease to be published) such other comparable rate of interest as the Landlord (acting reasonably) nominates.

 

“Landlord” means the party so named in the Lease Particulars and any person from time to time entitled to the immediate reversion to this Lease.

 

2



 

“Lease” means this lease (including the schedules) as supplemented or varied in writing from time to time whether by deed, licence or otherwise,

 

“Legal Obligations” means (under any jurisdiction whatever) all requirements of any law, treaty, statute, subordinate legislation or bye-law of any Authority at any time during the Term insofar as they relate to the Premises or their use or occupation or the business carried on by the Tenant at the Premises.

 

“Lettable Unit” means any part of the Building which is let, or intended or designed for letting from time to time to a tenant or tenants or occupied or intended for separate and exclusive occupation by a tenant or tenants (except in connection with managing the Building).

 

“Managing Agent” means a properly qualified surveyor appointed by the Landlord to properly manage the Building (who may be an employee of the Landlord).

 

“Neighbouring Premises” means the Building (except the Premises) the External Areas and any property owned by the Landlord adjoining or near to the Building.

 

“Permitted Part” means such part of the Premises as is self contained and capable of separate beneficial occupation,

 

“Plan” means the plans annexed to this Lease and references to Plan 1, Plan 2 and Plan 3 shall be deemed to refer to the Plans so marked,

 

“Planning Acts” means “the consolidating Acts” as defined in the Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act 1990, the Planning and Compensation Act 1991, the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 and any other legislation relating to town and country planning in force in England and Wales from time to time which relate to the Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

“Plant” means any plant equipment and machinery in or serving the Building during the Term but does not include the Tenants moveable office equipment,

 

“Premises” means the premises set out in the Lease Particulars and the whole or any part of them as altered or added to from time to time including:

 

(a)                                 the Conduits and Plant within and exclusively serving them up to the point where they connect to those of statutory undertakers or those which are commonly used by the Building;

 

(b)                                 all fixtures and fittings in them (except tenants or trade fixtures and fittings);

 

(c)                                  the internal finishes applied to the interior of any external and loadbearieg walls or structures of the Building but not any other parts of such external or loadbearing walls or structures:

 

(d)                                 the whole of any internal walls which are not loadbearing within the Premises;

 

(e)                                  the inner half served medially of any internal walls which are not loadbearing and which divide the Premises from any other part of the Building;

 

(f)                                   the carpets and the floor screeds and other floor and ceiling finishes up to but excluding any floor slab or joists to which those finishes are affixed; and

 

(g)                                  the whole of the doors, windows, window frames and glass within the Premises but not any windows, window frames or any forms of glazing which are in or comprise part of the external wall of the Building;

 

but excluding the structural parts, loadbearing framework, roof, foundations, joists and external walls of the Building and any Conduits and Plant within (but riot exclusively serving) the Premises

 

3


 

 

GRAPHIC

 

1



 

GRAPHIC

 



 

GRAPHIC

 


 

and the air conditioning and heating Plant located on the roof and Conduits thereto regardless of the extent to which the same may exclusively serve the Premises

 

“Prescribed Clauses” means the prescribed clauses under Schedule 1A of the Land Registration Rules 2003 appearing at the front of this Lease.

 

“Quarter Days” means 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December in every year.

 

“Regulations” means the regulations in Schedule 10 which the Landlord may, having regard to the principles of good estate management, add to, amend or remove during the Term,

 

“Rent Restrictions” means any restriction on the assessment and recovery of rent imposed by statute or an Authority.

 

“Rents” means the payments due under clause 2.2 and the other sums reserved by or payable by the Tenant under this Lease.

 

“Review Period” means the period beginning on any Review Date or (as the case may be) on the Term Start Date and ending on the day before the next Review Date,

 

“Review Surveyor” means an independent chartered surveyor appointed under paragraph 3 of schedule 5 and, if to be nominated by or on behalf of the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, the President shall be requested to nominate an independent chartered surveyor having recent substantial experience in the letting and valuation of premises of a similar character and quality to those of the Premises,

 

“Service Charge” and “Interim Service Charge” are defined in paragraph 1 of part 2 of schedule 7.

 

“Services” means the services set out in part 1 of schedule 7.

 

“Substance” means any substance (whether in the form of a solid, liquid, gas or vapour) the presence, generation, transportation, storage, treatment, use or disposal of which (whether alone or in combination with any other substance) gives rise to a risk of causing harm to human health, comfort or safety or harm to any other living organism or causing damage to the environment.

 

“Tenant Covenant” means as defined in section 28(1) of the 1995 Act.

 

“Tenant” means the party so named in the Lease Particulars and any person in whom this Lease is vested from time to time,

 

“Term” means the Contractual Term together with any continuation or extension of the Contractual Term whether by agreement, statute or otherwise,

 

“Transfer” means the transfer of part dated the 29th April 1994 made between Merivale Moore Construction Limited (1) Lloyds Bank S.P. Nominees Limited (2) and Vision Park Management Limited (3),

 

“Uninsured Damage” means damage or destruction to the Building and/or the Premises and/or any External Areas caused by any risks expressly specified in the definition of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises wholly or partially unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible and which is not insured because insurance is not available or is not available at reasonable commercial rates such that the full cost of reinstatement and rebuilding caused by any such risks is not recoverable by the Landlord under its insurance policy.

 

“VAT” means value added tax as provided under the VATA.

 

4



 

“VATA” means Value Added Tax Act 1994 and references to the VATA shall include ail statutes, laws, regulations, notices, directions or similar provisions, relating to value added tax and any value added, turned, sales, purchase or similar tax of the United Kingdom or of any other jurisdiction and references to value added tax or to VAT shall be construed accordingly,

 

“Yearly Rent” means until the Review Date the initial Rent and thereafter any sum substituted for it under the provisions of schedule 5.

 

1.2                                In this Lease, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  where at any time a party to this Lease comprises more than one person all obligations and liabilities of or with that party are joint and several and references to that party include references to each such person;

 

(b)                                  words denoting persons include any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state (whether or not having a separate legal personality);

 

(c)                                   words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender;

 

(d)                                  references to clauses and schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Lease and references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs of the schedule in which they appear;

 

(e)                                   the Lease Particulars form part of this Lease but the table of contents and the headings are for convenience only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Lease;

 

(f)                                    any obligation by the Tenant not to do or omit to do something includes an obligation not to permit or to suffer that thing to be done or omitted,

 

(g)                                   where there is an obligation to obtain the consent or approval of the Landlord under this Lease such consent or approval must be contained in a formal deed or licence;

 

(h)                                  except for any references to the 1987 Order, any reference to a statute or statutory provision includes any subordinate legislation made under it and any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it whether such statute or statutory provision comes into force before or after the date of this Agreement;

 

(i)                                      the word “assignment” includes equitable assignment and the words “assign” and “assignee” shall be construed accordingly;

 

(j)                                     references to any statute or legislation include any legislation of the European Union directly applicable in the United Kingdom;

 

(k)                                  it is a condition of any rights of entry provided for in this Lease that the person exercising such rights will;

 

(i)                                      give reasonable prior written notice to the person affected (except in case of emergency);

 

(ii)                                cause as little damage to the Premises or the Premises to which entry is gained (as the case may be) as is reasonably practicable in the exercise of such rights; and

 

(iii)                             make good any such damage as soon as reasonably practicable to the reasonable satisfaction of the person affected;

 

(l)                                      references to “occupier of the Premises” include anyone on the Premises;

 

5



 

(i)                                   deriving title under Tenant or any undertenant; or

 

(ii)                                with the express or implied authority of either the Tenant or any undertenant or anyone deriving title under the Tenant or undertenant.

 

And where there is a reference to the consequences of the Tenant’s acts, omissions or defaults, all references to the “Tenant” include references to any occupier of the Premises;

 

(m)                              references to the “end of the Term” are to the end of the Term however and whenever it determines:

 

(n)                                  references to a numbered plan are to the plan so numbered annexed to this Lease.

 

2.                                       Demise

 

2 1          The Landlord demises the Premises to the Tenant for the Term:

 

(a)                                  together with the rights set out in schedule 1;

 

(b)                                  excepting and reserving those rights as set out in schedule 2; and

 

(c)                                   subject to all rights, restrictions, covenants and liabilities affecting the Premises as set out in schedule 3 (if any).

 

2.2                                The Tenant will pay on each Due Date the following rents to the Landlord:

 

(a)                                  the Yearly Rent by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarter Days the first (or proportionate part) of such payments for the period beginning on the Rent Start Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the next Quarter Day to be paid on the Rent Start Date;

 

(b)                                  the insurance Rent;

 

(c)                                   the Interim Service Charge and the Service Charge payable in accordance with the provisions of schedule 7;

 

(d)                                  the Interim estate Service Charge and the Estate Service Charge payable in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 8.

 

(e)                                   any VAT payable by the Tenant from time to time; and

 

(f)                                    Interest payable by the Tenant under the terms of this Lease.

 

3.                                       Tenant’s covenants

 

The Tenant covenants with the Landlord throughout the Term;

 

3.1                                Rent

 

To pay to the Landlord the Rents without any deduction or set off (except where lawfully provided by statute) and (if required) by standing order or credit transfer to the Landlord’s bank account,

 

3.2                                Interest

 

Without prejudice to any other remedy of the Landlord, to pay interest on so much of the Rents as remain unpaid in cleared funds in the case of the Yearly Rent, after the Due Date and the in the case of all other Rents, for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the Due Date, whether or not any such sums have been properly refused by the Landlord so as not to waive any breach of covenant.

 

6



 

3.3                                Outgoings

 

To pay and indemnify the Landlord against the whole (or where appropriate a Due Proportion) of:

 

(a)                                  all proper taxes, assessments, impositions, duties, charges, and outgoings payable at any time during and until the end of the Term relating to the Premises by the owner or occupier of the Premises or otherwise due in respect of them (except any tax assessed on the Landlord in respect of its ownership of, rental income from, or any dealing with its reversionary Interest); and

 

(b)                                  all proper charges for gas, electricity and other services supplied to the Premises (including any proper connection and hiring charges and meter rents).

 

3.4                                Repair

 

(a)                                  To keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and condition (damage by Insured Risks excepted save to the extent that any insurance money is irrecoverable as a result of any act or default of the Tenant,

 

(b)                                  At appropriate intervals to maintain, service and clean all gas, electrical, hydraulic and other mechanical installations and equipment forming part of or in the Premises In accordance with any relevant manufacturers or installer’s maintenance manual and when necessary to have such installation and equipment repaired or (where beyond economic repair) replaced by qualified persons who are and at intervals which are approved by the manufacturers of such installation and equipment.

 

(c)                                   To clean the Premises (including all drains and gutters) whenever reasonably necessary (but not more than once a month in the case of windows) and keep them in a clean and tidy condition at all times,

 

(d)                                  To replace the carpets and other floor coverings at the Premises when necessary with others of equivalent quality to those at the Premises at the date of this Lease and to replace them in the last 6 months immediately prior to the end of the Term in colours approved by the Landlord (acting reasonably).

 

3.5                                Decoration

 

When necessary and in any event in the last 6 months immediately prior to the end of the Term to prepare and paint, decorate or otherwise treat as appropriate all parts of the Premises which are usually painted, decorated or treated (In respect of the internal parts of the Premises in such colours and with such materials as the Landlord may reasonably require in the last 6 months immediately prior to the end of the Term).

 

3.6                                Alterations

 

(a)                                  Not to erect any new building on the Premises nor to make any alterations or additions to the structure or exterior of the Premises or which affect the external appearance of the Premises nor (save as may be permitted under the remainder of this Lease) to make any other alterations or additions to the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Not without the Landlord’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

 

(i)                                      to make any internal non-structural alterations or additions to the Premises: nor

 

(ii)                                   to make any alterations or additions to the mechanical and electrical systems in the Premises.

 

7



 

(c)                                   To supply to the Landlord such drawings and specifications as the Landlord reasonably requires to identify any proposed alterations or additions and to carry out such alterations or additions only in accordance with such drawings and specifications in a good and workmanlike manner and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord,

 

(d)                                  To obtain all necessary consents and approvals pursuant to Legal Obligations for any proposed alterations or additions whether or not requiring the consent of the Landlord and to supply copies to the Landlord as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(e)                                   To execute a formal licence in respect of any proposed alterations or additions requiring the consent of the Landlord in such form as the Landlord reasonably requires.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise required by the Landlord to reinstate the Premises at the end of the Term and to make good all consequential damage to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord,

 

3.7                                Signs

 

(a)                                  Not to exhibit any flashing sign or light on the Premises,

 

(b)                                  Not to exhibit any flag, sign, advertising notices or promotional material which is visible from the exterior of the Premises without the Landlord’s prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the case of a sign displaying the name and business of the Tenant of a style size and number appropriate to the Building and the Permitted Use,

 

(c)                                   At the end of the Term to remove any sign, poster, notice, advertisement or other item displayed in accordance with this clause and to make good all damage caused to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord,

 

3.8                                Permitted Use

 

Not to use the Premises otherwise than for the Permitted Use,

 

3.9                                Prohibited user and nuisance

 

(a)                                  Not to use the Premises for any noisy, offensive, dangerous, illegal or immoral purpose nor for residential or steeping purposes nor for gambling or betting nor for the sale of alcoholic liquor for consumption whether on or off the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Not to hold on the Premises any political meeting or public show or spectacle nor any sale by auction.

 

(c)                                   Not to do anything on the Premises (or on any land over which any right granted by this Lease is exercised) which may be or become a nuisance, damage or disturbance to the Landlord or any owner or occupier of any other land.

 

(d)                                  Not to deposit store exhibit stack or sell any goods materials articles or other objects outside the Premises.

 

(e)                                   At all times during the Term to use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Premises are adequately secured when not in use.

 

(f)                                    Not to use the Car Parking Spaces otherwise than for the parking of private motor vehicles,

 

8



 

3.10                         Loading and deliveries

 

Not to bad or unload vetides except in the areas designated by the Landlord for such purpose and in the course of such loading or unloading:

 

(a)                                  to comply with any reasonable additional regulations of the Landlord and the requirements of the local highway authority which have been notified to the Tenant in writing; and

 

(b)                                  not to cause any avoidable obstruction.

 

3.11                         Overloading and damage

 

Not to overload the Premises nor damage, overload or obstruct any Conduits the Retained Parts or any Plant serving the Premises,

 

3.12                         Refuse and deleterious substances

 

(a)                                  Not to burn any rubbish on the Premises or the Common Parts and not to deposit any rubbish on the Premises or the Common Parts other than in proper receptacles.

 

(b)                                  To ensure that rubbish or refuse receptacles on the Premises are regularly emptied and to comply with the Landlord’s reasonable and proper requirements for the disposal of rubbish or refuse.

 

(c)                                   Not to permit any Substance to be in on or under or to escape from the Premises and if the Tenant becomes aware of any such Substance in on under or escaping from the Premises to give immediate written notice of it to the Landlord and to remove or remediate it in compliance with the lawful requirements of the Landlord or any competent authority provided that this clause 3.12 (c) shall not prevent the Tenant from keeping on the Premises reasonable quantities of any Substance which is consistent with the Permitted Use and lawfully kept in proper containers.

 

(d)                                  Not to permit the drains to be obstructed by oil grease or other deleterious matter,

 

3.13                         Dealings with this Lease

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise permitted by this Lease not to;

 

(i)                                      hold the whole or any part of the Premises on trust for another person; or

 

(ii)                                   part with or share possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises.

 

(b)                                  The Tenant may share occupation of the Premises with a Group Company of the Tenant for so long as the Tenant and that company remain members of the same Group without the consent of the Landlord and provided that:

 

(i)                                      within 20 Business Days of commencement of such sharing of occupation the Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing of the name and registered office of such Group Company sharing occupation; and

 

(ii)                                   no relationship of landlord and tenant is created between the Tenant (or any undertenant) and such Group Company,

 

3.14                         Assignment

 

(a)                                  Not to assign part only of the Premises,

 

9



 

(b)                                  Not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),

 

(c)                                   Without prejudice to any other grounds on which the Landlord may lawfully withhold consent to any assignment or to any other conditions which it may lawfully impose the Landlord is entitled:

 

(i)                                      to withhold consent in any of the circumstances set out in clause 3.14(d) and/or

 

(ii)                                   to impose all or any of the conditions set out in clause 3.14(e)

 

(d)                                  For the purposes of section 19(1A) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 the Landlord may withhold its consent to an assignment of the whole of the Premises where any one or more of the following circumstances apply:

 

(i)                                      the proposed assignee is a Group Company and the Landlord reasonably considers that the proposed assignee is of lesser financial standing than the Tenant (aggregated with any surety or other security for the proposed assignee);

 

(ii)                                   there is an outstanding material breach of covenant by the Tenant; and/or

 

(iii)                                the proposed assignee is not ordinarily resident within the United Kingdom or (where the proposed assignee is a company or Corporation) it is not incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

(e)                                   For the purposes of section 19(1A) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 any consent given by the Landlord to any proposed assignment may be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                   the execution and delivery by the Tenant to the Landlord before completion of the assignment of a counterpart of a formal licence permitting such assignment in such form as the Landlord reasonably requires;

 

(ii)                                the execution and delivery by the Tenant to the Landlord before completion of the assignment of an Authorised Guarantee Agreement in the form of the guarantee agreement set out in schedule 9 (with such modifications as the Landlord may require acting reasonably); and

 

(iii)                             (if reasonably required by the Landlord) the execution and delivery by such persons as the Landlord reasonably requires to act as guarantors to the proposed assignee of a deed in the form of the Guarantor’s covenants set out in schedule 6.

 

3.15                         Underletting

 

(a)                                  In this clause, “Permitted Underlease” means an underlease which;

 

(i)                                      reserves not less than the open market rent for the Premises current at the grant of the underlease or (in the case of a letting of a Permitted Part) an appropriate proportion of such rent;

 

(ii)                                   provides for the review of the rent on the same dates and substantially on the same terms as contained in this Lease;

 

(iii)                                is not granted in consideration of any fine or premium;

 

10



 

(iv)                               is granted on terms which are not inconsistent with this Lease (insofar as they relate to the underlet premises) and provide that any further underletting is prohibited;

 

(v)                                  comprises all the terms of the tenancy entered into between the Tenant and the undertenant;

 

(b)                                  Not to underlet part only of the Premises otherwise than by way of an underlease of a Permitted Part.

 

(c)                                   Not to underlet the whole or a Permitted Part of the Premises unless:

 

(i)                                      the undertenant first covenants with the Landlord In terms reasonably acceptable to the Landlord to observe all applicable terms of this Lease to the extent that the same relate to the underlet premises and save for the payment of the Rents;

 

(ii)                                   the underlease is a Permitted Underlease;

 

(iii)                             if the Landlord reasonably so requires, a guarantor or guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord first guarantees or guarantee the undertenant’s obligations in the form set out in schedule 6 (but omitting the provisions relating to disclaimer of the underlease and otherwise amended to extend only to the obligations of the undertenant);

 

(iv)                               sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act are lawfully excluded from the underlease; and

 

(v)                                  the underletting of a Permitted Part does not produce more than 3 separate and concurrent occupancies of the Premises (excluding occupations pursuant to clause 3.13(b).

 

and (subject to the above) the Landlord has consented to such underletting (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(d)                                  To use reasonable endeavours to enforce and not to vary or knowingly waive any of the terms of any underlease and not to agree any rent review in respect of any underlease without the Landlord’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and to give details of every such rent review to the Landlord within 28 days of its outcome,

 

(e)                                   At any time (but not more than once in any 12 month period) to produce to the Landlord following written demand full details of any underlettings or occupations affecting the Premises and copies of any documents relating to such interests,

 

3.16                         Charging

 

(a)                                  Not to charge part of the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Not to charge the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

3.17                         Registration

 

Within 28 days of any assignment, underlease, charge or any other dealing affecting this Lease or any interest deriving title under it to produce to the Landlords solicitors a certified copy of the relevant document and to pay a registration fee of £50 plus VAT,

 

11



 

3.18                         Encroachments

 

(a)                                  Not to block up or obstruct (either wholly or partially) any window, opening, access way, Conduits or any other facility enjoyed by the Premises nor to give any acknowledgement that any such facility is enjoyed by the consent of any other person.

 

(b)                                  Not knowingly to permit any encroachment upon or any easement to be created over or in respect of the Premises in favour of a third party.

 

(c)                                   As soon as reasonably practicable after having become aware of any such encroachment or easement being created or threatened to give notice to the Landlord.

 

3.19                         Planning and environmental

 

(a)                                  To comply in all respects with the Planning Acts and with all requirements of Environmental Law in so far as the same relate to the Premises and the rights granted by this Lease.

 

(b)                                  Not to make any application under the Planning Acts (whether for planning permission or otherwise) in relation to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed where the Landlord’s consent or approval is also obtained under the Lease for a permitted alteration, a sign or a change in the Permitted Use).

 

(c)                                   Not to implement any planning permission if the Landlord makes reasonable and proper objections to any of the conditions subject to which it has been granted.

 

(d)                                  Where it is a condition of (or a planning obligation associate with) any planning permission that any works be carried out, to carry out such works before the end of the Term if the relevant planning permission is implemented,

 

(e)                                   As soon as reasonably practicable upon receipt to supply copies to the Landlord of all applications, notices, decisions and other formal communications relating to the Premises or served on the Tenant or any undertenant at the Premises and at the Landlord’s expense to take such action as the Landlord may require in respect of such communication provided that such actions are not adverse to the Tenant’s interests and its business activities.

 

(f)                                    Not to enter into any agreement or obligation or serve any purchase notice under the Planning Acts without the prior written consent of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(g)                                   Not without the Landlord’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to make any application under Environmental Law in relation to the Premises or any activity carried on there or any use of them.

 

(h)                                  Not to use any part of the Premises in any way or for any purpose which may be or become a breach of Environmental Law

 

(i)                                      Not without the Landlord’s prior written consent (which will not he unreasonably withheld or delayed) to commission any Energy Performance Certificate in relation to or for the benefit of the Premises or any premises of which they form part or otherwise to take any action which may invalidate any Energy Performance Certificate which may be in existence from time to time for the benefit of the Premises or the Building and, in relation to or for the benefit of the Premises, to provide full details to the Landlord (including but not limited to the unique reference number attributable to it).

 

(j)                                     Upon written request from the Landlord to provide to the Landlord such information as the Landlord may reasonably request to enable an Energy Performance Certificate to be produced in relation to the Premises or any premises of which the Premises form part.

 

12



 

3.20                         Legal Obligations

 

(a)                                  To observe and comply with all Legal Obligations in relation to the Premises and the exercise and purported exercise of the rights granted by this Lease

 

(b)                                  Where any Legal Obligation requires the carrying out of works to the Premises.

 

(i)                                      to carry out those works In accordance with the terms of this Lease: and

 

(ii)                                to carry out those works with good quality materials in a good and workmanlike manner and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord.

 

(c)                                   As soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of any notice of any Legal Obligation from an Authority or of any formal notice from any third party in relation to the Premises to produce a copy of that notice to the Landlord and if so required to make such proper representation or objections in relation to it as the Landlord (acting reasonably and properly) may require provided that any such representation or objection is not adverse to the Tenant’s interests or business activities,

 

(d)                                  To give notice to the Landlord of any defect of which the Tenant becomes aware in the Premises which might render the Landlord liable whether under the Defective Premises Act 1972 or this Lease or otherwise immediately upon becoming aware of such defect.

 

(e)                                   To use reasonable endeavours to observe and perform all provisions contained or referred to in the documents listed in schedule 3 so far as they are enforceable and relate to and affect the Premises,

 

3.21                         Rights of entry

 

Subject to clause 1.2 (k) to permit the Landlord and anyone authorised by the Landlord to enter the Premises at all reasonable times with any machinery, tools and equipment.

 

(a)                                  to exercise any of the rights excepted and reserved out of this Lease;

 

(b)                                  to inspect the Premises including but not limited to carrying out tests and investigations;

 

(c)                                   to carry out any relevant works or take any relevant steps pursuant to the Landlord’s rights relating to the use of the Premises and Legal Obligations;

 

(d)                                  to inspect or carry out works of repair, maintenance, construction, alteration or otherwise to any part of the Building;

 

(e)                                   in exercise of a right or to comply with an obligation of repair, maintenance or renewal under this Lease; or

 

(f)                                    to provide the Services in accordance with the provisions of schedule 7.

 

Provided that the Landlord may only exercise such entry to the extent that the Landlord cannot otherwise reasonably do any of the matters referred to in this Clause 3,21 from outside the Premises,

 

3.22                         Comply with notices to repair

 

(a)                                  To carry out all reasonable works necessary to remedy any material breach of covenant of which the Landlord has given proper written notice to the Tenant within two months (or sooner if necessary) after receipt of written notice.

 

13


 

(b)                                  if the Tenant fails to comply with a notice served under clause 3.22(a) to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, the Landlord may (without prejudice to the Landlord’s right of re-entry contained in this Lease) enter the Premises to carry out such works, and the Tenant will to pay to the Landlord on demand as a debt all proper costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord In carrying out such works.

 

3.23                         Costs

 

To pay the Landlord all proper costs and expenses (including bailiffs’ and professional fees) properly incurred by the Landlord (both during and after the end of the Term):

 

(a)                                  for the preparation and service of:

 

(i)                                      a notice under section 146 or 147 of the Law of Premises Act 1925 or pursuant to a provision in this Lease and proceedings pursuant to such notices even if forfeiture is avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court; or

 

(ii)                                   a schedule of dilapidations (including any documents supporting the Landlord’s claim and valuation served in accordance with a relevant pre-action protocol) served during or within six months after the termination of this Lease (but in respect only of dilapidations arising during the subsistence of the Lease);

 

(b)                                  in the recovery or attempted recovery of arrears of rents due under this Lease from the Tenant or in the enforcement of any of the Tenant’s covenants under this Lease;

 

(c)                                   dealing with any liquidator, administrative receiver, administrator, receiver or manager, supervisor or trustee in bankruptcy of the Tenant; and

 

(d)                                  in connection with any application for the consent of the Landlord whether or not granted (unless the consent is unlawfully refused or is granted but subject to unlawful conditions) and in the case of this clause 3.23(d) any such costs and expenses will be reasonable and proper in amount and will be reasonably and properly incurred.

 

3.24                         Indemnity

 

To indemnity the Landlord against all claims and proceedings brought against and all damages, costs and liabilities suffered or incurred by the Landlord in connection with the breach of any covenant or obligation of the Tenant under the terms of this Lease,

 

3.25                         Yielding up

 

At the end of the Term:

 

(a)                                  unless otherwise requested by the Landlord prior to the end of the Term to reinstate the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord to their condition prior to any alteration or addition made during the Term or prior to it under any agreement to grant the Term.

 

(b)                                  unless otherwise requested by the Landlord prior to the end of the Term to remove all signs, Tenants fixtures and fittings and loose items from the Premises making good any damage caused by such removal to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord;

 

(c)                                   to hand over any health and safety file required to be compiled under the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007;

 

(d)                                  to yield up the Premises to the Landlord with vacant possession in a state and condition consistent with the performance and observance of the Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease; and

 

14



 

(e)                                   at the end of the Term, to apply to the Land Registry to remove any entry relating to this Lease or rights appurtenant to it from the Landlord’s registered title and within 20 Business Days to deliver to the Landlord a copy of the application.

 

3.26                         Taxation

 

(a)                                  To pay VAT on any sums payable or supplies made under this Lease on the basis that all consideration under this Lease is exclusive of VAT (if any) and that such VAT will be deemed to fall due on the date the relevant sum is payable or the supply is made.

 

(b)                                  To pay on demand the VAT payable on all sums reimbursed to the Landlord under this Lease save to the extent that the Landlord is able to recover such sums as input tax.

 

(c)                                   For the purposes of VAT in respect of any supplies of goods or services made by the Landlord under this Lease, and for so long as the Landlord has exercised the option to tax, not to use or permit the use of the Premises or act in a manner as would cause the option to tax not to have effect or to cause a supply not to be a taxable supply provided always that the use by the Tenant for commercial purposes for the Permitted Use shall not be deemed to be a breach of this clause 3.26(c).

 

3.27                         Regulations

 

To observe and perform or cause to be observed and performed the Regulations.

 

3.28                         Registration of Lease

 

If this Lease is subject to registration at the Land Registry to apply to the Land Registry for registration of the Tenant as proprietor of this Lease at the Land Registry as soon as reasonably practicable and as soon as reasonably practicable following registration deliver to the Landlord official copies of the registered title evidencing that the Tenant is the registered proprietor.

 

4.                                       Landlord’s Covenants

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant as follows:

 

4.1                                Quiet enjoyment

 

That the Tenant will peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or by any person lawfully claiming through, under or in trust for the Landlord.

 

4.2                                Services

 

(a)                                  The Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to provide the Services:

 

(b)                                  Despite clause 4,2(a) the Landlord is not obliged to provide Services to the extent only that:

 

(i)                                      it is temporarily prevented from doing so by circumstances beyond its control, including breakdown, damage, the need for inspection, maintenance, repair or replacement, shortage of fuel, equipment or materials or inclement weather; or

 

(ii)                                   the Services cannot reasonably be provided temporarily because the Landlord is temporarily inspecting or doing works to the Building or the External Areas provided that the Landlord reinstates the Services immediately following the inspection or works (as appropriate); or

 

(iii)                                the Landlord has varied or discontinued the Services in accordance with clause 4.2(c);

 

15



 

but in the circumstances envisaged in clauses 4,2(b)(i) and 4,2(b)(ii) the Landlord shall restore the Services affected as soon as reasonably practicable and shall keep any temporary Interruption to a minimum.

 

(c)                                   The Landlord (acting reasonably and properly) may add to, vary or discontinue any of the Services where it reasonably considers it appropriate to do so having regard to the principles of good estate management and the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Property in accordance with the provisions of this Lease provided that where the extent nature or quality of any Service may be varied the Landlord shall act reasonably and properly in deciding the extent, nature and quality of the relevant Service and any discontinuance or withholding which materially adversely affects the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or the exercise of the rights granted under Schedule 1 may only be on a temporary basis.

 

(d)                                  In the case of Services involving the need to react to disrepair or other circumstances, the Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to react and thus provide the relevant Service until such time as the Landlord has notice of the disrepair or other circumstances and has failed within a reasonable time (which shall be an urgent response in the case of emergency) to provide the relevant Service,

 

5.                                       Forfeiture

 

5.1                                “Insolvent” means (by reference to the relevant provisions of the Insolvency Act 1986 and the Insolvent Partnership Order 1994 (as the case may be)):

 

(a)                                  In relation to a company or other corporation which is the Tenant or a Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      passes a resolution for its winding up or is the subject of a winding up or dissolution order (other than in respect of a solvent voluntary liquidation for the purpose only of reconstruction or amalgamation);

 

(ii)                                   enters into any composition in satisfaction of its debts or any scheme or arrangement of its affairs (company voluntary arrangement) or assignment for the benefit of Its creditors;

 

(iii)                                is the subject of an administration order;

 

(iv)                               the appointment of a receiver administrative receiver administrator or similar officer over any of its business or assets; or

 

(b)                                  in relation to an individual who is the Tenant or a Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      is the subject of a bankruptcy order;

 

(ii)                                   enters Into a composition in satisfaction of his debts or a scheme of arrangement of his affairs (individual voluntary arrangement);

 

(iii)                                is the subject of an interim order; or

 

(iv)                               the appointment of a receiver or interim receiver;

 

(c)                                   in relation to a partnership which is the Tenant or a Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      is the subject of an administration order;

 

(ii)                                   the entry into a voluntary arrangement.

 

16



 

5.2                                The Landlord may terminate this Lease by re-entering the Premises (or a part of them in the name of the whole) itself or by an authorised agent at any time if:

 

(a)                                  any rents are unpaid for 15 Business Days after the Due Date whether formally demanded or not); or

 

(b)                                  there is a material breach of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or

 

(c)                                   the Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent.

 

5.3                                Re-entry in exercise of the right in clause 5.2 does not affect any other right or remedy of the Landlord for breach of covenant by the Tenant occurring before the termination of this Lease (including any breach in respect of which re-entry is made).

 

6.                                       Obligations in schedules to this Lease

 

The Landlord and Tenant mutually covenant to observe and perform their respective obligations and conditions in the schedules.

 

7.                                       Miscellaneous provisions

 

7.1                                Other Premises

 

(a)                                  The Tenant is not entitled to and the Premises do not enjoy any right, easement or privilege which might limit or prejudice the unrestricted use of any other premises for any purpose whatsoever,

 

(b)                                  No rights are granted by this Lease other than those expressly set out in schedule 1 and for the avoidance of doubt the operation of section 62 of the Law of Premises Act 1925 is excluded from this Lease.

 

(c)                                   The Tenant has no benefit and no right to control the enforcement or the proposed release or modification of any covenants, obligations or any other matter relating to any other premises,

 

7.2                                Use

 

No warranty is given by the Landlord that the Premises can lawfully be used for any purpose authorised by this Lease or otherwise.

 

7.3                                Common Parts and Conduits

 

(a)                                  The Landlord acting reasonably may on reasonable written notice from time to time change the location area or arrangements for use by the Tenant of any part of the Common Parts or the Conduits so long as there remain available for the benefit of the Premises rights reasonably commensurate with those granted by this Lease,

 

(b)                                  The Landlord acting reasonably may temporarily suspend the rights granted for the benefit of the Tenant in this Lease where reasonably necessary to enable essential repair or maintenance work to be carried out provided that the Landlord uses all reasonable endeavours to reinstate such rights as soon as reasonably practicable and to minimise the period of disruption to the Tenant and any legal occupiers or their business at the Premises and where a reasonable alternative is available such reasonable alternative is offered to the Tenant and the legal occupiers of the Premises.

 

7.4                                Compensation

 

The Tenant is not entitled to claim any compensation from the Landlord whether on vacating the Premises or otherwise unless and to the extent that any statutory rights to compensation precludes the operation of this clause.

 

17



 

7.5                                Abandoned goods

 

In addition to any other remedy available to the Landlord if any fixtures, furniture or other items are left in the Premises at the end of the Term and the Tenant does not remove them within 10 Business Days of being requested to do so then:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord may (without any obligation as trustee or bailee) sell such Premises as agent of the Tenant and hold the sale proceeds after deduction of the proper costs of removal, storage and sale on trust for the Tenant: and

 

(b)                                  the Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against any liability to a third party whose Premises has been so sold by the Landlord,

 

7.6                                Notices

 

(a)                                  Any notice to a party under this Lease shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party giving it and shall, unless delivered to a party personally, be left at, or sent by prepaid first class post, prepaid special delivery or fax to the address of the party as set out in the Leese Particulars or as otherwise notified in writing to the other party(ies) from time to time or, in the case of the Tenant, to the Premises.

 

(b)                                  Except as referred to in clause 7.6(c) a notice is deemed to have been served:

 

(i)                                      at the time of delivery if delivered personally;

 

(ii)                                   48 hours after posting in the case of an address in the United Kingdom and 96 hours after posting for any other address; or

 

(iii)                                2 hours after transmission if served by fax during normal business hours of the recipient, and at the opening of the next normal Business Day if not sent during such normal business hours,

 

If the deemed time of service is not during normal business hours in the country of receipt, the notice is deemed served at, or, in the case of faxes, two hours after the opening of business on the next Business Day of that country.

 

(c)                                   The deemed service provisions set out in clause 7.8(b) do not apply to:

 

(i)                                      a notice served by post, if there is a national or local disruption of postal services which affects the giving of the notice; and

 

(ii)                                   a notice served by fax, if the receiving party informs the sending party that the notice has been received in a form which is unclear,

 

(d)                                  A party to this Lease must not attempt to prevent or delay the service on it of a notice connected with this Lease.

 

(e)                                   If the receiving party consists of more than one person then a notice to one of them is notice to all.

 

7.7                                Tenant’s Break Option

 

(a)                                  The Tenant may terminate this Lease on any Break Date by giving to the Landlord not less than six months’ prior notice in writing provided that by the relevant Break Date:

 

(i)                                      The Tenant has paid the Yearly Rent up to and including the relevant Break Date but not for any period after the relevant Break Date; and

 

(ii)                                   In the case of either the Second Break Date or the Third Break Date only, the Tenant has by the relevant Break Date paid to the Landlord in cleared funds a

 

18



 

further sum by way of contractual compensation calculated as equivalent to three (3) months Yearly Rent (at the rate applicable immediately prior to the relevant Break Date) together with any VAT chargeable thereon, if applicable.

 

(b)                                  Subject to compliance with clause 7.7(a) only this Lease will terminate on the relevant Break Date but without prejudice to any claim in respect of any prior breach of the obligations contained in this Lease.

 

(c)                                   Time is of the essence for the purposes of this clause 7.7.

 

7.8                                New Guarantor

 

If a Guarantor becomes Insolvent or dies or has a receiver appointed under the Mental Health Act 1983, the Tenant will (if the Landlord so reasonably requires):

 

(a)                                  provide a new guarantor in place of the outgoing guarantor;

 

(b)                                  procure that the new guarantor enters into a deed in the material terms of the covenants contained in schedule 6;

 

(c)                                   pay to the Landlord within 14 days of written demand the Landlord’s reasonable and proper legal costs in connection with such deed.

 

7.9                                Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995

 

(a)                                  The clauses of this Lease will only take effect insofar as they do not contravene the provisions of the 1995 Act.

 

(b)                                  Insofar as any provisions of this Lease contravene the provisions of the 1995 Act the relevant provisions (or if applicable, the relevant parts of them) are deemed to be deleted so far as necessary to ensure such compliance.

 

(c)                                   Any such deemed deletion does not affect the remaining provisions of this Lease.

 

7.10                         Exclusion of third party rights

 

Unless expressly provided in this Lease, no express term of this Lease or any term implied under It is enforceable pursuant to the Contract’s (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to it.

 

7.11                         Governing law and jurisdiction

 

(a)                                  This Lease and any dispute, claim or obligation (whether contractual or non-contractual) arising out of or in connection with it, its subject matter or formation shall be governed by English law.

 

(b)                                  The parties irrevocably agree that the English courts Shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (whether contractual or non-contractual) arising out of or in connection with this Lease, its subject matter or formation unless any such dispute or claim is dealt with pursuant to schedule 4 paragraph 4.2 or schedule 5 paragraph 3.

 

This Lease is executed and delivered as a deed on the date appearing at the head of the Lease Particulars.

 

19



 

Schedule 1

 

Rights granted

 

1.                                       The right in common with the Landlord, and ail others authorised by the Landlord or otherwise entitled, for the Tenant and any occupier of the Premises at all times:

 

(a)                                  to use with or without vehicles as appropriate the External Areas designed to provide access, but the Landlord may:

 

(i)                                      erect barriers if the Landlord provides the Tenant with a key to them; and

 

(ii)                                   realign any accessway after notifying the Tenant provided that the Tenant shall at all times have access to the Car Parking Spaces and the Building,

 

(b)                                  to have access to end from the Building and the Premises at all times;

 

(c)                                   to use all Conduits and Plant serving the Premises;

 

(d)                                  to use the Common Parts for the purpose which they are designed or made available;

 

(e)                                   to have support and protection for the Premises from the remainder of the Building;

 

(f)                                    to park 58 private motor cars in the Car Parking Spaces;

 

(g)                                   to display (and maintain at all times) the name and logo of the Tenant (or the permitted occupier) on a notice board provided by the Landlord in the entrance hall of the Building and on the Common Parts at the entrance to the Premises and on each Car Parking Space, in each case in a manner approved by the Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

 

(h)                                  to exclusively use the toilets and washrooms on the second floor.

 

2.                                       Insofar as reasonably necessary for the use and enjoyment of the Premises for the Permitted Use the rights granted by the Transfer for the benefit of the Building and the External Areas in common with the Landlord and all others authorised by the Landlord or otherwise entitled, including the right at all times to pass with or without vehicles over the Estate Roads.

 

3.                                      Subject to clause 1.2(k) a right to enter (at all reasonable times and after giving reasonable written notice to the Landlord except in the case of emergency) such other parts of the Building as may reasonably be necessary for the purpose of the Tenant, installing any new Conduits in the Premises and carrying out any clearing of or repairs to any Conduits forming part of the Premises the Tenant doing as little damage as reasonable practicable,

 

20



 

Schedule 2

 

Exceptions and Reservations

 

1.                                       Subject to clause 1.2 (k) the right for the Landlord:

 

1.1                                whether by itself, or in agreeing or consenting to others doing so, to do works on, or to use, any Neighbouring Premises in whatever manner the Landlord desires or allows, even if:

 

(a)                                  the access of light and air to the Premises; and

 

(b)                                  any other amenity enjoyed by them;

 

is affected in any way (but not so as to derogate from the rights granted in schedule 1);

 

1.2                                to use any Conduits or Plant in the Premises;

 

1.3                                to enter the Premises only where entry is required to the extent any works are reasonably necessary and can not reasonably or practicably be carried out without such entry.

 

(a)                                  to install or do any works to the Plant;

 

(b)                                  to lay, connect to, re-route or do anything else in relation to Conduits serving Neighbouring Premises;

 

(c)                                   to inspect or do any works or anything else in relation to the riser cupboards within the Premises;

 

(d)                                  where it is reasonably necessary to provide the Services referred to in part 1 of schedule 7);

 

(e)                                   to inspect, clean, alter, repair, maintain, renew, demolish or rebuild any part of the Building;

 

(f)                                    for any purposes referred to elsewhere in this Lease.

 

1.4                                to erect temporary scaffolding outside the Building provided that (save in the case of emergency or where the scaffolding is required to remedy a breach by the Tenant of its obligations under this Lease) the Landlord shall first notify the Tenant of the proposal to erect scaffolding and shall have regard to any reasonable representation the Tenant may make and wherever the Landlord or some other person on its behalf or with its authority exercises any right to erect or maintain scaffolding outside or affixed to the Premises the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure:

 

(a)                                  That the scaffolding is removed as soon as practicable on completion of the relevant works and remains in situ for the minimum practical period to enable the relevant works to be carried out; and

 

(b)                                  That the person erecting such scaffolding shall make good all physical damage caused to the Premises and/or Building as soon as reasonably practicable after the removal of the same

 

1.5                                to have support and protection for the Building from the Premises.

 

2.                                       The exceptions and reservations contained in the Transfer.

 

21



 

Schedule 3

 

Matters to which the Lease is subject

 

All deeds and documents contained or referred to in the register of Title Number CB170451 as at 2 February 2011 at 12:58:01

 

22



 

Schedule 4

 

Insurance provisions

 

1.                                       Landlord’s covenant

 

The Landlord will keep the Building insured with an insurer of repute (subject to such excesses, conditions and limitations as the insurers may require or the Landlord may negotiate) against:

 

1.1                               damage or destruction by all of the Insured Risks in a sum equal to the Landlord’s reasonable estimate from time to time (acting reasonably) of the full reinstatement cost of the Premises including:

 

(a)                                  the costs of demolition, shoring up and site clearance works;

 

(b)                                  all architects’ surveyors’ and other professional fees and incidental expenses in connection with reinstatement; and

 

(c)                                   VAT liability on such items to the extent applicable and to the extent that the Landlord may not be able to recover VAT.

 

1.2                                not less than 3 year’s loss of the Yearly Rent;

 

1.3                                third party and public liability risks; and

 

1.4                                liability under the Defective Premises Act 1972 (and any other enactment in respect of which the Landlord requires insurance).

 

2.                                       Tenant’s covenants

 

The Tenant will:

 

2.1                                not do or omit to do anything which may render any insurance policy relating to the Premises void or voidable in whole or part;

 

2.2                                not do or omit to do anything which may result in the increase of any premium payable under any insurance policy and if such increased premium becomes payable nonetheless pay to the Landlord within 14 days of demand the amount of such increase;

 

2.3                                comply with all lawful requirements of the insurers in relation to the Premises notified in writing to the Tenant and in particular (but not by way of limitation) Install and maintain such fire equipment and observe such fire precautions as the insurers and the fire authority require;

 

2.4                                notify the Landlord as soon as practicable upon becoming aware of any loss or damage relating to the Premises;

 

2.5                                not effect any insurance which duplicates the insurance effected by the Landlord in relation to the Premises and if the Tenant does so in breach of this paragraph, it will hold any such policy and any proceeds received upon trust for the Landlord and pay such proceeds to the Landlord immediately upon receipt;

 

2.6                                pay to the Landlord within 14 days of written demand any proper sums under an insurance policy relating to the Premises which:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord is unable to recover owing to the act, neglect or default of the Tenant or any occupier of the Premises;

 

(b)                                  relate to any excess to which the insurance cover is subject provided that in the case of such excess the Tenant shall only be liable to pay its Due Proportion,

 

23


 

3.                                       Reinstatement

 

3.1                                If the Building, the Premises or any of the Common Parts or External Areas reasonably required for the use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease are damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks, the Landlord will (unless and to the extent the insurance has been vitiated by the Tenant or any occupier of the Premises) apply the net insurance proceeds (other than any received in respect of loss of the Yearly Rent) and any money paid by the Tenant pursuant to paragraph 2,6 in repairing or reinstating the Building, the Premises and/or any such Common Parts or External Areas with all due speed subject to:

 

(a)                                  the Landlord obtaining any necessary planning and other permissions, consents, licences and approvals (which the Landlord will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain but the Landlord will not be obliged to institute or pursue any appeal);

 

(b)                                  the necessary labour and materials being available (which the Landlord will use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as soon as practicable); and

 

(c)                                   the payment by the Tenant to the Landlord of any money payable under paragraph 2.6.

 

3.2                                The Landlord will not be obliged to reinstate the Premises and/or any such Common Parts in precisely the same form as previously so long as the Tenant is provided with accommodation and facilities which are reasonably comparable to those existing before the damage or destruction.

 

4.                                       Rent abatement

 

4.1                                If the Premises or any of the Common Parts reasonably required for the use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease are destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use (and/or inaccessible), then (provided that the insurance and the recovery of any monies under it has not been prejudiced (either in whole or part) by the act, neglect or default of the Tenant or any occupier of the Premises the Yearly Rent and Service Charge (or a fair proportion of them according to the nature and extent of the damage) ceases to be payable until the Premises and/or any such Common Parts are again fit for occupation and use and accessible or, if earlier, until expiry of the period insured for the loss of the Yearly Rent.

 

4.2                                Any dispute concerning the amount or duration of such abatement of the Yearly Rent and Service Charge will be determined in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 by an arbitrator appointed in default of agreement between the parties by the President of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of either party,

 

5.                                       Option to determine

 

5.1                                If the Premises (or any part) or any part of the Common Parts or External Areas required for the use of the Premises and the exercise of the rights granted to the Tenant in accordance with this Lease, are destroyed or damaged by an Insured Risk and the Landlord has not commenced rebuilding or reinstating the Premises and/or any such Common Parts and/or External Areas within two years of the damage or destruction occurring for any reason beyond the control of the Landlord either the Landlord or the Tenant may terminate this Lease with immediate effect by giving to the other written notice to that effect at any time after the expiry of the period of 2 years,

 

5.2                                If at the date of expiry of the period from time to time insured for loss of the Yearly Rent all destruction or damage by an Insured Risk to the Premises or any of the Common Parts or External Areas required for the use of the Premises and the exercise of the rights granted to the Tenant in accordance with this Lease have not been reinstated and made good and the Premises are still unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible, the Landlord or the Tenant may by written notice to the other given at any time within six months after such date and whilst the Premises are still unfit for occupation and use and/or inaccessible determine the Term with immediate effect.

 

24



 

5.3                                Any determination of this Lease under this paragraph will be without prejudice to any claim in respect of any antecedent breach of the obligations under this Lease.

 

6.                                       Retention of insurance proceeds

 

On the termination of this Lease under paragraph 5, or if this Lease is terminated by the operation of the doctrine of frustration, the Landlord will be entitled to retain the insurance proceeds for its exclusive benefit.

 

7.                                       Uninsured Damage

 

The following provisions apply in the event of Uninsured Damage:

 

7.1                                Within six (6) months following any Uninsured Damage occurring the Landlord will give written notice to the Tenant (an “Election Notice”) stating whether or not it proposes to rebuild or reinstate the Building, the Premises and the External Areas which has been the subject of the Uninsured Damage.

 

7.2                                If the Election Notice states that the Landlord proposes to rebuild or reinstate the Premises and the External Areas then for the purposes of this Lease the Uninsured Damage shall be deemed to have been damage by Insured Risks, and the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 5.1 will apply and in such circumstances the Landlord will use its own moneys in the place of the insurance proceeds to effect such rebuilding or reinstatement;

 

7.3                                If the Election Notices states that the Landlord does not propose to rebuild or reinstate the Premises and/or the External Areas or if no Election Notice is served strictly within the period of six months referred to in paragraph 7.1 then the Tenant may at any time after service of the Election Notice or the expiry of such six month period (as the case may be), give written notice to the Landlord to determine the Term with immediate effect and the provisions of paragraph 5.3 shall apply.

 

7.4                               The Yearly Rent and Service Charge (or a fair proportion of them according to the nature and extent of the damage) ceases to be payable from the date of occurrence of the Uninsured Damage until the earlier of the termination of the Lease pursuant to Clause 7.3 and the date on which the Premises are again fit for occupation and use and accessible.

 

25



 

Schedule 5

 

Rent Review Provisions

 

1.                                       Upwards only rent review

 

Until the Review Date the Yearly Rent will be the Initial Rent and thereafter during each successive Review Period the Yearly Rent will be whichever is the greater of:

 

1.1                                the Yearly Rent reserved by this Lease immediately prior to the Review Date; and

 

1.2                                the Open Market Rent agreed or in default of agreement determined in accordance with this schedule,

 

2.                                       Open Market Rent

 

The Open Market Rent will be the annual rent at which the Premises might be expected to be let in the open market on the Review Date:

 

2.1                                as a whole by a single lease;

 

2.2                                by a willing landlord to a willing tenant;

 

2.3                                with vacant possession;

 

2.4                                following the expiry of any period at the beginning of the term which might be negotiated in the open market for the purpose of fitting out only, during which no rent or a concessionary rent is payable;

 

2.5                                without a fine or premium;

 

2.6                                for a term of 5 years commencing on the Review Date with a tenant’s break option at the end of the second and third years;

 

2.7                                otherwise on the same terms (other than as to the amount of the Yearly Rent but including provisions for rent review at 5 yearly intervals) as contained in this Lease;

 

2.8                                on the assumptions that:

 

(a)                                  the Premises are ready to receive the willing tenants fitting out works but are otherwise fit and available for immediate occupation and use;

 

(b)                                  all obligations contained in this Lease on the part of the Landlord and the Tenant have been fully complied with;

 

(c)                                   if the Premises or any premises of which they form part or any part of them have been damaged or destroyed they have been fully reinstated;

 

(d)                                  the Premises may be lawfully used for the Permitted Use;

 

26



 

2.9                                but disregarding any effect on rent of:

 

(a)                                  the fact that the Tenant or any undertenant or any of their respective predecessors in title or any other occupier of the Premises has been or is in occupation of the Premises;

 

(b)                                  any goodwill attaching to the Premises by reason of any business carried on at the Premises the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or other permitted occupier of the Premises or any predecessor in title to such business;

 

(c)                                   any effect on rent attributable to the existence of any alteration or improvement to the Premises completed at the expense of the Tenant or a permitted undertenant or any of their respective predecessors in title or any other authorised occupier (including the Tenant’s fit out works) with the consent of the Landlord during the Term or prior to the Term under an agreement for the grant of this lease and not in pursuance of an obligation to the Landlord or its predecessors in title provided that any obligation in any licence for alterations requiring the work thereby permitted to be carried out to a certain standard or regulating the manner or the time within which such works are to be carried out or obligations requiring compliance with any statute, order or regulations or requirements of the Landlord’s insurers shall not be deemed to be an obligation to the Landlord or its predecessors In title;

 

(d)                                  any work carried out to the Premises which has diminished the rental value of the Premises at the Review Date; and

 

(e)           so far as may be permitted by law any Rent Restrictions.

 

3.                                       Determination by the Review Surveyor

 

3.1                                The Open Market Rent may be agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant at any time but if the Landlord and the Tenant have not agreed the Open Market Rent three months prior to the Review Date then:

 

(a)                                  either party may require that it be determined by the Review Surveyor;

 

(b)                                  in default of agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant as to the identity of the Review Surveyor either party may apply to the President of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or his nominee for the appointment of the Review Surveyor.

 

3.2                                The Review Surveyor will act as an arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 unless prior to his appointment as an arbitrator the Landlord and the Tenant agree in writing that he should be appointed as an expert.

 

3.3                                If the Review Surveyor acts as an expert:

 

(a)                                  he will give both parties the opportunity to make representations to him before making his determination and will have due regard to those representations (but he will not he bound to take them into account in reaching his decision);

 

(b)                                  he will be entitled to order that the costs of the determination be borne by the parties in whatever proportions he may prescribe and if no order is made they will be borne equally and the parties will otherwise bear their own costs; and

 

(c)                                   his determination will be final and binding (save as to questions of law or in case of manifest error).

 

27



 

3.4                                In any event:

 

(a)                                  if requested by either party in writing the Review Surveyor will be bound to provide detailed reasons for his determination;

 

(b)                                  if either party falls to pay any sums in respect of the Review Surveyors costs of the determination then the other party may make such payment and will be entitled to recover the cost from the first party on demand; and

 

(c)                                   if the Review Surveyor dies or becomes unwilling to act or incapable of acting for any reason or fails to act with reasonable expedition another surveyor will be appointed in his place in a like manner and this process may be repeated as many times as necessary.

 

4.                                      Interim payment

 

4.1                                If the reviewed Yearly Rent has not been agreed or the Review Surveyors determination has not been published before the Review Date:

 

(a)                                  the Tenant will continue to pay Yearly Rent at the rate applicable immediately prier to the Review Date; and

 

(b)                                  if the reviewed rent when agreed or determined is greater than the Yearly Rent reserved by this Lease immediately prior to the Review Date the Tenant will within 14 days of the reviewed rent having been agreed or determined, pay to the Landlord an amount equal to the difference between the reviewed rent and the Yearly Rent actually paid for the period since the Review Date together with Interest (calculated at 3% below the Interest Rate for the purposes of this schedule only) on such sum.

 

4.2                                If any Rent Restrictions are in force at the Review Date:

 

(a)                                  if the Rent Restrictions prohibit or restrict the right of the Landlord to review the Yearly Rent on the Review Date in accordance with the terms of this Lease the Landlord may on each occasion that any such Rent Restriction is removed or relaxed require the rent to be reviewed by giving notice in writing to the Tenant expiring on or after the date of each such removal or relaxation; and

 

(b)                                  if the Rent Restrictions prohibit or restrict the right of the Landlord to collect any increased Yearly Rent following a rent review such increased Yearly Rent wilt remain due and payable as between the Landlord and the Tenant and will be paid to the Landlord following the removal or relaxation of the Rent Restrictions (to the extent then permitted) in accordance with paragraph 4.1(b) as if the removal or relaxation of the Rent Restriction were the agreement or determination of the rent review.

 

5.                                       Memorandum of reviewed rent

 

As soon as possible after the reviewed rent is agreed or determined pursuant to this schedule, a memorandum recording the outcome of the review will be signed on behalf of the Landlord and the Tenant respectively.

 

6.                                       Time not of the essence

 

Time is not of the essence for the purposes of this schedule.

 

28



 

Schedule 6

 

Guarantor Covenants

 

1.

 

1.1                                The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord (as principal and not merely as surety) that at all times during the Term when the Tenant is bound by the Tenant Covenants of this Lease (whether directly or indirectly) (the “Liability Period” ) the Tenant will pay the Yearly Rent and observe and perform the Tenant’s obligations in accordance with this Lease and if the Tenant defaults the Guarantor will pay and make good to the Landlord on demand all losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord or arising as a result of the Tenant’s default.

 

1.2                                The Guarantor’s guarantee made pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of this schedule 6 shall at all times be a continuing security and shall cover the ultimate balance of all monies payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Lease irrespective of any intermediate payment or discharge in full or in part of the Guarantor’s obligations to the Landlord under this Lease.

 

2.                                       The Guarantors liability under paragraph 1.1 will be unaffected by:

 

2.1                                any delay of the Landlord in enforcement of any breach;

 

2.2                                any time or indulgence given to the Tenant by the Landlord;

 

2.3                                any refusal by the Landlord to accept any payment from the Tenant or any failure to demand such payment following the breach of any obligation;

 

2.4                                any agreement with the Tenant, any licence or consent granted to the Tenant or any variation of the terms of this Lease;

 

2.5                                the Tenant ceasing to exist; or

 

2.6                                any increase or reduction in the Premises or the Yearly Rent (but not so as to render the Guarantor liable in relation to any premises surrendered in respect of the period after such surrender).

 

3.                                       The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord (as principal and not merely as surety) that at all times during the Liability Period when the Tenant is bound by an Authorised Guarantee Agreement the Tenant will fulfil Its obligations under that agreement and if the Tenant defaults the Guarantor will on demand do so instead and indemnify the Landlord against all consequences of that failure notwithstanding:

 

3.1                                any time or indulgence given to the Tenant by the Landlord;

 

3.2                               any variation of the terms of the Authorised Guarantee Agreement by agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant;

 

3.3                                any other act, matter or thing apart from the express release in writing of the Guarantor by the Landlord.

 

4.                                       If this Lease is disclaimed following the liquidation or bankruptcy of the Tenant or is forfeited or the Tenant (being a company) is struck off or ceases to exist (the “Event”) the Guarantor will:

 

29



 

4.1                                if required by the Landlord in writing within six months after the date the Landlord receives written notice of the Event accept (and execute and deliver to the Landlord the counterpart of) a new lease of the Premises for a term equal to the residue of the Term from the date of the Event at the then current Yearly Rent and otherwise on the same terms as the Lease and pay the legal costs of such new lease; or

 

4.2                                (if the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to take a new lease of the Premises pursuant to paragraph 4.1) pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the difference between any money received by the Landlord for the use and occupation of the Premises and (if higher) the Yearly Rent and any other sums which would have been payable had the Event not occurred for the period from the date of the Event until whichever is the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  the date six months after receipt of notice of the Event; and

 

(b)                                  the date upon which the Premises are wholly relet provided that for the purpose of this paragraph 4.2 the Premises shall not be deemed to have been relet until the expiry of any rent free period granted by the Landlord to the ingoing tenant,

 

5.                                       If on the commencement date of the new lease of the Premises granted pursuant to paragraph 4,1 a Review Date has occurred but the reviewed Yearly Rent has not been agreed or determined then the rent first reserved by such new lease will initially be equal to the Yearly Rent payable under this Lease immediately prior to such Review Date but the second day of the term of such new lease will be an additional Review Date.

 

6.                                       Where two or more persons have guaranteed the obligations of the Tenant the release of one or more of them will not release the other(s).

 

7.                                       Until the Guarantor has fully satisfied all its obligations to the Landlord under this Lease the Guarantor will not seek to exercise any right or remedy against the Tenant or its assets nor accept any security therefor nor any assets in satisfaction of such liability and such rights and remedies will rank in all respects after the obligations to the Landlord under this Lease,

 

30



 

Schedule 7

 

Part I - Services

 

1.                                       Building

 

The Fabric of the Building

 

1.1                                Inspecting, cleaning, decorating and keeping in good and substantial repair and condition:

 

(a)                                  The foundations, roof, structure and outside of the Building;

 

(b)                                  The Common Parts;

 

(c)                                   Plant and Conduits (but not those within and exclusively service the Premises or Lettable Areas);

 

(d)                                  Any access pass system operated by the Landlord at the Building and where such system is operated the provision of a reasonable number of access pass cards to the relevant tenants; and

 

(e)                                   Any other parts of the Building and External Areas not comprised in Lettable Areas.

 

1.2                                Providing utility supplies to and drainage from the Building.

 

1.3                                Entering into maintenance and any other requisite contracts in relation to the Plant,

 

The Common Parts and External Areas

 

1.4                                Outside window-cleaning,

 

1.5                                Lighting the Common Parts and the Car Park,

 

1.6                                Carpeting, furnishing and equipping the Common Parts.

 

1.7                                Providing heating, air conditioning and hot and cold water to the Building including the toilets on the second floor of the Building.

 

1.8                                Equipping and cleaning any toilets in the Common Parts including the toilets on the second floor of the Building.

 

1.9                               Providing appropriate signage both in the Common Parts and External Areas.

 

1.10                         Providing refuse bins and the operation of a refuse collection service.

 

1.11                         Providing security for the Building and the External Areas, including patrols, observation and communications systems, and installing additional equipment.

 

1.12                         Cleansing and maintaining the External Areas, including tending any landscaping.

 

1.13                         Pest control,

 

1.14                         Providing, either permanently or at times which the Landlord (acting reasonably) considers appropriate, pictures, plants, floral displays and other decorations in the Common Parts,

 

1.15                         Paying rates, taxes or assessments on the Common Parts, the External Areas and any property used exclusively (or substantially so) for providing the Services,

 

1.16                         Provision of a security guard during Business Hours,

 

31



 

Legal Compliance

 

1.17                         In relation to the Building (except Lettable Areas) and the External Areas:

 

(a)                                  Complying with all laws and the matters subject to which this Lease is granted.

 

(b)                                  Doing any works and providing any services, facilities or Plant as may be required by law.

 

1.18                         Providing fire prevention, fire fighting and fire alarm equipment and signage as may be required by law, a competent authority or insurers (other than anything which tenants of Lettable Areas must provide,

 

1.19                         Making representations against, or otherwise contesting the incidence of, any legal requirement or prospective legal requirement which will or may affect the Building or the External Areas.

 

1.20                         Payments which the Landlord may be required to make:

 

(a)                                  To other persons in respect of the matters subject to which this Lease is granted; and

 

(b)                                  To the repair, decoration, inspecting, testing, maintenance or renewal of any areas, facilities, structures or amenities used by the Building. or External Areas in common with other property or persons.

 

1.21                        Enforcing the Regulations and any covenants against occupiers of the Building,

 

Staff and Agents

 

1.22                         Engaging the Managing Agent or, if the Landlord does not engage an independent Managing Agent, a sum payable to the Landlord equal to 10% of the Service Charge and Estate Service Charge,

 

1.23                         Employing staff in connection with the Services, including all Incidental expenditure such as pensions, national and other welfare insurance, training, redundancy, clothing, tolls, machinery, equipment and vehicles which, in each case, the Landlord considers are required for the proper performance by the staff of their duties or which arise out of the employment of the staff by the Landlord.

 

1.24                         Engaging professional advisers in relation to the delivery of any Services and the incidence and recovery of the Service Charge and the Estate Service Charge,

 

General

 

1.25                         Dealing with insurance claims relating to the Building, the Common Parts and the External Areas,

 

1.26                         Leasing any item required in connection with the Services.

 

1.27                         Preparing and issue of certificates, accounts and audits in respect of the Service Charge and the Estate Service Charge and each tenant’s service charge.

 

1.28                         Payment of irrecoverable VAT.

 

1.29                         Doing other works or providing other services which the Landlord (acting reasonably) considers appropriate for maintaining or improving services in the Building and the External Areas for the benefit of tenants in the Building generally, having regard to the principles of good estate management.

 

32



 

2.                                       Estate

 

2.1                                To clean maintain service repair rebuild renew reinstate and where appropriate wash down treat repaint and redecorate and otherwise keep in good condition:

 

(a)                                  the Estate Roads the lake and other landscaped areas the Estate lighting system the Estate signboards the boundary walls and fences of the Estate and all other parts of the Estate and the facilities thereon the use and enjoyment of which is common to the tenants of the Building and the other tenants or occupiers on the Estate

 

(b)                                  all Conduits the use of or benefit from which is common to the tenants of the Building and the other tenants or occupiers on the Estate

 

2.2                                To provide maintain renew replace repair and keep in good and serviceable order and condition all fixtures and fittings bins receptacles tools appliances materials and other things which the Landlord (acting reasonably) may in the interests of good estate management deem reasonably desirable or reasonably necessary for the maintenance upkeep or cleanliness on the Estate

 

2.3                                To employ such staff or contract for the services of such firms or companies as the Landlord may at its reasonable discretion deem reasonably desirable or reasonably necessary to enable the Landlord to carry out its obligations hereunder in relation to the Estate or any of them and for the general conduct management and security of the Estate and all parts thereof

 

2.4                                To bear pay and discharge all existing and future rates (including water rates) taxes duties assessments charges (including metered water charges) impositions and outgoings whatsoever assessed charged and imposed upon the Estate or on the owner in respect thereof but excluding any assessment made in respect of the Building or any other premises on the Estate demised or intended to be demised to a tenant on terms that the tenant is responsible for such outgoings

 

2.5                                To maintain cultivate and as and when necessary to re-plant all the landscaped areas on the Estate

 

2.6                                To clean maintain the lake and stock the same with fish

 

2.7                                To provide reasonable lighting of the common parts of the Estate

 

2.8                                The insurance of the common parts of the Estate in accordance with the Transfer

 

33


 

Part 2 - Service Charge

 

1.

 

1.1                               “Annual Service Cost” in each Accounting Period shall be the aggregate of the sums actually and properly expended or liabilities properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with the following matters:

 

(a)                                 the reasonable and proper cost of providing those Services set out in paragraph 1 of part 1 of schedule 7

 

(b)                                 the reasonable and proper cost of taking out and maintaining in force an effective insurance policy or policies against any claim or liability which the Landlord may reasonably deem prudent in connection with the management and/or maintenance of the Building

 

(c)                                  the reasonable and proper cost of employing (whether by the Landlord or the Managing Agent or any other individual firm or company) such staff as the Landlord may in its reasonable discretion deem necessary for the performance of those Services set out in paragraph 1 of part 1 of schedule 7 and all reasonable and proper incidental expenditure in relation to such employment including insurance pension and welfare contributions transport facilities the provision of uniforms and working clothes and the provision of necessary accommodation (but not residential accommodation) either in the Building the Estate or elsewhere

 

(d)                                 the reasonable and proper cost of the carrying out of other work or providing services of any kind whatsoever which may be reasonably necessary for the purpose of maintaining or improving services to the Building for the benefit of the occupiers of the Building as a whole

 

(e)                                  all reasonable and proper fees and expenses (and any VAT payable on them) payable to any person firm or company whom the Landlord may from time to time employ in connection with the general management administration security maintenance protection and cleansing of the Building including the performance of the Landlord’s covenants and the cost of collecting the service charge and preparing statements of the Annual Service Cost

 

(f)                                   the reasonable and proper cost of complying with all statutory requirements regulations or requirements of any competent local or other authority relating to the Building insofar as such requirements are not the obligation of the Tenant or other tenants or occupiers of the Building

 

(g)                                  the reasonable and proper cost of the Landlord of abating a nuisance in respect of the Building or any part thereof insofar as the same is not the liability of any individual tenant

 

(h)                                 the reasonable and proper cost of the provision of electricity for the Common Parts and the lift

 

(i)                                     provided that there shall be excluded from the Service Charge:

 

(i)                                     any expenditure on any part of the Building for which any other tenant shall be directly responsible;

 

(ii)                                  the initial construction and equipping of the Premises or the Building or any subsequent development or redevelopment of the Building including any costs and expenditure in respect of the replacement of the roof of the Building (whether the same occurs prior to or after the date of this Lease) and the cost of any expenditure relating to the remedying of any defects in the roof repair and/or replacement works carried out by the roofing contractor appointed by the Landlord to carry out such work in compliance with the Landlord’s obligation in

 

34



 

the agreement for this Lease and any expenditure in respect of any upgrade in the specification of the air conditioning plant on the roof of the Building;

 

(iii)                               collection of rents (other than Service Charge) the review of rents and the letting of other dispositions within the Building;

 

(iv)                              any loss or damage resulting from an Insured Risk excluding any excess which is standard for the class of insurance which is attributable to the Common Parts;

 

(v)                                 the carrying out of any work or any expenditure in relation to Lettable Units which works or expenditure would be the responsibility of the tenant of such Lettable Units if it was demised by a lease containing provisions similar to those contained in this Lease;

 

(vi)                              enforcing covenants against any tenant or occupier of any part of the Building;

 

(vii)                           expenditure to the extent that the amount of it is recovered by the Landlord from any party other than a tenant or occupier of Lettable Units pursuant to the service charge payable by such tenant or occupier;

 

(viii)                        all costs relating to the replacement or other substantial works (but not ongoing maintenance contracts) carried out to or in respect of any air conditioning plant which exclusively serves one or more other Lettable Units in the Building but which does not serve the Premises;

 

(ix)                              all auditors’ fees other than in respect of auditing the service charge accounts once a year;

 

(x)                                 all costs relating to the replacement of any items except where the same are uneconomic to repair;

 

(xi)                              the amount by which the service charge for any other tenant or occupier of the Building exceeds any service charge cap for such tenant or occupier.

 

1.2                               “Interim Service Charge” means such reasonable sum to be paid on account of the Service Charge in respect of each Accounting Period as the Landlord shall specify the first payment of the Interim Service Charge (on account of the Service Charge for the Accounting Period during which this lease is executed) shall be made on the execution hereof and thereafter shall be paid by equal payments in advance on the 24 June and 25 December in each year and in case of default shall be recoverable as rent in arrear

 

1.3                               “Service Charge”‘ means a fair and reasonable proportion of the Annual Service Cost in relation to the Building in respect of each calendar year running from 1 January and ending on 31 December next following or such other period as the Landlord may determine ( “Accounting Period” )

 

3.                                      As soon as practicable after the end of each Accounting Period (and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to provide the same within 6 months of the end of each Accounting Period) the Landlord will submit to the Tenant an itemised statement certified by the auditor for the time being of the Landlord or of the Managing Agents (“Auditor”) containing the following information:

 

(a)                                 the amount of the Annual Service Cost

 

(b)                                 the amount of the interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of that Accounting Period together with any surplus carried forward from the previous Accounting Period

 

35



 

(c)                                  the amount of the Service Charge in respect of that Accounting Period and of any excess or deficiency of the Service Charge over the Interim Service Charge

 

2.                                      The Certificate of the Auditor as to the amount of the Annual Service Cost and as to the amount of the Service Charge in respect of the Demised Premises in any Accounting Period shall (save In the case of manifest error) be conclusive and binding on the Landlord and the Tenant

 

3.                                      If the Interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of any Accounting Period exceeds the Service Charge for that period the surplus of the interim Service Charge so paid over and above the Service Charge shall be paid by the Landlord to the Tenant within ten (10) working days of being ascertained

 

4.                                      If the Service Charge in respect of any Accounting Period exceeds the Interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of that Accounting Period together with any surplus from previous years carried forward as aforesaid then the Tenant shall pay the excess to the Landlord within 28 days of service upon the Tenant of the statement referred to above and in case of default the same shall be recoverable from the Tenant as rent in arrear

 

5.                                      Any disagreement or dispute between the parties relating to the Service Charge shall be referred to an independent surveyor acting as an expert appointed jointly by the Landlord and Tenant or in the case of dispute an independent surveyor of at least ten years standing with experience of service charge disputes nominated at the request of either the Landlord or of the Tenant by or on behalf of the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (whose nomination shall be binding on the parties hereto)

 

36



 

Schedule 8

 

Estate Service Charge

 

1.

 

1.1                               “Estate Service Charge” means a fair and reasonable proportion of the Building’s Proportion of the Estate Annual Service Cost in respect of each calendar year running from 1 January and ending on 31 December next following or such other period as the Landlord may determine (“Accounting Period”)

 

1.2                               “Interim Estate Service Charge” means such fair and reasonable and proper sum to be paid on account of the Estate Service Charge in respect of each Accounting Period as the Landlord shall reasonably specify.  The first payment of the Interim Estate Charge (on account of the Estate Service Charge for the Accounting Period during which this Lease is executed) shall be made on the execution hereof and thereafter shall be paid by equal payments in advance on 24 June and the 25 December in each year and in case of default shall be recoverable as rent in arrear

 

1.3

 

(a)                                 “Building’s Proportion” means the proportion which the Area of the Building bears to the Total Estate Area

 

(b)                                 “Area” means the net lettable area of the Building measured in accordance with the Code of Measuring Practice issued by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors from time to time

 

(c)                                  “Total Estate Area” means the aggregate of the net lettable areas of all the buildings on the Estate from time to time (including the Building) which are either let or if unlet are or were constructed or adapted for letting from time to time and measured In accordance with 1.3(b) above

 

(d)                                 If at any time during the Term there is a change in the Total Estate Area the Landlord’s Surveyor shall give notice in writing of such change to the Tenant and the resulting variation of the Building’s Proportion shall be agreed between the parties or (in default of agreement within two months of the service of the Landlord’s Surveyor’s notice) determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator)

 

If the Landlord’s Surveyor’s notice is served during the first half of the Accounting Period the variation of the Building’s Proportion agreed or determined as provided above shall take effect from the beginning of that Accounting Period If the Surveyor’s notice is served during the second half of the Accounting Period the variation of the Building’s Proportion agreed or determined as provided above shall take effect from the beginning of the Accounting Period next following the service of such notice

 

1.4                               “Estate Annual Service Cost” in each Accounting Period shall be the aggregate of the reasonable and proper sums expended or liabilities incurred by the Landlord in connection with the following matters together with such reserve as is provided for in paragraph 2 of this schedule:

 

(a)                                  the reasonable and proper cost of providing those Services set out in paragraph 2 of part 1 of schedule 7

 

(b)                                  the reasonable and proper cost of taking out and maintaining in force an effective insurance policy or policies against:

 

37



 

(i)                                     the Insured Risks in respect of those parts of the Estate or the facilities thereof the use and benefit of which is common to the Tenant and the tenants and occupiers of the Estate

 

(ii)                                  provided that there shall be excluded from the Estate Service Charge any claim or liability which the Landlord may reasonably deem prudent in connection with the management and/or maintenance of the Estate

 

(c)                                  the reasonable and proper cost of employing (whether by the Landlord, managing agents or any other individual firm or company) such staff as the Landlord may in its reasonable discretion deem reasonably necessary for the performance of those Services set out in paragraph 2 of part 1 of schedule 7 and all reasonable and proper incidental expenditure in relation to such employment including insurance pension and welfare contributions transport facilities the provision of uniforms and working clothes and the provision of necessary accommodation (but not residential accommodation) either on the Estate or elsewhere

 

(d)                                 the amount which the Landlord shall be called upon to pay as a contribution towards the expense of repairing maintaining and cleansing all ways roads pavements sewers drains pipes water-courses party walls party structures party fences walls or other conveniences which may belong to or be used for the benefit of the Estate in common with other premises near or adjoining thereto

 

(e)                                  the reasonable cost of the carrying out of other work or providing services of any kind whatsoever which the Landlord may reasonably consider necessary for the purpose of maintaining or improving services to the Estate for the benefit of the occupiers of the Estate as a whole

 

(f)                                   all reasonable and proper fees and expenses (and any VAT payable on them) properly payable to any person firm or company (other than the Landlord) whom the Landlord may from time to time employ in connection with the general management administration security maintenance protection and cleansing of the Estate including the performance of the Landlord’s covenants and the cost of collecting the Estate Service Charge and preparing statements of the Estate Annual Service Cost provided that such fees and expenses shall riot exceed 15% of the Estate Annual Service Cost

 

(g)                                  the proper cost of complying with all statutory requirements regulations or requirements of any competent local or other authority relating to the Estate insofar as such requirements are not the obligation of the Tenant or other tenants or occupiers of the Estate

 

(h)                                 the reasonable and proper cost of the Landlord of abating a nuisance in respect of the Estate or any part thereof insofar as the same is not the liability of any individual tenant

 

(i)                                     the cost of the provision of electricity for the Estate lighting system

 

(j)                                    any reasonable interest and banking charges reasonably incurred in respect of money properly borrowed to fund any deficit of the Estate Annual Service Cost

 

(k)                                 the cost of keeping the lake stocked with fish

 

provided that there shall be excluded from the Estate Service Charge any expenditure on any part of the Estate for which any other tenant shall be directly responsible.

 

2.                                      Any reserve for anticipated future expenditure to be incurred in relation to the Estate Annual Services Costs as the Estate management company may reasonably deem appropriate (in accordance with the terms of the Transfer) and the amounts so provided shall form part of the Estate Annual Service Cost.

 

38



 

3.                                      As soon as practicable after the end of each Accounting Period the Landlord will submit to the Tenant an itemised statement certified by the Auditor containing the following information:

 

3.1                               the amount of the Estate Annual Service Cost

 

3.2                               the amount of the Estate Interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of that together with any surplus carried forward from the previous Accounting Period

 

3.3                               the amount of the Estate Service Charge in respect of that Accounting Period and of any excess or deficiency of the Estate Service Charge over the Estate Interim Service Charge

 

4.                                      The Certificate of the Auditor as to the amount of the Estate Annual Service Cost and as to the amount of the Estate Service Charge in respect of the Premises in any Accounting Period shall (save in the case of manifest error) be conclusive and binding on the Landlord and the Tenant provided that the Tenant shall be entitled to inspect all invoices receipts and vouchers in respect of the Estate Annual Service Cost

 

5.                                      If the Estate Interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of any Accounting Period exceeds the Estate Service Charge for that period the surplus of the Estate interim Service Charge so paid over and above the Estate Service Charge shall be carried forward by the Landlord and credited to the account of the Tenant in computing the Estate Service Charge in succeeding Account Periods

 

6.                                      If the Estate Service Charge in respect of any Accounting Period exceeds the Estate Interim Service Charge paid by the Tenant in respect of that Accounting Period together with any surplus from previous years carried forward as aforesaid then the Tenant shall pay the excess to the Landlord within twenty eight days of service upon the Tenant of the statement referred to above and in case of default the same shall be recoverable from the Tenant as rent in arrear

 

39



 

Schedule 9

 

Form of Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

This Agreement is made on                                           20 ··

 

Between:

 

(1)                                 · a [Limited (company number: · ) whose registered office is at (of] · (the “Landlord” ): and

 

(2)                                 · [Limited (company number: · ) whose registered office is at] [cal · (the “Tenant” )[; and][.]

 

((3)                             · a [Limited (company number: · ) whose registered office is at] (of) · (the “Guarantor” )}

 

It is agreed as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1                               In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions will apply:

 

“1954 Act” means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (as amended).

 

“1995 Act” means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

 

“2003 Order” means the Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003.

 

“Agreement” means this authorised guarantee agreement.

 

“Assignee” means the assignee so named in the licence to assign (of even date](dated · ].

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which clearing banks are open for business in the City of London.

 

“Lease” means the lease of the Premises dated · made between · (1) [(and] · (2) [and · (3)] for a term of · years expiring on · (as supplemented or varied from time to time whether by deed, licence or otherwise) together with any continuation or extension of it whether by agreement, statute or otherwise.

 

“New Lease” means a new lease of the Premises on the terms set out in clause 3,2,

 

“Premises” means the premises known as · more particularly described in and demised by the Lease.

 

“Relevant Period” means the period starting on the date of assignment or transfer of the Lease to the Assignee and ending on the date when the Assignee is effectively released from the tenant covenants under the Lease by virtue of the 1995 Act,

 

“Term” means for a term of · years expiring on · .

 

40



 

1.2                                In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.2.1.1.    the terms “authorised guarantee agreement” and “tenant covenants” have the same meanings as given in section 28(1) of the 1995 Act;

 

1.2.1.2.    a reference to:

 

1.2.1.2.1.    a “person” includes any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state (whether or not having a separate legal personality); and

 

1.2.1.2.2.    clauses and schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Agreement and references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs of the schedule in which they appear;

 

1.2.1.3.    words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender; and

 

1.2.1.4.    the table of contents and headings are for convenience only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Authorised guarantee agreement

 

In consideration of the Landlord consenting to the assignment of the Lease by the Tenant to the Assignee the Tenant covenants with the Landlord as principal debtor and (without the need for any express assignment) with all of the Landlord’s successors in title:

 

2.1                                that during the Relevant Period the Assignee will pay the rents and other sums payable under the Lease and observe and perform all the covenants and conditions on the part of the tenant contained in the Lease, and in the event of the Assignee’s default, the Tenant will pay or observe and perform them;

 

2.2                                to indemnify the Landlord on demand against all losses, claims, demands, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord or arising as a result of any breach by the Assignee during the Relevant Period of the tenant covenants of the Lease, provided that the liability of the Tenant under this clause shall be no more onerous than the liability to which it would be subject as sole or principal obligor in respect of such tenant covenants.

 

3.                                       New lease

 

3.1                                If the Lease is disclaimed by a liquidator or a trustee in bankruptcy of the Assignee or the Assignee is wound up or ceases to exist [:

 

(a)                                  ]the Tenant will accept the New Lease from the Landlord [;and

 

3.1.1.                   the Guarantor will guarantee the performance by the Tenant of its obligations under the New Lease on the same terms as the guarantee contained in the Lease]

 

(if so required by the Landlord by written notice to the Tenant [and the Guarantor] within 6 months after the Landlord receives notice of that disclaimer or winding up or cessation of existence) and the Tenant [and the Guarantor] shall execute and deliver a counterpart of the Lease within one month after service of the Landlord’s request.

 

3.2                                The rights and obligations under the New Lease shall take effect from the date of the disclaimer or forfeiture or winding up or cessation of existence and the New Lease shall:

 

(a)                                  be for a term that expires on the same date as the Term;

 

41



 

3.2.1.                   (subject to the provisions of clause 3.3) reserve as an initial annual rent an amount equal to the rent which is reserved by the Lease on the date of the disclaimer or winding up or cessation of existence and which is subject to review on the same terms and dates provided by the Lease; [and]

 

3.2.2.                   otherwise be on terms no more onerous than the Lease.

 

3.3                                If on the commencement date of the New Lease a rent review date has occurred under the terms of the Lease but the reviewed rent has not been agreed or determined then the rent first reserved by the New Lease will initially be equal to the rent payable under the Lease immediately prior to such rent review date but the second day of the term of the New Lease will be an additional rent review date under the New Lease.

 

3.4                              The Tenant shall pay the Landlord’s solicitors costs and disbursements (on a full indemnity basis) and any VAT on them in relation to the New Lease.

 

3.5                                If the Landlord does not require the Tenant to take a new lease of the Premises, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord on demand a sum equivalent to the rents or other sums payable under the Lease for a period of 6 months or until the Landlord re-lets the Premises, whichever is the earlier.

 

4.                                       Tenant’s liability

 

4.1                                The liability of the Tenant under this Agreement will not be affected by:

 

(a)                                  any neglect or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing payment of rents or observance or performance of any of the covenants and conditions of the Lease; or

 

4.1.1.                   any refusal by the Landlord at any time to accept any rent or other payment due under the Lease where the Landlord believes that the acceptance of such rent or payment may prejudice its ability to re-enter the Premises; or

 

4.1.2.                   the surrender by the Assignee of part of the Premises (but not so as to render the Tenant liable in relation to any part of the Premises surrendered in respect of the period after such surrender); or

 

4.1.3.                   any variation of the terms of the Lease or any other act or omission, matter or thing (other than a release by deed given by the Landlord and subject always to the provisions of section 18 of the 1995 Act) by which but for this provision the obligations of the Tenant would have been discharged or diminished.

 

4.2                                If the Tenant is more than one person then each of those persons shall be jointly and severally liable for their respective obligations arising by virtue of this Agreement.

 

5.                                       [Guarantor

 

The Guarantor consents to the provisions of this Agreement and confirms that the guarantee given by it in respect of the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease will continue in full force and effect and will extend to any obligations of the Tenant contained in this Agreement and shall cover the ultimate balance of all monies payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under the Lease and this Agreement irrespective of any intermediate payment or discharge in full or in part of the Guarantor’s obligations to the Landlord under the Lease or this Agreement.]

 

6.                                       Additional provisions

 

6.1                                The Tenant shall not claim in competition with the Landlord in any insolvency proceedings or arrangement of the Assignee in respect of any payment made by the Tenant pursuant to the guarantee and indemnity in this Agreement. If it otherwise receives any money in such proceedings or arrangement, it shall hold that money on trust for the Landlord to the extent of its liability to the Landlord.

 

6.2                                The Tenant warrants that it has not taken and covenants that it shall not take any security from or over the assets of the Assignee in respect of any liability of the Assignee to the Tenant. If it does take or hold any such security it shall hold it for the benefit of the Landlord.

 

42


 

6.3                                The Tenant shall not be entitled to claim or participate in any other security held by the Landlord in respect of the Assignee’s obligations or to stand in the Landlord’s place in respect of any such security.

 

6.4                                Provisions in this Agreement are to be construed independently and if any provision is void or wholly or partly unenforceable, then that provision, to the extent that it is unenforceable, will be deemed not to form part of this Agreement, but the validity and enforceability of the remainder of that provision or this Agreement will not be affected.

 

7.                                       Indemnity

 

The Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against all costs and claims arising from any breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Notices

 

8.1                                Any notice to a party under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party giving it and shall, unless delivered to a party personally, be left at, or sent by prepaid first class post, prepaid special delivery or fax to the address of the party as set out at the top of page 1 or as otherwise notified in writing to the other party(ies) from time to time.

 

8.2                                Except as referred to in clause 8.3, a notice is deemed to have been served;

 

(a)                                  at the time of delivery if delivered personally;

 

3.2.1.                   48 hours after posting in the case of an address in the United Kingdom and 96 hours after posting for any other address; or

 

3,2.2,                   2 hours after transmission if served by fax during normal business hours of the recipient, and at the opening of the next normal Business Day if not sent during such normal business hours.

 

If the deemed time of service is not during normal business hours in the country of receipt, the notice is deemed served at, or, in the case of faxes, two hours after the opening of business on the next Business Day of that country.

 

8.3                                The deemed service provisions set out in clause 8.2 do not apply to:

 

(a)                                  a notice served by post, if there is a national or local disruption of postal services which affects the giving of the notice; and

 

8.3.1                      a notice served by fax, if the receiving party informs the sending party that the notice has been received in a form which is unclear.

 

8.4                                A party must not attempt to prevent or delay the service on it of a notice connected with this Agreement.

 

8.5                                If the receiving party consists of more than one person then a notice to one of them is notice to all.

 

9.                                       Governing law end jurisdiction

 

9.1                                This Agreement and any dispute, claim or obligation (whether contractual or non-contractual) arising out of or in connection with it, its subject matter or formation shall be governed by English law,

 

9.2                                The parties irrevocably agree that the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim (whether contractual or neon-contractual) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, its subject matter or formation.

 

43



 

10.                                Exclusion of third party rights

 

Unless expressly provided in this Agreement, no express term of this Agreement or any term implied under it is enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to it,

 

In witness this Deed has been executed and delivered on the date appearing at the head of page 1.

 

44



 

Schedule 10

 

Regulations

 

1.                                       To give the Landlord names and contact details for two individuals with keys to the Premises.

 

2.                                       in the interests of security, the Landlord may:

 

(a)                                  require those attending the Building to identify themselves and who they are visiting;

 

(b)                                  prevent anyone entering the Building unless they have a key to the Premises or authority from the Tenant or the permitted occupier of the Premises;

 

(c)                                   require the Tenant or the permitted occupier of the Premises to escort any visitor between the security or reception desk and the Premises; and

 

(d)                                  prevent anyone removing anything from the Building, unless they are authorise to do so by the Landlord, the Tenant or the permitted occupier of the Building;

 

and the required authority must be produced to the person requiring it or be confirmed by a statement from the person giving it.

 

3.                                       Delivery and despatch of goods, mail and other items to the Premises and access for workmen and materials may only be made through the service areas in the Common Parts and through the service entrances, lifts, stairs and corridors (if any).

 

4.                                       Where vehicles are allowed into any service area in the Building for deliveries:

 

(a)                                  they are only allowed at the times the Landlord specifies as notified to the Tenant in writing; and

 

(b)                                  the Landlord may specify a maximum time during which any vehicle may remain there;

 

and the Landlord may remove or immobilise any vehicles not complying with this regulation.

 

5.                                       The Tenant must:

 

(a)                                  keep refuse in suitable containers; and

 

(b)                                  ensure that the containers are available for collection when the Landlord specifies.

 

6.                                       The Tenant must not allow sound from loudspeakers or other artificially generated noise to be heard outside the Premises.

 

7.                                       The Tenant must not light or maintain open fires in the Building.

 

8.                                       The Tenant must not do or allow anything that is an annoyance or disturbance to the reasonable use of the Building by the Landlord or any occupiers.

 

9.                                       If the Tenant has parking rights, it must keep the spaces clean and tidy and only use them to park taxed, insured and roadworthy cars, motorcycles or light commercial vehicles,

 

10.                                To give the Landlord all the documents end other information it needs to keep the health and safety file for the Building up to date under the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007.

 

45



 

Executed as a deed by Apia Nominee I Limited

 

acting by:

 

Director

 

Director / Secretary

 

Executed as a deed by Apia Nominee 2 Limited

 

acting by:

 

Director

 

Director / Secretary

 

Executed as a deed by G W Pharrna Limited

 

acting by:

 

Director

 

Director / Secretary

 

46




Exhibit 10.33

 

DATED the        day of         2012

 

Tetricus Limited

 

and

 

GW Pharma Limited

 


 

TENANCY AGREEMENT

 

of

 

Rooms 12a, 12b, 12c, 15, 17, 31, 38a, 38b, 50 and UKI in Building 114
Porton Down Science Park, Porton Down
Wiltshire

 


 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 19 th  day of November 2012

 

PARTICULARS

 

The Tenant:

 

GW Pharma Ltd

 

 

 

The Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

The Property:

 

Rooms 12a, 12b, 12c, 15, 17, 31, 38a, 38b, 50 and UK1 in Building 114, Porton Down Science Park, Porton Down, Wiltshire

 

 

 

The Landlord’s Property:

 

The land demised to the Landlord by the Superior Lease or such greater or lesser area on the Estate as is from time to time managed by the Landlord

 

 

 

The Estate:

 

The Superior Landlord’s Estate known as Porton Down Science Park DSTL Porton Down Wiltshire

 

 

 

Term Commencement Date:

 

1 st  August 2012

 

 

 

Term:

 

One year

 

 

 

Rent:

 

£52,815.14 per annum payable monthly in advance, exclusive of VAT

 

 

 

First Payment:

 

£ 4,401.26 in respect of the period from 1 st  August 2012 to 31 st  August 2012

 

 

 

First Rent Payment Date:

 

1 st  August 2012 or the date of this Agreement

 

 

 

Notice Period:

 

Six months

 

 

 

Permitted Use:

 

Offices associated with research and development

 

1



 

We hereby agree to be bound by the terms of this tenancy agreement as set out in the above particulars and terms and conditions following

 

Signed by/on behalf of the Landlord

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

(duly authorized)

 

 

 

Signed by/on behalf of the Tenant

/s/ Adam George

 

(in person/duly authorised director if a company)

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by/on behalf of the Guarantor

 

 

(in person/duly authorised director if a company)

 

 

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

AN AGREEMENT made on the date specified in the Particulars between (1) Tetricus Limited (“the Landlord”) (2) the Tenant defined in the Particulars and (3) the Guarantor (if any) defined in the Particulars

 

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

In this Agreement

 

1.                                       Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1                                “the Building” means Building 114 forming part of the Landlord’s Property

 

1.2                                “the Conduits” means channels drains and watercourses pipes cables and other service media

 

1.3                                “domestic” means such quantities consumed or used by comparable properties on the Estate

 

1.4                                “Notifiable Event” means the spilling or deposit on the Property, the Landlord’s Property or the Estate of any noxious substance in a quantity which would cause damage to or pollution of the environment or harm to human health comfort or safety

 

2



 

1.5                                “Outgoings” means rates, taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions and outgoings whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description and whether of the nature of capital or revenue and even though of a wholly novel character save for any such outgoing payable in respect of any dealing or deemed dealing with any reversionary interest in the Property

 

1.6                                “the Particulars” means the particulars appearing under the heading “Particulars” which are included in and form part of this Agreement and the meanings of words and expressions used in the Particulars shall be the meanings for the purposes of the Agreement; and

 

1.7                                “the Planning Acts” means the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 and the other enactments defined as the “Planning Acts” in Section 336 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 and every other enactment relating to the use development and occupation of land and buildings for the time being in force

 

1.8                                “the Property” means the Property described in Part 1 of the First Schedule and each and every part of it

 

1.9                                “the Superior Landlord” means the person entitled from time to time to the reversion immediately expectant upon the termination of the Superior Lease

 

1.10                         “the Superior Lease” means the lease of the Landlord’s Property dated 23rd December 2004 and made between the Secretary of State for Defence (1) and Tetricus Limited (2)

 

1.11                         Any reference express or implied to an enactment includes any statutory modification or re-enactment of it and any subordinate legislation made under that enactment and any consents, licences and permissions given under that enactment or subordinate legislation, in any such case whether made before or after the date of this Agreement

 

3



 

2.                                       Lease

 

THE Landlord agrees to let and the Tenant agrees to take the Property on and from the Term Commencement Date for the Term and paying the Rent the First Payment to be made on the First Rent Payment Date and subsequent payments to be made at the times stated in the Particulars and by way of banker’s order if the Landlord so requires

 

3.                                       Services and Utilities

 

The Landlord agrees that unless prevented by circumstances outside the control of the Landlord the Landlord will use reasonable endeavours to procure that the following services are provided to the Property;

 

3.1                                At no additional charge:

 

(a)                                  heat, electricity and domestic quantities of drinking water and domestic sewerage disposal

 

(b)                                  car parking

 

(c)                                   Estate security and visitors reception: and

 

(d)                                  grounds maintenance of the Estate

 

(e)                                   emergency cover by the Estate Fire Service

 

(f)                                    mail and messenger services for deliveries only

 

(g)                                   removal of domestic waste

 

(h)                                  maintenance of Estate infrastructure including without limitation:

 

(i)                                      the roads and tracks

 

(ii)                                   car parking areas

 

(iii)                                conduits necessary for the supply of heating, water, electricity and drainage services to the Property

 

on the Estate over which the Tenant is granted rights pursuant to this Agreement

 

3.2                                Access to other Estate facilities at the discretion of the Landlord and the Superior Landlord on a request basis by the Tenant subject to availability and to separate payment by the Tenant according to use

 

4



 

3.3                                If meters are installed for the measurement of the amount of electricity consumed in the Building the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with reasonable prior written notice of this and this clause 3 shall be modified in respect of the supply of electricity to the Property so that:

 

(a)                                  The Landlord will calculate the monthly cost of electricity consumed at the Property by reference to the following formula where:

 

C = (M/T x 2,941.65)

 

Where C = Monthly Costs of electricity consumed at the Property

 

M = Monthly metered charge for electricity supplied to the Building

 

T = Total tenanted area in the Building in square feet

 

2,941.65 = Area of the Property in square feet

 

(b)                                  The Tenant will pay to the Landlord on demand the sum by which “C” exceeds the sum of four hundred and ninety six pounds and eighty five (£490.28):

 

3.4                                The Landlord shall have no responsibility for any diminution in pressure quantity or quality interruption or cessation of supplies of heating and electricity drinking water or domestic sewerage disposal

 

4.                                       Break Clause

 

4.1                                If a Notice Period is stated in the Particulars this Agreement may be determined by written notice of not less than the Notice Period served by either party on the other party in accordance with clause 8.4 below and expiring on or after the time specified in such notice

 

4.2                                This Agreement shall terminate automatically immediately prior to the grant of any new tenancy of or including the Property to the Tenant

 

4.3                                If the Landlord receives written notice at any time of the desire of Superior Landlord to determine the Superior Lease and to resume possession of the Property by the giving of a certificate pursuant to Section 58(1) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

 

5



 

that for reasons of national security it is necessary that the use or occupation of the Property should be discontinued or changed then the Landlord shall provide a copy of the Superior Landlord’s notice and of such certificate to the Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt and this Agreement shall determine on the date specified in the Superior Landlord’s notice but without prejudice to any right or remedy which either party may have in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the covenants or conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

5.                                       Tenant’s Covenants

 

THE Tenant agrees with the Landlord as follows:

 

5.1                                To pay the Rent on the days and in the manner set out in the Particulars without deduction or legal or equitable set off

 

5.2                                To pay interest at the rate of 4% above the base rate from time to time of National Westminster Bank Plc (or such other member of the committee of London Clearing Banks as the Landlord may from time to time nominate) in respect of any Rent or other sum due under this Agreement which remains unpaid for seven days from the due date in respect of the period from the due date until the date on which the same is paid

 

5.3                                To:

 

(a)                                  pay all present and future Outgoings assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable in respect of the Property or assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable by the owner or occupier of the Property;

 

(b)                                  pay the proportion properly attributable to the Property (which shall be conclusively determined by the Landlord) of all Outgoings assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable in respect of the Property and other properties or assessed, charged or imposed on, or payable by the owner or occupier of the Property and other properties;

 

6



 

(c)                                   pay all charges for telecommunications in respect of the Property (including equipment rents and line rental standing charges); and

 

(d)                                  if the Landlord loses rating relief because it has been allowed to the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant during the Term, make good that loss to the Landlord.

 

5.4                                To keep the Property clean and in good and tenantable repair and working order and decorative condition (fair wear and tear excepted) and to keep any vacant land comprised within the Property free from weeds and rubbish and in a neat and tidy condition and if landscaped or planted or used as a garden or ornamental grounds at the date of this Agreement to keep the same in a good state of cultivation and fertility

 

5.5                                To keep all plant apparatus and machinery in the Property properly maintained and in good working order and for that purpose to enter into contracts with reputable contractors for the regular periodic inspection and maintenance of them and to ensure that all plant apparatus and machinery is properly operated and to produce evidence of the existence of such contracts to the Landlord on demand

 

5.6                                To remedy to the satisfaction of the Landlord all breaches of covenant notified by the Landlord to the Tenant for which the Tenant is liable under this Agreement as soon as possible and in any event within two months after service of the notice. If the Tenant fails to do so the Landlord may enter the Property and remedy the breach. All costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord shall be paid by the Tenant on demand.

 

5.7                                Not to affix any wireless or television aerial brackets stays or ancillary wiring on or to the exterior of the Property until written approval has been given by the Landlord and then only in accordance with any conditions he may impose

 

5.8                                Not to exhibit in or upon the exterior of the Property any advertisement signs posters or name plates whatsoever without the written consent of the Landlord

 

5.9                                Not to make any alterations in or additions to the Property nor to do any damage to the Property and at the determination of the tenancy to deliver up the Property in clean condition and otherwise in accordance with all of the covenants on the part of the

 

7



 

Tenant contained in this Agreement and having made good to the satisfaction of the Landlord all damage caused by the removal of any tenant’s or trade fixtures

 

5.10                         Not to assign underlet charge grant any licence in respect of or part with or share occupation or part with the possession of the Property or any part of it

 

5.11                         Not to do on the Property or any part of it any act or thing which shall or may be or become a nuisance damage or annoyance to the Landlord, the Superior Landlord or the tenants or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property or the neighbourhood

 

5.12                         Not to bring or keep on the Property or the Estate any livestock or other animals and not to carry out on the Property any experiment or other scientific or medical procedure on livestock or other living animal.

 

5.13                         Not to use the Property for the holding of public meetings or auction sales or as a residence or sleep at the Property.

 

5.14                         Not to use the Property for or in connection with pornographic purposes of any kind or the production processing distribution or sale of pornographic material.

 

5.15                         Not to use the Property for the purpose of any gambling within the meaning of the Gambling Act 2005.

 

5.16                         Not to use the Property otherwise than for the Permitted Use and to obtain all regulatory and supervisory approvals, licences and consents for the Permitted Use Provided that nothing in this Agreement shall imply or warrant that the Property may be used for or is fit for any particular purpose

 

5.17                         Not to carry out any development of in or on the Property which would require planning permission under the Planning Acts

 

8


 

5.18                         To give full particulars to the Landlord within seven days of receipt of any notice relating to the Property served on the Tenant by a local planning authority under or by virtue of the Planning Acts and if required by the Landlord to produce the same to him

 

5.19                         Not to do or omit any act matter or thing in or respecting the Property which shall contravene any of the provisions of the Planning Acts

 

5.20                         Not to do or omit anything on the Property which would increase the risk of fire and to take all proper precautions to the satisfaction of the Landlord for fire prevention

 

5.21                         Not to do or omit anything on the Property which may cause any insurance effected by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord on or in respect of the Landlord’s Property or the Estate to become void or voidable or which may increase any premiums payable for such insurance and to comply with the regulations conditions and requirements of any such insurance

 

5.22                         Not at any time to store on the Property any explosive or petroleum spirit or any other articles of inflammable, offensive, combustible, radio-active, explosive or dangerous nature or in any way significantly increase the risk of fire or explosion or injure by percolation, corrosion or otherwise the Property or the Estate without the written consent of the Landlord and if such consent shall be given to obtain any necessary licences for such storage including those in accordance with the provisions of the Explosive Acts of 1875 and 1923 and to produce the current licences to the Landlord whenever required and to comply with any requirements of the Landlord or the local authority in regard to such storage

 

5.23                         To take all practicable precautions to ensure that no noxious substances are spilled or deposited on the Property and that contamination of the Property does not occur

 

5.24                         Within one month after service upon the Tenant of notice of remediation (which shall mean works and the taking of other steps to prevent the entry into or on to any property of or remediation or mitigation of the effects of any substance harmful to humans, the environment or property in accordance with any enactment relating to the environment) to carry out the remediation works (if any) specified in the notice and if the Tenant shall not within one month after service of such notice or (in case of

 

9



 

emergency) immediately after service of such notice commence and thereafter proceed diligently with the execution of such remediation works then to permit the Landlord and all persons authorised by it to enter upon the Property and to execute the necessary remediation works the cost of which shall be paid by the Tenant on demand and if not so paid the cost shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlord and be forthwith recoverable by action notwithstanding the determination of the Term by whatsoever means

 

5.25                         Not to deposit on the Property any controlled waste as defined in Section 75 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 or special waste as defined in the Control of Pollution Act 1990 or special waste as defined in the Control of Pollution (Special Waste) Regulations 1980 or radioactive waste as defined in Section 18 of the Radioactive Substances Act 1960 or any other substance which may produce concentrations or accumulations or noxious gases or noxious liquids which may cause pollution of the environment or harm to human health

 

5.26                         Within 14 days of the occurrence of a Notifiable Event to inform the Landlord of its occurrence and to permit the Landlord to enter and inspect the Property

 

5.27                         Not to discharge or allow to be discharged into any pipe or drain serving the Property any oil grease deleterious or other harmful matter or substance which might cause damage to the environment or be or become a source of danger or injury to those pipes or drains or any part of the Estate

 

5.28                         To indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified against all actions claims and demands (including without limitation costs incurred under Section 61 of the Environmental Protection Act 1990) in respect of damage to or pollution of the environment or damage to property or harm to human health caused by the Property or any substance on it whether in liquid or solid form or in the form of gas or vapour

 

5.29                         Not at any time without the written consent of the Landlord (whose decision shall be final) to install or use in or on the Property any electrical equipment which would be likely to overload the electric wiring or cabling and in the event of such consent being given to carry out at the expense of the Tenant any consequential works to the wiring

 

10



 

and cabling and take such precautions for the prevention of overloading as the Landlord shall reasonably direct

 

5.30                         Not to deposit any waste paper shavings or other refuse removed from the Property at any place within the Estate except such place as has been approved for that purpose by the Landlord and not to dispose of any waste oil within the Estate

 

5.31                         To observe and comply with any byelaws regulations or directions for the time being in force in respect of the Landlord’s Property or the Estate (including those imposed by the Superior Landlord in particular site safety and security regulations) and to use the Tenant’s best endeavours to ensure that all persons coming onto the Property with the consent of or at the invitation of the Tenant comply with the same and also at all times during the Term to conform in all respects with the provisions of and regulations under any general or local enactment which may be applicable to the Property or any part of it and not to do or omit to be done on the Property or any part of it any act thing or omission by which the Landlord or Superior Landlord might become liable to pay any penalty imposed or to bear the whole or any part of any expense incurred by any direction requirement Act or regulation as aforesaid

 

5.32                         During the last month of the tenancy to allow the Landlord or his agents to permit the Property to be inspected at any time by prospective tenants or purchasers

 

5.33                         To pay and indemnify the Landlord in respect of all Value Added Tax or similar tax or assessment on all services and supplies to the Tenant and on the rents payable hereunder and on any other payments under the terms hereof including any such tax incurred by the Landlord which the Landlord is unable to reclaim

 

5.34                         To allow the Landlord and all persons authorised by the Landlord to enter the Property at any reasonable time for the purpose of:

 

5.34.1                           Ascertaining whether the terms of this Agreement have been complied with; and in particular (but without limitation) for the purpose of ascertaining whether the Tenant has brought into the Property any hazardous equipment materials or other substances

 

11



 

5.34.2                           Inspecting the fire appliances and doing repairs or making alterations either to the Property or to any adjoining property to any apparatus plant equipment fixture and fittings in or under the Property or belonging to the Landlord

 

5.34.3                           any reasonable purpose connected with the interest of the Landlord in the Property or its disposal or change

 

5.34.4                           to exercise any of the rights expected and reserved by this Agreement

 

5.35                                     At the expiration or sooner determination of the Term to yield up the Property:-

 

5.35.1                           In repair in accordance with the covenants contained in this Agreement; and

 

5.35.2                           Free from contamination arising as a direct result of the Tenant’s use of the Property by substances particularly harmful to humans, the environment; or the Property. Provided that the Tenant will not be responsible for any such contamination existing at the earlier of the date of this Agreement or the date on which the Tenant first occupied the Property

 

5.36                                     To pay to the Landlord in addition to any rents or other sums payable under or by virtue of this Agreement the amount of any value added tax (or similar tax whether in substitution for or in addition to it) which shall be chargeable in respect of any supply made by the Landlord to the Tenant under or by virtue of this Lease whether or not the same is chargeable by reference to the amount of such rents or other sums and whether or not as a result of the making of any election and so that amounts under this Clause shall be payable

 

5.36.1                           If chargeable by reference to rents or other sums at the same times as those rents or other sums are respectively payable

 

5.36.2                           In any other case on demand in writing from time to time by the Landlord

 

12



 

5.37                         To provide facilities within the curtilage of the Property for the keeping of refuse in Proper receptacles readily accessible for collection

 

5.37.1                           To pay to the Landlord on an indemnity basis all costs fees expenses and commission (including bailiff’s commission) including VAT and disbursements) incurred by the Landlord of and incidental to or in connection with any of the following:

 

5.37.1.1                            The preparation and service of any notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or incurred in or in contemplation of proceedings under Section 146 or 147 of that Act or under the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938 notwithstanding in any such case that forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court

 

5.37.1.2                            The preparation service and negotiation of any notice or schedule relating to dilapidations whether the same is served during or after the termination of the Term

 

5.37.1.3                            The enforcement or of verifying compliance with any of the Tenant’s covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement whether during or after the termination of the Term

 

5.37.1.4                            Any application for a licence or consent required under this Agreement from the Landlord whether or not such licence or consent is granted

 

5.37.1.5                            The recovery or attempted recovery of arrears of rent or other sums due from the tenant

 

5.37.2                           To pay and make good to the Landlord all and every loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Landlord as a consequence of any breach or non-observation of the Tenant’s covenants contained in this Agreement and to indemnify the Landlord from and against all actions claims liability costs and expenses thereby arising and in the event of

 

13



 

forfeiture of this Agreement to indemnify the Landlord against all losses costs damages and expense incurred by the Landlord consequent upon such forfeiture

 

5.37.2.1                            Without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Landlord to indemnify and keep the Landlord effectually indemnified from and against all expenses proceedings claims damages costs demands loss and any other liabilities as a consequence of or in respect of:

 

5.37.2.1.1                               Damage to the Property, the Landlord’s Property or any part of the Estate caused by any act default or negligence of the Tenant or the servants agents licences or invitees of the Tenant

 

5.37.2.1.2                               Any injury to or death or any person damage to any property the infringement disturbance or destruction of any right easement or privilege or otherwise by reason of or arising directly out of the state of repair and condition of the Property (to the extent that the Tenant is responsible therefore under this Agreement) or arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the Permitted Use

 

6.                                       Landlord’s Covenants

 

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that the Tenant paying the Rent and any other sum due under this Agreement as rent and performing the Tenant’s covenants contained in this Agreement shall peaceably enjoy the Property during the Term without any interruption or disturbance from or by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord

 

14



 

7.                                       Re-Entry

 

7.1                                In this Clause a “Forfeiting Event” is any of the following:-

 

7.1.1                                Any rent is outstanding for twenty-one days after becoming due whether formally demanded or not

 

7.1.2                                A breach by the Tenant of any of the provisions of this Agreement

 

7.1.3                                In respect of an individual Tenant:

 

·                                an application is made for an interim order

 

·                                a bankruptcy petition is presented

 

·                                a proposal is made for a voluntary arrangement; or

 

·                               he enters into a deed of arrangement

 

7.1.4                                in respect of a company Tenant:-

 

·                                it goes into liquidation (whether compulsory or voluntary) but not a voluntary winding up for the amalgamation or reconstruction of a solvent company

 

·                                a receiver manager administrative receiver or provisional liquidator is appointed

 

·                                a petition is presented for an administration order; or

 

·                               a proposal is made for voluntary arrangements or a scheme of arrangement; or

 

7.1.5                                The Tenant has any distress or execution levied on its goods at the Property

 

7.2                                Whenever a Forfeiting Event exists the Landlord may enter the Property (or any part of it) at any time even if a previous right of re-entry has been waived and then the Term will end but any rights which have accrued for breach of any provision of this Agreement will remain including the breach under which the re-entry is made

 

15



 

8.                                       General

 

8.1                                Except where otherwise provided by statute the Landlord shall have no liability to the Tenant or its licensees not to any other person for any accident happening or injury suffered in or on the Property or the Landlord’s Property nor shall the Superior Landlord have any liability to the Tenant or his licensees nor to any other person for any acts happening or injury suffered in or on the Estate

 

8.2                                It shall be lawful for the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or any person claiming under either of them at any time during the Term to build upon or otherwise use the adjoining or any adjacent land of the Landlord or the Superior Landlord in any way as they may think fit whether or not the access of light or air to the Property shall be thereby obstructed interfered with or destroyed

 

8.3                                Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or be deemed to have effect so as to render any of the provisions of the Planning Acts applicable to the interest of the Superior Landlord in the Property or in any way to restrict or otherwise prejudicially affect any Crown privilege or exemption enjoyed by the Superior Landlord

 

8.4                                Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and any notice to the Tenant shall be deemed to be sufficiently served if addressed to the Tenant and left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post to the Property or to other last known address or place of abode or business in England and Wales of the Tenant and any notice to the Landlord shall be deemed to be sufficiently served if forwarded by registered or recorded delivery post to:

 

The General Manager

Tetricus

Room 26

Building 227

Porton Down Science Park

Porton Down

Wiltshire       SP4 0JQ

 

16



 

or such other address as the Landlord may notify the Tenant from time to time and (unless non-delivery is proved) a notice so sent by post shall be deemed to be given at the time when it ought in due course of post to be delivered at the address to which it is sent

 

8.5                                The Landlord served on the Tenant on 12th June 2012 a notice in the form set out in Schedule 1 to the Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003 (the “Order” ) and the Tenant acting by ADAM GEORGE has made a declaration dated 18th June 2012 in the form set out in paragraph 7 of Schedule 2 to the Order and the parties hereto agree and declare that the provisions of Sections 24-28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 shall be excluded in relation to this Agreement

 

8.5.1                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall release the Tenant from his obligation under statutory requirements for health and safety and the Tenant shall provide written notice to the Landlord of any health or safety hazards associated with equipment materials other substances brought on to the Property or supplied to or used by the Landlord and the Tenant warrants that any equipment materials or substances which the Tenant brings on to the Property are not a safety hazard

 

8.5.2                                  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Tenant will comply in all aspects with the provisions of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (“the CDM Regulations”) whenever they shall apply to any works carried out on or in relation to the Property (other than by the Landlord and (without limitation):

 

8.5.2.1                        the Tenant hereby acknowledges and declares that the Landlord will not be acting as the client in respect of any such works for the purpose of the CDM Regulations

 

8.5.2.2                        that the Health and Safety Executive will be notified of the works in accordance with the CDM Regulations including (without limitation) notice of the person who is acting as the client in respect of the works

 

17



 

8.5.2.3                 to supply the Landlord a copy of such notice

 

8.5.3                                  The Tenant agrees that any health and safety file required to be prepared pursuant to the CDM Regulations (a “Health and Safety File”) will be prepared in respect of any such works said:

 

8.5.3.1                        to maintain and update the Health and Safety File as necessary whenever any further works are carried out by or on behalf of the Tenant or any undertenant at the Property and in any event forthwith upon being reasonably required to do so by the Landlord from time to time

 

8.5.3.2                        at its own cost to make available the Health and Safety File for inspection from time to time by the Landlord and those authorised by it and to supply to the Landlord a copy of the Health and Safety File together (at the Landlord’s cost) with such additional copies as the Landlord shall from time to time request and

 

8.5.3.3                        at the expiry or sooner determination of the Term to deliver to the Landlord all Health and Safety files and copies thereof relating to the Property which are or which ought to be held by the Tenant

 

8.6                                If the Property or any part of it is damaged by fire so as to be unfit for occupation or use then the rent payable hereunder or a fair proportion of it (such proportion to be determined by the Landlord) will be suspended until the damage is made good

 

8.7

 

8.7.1                                The powers rights matters and discretions granted and reserved to the Landlord in this Lease are also granted and reserved to or exercisable by the Superior Landlord its servants agents or contractors to the extent as may be required under the Superior Lease

 

18


 

8.7.2                                  Nothing in this Lease is to be construed as implying that the Superior Landlord is under any obligation not unreasonably to withhold its consent or approval in respect of any application for consent by the Tenant to the Landlord

 

8.7.3                                  If the Tenant proposes to do any act or thing for which the consent of the Superior Landlord is required the Tenant shall bear and indemnify the Landlord against the cost of obtaining such consent and all incidental surveyors legal professional or other fees and disbursements

 

8.8                                Any covenant by the Tenant not to do or omit any thing shall be construed as though the covenant was in addition a covenant not to permit or suffer to be done or omitted that thing

 

8.9                                The Tenant acknowledges that it has not entered into this Agreement in reliance wholly or partly on any representation made by or on behalf of the Landlord

 

8.10                         If during the Term any issue concerning the quality of the environment in which the Property is located occurs the parties agree the Tenant will if required to do so by the landlord in writing, vacate the Property and will relocate for alternative premises within the Landlord’s Property that are not materially inferior for the Property upon the following terms:

 

8.10.1                           the terms of this Agreement will be suspended for the period the Tenant is relocated to such alternative premises;

 

8.10.2                           the Tenant will enter into an agreement to occupy such alternative premises on substantially similar terms as to this Agreement (including the exclusion of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954) save as to length of term but which in any event will not continue past 31 July 2013 and rent which shall be the amount agreed by the parties both acting reasonably or in the absence of agreement upon the application of either party to the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors by a suitably qualified surveyor acting as an expert

 

19



 

8.10.3                           Neither party may act unreasonably and will act in good faith towards each other in the implementation of this clause

 

8.10.4                           If the Tenant has not relocated in accordance with the terms of this clause within six weeks of being requested to do so then this lease will immediately determine without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of the terms of this Agreement

 

9.                                       Guarantee

 

9.1                                The Guarantor (if any) hereby guarantees to the Landlord that the Tenant will pay the Rent reserved by and observe and perform all of the covenants and stipulations on the part of the Tenant contained in this Agreement throughout the Term and indemnifies the Landlord against all losses, damages, costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a results of the non-payment or non-performance of those obligations on liabilities.

 

9.2                                The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement are a direct, primary and unconditional liability to pay on demand to the Landlord any sum that the Tenant is liable to pay under this Lease without the need for any recourse by the Landlord against the Tenant.

 

9.3                                If this Agreement is disclaimed by a liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy of the Tenant or the Crown or is forfeited then the Guarantor shall (at the option of the Landlord) accept a new lease of the Property for a term commencing on the date of disclaimer or forfeiture for a term equivalent to the residue which would have remained of the Term if there had been no disclaimer or forfeiture at the same terms and subject to the same terms as this Agreement or shall pay to the Landlord a sum equal to the rent that would have been payable under this Lease but for the disclaimer or forfeiture in respect of the period from the date of the disclaimer or forfeiture until the earlier of date which is [six] months after the date of the disclaimer or forfeiture and the date on which the Property has been re-let by the Landlord.

 

20



 

9.4                                So far as the law allows the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement shall not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing whereby (but for this provision) the Guarantor would be released in whole or part from this Guarantee other than a release by deed given by the Landlord.

 

21



 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

Part 1

 

Description of Property

 

The Property described in the Particulars being part of the Building including:

 

(i)                                    the whole of any non-structural walls wholly within the Property

 

(ii)                                 the non-structural finishes facings or coverings to the interior of any walls partitions floor slabs or joists and ceiling slabs or joists which bound the Property and to any columns or structural walls therein

 

(iii)                              the whole of the doors and windows (including door and window glass) fitted in the walls within and which bound the Premises and their frames and fixings

 

(iv)                             any Conduits therein which exclusively serve the Property

 

(v)                                any landlords fixtures and fittings within the Property

 

But excluding:

 

(a)                                  the structure of any walls partitions floor and ceiling slabs or joists bounding the Property and of the columns or structural walls in the Property except as mentioned in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above

 

(b)                                  any Conduits other than those exclusively serving the Property

 

22



 

Part 2

 

Rights Granted to the Tenant

 

1.                                       The right (in common with the Landlord and all other persons from time to time entitled to the like right) of ingress and egress for the Tenant on foot only to and from the Property and such other parts of Building 114 as the Tenant is entitled to use along and through the common accessways entrance staircases passages and lobbies of Building 114.

 

2.                                       The right (in common as aforesaid) of passage of gas electricity water and soil from and to the Property through the Conduits now or hereafter running through under or over other parts of the Estate and serving the Property

 

3.                                       The right (in common as aforesaid) to use such lavatories within the Building as may from time to time be allocated by the Landlord for use by the Tenant

 

4.                                       The right to park private motor vehicles in such car parking areas in the Estate as shall be designated for the use of tenants on the Estate generally (but without liability to provide any minimum number of such spaces) together with the right (in common with the Landlord and all others now or hereafter authorised in that behalf by the Landlord or otherwise so entitled) of access to and egress from such parking spaces to and from the public highway over and along such roads and tracks on the Estate as may from time to time be designated by the Superior Landlord for that purpose

 

23



 

Part 3

 

Rights Reserved to the Landlord

 

(a)                                  the right at all times during the tenancy to use and make connections with all Conduits now or at any time during existing on in or under the Property or any part of it and used for the benefit of any adjoining property of the Landlord or the Superior Landlord and also the right to lay construct maintain and use in or under the Property additional Conduits for the use of such adjoining property with the right to enter upon the Property and to excavate in or under the Property for such purposes or to repair and maintain such services

 

(b)                                  The right to enter onto the Property with environmental consultants appointed by the Landlord with or without vehicles and appropriate equipment and machinery on giving reasonable notice for the purpose of carrying out ground tests surveys drilling boreholes and examinations (the Landlord making good any damage caused thereby) and specifying the remediation works (if any) required to restore the Property to the state and condition required by the Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement

 

(c)                                   The right to enter onto the Property at all times with or without machinery and equipment for the purposes referred to in Clause [5.34] above subject to the Landlord making good all damage and causing no necessary interference with the business of the Tenant

 

(d)                                  The right to grant any wayleave contract easement or licence to any Authority other company or persons with the right to authorised servants and agents of such parties with or without vehicles, animals, machinery and plant to enter upon the Property and carry out their works (subject to the payment of reasonable compensation for damaged, provided that a claim in writing is made by the Tenant to the Landlord within a reasonable time from the occurrence of the damage) together with the benefit of all such contracts, agreements for easements or licences and all rents and other payments reserved.

 

24




Exhibit 10.34

 

DATED            1 JUNE 2012

 

(1) GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

(2) ADAM GEORGE

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

Mayer Brown International LLP

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Appointment

 

5

 

 

 

 

3.

Duties during the Appointment

 

5

 

 

 

 

4.

Confidentiality

 

7

 

 

 

 

5.

Location

 

9

 

 

 

 

6.

Salary

 

9

 

 

 

 

7.

Bonus

 

10

 

 

 

 

8.

Expenses

 

12

 

 

 

 

9.

Ill Health and Injury

 

12

 

 

 

 

10.

Holidays

 

14

 

 

 

 

11.

Benefits during the Appointment

 

14

 

 

 

 

12.

Intellectual Property Rights

 

15

 

 

 

 

13.

Termination

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.

Obligations relating to Termination

 

20

 

 

 

 

15.

Statements and Further Assistance

 

21

 

 

 

 

16.

Data Protection

 

22

 

 

 

 

17.

Use and Monitoring of Equipment

 

23

 

 

 

 

18.

Restrictive Covenants

 

23

 

 

 

 

19.

Continuing Obligations

 

27

 

 

 

 

20.

Corporate Reconstruction

 

27

 

 

 

 

21.

Agreements with other Companies in the Group

 

28

 

 

 

 

22.

Additional Terms

 

28

 

 

 

 

23.

Notices

 

28

 

 

 

 

24.

Miscellaneous

 

28

 



 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

DATE:          1 June 2012

 

PARTIES:

 

(1)                                  GW PHARMA LIMITED whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ (“the Company”); and

 

(2)                                  ADAM GEORGE of [address] (“the Executive”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions :

 

In this Agreement the following words and phrases have the meanings given below:-

 

“Adverse Event”                                                                                                                                 includes, but is not limited to, any development in the economy generally or in the financial sector which is or may be a Detriment ;

 

“Appointment”                                                                                                                                        the employment of the Executive on the terms of this Agreement;

 

“Board”                                                                                                                                                                               the board of directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Board;

 

“Bribe”                                                                                                                                                                                     a financial or other advantage offered to a person, which is intended to induce that person to perform improperly a function or activity, or as a reward for the improper performance of a function or activity or the offer of a promise of a financial or other advantage where the acceptance of the advantage itself constitutes the improper performance of a function or activity;

 

1



 

“Business Unit”                                                                                                                                      means the business division or unit in relation to which any bonus decision was taken and may, where appropriate, include more than one business division or unit as the case may require;

 

“Control”                                                                                                                                                                         shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1124 Corporation Tax Act 2010 or the power of any person whether alone or together with any other person acting in concert with him to control the composition of the Board.  For the avoidance of doubt there shall be no change of control if Control of the Company is acquired by another company, the shares of which, immediately following such acquisition, are all held by the holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in materially the same proportion as they held shares in the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or (ii) where Clause 20 applies.

 

“Data Controller”                                                                                                                       shall have the meaning given to it by Section 1(1) Data Protection Act 1998;

 

“day’s salary”                                                                                                                                              1/260th of the Executive’s salary;

 

“Detriment”                                                                                                                                                          a detriment which the Company, in good faith, considers has or may have an adverse impact on the Company, or any relevant associated Company or any relevant Business Unit, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

 

·              any financial loss (whether impacting the financial results for the current year or a previous year);

 

·              any reputational damage;

 

·              a restatement in any of the Group accounts;

 

·              any sanction from any government agency or any regulatory authority;

 

“Effective Date”                                                                                                                                  1 June 2012;

 

“Executive’s Personal Data”                                                               Personal Data and Sensitive Personal Data;

 

2



 

“Group”                                                                                                                                                                              any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006;

 

“holiday year”                                                                                                                                           the calendar year;

 

“London Stock Exchange”                                                                          London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Personal Data”                                                                                                                                   personal data (as defined by s.1(1) Data Protection Act 1998) about the Executive;

 

“Remuneration Committee”                                                                 the committee of directors of the Company as appointed by the Board to determine the remuneration from time to time of the Company’s executives;

 

“salary”                                                                                                                                                                               the salary payable from time to time under Clause 6.1;

 

“Scheme”                                                                                                                                                                        the permanent health insurance scheme referred to in Clause 11.4;

 

“Sensitive Personal Data”                                                                              data about the Executive’s:

 

(i)                              racial or ethnic origins;

 

(ii)                           political opinions;

 

(iii)                        religious beliefs or other beliefs of a similar nature;

 

(iv)                       membership of a trade union;

 

(v)                          physical or mental health or condition;

 

(vi)                       sexual life; or

 

3



 

(vii)                    commission or alleged commission of any offence, or any proceedings for any offence committed or alleged to have been committed by him, the disposal of such proceedings or any sentence of any court in connection with such proceedings;

 

“termination”                                                                                                                                                the ending of the Appointment however it arises and irrespective of its cause or manner but excluding wrongful termination by the Company in relation to Clause 18;

 

“TUPE”                                                                                                                                                                                the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006; and

 

“UKLA”                                                                                                                                                                            the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

1.2                                Construction:

 

(a)                                  References to acting directly or indirectly include acting alone or jointly with or on behalf of or by means of another person and/or giving advice or providing services with a view to assisting another person.

 

(b)                                  References to a person include an individual, firm, corporation and any other organisation however it is constituted and words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c)                                   References to an individual holding a position in the Company or the Group mean the holder of that position from time to time or his nominee or such other representative as the Board may nominate.

 

(d)                                  References to statutory provisions are construed as references to those provisions as amended or re-enacted from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and references to documents are construed as references to documents as replaced or amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

 

4



 

2.                                       APPOINTMENT

 

2.1                                Upon and subject to the terms of the Appointment, the Company will from the Effective Date employ the Executive as Finance Director and the Executive agrees to serve the Company in that capacity, or in such other capacity of similar status as may reasonably be required of him from time to time by the Board.

 

2.2                                The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

3.                                       DUTIES DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

3.1                                The Executive will (unless prevented by ill health or injury) devote the whole of his working time, attention and abilities during the Appointment to the business of the Group and will not without the prior written consent of the Board (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)

 

(a)                                  accept any other appointment, work for or be directly or indirectly engaged in or concerned with the conduct of any other business;  or

 

(b)                                  be directly or indirectly financially interested in any business which may be considered competitive to the business of the Company (and which therefore compromises his ability to perform his duties to the Company under this contract), other than through his holding or being interested in bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange.

 

3.2                                During the Appointment the Executive will :-

 

(a)                                  loyally and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers for the Group as the Board may from time to time reasonably require, and accept without further payment other offices within the Group;

 

(b)                                  keep the Board properly and regularly informed about the business of the Group and his activities in those businesses;

 

(c)                                   comply with the reasonable and lawful directions given from time to time by the Board;

 

(d)                                comply with his common law, fiduciary and statutory obligations as a director (as set out in the Companies Act 2006), the Company’s articles of association,

 

5



 

the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable rules and regulations of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange and any other applicable stock exchange, the code mentioned in Clause 3.9, any other internal codes of conduct for employees of the Group and all relevant policies and procedures;

 

(e)                                 co-operate with the Group in complying with its obligations on health and safety;

 

(f)                                  promptly give the Company such information as the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal obligations or the requirements of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange or any other applicable stock exchange; and

 

(g)                                   promote and protect the interests of the Group, always giving it the full benefit of his knowledge, expertise and skill and will not knowingly or deliberately do anything which is to its detriment.

 

3.3                                The Company may assign to the Executive duties which are either additional to or instead of those referred to in Clause 3.2(a), it being understood that he will not be assigned duties which he cannot in the reasonable opinion of the Board be expected to perform.  The Company may also from time to time appoint any other person to act jointly with the Executive in the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers.

 

3.4                                The duties of the Executive as a director of the Company and any other member of the Group are subject to the relevant Articles of Association from time to time.

 

3.5                                The Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly receive or retain any payment or benefit, either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.6                                The Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  offer, promise or give a Bribe;

 

(b)                                  request, agree to receive, receive or accept a Bribe; or

 

(c)                                   Bribe a foreign public official;

 

either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

6


 

3.7                                If the Executive becomes aware of another individual who performs services for or on behalf of the Group engaging in one of the activities set out in Clause 3.6, he must report it immediately in accordance with the Company’s Whistleblowing Policy. Failure to act in accordance with this clause could result in the Executive being found guilty of an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 and/or the Executive having a sanction imposed upon him pursuant to the Company’s Disciplinary Policy, up to and including, dismissal.  The Executive is expected to be familiar with the terms of any anti-bribery and corruption policies issued by the Company or the Group from time to time.

 

3.8                                As part of and in the normal course of his duties, the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  continue to carry out research into and development of the processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which are from time to time used, made or undertaken by the Group or which could be used, made or undertaken by it, and will invent discover, design, develop or improve them for the benefit of and for use by the Group; and

 

(b)                                  seek and pursue the adoption and development of new processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which could be used, made or undertaken by the Group.

 

3.9                             During the Appointment or while he is a director of any company in the Group the Executive will comply and will procure, so far as he is able, that his spouse and dependant children (if any) or any trust in which he, his spouse or dependant children may be concerned or interested in as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees applicable within the Group.  The Executive confirms that a copy of the current code has been given to him.

 

4.                                       CONFIDENTIALITY

 

4.1                                The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company he will have access to and will be entrusted with confidential information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Group.  This includes but is not limited to information and secrets relating to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

7



 

(b)                                  business methods and processes, technical information and know-how relating to the Group’s business and which is not in the public domain, including inventions, designs, programs, techniques, database systems, formulae and ideas;

 

(c)                                   business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with them and their current or future requirements;

 

(d)                                  information on employees, including their particular skills and areas of expertise, and their terms of employment;

 

(e)                                   stock levels, sales, expenditure levels and pricing policies;

 

(f)                                    budgets, management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports;

 

(g)                                   unpublished price sensitive information or potentially price sensitive information and inside information or potential inside information relating to shares or securities listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange;  and

 

(h)                                  any document marked “confidential” or orally communicated as being “confidential” or any information not in the public domain,

 

together, the “Confidential Information”.

 

4.2                                The Executive will not during the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties and then only to those who need to know such Confidential Information) or thereafter (except with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law):-

 

(a)                                  divulge or communicate to any person (including any representative of the press or broadcasting or other media);

 

(b)                                  cause or facilitate any unauthorised disclosure through any failure by him to exercise all due care and diligence of; or

 

(c)                                   make use of (other than for the benefit of the Group) of

 

any Confidential Information which may have come to his knowledge during his employment with the Company or in respect of which the Group may be bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party.  The Executive will also use his best endeavours to use adequate security measures and prevent the publication or disclosure of any such Confidential Information.  These restrictions will not apply

 

8



 

after the Appointment has terminated to Confidential Information which has become available to the public generally, otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure.

 

4.3                                All notes, memoranda, and other records (however stored) made by the Executive during his employment with the Company and which relate to the business of the Group will belong to the relevant member of the Group and will promptly be handed over to the Company (or as the Company directs) from time to time on request and at the end of the Appointment, without copies being kept by the Executive or anyone else on his behalf.  The Executive agrees, on return of such records, to give an undertaking that he has not retained any Confidential Information or any copies of it.

 

5.                                       LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based at the Company’s offices at Porton Down but it is considered a requirement of the role for the Executive to work at the Company’s offices in central London (or other Company locations) for three days per week. The Company reserves the right at its sole discretion to require the Executive to work on a permanent basis from the Company’s London office.

 

6.                                       SALARY

 

6.1                                The Company will pay to the Executive a salary at the rate of £125,000 per annum, including any director’s fees to which he may be entitled as a director of the Group.  This salary will accrue from day to day and will normally be payable by equal instalments in arrears at the end of each month, and will be subject to such deductions as may be required by law or under the terms of the Appointment.

 

6.2                                The Remuneration Committee will review the Executive’s Salary annually, but such review does not necessarily imply an increase.  The review will take account of such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Company and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.  Any increase in the rate of the Executive’s Salary will normally be effective from 1 January in each year following the review.

 

6.3                                The Executive will also be eligible for a car allowance of £15,600 per annum.  The car allowance will be paid monthly, less such deductions as are required by law.  It will not be part of the Executive’s salary and will not count towards any salary related benefits, including his pension.

 

9



 

6.4                                The Group may deduct from any money owed to the Executive any money which the Executive, owes or may be owing to the Company or any other member of the Group.

 

7.                                       BONUS

 

7.1                                The Executive will, in addition to his salary, be eligible for a discretionary bonus. The terms and amount of this bonus (and whether it is paid in cash or in other forms, such as shares or share options, whether it vests immediately or over a period of time, or whether it is subject to adjustment after grant) will be decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.  Any payment will not form part of the Executive’s salary, and will not be taken into account in calculating any benefits which are calculated by reference to salary.  In determining whether a bonus is to be paid, and if so the size of that bonus, the Remuneration Committee may take into account such factors as it considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.

 

7.2                                For the avoidance of doubt, bonus will not accrue, nor will the Executive have any legitimate expectation as to the size or form of the discretionary bonus, until the Company pays it to him and any communication before a bonus is paid shall be treated as indicative only. There are no circumstances whether in reliance on express or implied terms or otherwise where the Executive can require pay out of a particular sum or payment in a particular form or claim compensation for loss of such a bonus. Upon the Termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.3 or 13.4, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any bonus scheme.

 

7.3                                It is agreed that, where the Company operates a bonus scheme for a particular period, the Company will have a complete and unfettered discretion to alter, amend or discontinue any bonus scheme at the end of that period, in respect of any subsequent period and the Executive will have no expectation of a continuation of the previous bonus scheme.

 

7.4                                Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, it is agreed that, where a bonus scheme has been announced by the Company covering a period of time (e.g. annual), during that period, notwithstanding the provisions of any bonus scheme or bonus arrangements, the Company shall have the right to alter, substitute or cancel any scheme or arrangement,

 

10



 

or to alter, substitute or cancel any provisions of any such scheme or arrangement, or any payments or benefits to be provided under such scheme or arrangement in its sole discretion at any time, where it deems it necessary to do so as a result of legal regulatory or compliance reasons, regardless of whether such a change will or may have retrospective effect.  Such changes shall take effect from the date specified by the Company, whether that date is before or after the date of the communication of such change.

 

7.5                                In the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other scheme or arrangement the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.6                                Without prejudice to Clause 7 in respect of any bonus (or part of any bonus) (and whether in cash or any other form whatsoever) awarded to the Executive (whether in cash or in any other form whatsoever), which has not yet been paid or vested under the terms of the award, if:

 

(a)                                  the Executive has engaged in conduct which justifies summary dismissal without notice or payment in lieu of notice;  or

 

(b)                                  an Adverse Event has taken place,

 

then (without prejudice to any other claims which the Company may have) the Company may determine that all or part of the said bonus is forfeited or reduced, with immediate effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(a)                                  the Company may make a determination under this Clause 7.6 in relation to the Executive as an individual or as a member of a class; and

 

(b)                                  this Clause 7.6 will continue to apply after the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason including its termination to either party in breach.

 

The Executive shall have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of any tax or social security deductions that are made in respect of any bonus awarded in the event that any such bonus is subsequently declared by the Company to be forfeited or reduced.

 

11



 

8.                                       EXPENSES

 

The Executive will be entitled, upon production of satisfactory evidence of payment or expenditure, to be reimbursed all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly and wholly incurred by him in the performance of his duties.

 

9.                                       ILL HEALTH AND INJURY

 

9.1                                If at any time during the Appointment the Executive is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury, he will nevertheless, for so long as the Appointment remains in force, be entitled to his salary during any period of incapacity of not more than 180 days (whether consecutive or not) in any period of fifty-two consecutive weeks.  Thereafter, for so long as the Appointment remains in effect and subject to Clauses 9.5 to 9.7, any further payments will be limited to those payments which may be due under the Scheme or, if no payments are due, to such salary as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Board and, as a condition of any such payment, the Executive may be required to comply with Clause 14 as if the Appointment had been terminated.

 

9.2                                The payment of any such salary will be:-

 

(a)                                  subject to the production of satisfactory evidence from a registered medical practitioner in respect of any period of absence in excess of seven consecutive days;  and

 

(b)                                  inclusive of any statutory sick pay to which the Executive may be entitled and the Company may deduct from his salary the amount of any social security benefits he may receive or be entitled to receive.

 

9.3                                The Executive will promptly inform the Company if he is unable to perform his duties as a result of ill health or injury caused by a third party and for which compensation is or may be recoverable.  In return for the Company continuing to pay his salary and to provide other benefits during the Appointment, he will take such action as the Company may reasonably request in connection with pursuing a claim against such third party, in order to recover for the benefit of the Company the costs of continuing the Appointment.  He will keep the Company regularly informed of the progress of any claim, provide such information about it as the Company may from time to time reasonably require, and will immediately notify the Company in writing of any compromise, settlement, award or judgment.  He will, upon being requested to do so, refund to the Company the lesser of the amount recovered by him (after deducting any related costs borne by him) and the aggregate cost of the salary and other benefits paid

 

12



 

to him during his ill health or injury and will hold these proceeds on trust for the Company to apply them in repayment of this obligation.

 

9.4                                At the request and expense of the Company the Executive will from time to time submit himself to a medical examination by a suitably qualified person of the Company’s choice, whether or not he is unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury.  If such person is unable to confirm that he is fit to perform his duties or if there are factors which such person considers are relevant to the performance of those duties, the Executive will co-operate in ensuring the prompt delivery of all relevant medical reports to the Company and will allow the Company access to any relevant medical report which has been prepared by a medical practitioner responsible for his clinical care.

 

9.5                                 At any time during his incapacity the Company may refer the Executive to the insurers of the Scheme subject always, to the provisions of Clause 11.4 and Clause 11.6.

 

9.6                                 If any claim under the Scheme is accepted in whole or in part:

 

(a)                                the Company will immediately upon that acceptance cease to be under any obligation to pay any amounts or to provide any benefits to the Executive other than those provided under the terms of the Scheme;  and

 

(b)                                the provisions of Clause 14 will immediately apply as if the Appointment had terminated.  The Company will then automatically become entitled to appoint a successor to the Executive to perform all or any of his duties and Clause 3 will be amended accordingly.

 

9.7                              If the Board considers that the Executive is likely to qualify for payments under the Scheme or upon acceptance of his claim under Clause 9.6 and for so long as he receives benefits under the Scheme, the Company will not terminate the Appointment on arbitrary or capricious grounds or if its sole intention is to deprive him of the benefits under the Scheme.  Nothing in this Clause 9 will prevent the Company from terminating the Appointment on any other grounds, including if it is not a requirement that the Executive remains an employee of the Company in order to receive the benefits under the Scheme.

 

9.8                              If the Executive has been incapacitated by ill health or injury for the period set out in Clause 9.1, the Company may, at any time prior to both his full recovery and full return to work, notwithstanding any other provision of the Appointment, terminate it with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Executive.

 

13



 

10.                                HOLIDAYS

 

10.1                         The Executive will (in addition to normal public holidays) be entitled to 25 paid days’ holiday in each complete holiday year during the Appointment. The Executive is expected to take no fewer than 20 working days holiday in each holiday year.  This holiday is to be taken at such times as are convenient to the Company in line with its operational requirements and the availability of other directors of the Company.  The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding holiday during any period of notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable Clause 13.2, or for which he is not required to work pursuant to Clause 13.4.

 

10.2                         The entitlement to holiday accrues pro rata throughout each holiday year.  Any entitlement to holiday remaining at the end of any holiday year will lapse (unless such entitlement arises according to the circumstances stated in Clause 10.1.), unless otherwise permitted by the Board, and no salary in lieu of such entitlement will be paid.

 

10.3                         On the termination of the Appointment (other than by reason of Clause 13.3 or where he terminates the Appointment in breach of its terms) the Executive will be entitled to a day’s salary in lieu of each day’s holiday accrued due but not taken in respect of the holiday year in which termination takes effect.  If he has taken holiday in excess of his accrued entitlement, the Company may deduct a day’s salary for each excess day taken from any monies owed to him by the Company.

 

11.                                BENEFITS DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

11.1                         The Executive will arrange his own personal pension scheme into which the Company will, for each complete year of the Appointment, contribute on a monthly basis a sum equal (unless the Executive requests a lower payment) to 17.5 per cent of his salary, provided that the Executive’s scheme is a “registered scheme” for the purposes of the Finance Act 2004 and the Company’s contributions to the scheme do not exceed the “annual allowance” as defined in the Finance Act 2004.  It will be the Executive’s responsibility to decide whether to limit the Company’s contributions to a lower amount, in light of any change in legislation or any retirement benefits accruing to the Executive under other registered pension schemes or otherwise, in order to avoid liability for any charge to income tax in respect of these contributions.

 

11.2                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement pay all necessary premiums and make all necessary payments to provide the Executive with life assurance cover which in the event of the Executive’s death while employed under this Agreement shall pay

 

14



 

to the Executive’s chosen dependants a sum equal to six times his basic salary, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company including the requirement for a medical examination.

 

11.3                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement cover the cost of membership for the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and children under the age of 18 or in full time education of an appropriate private patients medical plan with “BUPA” or such other reputable medical insurance scheme as the Company shall decide from time to time, subject to the rules of the scheme and the approval of his application for membership by the relevant insurer.

 

11.4                         The Company shall pay all premiums and make all necessary payments to make available the Scheme for the benefit of the Executive upon such terms as shall provide for the payment to the Executive throughout the period of any qualifying ill-health or disability (with the exception of the first 26 consecutive weeks thereof) of sums at a rate per annum equal to 75 per cent of pensionable salary on the date such absence commences less the amount of a single person’s state sickness benefits, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company including the requirement for a medical examination and acceptance of the Executive’s claim.

 

11.5                         The provision of these insured benefits will be subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide, including but not limited to deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits and the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.

 

11.6                         The Executive agrees that the provision by the Company of the insured benefits above is on the basis that the Company will have no responsibility for the decisions taken by the insurers about any claim by the Company or the Executive and that there are no circumstances in which the Group can be liable to the Executive for any such benefits, or loss of such benefits, which the insurers have declined to pay for whatever reason.  Any such insured benefits will be subject always to the terms of the relevant insurance policy between the Company and the insurer.

 

12.                                INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1                         For the purpose of this Clause 12:

 

(a)                                “Intellectual Property” means all present and future intellectual property, including patents, inventions, utility models, trade and service marks, trade names, domain names, rights in designs, copyrights, moral rights, topography

 

15



 

rights, rights in databases, trade secrets and know-how, in all cases whether or not registered or registrable and including registrations and applications for registration of any of these and rights to apply for the same and all rights and forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of these anywhere in the world (whether now known or in the future created), in each case for the full term thereof including all renewals and extensions;

 

(b)                                “Executive Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop during the period of his employment (whether or not made, originated or developed during normal working hours) and which affect or relate to or connect to the business of the Group from time to time or are capable of being used or adapted for use in it, other than any Executive Inventions; and

 

(c)                                 “Executive Invention” means all inventions (which term bears the same meaning as in the Patents Act 1977) which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop either in the course of (i) his normal duties where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (ii) duties falling outside his normal duties, but specifically assigned to him where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (iii) duties where, at the time of making the invention, because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from the nature of his duties he had a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and/or the Group.

 

12.2                         Any Executive Intellectual Property and any Executive Inventions will be notified and disclosed by the Executive to the Company in an appropriate manner (bearing in mind the need to keep inventions confidential) as soon as it comes into existence, and the Executive will keep any such Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Inventions confidential.  In the case of Executive Inventions the notification and disclosure obligations in this Clause 12.2 apply irrespective of whether the Company is entitled to ownership of such Executive Invention by virtue of s39 Patents Act 1977.  If the Company is not entitled to ownership, it shall keep the information confidential in accordance with Clause 4 of this Agreement (unless otherwise agreed).

 

12.3                         Save as provided by law and in particular as provided by the Patents Act 1977, all Executive Inventions or Executive Intellectual Property will belong to the Company.

 

16


 

Insofar as permissible by law, the Executive hereby assigns to the Company absolutely with full title guarantee and free from all encumbrances (by way of present assignment of all future rights) all rights, title and interest in and to the Executive Invention and Executive Intellectual Property.  Any Executive Invention or Executive Intellectual Property which cannot be assigned to the Company in accordance with this Clause 12.3 will insofar as permissible by law be held on trust by the Executive for the benefit of the Company (or relevant member of the Group) until the same are vested absolutely in the Company.

 

12.4         The Executive acknowledges, including for the purpose of s39 Patents Act 1977, that because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from those duties, his employment with the Company carries with it a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and other members of the Group.

 

12.5         The Executive undertakes that, at the Company’s expense and upon request (whether during or after the termination of the Appointment), he will execute such documents, make such applications, give such assistance and do such acts and things as may be necessary to enable the Company or relevant member of the Group to enjoy the full benefit of this Clause 12.5, whether during or after termination of the Appointment.  This will include the giving of assistance or advice (including giving evidence if so required) in connection with:

 

(a)            the prosecution of any applications for the registration of;

 

(b)            any claims or proceedings brought to prevent or bring to an end the infringement of;

 

(c)            all steps necessary to assign; and/or;

 

(d)            any claims or proceedings concerning or affecting the validity of,

 

any Executive Intellectual Property and/or any rights in any Executive Invention.

 

12.6         Should the Executive fail to comply with a request under Clause 12.5, the Executive hereby grants to any duly authorised representative of the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to this Clause 12.

 

12.7         Immediately upon the termination of the Appointment or earlier at the Company’s request, the Executive will deliver up to the Company the subject matter of, and all data relating to, all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions

 

17



 

(including all related documents and materials and, in the case of software, all source code in a format or formats reasonably requested by the Company) in the Executive’s possession, custody or power; and ensure that all know-how relating to all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions is recorded on the Company’s know-how systems or otherwise communicated or made available to the Company.

 

12.8         Following termination of the Appointment, the Executive:

 

(a)            will make himself available to explain know-how or other aspects of any Executive Intellectual Property and/or Executive Inventions, if reasonably requested by the Company; and

 

(b)            will keep all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions confidential unless or until they are disclosed in the public domain or otherwise cease to be confidential through no fault or act of the Executive .

 

12.9         The Executive irrevocably waives all moral rights which he might otherwise have or be deemed to have under Chapter IV Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 or under any other similar law anywhere in the world.

 

12.10       Save as provided by law and set out herein, the Executive has no rights to additional remuneration or compensation in respect of any Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Invention.

 

13.           TERMINATION

 

13.1         Subject to Clause 13.2, the the Appointment will continue until either party gives to the other not less than six months’ written notice. Subject to future approval from the Remuneration Committee, we would expect to increase this notice period to twelve months after you served for two years as an Executive Director.

 

13.2         During the first two years immediately following the Effective Date the notice period required from the Company under Clause 13.1 shall increase to 12 months if the Company gives notice to terminate the Appointment (save for any lawful termination in accordance with Clause 13.3):

 

(a)            during the three month period immediately following a change of Control of the Company; or

 

(b)            during the three month period immediately before or immediately after the Company’s securities being listed on a US investment exchange and offered to the public for the first time, where the Company’s predominant reason for such termination is the Company’s decision to list its securities on a US investment exchange.

 

18



 

The Executive’s entitlement to 12 months’ notice in accordance with this Clause 13.2 is conditional upon him (and the Executive’s legal adviser) signing a compromise agreement prepared by the Company, within 14 days of being provided with a copy of such agreement and executing such other documents in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company as it may require.  If the Executive fails to comply with this condition, his entitlement to 12 months’ notice will lapse, and he will revert to his notice entitlement under Clause 13.1. The Compromise Agreement will also confirm that the Executive will comply with all post termination restrictions and obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

13.3         The Company may, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and irrespective of whether the grounds for termination arose before or after the Appointment began, at any time by notice in writing to the Executive terminate the Appointment with immediate effect :-

 

(a)            if a petition is presented or any order is made or any notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing a resolution for his bankruptcy or he becomes bankrupt or makes any composition or enters into any deed of arrangement with his creditors generally;

 

(b)            if he is prohibited by law or by any decision of a regulatory body from being a director or taking part in the management of the Group or ceases to be a director of the Company without the consent of the Board;

 

(c)            if he is convicted of

 

(i)             a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect his position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of his duties and the capacity in which he is employed; or

 

(ii)            an offence relating to insider dealing;

 

(d)            if he commits, in the opinion of the Financial Services Authority, the civil offence of market abuse under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

(e)            if he is guilty of any serious default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Group;

 

(f)             if he commits any serious or repeated breach of his obligations of the Appointment or is guilty of serious neglect or negligence in the performance of his duties; or

 

19



 

(g)            if he behaves in a manner (whether on or off duty) which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute or prejudice its interests or which seriously impairs his ability to perform his duties.

 

13.4         If the Company wishes to terminate the employment of the Executive or if the Executive wishes to leave the employment of the Company in either case before the expiry of the period of notice specified in Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and whether or not notice has been given under that Clause, the Company may require the Executive:

 

(a)            to perform duties not within his normal duties or to undertake special projects; or

 

(b)            not to attend for work for all or any part of the period of notice (if notice has been given) or (if notice has not been given) for a period equivalent to the notice required to be under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2.  For so long as the Executive is not required to work during such period, he will remain an employee of the Company.  He will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements [except for any bonus under Clause 7] and will continue to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement.  He will not directly or indirectly work for any person, have any contact with any customer of the Group or, for business purposes, have contact with any employee of the Group without the prior written agreement of the Board.  If the Executive is not required to attend for work under this Clause the Company shall be entitled to offset any outstanding accrued holiday due to the Executive for each day of non-attendance.

 

14.           OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO TERMINATION

 

14.1         Upon the termination of the Appointment or, upon the exercise by the Company of its right under Clause 13.4(b), the Executive will hand over to the Company all property belonging to any member of the Group relating to its business (including but not limited to any Confidential Information and any Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions) which may be in his possession or under his control, and without him or anyone on his behalf keeping copies of any reproduceable items or extracts from them and without having downloaded any information stored on any computer storage medium.  He will, on being requested to do so, send to the Company Secretary a signed statement that he has complied with this sub-clause;

 

20



 

14.2         Upon the termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.4, the Executive will resign at the request of the Company, without claim for compensation, from all offices held by him in the Group and from all trusteeships held by him of any pension scheme or other trusts established by the Company or any other member of the Group.  Should he fail to do so the Board is irrevocably authorised to appoint a person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations.  Such resignations will be given and accepted without prejudice to any claims which the Company and the Executive may have arising out of or in connection with the Appointment and its termination.

 

14.3         Upon the Termination of the Appointment, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any share options or long term incentive plans in which he may participate or have received grants or allocations at or before the date the Appointment terminates.  Any rights which he may have under such schemes will be exclusively governed by the rules of such schemes.

 

15.           STATEMENTS AND FURTHER ASSISTANCE

 

After the termination of the Appointment the Executive :-

 

(a)            will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about any member of the Group or its officers or employees or represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company; and

 

(b)            will co-operate with any member of the Group for whom he performed duties by providing such reasonable assistance as may be required in connection with any matter, where it considers that the Executive has knowledge or information which is relevant to such claim.  The provision of such assistance may include attending meetings, giving and signing statements and attending hearings at such times and at such locations that may be convenient to the Executive.  The Company will reasonably compensate the Executive for his time on a per diem basis (with reference to his day’s salary under this contract of employment or such other amount as the Executive can reasonably justify with reference to his usual employment terms at that time).  The Company will reimburse the Executive for his reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

 

21



 

16.           DATA PROTECTION

 

16.1        For the purpose of the Data Protection Act 1998, the Company is the Data Controller in respect of all Executive’s Personal Data processed under this Clause 16.  The Executive’s Personal Data may be processed (which includes, without limitation, the collection, retention, use and disclosure (both electronically and manually)) solely for purposes relating to the Executive’s employment and the operation, management, security and administration of the business of the Company or any other member of the Group.  This may include but is not limited to processing done in connection with:

 

(a)            administering and maintaining personnel records;

 

(b)            planning, paying and reviewing salary and other remuneration and benefits;

 

(c)            planning, providing and administering benefits whether statutory or contractual;

 

(d)            assessments of the Executive’s performance or conduct including performance appraisals and reviews and for disciplinary and grievance procedure purposes;

 

(e)            maintaining sickness and other absence records;

 

(f)             maintaining health and safety records and ensuring a safe working environment;

 

(g)            taking decisions on the Executive’s fitness to work and complying with obligations under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

(h)            providing references and information to future employers (whether inside the Group or outside the Group);

 

(i)             providing information to the appropriate external authorities for tax, social security and other purposes as required by law to comply with any statutory duty;

 

(j)             equal opportunities, ethnic monitoring and compliance with legal obligations in connection with them;

 

(k)            providing information to any future purchasers of the Company or to any transferees of the business in which the Executive works, including but not limited to, for due diligence purposes; and

 

22



 

(l)             planning or reviewing options, in relation to the operation or management of the Company.

 

16.2         The Executive, by signing this agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be processed and also consents to such processing for those purposes.  Furthermore, the Executive, by signing this Agreement, explicitly consents to the processing of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

16.3         The Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes) located in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area for any of the above purposes.  The Executive, by signing this Agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred and the recipients of such Personal Data and that he also consents to transfers for those purposes.  Furthermore, the Executive explicitly consents to the transfer of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

17.           USE AND MONITORING OF EQUIPMENT

 

17.1         Unless he has the prior written consent of the Chairman, the Executive will not use any computer hardware or software or any other technical equipment or systems owned, licensed or rented:

 

(a)            by the Company for any purpose other than to carry out his proper duties; or

 

(b)            by him or any person other than the Company for any purpose connected with the carrying out of his proper duties.

 

17.2         The Executive agrees that the Group may monitor, intercept or record his use of office equipment, including but not limited to: email, the internet, his telephone and any mobile phone issued to the Executive by the Company.

 

18.           RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

18.1         Without prejudice to Clause 3, during the Appointment and for the periods set out below after the termination of the Appointment less in the case of Clause 18.1(a) any period during which the Executive is not required to attend for work pursuant to Clause 13.4, he will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to do any of the following:

 

23



 

(a)            for 12 months, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory.  Competitive Services will be provided within the Territory of any business in which the Executive is to be involved is located, or will be located, or is conducted or will be conducted, wholly or partly within the Territory;

 

(b)            for 12 months entice, induce or encourage a Customer to transfer or remove custom from the Company or any other member of the Group;

 

(c)            for 12 months solicit or accept business from a Customer for the supply of Competitive Services; or

 

(d)            for 12 months entice, induce or encourage an Employee to leave or seek to leave his or her position with the Company or any other member of the Group for the purpose of being involved in or concerned with the supply of Competitive Services, regardless of whether or not that Employee acts in breach of his or her contract of employment with the Company or any other member of the Group by so doing.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.1(a) will prevent the Executive, after the termination of his employment, from holding bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised investment exchange; .

 

18.2         For the purpose of this Clause 18:

 

(a)            “Customer” means a person:

 

(i)             who is at the expiry of the Relevant Period or who was at any time during the Relevant Period a customer of the Company or any Associated Company (whether or not goods or services were actually provided during such period) or to whom at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any Associated Company was actively and directly seeking to supply goods or services, in either case for the purpose of a Relevant Business; and

 

(ii)            with whom the Executive or an Employee in a Relevant Business reporting directly to him had dealings at any time during the Relevant Period or and/or for whom the Executive was responsible and/or about

 

24



 

whom he was in possession of confidential information, in any such case in the performance of his or their duties to the Company or any Associated Company;

 

Nothing in Clause 18.2(a)(i) will include a person who indicates unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that such person would not be a customer for the purposes of that Clause.

 

(b)            “Competitive Services” means goods or services competitive with those which during or at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was supplying or negotiating or actively and directly seeking to supply to a Customer for the purpose of a Relevant Business, but excluding such types of goods or services if they were only provided to persons who indicated unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that they would not be a customer for the purposes of Clause 18.2 (a)(i);

 

(c)            “Relevant Business” means the areas of business of the Company or any other member of the Group in which, pursuant to his duties, the Executive was materially involved, or in respect of which the Executive was in possession of Confidential Information, in either case at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

(d)            “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country or, in the United States, any state in which the Company or any other member of the Group is operating or planning to operate Relevant Business at the expiry of the Relevant Period.  Relevant Business will be operating within the Territory at the expiry of the Relevant Period if it has been conducted or promoted during the Relevant Period;

 

(e)            “Employee” means a person who:

 

(i)             is employed in or who renders services to Relevant Business of the Company or any other member of the Group in a [managerial or marketing or sales or distribution or senior capacity];

 

(ii)            has responsibility for customers of the Company or any other member of the Group or influence over them; or

 

(iii)           is in possession of confidential information about the Group’s business;

 

25



 

and who in any such case was so employed and so rendered services during the Relevant Period and who:

 

(i)             had dealings with the Executive during the Relevant Period; or

 

(ii)            about whom at the end of the Relevant Period the Executive had confidential or sensitive information by virtue of the Executive’s duties;

 

(f)             “Relevant Period” means:

 

(i)             the period of the Appointment, in relation to the Executive’s actions during the Appointment; and

 

(ii)            the period of twelve months ending on the last day of the Appointment or the period of the Appointment if shorter than twelve months, in relation to the Executive’s actions following the end of the Appointment.

 

18.3         Each sub-clause and part of such sub-clause of this Clause constitutes an entirely separate and independent restriction and does not operate to limit any other obligation owed by the Executive, whether that obligation is express or implied by law.  If any restriction is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is intended and understood by the parties that such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the remaining restrictions.

 

18.4         The Executive acknowledges that each of the restrictions in this Clause go no further than is necessary for the protection of the Company’s and each other member of the Group’s legitimate business interests.

 

18.5         Before accepting any offer of employment, either during the Appointment or during the continuance of the restrictions in this Clause 18, the Executive will immediately provide to the person making such offer a complete signed copy of this Agreement.

 

18.6         Where the Executive’s employment transfers to an employer other than the Company pursuant to TUPE, the new employer may amend the restrictions, taking into account the new employer’s business, to ensure that the restrictions in Clause 18 continue to go no further than is necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the new employer (and any group of which it is a member).  Subject to any such amendment,

 

26



 

or if no such amendment is made, the parties agree that, following such TUPE transfer, the interpretation of the restrictions in Clause 18 will depend on whether the Relevant Period includes a period prior to the TUPE transfer.  If it does not include such a period, then the references to the Company and Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any Group of which it is a member.  Otherwise, the references to the Company and the Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any group in which it is a member only in respect of the portion of the Relevant Period following the date of the transfer, and the references to the Company and the Group shall apply in respect of the remainder of the Relevant Period to the employer and the Group as they were immediately prior to the date of transfer .

 

19.           CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The termination of the Appointment will not affect the rights or remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any of its provisions or the continuing obligations of the Executive or the Company (as the case may be) under any provision of this Agreement expressed to have effect after the Appointment has terminated.

 

20.           CORPORATE RECONSTRUCTION

 

If the Appointment terminates

 

(a)            by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction; or

 

(b)            as part of any arrangement for the amalgamation of the undertaking of the Company not involving liquidation; or

 

(c)            as part of any arrangement for the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company to any other member of the Group,

 

and the Executive is offered employment of a similar nature with any person resulting from such amalgamation or reconstruction or with any person with which the undertaking of the Company is amalgamated with any other member of the Group on terms which when taken as a whole are not less favourable to the Executive than the terms of the Appointment, the Executive will have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of the termination of the Appointment by reason of the events described in (a), (b) or (c) of this Clause.

 

27


 

21.           AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER COMPANIES IN THE GROUP

 

21.1         This Agreement is entered into by the Company for itself and in trust for each other member of the Group with the intention that each company will be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement directly against the Executive.

 

21.2         The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 will not create any rights in favour of the Executive in relation to the benefits granted now or at any time in connection with his employment.

 

22.           ADDITIONAL TERMS

 

The terms set out in the Schedule are added in compliance with the requirements of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

23.           NOTICES

 

All notices and other communications relating to the Appointment will take effect if delivered, upon delivery;  if posted, at the earlier of the time of delivery and (if posted in the United Kingdom by first class post) 10.00am on the second business day after posting;  or if sent by facsimile, when a complete and legible copy of the communication has been received.  Any communications posted to the Executive should be sent to his last known domestic address or his last known home fax number.  Any communications posted to the Company should be sent to the Company’s head office, for the attention of the Company Secretary.

 

24.           MISCELLANEOUS

 

24.1         This Agreement operates in substitution for and wholly replaces with effect from the Effective Date all terms previously agreed between the Company and the Executive which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent and the Executive acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims against any member of the Group in respect of salary or any matter prior to that date.

 

24.2         The Appointment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and no variation or addition to it and no waiver of any provision will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.  The Company will have no liability or remedy in tort against it in respect of any representation, warranty or other statement (other than those contained in this Agreement) being false, inaccurate or incomplete unless it was made fraudulently. The Executive acknowledges that he is

 

28



 

not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

24.3         In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Company handbook or policies, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

24.4         This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

EXECUTION

 

The parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by executing it below at the end of the Schedule.

 

29



 

SCHEDULE

 

1.              The following terms of the Appointment apply on the date of the Agreement to which this is a Schedule.

 

(a)            The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 17 August 2007.

 

(b)            The Executive has no normal working hours but is required to work during normal business hours and such other hours as may be reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties for the Group.  The Executive agrees that the duration of his working time is not measured or pre-determined and can be determined by him in a manner consistent with the Appointment.

 

(c)            For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days are Monday to Friday.

 

2.              The following information is supplied pursuant to the Employment Rights Act 1996 and reflects the Company’s current practice.

 

(a)            The Executive is expected to exhibit a high standard of propriety, integrity and efficiency in all his dealings with and in the name of the Company and the Group and may be suspended (with pay) or required to take any accrued holiday entitlement during any investigation which it may be necessary for the Company to undertake.

 

(b)            The Company will comply with the terms of its non-contractual disciplinary procedure contained in the Staff Handbook.

 

(c)            If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment or matters where he considers the Company or any other member of the Group is failing to comply fully with its legal obligations, he should refer that grievance to the Chairman.  Should the Executive remain dissatisfied with the decision made, an appeal may be made to the person nominated by the Company to hear the appeal, who will be a director of the Board not previously involved, or any other person outside the Group who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is appropriate to hear such appeal.  The decision of the appeal hearing will be final and binding.

 

30



 

EXECUTION

 

SIGNED by

)

 

Justin Gover, Director

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Justin Gover

G W PHARMA LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a Deed by

)

 

ADAM GEORGE

)

/s/ Adam George

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

Witness’s Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in capitals):

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

31




Exhibit 10.36

 

DATED        14 March 2013

 

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

(2) DR GEOFFREY GUY

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 

Subject to contract

 

 

Mayer Brown International LLP

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

1

 

 

 

2.

Appointment

4

 

 

 

3.

Duties during the Appointment

4

 

 

 

4.

Confidentiality

6

 

 

 

5.

Location

8

 

 

 

6.

Salary

8

 

 

 

7.

Bonus

8

 

 

 

8.

Expenses

10

 

 

 

9.

Ill Health and Injury

10

 

 

 

10.

Holidays

11

 

 

 

11.

Benefits during the Appointment

12

 

 

 

12.

Intellectual Property Rights

13

 

 

 

13.

Termination

15

 

 

 

14.

Obligations relating to Termination

16

 

 

 

15.

Statements and Further Assistance

17

 

 

 

16.

Data Protection

17

 

 

 

17.

Use and Monitoring of Equipment

19

 

 

 

18.

Restrictive Covenants

19

 

 

 

19.

Continuing Obligations

22

 

 

 

20.

Corporate Reconstruction

22

 

 

 

21.

Agreements with other Companies in the Group

22

 

 

 

22.

Additional Terms

22

 

 

 

23.

Notices

22

 

 

 

24.

Miscellaneous

23

 



 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

DATE:                                                         14 March 2013

 

PARTIES:

 

(1)                                  GW RESEARCH LIMITED whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ (“the Company”); and

 

(2)                                  DR GEOFFREY GUY of [address] (“the Executive”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions :

 

In this Agreement the following words and phrases have the meanings given below:

 

“Adverse Event”

 

includes, but is not limited to, any development in the economy generally or in the financial sector which is or may be a Detriment ;

 

 

 

“Appointment”

 

the employment of the Executive on the terms of this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Board”

 

the board of directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Board;

 

 

 

“Bribe”

 

a financial or other advantage offered to a person, which is intended to induce that person to perform improperly a function or activity, or as a reward for the improper performance of a function or activity or the offer of a promise of a financial or other advantage where the acceptance of the advantage itself constitutes the improper performance of a function or activity;

 

 

 

“Business Unit”

 

means the business division or unit in relation to which any bonus decision was taken and may, where appropriate, include more than one business division or unit as the case may require;

 

 

 

“Control”

 

shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1124 Corporation Tax Act 2010 or the power of any person whether alone or together with any other person acting in concert with him to control the composition of the Board. For the avoidance of

 

1



 

 

 

doubt there shall be no change of control if Control of the Company is acquired by another company, the shares of which, immediately following such acquisition, are all held by the holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in materially the same proportion as they held shares in the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or (ii) where Clause 20 applies;

 

 

 

“Data Controller”

 

shall have the meaning given to it by Section 1(1) Data Protection Act 1998;

 

 

 

“day’s salary”

 

1/260th of the Executive’s salary;

 

 

 

“Detriment”

 

a detriment which the Company, in good faith, considers has or may have an adverse impact on the Company, or any relevant associated Company or any relevant Business Unit, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

·                   any financial loss (whether impacting the financial results for the current year or a previous year);

 

 

 

 

 

·                   any reputational damage;

 

 

 

 

 

·                   a restatement in any of the Group accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

·                   any sanction from any government agency or any regulatory authority;

 

 

 

“Effective Date”

 

18 January 2013;

 

 

 

“Executive’s Personal Data”

 

Personal Data and Sensitive Personal Data;

 

 

 

“Group”

 

any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006;

 

 

 

“holiday year”

 

the calendar year;

 

 

 

“London Stock Exchange”

 

London Stock Exchange plc;

 

 

 

“Parent”

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc;

 

2



 

“Parent Board”

 

the board of directors of the Parent, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Parent Board;

 

 

 

“Personal Data”

 

personal data (as defined by s.1(1) Data Protection Act 1998) about the Executive;

 

 

 

“Remuneration Committee”

 

the committee of directors of the Parent as appointed by the Parent Board to determine the remuneration from time to time of the Group’s executives;

 

 

 

“salary”

 

the salary payable from time to time under Clause 6.1;

 

 

 

“Scheme”

 

the permanent health insurance scheme referred to in Clause 11.4;

 

 

 

“Sensitive Personal Data”

 

data about the Executive’s:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)                        racial or ethnic origins;

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)                     political opinions;

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)                  religious beliefs or other beliefs of a similar nature;

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)                 membership of a trade union;

 

 

 

 

 

(v)                    physical or mental health or condition;

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)                 sexual life; or

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)              commission or alleged commission of any offence, or any proceedings for any offence committed or alleged to have been committed by him, the disposal of such proceedings or any sentence of any court in connection with such proceedings;

 

 

 

“termination”

 

the ending of the Appointment however it arises and irrespective of its cause or manner but excluding wrongful termination by the Company in relation to Clause 18;

 

 

 

“TUPE”

 

the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006; and

 

 

 

“UKLA”

 

the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

3



 

1.2                                Construction:

 

(a)                                  References to acting directly or indirectly include acting alone or jointly with or on behalf of or by means of another person and/or giving advice or providing services with a view to assisting another person.

 

(b)                                  References to a person include an individual, firm, corporation and any other organisation however it is constituted and words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c)                                   References to an individual holding a position in the Company or the Group mean the holder of that position from time to time or his nominee or such other representative as the Board may nominate.

 

(d)                                  Any reference to any consent, requirement, direction, determination or similar action of the Board shall include an equivalent reference in the alternative to the Parent Board.

 

(e)                                   References to statutory provisions are construed as references to those provisions as amended or re-enacted from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and references to documents are construed as references to documents as replaced or amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       APPOINTMENT

 

2.1                                Upon and subject to the terms of the Appointment, the Company will, from the Effective Date, employ the Executive as Executive Chairman, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company in that capacity, or in such other capacity of similar status as may reasonably be required of him from time to time by the Board.

 

2.2                                The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

3.                                       DUTIES DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

3.1                                The Executive will (unless prevented by ill health or injury) devote the whole of his working time, attention and abilities during the Appointment to the business of the Group and will not, without the prior written consent of the Board (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

 

(a)                                  accept any other appointment, work for or be directly or indirectly engaged in or concerned with the conduct of any other business;  or

 

(b)                                  be directly or indirectly financially interested in any business which may be considered competitive to the business of the Group (and which therefore compromises his ability to perform his duties to the Group under this contract), other than through his holding or being interested in bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange.

 

4



 

3.2                                During the Appointment the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  loyally and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers for the Group as the Board may from time to time reasonably require, and accept without further payment other offices within the Group;

 

(b)                                  keep the Board properly and regularly informed about the business of the Group and his activities in those businesses;

 

(c)                                   comply with the reasonable and lawful directions given from time to time by the Board;

 

(d)                                comply with his common law, fiduciary and statutory obligations as a director (as set out in the Companies Act 2006), the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable rules and regulations of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange and any other applicable stock exchange, the code mentioned in Clause 3.9, any other internal codes of conduct for employees of the Group and all relevant policies and procedures;

 

(e)                                 co-operate with the Group in complying with its obligations on health and safety;

 

(f)                                  promptly give the Company such information as the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal obligations or the requirements of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange or any other applicable stock exchange; and

 

(g)                                   promote and protect the interests of the Group, always giving it the full benefit of his knowledge, expertise and skill and will not knowingly or deliberately do anything which is to its detriment.

 

3.3                                The Company may assign to the Executive duties which are either additional to or instead of those referred to in Clause 3.2(a), it being understood that he will not be assigned duties which he cannot in the reasonable opinion of the Board be expected to perform.  The Company may also from time to time appoint any other person to act jointly with the Executive in the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers.

 

3.4                                The duties of the Executive as a director of the Company and any other member of the Group are subject to the relevant Articles of Association from time to time.

 

3.5                                The Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly receive or retain any payment or benefit, either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.6                                The Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                             offer, promise or give a Bribe;

 

(b)                             request, agree to receive, receive or accept a Bribe; or

 

5



 

(c)                              Bribe a foreign public official;

 

either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.7                                If the Executive becomes aware of another individual who performs services for or on behalf of the Group engaging in one of the activities set out in Clause 3.6, he must report it immediately in accordance with the Company’s Whistleblowing Policy. Failure to act in accordance with this clause could result in the Executive being found guilty of an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 and/or the Executive having a sanction imposed upon him pursuant to the Company’s Disciplinary Policy, up to and including, dismissal.  The Executive is expected to be familiar with the terms of any anti-bribery and corruption policies issued by the Company or the Group from time to time.

 

3.8                                As part of and in the normal course of his duties, the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  continue to carry out research into and development of the processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which are from time to time used, made or undertaken by the Group or which could be used, made or undertaken by it, and will invent discover, design, develop or improve them for the benefit of and for use by the Group; and

 

(b)                                  seek and pursue the adoption and development of new processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which could be used, made or undertaken by the Group.

 

3.9                             During the Appointment or while he is a director of any company in the Group the Executive will comply and will procure, so far as he is able, that his spouse and dependant children (if any) or any trust in which he, his spouse or dependant children may be concerned or interested in as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees applicable within the Group.  The Executive confirms that a copy of the current code has been given to him.

 

4.                                       CONFIDENTIALITY

 

4.1                                The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company he will have access to and will be entrusted with confidential information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Group.  This includes but is not limited to information and secrets relating to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business methods and processes, technical information and know-how relating to the Group’s business and which is not in the public domain, including inventions, designs, programs, techniques, database systems, formulae and ideas;

 

6



 

(c)                                   business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with them and their current or future requirements;

 

(d)                                  information on employees, including their particular skills and areas of expertise, and their terms of employment;

 

(e)                                   stock levels, sales, expenditure levels and pricing policies;

 

(f)                                    budgets, management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports;

 

(g)                                   unpublished price sensitive information or potentially price sensitive information and inside information or potential inside information relating to shares or securities listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange;  and

 

(h)                                  any document marked “confidential” or orally communicated as being “confidential” or any information not in the public domain,

 

together, the “Confidential Information”.

 

4.2                                The Executive will not during the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties and then only to those who need to know such Confidential Information) or thereafter (except with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law):

 

(a)                                  divulge or communicate to any person (including any representative of the press or broadcasting or other media);

 

(b)                                  cause or facilitate any unauthorised disclosure through any failure by him to exercise all due care and diligence of; or

 

(c)                                   make use of (other than for the benefit of the Group) of

 

any Confidential Information which may have come to his knowledge during his employment with the Company or in respect of which the Group may be bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party.  The Executive will also use his best endeavours to use adequate security measures and prevent the publication or disclosure of any such Confidential Information.  These restrictions will not apply after the Appointment has terminated to Confidential Information which has become available to the public generally, otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure.

 

4.3                                All notes, memoranda, and other records (however stored) made by the Executive during his employment with the Company and which relate to the business of the Group will belong to the relevant member of the Group and will promptly be handed over to the Company (or as the Company directs) from time to time on request and at the end of the Appointment, without copies being kept by the Executive or anyone else on his behalf.  The Executive agrees, on return of such records, to give an undertaking that he has not retained any Confidential Information or any copies of it.

 

7


 

5.                                       LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based at his home address from time to time, but may be required to work at other locations within the United Kingdom within a 50 mile radius of his home address as the Board may from time to time reasonably determine, whether on a temporary or permanent basis, in the performance of his duties.

 

6.                                       SALARY

 

6.1                                The Company will pay to the Executive a salary at the rate of £322,174 per annum, including any director’s fees to which he may be entitled as a director of the Group.  This salary will accrue from day to day and will normally be payable by equal instalments in arrears at the end of each month, and will be subject to such deductions as may be required by law or under the terms of the Appointment.

 

6.2                                The Remuneration Committee will review the Executive’s Salary annually, but such review does not necessarily imply an increase.  The review will take account of such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Company and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.  Any increase in the rate of the Executive’s Salary will normally be effective from 1 January in each year following the review.

 

6.3                                The Executive will also be eligible for a car allowance of £24,960 per annum.  The car allowance will be paid monthly, less such deductions as are required by law.  It will not be part of the Executive’s salary and will not count towards any salary related benefits, including his pension.

 

6.4                                The Group may deduct from any money owed to the Executive any money which the Executive, owes or may be owing to the Company or any other member of the Group.

 

7.                                       BONUS

 

7.1                                The Executive will, in addition to his salary, be eligible for a discretionary bonus. The terms and amount of this bonus (and whether it is paid in cash or in other forms, such as shares or share options, whether it vests immediately or over a period of time, or whether it is subject to adjustment after grant) will be decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.  Any payment will not form part of the Executive’s salary, and will not be taken into account in calculating any benefits which are calculated by reference to salary.  In determining whether a bonus is to be paid, and if so the size of that bonus, the Remuneration Committee may take into account such factors as it considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.

 

7.2                                For the avoidance of doubt, bonus will not accrue, nor will the Executive have any legitimate expectation as to the size or form of the discretionary bonus, until the Company pays it to him and any communication before a bonus is paid shall be

 

8



 

treated as indicative only. There are no circumstances whether in reliance on express or implied terms or otherwise where the Executive can require pay out of a particular sum or payment in a particular form or claim compensation for loss of such a bonus. Upon the Termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.3 or 13.4, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any bonus scheme.

 

7.3                                It is agreed that, where the Company operates a bonus scheme for a particular period, the Company will have a complete and unfettered discretion to alter, amend or discontinue any bonus scheme at the end of that period, in respect of any subsequent period and the Executive will have no expectation of a continuation of the previous bonus scheme.

 

7.4                                Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, it is agreed that, where a bonus scheme has been announced by the Company covering a period of time (e.g. annual), during that period, notwithstanding the provisions of any bonus scheme or bonus arrangements, the Company shall have the right to alter, substitute or cancel any scheme or arrangement, or to alter, substitute or cancel any provisions of any such scheme or arrangement, or any payments or benefits to be provided under such scheme or arrangement in its sole discretion at any time, where it deems it necessary to do so as a result of legal regulatory or compliance reasons, regardless of whether such a change will or may have retrospective effect.  Such changes shall take effect from the date specified by the Company, whether that date is before or after the date of the communication of such change.

 

7.5                                In the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other scheme or arrangement the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.6                                Without prejudice to Clause 7 in respect of any bonus (or part of any bonus) (and whether in cash or any other form whatsoever) awarded to the Executive (whether in cash or in any other form whatsoever), which has not yet been paid or vested under the terms of the award, if:

 

(a)                             the Executive has engaged in conduct which justifies summary dismissal without notice or payment in lieu of notice; or

 

(b)                             an Adverse Event has taken place,

 

then (without prejudice to any other claims which the Company may have) the Company may determine that all or part of the said bonus is forfeited or reduced, with immediate effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(c)                              the Company may make a determination under this Clause 7.6 in relation to the Executive as an individual or as a member of a class; and

 

9



 

(d)                             this Clause 7.6 will continue to apply after the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason including its termination to either party in breach.

 

The Executive shall have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of any tax or social security deductions that are made in respect of any bonus awarded in the event that any such bonus is subsequently declared by the Company to be forfeited or reduced.

 

8.                                       EXPENSES

 

The Executive will be entitled, upon production of satisfactory evidence of payment or expenditure, to be reimbursed all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly and wholly incurred by him in the performance of his duties.

 

9.                                       ILL HEALTH AND INJURY

 

9.1                                If at any time during the Appointment the Executive is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury, he will nevertheless, for so long as the Appointment remains in force, be entitled to his salary during any period of incapacity of not more than 180 days (whether consecutive or not) in any period of fifty-two consecutive weeks.  Thereafter, for so long as the Appointment remains in effect and subject to Clauses 9.5 to 9.7, any further payments will be limited to those payments which may be due under the Scheme or, if no payments are due, to such salary as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Board and, as a condition of any such payment, the Executive may be required to comply with Clause 14 as if the Appointment had been terminated.

 

9.2                                The payment of any such salary will be:

 

(a)                                  subject to the production of satisfactory evidence from a registered medical practitioner in respect of any period of absence in excess of seven consecutive days;  and

 

(b)                                  inclusive of any statutory sick pay to which the Executive may be entitled and the Company may deduct from his salary the amount of any social security benefits he may receive or be entitled to receive.

 

9.3                                The Executive will promptly inform the Company if he is unable to perform his duties as a result of ill health or injury caused by a third party and for which compensation is or may be recoverable.  In return for the Company continuing to pay his salary and to provide other benefits during the Appointment, he will take such action as the Company may reasonably request in connection with pursuing a claim against such third party, in order to recover for the benefit of the Company the costs of continuing the Appointment.  He will keep the Company regularly informed of the progress of any claim, provide such information about it as the Company may from time to time reasonably require, and will immediately notify the Company in writing of any compromise, settlement, award or judgment.  He will, upon being requested to do so, refund to the Company the lesser of the amount recovered by him (after deducting any related costs borne by him) and the aggregate cost of the salary and other benefits paid

 

10



 

to him during his ill health or injury and will hold these proceeds on trust for the Company to apply them in repayment of this obligation.

 

9.4                                At the request and expense of the Company the Executive will from time to time submit himself to a medical examination by a suitably qualified person of the Company’s choice, whether or not he is unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury.  If such person is unable to confirm that he is fit to perform his duties or if there are factors which such person considers are relevant to the performance of those duties, the Executive will co-operate in ensuring the prompt delivery of all relevant medical reports to the Company and will allow the Company access to any relevant medical report which has been prepared by a medical practitioner responsible for his clinical care.

 

9.5                                 At any time during his incapacity the Company may refer the Executive to the insurers of the Scheme subject always, to the provisions of Clause 11.4 and Clause 11.6.

 

9.6                                 If any claim under the Scheme is accepted in whole or in part:

 

(a)                                the Company will immediately upon that acceptance cease to be under any obligation to pay any amounts or to provide any benefits to the Executive other than those provided under the terms of the Scheme;  and

 

(b)                                the provisions of Clause 14 will immediately apply as if the Appointment had terminated.  The Company will then automatically become entitled to appoint a successor to the Executive to perform all or any of his duties and Clause 3 will be amended accordingly.

 

9.7                              If the Board considers that the Executive is likely to qualify for payments under the Scheme or upon acceptance of his claim under Clause 9.6 and for so long as he receives benefits under the Scheme, the Company will not terminate the Appointment on arbitrary or capricious grounds or if its sole intention is to deprive him of the benefits under the Scheme.  Nothing in this Clause 9 will prevent the Company from terminating the Appointment on any other grounds, including if it is not a requirement that the Executive remains an employee of the Company in order to receive the benefits under the Scheme.

 

9.8                              If the Executive has been incapacitated by ill health or injury for the period set out in Clause 9.1, the Company may, at any time prior to both his full recovery and full return to work, notwithstanding any other provision of the Appointment, terminate it with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Executive.

 

10.                                HOLIDAYS

 

10.1                         The Executive will (in addition to normal public holidays) be entitled to 25 paid days’ holiday in each complete holiday year during the Appointment. The Executive is expected to take no fewer than 20 working days holiday in each holiday year.  This holiday is to be taken at such times as are convenient to the Company in line with its operational requirements and the availability of other directors of the Company.  The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding holiday during any

 

11



 

period of notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2, or for which he is not required to work pursuant to Clause 13.4.

 

10.2                         The entitlement to holiday accrues pro rata throughout each holiday year.  Any entitlement to holiday remaining at the end of any holiday year will lapse (unless such entitlement arises according to the circumstances stated in Clause 10.1.), unless otherwise permitted by the Board, and no salary in lieu of such entitlement will be paid.

 

10.3                         On the termination of the Appointment (other than by reason of Clause 13.3 or where he terminates the Appointment in breach of its terms) the Executive will be entitled to a day’s salary in lieu of each day’s holiday accrued due but not taken in respect of the holiday year in which termination takes effect.  If he has taken holiday in excess of his accrued entitlement, the Company may deduct a day’s salary for each excess day taken from any monies owed to him by the Company.

 

11.                                BENEFITS DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

11.1                         The Executive will arrange his own personal pension scheme into which the Company will, for each complete year of the Appointment, contribute on a monthly basis a sum equal (unless the Executive requests a lower payment) to 17.5 per cent of his salary, provided that the Executive’s scheme is a “registered scheme” for the purposes of the Finance Act 2004 and the Company’s contributions to the scheme do not exceed the “annual allowance” as defined in the Finance Act 2004.  It will be the Executive’s responsibility to decide whether to limit the Company’s contributions to a lower amount, in light of any change in legislation or any retirement benefits accruing to the Executive under other registered pension schemes or otherwise, in order to avoid liability for any charge to income tax in respect of these contributions.

 

11.2                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement pay all necessary premiums and make all necessary payments to provide the Executive with life assurance cover which in the event of the Executive’s death while employed under this Agreement shall pay to the Executive’s chosen dependants a sum equal to six times his basic salary, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company including the requirement for a medical examination.

 

11.3                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement cover the cost of membership for the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and children under the age of 18 or in full time education of an appropriate private patients medical plan with “BUPA” or such other reputable medical insurance scheme as the Company shall decide from time to time, subject to the rules of the scheme and the approval of his application for membership by the relevant insurer.

 

11.4                         The Company shall pay all premiums and make all necessary payments to make available the Scheme for the benefit of the Executive upon such terms as shall provide for the payment to the Executive throughout the period of any qualifying ill-health or disability (with the exception of the first 26 consecutive weeks thereof) of sums at a rate per annum equal to 75 per cent of pensionable salary on the date such absence commences less the amount of a single person’s state sickness benefits, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company

 

12



 

including the requirement for a medical examination and acceptance of the Executive’s claim.

 

11.5                         The provision of these insured benefits will be subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide, including but not limited to deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits and the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.

 

11.6                         The Executive agrees that the provision by the Company of the insured benefits above is on the basis that the Company will have no responsibility for the decisions taken by the insurers about any claim by the Company or the Executive and that there are no circumstances in which the Group can be liable to the Executive for any such benefits, or loss of such benefits, which the insurers have declined to pay for whatever reason.  Any such insured benefits will be subject always to the terms of the relevant insurance policy between the Company and the insurer.

 

12.                                INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1                         For the purpose of this Clause 12:

 

(a)                                “Intellectual Property” means all present and future intellectual property, including patents, inventions, utility models, trade and service marks, trade names, domain names, rights in designs, copyrights, moral rights, topography rights, rights in databases, trade secrets and know-how, in all cases whether or not registered or registrable and including registrations and applications for registration of any of these and rights to apply for the same and all rights and forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of these anywhere in the world (whether now known or in the future created), in each case for the full term thereof including all renewals and extensions;

 

(b)                                “Executive Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop during the period of his employment (whether or not made, originated or developed during normal working hours) and which affect or relate to or connect to the business of the Group from time to time or are capable of being used or adapted for use in it, other than any Executive Inventions; and

 

(c)                                 “Executive Invention” means all inventions (which term bears the same meaning as in the Patents Act 1977) which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop either in the course of (i) his normal duties where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (ii) duties falling outside his normal duties, but specifically assigned to him where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (iii) duties where, at the time of making the invention, because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from the nature of his duties he had a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and/or the Group.

 

13



 

12.2                         Any Executive Intellectual Property and any Executive Inventions will be notified and disclosed by the Executive to the Company in an appropriate manner (bearing in mind the need to keep inventions confidential) as soon as it comes into existence, and the Executive will keep any such Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Inventions confidential.  In the case of Executive Inventions the notification and disclosure obligations in this Clause 12.2 apply irrespective of whether the Company is entitled to ownership of such Executive Invention by virtue of s39 Patents Act 1977.  If the Company is not entitled to ownership, it shall keep the information confidential in accordance with Clause 4 of this Agreement (unless otherwise agreed).

 

12.3                         Save as provided by law and in particular as provided by the Patents Act 1977, all Executive Inventions or Executive Intellectual Property will belong to the Company.  Insofar as permissible by law, the Executive hereby assigns to the Company absolutely with full title guarantee and free from all encumbrances (by way of present assignment of all future rights) all rights, title and interest in and to the Executive Invention and Executive Intellectual Property.  Any Executive Invention or Executive Intellectual Property which cannot be assigned to the Company in accordance with this Clause 12.3 will insofar as permissible by law be held on trust by the Executive for the benefit of the Company (or relevant member of the Group) until the same are vested absolutely in the Company.

 

12.4                         The Executive acknowledges, including for the purpose of s39 Patents Act 1977, that because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from those duties, his employment with the Company carries with it a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and other members of the Group.

 

12.5                         The Executive undertakes that, at the Company’s expense and upon request (whether during or after the termination of the Appointment), he will execute such documents, make such applications, give such assistance and do such acts and things as may be necessary to enable the Company or relevant member of the Group to enjoy the full benefit of this Clause 12.5, whether during or after termination of the Appointment.  This will include the giving of assistance or advice (including giving evidence if so required) in connection with:

 

(a)                                 the prosecution of any applications for the registration of;

 

(b)                                 any claims or proceedings brought to prevent or bring to an end the infringement of;

 

(c)                                  all steps necessary to assign; and/or;

 

(d)                                 any claims or proceedings concerning or affecting the validity of,

 

any Executive Intellectual Property and/or any rights in any Executive Invention.

 

12.6                         Should the Executive fail to comply with a request under Clause 12.5, the Executive hereby grants to any duly authorised representative of the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to this Clause 12.

 

14



 

12.7                         Immediately upon the termination of the Appointment or earlier at the Company’s request, the Executive will deliver up to the Company the subject matter of, and all data relating to, all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions (including all related documents and materials and, in the case of software, all source code in a format or formats reasonably requested by the Company) in the Executive’s possession, custody or power; and ensure that all know-how relating to all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions is recorded on the Company’s know-how systems or otherwise communicated or made available to the Company.

 

12.8                         Following termination of the Appointment, the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will make himself available to explain know-how or other aspects of any Executive Intellectual Property and/or Executive Inventions, if reasonably requested by the Company; and

 

(b)                                  will keep all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions confidential unless or until they are disclosed in the public domain or otherwise cease to be confidential through no fault or act of the Executive.

 

12.9                         The Executive irrevocably waives all moral rights which he might otherwise have or be deemed to have under Chapter IV Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 or under any other similar law anywhere in the world.

 

12.10                  Save as provided by law and set out herein, the Executive has no rights to additional remuneration or compensation in respect of any Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Invention.

 

13.                                TERMINATION

 

13.1                         The Appointment will continue until either party gives to the other not less than 12 months’ written notice.

 

13.2                         The Company may, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and irrespective of whether the grounds for termination arose before or after the Appointment began, at any time, by notice in writing to the Executive, terminate the Appointment with immediate effect:

 

(a)                                  if a petition is presented or any order is made or any notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing a resolution for his bankruptcy or he becomes bankrupt or makes any composition or enters into any deed of arrangement with his creditors generally;

 

(b)                                  if he is prohibited by law or by any decision of a regulatory body from being a director or taking part in the management of the Group or ceases to be a director of the Company without the consent of the Board;

 

(c)                                   if he is convicted of

 

(i)                                      a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect his position as an employee of the Company, bearing in

 

15



 

mind the nature of his duties and the capacity in which he is employed;  or

 

(ii)                                   an offence relating to insider dealing;

 

(d)                                  if he commits, in the opinion of the Financial Services Authority, the civil offence of market abuse under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

(e)                                   if he is guilty of any serious default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Group;

 

(f)                                    if he commits any serious or repeated breach of his obligations of the Appointment or is guilty of serious neglect or negligence in the performance of his duties; or

 

(g)                                   if he behaves in a manner (whether on or off duty) which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute or prejudice its interests or which seriously impairs his ability to perform his duties.

 

13.3                         If the Company wishes to terminate the employment of the Executive or if the Executive wishes to leave the employment of the Company in either case before the expiry of the period of notice specified in Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and whether or not notice has been given under that Clause, the Company may require the Executive:

 

(a)                                  to perform duties not within his normal duties or to undertake special projects;  or

 

(b)                                  not to attend for work for all or any part of the period of notice (if notice has been given) or (if notice has not been given) for a period equivalent to the notice required to be given under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2.  For so long as the Executive is not required to work during such period, he will remain an employee of the Company.  He will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements, except for any bonus under Clause 7, and will continue to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement.  He will not directly or indirectly work for any person, have any contact with any customer of the Group or, for business purposes, have contact with any employee of the Group without the prior written agreement of the Board.  If the Executive is not required to attend for work under this Clause the Company shall be entitled to offset any outstanding accrued holiday due to the Executive for each day of non-attendance.

 

14.                                OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO TERMINATION

 

14.1                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or, upon the exercise by the Company of its right under Clause 13.4(b), the Executive will hand over to the Company all property belonging to any member of the Group relating to its business (including but not limited to any Confidential Information and any Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions) which may be in his possession or under his control, and without him or anyone on his behalf keeping copies of any reproduceable items or

 

16



 

extracts from them and without having downloaded any information stored on any computer storage medium.  He will, on being requested to do so, send to the Company Secretary a signed statement that he has complied with this sub-clause;

 

14.2                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.4, the Executive will resign at the request of the Company, without claim for compensation, from all offices held by him in the Group and from all trusteeships held by him of any pension scheme or other trusts established by the Company or any other member of the Group.  Should he fail to do so the Board is irrevocably authorised to appoint a person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations.  Such resignations will be given and accepted without prejudice to any claims which the Company and the Executive may have arising out of or in connection with the Appointment and its termination.

 

14.3                         Upon the Termination of the Appointment, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any share options or long term incentive plans in which he may participate or have received grants or allocations at or before the date the Appointment terminates.  Any rights which he may have under such schemes will be exclusively governed by the rules of such schemes.

 

15.                                STATEMENTS AND FURTHER ASSISTANCE

 

After the termination of the Appointment the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about any member of the Group or its officers or employees or represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company; and

 

(b)                                  will co-operate with any member of the Group for whom he performed duties by providing such reasonable assistance as may be required in connection with any matter, where it considers that the Executive has knowledge or information which is relevant to such claim.  The provision of such assistance may include attending meetings, giving and signing statements and attending hearings at such times and at such locations that may be convenient to the Executive.  The Company will reasonably compensate the Executive for his time on a per diem basis (with reference to his day’s salary under this contract of employment or such other amount as the Executive can reasonably justify with reference to his usual employment terms at that time).  The Company will reimburse the Executive for his reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

 

16.                                DATA PROTECTION

 

16.1                       For the purpose of the Data Protection Act 1998, the Company is the Data Controller in respect of all Executive’s Personal Data processed under this Clause 16.  The Executive’s Personal Data may be processed (which includes, without limitation, the collection, retention, use and disclosure (both electronically and manually)) solely for

 

17



 

purposes relating to the Executive’s employment and the operation, management, security and administration of the business of the Company or any other member of the Group.  This may include but is not limited to processing done in connection with:

 

(a)                                  administering and maintaining personnel records;

 

(b)                                  planning, paying and reviewing salary and other remuneration and benefits;

 

(c)                                   planning, providing and administering benefits whether statutory or contractual;

 

(d)                                  assessments of the Executive’s performance or conduct including performance appraisals and reviews and for disciplinary and grievance procedure purposes;

 

(e)                                   maintaining sickness and other absence records;

 

(f)                                    maintaining health and safety records and ensuring a safe working environment;

 

(g)                                   taking decisions on the Executive’s fitness to work and complying with obligations under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

(h)                                  providing references and information to future employers (whether inside the Group or outside the Group);

 

(i)                                      providing information to the appropriate external authorities for tax, social security and other purposes as required by law to comply with any statutory duty;

 

(j)                                     equal opportunities, ethnic monitoring and compliance with legal obligations in connection with them;

 

(k)                                  providing information to any future purchasers of the Company or to any transferees of the business in which the Executive works, including but not limited to, for due diligence purposes; and

 

(l)                                      planning or reviewing options, in relation to the operation or management of the Company.

 

16.2                          The Executive, by signing this agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be processed and also consents to such processing for those purposes.  Furthermore, the Executive, by signing this Agreement, explicitly consents to the processing of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

16.3                          The Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred, with the Executive’s prior written consent, to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes) located in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area for any of the above purposes.

 

18


 

17.                                USE AND MONITORING OF EQUIPMENT

 

17.1                          Unless he has the prior written consent of the Managing Director, the Executive will not use any computer hardware or software or any other technical equipment or systems owned, licensed or rented:

 

(a)                                   by the Company for any purpose other than to carry out his proper duties; or

 

(b)                                   by him or any person other than the Company for any purpose connected with the carrying out of his proper duties.

 

18.                                RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

18.1                         Without prejudice to Clause 3, during the Appointment and for the periods set out below after the termination of the Appointment less in the case of Clause 18.1(a) any period during which the Executive is not required to attend for work pursuant to Clause 13.4, he will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  for 12 months, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory.  Competitive Services will be provided within the Territory of any business in which the Executive is to be involved is located, or will be located, or is conducted or will be conducted, wholly or partly within the Territory;

 

(b)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage a Customer to transfer or remove custom from the Company or any other member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   for 12 months solicit or accept business from a Customer for the supply of Competitive Services;  or

 

(d)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage an Employee to leave or seek to leave his or her position with the Company or any other member of the Group for the purpose of being involved in or concerned with the supply of Competitive Services, regardless of whether or not that Employee acts in breach of his or her contract of employment with the Company or any other member of the Group by so doing.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.1(a) will prevent the Executive, after the termination of his employment, from holding bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised investment exchange; .

 

18.2                         For the purpose of this Clause 18:

 

(a)                                  “Customer” means a person:

 

(i)                                      who is at the expiry of the Relevant Period or who was at any time during the Relevant Period a customer of the Company or any other member of the Group (whether or not goods or services were actually

 

19



 

                                                provided during such period) or to whom at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was actively and directly seeking to supply goods or services, in either case for the purpose of a Relevant Business; and

 

(ii)                                   with whom the Executive or an Employee in a Relevant Business reporting directly to him had dealings at any time during the Relevant Period or and/or for whom the Executive was responsible and/or about whom he was in possession of confidential information, in any such case in the performance of his or their duties to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.2(a)(i) will include a person who indicates unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that such person would not be a customer for the purposes of that Clause.

 

(b)                                  “Competitive Services” means goods or services competitive with those which during or at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was supplying or negotiating or actively and directly seeking to supply to a Customer for the purpose of a Relevant Business, but excluding such types of goods or services if they were only provided to persons who indicated unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that they would not be a customer for the purposes of Clause 18.2 (a)(i);

 

(c)                                   “Relevant Business” means the areas of business of the Company or any other member of the Group in which, pursuant to his duties, the Executive was materially involved, or in respect of which the Executive was in possession of Confidential Information, in either case at any time during the Relevant Period;

 

(d)                                  “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country or, in the United States, any state in which the Company or any other member of the Group is operating or planning to operate Relevant Business at the expiry of the Relevant Period.  Relevant Business will be operating within the Territory at the expiry of the Relevant Period if it has been conducted or promoted during the Relevant Period;

 

(e)                                   “Employee” means a person who:

 

(i)                                      is employed in or who renders services to Relevant Business of the Company or any other member of the Group in a managerial or marketing or sales or distribution or senior capacity;

 

(ii)                                   has responsibility for customers of the Company or any other member of the Group or influence over them; or

 

(iii)                                is in possession of confidential information about the Group’s business;

 

20



 

and who in any such case was so employed and so rendered services during the Relevant Period and who:

 

(iv)                               had dealings with the Executive during the Relevant Period; or

 

(v)                                  about whom at the end of the Relevant Period the Executive had confidential or sensitive information by virtue of the Executive’s duties; and

 

(f)                                    “Relevant Period” means:

 

(i)                                      the period of the Appointment, in relation to the Executive’s actions during the Appointment; and

 

(ii)                                   the period of twelve months ending on the last day of the Appointment or the period of the Appointment if shorter than twelve months, in relation to the Executive’s actions following the end of the Appointment.

 

18.3                         Each sub-clause and part of such sub-clause of this Clause constitutes an entirely separate and independent restriction and does not operate to limit any other obligation owed by the Executive, whether that obligation is express or implied by law.  If any restriction is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is intended and understood by the parties that such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the remaining restrictions.

 

18.4                         The Executive acknowledges that each of the restrictions in this Clause go no further than is necessary for the protection of the Company’s and each other member of the Group’s legitimate business interests.

 

18.5                         Before accepting any offer of employment, either during the Appointment or during the continuance of the restrictions in this Clause 18, the Executive will immediately provide to the person making such offer a complete signed copy of this Agreement.

 

18.6                         Where the Executive’s employment transfers to an employer other than the Company pursuant to TUPE, the new employer may amend the restrictions, taking into account the new employer’s business, to ensure that the restrictions in Clause 18 continue to go no further than is necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the new employer (and any group of which it is a member).  Subject to any such amendment, or if no such amendment is made, the parties agree that, following such TUPE transfer, the interpretation of the restrictions in Clause 18 will depend on whether the Relevant Period includes a period prior to the TUPE transfer.  If it does not include such a period, then the references to the Company and Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any Group of which it is a member.  Otherwise, the references to the Company and the Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any group in which it is a member only in respect of the portion of the Relevant Period following the date of the transfer, and the references to the Company and the Group shall apply in respect of the remainder of the Relevant Period to the employer and the Group as they were immediately prior to the date of transfer.

 

21



 

19.                                CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The termination of the Appointment will not affect the rights or remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any of its provisions or the continuing obligations of the Executive or the Company (as the case may be) under any provision of this Agreement expressed to have effect after the Appointment has terminated.

 

20.                                CORPORATE RECONSTRUCTION

 

If the Appointment terminates

 

(a)                                  by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction;  or

 

(b)                                  as part of any arrangement for the amalgamation of the undertaking of the Company not involving liquidation;  or

 

(c)                                   as part of any arrangement for the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company to any other member of the Group,

 

and the Executive is offered employment of a similar nature with any person resulting from such amalgamation or reconstruction, or with any person with which the undertaking of the Company is amalgamated with any other member of the Group on terms which, when taken as a whole, are not less favourable to the Executive than the terms of the Appointment, the Executive will have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of the termination of the Appointment by reason of the events described in (a), (b) or (c) of this Clause.

 

21.                                AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER COMPANIES IN THE GROUP

 

21.1                         This Agreement is entered into by the Company for itself and in trust for each other member of the Group with the intention that each company will be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement directly against the Executive.

 

21.2                         The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 will not create any rights in favour of the Executive in relation to the benefits granted now or at any time in connection with his employment.

 

22.                                ADDITIONAL TERMS

 

The terms set out in the Schedule are added in compliance with the requirements of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

23.                                NOTICES

 

All notices and other communications relating to the Appointment will take effect if delivered, upon delivery;  if posted, at the earlier of the time of delivery and (if posted in the United Kingdom by first class post) 10.00am on the second business day after posting;  or if sent by facsimile, when a complete and legible copy of the communication has been received.  Any communications posted to the Executive

 

22



 

should be sent to his last known domestic address or his last known home fax number.  Any communications posted to the Company should be sent to the Company’s head office, for the attention of the Company Secretary.

 

24.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

24.1                         This Agreement operates in substitution for and wholly replaces with effect from the Effective Date all terms previously agreed between the Company and the Executive which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent and the Executive acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims against any member of the Group in respect of salary or any matter prior to that date.

 

24.2                         The Appointment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and no variation or addition to it and no waiver of any provision will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.  The Company will have no liability or remedy in tort against it in respect of any representation, warranty or other statement (other than those contained in this Agreement) being false, inaccurate or incomplete unless it was made fraudulently. The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

24.3                          In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Company handbook or policies, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

24.4                         This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

EXECUTION

 

The parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by executing it below at the end of the Schedule.

 

23



 

SCHEDULE

 

1.                                       The following terms of the Appointment apply on the date of the Agreement to which this is a Schedule:

 

(a)                                  The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 12 April 1999.

 

(b)                                  The Executive has no normal working hours but is required to work during normal business hours and such other hours as may be reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties for the Group.  The Executive agrees that the duration of his working time is not measured or pre-determined and can be determined by him in a manner consistent with the Appointment.

 

(c)                                   For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days are Monday to Friday.

 

2.                                       The following information is supplied pursuant to the Employment Rights Act 1996 and reflects the Company’s current practice:

 

(a)                                  The Executive is expected to exhibit a high standard of propriety, integrity and efficiency in all his dealings with and in the name of the Company and the Group and may be suspended (with pay) or required to take any accrued holiday entitlement during any investigation which it may be necessary for the Company to undertake.

 

(b)                                  The Company will comply with the terms of its non-contractual disciplinary procedure contained in the Staff Handbook.

 

(c)                                   If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment or matters where he considers the Company or any other member of the Group is failing to comply fully with its legal obligations, he should refer that grievance to the Senior Independent Director.  Should the Executive remain dissatisfied with the decision made, an appeal may be made to the person nominated by the Company to hear the appeal, who will be a director of the Board not previously involved, or any other person outside the Group who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is appropriate to hear such appeal.  The decision of the appeal hearing will be final and binding.

 

24



 

EXECUTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Justin Gover

 

Justin Gover, Director

 

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

G W RESEARCH LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a Deed by

)

/s/ Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

DR GEOFFREY GUY

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness’s Signature:

 

/s/ Adam George

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in capitals):

 

Adam George

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

25




Exhibit 10.37

 

DATED        26 February 2013

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

(2) JUSTIN GOVER

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

Subject to contract

 

Mayer Brown International LLP

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

1

 

 

 

2.

Appointment

4

 

 

 

3.

Duties during the Appointment

4

 

 

 

4.

Confidentiality

6

 

 

 

5.

Location

8

 

 

 

6.

Salary

8

 

 

 

7.

Bonus

8

 

 

 

8.

Expenses

10

 

 

 

9.

Ill Health and Injury

10

 

 

 

10.

Holidays

11

 

 

 

11.

Benefits during the Appointment

12

 

 

 

12.

Intellectual Property Rights

13

 

 

 

13.

Termination

15

 

 

 

14.

Obligations relating to Termination

16

 

 

 

15.

Statements and Further Assistance

17

 

 

 

16.

Data Protection

17

 

 

 

17.

Use and Monitoring of Equipment

19

 

 

 

18.

Restrictive Covenants

19

 

 

 

19.

Continuing Obligations

22

 

 

 

20.

Corporate Reconstruction

22

 

 

 

21.

Agreements with other Companies in the Group

22

 

 

 

22.

Additional Terms

22

 

 

 

23.

Notices

23

 

 

 

24.

Miscellaneous

23

 



 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

DATE:       26 February 2013

 

PARTIES:

 

(1)                                  GW RESEARCH LIMITED whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ (“the Company”); and

 

(2)                                  JUSTIN GOVER of [address] (“the Executive”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions :

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement the following words and phrases have the meanings given below:

 

 

 

 

“Adverse Event”

includes, but is not limited to, any development in the economy generally or in the financial sector which is or may be a Detriment ;

 

 

 

 

“Appointment”

the employment of the Executive on the terms of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Board”

the board of directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Board;

 

 

 

 

“Bribe”

a financial or other advantage offered to a person, which is intended to induce that person to perform improperly a function or activity, or as a reward for the improper performance of a function or activity or the offer of a promise of a financial or other advantage where the acceptance of the advantage itself constitutes the improper performance of a function or activity;

 

 

 

 

“Business Unit”

means the business division or unit in relation to which any bonus decision was taken and may, where appropriate, include more than one business division or unit as the case may require;

 

 

 

 

“Control”

shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1124 Corporation Tax Act 2010 or the power of any person whether alone or together with any other person acting in concert with him to control the composition of the Board. For the avoidance of

 

1



 

 

 

doubt there shall be no change of control if Control of the Company is acquired by another company, the shares of which, immediately following such acquisition, are all held by the holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in materially the same proportion as they held shares in the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or (ii) where Clause 20 applies;

 

 

 

 

“Data Controller”

shall have the meaning given to it by Section 1(1) Data Protection Act 1998;

 

 

 

 

“day’s salary”

1/260th of the Executive’s salary;

 

 

 

 

“Detriment”

a detriment which the Company, in good faith, considers has or may have an adverse impact on the Company, or any relevant associated Company or any relevant Business Unit, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

-

any financial loss (whether impacting the financial results for the current year or a previous year);

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

any reputational damage;

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

a restatement in any of the Group accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

any sanction from any government agency or any regulatory authority;

 

 

 

 

“Effective Date”

26 February 2013;

 

 

 

 

“Executive’s Personal Data”

Personal Data and Sensitive Personal Data;

 

 

 

 

“Group”

any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006;

 

 

 

 

“holiday year”

the calendar year;

 

 

 

 

“London Stock Exchange”

London Stock Exchange plc;

 

 

 

 

“Parent”

GW Pharmaceuticals plc;

 

2



 

 

“Parent Board”

the board of directors of the Parent, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Parent Board;

 

 

 

 

“Personal Data”

personal data (as defined by s.1(1) Data Protection Act 1998) about the Executive;

 

 

 

 

“Remuneration Committee”

the committee of directors of the Parent as appointed by the Parent Board to determine the remuneration from time to time of the Group’s executives;

 

 

 

 

“salary”

the salary payable from time to time under Clause 6.1;

 

 

 

 

“Scheme”

the permanent health insurance scheme referred to in Clause 11.4;

 

 

 

 

“Sensitive Personal Data”

data about the Executive’s:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

racial or ethnic origins;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

political opinions;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

religious beliefs or other beliefs of a similar nature;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

membership of a trade union;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

physical or mental health or condition;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

sexual life; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

commission or alleged commission of any offence, or any proceedings for any offence committed or alleged to have been committed by him, the disposal of such proceedings or any sentence of any court in connection with such proceedings;

 

 

 

 

“termination”

the ending of the Appointment however it arises and irrespective of its cause or manner but excluding wrongful termination by the Company in relation to Clause 18;

 

 

 

 

“TUPE”

the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006; and

 

 

 

 

“UKLA”

the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

3



 

1.2                                Construction:

 

(a)                                  References to acting directly or indirectly include acting alone or jointly with or on behalf of or by means of another person and/or giving advice or providing services with a view to assisting another person.

 

(b)                                  References to a person include an individual, firm, corporation and any other organisation however it is constituted and words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c)                                   References to an individual holding a position in the Company or the Group mean the holder of that position from time to time or his nominee or such other representative as the Board may nominate.

 

(d)                                  Any reference to any consent, requirement, direction, determination or similar action of the Board shall include an equivalent reference in the alternative to the Parent Board.

 

(e)                                   References to statutory provisions are construed as references to those provisions as amended or re-enacted from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and references to documents are construed as references to documents as replaced or amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       APPOINTMENT

 

2.1                                Upon and subject to the terms of the Appointment, the Company will, from the Effective Date, employ the Executive as Managing Director, and the Executive agrees to serve the Company in that capacity, or in such other capacity of similar status as may reasonably be required of him from time to time by the Board.

 

2.2                                The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

3.                                       DUTIES DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

3.1                                The Executive will (unless prevented by ill health or injury) devote the whole of his working time, attention and abilities during the Appointment to the business of the Group and will not, without the prior written consent of the Board (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

 

(a)                                  accept any other appointment, work for or be directly or indirectly engaged in or concerned with the conduct of any other business;  or

 

(b)                                  be directly or indirectly financially interested in any business which may be considered competitive to the business of the Group (and which therefore compromises his ability to perform his duties to the Group under this contract), other than through his holding or being interested in bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange.

 

4



 

3.2                                During the Appointment the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  loyally and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers for the Group as the Board may from time to time reasonably require, and accept without further payment other offices within the Group;

 

(b)                                  keep the Board properly and regularly informed about the business of the Group and his activities in those businesses;

 

(c)                                   comply with the reasonable and lawful directions given from time to time by the Board;

 

(d)                                comply with his common law, fiduciary and statutory obligations as a director (as set out in the Companies Act 2006), the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable rules and regulations of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange and any other applicable stock exchange, the code mentioned in Clause 3.9, any other internal codes of conduct for employees of the Group and all relevant policies and procedures;

 

(e)                                 co-operate with the Group in complying with its obligations on health and safety;

 

(f)                                  promptly give the Company such information as the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal obligations or the requirements of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange or any other applicable stock exchange; and

 

(g)                                   promote and protect the interests of the Group, always giving it the full benefit of his knowledge, expertise and skill and will not knowingly or deliberately do anything which is to its detriment.

 

3.3                                The Company may assign to the Executive duties which are either additional to or instead of those referred to in Clause 3.2(a), it being understood that he will not be assigned duties which he cannot in the reasonable opinion of the Board be expected to perform.  The Company may also from time to time appoint any other person to act jointly with the Executive in the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers.

 

3.4                                The duties of the Executive as a director of the Company and any other member of the Group are subject to the relevant Articles of Association from time to time.

 

3.5                                The Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly receive or retain any payment or benefit, either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.6                                The Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                             offer, promise or give a Bribe;

 

(b)                             request, agree to receive, receive or accept a Bribe; or

 

5



 

(c)                              Bribe a foreign public official;

 

either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.7                                If the Executive becomes aware of another individual who performs services for or on behalf of the Group engaging in one of the activities set out in Clause 3.6, he must report it immediately in accordance with the Company’s Whistleblowing Policy. Failure to act in accordance with this clause could result in the Executive being found guilty of an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 and/or the Executive having a sanction imposed upon him pursuant to the Company’s Disciplinary Policy, up to and including, dismissal.  The Executive is expected to be familiar with the terms of any anti-bribery and corruption policies issued by the Company or the Group from time to time.

 

3.8                                As part of and in the normal course of his duties, the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  continue to carry out research into and development of the processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which are from time to time used, made or undertaken by the Group or which could be used, made or undertaken by it, and will invent discover, design, develop or improve them for the benefit of and for use by the Group; and

 

(b)                                  seek and pursue the adoption and development of new processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which could be used, made or undertaken by the Group.

 

3.9                             During the Appointment or while he is a director of any company in the Group the Executive will comply and will procure, so far as he is able, that his spouse and dependant children (if any) or any trust in which he, his spouse or dependant children may be concerned or interested in as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees applicable within the Group.  The Executive confirms that a copy of the current code has been given to him.

 

4.                                       CONFIDENTIALITY

 

4.1                                The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company he will have access to and will be entrusted with confidential information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Group.  This includes but is not limited to information and secrets relating to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business methods and processes, technical information and know-how relating to the Group’s business and which is not in the public domain, including inventions, designs, programs, techniques, database systems, formulae and ideas;

 

6



 

(c)                                   business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with them and their current or future requirements;

 

(d)                                  information on employees, including their particular skills and areas of expertise, and their terms of employment;

 

(e)                                   stock levels, sales, expenditure levels and pricing policies;

 

(f)                                    budgets, management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports;

 

(g)                                   unpublished price sensitive information or potentially price sensitive information and inside information or potential inside information relating to shares or securities listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange;  and

 

(h)                                  any document marked “confidential” or orally communicated as being “confidential” or any information not in the public domain,

 

together, the “Confidential Information”.

 

4.2                                The Executive will not during the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties and then only to those who need to know such Confidential Information) or thereafter (except with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law):

 

(a)                                  divulge or communicate to any person (including any representative of the press or broadcasting or other media);

 

(b)                                  cause or facilitate any unauthorised disclosure through any failure by him to exercise all due care and diligence of; or

 

(c)                                   make use of (other than for the benefit of the Group) of

 

any Confidential Information which may have come to his knowledge during his employment with the Company or in respect of which the Group may be bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party.  The Executive will also use his best endeavours to use adequate security measures and prevent the publication or disclosure of any such Confidential Information.  These restrictions will not apply after the Appointment has terminated to Confidential Information which has become available to the public generally, otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure.

 

4.3                                All notes, memoranda, and other records (however stored) made by the Executive during his employment with the Company and which relate to the business of the Group will belong to the relevant member of the Group and will promptly be handed over to the Company (or as the Company directs) from time to time on request and at the end of the Appointment, without copies being kept by the Executive or anyone else on his behalf.  The Executive agrees, on return of such records, to give an undertaking that he has not retained any Confidential Information or any copies of it.

 

7


 

5.                                       LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based at the Company’s offices in central London , but may be required to work at other locations within the United Kingdom within a 50 mile radius of his home address, as the Board may from time to time reasonably determine, whether on a temporary or permanent basis, in the performance of his duties.

 

6.                                       SALARY

 

6.1                                The Company will pay to the Executive a salary at the rate of £272,875 per annum, including any director’s fees to which he may be entitled as a director of the Group.  This salary will accrue from day to day and will normally be payable by equal instalments in arrears at the end of each month, and will be subject to such deductions as may be required by law or under the terms of the Appointment.

 

6.2                                The Remuneration Committee will review the Executive’s Salary annually, but such review does not necessarily imply an increase.  The review will take account of such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Company and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.  Any increase in the rate of the Executive’s Salary will normally be effective from 1 January in each year following the review.

 

6.3                                The Executive will also be eligible for a car allowance of £15,600 per annum.  The car allowance will be paid monthly, less such deductions as are required by law.  It will not be part of the Executive’s salary and will not count towards any salary related benefits, including his pension.

 

6.4                                The Group may deduct from any money owed to the Executive any money which the Executive, owes or may be owing to the Company or any other member of the Group.

 

7.                                       BONUS

 

7.1                                The Executive will, in addition to his salary, be eligible for a discretionary bonus. The terms and amount of this bonus (and whether it is paid in cash or in other forms, such as shares or share options, whether it vests immediately or over a period of time, or whether it is subject to adjustment after grant) will be decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.  Any payment will not form part of the Executive’s salary, and will not be taken into account in calculating any benefits which are calculated by reference to salary.  In determining whether a bonus is to be paid, and if so the size of that bonus, the Remuneration Committee may take into account such factors as it considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.

 

7.2                                For the avoidance of doubt, bonus will not accrue, nor will the Executive have any legitimate expectation as to the size or form of the discretionary bonus, until the Company pays it to him and any communication before a bonus is paid shall be

 

8



 

treated as indicative only. There are no circumstances whether in reliance on express or implied terms or otherwise where the Executive can require pay out of a particular sum or payment in a particular form or claim compensation for loss of such a bonus. Upon the Termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.3 or 13.4, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any bonus scheme.

 

7.3                                It is agreed that, where the Company operates a bonus scheme for a particular period, the Company will have a complete and unfettered discretion to alter, amend or discontinue any bonus scheme at the end of that period, in respect of any subsequent period and the Executive will have no expectation of a continuation of the previous bonus scheme.

 

7.4                                Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, it is agreed that, where a bonus scheme has been announced by the Company covering a period of time (e.g. annual), during that period, notwithstanding the provisions of any bonus scheme or bonus arrangements, the Company shall have the right to alter, substitute or cancel any scheme or arrangement, or to alter, substitute or cancel any provisions of any such scheme or arrangement, or any payments or benefits to be provided under such scheme or arrangement in its sole discretion at any time, where it deems it necessary to do so as a result of legal regulatory or compliance reasons, regardless of whether such a change will or may have retrospective effect.  Such changes shall take effect from the date specified by the Company, whether that date is before or after the date of the communication of such change.

 

7.5                                In the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other scheme or arrangement the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.6                                Without prejudice to Clause 7 in respect of any bonus (or part of any bonus) (and whether in cash or any other form whatsoever) awarded to the Executive (whether in cash or in any other form whatsoever), which has not yet been paid or vested under the terms of the award, if:

 

(a)                                  the Executive has engaged in conduct which justifies summary dismissal without notice or payment in lieu of notice; or

 

(b)                                  an Adverse Event has taken place,

 

then (without prejudice to any other claims which the Company may have) the Company may determine that all or part of the said bonus is forfeited or reduced, with immediate effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(c)                                   the Company may make a determination under this Clause 7.6 in relation to the Executive as an individual or as a member of a class; and

 

9



 

(d)                                  this Clause 7.6 will continue to apply after the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason including its termination to either party in breach.

 

The Executive shall have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of any tax or social security deductions that are made in respect of any bonus awarded in the event that any such bonus is subsequently declared by the Company to be forfeited or reduced.

 

8.                                       EXPENSES

 

The Executive will be entitled, upon production of satisfactory evidence of payment or expenditure, to be reimbursed all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly and wholly incurred by him in the performance of his duties.

 

9.                                       ILL HEALTH AND INJURY

 

9.1                                If at any time during the Appointment the Executive is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury, he will nevertheless, for so long as the Appointment remains in force, be entitled to his salary during any period of incapacity of not more than 180 days (whether consecutive or not) in any period of fifty-two consecutive weeks.  Thereafter, for so long as the Appointment remains in effect and subject to Clauses 9.5 to 9.7, any further payments will be limited to those payments which may be due under the Scheme or, if no payments are due, to such salary as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Board and, as a condition of any such payment, the Executive may be required to comply with Clause 14 as if the Appointment had been terminated.

 

9.2                                The payment of any such salary will be:

 

(a)                                  subject to the production of satisfactory evidence from a registered medical practitioner in respect of any period of absence in excess of seven consecutive days;  and

 

(b)                                  inclusive of any statutory sick pay to which the Executive may be entitled and the Company may deduct from his salary the amount of any social security benefits he may receive or be entitled to receive.

 

9.3                                The Executive will promptly inform the Company if he is unable to perform his duties as a result of ill health or injury caused by a third party and for which compensation is or may be recoverable.  In return for the Company continuing to pay his salary and to provide other benefits during the Appointment, he will take such action as the Company may reasonably request in connection with pursuing a claim against such third party, in order to recover for the benefit of the Company the costs of continuing the Appointment.  He will keep the Company regularly informed of the progress of any claim, provide such information about it as the Company may from time to time reasonably require, and will immediately notify the Company in writing of any compromise, settlement, award or judgment.  He will, upon being requested to do so, refund to the Company the lesser of the amount recovered by him (after deducting any related costs borne by him) and the aggregate cost of the salary and other benefits paid

 

10



 

to him during his ill health or injury and will hold these proceeds on trust for the Company to apply them in repayment of this obligation.

 

9.4                                At the request and expense of the Company the Executive will from time to time submit himself to a medical examination by a suitably qualified person of the Company’s choice, whether or not he is unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury.  If such person is unable to confirm that he is fit to perform his duties or if there are factors which such person considers are relevant to the performance of those duties, the Executive will co-operate in ensuring the prompt delivery of all relevant medical reports to the Company and will allow the Company access to any relevant medical report which has been prepared by a medical practitioner responsible for his clinical care.

 

9.5                                At any time during his incapacity the Company may refer the Executive to the insurers of the Scheme subject always, to the provisions of Clause 11.4 and Clause 11.6.

 

9.6                                If any claim under the Scheme is accepted in whole or in part:

 

(a)                                  the Company will immediately upon that acceptance cease to be under any obligation to pay any amounts or to provide any benefits to the Executive other than those provided under the terms of the Scheme;  and

 

(b)                                  the provisions of Clause 14 will immediately apply as if the Appointment had terminated.  The Company will then automatically become entitled to appoint a successor to the Executive to perform all or any of his duties and Clause 3 will be amended accordingly.

 

9.7                                If the Board considers that the Executive is likely to qualify for payments under the Scheme or upon acceptance of his claim under Clause 9.6 and for so long as he receives benefits under the Scheme, the Company will not terminate the Appointment on arbitrary or capricious grounds or if its sole intention is to deprive him of the benefits under the Scheme.  Nothing in this Clause 9 will prevent the Company from terminating the Appointment on any other grounds, including if it is not a requirement that the Executive remains an employee of the Company in order to receive the benefits under the Scheme.

 

9.8                                If the Executive has been incapacitated by ill health or injury for the period set out in Clause 9.1, the Company may, at any time prior to both his full recovery and full return to work, notwithstanding any other provision of the Appointment, terminate it with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Executive.

 

10.                                HOLIDAYS

 

10.1                         The Executive will (in addition to normal public holidays) be entitled to 25 paid days’ holiday in each complete holiday year during the Appointment. The Executive is expected to take no fewer than 20 working days holiday in each holiday year.  This holiday is to be taken at such times as are convenient to the Company in line with its operational requirements and the availability of other directors of the Company.  The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding holiday during any

 

11



 

period of notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2, or for which he is not required to work pursuant to Clause 13.4.

 

10.2                         The entitlement to holiday accrues pro rata throughout each holiday year.  Any entitlement to holiday remaining at the end of any holiday year will lapse (unless such entitlement arises according to the circumstances stated in Clause 10.1.), unless otherwise permitted by the Board, and no salary in lieu of such entitlement will be paid.

 

10.3                         On the termination of the Appointment (other than by reason of Clause 13.3 or where he terminates the Appointment in breach of its terms) the Executive will be entitled to a day’s salary in lieu of each day’s holiday accrued due but not taken in respect of the holiday year in which termination takes effect.  If he has taken holiday in excess of his accrued entitlement, the Company may deduct a day’s salary for each excess day taken from any monies owed to him by the Company.

 

11.                                BENEFITS DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

11.1                         The Executive will arrange his own personal pension scheme into which the Company will, for each complete year of the Appointment, contribute on a monthly basis a sum equal (unless the Executive requests a lower payment) to 17.5 per cent of his salary, provided that the Executive’s scheme is a “registered scheme” for the purposes of the Finance Act 2004 and the Company’s contributions to the scheme do not exceed the “annual allowance” as defined in the Finance Act 2004.  It will be the Executive’s responsibility to decide whether to limit the Company’s contributions to a lower amount, in light of any change in legislation or any retirement benefits accruing to the Executive under other registered pension schemes or otherwise, in order to avoid liability for any charge to income tax in respect of these contributions.

 

11.2                         The Company shall during the term of this Agreement pay all necessary premiums and make all necessary payments to provide the Executive with life assurance cover which in the event of the Executive’s death while employed under this Agreement shall pay to the Executive’s chosen dependants a sum equal to six times his basic salary, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company including the requirement for a medical examination.

 

11.3                         The Company shall during the term of this Agreement cover the cost of membership for the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and children under the age of 18 or in full time education of an appropriate private patients medical plan with “BUPA” or such other reputable medical insurance scheme as the Company shall decide from time to time, subject to the rules of the scheme and the approval of his application for membership by the relevant insurer.

 

11.4                         The Company shall pay all premiums and make all necessary payments to make available the Scheme for the benefit of the Executive upon such terms as shall provide for the payment to the Executive throughout the period of any qualifying ill-health or disability (with the exception of the first 26 consecutive weeks thereof) of sums at a rate per annum equal to 75 per cent of pensionable salary on the date such absence commences less the amount of a single person’s state sickness benefits, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company

 

12



 

including the requirement for a medical examination and acceptance of the Executive’s claim.

 

11.5                         The provision of these insured benefits will be subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide, including but not limited to deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits and the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.

 

11.6                         The Executive agrees that the provision by the Company of the insured benefits above is on the basis that the Company will have no responsibility for the decisions taken by the insurers about any claim by the Company or the Executive and that there are no circumstances in which the Group can be liable to the Executive for any such benefits, or loss of such benefits, which the insurers have declined to pay for whatever reason.  Any such insured benefits will be subject always to the terms of the relevant insurance policy between the Company and the insurer.

 

12.                                INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1                         For the purpose of this Clause 12:

 

(a)                                  “Intellectual Property” means all present and future intellectual property, including patents, inventions, utility models, trade and service marks, trade names, domain names, rights in designs, copyrights, moral rights, topography rights, rights in databases, trade secrets and know-how, in all cases whether or not registered or registrable and including registrations and applications for registration of any of these and rights to apply for the same and all rights and forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of these anywhere in the world (whether now known or in the future created), in each case for the full term thereof including all renewals and extensions;

 

(b)                                  “Executive Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop during the period of his employment (whether or not made, originated or developed during normal working hours) and which affect or relate to or connect to the business of the Group from time to time or are capable of being used or adapted for use in it, other than any Executive Inventions; and

 

(c)                                   “Executive Invention” means all inventions (which term bears the same meaning as in the Patents Act 1977) which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop either in the course of (i) his normal duties where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (ii) duties falling outside his normal duties, but specifically assigned to him where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (iii) duties where, at the time of making the invention, because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from the nature of his duties he had a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and/or the Group.

 

13



 

12.2                         Any Executive Intellectual Property and any Executive Inventions will be notified and disclosed by the Executive to the Company in an appropriate manner (bearing in mind the need to keep inventions confidential) as soon as it comes into existence, and the Executive will keep any such Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Inventions confidential.  In the case of Executive Inventions the notification and disclosure obligations in this Clause 12.2 apply irrespective of whether the Company is entitled to ownership of such Executive Invention by virtue of s39 Patents Act 1977.  If the Company is not entitled to ownership, it shall keep the information confidential in accordance with Clause 4 of this Agreement (unless otherwise agreed).

 

12.3                         Save as provided by law and in particular as provided by the Patents Act 1977, all Executive Inventions or Executive Intellectual Property will belong to the Company. Insofar as permissible by law, the Executive hereby assigns to the Company absolutely with full title guarantee and free from all encumbrances (by way of present assignment of all future rights) all rights, title and interest in and to the Executive Invention and Executive Intellectual Property.  Any Executive Invention or Executive Intellectual Property which cannot be assigned to the Company in accordance with this Clause 12.3 will insofar as permissible by law be held on trust by the Executive for the benefit of the Company (or relevant member of the Group) until the same are vested absolutely in the Company.

 

12.4                         The Executive acknowledges, including for the purpose of s39 Patents Act 1977, that because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from those duties, his employment with the Company carries with it a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and other members of the Group.

 

12.5                         The Executive undertakes that, at the Company’s expense and upon request (whether during or after the termination of the Appointment), he will execute such documents, make such applications, give such assistance and do such acts and things as may be necessary to enable the Company or relevant member of the Group to enjoy the full benefit of this Clause 12.5, whether during or after termination of the Appointment.  This will include the giving of assistance or advice (including giving evidence if so required) in connection with:

 

(a)                                  the prosecution of any applications for the registration of;

 

(b)                                  any claims or proceedings brought to prevent or bring to an end the infringement of;

 

(c)                                   all steps necessary to assign; and/or;

 

(d)                                  any claims or proceedings concerning or affecting the validity of,

 

any Executive Intellectual Property and/or any rights in any Executive Invention.

 

12.6                         Should the Executive fail to comply with a request under Clause 12.5, the Executive hereby grants to any duly authorised representative of the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to this Clause 12.

 

14



 

12.7                         Immediately upon the termination of the Appointment or earlier at the Company’s request, the Executive will deliver up to the Company the subject matter of, and all data relating to, all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions (including all related documents and materials and, in the case of software, all source code in a format or formats reasonably requested by the Company) in the Executive’s possession, custody or power; and ensure that all know-how relating to all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions is recorded on the Company’s know-how systems or otherwise communicated or made available to the Company.

 

12.8                         Following termination of the Appointment, the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will make himself available to explain know-how or other aspects of any Executive Intellectual Property and/or Executive Inventions, if reasonably requested by the Company; and

 

(b)                                  will keep all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions confidential unless or until they are disclosed in the public domain or otherwise cease to be confidential through no fault or act of the Executive.

 

12.9                         The Executive irrevocably waives all moral rights which he might otherwise have or be deemed to have under Chapter IV Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 or under any other similar law anywhere in the world.

 

12.10                  Save as provided by law and set out herein, the Executive has no rights to additional remuneration or compensation in respect of any Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Invention.

 

13.                                TERMINATION

 

13.1                         The Appointment will continue until either party gives to the other not less than 12 months’ written notice.

 

13.2                         The Company may, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and irrespective of whether the grounds for termination arose before or after the Appointment began, at any time, by notice in writing to the Executive, terminate the Appointment with immediate effect:

 

(a)                                  if a petition is presented or any order is made or any notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing a resolution for his bankruptcy or he becomes bankrupt or makes any composition or enters into any deed of arrangement with his creditors generally;

 

(b)                                  if he is prohibited by law or by any decision of a regulatory body from being a director or taking part in the management of the Group or ceases to be a director of the Company without the consent of the Board;

 

(c)                                   if he is convicted of

 

(i)                                      a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect his position as an employee of the Company, bearing in

 

15



 

mind the nature of his duties and the capacity in which he is employed;  or

 

(ii)                                   an offence relating to insider dealing;

 

(d)                                  if he commits, in the opinion of the Financial Services Authority, the civil offence of market abuse under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

(e)                                   if he is guilty of any serious default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Group;

 

(f)                                    if he commits any serious or repeated breach of his obligations of the Appointment or is guilty of serious neglect or negligence in the performance of his duties; or

 

(g)                                   if he behaves in a manner (whether on or off duty) which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute or prejudice its interests or which seriously impairs his ability to perform his duties.

 

13.3                         If the Company wishes to terminate the employment of the Executive or if the Executive wishes to leave the employment of the Company in either case before the expiry of the period of notice specified in Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and whether or not notice has been given under that Clause, the Company may require the Executive:

 

(a)                                  to perform duties not within his normal duties or to undertake special projects;  or

 

(b)                                  not to attend for work for all or any part of the period of notice (if notice has been given) or (if notice has not been given) for a period equivalent to the notice required to be given under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2.  For so long as the Executive is not required to work during such period, he will remain an employee of the Company.  He will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements, except for any bonus under Clause 7, and will continue to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement.  He will not directly or indirectly work for any person, have any contact with any customer of the Group or, for business purposes, have contact with any employee of the Group without the prior written agreement of the Board.  If the Executive is not required to attend for work under this Clause the Company shall be entitled to offset any outstanding accrued holiday due to the Executive for each day of non-attendance.

 

14.                                OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO TERMINATION

 

14.1                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or, upon the exercise by the Company of its right under Clause 13.4(b), the Executive will hand over to the Company all property belonging to any member of the Group relating to its business (including but not limited to any Confidential Information and any Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions) which may be in his possession or under his control, and without him or anyone on his behalf keeping copies of any reproduceable items or

 

16



 

extracts from them and without having downloaded any information stored on any computer storage medium.  He will, on being requested to do so, send to the Company Secretary a signed statement that he has complied with this sub-clause;

 

14.2                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.4, the Executive will resign at the request of the Company, without claim for compensation, from all offices held by him in the Group and from all trusteeships held by him of any pension scheme or other trusts established by the Company or any other member of the Group.  Should he fail to do so the Board is irrevocably authorised to appoint a person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations.  Such resignations will be given and accepted without prejudice to any claims which the Company and the Executive may have arising out of or in connection with the Appointment and its termination.

 

14.3                         Upon the Termination of the Appointment, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any share options or long term incentive plans in which he may participate or have received grants or allocations at or before the date the Appointment terminates.  Any rights which he may have under such schemes will be exclusively governed by the rules of such schemes.

 

15.                                STATEMENTS AND FURTHER ASSISTANCE

 

After the termination of the Appointment the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about any member of the Group or its officers or employees or represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company; and

 

(b)                                  will co-operate with any member of the Group for whom he performed duties by providing such reasonable assistance as may be required in connection with any matter, where it considers that the Executive has knowledge or information which is relevant to such claim.  The provision of such assistance may include attending meetings, giving and signing statements and attending hearings at such times and at such locations that may be convenient to the Executive.  The Company will reasonably compensate the Executive for his time on a per diem basis (with reference to his day’s salary under this contract of employment or such other amount as the Executive can reasonably justify with reference to his usual employment terms at that time).  The Company will reimburse the Executive for his reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

 

16.                                DATA PROTECTION

 

16.1                         For the purpose of the Data Protection Act 1998, the Company is the Data Controller in respect of all Executive’s Personal Data processed under this Clause 16.  The Executive’s Personal Data may be processed (which includes, without limitation, the collection, retention, use and disclosure (both electronically and manually)) solely for

 

17



 

purposes relating to the Executive’s employment and the operation, management, security and administration of the business of the Company or any other member of the Group.  This may include but is not limited to processing done in connection with:

 

(a)                                  administering and maintaining personnel records;

 

(b)                                  planning, paying and reviewing salary and other remuneration and benefits;

 

(c)                                   planning, providing and administering benefits whether statutory or contractual;

 

(d)                                  assessments of the Executive’s performance or conduct including performance appraisals and reviews and for disciplinary and grievance procedure purposes;

 

(e)                                   maintaining sickness and other absence records;

 

(f)                                    maintaining health and safety records and ensuring a safe working environment;

 

(g)                                   taking decisions on the Executive’s fitness to work and complying with obligations under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

(h)                                  providing references and information to future employers (whether inside the Group or outside the Group);

 

(i)                                      providing information to the appropriate external authorities for tax, social security and other purposes as required by law to comply with any statutory duty;

 

(j)                                     equal opportunities, ethnic monitoring and compliance with legal obligations in connection with them;

 

(k)                                  providing information to any future purchasers of the Company or to any transferees of the business in which the Executive works, including but not limited to, for due diligence purposes; and

 

(l)                                      planning or reviewing options, in relation to the operation or management of the Company.

 

16.2                         The Executive, by signing this agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be processed and also consents to such processing for those purposes.  Furthermore, the Executive, by signing this Agreement, explicitly consents to the processing of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

16.3                         The Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes) located in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area for any of the above purposes.  The Executive, by signing this Agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred and the recipients of such Personal Data and that he also consents to transfers for those purposes.  Furthermore,

 

18



 

the Executive explicitly consents to the transfer of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

17.                                USE AND MONITORING OF EQUIPMENT

 

17.1                         Unless he has the prior written consent of the Chairman, the Executive will not use any computer hardware or software or any other technical equipment or systems owned, licensed or rented:

 

(a)                                  by the Company for any purpose other than to carry out his proper duties; or

 

(b)                                  by him or any person other than the Company for any purpose connected with the carrying out of his proper duties.

 

17.2                         The Executive agrees that the Group may monitor, intercept or record his use of office equipment, including but not limited to: email, the internet, his telephone and any mobile phone issued to the Executive by the Company.

 

18.                                RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

18.1                         Without prejudice to Clause 3, during the Appointment and for the periods set out below after the termination of the Appointment less in the case of Clause 18.1(a) any period during which the Executive is not required to attend for work pursuant to Clause 13.4, he will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  for 12 months, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory.  Competitive Services will be provided within the Territory of any business in which the Executive is to be involved is located, or will be located, or is conducted or will be conducted, wholly or partly within the Territory;

 

(b)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage a Customer to transfer or remove custom from the Company or any other member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   for 12 months solicit or accept business from a Customer for the supply of Competitive Services;  or

 

(d)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage an Employee to leave or seek to leave his or her position with the Company or any other member of the Group for the purpose of being involved in or concerned with the supply of Competitive Services, regardless of whether or not that Employee acts in breach of his or her contract of employment with the Company or any other member of the Group by so doing.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.1(a) will prevent the Executive, after the termination of his employment, from holding bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised investment exchange; .

 

19


 

 

18.2                         For the purpose of this Clause 18:

 

(a)                                  “Customer” means a person:

 

(i)                                    who is at the expiry of the Relevant Period or who was at any time during the Relevant Period a customer of the Company or any other member of the Group (whether or not goods or services were actually provided during such period) or to whom at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was actively and directly seeking to supply goods or services, in either case for the purpose of a Relevant Business; and

 

(ii)                                 with whom the Executive or an Employee in a Relevant Business reporting directly to him had dealings at any time during the Relevant Period or and/or for whom the Executive was responsible and/or about whom he was in possession of confidential information, in any such case in the performance of his or their duties to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.2(a)(i) will include a person who indicates unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that such person would not be a customer for the purposes of that Clause.

 

(b)                                  “Competitive Services” means goods or services competitive with those which during or at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was supplying or negotiating or actively and directly seeking to supply to a Customer for the purpose of a Relevant Business, but excluding such types of goods or services if they were only provided to persons who indicated unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that they would not be a customer for the purposes of Clause 18.2 (a)(i);

 

(c)                                   “Relevant Business” means the areas of business of the Company or any other member of the Group in which, pursuant to his duties, the Executive was materially involved, or in respect of which the Executive was in possession of Confidential Information, in either case at any time during the Relevant Period;

 

(d)                                  “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country or, in the United States, any state in which the Company or any other member of the Group is operating or planning to operate Relevant Business at the expiry of the Relevant Period.  Relevant Business will be operating within the Territory at the expiry of the Relevant Period if it has been conducted or promoted during the Relevant Period;

 

(e)                                   “Employee” means a person who:

 

(i)                                    is employed in or who renders services to Relevant Business of the Company or any other member of the Group in a managerial or marketing or sales or distribution or senior capacity;

 

20



 

(ii)                                 has responsibility for customers of the Company or any other member of the Group or influence over them; or

 

(iii)                              is in possession of confidential information about the Group’s business;

 

and who in any such case was so employed and so rendered services during the Relevant Period and who:

 

(iv)                             had dealings with the Executive during the Relevant Period; or

 

(v)                                about whom at the end of the Relevant Period the Executive had confidential or sensitive information by virtue of the Executive’s duties; and

 

(f)                                    “Relevant Period” means:

 

(i)                                    the period of the Appointment, in relation to the Executive’s actions during the Appointment; and

 

(ii)                                 the period of twelve months ending on the last day of the Appointment or the period of the Appointment if shorter than twelve months, in relation to the Executive’s actions following the end of the Appointment.

 

18.3                         Each sub-clause and part of such sub-clause of this Clause constitutes an entirely separate and independent restriction and does not operate to limit any other obligation owed by the Executive, whether that obligation is express or implied by law.  If any restriction is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is intended and understood by the parties that such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the remaining restrictions.

 

18.4                         The Executive acknowledges that each of the restrictions in this Clause go no further than is necessary for the protection of the Company’s and each other member of the Group’s legitimate business interests.

 

18.5                         Before accepting any offer of employment, either during the Appointment or during the continuance of the restrictions in this Clause 18, the Executive will immediately provide to the person making such offer a complete signed copy of this Agreement.

 

18.6                         Where the Executive’s employment transfers to an employer other than the Company pursuant to TUPE, the new employer may amend the restrictions, taking into account the new employer’s business, to ensure that the restrictions in Clause 18 continue to go no further than is necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the new employer (and any group of which it is a member).  Subject to any such amendment, or if no such amendment is made, the parties agree that, following such TUPE transfer, the interpretation of the restrictions in Clause 18 will depend on whether the Relevant Period includes a period prior to the TUPE transfer.  If it does not include such a period, then the references to the Company and Group shall be understood to refer to the new

 

21



 

employer and any Group of which it is a member.  Otherwise, the references to the Company and the Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any group in which it is a member only in respect of the portion of the Relevant Period following the date of the transfer, and the references to the Company and the Group shall apply in respect of the remainder of the Relevant Period to the employer and the Group as they were immediately prior to the date of transfer.

 

19.                                CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The termination of the Appointment will not affect the rights or remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any of its provisions or the continuing obligations of the Executive or the Company (as the case may be) under any provision of this Agreement expressed to have effect after the Appointment has terminated.

 

20.                                CORPORATE RECONSTRUCTION

 

If the Appointment terminates

 

(a)                                  by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction; or

 

(b)                                  as part of any arrangement for the amalgamation of the undertaking of the Company not involving liquidation; or

 

(c)                                   as part of any arrangement for the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company to any other member of the Group,

 

and the Executive is offered employment of a similar nature with any person resulting from such amalgamation or reconstruction, or with any person with which the undertaking of the Company is amalgamated with any other member of the Group on terms which, when taken as a whole, are not less favourable to the Executive than the terms of the Appointment, the Executive will have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of the termination of the Appointment by reason of the events described in (a), (b) or (c) of this Clause.

 

21.                                AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER COMPANIES IN THE GROUP

 

21.1                         This Agreement is entered into by the Company for itself and in trust for each other member of the Group with the intention that each company will be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement directly against the Executive.

 

21.2                         The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 will not create any rights in favour of the Executive in relation to the benefits granted now or at any time in connection with his employment.

 

22.                                ADDITIONAL TERMS

 

The terms set out in the Schedule are added in compliance with the requirements of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

22



 

23.                                NOTICES

 

All notices and other communications relating to the Appointment will take effect if delivered, upon delivery; if posted, at the earlier of the time of delivery and (if posted in the United Kingdom by first class post) 10.00am on the second business day after posting; or if sent by facsimile, when a complete and legible copy of the communication has been received.  Any communications posted to the Executive should be sent to his last known domestic address or his last known home fax number.  Any communications posted to the Company should be sent to the Company’s head office, for the attention of the Company Secretary.

 

24.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

24.1                         This Agreement operates in substitution for and wholly replaces with effect from the Effective Date all terms previously agreed between the Company and the Executive which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent and the Executive acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims against any member of the Group in respect of salary or any matter prior to that date.

 

24.2                         The Appointment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and no variation or addition to it and no waiver of any provision will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.  The Company will have no liability or remedy in tort against it in respect of any representation, warranty or other statement (other than those contained in this Agreement) being false, inaccurate or incomplete unless it was made fraudulently. The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

24.3                          In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Company handbook or policies, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

24.4                         This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

EXECUTION

 

The parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by executing it below at the end of the Schedule.

 

23



 

SCHEDULE

 

1.                                       The following terms of the Appointment apply on the date of the Agreement to which this is a Schedule:

 

(a)                                  The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 11 January 1999.

 

(b)                                  The Executive has no normal working hours but is required to work during normal business hours and such other hours as may be reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties for the Group.  The Executive agrees that the duration of his working time is not measured or pre-determined and can be determined by him in a manner consistent with the Appointment.

 

(c)                                   For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days are Monday to Friday.

 

2.                                       The following information is supplied pursuant to the Employment Rights Act 1996 and reflects the Company’s current practice:

 

(a)                                  The Executive is expected to exhibit a high standard of propriety, integrity and efficiency in all his dealings with and in the name of the Company and the Group and may be suspended (with pay) or required to take any accrued holiday entitlement during any investigation which it may be necessary for the Company to undertake.

 

(b)                                  The Company will comply with the terms of its non-contractual disciplinary procedure contained in the Staff Handbook.

 

(c)                                   If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment or matters where he considers the Company or any other member of the Group is failing to comply fully with its legal obligations, he should refer that grievance to the Chairman.  Should the Executive remain dissatisfied with the decision made, an appeal may be made to the person nominated by the Company to hear the appeal, who will be a director of the Board not previously involved, or any other person outside the Group who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is appropriate to hear such appeal.  The decision of the appeal hearing will be final and binding.

 

24



 

EXECUTION

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

Dr Geoffrey Guy, Chairman,

 

 

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

 

 

G W RESEARCH LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a Deed by

)

 

 

JUSTIN GOVER

)

/s/ Justin Gover

 

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness’s Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name (in capitals):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

25




Exhibit 10.38

 

DATED         18 January 2013

 

(1) GW RESEARCH LIMITED

 

(2) DR STEPHEN WRIGHT

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

Subject to contract

 

Mayer Brown International LLP

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

1

 

 

 

2.

Appointment

4

 

 

 

3.

Duties during the Appointment

4

 

 

 

4.

Confidentiality

6

 

 

 

5.

Location

8

 

 

 

6.

Salary

8

 

 

 

7.

Bonus

8

 

 

 

8.

Expenses

10

 

 

 

9.

Ill Health and Injury

10

 

 

 

10.

Holidays

11

 

 

 

11.

Benefits during the Appointment

12

 

 

 

12.

Intellectual Property Rights

13

 

 

 

13.

Termination

15

 

 

 

14.

Obligations relating to Termination

16

 

 

 

15.

Statements and Further Assistance

17

 

 

 

16.

Data Protection

17

 

 

 

17.

Use and Monitoring of Equipment

19

 

 

 

18.

Restrictive Covenants

19

 

 

 

19.

Continuing Obligations

22

 

 

 

20.

Corporate Reconstruction

22

 

 

 

21.

Agreements with other Companies in the Group

22

 

 

 

22.

Additional Terms

22

 

 

 

23.

Notices

23

 

 

 

24.

Miscellaneous

23

 



 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

DATE:                                 18 January 2013

 

PARTIES:

 

(1)                                  GW RESEARCH LIMITED whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ (“the Company”); and

 

(2)                                  DR STEPHEN WRIGHT of [address] (“the Executive”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions :

 

In this Agreement the following words and phrases have the meanings given below:

 

“Adverse Event”                                                                                                                                 includes, but is not limited to, any development in the economy generally or in the financial sector which is or may be a Detriment ;

 

“Appointment”                                                                                                                                          the employment of the Executive on the terms of this Agreement;

 

“Board”                                                                                                                                                                               the board of directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Board;

 

“Bribe”                                                                                                                                                                                     a financial or other advantage offered to a person, which is intended to induce that person to perform improperly a function or activity, or as a reward for the improper performance of a function or activity or the offer of a promise of a financial or other advantage where the acceptance of the advantage itself constitutes the improper performance of a function or activity;

 

“Business Unit”                                                                                                                                          means the business division or unit in relation to which any bonus decision was taken and may, where appropriate, include more than one business division or unit as the case may require;

 

“Control”                                                                                                                                                                         shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1124 Corporation Tax Act 2010 or the power of any person whether alone or together with any other person acting in concert with him to control the composition of the Board.  For the avoidance of

 

1



 

doubt there shall be no change of control if Control of the Company is acquired by another company, the shares of which, immediately following such acquisition, are all held by the holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in materially the same proportion as they held shares in the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or (ii) where Clause 20 applies;

 

“Data Controller”                                                                                                                           shall have the meaning given to it by Section 1(1) Data Protection Act 1998;

 

“day’s salary”                                                                                                                                              1/260th of the Executive’s salary;

 

“Detriment”                                                                                                                                                          a detriment which the Company, in good faith, considers has or may have an adverse impact on the Company, or any relevant associated Company or any relevant Business Unit, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

 

·              any financial loss (whether impacting the financial results for the current year or a previous year);

 

·              any reputational damage;

 

·              a restatement in any of the Group accounts;

 

·              any sanction from any government agency or any regulatory authority;

 

“Effective Date”                                                                                                                                  26 February 2013;

 

“Executive’s Personal Data”                                                               Personal Data and Sensitive Personal Data;

 

“Group”                                                                                                                                                                              any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006;

 

“holiday year”                                                                                                                                           the calendar year;

 

“London Stock Exchange”                                                                          London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Parent”                                                                                                                                                                             GW Pharmaceuticals plc;

 

2



 

“Parent Board”                                                                                                                                      the board of directors of the Parent, as constituted from time to time, including any duly appointed committee or nominee of the Parent Board;

 

“Personal Data”                                                                                                                                   personal data (as defined by s.1(1) Data Protection Act 1998) about the Executive;

 

“Remuneration Committee”                                                                 the committee of directors of the Parent as appointed by the Parent Board to determine the remuneration from time to time of the Group’s executives;

 

“salary”                                                                                                                                                                               the salary payable from time to time under Clause 6.1;

 

“Scheme”                                                                                                                                                                        the permanent health insurance scheme referred to in Clause 11.4;

 

“Sensitive Personal Data”                                                                              data about the Executive’s:

 

(i)                              racial or ethnic origins;

 

(ii)                           political opinions;

 

(iii)                        religious beliefs or other beliefs of a similar   nature;

 

(iv)                       membership of a trade union;

 

(v)                          physical or mental health or condition;

 

(vi)                       sexual life; or

 

(vii)                    commission or alleged commission of any offence, or any proceedings for any offence committed or alleged to have been committed by him, the disposal of such proceedings or any sentence of any court in connection with such proceedings;

 

“termination”                                                                                                                                                the ending of the Appointment however it arises and irrespective of its cause or manner but excluding wrongful termination by the Company in relation to Clause 18;

 

“TUPE”                                                                                                                                                                                the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment) Regulations 2006; and

 

“UKLA”                                                                                                                                                                              the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

3



 

1.2                                Construction:

 

(a)                                  References to acting directly or indirectly include acting alone or jointly with or on behalf of or by means of another person and/or giving advice or providing services with a view to assisting another person.

 

(b)                                  References to a person include an individual, firm, corporation and any other organisation however it is constituted and words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

(c)                                   References to an individual holding a position in the Company or the Group mean the holder of that position from time to time or his nominee or such other representative as the Board may nominate.

 

(d)                                  Any reference to any consent, requirement, direction, determination or similar action of the Board shall include an equivalent reference in the alternative to the Parent Board.

 

(e)                                   References to statutory provisions are construed as references to those provisions as amended or re-enacted from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and references to documents are construed as references to documents as replaced or amended from time to time after the date of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       APPOINTMENT

 

2.1                                Upon and subject to the terms of the Appointment, the Company will from the Effective Date employ the Executive as Research and Development Director and the Executive agrees to serve the Company in that capacity, or in such other capacity of similar status as may reasonably be required of him from time to time by the Board.

 

2.2                                The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

3.                                       DUTIES DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

3.1                                The Executive will (unless prevented by ill health or injury) devote the whole of his working time, attention and abilities during the Appointment to the business of the Group and will not, without the prior written consent of the Board (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

 

(a)                                  accept any other appointment, work for or be directly or indirectly engaged in or concerned with the conduct of any other business;  or

 

(b)                                  be directly or indirectly financially interested in any business which may be considered competitive to the business of the Group (and which therefore compromises his ability to perform his duties to the Group under this contract), other than through his holding or being interested in bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange.

 

4



 

3.2                                During the Appointment the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  loyally and diligently perform such duties and exercise such powers for the Group as the Board may from time to time reasonably require, and accept without further payment other offices within the Group;

 

(b)                                  keep the Board properly and regularly informed about the business of the Group and his activities in those businesses;

 

(c)                                   comply with the reasonable and lawful directions given from time to time by the Board;

 

(d)                                comply with his common law, fiduciary and statutory obligations as a director (as set out in the Companies Act 2006), the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable rules and regulations of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange and any other applicable stock exchange, the code mentioned in Clause 3.9, any other internal codes of conduct for employees of the Group and all relevant policies and procedures;

 

(e)                                 co-operate with the Group in complying with its obligations on health and safety;

 

(f)                                  promptly give the Company such information as the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal obligations or the requirements of the UKLA, London Stock Exchange or any other applicable stock exchange; and

 

(g)                                   promote and protect the interests of the Group, always giving it the full benefit of his knowledge, expertise and skill and will not knowingly or deliberately do anything which is to its detriment.

 

3.3                                The Company may assign to the Executive duties which are either additional to or instead of those referred to in Clause 3.2(a), it being understood that he will not be assigned duties which he cannot in the reasonable opinion of the Board be expected to perform.  The Company may also from time to time appoint any other person to act jointly with the Executive in the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers.

 

3.4                                The duties of the Executive as a director of the Company and any other member of the Group are subject to the relevant Articles of Association from time to time.

 

3.5                                The Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly receive or retain any payment or benefit, either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.6                                The Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                             offer, promise or give a Bribe;

 

(b)                             request, agree to receive, receive or accept a Bribe; or

 

5



 

(c)                              Bribe a foreign public official;

 

either in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by him) by or on behalf of the Group or with a view to any such business being transacted.

 

3.7                                If the Executive becomes aware of another individual who performs services for or on behalf of the Group engaging in one of the activities set out in Clause 3.6, he must report it immediately in accordance with the Company’s Whistleblowing Policy. Failure to act in accordance with this clause could result in the Executive being found guilty of an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 and/or the Executive having a sanction imposed upon him pursuant to the Company’s Disciplinary Policy, up to and including, dismissal.  The Executive is expected to be familiar with the terms of any anti-bribery and corruption policies issued by the Company or the Group from time to time.

 

3.8                                As part of and in the normal course of his duties, the Executive will:

 

(a)                                  continue to carry out research into and development of the processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which are from time to time used, made or undertaken by the Group or which could be used, made or undertaken by it, and will invent discover, design, develop or improve them for the benefit of and for use by the Group; and

 

(b)                                  seek and pursue the adoption and development of new processes, products, programs, designs, equipment, techniques and projects which could be used, made or undertaken by the Group.

 

3.9                             During the Appointment or while he is a director of any company in the Group the Executive will comply and will procure, so far as he is able, that his spouse and dependant children (if any) or any trust in which he, his spouse or dependant children may be concerned or interested in as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees applicable within the Group.  The Executive confirms that a copy of the current code has been given to him.

 

4.                                       CONFIDENTIALITY

 

4.1                                The Executive acknowledges that during his employment with the Company he will have access to and will be entrusted with confidential information and trade secrets relating to the business of the Group.  This includes but is not limited to information and secrets relating to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business methods and processes, technical information and know-how relating to the Group’s business and which is not in the public domain, including inventions, designs, programs, techniques, database systems, formulae and ideas;

 

6



 

(c)                                   business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with them and their current or future requirements;

 

(d)                                  information on employees, including their particular skills and areas of expertise, and their terms of employment;

 

(e)                                   stock levels, sales, expenditure levels and pricing policies;

 

(f)                                    budgets, management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports;

 

(g)                                   unpublished price sensitive information or potentially price sensitive information and inside information or potential inside information relating to shares or securities listed or dealt in on any recognised stock exchange;  and

 

(h)                                  any document marked “confidential” or orally communicated as being “confidential” or any information not in the public domain,

 

together, the “Confidential Information”.

 

4.2                                The Executive will not during the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties and then only to those who need to know such Confidential Information) or thereafter (except with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law):

 

(a)                                  divulge or communicate to any person (including any representative of the press or broadcasting or other media);

 

(b)                                  cause or facilitate any unauthorised disclosure through any failure by him to exercise all due care and diligence of; or

 

(c)                                   make use of (other than for the benefit of the Group) of

 

any Confidential Information which may have come to his knowledge during his employment with the Company or in respect of which the Group may be bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party.  The Executive will also use his best endeavours to use adequate security measures and prevent the publication or disclosure of any such Confidential Information.  These restrictions will not apply after the Appointment has terminated to Confidential Information which has become available to the public generally, otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure.

 

4.3                                All notes, memoranda, and other records (however stored) made by the Executive during his employment with the Company and which relate to the business of the Group will belong to the relevant member of the Group and will promptly be handed over to the Company (or as the Company directs) from time to time on request and at the end of the Appointment, without copies being kept by the Executive or anyone else on his behalf.  The Executive agrees, on return of such records, to give an undertaking that he has not retained any Confidential Information or any copies of it.

 

7



 

5.                                       LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based at the Company’s offices in Central London from time to time, but may be required to work at other locations within the United Kingdom within a 50 mile radius of central London as the Board may from time to time reasonably determine, whether on a temporary or permanent basis, in the performance of his duties.

 

6.                                       SALARY

 

6.1                                The Company will pay to the Executive a salary at the rate of £227,287 per annum, including any director’s fees to which he may be entitled as a director of the Group.  This salary will accrue from day to day and will normally be payable by equal instalments in arrears at the end of each month, and will be subject to such deductions as may be required by law or under the terms of the Appointment.

 

6.2                                The Remuneration Committee will review the Executive’s Salary annually, but such review does not necessarily imply an increase.  The review will take account of such factors as the Remuneration Committee considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Company and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.  Any increase in the rate of the Executive’s Salary will normally be effective from 1 January in each year following the review.

 

6.3                                The Executive will also be eligible for a car allowance of £15,600 per annum.  The car allowance will be paid monthly, less such deductions as are required by law.  It will not be part of the Executive’s salary and will not count towards any salary related benefits, including his pension.

 

6.4                                The Group may deduct from any money owed to the Executive any money which the Executive, owes or may be owing to the Company or any other member of the Group.

 

7.                                       BONUS

 

7.1                                The Executive will, in addition to his salary, be eligible for a discretionary bonus. The terms and amount of this bonus (and whether it is paid in cash or in other forms, such as shares or share options, whether it vests immediately or over a period of time, or whether it is subject to adjustment after grant) will be decided from time to time by the Remuneration Committee in its sole discretion.  Any payment will not form part of the Executive’s salary, and will not be taken into account in calculating any benefits which are calculated by reference to salary.  In determining whether a bonus is to be paid, and if so the size of that bonus, the Remuneration Committee may take into account such factors as it considers, in its absolute discretion, to be appropriate, which may include anticipated future performance or service and/or past performance of the Executive and/or the Group, although it has no obligation to take any of these factors into account.

 

7.2                                For the avoidance of doubt, bonus will not accrue, nor will the Executive have any legitimate expectation as to the size or form of the discretionary bonus, until the

 

8



 

Company pays it to him and any communication before a bonus is paid shall be treated as indicative only. There are no circumstances whether in reliance on express or implied terms or otherwise where the Executive can require pay out of a particular sum or payment in a particular form or claim compensation for loss of such a bonus. Upon the Termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.3 or 13.4, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any bonus scheme.

 

7.3                                It is agreed that, where the Company operates a bonus scheme for a particular period, the Company will have a complete and unfettered discretion to alter, amend or discontinue any bonus scheme at the end of that period, in respect of any subsequent period and the Executive will have no expectation of a continuation of the previous bonus scheme.

 

7.4                                Without prejudice to Clause 7.3, it is agreed that, where a bonus scheme has been announced by the Company covering a period of time (e.g. annual), during that period, notwithstanding the provisions of any bonus scheme or bonus arrangements, the Company shall have the right to alter, substitute or cancel any scheme or arrangement, or to alter, substitute or cancel any provisions of any such scheme or arrangement, or any payments or benefits to be provided under such scheme or arrangement in its sole discretion at any time, where it deems it necessary to do so as a result of legal regulatory or compliance reasons, regardless of whether such a change will or may have retrospective effect.  Such changes shall take effect from the date specified by the Company, whether that date is before or after the date of the communication of such change.

 

7.5                                In the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other scheme or arrangement the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.6                                Without prejudice to Clause 7 in respect of any bonus (or part of any bonus) (and whether in cash or any other form whatsoever) awarded to the Executive (whether in cash or in any other form whatsoever), which has not yet been paid or vested under the terms of the award, if:

 

(a)                             the Executive has engaged in conduct which justifies summary dismissal without notice or payment in lieu of notice; or

 

(b)                             an Adverse Event has taken place,

 

then (without prejudice to any other claims which the Company may have) the Company may determine that all or part of the said bonus is forfeited or reduced, with immediate effect.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(c)                              the Company may make a determination under this Clause 7.6 in relation to the Executive as an individual or as a member of a class; and

 

9


 

(d)                             this Clause 7.6 will continue to apply after the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason including its termination to either party in breach.

 

The Executive shall have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of any tax or social security deductions that are made in respect of any bonus awarded in the event that any such bonus is subsequently declared by the Company to be forfeited or reduced.

 

8.                                       EXPENSES

 

The Executive will be entitled, upon production of satisfactory evidence of payment or expenditure, to be reimbursed all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly and wholly incurred by him in the performance of his duties.

 

9.                                       ILL HEALTH AND INJURY

 

9.1                                If at any time during the Appointment the Executive is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury, he will nevertheless, for so long as the Appointment remains in force, be entitled to his salary during any period of incapacity of not more than 180 days (whether consecutive or not) in any period of fifty-two consecutive weeks.  Thereafter, for so long as the Appointment remains in effect and subject to Clauses 9.5 to 9.7, any further payments will be limited to those payments which may be due under the Scheme or, if no payments are due, to such salary as may be determined in the sole discretion of the Board and, as a condition of any such payment, the Executive may be required to comply with Clause 14 as if the Appointment had been terminated.

 

9.2                                The payment of any such salary will be:

 

(a)                                  subject to the production of satisfactory evidence from a registered medical practitioner in respect of any period of absence in excess of seven consecutive days;  and

 

(b)                                  inclusive of any statutory sick pay to which the Executive may be entitled and the Company may deduct from his salary the amount of any social security benefits he may receive or be entitled to receive.

 

9.3                                The Executive will promptly inform the Company if he is unable to perform his duties as a result of ill health or injury caused by a third party and for which compensation is or may be recoverable.  In return for the Company continuing to pay his salary and to provide other benefits during the Appointment, he will take such action as the Company may reasonably request in connection with pursuing a claim against such third party, in order to recover for the benefit of the Company the costs of continuing the Appointment.  He will keep the Company regularly informed of the progress of any claim, provide such information about it as the Company may from time to time reasonably require, and will immediately notify the Company in writing of any compromise, settlement, award or judgment.  He will, upon being requested to do so, refund to the Company the lesser of the amount recovered by him (after deducting any related costs borne by him) and the aggregate cost of the salary and other benefits paid

 

10



 

to him during his ill health or injury and will hold these proceeds on trust for the Company to apply them in repayment of this obligation.

 

9.4                                At the request and expense of the Company the Executive will from time to time submit himself to a medical examination by a suitably qualified person of the Company’s choice, whether or not he is unable to perform his duties for the Group as a result of ill health or injury.  If such person is unable to confirm that he is fit to perform his duties or if there are factors which such person considers are relevant to the performance of those duties, the Executive will co-operate in ensuring the prompt delivery of all relevant medical reports to the Company and will allow the Company access to any relevant medical report which has been prepared by a medical practitioner responsible for his clinical care.

 

9.5                                 At any time during his incapacity the Company may refer the Executive to the insurers of the Scheme subject always, to the provisions of Clause 11.4 and Clause 11.6.

 

9.6                                 If any claim under the Scheme is accepted in whole or in part:

 

(a)                                the Company will immediately upon that acceptance cease to be under any obligation to pay any amounts or to provide any benefits to the Executive other than those provided under the terms of the Scheme;  and

 

(b)                                the provisions of Clause 14 will immediately apply as if the Appointment had terminated.  The Company will then automatically become entitled to appoint a successor to the Executive to perform all or any of his duties and Clause 3 will be amended accordingly.

 

9.7                              If the Board considers that the Executive is likely to qualify for payments under the Scheme or upon acceptance of his claim under Clause 9.6 and for so long as he receives benefits under the Scheme, the Company will not terminate the Appointment on arbitrary or capricious grounds or if its sole intention is to deprive him of the benefits under the Scheme.  Nothing in this Clause 9 will prevent the Company from terminating the Appointment on any other grounds, including if it is not a requirement that the Executive remains an employee of the Company in order to receive the benefits under the Scheme.

 

9.8                              If the Executive has been incapacitated by ill health or injury for the period set out in Clause 9.1, the Company may, at any time prior to both his full recovery and full return to work, notwithstanding any other provision of the Appointment, terminate it with immediate effect by notice in writing to the Executive.

 

10.                                HOLIDAYS

 

10.1                         The Executive will (in addition to normal public holidays) be entitled to 25 paid days’ holiday in each complete holiday year during the Appointment. The Executive is expected to take no fewer than 20 working days holiday in each holiday year.  This holiday is to be taken at such times as are convenient to the Company in line with its operational requirements and the availability of other directors of the Company.  The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding holiday during any

 

11



 

period of notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2, or for which he is not required to work pursuant to Clause 13.4.

 

10.2                         The entitlement to holiday accrues pro rata throughout each holiday year.  Any entitlement to holiday remaining at the end of any holiday year will lapse (unless such entitlement arises according to the circumstances stated in Clause 10.1.), unless otherwise permitted by the Board, and no salary in lieu of such entitlement will be paid.

 

10.3                         On the termination of the Appointment (other than by reason of Clause 13.3 or where he terminates the Appointment in breach of its terms) the Executive will be entitled to a day’s salary in lieu of each day’s holiday accrued due but not taken in respect of the holiday year in which termination takes effect.  If he has taken holiday in excess of his accrued entitlement, the Company may deduct a day’s salary for each excess day taken from any monies owed to him by the Company.

 

11.                                BENEFITS DURING THE APPOINTMENT

 

11.1                         The Executive will arrange his own personal pension scheme into which the Company will, for each complete year of the Appointment, contribute on a monthly basis a sum equal (unless the Executive requests a lower payment) to 17.5 per cent of his salary, provided that the Executive’s scheme is a “registered scheme” for the purposes of the Finance Act 2004 and the Company’s contributions to the scheme do not exceed the “annual allowance” as defined in the Finance Act 2004.  It will be the Executive’s responsibility to decide whether to limit the Company’s contributions to a lower amount, in light of any change in legislation or any retirement benefits accruing to the Executive under other registered pension schemes or otherwise, in order to avoid liability for any charge to income tax in respect of these contributions.

 

11.2                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement pay all necessary premiums and make all necessary payments to provide the Executive with life assurance cover which in the event of the Executive’s death while employed under this Agreement shall pay to the Executive’s chosen dependants a sum equal to six times his basic salary, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company including the requirement for a medical examination.

 

11.3                        The Company shall during the term of this Agreement cover the cost of membership for the Executive and the Executive’s spouse and children under the age of 18 or in full time education of an appropriate private patients medical plan with “BUPA” or such other reputable medical insurance scheme as the Company shall decide from time to time, subject to the rules of the scheme and the approval of his application for membership by the relevant insurer.

 

11.4                         The Company shall pay all premiums and make all necessary payments to make available the Scheme for the benefit of the Executive upon such terms as shall provide for the payment to the Executive throughout the period of any qualifying ill-health or disability (with the exception of the first 26 consecutive weeks thereof) of sums at a rate per annum equal to 75 per cent of pensionable salary on the date such absence commences less the amount of a single person’s state sickness benefits, subject to any limits, terms and conditions imposed by statute or the relevant insurance company

 

12



 

including the requirement for a medical examination and acceptance of the Executive’s claim.

 

11.5                         The provision of these insured benefits will be subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide, including but not limited to deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits and the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.

 

11.6                         The Executive agrees that the provision by the Company of the insured benefits above is on the basis that the Company will have no responsibility for the decisions taken by the insurers about any claim by the Company or the Executive and that there are no circumstances in which the Group can be liable to the Executive for any such benefits, or loss of such benefits, which the insurers have declined to pay for whatever reason.  Any such insured benefits will be subject always to the terms of the relevant insurance policy between the Company and the insurer.

 

12.                                INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

12.1                         For the purpose of this Clause 12:

 

(a)                                “Intellectual Property” means all present and future intellectual property, including patents, inventions, utility models, trade and service marks, trade names, domain names, rights in designs, copyrights, moral rights, topography rights, rights in databases, trade secrets and know-how, in all cases whether or not registered or registrable and including registrations and applications for registration of any of these and rights to apply for the same and all rights and forms of protection of a similar nature or having equivalent or similar effect to any of these anywhere in the world (whether now known or in the future created), in each case for the full term thereof including all renewals and extensions;

 

(b)                                “Executive Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop during the period of his employment (whether or not made, originated or developed during normal working hours) and which affect or relate to or connect to the business of the Group from time to time or are capable of being used or adapted for use in it, other than any Executive Inventions; and

 

(c)                                 “Executive Invention” means all inventions (which term bears the same meaning as in the Patents Act 1977) which the Executive alone or with one or more others may make, originate, suggest, devise or develop either in the course of (i) his normal duties where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (ii) duties falling outside his normal duties, but specifically assigned to him where an invention might reasonably be expected to result from the carrying out of his duties or (iii) duties where, at the time of making the invention, because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from the nature of his duties he had a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and/or the Group.

 

13



 

12.2                         Any Executive Intellectual Property and any Executive Inventions will be notified and disclosed by the Executive to the Company in an appropriate manner (bearing in mind the need to keep inventions confidential) as soon as it comes into existence, and the Executive will keep any such Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Inventions confidential.  In the case of Executive Inventions the notification and disclosure obligations in this Clause 12.2 apply irrespective of whether the Company is entitled to ownership of such Executive Invention by virtue of s39 Patents Act 1977.  If the Company is not entitled to ownership, it shall keep the information confidential in accordance with Clause 4 of this Agreement (unless otherwise agreed).

 

12.3                         Save as provided by law and in particular as provided by the Patents Act 1977, all Executive Inventions or Executive Intellectual Property will belong to the Company.  Insofar as permissible by law, the Executive hereby assigns to the Company absolutely with full title guarantee and free from all encumbrances (by way of present assignment of all future rights) all rights, title and interest in and to the Executive Invention and Executive Intellectual Property.  Any Executive Invention or Executive Intellectual Property which cannot be assigned to the Company in accordance with this Clause 12.3 will insofar as permissible by law be held on trust by the Executive for the benefit of the Company (or relevant member of the Group) until the same are vested absolutely in the Company.

 

12.4                         The Executive acknowledges, including for the purpose of s39 Patents Act 1977, that because of the nature of his duties and the particular responsibilities arising from those duties, his employment with the Company carries with it a special obligation to further the interests of the Company and other members of the Group.

 

12.5                         The Executive undertakes that, at the Company’s expense and upon request (whether during or after the termination of the Appointment), he will execute such documents, make such applications, give such assistance and do such acts and things as may be necessary to enable the Company or relevant member of the Group to enjoy the full benefit of this Clause 12.5, whether during or after termination of the Appointment.  This will include the giving of assistance or advice (including giving evidence if so required) in connection with:

 

(a)                                 the prosecution of any applications for the registration of;

 

(b)                                 any claims or proceedings brought to prevent or bring to an end the infringement of;

 

(c)                                  all steps necessary to assign; and/or;

 

(d)          any claims or proceedings concerning or affecting the validity of,

 

any Executive Intellectual Property and/or any rights in any Executive Invention.

 

12.6                         Should the Executive fail to comply with a request under Clause 12.5, the Executive hereby grants to any duly authorised representative of the Company an irrevocable power of attorney to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to this Clause 12.

 

14



 

12.7                         Immediately upon the termination of the Appointment or earlier at the Company’s request, the Executive will deliver up to the Company the subject matter of, and all data relating to, all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions (including all related documents and materials and, in the case of software, all source code in a format or formats reasonably requested by the Company) in the Executive’s possession, custody or power; and ensure that all know-how relating to all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions is recorded on the Company’s know-how systems or otherwise communicated or made available to the Company.

 

12.8                         Following termination of the Appointment, the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will make himself available to explain know-how or other aspects of any Executive Intellectual Property and/or Executive Inventions, if reasonably requested by the Company; and

 

(b)                                  will keep all Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions confidential unless or until they are disclosed in the public domain or otherwise cease to be confidential through no fault or act of the Executive.

 

12.9                         The Executive irrevocably waives all moral rights which he might otherwise have or be deemed to have under Chapter IV Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 or under any other similar law anywhere in the world.

 

12.10                  Save as provided by law and set out herein, the Executive has no rights to additional remuneration or compensation in respect of any Executive Intellectual Property or Executive Invention.

 

13.                                TERMINATION

 

13.1                         The Appointment will continue until either party gives to the other not less than 12 months’ written notice.

 

13.2                         The Company may, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and irrespective of whether the grounds for termination arose before or after the Appointment began, at any time, by notice in writing to the Executive, terminate the Appointment with immediate effect:

 

(a)                                  if a petition is presented or any order is made or any notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing a resolution for his bankruptcy or he becomes bankrupt or makes any composition or enters into any deed of arrangement with his creditors generally;

 

(b)                                  if he is prohibited by law or by any decision of a regulatory body from being a director or taking part in the management of the Group or ceases to be a director of the Company without the consent of the Board;

 

(c)                                   if he is convicted of

 

(i)                                      a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect his position as an employee of the Company, bearing in

 

15



 

mind the nature of his duties and the capacity in which he is employed;  or

 

(ii)                                   an offence relating to insider dealing;

 

(d)                                  if he commits, in the opinion of the Financial Services Authority, the civil offence of market abuse under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

 

(e)                                   if he is guilty of any serious default or misconduct in connection with or affecting the business of the Group;

 

(f)                                    if he commits any serious or repeated breach of his obligations of the Appointment or is guilty of serious neglect or negligence in the performance of his duties; or

 

(g)                                   if he behaves in a manner (whether on or off duty) which is likely to bring the Group into disrepute or prejudice its interests or which seriously impairs his ability to perform his duties.

 

13.3                         If the Company wishes to terminate the employment of the Executive or if the Executive wishes to leave the employment of the Company in either case before the expiry of the period of notice specified in Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and whether or not notice has been given under that Clause, the Company may require the Executive:

 

(a)                                  to perform duties not within his normal duties or to undertake special projects;  or

 

(b)                                  not to attend for work for all or any part of the period of notice (if notice has been given) or (if notice has not been given) for a period equivalent to the notice required to be given under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2.  For so long as the Executive is not required to work during such period, he will remain an employee of the Company.  He will continue to receive his salary and other contractual entitlements, except for any bonus under Clause 7, and will continue to be bound by all the terms of this Agreement.  He will not directly or indirectly work for any person, have any contact with any customer of the Group or, for business purposes, have contact with any employee of the Group without the prior written agreement of the Board.  If the Executive is not required to attend for work under this Clause the Company shall be entitled to offset any outstanding accrued holiday due to the Executive for each day of non-attendance.

 

14.                                OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO TERMINATION

 

14.1                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or, upon the exercise by the Company of its right under Clause 13.4(b), the Executive will hand over to the Company all property belonging to any member of the Group relating to its business (including but not limited to any Confidential Information and any Executive Intellectual Property and Executive Inventions) which may be in his possession or under his control, and without him or anyone on his behalf keeping copies of any reproduceable items or

 

16



 

extracts from them and without having downloaded any information stored on any computer storage medium.  He will, on being requested to do so, send to the Company Secretary a signed statement that he has complied with this sub-clause;

 

14.2                         Upon the termination of the Appointment or (if earlier) upon either party giving notice under Clause 13.1 or, if applicable, Clause 13.2 and the Company exercising its rights under Clause 13.4, the Executive will resign at the request of the Company, without claim for compensation, from all offices held by him in the Group and from all trusteeships held by him of any pension scheme or other trusts established by the Company or any other member of the Group.  Should he fail to do so the Board is irrevocably authorised to appoint a person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations.  Such resignations will be given and accepted without prejudice to any claims which the Company and the Executive may have arising out of or in connection with the Appointment and its termination.

 

14.3                         Upon the Termination of the Appointment, the Executive will have no rights as a result of this Agreement or any alleged breach of this Agreement to any compensation under or in respect of any share options or long term incentive plans in which he may participate or have received grants or allocations at or before the date the Appointment terminates.  Any rights which he may have under such schemes will be exclusively governed by the rules of such schemes.

 

15.                                STATEMENTS AND FURTHER ASSISTANCE

 

After the termination of the Appointment the Executive:

 

(a)                                  will not at any time make any adverse, untrue or misleading statement about any member of the Group or its officers or employees or represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company; and

 

(b)                                  will co-operate with any member of the Group for whom he performed duties by providing such reasonable assistance as may be required in connection with any matter, where it considers that the Executive has knowledge or information which is relevant to such claim.  The provision of such assistance may include attending meetings, giving and signing statements and attending hearings at such times and at such locations that may be convenient to the Executive.  The Company will reasonably compensate the Executive for his time on a per diem basis (with reference to his day’s salary under this contract of employment or such other amount as the Executive can reasonably justify with reference to his usual employment terms at that time).  The Company will reimburse the Executive for his reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.

 

16.                                DATA PROTECTION

 

16.1                       For the purpose of the Data Protection Act 1998, the Company is the Data Controller in respect of all Executive’s Personal Data processed under this Clause 16.  The Executive’s Personal Data may be processed (which includes, without limitation, the collection, retention, use and disclosure (both electronically and manually)) solely for

 

17



 

purposes relating to the Executive’s employment and the operation, management, security and administration of the business of the Company or any other member of the Group.  This may include but is not limited to processing done in connection with:

 

(a)                                  administering and maintaining personnel records;

 

(b)                                  planning, paying and reviewing salary and other remuneration and benefits;

 

(c)                                   planning, providing and administering benefits whether statutory or contractual;

 

(d)                                  assessments of the Executive’s performance or conduct including performance appraisals and reviews and for disciplinary and grievance procedure purposes;

 

(e)                                   maintaining sickness and other absence records;

 

(f)                                    maintaining health and safety records and ensuring a safe working environment;

 

(g)                                   taking decisions on the Executive’s fitness to work and complying with obligations under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

(h)                                  providing references and information to future employers (whether inside the Group or outside the Group);

 

(i)                                      providing information to the appropriate external authorities for tax, social security and other purposes as required by law to comply with any statutory duty;

 

(j)                                     equal opportunities, ethnic monitoring and compliance with legal obligations in connection with them;

 

(k)                                  providing information to any future purchasers of the Company or to any transferees of the business in which the Executive works, including but not limited to, for due diligence purposes; and

 

(l)                                      planning or reviewing options, in relation to the operation or management of the Company.

 

16.2                          The Executive, by signing this agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be processed and also consents to such processing for those purposes.  Furthermore, the Executive, by signing this Agreement, explicitly consents to the processing of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

16.3                          The Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes) located in a country or territory outside the European Economic Area for any of the above purposes.  The Executive, by signing this Agreement, acknowledges that he has been notified of the purposes for which the Executive’s Personal Data may be transferred and the recipients of such Personal Data and that he also consents to transfers for those purposes.  Furthermore,

 

18



 

the Executive explicitly consents to the transfer of Sensitive Personal Data for those purposes.

 

17.                                USE AND MONITORING OF EQUIPMENT

 

17.1                          Unless he has the prior written consent of the Chairman, the Executive will not use any computer hardware or software or any other technical equipment or systems owned, licensed or rented:

 

(a)                                   by the Company for any purpose other than to carry out his proper duties; or

 

(b)                                   by him or any person other than the Company for any purpose connected with the carrying out of his proper duties.

 

17.2                          The Executive agrees that the Group may monitor, intercept or record his use of office equipment, including but not limited to: email, the internet, his telephone and any mobile phone issued to the Executive by the Company.

 

18.                                RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

18.1                         Without prejudice to Clause 3, during the Appointment and for the periods set out below after the termination of the Appointment less in the case of Clause 18.1(a) any period during which the Executive is not required to attend for work pursuant to Clause 13.4, he will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  for 12 months, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory.  Competitive Services will be provided within the Territory of any business in which the Executive is to be involved is located, or will be located, or is conducted or will be conducted, wholly or partly within the Territory;

 

(b)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage a Customer to transfer or remove custom from the Company or any other member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   for 12 months solicit or accept business from a Customer for the supply of Competitive Services;  or

 

(d)                                  for 12 months entice, induce or encourage an Employee to leave or seek to leave his or her position with the Company or any other member of the Group for the purpose of being involved in or concerned with the supply of Competitive Services, regardless of whether or not that Employee acts in breach of his or her contract of employment with the Company or any other member of the Group by so doing.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.1(a) will prevent the Executive, after the termination of his employment, from holding bona fide investments representing not more than three per cent of any class of shares or securities in any company listed or dealt in on any recognised investment exchange; .

 

19


 

18.2                         For the purpose of this Clause 18:

 

(a)                                  “Customer” means a person:

 

(i)                                      who is at the expiry of the Relevant Period or who was at any time during the Relevant Period a customer of the Company or any other member of the Group (whether or not goods or services were actually provided during such period) or to whom at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was actively and directly seeking to supply goods or services, in either case for the purpose of a Relevant Business; and

 

(ii)                                   with whom the Executive or an Employee in a Relevant Business reporting directly to him had dealings at any time during the Relevant Period or and/or for whom the Executive was responsible and/or about whom he was in possession of confidential information, in any such case in the performance of his or their duties to the Company or any Associated Company.

 

Nothing in Clause 18.2(a)(i) will include a person who indicates unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that such person would not be a customer for the purposes of that Clause.

 

(b)                                  “Competitive Services” means goods or services competitive with those which during or at the expiry of the Relevant Period the Company or any other member of the Group was supplying or negotiating or actively and directly seeking to supply to a Customer for the purpose of a Relevant Business, but excluding such types of goods or services if they were only provided to persons who indicated unequivocally during the first six months of the Relevant Period that they would not be a customer for the purposes of Clause 18.2 (a)(i);

 

(c)                                   “Relevant Business” means the areas of business of the Company or any other member of the Group in which, pursuant to his duties, the Executive was materially involved, or in respect of which the Executive was in possession of Confidential Information, in either case at any time during the Relevant Period;

 

(d)                                  “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country or, in the United States, any state in which the Company or any other member of the Group is operating or planning to operate Relevant Business at the expiry of the Relevant Period.  Relevant Business will be operating within the Territory at the expiry of the Relevant Period if it has been conducted or promoted during the Relevant Period;

 

(e)                                   “Employee” means a person who:

 

(i)                                      is employed in or who renders services to Relevant Business of the Company or any other member of the Group in a managerial or marketing or sales or distribution or senior capacity;

 

20



 

(ii)                                   has responsibility for customers of the Company or any other member of the Group or influence over them; or

 

(iii)                                is in possession of confidential information about the Group’s business;

 

and who in any such case was so employed and so rendered services during the Relevant Period and who:

 

(iv)                               had dealings with the Executive during the Relevant Period; or

 

(v)                                  about whom at the end of the Relevant Period the Executive had confidential or sensitive information by virtue of the Executive’s duties; and

 

(f)                                    “Relevant Period” means:

 

(i)                                      the period of the Appointment, in relation to the Executive’s actions during the Appointment; and

 

(ii)                                   the period of twelve months ending on the last day of the Appointment or the period of the Appointment if shorter than twelve months, in relation to the Executive’s actions following the end of the Appointment.

 

18.3                         Each sub-clause and part of such sub-clause of this Clause constitutes an entirely separate and independent restriction and does not operate to limit any other obligation owed by the Executive, whether that obligation is express or implied by law.  If any restriction is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is intended and understood by the parties that such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the remaining restrictions.

 

18.4                         The Executive acknowledges that each of the restrictions in this Clause go no further than is necessary for the protection of the Company’s and each other member of the Group’s legitimate business interests.

 

18.5                         Before accepting any offer of employment, either during the Appointment or during the continuance of the restrictions in this Clause 18, the Executive will immediately provide to the person making such offer a complete signed copy of this Agreement.

 

18.6                         Where the Executive’s employment transfers to an employer other than the Company pursuant to TUPE, the new employer may amend the restrictions, taking into account the new employer’s business, to ensure that the restrictions in Clause 18 continue to go no further than is necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the new employer (and any group of which it is a member).  Subject to any such amendment, or if no such amendment is made, the parties agree that, following such TUPE transfer, the interpretation of the restrictions in Clause 18 will depend on whether the Relevant Period includes a period prior to the TUPE transfer.  If it does not include such a period, then the references to the Company and Group shall be understood to refer to the new

 

21



 

employer and any Group of which it is a member.  Otherwise, the references to the Company and the Group shall be understood to refer to the new employer and any group in which it is a member only in respect of the portion of the Relevant Period following the date of the transfer, and the references to the Company and the Group shall apply in respect of the remainder of the Relevant Period to the employer and the Group as they were immediately prior to the date of transfer.

 

19.                                CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The termination of the Appointment will not affect the rights or remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any of its provisions or the continuing obligations of the Executive or the Company (as the case may be) under any provision of this Agreement expressed to have effect after the Appointment has terminated.

 

20.                                CORPORATE RECONSTRUCTION

 

If the Appointment terminates

 

(a)                                  by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction;  or

 

(b)                                  as part of any arrangement for the amalgamation of the undertaking of the Company not involving liquidation;  or

 

(c)                                   as part of any arrangement for the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company to any other member of the Group,

 

and the Executive is offered employment of a similar nature with any person resulting from such amalgamation or reconstruction, or with any person with which the undertaking of the Company is amalgamated with any other member of the Group on terms which, when taken as a whole, are not less favourable to the Executive than the terms of the Appointment, the Executive will have no claim against the Company or any other member of the Group in respect of the termination of the Appointment by reason of the events described in (a), (b) or (c) of this Clause.

 

21.                                AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER COMPANIES IN THE GROUP

 

21.1                         This Agreement is entered into by the Company for itself and in trust for each other member of the Group with the intention that each company will be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement directly against the Executive.

 

21.2                         The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 will not create any rights in favour of the Executive in relation to the benefits granted now or at any time in connection with his employment.

 

22.                                ADDITIONAL TERMS

 

The terms set out in the Schedule are added in compliance with the requirements of the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

22



 

23.                                NOTICES

 

All notices and other communications relating to the Appointment will take effect if delivered, upon delivery;  if posted, at the earlier of the time of delivery and (if posted in the United Kingdom by first class post) 10.00am on the second business day after posting;  or if sent by facsimile, when a complete and legible copy of the communication has been received.  Any communications posted to the Executive should be sent to his last known domestic address or his last known home fax number.  Any communications posted to the Company should be sent to the Company’s head office, for the attention of the Company Secretary.

 

24.                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

24.1                         This Agreement operates in substitution for and wholly replaces with effect from the Effective Date all terms previously agreed between the Company and the Executive which will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent and the Executive acknowledges that he has no outstanding claims against any member of the Group in respect of salary or any matter prior to that date.

 

24.2                         The Appointment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and no variation or addition to it and no waiver of any provision will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.  The Company will have no liability or remedy in tort against it in respect of any representation, warranty or other statement (other than those contained in this Agreement) being false, inaccurate or incomplete unless it was made fraudulently. The Executive acknowledges that he is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not contained in this Agreement.

 

24.3                          In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Company handbook or policies, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

 

24.4                         This Agreement will be construed in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any disputes which may arise in connection with this Agreement.

 

EXECUTION

 

The parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Agreement by executing it below at the end of the Schedule.

 

23



 

SCHEDULE

 

1.                                       The following terms of the Appointment apply on the date of the Agreement to which this is a Schedule:

 

(a)                                  The Executive’s period of continuous employment began on 1 January 2004.

 

(b)                                  The Executive has no normal working hours but is required to work during normal business hours and such other hours as may be reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties for the Group.  The Executive agrees that the duration of his working time is not measured or pre-determined and can be determined by him in a manner consistent with the Appointment.

 

(c)                                   For Statutory Sick Pay purposes, the Executive’s qualifying days are Monday to Friday.

 

2.                                       The following information is supplied pursuant to the Employment Rights Act 1996 and reflects the Company’s current practice:

 

(a)                                  The Executive is expected to exhibit a high standard of propriety, integrity and efficiency in all his dealings with and in the name of the Company and the Group and may be suspended (with pay) or required to take any accrued holiday entitlement during any investigation which it may be necessary for the Company to undertake.

 

(b)                                  The Company will comply with the terms of its non-contractual disciplinary procedure contained in the Staff Handbook.

 

(c)                                   If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment or matters where he considers the Company or any other member of the Group is failing to comply fully with its legal obligations, he should refer that grievance to the Chairman.  Should the Executive remain dissatisfied with the decision made, an appeal may be made to the person nominated by the Company to hear the appeal, who will be a director of the Board not previously involved, or any other person outside the Group who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is appropriate to hear such appeal.  The decision of the appeal hearing will be final and binding.

 

24



 

EXECUTION

 

SIGNED by

)

Justin Gover, Director,

 

duly authorised for and on behalf of

)

/s/ Justin Gover

G W RESEARCH LIMITED

)

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a Deed by

)

DR STEPHEN WRIGHT

)

/s/ DR STEPHEN WRIGHT

 

 

in the presence of:

)

 

 

Witness’s Signature:

 

/s/ Eunice Brown

 

 

 

Name (in capitals):

 

Eunice Brown

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

25




Exhibit 10.39

 

GRAPHIC

 

26 th  February 2013

 

Mr James Noble

 

[address]

 

Dear James

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company”)

 

I am writing to record the terms of your appointment as a non-executive Director of the Company, which commenced on 26 January 2007 and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 3 months’ prior written notice or as provided for in paragraph 1 below.

 

It is agreed that, on acceptance of this offer, this letter will constitute a contract for services and not a contract of employment and you confirm that you are not subject to any restrictions which prevent you from holding office as a director.

 

1.                                       Appointment

 

(a)                                  Your appointment as a non-executive Director is subject to the Articles of Association of the Company. Your appointment will be subject to the usual rules requiring your appointment and re-appointment to be approved by shareholders. Your appointment will automatically terminate without any entitlement to compensation if you:

 

(i)                                      are removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders;

 

(ii)                                   are not re-elected to office; or

 

(iii)                                cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

(b)                                  The Company may terminate your appointment with immediate effect if you:

 

(i)                                      commit any act, whether or not in the course of your duties for the Company, which tends to bring you or the Company or Group into disrepute;

 

(ii)                                   commit a material breach of your obligations under this letter;

 



 

(iii)                                commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of your obligations to the Company (which include an obligation not to breach your duties to the Company, whether statutory, fiduciary or common law);

 

(iv)                               are declared bankrupt or have made an arrangement with, or for the benefit of, your creditors;

 

(v)                                  are convicted of any arrestable criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the UK or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed); or

 

(vi)                               are unavailable to perform your duties under your appointment for 6 months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

 

(c)                                   During any period of notice in accordance with this agreement, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf.

 

(d)                                  Non-executive directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms but may be invited by the Board to serve for an additional period. Any term renewal is subject to Board review and AGM re-election. Notwithstanding any mutual expectation, there is no right to re-nomination by the Board, either annually or after any three-year period.

 

(e)                                   Upon the ending of your appointment for any reason, you will resign at the request of the Company, without any claim for compensation (other than for accrued and unpaid fees due under this letter), from all directorships and other offices held by you in the Company and any other member of the Group and from all trusteeships held by you of any pension scheme or other trusts established by any member of the Group.  Should you fail to do so, you irrevocably appoint any member of the Board as your attorney in your name and on your behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to those resignations.

 

2.                                       Time commitment

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties, and you should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per annum on Company business. You are expected to attend Board Meetings and General Meetings of the shareholders of the Company as and when they are held.  In addition, you will exercise those functions that are specifically delegated to you from time to time by the Board.

 

(b)                                  In addition to your appointment to the Board, you will become a director of GW Pharma Limited, the principal trading company of the GW group, which company shall be responsible for the payment of your Director’s fees and expenses (as referred to in paragraph 3 below).

 



 

(c)                                   You will be required to continue to sit on the Remuneration Committee, and the Nomination Committee and you will chair the Audit Committee of the Board. You will also act as senior independent non-executive director.

 

(d)                                  We expect this role to involve attendance at six Board meetings, the Annual General Meeting, Pre-Audit committee meetings with auditors and occasional attendance, as required, and meetings with other advisers and shareholders. Unless urgent and unavoidable circumstances prevent you from doing so, it is expected that you will attend these meetings.

 

(e)                                   Additional time may be required, on an ad-hoc basis, to deal with certain Board and sub-committee matters as they arise.  The nature of the role makes it impossible to be specific about the maximum time commitment, and there is always the possibility of additional time commitment in respect of preparation time and ad hoc matters which may arise from time to time, and particularly when the Company is undergoing a period of increased activity. At certain times, it may be necessary to convene additional Board, committee or shareholder meetings.

 

(f)                                    In accepting this role you are deemed to undertake that you have sufficient time available to commit to the proper performance of this role. Prior to acceptance of the role you will be required to provide to the Company Secretary details of your other Board appointments and significant commitments with a broad indication of the time involved and will be required to update the Company Secretary from time to time of any changes to these commitments.

 

3.                                       Remuneration and expenses

 

(a)                                  Your Basic Director’s fee will be £38,934 per annum. [In addition, you will receive a further £8,000 per annum in respect of your role as Chairman of the Audit Committee and £6,000 in respect of your role as senior independent Director. These fees will be subject to deduction at source for tax and national insurance. The fees will be paid in equal instalments, monthly in arrears.  You are not eligible for any other benefits.

 

(b)                                  These fees will be reviewed from time to time by the Board. It is our current practice to review these fees at the end of each calendar year although such review does not imply nor guarantee any increase.

 

(c)                                   Any specific and additional services rendered by you to the Company will be remunerated on terms to be agreed with the Board at the time such services are commissioned but prior to them being undertaken.

 

(d)                                  You will not be entitled to participate in any Group pension scheme or any of its employee share schemes from time to time.

 

(e)                                   You will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by you on Company business, including costs associated with you

 



 

attending Board, Committee and General Meetings. Reimbursement would include the reasonable cost of obtaining legal advice, if circumstances should arise where it was necessary for you to seek such advice separately, about your responsibilities as a non-executive director of the Company although you should initially raise any such concerns with the Chairman of the Company. This advice should be obtained, and reimbursement will only be made, in accordance with any formal procedure for directors to take independent professional advice adopted from time to time by the Company and a copy of the current version will be supplied to you. Claims for reimbursement should be accompanied by evidence of expenditure.

 

4.                                       Insurance

 

The Company will, at its expense, provide you with director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide (including but not limited to terms relating to the level of cover, deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits) and subject to the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.  No undertaking is given regarding the continuation of this insurance, other than that you will be covered for as long as it remains in place for the directors of the Company.

 

5.                                       Duties

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to perform your duties, whether statutory, fiduciary or common-law, faithfully, efficiently and diligently to a standard commensurate with both the functions of your role and your knowledge, skills and experience.

 

(a)                                   You will exercise your powers in your role as a non-executive director having regard to relevant obligations under prevailing law and regulation, including the Companies Act 2006. You are also required to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq. You will be advised by the Company Secretary where these differ from requirements in the UK.

 

(b)                                   You will have particular regard to the general duties of directors as set out in Part 10, Chapter 2 of the Companies Act 2006, including the duty to promote the success of the company:

 

A director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to -

 

(a)                     the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,

 

(b)                     the interests of the company’s employees,

 

(c)                      the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,

 



 

(d)                     the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment,

 

(e)                      the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and

 

(f)                        the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

 

(c)                                    In your role as non-executive director you will be required to:

 

·                   constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy;

 

·                   scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

·                   satisfy yourself on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible;

 

·                   determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, removing executive directors, and in succession planning;

 

·                   devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills;

 

·                   uphold high standards of integrity and probity and support me and the other directors in instilling the appropriate culture, values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond;

 

·                   insist on receiving high-quality information sufficiently in advance of board meetings; and

 

·                   take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

(d)                                   You will be required to exercise relevant powers under, and abide by, the Company’s articles of association.

 

(e)                                    You will be required to exercise your powers as a director in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

(f)                                     You will disclose any direct or indirect interest which you may have in any matter being considered at a board meeting or committee meeting and, save as permitted under the articles of association, you will not vote on any resolution of the Board, or of one of its committees, on any matter where you have any direct or indirect interest.

 



 

(g)                                    You will immediately report to the Chairman your own wrongdoing or the wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any employee or director of which you become aware.

 

(h)                                   Unless specifically authorised to do so by the Board, you will not enter into any legal or other commitment or contract on behalf of the Company.

 

6.                                       Outside interests

 

During your appointment you may not, without the prior approval of the Board, accept a directorship of a company or provide your services to anyone who is a competitor of the Group. The Board’s agreement will not be given if such appointment or involvement would conflict with or is likely to interfere with this appointment. It is the parties understanding that the definition of a competitor shall be restricted to a project, business or activity, directly or indirectly, involving cannabinoid research. Please let the Company Secretary have a list of your current commitments for our records and keep him updated in that respect.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

You should not, during your appointment (except in the proper performance of your duties and then only to those who need to know such information) or after it has ceased (except as required by law), disclose to any person, company or other organisation or use otherwise than for the benefit of the Group any confidential information or trade secrets concerning its business. This includes but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, acquisition and investment proposals, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with customers and suppliers and their current or future requirements;

 

(c)                                   budgets, financial plans and management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports and information;

 

(d)                                  unpublished price sensitive information about the Group; and

 

(e)                                   any document marked “confidential” and any information which by its nature is commercially sensitive.

 

8.                                       Compliance

 

(a)                                  You are expected to comply with the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable stock exchange rules and regulations and the Company’s relevant internal codes. In particular during your appointment you will comply, and will procure, so far as you are able, that your spouse or Civil Partner and dependent children (if any) or any trust in which you

 



 

or your spouse or Civil Partner may be concerned or interested as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

(b)                                  You will promptly give the Company such information as the Company or any member of the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal and regulatory obligations whether to any securities or investment exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which any member of the Group is, from time to time, subject or howsoever arising.

 

9.                                       Return of Company property

 

When your appointment ends, you should, unless otherwise agreed in writing, immediately return all documents and other property belonging to any member of the Group and which may be in your possession or under your control. No copies (including electronic copies) should be retained by you or by anyone on your behalf.

 

10.                                Data protection

 

By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as and when appropriate:

 

(i)                                      information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to                                                                                    monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness to perform your duties;

 

(ii)                                   information about you that may be relevant to ensuring equality of opportunity and treatment in line with the Company’s equal opportunities policy and in compliance with equal opportunities legislation; and

 

(iii)                                information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved, for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

 

You consent to the transfer of such personal information to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes), whether or not outside the European Economic Area, for administration purposes and other purposes in connection with your appointment, where it is necessary or desirable for the Company to do so.

 

11.                                Non-compete

 

In consideration for the fees payable to you under this letter, you agree you will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to, for the period of 12 months immediately after the termination of your office, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory.

 



 

For the purposes of this paragraph, “Competitive Services” means any business connected to the marketing, sales or distribution, or development or proposed development of pharmaceuticals from cannabinoids which is competitive with the Company’s business; and “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country, or, in the United States, any state, which the Company or any member of the Group is operating or planning to operate a competitive business at the end of your appointment.

 

12.                                Rights of third parties

 

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this letter. No person other than you and the Company shall have any rights under this letter and the terms of this letter shall not be enforceable by any person other than you and the Company.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  For the purpose of this letter:

 

the “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time;

 

Civil Partner ” means a civil partner as defined by the Civil Partnership Act 2004; and

 

the “ Group ” means any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006.

 

(b)                                  This letter will be construed in accordance with English law and you and the Company irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this letter.

 

(c)                                   This letter constitutes the entire terms and conditions of your appointment.  No variation or addition to this letter and no waiver of any provision of it will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.

 

I would ask you to countersign the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm the basis of your appointment with the Company and to show acceptance of the terms of this letter by executing it as a deed.

 

I look forward to continuing to work with you to the general benefit of our shareholders.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

/s/ Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

 



 

Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

Executive Chairman

 

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

Signed as a Deed by:

 

 

/s/ James Noble

 

 

Date 26-2-13

 

 

 

 

in the presence of :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Stephen Wright

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Stephen Wright

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.40

 

GRAPHIC

 

Mr Tom Lynch
[address]

 

26 February 2013

 

Dear Tom

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company”)

 

I am writing to record the terms of your appointment as a non-executive Director of the Company, which commenced on 22 July 2010 and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 3 months’ prior written notice or as provided for in paragraph 1 below.

 

It is agreed that, on acceptance of this offer, this letter will constitute a contract for services and not a contract of employment and you confirm that you are not subject to any restrictions which prevent you from holding office as a director.

 

1.                                       Appointment

 

(a)                                  Your appointment as a non-executive Director is subject to the Articles of Association of the Company. Your appointment will be subject to the usual rules requiring your appointment and re-appointment to be approved by shareholders. Your appointment will automatically terminate without any entitlement to compensation if you:

 

(i)                                      are removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders;

 

(ii)                                   are not re-elected to office; or

 

(iii)                                cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

(b)                                  The Company may terminate your appointment with immediate effect if you:

 

(i)                                      commit any act, whether or not in the course of your duties for the Company, which tends to bring you or the Company or Group into disrepute;

 



 

(ii)                                   commit a material breach of your obligations under this letter;

 

(iii)                                commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of your obligations to the Company (which include an obligation not to breach your duties to the Company, whether statutory, fiduciary or common law);

 

(iv)                               are declared bankrupt or have made an arrangement with, or for the benefit of, your creditors;

 

(v)                                  are convicted of any arrestable criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the UK or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed); or

 

(vi)                               are unavailable to perform your duties under your appointment for 6 months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

 

(c)                                   During any period of notice in accordance with this agreement, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf.

 

(d)                                  Non-executive directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms but may be invited by the Board to serve for an additional period. Any term renewal is subject to Board review and AGM re-election. Notwithstanding any mutual expectation, there is no right to re-nomination by the Board, either annually or after any three-year period.

 

(e)                                   Upon the ending of your appointment for any reason, you will resign at the request of the Company, without any claim for compensation (other than for accrued and unpaid fees due under this letter), from all directorships and other offices held by you in the Company and any other member of the Group and from all trusteeships held by you of any pension scheme or other trusts established by any member of the Group.  Should you fail to do so, you irrevocably appoint any member of the Board as your attorney in your name and on your behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to those resignations.

 

2.                                       Time commitment

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties, and you should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per annum on Company business. You are expected to attend Board Meetings and General Meetings of the shareholders of the Company as and when they are held.  In addition, you will exercise those functions that are specifically delegated to you from time to time by the Board.

 

(b)                                  In addition to your appointment to the Board, you will become a director of GW Pharma Limited, the principal trading company of the GW group, which company

 

2



 

shall be responsible for the payment of your Director’s fees and expenses, if any (as referred to in paragraph 3 below).

 

(c)                                   You will be required to continue to chair the Remuneration Committee and will sit on both the Nomination Committee and the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

(d)                                  We expect this role to involve attendance at six Board meetings, the Annual General Meeting, Pre-Audit committee meetings with auditors and occasional attendance, as required, and meetings with other advisers and shareholders. Unless urgent and unavoidable circumstances prevent you from doing so, it is expected that you will attend these meetings.

 

(e)                                   Additional time may be required, on an ad-hoc basis, to deal with certain Board and sub-committee matters as they arise.  The nature of the role makes it impossible to be specific about the maximum time commitment, and there is always the possibility of additional time commitment in respect of preparation time and ad hoc matters which may arise from time to time, and particularly when the Company is undergoing a period of increased activity. At certain times, it may be necessary to convene additional Board, committee or shareholder meetings.

 

(f)                                    In accepting this role you are deemed to undertake that you have sufficient time available to commit to the proper performance of this role. Prior to acceptance of the role you will be required to provide to the Company Secretary details of your other Board appointments and significant commitments with a broad indication of the time involved and will be required to update the Company Secretary from time to time of any changes to these commitments.

 

3.                                       Remuneration and expenses

 

(a)                                  You have waived your entitlement to remuneration for this role.  You are not eligible for any other benefits. You may, at any time, by prior written notice to the Chairman, revoke this waiver, although any such change shall not be retrospective.

 

(b)                                  You will not be entitled to participate in any Group pension scheme or any of its employee share schemes from time to time.

 

(c)                                   You will, if you choose to claim them, be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by you on Company business, including costs associated with you attending Board, Committee and General Meetings. Reimbursement would include the reasonable cost of obtaining legal advice, if circumstances should arise where it was necessary for you to seek such advice separately, about your responsibilities as a non-executive director of the Company although you should initially raise any such concerns with the Chairman of the Company. This advice should be obtained, and reimbursement will only be made, in accordance with any formal procedure for directors to take independent professional advice adopted from time to time by the Company and

 

3



 

a copy of the current version will be supplied to you. Claims for reimbursement should be accompanied by evidence of expenditure.

 

4.                                       Insurance

 

The Company will, at its expense, provide you with director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide (including but not limited to terms relating to the level of cover, deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits) and subject to the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.  No undertaking is given regarding the continuation of this insurance, other than that you will be covered for as long as it remains in place for the directors of the Company.

 

5.                                       Duties

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to perform your duties, whether statutory, fiduciary or common-law, faithfully, efficiently and diligently to a standard commensurate with both the functions of your role and your knowledge, skills and experience.

 

(b)                                  You will exercise your powers in your role as a non-executive director having regard to relevant obligations under prevailing law and regulation, including the Companies Act 2006. You are also required to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq. You will be advised by the Company Secretary where these differ from requirements in the UK.

 

(c)                                   You will have particular regard to the general duties of directors as set out in Part 10, Chapter 2 of the Companies Act 2006, including the duty to promote the success of the company:

 

A director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to -

 

(a)                     the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,

 

(b)                     the interests of the company’s employees,

 

(c)                      the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,

 

(d)                     the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment,

 

(e)                      the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and

 

(f)                        the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

 

4



 

(d)                                  In your role as non-executive director you will be required to:

 

·                   constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy;

 

·                   scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

·                   satisfy yourself on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible;

 

·                   determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, removing executive directors, and in succession planning;

 

·                   devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills;

 

·                   uphold high standards of integrity and probity and support me and the other directors in instilling the appropriate culture, values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond;

 

·                   insist on receiving high-quality information sufficiently in advance of board meetings; and

 

·                   take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

(e)                                   You will be required to exercise relevant powers under, and abide by, the Company’s articles of association.

 

(f)                                    You will be required to exercise your powers as a director in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

(g)                                   You will disclose any direct or indirect interest which you may have in any matter being considered at a board meeting or committee meeting and, save as permitted under the articles of association, you will not vote on any resolution of the Board, or of one of its committees, on any matter where you have any direct or indirect interest.

 

(h)                                  You will immediately report to the Chairman your own wrongdoing or the wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any employee or director of which you become aware.

 

(i)                                      Unless specifically authorised to do so by the Board, you will not enter into any legal or other commitment or contract on behalf of the Company.

 

5



 

6.                                       Outside interests

 

During your appointment you may not, without the prior approval of the Board, accept a directorship of a company or provide your services to anyone who is a competitor of the Group. The Board’s agreement will not be given if such appointment or involvement would conflict with or is likely to interfere with this appointment. It is the parties understanding that the definition of a competitor shall be restricted to a project, business or activity, directly or indirectly, involving cannabinoid research. Please let the Company Secretary have a list of your current commitments for our records and keep him updated in that respect.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

You should not, during your appointment (except in the proper performance of your duties and then only to those who need to know such information) or after it has ceased (except as required by law), disclose to any person, company or other organisation or use otherwise than for the benefit of the Group any confidential information or trade secrets concerning its business. This includes but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, acquisition and investment proposals, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with customers and suppliers and their current or future requirements;

 

(c)                                   budgets, financial plans and management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports and information;

 

(d)                                  unpublished price sensitive information about the Group; and

 

(e)                                   any document marked “confidential” and any information which by its nature is commercially sensitive.

 

8.                                       Compliance

 

(a)                                  You are expected to comply with the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable stock exchange rules and regulations and the Company’s relevant internal codes. In particular during your appointment you will comply, and will procure, so far as you are able, that your spouse or Civil Partner and dependent children (if any) or any trust in which you or your spouse or Civil Partner may be concerned or interested as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

(b)                                  You will promptly give the Company such information as the Company or any member of the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal and

 

6



 

regulatory obligations whether to any securities or investment exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which any member of the Group is, from time to time, subject or howsoever arising.

 

9.                                       Return of Company property

 

When your appointment ends, you should, unless otherwise agreed in writing, immediately return all documents and other property belonging to any member of the Group and which may be in your possession or under your control. No copies (including electronic copies) should be retained by you or by anyone on your behalf.

 

10.                                Data protection

 

By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as and when appropriate:

 

(i)                                      information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness to perform your duties;

 

(ii)                                   information about you that may be relevant to ensuring equality of opportunity and treatment in line with the Company’s equal opportunities policy and in compliance with equal opportunities legislation; and

 

(iii)                                information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved, for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

 

You consent to the transfer of such personal information to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes), whether or not outside the European Economic Area, for administration purposes and other purposes in connection with your appointment, where it is necessary or desirable for the Company to do so.

 

11.                                Non-compete

 

In consideration for the fees payable to you under this letter, you agree you will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to, for the period of 12 months immediately after the termination of your office, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Competitive Services” means any business connected to the marketing, sales or distribution, or development or proposed development of pharmaceuticals from cannabinoids which is competitive with the Company’s business; and “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country, or, in the United States, any state, which the Company or any member of the Group is operating or planning to operate a competitive business at the end of your appointment.

 

7



 

12.                                Rights of third parties

 

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this letter. No person other than you and the Company shall have any rights under this letter and the terms of this letter shall not be enforceable by any person other than you and the Company.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  For the purpose of this letter:

 

the “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time;

 

Civil Partner ” means a civil partner as defined by the Civil Partnership Act 2004; and

 

the “ Group ” means any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006.

 

(b)                                  This letter will be construed in accordance with English law and you and the Company irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this letter.

 

(c)                                   This letter constitutes the entire terms and conditions of your appointment.  No variation or addition to this letter and no waiver of any provision of it will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.

 

I would ask you to countersign the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm the basis of your appointment with the Company and to show acceptance of the terms of this letter by executing it as a deed.

 

I look forward to continuing to work with you to the general benefit of our shareholders.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

/s/ Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

 

 

 

 

Dr Geoffrey Guy

 

Executive Chairman

 

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

8



 

Signed as a Deed by:

 

 

/s/ Tom Lynch

 

 

Date 26/2/13

 

 

 

 

in the presence of :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Adam George

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Adam George

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 

 

 

9




Exhibit 10.41

 

GRAPHIC

 

19 February 2013

 

Mr Cabot Brown

 

Cabot Brown

[address]

 

Dear Cabot

GW Pharmaceuticals plc (the “Company”)

 

I am writing to record the terms of your appointment as a non-executive Director of the Company, which will commence on 19 February 2013 and will continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 3 months’ prior written notice or as provided for in paragraph 1 below.

 

It is agreed that, on acceptance of this offer, this letter will constitute a contract for services and not a contract of employment and you confirm that you are not subject to any restrictions which prevent you from holding office as a director.

 

1.                                       Appointment

 

(a)                                  Your appointment as a non-executive Director is subject to the Articles of Association of the Company. Your appointment will be subject to the usual rules requiring your appointment and re-appointment to be approved by shareholders. Your appointment will automatically terminate without any entitlement to compensation if you:

 

(i)                                     are removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders;

 

(ii)                                  are not re-elected to office; or

 

(iii)                               cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

(b)                                  The Company may terminate your appointment with immediate effect if you:

 

(i)                                     commit any act, whether or not in the course of your duties for the Company, which tends to bring you or the Company or Group into disrepute;

 



 

(ii)                                 commit a material breach of your obligations under this letter;

 

(iii)                              commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of your obligations to the Company (which include an obligation not to breach your duties to the Company, whether statutory, fiduciary or common law);

 

(iv)                              are declared bankrupt or have made an arrangement with, or for the benefit of, your creditors;

 

(v)                                 are convicted of any arrestable criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the UK or elsewhere for which a fine or non-custodial penalty is imposed); or

 

(vi)                              are unavailable to perform your duties under your appointment for 6 months consecutively or in aggregate in any period of one year.

 

(c)                                   During any period of notice in accordance with this agreement, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you not to attend any Board or General meetings or to perform any other services on its behalf.

 

(d)                                  Non-executive directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms but may be invited by the Board to serve for an additional period. Any term renewal is subject to Board review and AGM re-election. Notwithstanding any mutual expectation, there is no right to re-nomination by the Board, either annually or after any three-year period.

 

(e)                                   Upon the ending of your appointment for any reason, you will resign at the request of the Company, without any claim for compensation (other than for accrued and unpaid fees due under this letter), from all directorships and other offices held by you in the Company and any other member of the Group and from all trusteeships held by you of any pension scheme or other trusts established by any member of the Group.  Should you fail to do so, you irrevocably appoint any member of the Board as your attorney in your name and on your behalf to sign any documents and take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to those resignations.

 

2.                                       Time commitment

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties, and you should be prepared to spend at least 12 days per annum on Company business. You are expected to attend Board Meetings and General Meetings of the shareholders of the Company as and when they are held.  In addition, you will exercise those functions that are specifically delegated to you from time to time by the Board.

 



 

(b)                                  In addition to your appointment to the Board, you will become a director of GW Pharma Limited, the principal trading company of the Group, which company shall be responsible for the payment of your Director’s fees and expenses (as referred to in paragraph 3 below).

 

(c)                                   You will be required to to sit on the Remuneration Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

(d)                                  We expect this role to involve attendance at six Board meetings, the Annual General Meeting, Pre-Audit committee meetings with auditors and occasional attendance, as required, and meetings with other advisers and shareholders. Unless urgent and unavoidable circumstances prevent you from doing so, it is expected that you will attend these meetings.

 

(e)                                   Additional time may be required, on an ad-hoc basis, to deal with certain Board and sub-committee matters as they arise.  The nature of the role makes it impossible to be specific about the maximum time commitment, and there is always the possibility of additional time commitment in respect of preparation time and ad hoc matters which may arise from time to time, and particularly when the Company is undergoing a period of increased activity. At certain times, it may be necessary to convene additional Board, committee or shareholder meetings.

 

(f)                                    In accepting this role you are deemed to undertake that you have sufficient time available to commit to the proper performance of this role. Prior to acceptance of the role you will be required to provide to the Company Secretary details of your other Board appointments and significant commitments with a broad indication of the time involved and will be required to update the Company Secretary from time to time of any changes to these commitments.

 

3.                                       Remuneration and expenses

 

(a)                                  Your Director’s fees will be £47,000 per annum and will be subject to deduction at source for tax and national insurance.  The fees will be paid in equal instalments, monthly in arrears.  You are not eligible for any other benefits.

 

(b)                                  These fees will be reviewed from time to time by the Board. It is our current practice to review these fees at the end of each calendar year although such review does not imply nor guarantee any increase.

 

(c)                                   Any specific and additional services rendered by you to the Company will be remunerated on terms to be agreed with the Board at the time such services are commissioned but prior to them being undertaken.

 

(d)                                  You will not be entitled to participate in any Group pension scheme or any of its employee share schemes from time to time.

 



 

(e)                                   You will be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by you on Company business, including costs associated with you attending Board, Committee and General Meetings. Reimbursement would include the reasonable cost of obtaining legal advice, if circumstances should arise where it was necessary for you to seek such advice separately, about your responsibilities as a non-executive director of the Company although you should initially raise any such concerns with the Chairman of the Company. This advice should be obtained, and reimbursement will only be made, in accordance with any formal procedure for directors to take independent professional advice adopted from time to time by the Company and a copy of the current version will be supplied to you. Claims for reimbursement should be accompanied by evidence of expenditure.

 

4.                                       Insurance

 

The Company will, at its expense, provide you with director’s and officer’s liability insurance, subject to the provisions governing such insurance and on such terms as the Board may from time to time decide (including but not limited to terms relating to the level of cover, deductibles, caps, exclusions and aggregate limits) and subject to the obtaining of insurance at reasonable rates of premium.  No undertaking is given regarding the continuation of this insurance, other than that you will be covered for as long as it remains in place for the directors of the Company.

 

5.                                       Duties

 

(a)                                  You will be expected to perform your duties, whether statutory, fiduciary or common-law, faithfully, efficiently and diligently to a standard commensurate with both the functions of your role and your knowledge, skills and experience.

 

(a)                                   You will exercise your powers in your role as a non-executive director having regard to relevant obligations under prevailing law and regulation, including the Companies Act 2006. You are also required to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq. You will be advised by the Company Secretary where these differ from requirements in the UK.

 

(b)                                   You will have particular regard to the general duties of directors as set out in Part 10, Chapter 2 of the Companies Act 2006, including the duty to promote the success of the company:

 

A director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to -

 

(a)                     the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,

 



 

(b)                     the interests of the company’s employees,

 

(c)                      the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,

 

(d)                     the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment,

 

(e)                      the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and

 

(f)                        the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

 

(c)                                    In your role as non-executive director you will be required to:

 

·                   constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy;

 

·                   scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

·                   satisfy yourself on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible;

 

·                   determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, removing executive directors, and in succession planning;

 

·                   devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills;

 

·                   uphold high standards of integrity and probity and support me and the other directors in instilling the appropriate culture, values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond;

 

·                   insist on receiving high-quality information sufficiently in advance of board meetings; and

 

·                   take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

(d)                                   You will be required to exercise relevant powers under, and abide by, the Company’s articles of association.

 

(e)                                    You will be required to exercise your powers as a director in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

(f)                                     You will disclose any direct or indirect interest which you may have in any matter being considered at a board meeting or committee meeting and,

 



 

save as permitted under the articles of association, you will not vote on any resolution of the Board, or of one of its committees, on any matter where you have any direct or indirect interest.

 

(g)                                    You will immediately report to the Chairman your own wrongdoing or the wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any employee or director of which you become aware.

 

(h)                                   Unless specifically authorised to do so by the Board, you will not enter into any legal or other commitment or contract on behalf of the Company.

 

6.                                       Outside interests

 

During your appointment you may not, without the prior approval of the Board, accept a directorship of a company or provide your services to anyone who is a competitor of the Group. The Board’s agreement will not be given if such appointment or involvement would conflict with or is likely to interfere with this appointment. It is the parties understanding that the definition of a competitor shall be restricted to a project, business or activity, directly or indirectly, involving cannabinoid research. Please let the Company Secretary have a list of your current commitments for our records and keep him updated in that respect.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

You should not, during your appointment (except in the proper performance of your duties and then only to those who need to know such information) or after it has ceased (except as required by law), disclose to any person, company or other organisation or use otherwise than for the benefit of the Group any confidential information or trade secrets concerning its business. This includes but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  corporate and marketing strategy, acquisition and investment proposals, business development and plans, maturing business opportunities, sales reports and research results;

 

(b)                                  business contacts, lists of customers and suppliers and details of contracts with customers and suppliers and their current or future requirements;

 

(c)                                   budgets, financial plans and management accounts, trading statements and other financial reports and information;

 

(d)                                  unpublished price sensitive information about the Group; and

 

(e)                                   any document marked “confidential” and any information which by its nature is commercially sensitive.

 



 

8.                                       Compliance

 

(a)                                  You are expected to comply with the Company’s articles of association, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, applicable stock exchange rules and regulations and the Company’s relevant internal codes. In particular during your appointment you will comply, and will procure, so far as you are able, that your spouse or Civil Partner and dependent children (if any) or any trust in which you or your spouse or Civil Partner may be concerned or interested as trustee or beneficiary, comply with any code of conduct relating to securities transactions by directors and specified employees adopted by the Company from time to time.

 

(b)                                  You will promptly give the Company such information as the Company or any member of the Group may require to enable it to comply with its legal and regulatory obligations whether to any securities or investment exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which any member of the Group is, from time to time, subject or howsoever arising.

 

9.                                       Return of Company property

 

When your appointment ends, you should, unless otherwise agreed in writing, immediately return all documents and other property belonging to any member of the Group and which may be in your possession or under your control. No copies (including electronic copies) should be retained by you or by anyone on your behalf.

 

10.                                Data protection

 

By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as and when appropriate:

 

(i)                                      information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness to perform your duties;

 

(ii)                                   information about you that may be relevant to ensuring equality of opportunity and treatment in line with the Company’s equal opportunities policy and in compliance with equal opportunities legislation; and

 

(iii)                                information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved, for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

 

You consent to the transfer of such personal information to any member of the Group (or a company appointed by them for such purposes), whether or not outside the European Economic Area, for administration purposes and other

 



 

purposes in connection with your appointment, where it is necessary or desirable for the Company to do so.

 

11.                                Non-compete

 

In consideration for the fees payable to you under this letter, you agree you will not (except with prior written consent of the Board) directly or indirectly do or attempt to, for the period of 12 months immediately after the termination of your office, to any material extent, undertake, carry on or be employed, engaged or interested in any capacity in the supply or proposed supply of Competitive Services within the Territory. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Competitive Services” means any business connected to the marketing, sales or distribution, or development or proposed development of pharmaceuticals from cannabinoids which is competitive with the Company’s business; and “Territory” means England, Wales, Scotland and/or Northern Ireland and any other country, or, in the United States, any state, which the Company or any member of the Group is operating or planning to operate a competitive business at the end of your appointment.

 

12.                                Rights of third parties

 

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this letter. No person other than you and the Company shall have any rights under this letter and the terms of this letter shall not be enforceable by any person other than you and the Company.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  For the purpose of this letter:

 

the “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company as constituted from time to time;

 

Civil Partner ” means a civil partner as defined by the Civil Partnership Act 2004; and

 

the “ Group ” means any of the following from time to time: the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company and all other subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings of any holding company or parent undertaking of the Company, where “holding company”, “parent undertaking”, “subsidiary” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the meanings given to them in the Companies Act 2006.

 

(b)                                  This letter will be construed in accordance with English law and you and the Company irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts to settle any dispute which may arise in connection with this letter.

 



 

(c)                                   This letter constitutes the entire terms and conditions of your appointment.  No variation or addition to this letter and no waiver of any provision of it will be valid unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of both parties.

 

I would ask you to countersign the enclosed copy of this letter to confirm the basis of your appointment with the Company and to show acceptance of the terms of this letter by executing it as a deed.

 

I look forward to continuing to work with you to the general benefit of our shareholders.

 

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

/s/ Adam George

 

 

 

Adam George

 

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors of GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

Signed as a Deed by:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cabot Brown

 

Date 2/3/13

 

 

 

in the presence of :

 

 

 

 

 

Witness: Adam George

 

/s/ Adam George

 

 

 

Name: Adam George

 

 

 

 

 

Address: [address]

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation:

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.42

 

 

GW Pharmaceuticals plc

 

 


 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

 

Approved by shareholders of the Company on 18 March 2008

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on 18 March 2008

 

The Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by GW Pharmaceuticals plc for the benefit of employees within its group.  Its main purpose is to increase the interest of the employees in GW Pharmaceuticals plc’s long-term business goals and performance through share ownership.  The Plan is an incentive for the employees’ future performance and commitment to the goals of the GW Pharmaceuticals group.

 

Shares purchased or received under the Plan, any cash received under the Plan and any gains obtained under the Plan are not part of salary for any purpose (except to any extent required by statute).

 

The Plan is being offered for the first time in 2008 and the Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors of GW Pharmaceuticals plc shall have the right to decide, in its sole discretion, whether or not further awards will be granted in the future and to which employees those awards will be granted.

 

Participation in the Plan is an investment opportunity distinct from any employment contract and entails the risks associated with an investment.  An individual who participates in the Plan is treated as being aware of such risks and accepts such risks of his own free will.

 

The detailed rules of the Plan are set out overleaf.

 

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Rule

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2

 

 

 

 

2.

ELIGIBILITY

 

4

 

 

 

 

3.

INVESTMENT SHARES

 

4

 

 

 

 

4.

GRANT OF AWARDS

 

5

 

 

 

 

5.

LIMITS

 

7

 

 

 

 

6.

VESTING OF AWARDS

 

9

 

 

 

 

7.

CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING

 

11

 

 

 

 

8.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

12

 

 

 

 

9.

CASH ALTERNATIVE

 

13

 

 

 

 

10.

LAPSE OF AWARDS

 

14

 

 

 

 

11.

LEAVERS

 

15

 

 

 

 

12.

TAKEOVERS AND OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS

 

16

 

 

 

 

13.

ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.

ALTERATIONS

 

19

 

 

 

 

15.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 - CASH CONDITIONAL AWARDS

 

22

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 - EMI AWARDS

 

23

 

1



 

1.                                 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                          In the Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

AIM Rules ” means the rules published by the London Stock Exchange governing its Alternative Investment Market;

 

Award ” means a Performance Award or a Matching Award in the form of a Conditional Award or an Option;

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of the Board or a duly authorised person;

 

Committee ” means the remuneration committee of the Board or, on and after the occurrence of a corporate event described in Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), the remuneration committee of the Board as constituted immediately before such event occurs;

 

Company ” means GW Pharmaceuticals plc (registered in England and Wales with registered number 4160917);

 

Conditional Award ” means a conditional right to acquire Shares granted under the Plan which is designated as a conditional award under Rule 4.2 ( Type of Award );

 

Control ” means control within the meaning of section 719 of ITEPA;

 

Dividend Equivalent means a benefit calculated by reference to dividends paid on Shares as described in Rule 4.4;

 

Early Vesting Date ” means either:

 

(a)                            the date of cessation of employment of a Participant in the circumstances referred to in Rules 11.1 ( Good leavers ); or

 

(b)                           the date of Vesting referred to in Rule 12.1 ( General offers ), Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ) or Rule 12.3 ( Demergers and similar events ) (as applicable);

 

Exercise Period ” means the period referred to in Rule 7.2 during which an Option may be exercised;

 

Grant Date ” means the date on which an Award is granted;

 

Group Member ” means:

 

(a)                           a Participating Company or a body corporate which is the Company’s holding company (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) or a Subsidiary of the Company’s holding company;

 

(b)                           a body corporate which is a subsidiary undertaking (within the meaning of section 258 of that Act) of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose; and

 

(c)                            any other body corporate in relation to which a body corporate within paragraph (a) or (b) above is able (whether directly or indirectly) to exercise 20% or more of its equity voting rights and has been designated by the Board for this purpose;

 

2



 

 

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

Investment Shares ” means Shares acquired pursuant to Rule 3 ( Investment Shares ) and any further Shares added to a holding of Investment Shares under Rule 3.4 ( Variation of share capital — Investment Shares );

 

London Stock Exchange ” means London Stock Exchange plc or any successor to that company;

 

Matching Award ” means an Award designated as a Matching Award under Rule 4.2 ( Type of Award );

 

Normal Vesting Date ” means the date on which an Award Vests under Rule 6.1 ( Timing of Vesting: Normal Vesting Date) ;

 

Option ” means a right to acquire Shares granted under the Plan which is designated as an option under Rule 4.2 ( Type of Award );

 

Option Price ” means the amount, if any, payable per Share on the exercise of an Option;

 

Participant ” means in the case of a Performance Award, such eligible employee to whom a Performance Award is granted, and, in the case of a Matching Award, a person who acquires Investment Shares pursuant to Rule 3 ( Investment Shares ) including, in either case, his personal representatives;

 

Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

Performance Award ” means an Award designated as a Performance Award under Rule 4.2 ( Type of Award );

 

Performance Condition ” means a condition related to performance which is specified by the Committee under Rule 4.1 ( Terms of g rant );

 

Performance Shares ” means Shares subject to a Performance Award;

 

Plan ” means the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended from time to time;

 

Return Date ” means the date by which an invitation issued under Rule 3.2 ( Invitations in respect of Investment Shares ) must be returned to the Company;

 

Rule ” means a rule of the Plan;

 

Shares ” means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;

 

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985);

 

Tax Liability ” means any amount of tax or social security contributions for which a Participant would or may be liable and for which any Group Member or former Group Member would or may be obliged to (or would or may suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for to any relevant authority;

 

Vest ” means:

 

(a)                           in relation to a Conditional Award, a Participant becoming entitled to have Shares transferred to him (or his nominee) subject to the Rules;

 

3



 

(b)                           in relation to an Option, it becoming exercisable

 

and Vesting shall be construed accordingly;

 

Vested Shares ” means those Shares in respect of which an Award Vests.

 

1.2                          Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

1.3                          Expressions in italics and headings are for guidance only and do not form part of the Plan.

 

2.                                 ELIGIBILITY

 

An individual is eligible to participate in the Plan only if he is an employee (including an executive director) of a Participating Company.

 

3.                                 INVESTMENT SHARES

 

3.1                          Source of Investment Shares

 

In relation to the proposed grant of any Matching Award, an individual’s Investment Shares shall, at the discretion of the Committee, comprise:

 

(a)                           Shares acquired pursuant to Rule 3.3 ( Acquisition of Investment Shares ) using an amount of the individual’s post-tax annual bonus; and/or

 

(b)                           Shares acquired pursuant to Rule 3.3 ( Acquisition of Investment Shares ) using an individual’s monies other than an amount of his post-tax annual bonus.

 

3.2                          Invitations in respect of Investment Shares

 

The Committee may invite any person eligible to participate in the Plan to provide funds to acquire Shares in accordance with Rule 3.1 ( Source of Investment Shares ). Any such invitation shall specify:

 

(a)                           the maximum amount which may be used to acquire Investment Shares (or the basis for calculating such amount);

 

(b)                           the procedure for providing the funds to invest in Investment Shares;

 

(c)                            a Return Date;

 

(d)                           the maximum number of Shares over which a related Matching Award will be made (or how that number will be determined); and

 

(e)                            such other terms relating to the Investment Shares as the Committee may decide from time to time.

 

3.3                      Acquisition and holding of Investment Shares

 

As soon as practicable after the Return Date, and subject to any restrictions referred to in Rule 4.7 ( Approvals and consents ), the Company will procure the acquisition of the Investment Shares.  Investment Shares will then be held in one or more of the following ways:

 

4



 

(a)                           on the Participant’s behalf by a nominee chosen from time to time by the Committee; or

 

(b)                           directly by the Participant but he will deposit the documents of title relating to the Investment Shares with any person specified by the Committee; or

 

(c)                            by such other method as the Committee decides that will enable it to monitor ownership of the Investment Shares.

 

3.4                         Variation of share capital – Investment Shares

 

Unless the Committee decides otherwise, if:

 

(a)                           a Participant acquires any further Shares by virtue of his holding of Investment Shares under a variation of share capital of the Company then he may add those Shares to his holding of Investment Shares;

 

(b)                           a Participant receives a special dividend by virtue of his holding of Investment Shares, he may purchase further Shares with the dividend and add those Shares to his holding of Investment Shares;

 

(c)                            a Participant receives securities other than Shares by virtue of his holding of Investment Shares, he may sell (or where appropriate redeem) those securities and use the proceeds to purchase further Shares which may be added to his holding of Investment Shares

 

and, in any such case, his Award shall be adjusted accordingly under Rule 13 ( Adjustment of Awards ).

 

3.5                         Voting and dividend rights

 

While a Participant’s Investment Shares are held for the purposes of the Plan, he shall be entitled to exercise full voting rights in respect of those Investment Shares and receive any dividends declared by reference to the dividend record dates falling after the date of acquisition of the Investment Shares.

 

3.6                      Release of Investment Shares on or after Vesting

 

On or as soon as practicable after the Vesting or lapse of a Matching Award, the Committee shall transfer or procure the transfer of:

 

(a)                           the legal title for the Investment Shares related to the Award; and/or

 

(b)                           any documents of title relating to those Investment Shares

 

to the Participant (or his nominee).

 

4.                                 GRANT OF AWARDS

 

4.1                          Terms of grant

 

Subject to Rule 4.6 (Timing of grant), Rule 4.7 ( Approvals and consents ) and Rule 5 ( Limits ), the Committee may resolve to grant an Award on:

 

5



 

(a)                           the terms set out in the Plan; and

 

(b)                           such additional terms (whether a Performance Condition and/or any other terms) as the Committee may specify(1)

 

to, in the case of a Performance Award, such eligible employees as it decides and, in the case of a Matching Award, to those eligible employees who have acquired Investment Shares.

 

4.2                          Type of Award

 

On or before the Grant Date, the Committee shall determine whether an Award shall be a Performance Award or a Matching Award and whether that Award shall be in the form of a Conditional Award or an Option.  If the Committee does not specify the type of an Award on or before the Grant Date then an Award shall be an Option with an Option Price equal to the then nominal value of a Share.

 

4.3                          Method of grant

 

An Award shall be granted as follows:

 

(a)                           by deed executed by the Company; and

 

(b)                           if an Award is an Option, the Committee shall determine the Option Price (if any) on or before the Grant Date provided that the Committee may reduce or waive such Option Price on or prior to the exercise of the Option.

 

4.4                          Treatment of dividends

 

The Committee may decide on or before the grant of an Award that either:-

 

(a)                           a Participant (or his nominee) shall be entitled to receive a benefit determined by reference to the value of the dividends that would have been paid on the Vested Shares in respect of dividend record dates occurring during the period between the Grant Date and the date of Vesting.  The Committee shall decide the basis on which the value of such dividends shall be calculated which may assume the reinvestment of dividends.  The Committee may also decide at this time whether the Dividend Equivalent shall be provided to the Participant in the form of cash and/or Shares.  The Dividend Equivalent shall be provided in accordance with Rule 7.3; or

 

(b)                           it shall grant an Award on terms where the number of Shares comprised in an Award shall increase by deeming dividends that would have been paid on such Shares in respect of dividend record dates occurring within the period between the Grant Date and the date of Vesting to have been reinvested in additional Shares on such terms (as to the inclusion or exclusion of any dividend tax credit, the price at which any such additional Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased or otherwise) as the Committee shall decide.

 

4.5                          Method of satisfying Awards

 

Unless specified to the contrary by the Committee on the Grant Date, an Award may be satisfied:

 


(1)     This means that awards may be granted with or without performance conditions being imposed.  Note, however, that the Company stated in the letter from Hans Schram to major shareholders dated 18 January 2008 and the circular to shareholders regarding the establishment of the Plan dated · · 2008 that it was envisaged that all awards granted to senior executives would be subject to performance conditions.

 

6



 

(a)                           by the issue of new Shares; and/or

 

(b)                           by the transfer of treasury Shares; and/or

 

(c)                            by the transfer of Shares (other than the transfer of treasury Shares).

 

The Committee may decide to change the way in which it is intended that an Award may be satisfied after it has been granted, having regard to the provisions of Rule 5 (Limits) .

 

4.6                          Timing of grant

 

Subject to Rule 4.7 ( Approvals and consents ), an Award may only be granted:

 

(a)                           in the 6 weeks beginning with:

 

(i)                            the date on which the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company; or

 

(ii)                         the dealing day after the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

 

(b)                           at any other time when the Committee considers that the circumstances justify its grant

 

but an Award may not be granted after · · 2018 (that is, the expiry of the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company)(2).

 

4.7                          Approvals and consents

 

The grant of any Award shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the AIM Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or any other relevant UK or overseas regulation or enactment.

 

4.8                          Non-transferability and bankruptcy

 

An Award granted to any person:

 

(a)                           shall not be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of (except on his death to his personal representatives) and shall lapse immediately on any attempt to do so; and

 

(b)                           shall lapse immediately if he is declared bankrupt.

 

5.                                 LIMITS

 

5.1                          10 per cent. in 10 years limit

 

An Award shall not be granted in any calendar year if, at the time of its proposed Grant Date, it would cause the number of Shares allocated (as defined in Rule 5.2) on or after 28 June 2001 and in the period of 10 calendar years ending with that calendar year under:

 

(a)          the Plan;

 

(b)          any other employee share plan operated by the Company; and

 

(c)          any other share incentive arrangement operated by the Company for the benefit of directors of, or consultants to, any Participating Company

 

7



 

to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

 

5.2                          Meaning of “allocated”

 

For the purposes of Rule 5.1:

 

(a)                           Shares are allocated:

 

(i)                            when an option, award or other contractual right to acquire unissued Shares or treasury Shares is granted;

 

(ii)                         where Shares are issued or treasury Shares are transferred otherwise than pursuant to an option, award or other contractual right to acquire Shares, when those Shares are issued or treasury Shares transferred;

 

(b)                           any Shares which have been issued or which may be issued (or any Shares transferred out of treasury or which may be transferred out of treasury) to any trustees to satisfy the exercise of any option, award or other contractual right granted under any arrangement falling within Rule 5.1 shall count as allocated unless they are already treated as allocated under this Rule; and

 

(c)                            for the avoidance of doubt, existing Shares other than treasury Shares that are transferred or over which options, awards or other contractual rights are granted shall not count as allocated.

 

5.3                          Post-grant events affecting numbers of “allocated” Shares

 

For the purposes of Rule 5.2:

 

(a)                           where:

 

(i)                            any option, award or other contractual right to acquire unissued Shares or treasury Shares is released or lapses (whether in whole or in part); or

 

(ii)                         after the grant of an option, award or other contractual right the Committee determines that:

 

(aa)                 it shall be satisfied by the payment of cash equal to the gain made on its vesting or exercise; or

 

(bb)                 it shall be satisfied by the transfer of existing Shares (other than Shares transferred out of treasury)

 

the unissued Shares or treasury Shares which consequently cease to be subject to the option, award or other contractual right shall not count as allocated; and

 

(b)                           the number of Shares allocated in respect of an option, award or other contractual right shall be such number as the Board shall reasonably determine from time to time.

 

5.4                          Changes to investor guidelines

 

Treasury Shares shall cease to count as allocated Shares for the purposes of Rule 5.2 if

 


(2)     The Company has undertaken to review the Plan five years after adoption (at the latest) — see the letter from Hans Schram to major shareholders dated 18 January 2008.

 

8



 

institutional investor guidelines cease to require such Shares to be so counted.

 

5.5                          Individual limit

 

(a)                           The maximum total market value of Shares (calculated as set out in this Rule) over which Awards may be granted to any employee during any financial year of the Company is 100% of his salary (as defined in this Rule) unless Rule 5.5(b) applies.

 

(b)                           If the Committee decides that exceptional circumstances exist, such as in relation to the recruitment or retention of an eligible employee, then Awards may be granted to him in excess of the limit set out in Rule 5.5(a).

 

For the purpose of this Rule 5.5:

 

(i)                                an employee’s salary shall be taken to be his base salary (excluding benefits in kind), expressed as an annual rate payable by the Participating Companies to him on the Grant Date (or such earlier date as the Committee shall determine).  Where a payment of salary is made in a currency other than sterling, the payment shall be treated as equal to the equivalent amount of sterling determined by using any rate of exchange which the Committee may reasonably select; and

 

(ii)                             the market value of the Shares over which an Award is to be granted shall be taken to be an amount equal to the closing quotation of such Shares (as derived from such source as the Committee may determine) on the dealing day before the Grant Date or, if the Committee so determines, the average of the closing quotations during a period determined by the Committee not exceeding the period of 5 dealing days ending with the dealing day before the Grant Date provided such dealing day(s) do not fall within any period when dealings in Shares are prohibited under the AIM Rules, the Company’s share dealing code or any other relevant regulation or enactment.

 

5.6                          Effect of limits

 

Any Award shall be limited and take effect so that the limits in this Rule 5 are complied with.

 

5.7                          Restriction on use of unissued Shares and treasury Shares

 

No Shares may be issued or treasury Shares transferred to satisfy the Vesting of any Conditional Award or the exercise of any Option to the extent that such issue or transfer would cause the number of Shares allocated (as defined in Rule 5.2 and adjusted under Rule 5.3) to exceed the limit in Rule 5.1 ( 10 per cent. in 10 years limit ) except where there is a variation of share capital of the Company which results in the number of Shares so allocated exceeding such limits solely by virtue of that variation.

 

6.                                 VESTING OF AWARDS

 

6.1                          Timing of Vesting: Normal Vesting Date

 

Subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ), an Award shall Vest on the later of:

 

(a)                           the date on which the Committee determines whether or not any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award has been satisfied (in whole or part); and

 

(b)                           the third anniversary of the Grant Date, or such other date as the Committee may determine on or before the grant of the relevant Award

 

9


 

except where earlier Vesting occurs on an Early Vesting Date under Rule 11 ( Leavers) or Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ).

 

6.2                          Extent of Vesting

 

An Award shall only Vest to the extent:

 

(a)                           that any Performance Condition is satisfied on the Normal Vesting Date or, if appropriate, the Early Vesting Date;

 

(b)                           permitted by any other term imposed on the Vesting of the Award; and

 

(c)                            in relation to Vesting before the Normal Vesting Date, as permitted by Rules 11.3 and 12.5 ( Reduction in number of Vested Shares ).

 

Where, under Rule 11 ( Leavers ) or Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), an Award would (subject to the satisfaction of any Performance Condition) Vest before the end of the full period over which performance would be measured under Performance Condition then, unless provided to the contrary by the Performance Condition, the extent to which the Performance Condition has been satisfied in such circumstances shall be determined by the Committee on such reasonable basis as it decides.

 

6.3                          Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues

 

An Award shall not Vest unless and until the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                           the Vesting of the Award, and the issue or transfer of Shares after such Vesting, would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions and in compliance with the AIM Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers and any other relevant UK or overseas regulation or enactment;

 

(b)                           if, on the Vesting of the Award, a Tax Liability would arise by virtue of such Vesting and the Board decides that such Tax Liability shall not be satisfied by the sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 6.5 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) then the Participant must have entered into arrangements acceptable to the Board that the relevant Group Member will receive the amount of such Tax Liability;

 

(c)                            the Participant has entered into such arrangements as the Committee requires (and where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction) to satisfy a Group Member’s liability to social security contributions in respect of the Vesting of the Award; and

 

(d)                           where the Committee requires, the Participant has entered into, or agreed to enter into, a valid election under Part 7 of ITEPA ( Employment income: elections to disapply tax charge on restricted securities ) or any similar arrangement in any overseas jurisdiction.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 6.3, references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

6.4                          Tax Liability before Vesting

 

If a Participant will, or is likely to, incur any Tax Liability before the Vesting of an Award then that Participant must enter into arrangements acceptable to any relevant Group Member to ensure that it receives the amount of such Tax Liability.  If no such arrangement is made then the Participant shall be deemed to have authorised the Company to sell or procure the sale of

 

10



 

sufficient of the Shares subject to his Award on his behalf to ensure that the relevant Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability and the number of Shares subject to his Award shall be reduced accordingly.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 6.4, references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

6.5                          Payment of Tax Liability

 

The Participant authorises the Company to sell or procure the sale of sufficient Vested Shares on or following the Vesting of his Award on his behalf to ensure that any relevant Group Member or former Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability which arises on Vesting except to the extent that the Board decides that all or part of the Tax Liability shall be funded in a different manner.

 

7.                                 CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING

 

7.1                          Conditional Awards

 

On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Vesting of a Conditional Award, the Board shall, subject to Rule 6.5 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) and any arrangement made under Rules 6.3(b) and 6.3(c) ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ), transfer or procure the transfer of the Vested Shares to the Participant (or a nominee for him).

 

7.2                          Options

 

An Option shall, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ), be exercisable in respect of Vested Shares at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, unless it lapses earlier under Rule 11.1 ( Good leavers), Rule 11.2 ( Cessation of employment in other circumstances ), Rule 12.1 ( General offers ), Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ) or Rule 12.3 ( Demergers and similar events ).

 

7.3                          Dividend Equivalent

 

If the Committee decided under Rule 4.4 ( Treatment of dividends) that a Participant would be entitled to a Dividend Equivalent in relation to Shares under their Award but did not decide at that time whether the Dividend Equivalent would be provided in the form of cash and/or Shares, then the Committee shall make such decision on or as soon as practicable after Vesting.

 

The Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, may decide to exclude the value of all or part of a special dividend or any other dividend from the amount of the Dividend Equivalent.

 

The provision of the Dividend Equivalent to the Participant shall be made as soon as practicable after the issue or transfer of Vested Shares and:

 

(a)                           in the case of a cash payment, shall be subject to such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable; and

 

(b)                           in the case of a provision of Shares, Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ) and Rule 6.5 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) shall apply as if such provision was the Vesting of an Award.

 

11



 

8.                                 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

8.1                          Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues

 

An Option which has Vested may not be exercised unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                           the exercise of the Option and the issue or transfer of Shares after such exercise would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions and in compliance with the AIM Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers and any other relevant UK or overseas regulation or enactment;

 

(b)                           if, on the exercise of the Option, a Tax Liability would arise by virtue of such exercise and the Board decides that such Tax Liability shall not be satisfied by the sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 8.4 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) then the Participant must have entered into arrangements acceptable to the Board that the relevant Group Member will receive the amount of such Tax Liability;

 

(c)                            the Participant has entered into such arrangements as the Committee requires (and where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction) to satisfy a Group Member’s liability to social security contributions in respect of the exercise of the Option; and

 

(d)                           where the Committee requires, the Participant has entered into, or agreed to enter into, a valid election under Part 7 of ITEPA ( Employment income: elections to disapply tax charge on restricted securities ) or any similar arrangement in any overseas jurisdiction.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 8.1, references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

8.2                          Exercise in whole or part

 

An Option must be exercised over at least 2,000 Shares on any occasion unless the Committee decides that a Participant may exercise the Option in respect of such fewer number of Shares as it decides or there are fewer than 2,000 Shares (or such other number as the Committee may decide) in respect of which the Option may be exercised at the relevant time, in which case the Option must be exercised to the maximum extent possible at that time.

 

8.3                          Method of exercise

 

The exercise of any Option shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board.  Unless the Board, acting fairly and reasonably determines otherwise, any notice of exercise shall, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ), take effect only when the Company receives it, together with payment of any relevant Option Price (or, if the Board so permits, an undertaking to pay that amount).

 

8.4                          Payment of Tax Liability

 

The Participant authorises the Company to sell or procure the sale of sufficient Vested Shares on or following exercise of his Option on his behalf to ensure that any relevant Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability which arises on such exercise except to the extent that he agrees to fund all or part of the Tax Liability in a different manner.

 

8.5                          Transfer or allotment timetable

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after an Option has been exercised, the Company shall, subject to Rule 8.4 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) and any arrangement made under Rules 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) ( Restrictions on exercise: regulatory and tax issues ), transfer or procure the transfer

 

12



 

to him (or a nominee for him) or, if appropriate, allot to him (or a nominee for him) the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised.

 

8.6                          Lapse of Options

 

An Option which has become exercisable shall, subject to Rule 11.2 ( Cessation of employment in other circumstances ), Rule 12.1 ( General offers ), Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ) or Rule 12.3 ( Demergers and similar events ), lapse at the end of the Exercise Period to the extent it has not been exercised.

 

9.                                 CASH ALTERNATIVE

 

9.1                          Committee determination

 

Where a Conditional Award Vests or where an Option has been exercised and Vested Shares have not yet been allotted or transferred to the Participant (or his nominee), the Committee may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of Vested Shares as the Committee may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his right to acquire those Shares), he shall be paid by way of additional employment income a sum equal to the cash equivalent (as defined in Rule 9.3) of that number of Shares in accordance with the following provisions of this Rule 9.

 

9.2                          Limitation on the use of this Rule

 

Rule 9.1 shall not apply in relation to an Award made to a Participant in any jurisdiction where the presence of Rule 9.1 would cause:

 

(a)                           the grant of the Award to be unlawful or for it to fall outside any applicable securities law exclusion or exemption; or

 

(b)                           adverse tax or social security contribution consequences for the Participant or any Group Member as determined by the Board

 

provided that this Rule 9.2 shall only apply if its application would prevent the occurrence of a consequence referred to in (a) or (b) above.

 

9.3                          Cash equivalent

 

For the purpose of this Rule 9, the cash equivalent of a Share is:

 

(a)                           in the case of a Conditional Award, the market value of a Share on the day when the Award Vests;

 

(b)                           in the case of an Option, the market value of a Share on the day when the Option is exercised reduced by the Option Price.

 

Market value on any day shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                           if on the day of Vesting or exercise, Shares are admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, the closing quotation of a Share, as derived from such source as the Committee may determine, on that day; or

 

(b)                           if Shares are not so quoted, such value of a Share as the Committee reasonably determines.

 

13



 

9.4                          Payment of cash equivalent

 

Subject to Rule 9.5 ( Share alternative ), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Committee has determined under Rule 9.1 that a Participant shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of Vested Shares:

 

(a)                           the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

 

(b)                           if he has already paid the Company for those Shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

 

9.5                          Share alternative

 

If the Committee so decides, the whole or any part of the sum payable under Rule 9.4 shall, instead of being paid to the Participant in cash, be applied on his behalf:

 

(a)                           in subscribing for Shares at a price equal to the market value by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated; or

 

(b)                           in purchasing such Shares; or

 

(c)          partly in one way and partly in the other

 

and the Company shall allot or transfer to him (or his nominee) or procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the Shares so subscribed for or purchased.

 

9.6                          Deductions

 

There shall be deducted from any payment under this Rule 9 such amounts (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.                          LAPSE OF AWARDS

 

10.1                   An Award shall lapse:

 

(a)                           in accordance with the Rules; or

 

(b)                           to the extent it does not Vest under these Rules.

 

10.2                   Dealings in Investment Shares

 

A Matching Award shall lapse on the date on which the Participant:

 

(a)                           does any act in breach of any of the terms relating to his Investment Shares unless the Committee decides otherwise; or

 

(b)                           loses his entitlement to, transfers, charges, or otherwise disposes of the Investment Shares to which the relevant Matching Award relates

 

and such lapse shall be pro-rata to the number of Investment Shares in respect of which such act or event occurs.

 

14



 

11.                          LEAVERS

 

11.1                   Good leavers

 

If a Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member before the Normal Vesting Date by reason of:

 

(a)                           death;

 

(b)                           retirement with the agreement of the Committee (in the case of Participants who are executive directors of the Company or members of senior management) or the employer (in the case of all other Participants);

 

(c)                            ill health, injury or disability evidenced to the satisfaction of the Committee;

 

(d)                           redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996) or any overseas equivalent;

 

(e)                            his office or employment being with either a company which ceases to be a Group Member or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member; or

 

(f)                             for any other reason, if the Committee so decides

 

then:

 

(i)                                      subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ) and Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), his Award shall Vest on the Normal Vesting Date and Rule 11.3 ( Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply; unless

 

(ii)                                   the Committee decides that, subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ), his Award shall Vest on the date of cessation and Rule 11.3 ( Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply.

 

If an event as described in this Rule 11.1 occurs, and paragraph (ii) above applies, an Option may, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ), be exercised within six months of such event but, to the extent that the Option is not exercised within that period, it shall (regardless of any other provision of the Plan) lapse at the end of that period.

 

11.2                   Cessation of employment in other circumstances

 

If a Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member for any reason other than those specified in Rule 11.1 ( Good leavers ) then any Award held by him shall lapse immediately on such cessation.

 

11.3                   Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares

 

Where an Award Vests on or after a Participant ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member, the Committee shall determine the number of Vested Shares of that Award by the following steps:

 

(a)                           applying any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award; and

 

(b)                           if the Committee so decides, applying such reduction to the number of Shares determined under Rule 11.3(a) as it sees fit (such reduction to be, unless it decides otherwise, on such pro-rata basis as it may determine).

 

15



 

If an Award Vests under any of Rules 12.1 to 12.3 when the holder of that Award has ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member then this Rule 11.3 shall take precedence over Rule 12.5.

 

11.4                   Meaning of ceasing employment

 

A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of this Rule 11 as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member.  If any Participant ceases to be such a director or employee before the Vesting of his Award in circumstances where he retains a statutory right to return to work then he shall be treated as not having ceased to be such a director or employee until such time (if at all) as he ceases to have such a right to return to work while not acting as an employee or director.

 

The reason for the termination of office or employment of a Participant shall be determined by reference to Rules 11.1 and 11.2 regardless of whether such termination was lawful or unlawful.

 

12.                         TAKEOVERS AND OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS

 

12.1                   General offers

 

If any person (or group of persons acting in concert):

 

(a)                           obtains (or, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, is expected to obtain) Control of the Company as a result of making a general offer to acquire Shares; or

 

(b)                           having obtained Control of the Company makes such an offer and such offer becomes unconditional in all respects

 

the Committee shall within 7 days of becoming aware of that event or forming such opinion (as applicable) notify every Participant accordingly and, subject to Rule 12.4 ( Internal reorganisations ), the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)                               subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ), all Awards shall Vest on such date as the Committee may determine (being no later than the date of the change in Control of the Company or the offer becoming unconditional in all respects, as applicable) (such date being the Early Vesting Date) if they have not then Vested and Rule 12.5 ( Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply; and

 

(ii)                            any Option may, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ), be exercised within one month of the Early Vesting Date, but to the extent that an Option is not exercised within that period, that Option shall (regardless of any other provision of the Plan) lapse at the end of that period.

 

12.2                   Schemes of arrangement and winding up

 

In the event that:

 

(a)                           a compromise or arrangement is sanctioned by the Court under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in connection with or for the purposes of a change in Control of the Company; or

 

(b)                           the Company passes a resolution for a voluntary winding up of the Company; or

 

(c)                            an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company

 

16



 

or, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, any of the above events is expected to occur, all Awards shall, subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ) and Rule 12.4 ( Internal reorganisations ), Vest on such date as the Committee may determine (being no later than the date of such event) (such date being the Early Vesting Date) if they have not then Vested and Rule 12.5 (C orporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply.

 

If an event as described in this Rule 12.2 occurs (or, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, is expected to occur) then an Option may, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ) and Rule 12.4 ( Internal reorganisations ), be exercised within one month of the Early Vesting Date, but to the extent that the Option is not exercised within that period, it shall (regardless of any other provision of the Plan) lapse at the end of that period.

 

12.3                   Demergers and similar events

 

If a demerger, special dividend or other similar event (the “ Relevant Event ”) is proposed which, in the opinion of the Committee, would affect the market price of Shares to a material extent, then the Committee may, at its discretion, decide that the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                           the Committee shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after deciding to apply these provisions, notify a Participant that, subject to earlier lapse under Rule 11 ( Leavers ), his Award Vests and, if relevant, his Option may be exercised on such terms as the Committee may determine and during such period preceding the Relevant Event or on the Relevant Event as the Committee may determine and shall lapse at the end of that period to the extent unexercised;

 

(b)                           if an Award Vests, or an Option is exercised, conditional upon the Relevant Event and such event does not occur then the conditional Vesting or exercise shall not be effective and the Award shall continue to subsist; and

 

(c)                            if the Committee decides that an Award Vests under this Rule 12.3 then the date of that Vesting shall be the Early Vesting Date and the provisions of Rule 12.5 ( Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply.

 

12.4                   Internal reorganisations

 

In the event that:

 

(a)                           a company (the “ Acquiring Company ”) is expected to obtain Control of the Company as a result of an offer referred to in Rule 12.1 ( General offers ) or a compromise or arrangement referred to in Rule 12.2(a) ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ); and

 

(b)                           at least 75% of the shares in the Acquiring Company are expected to be held by substantially the same persons who immediately before the obtaining of Control of the Company were shareholders in the Company

 

then the Committee, with the consent of the Acquiring Company, may decide before the obtaining of such Control that an Award shall not Vest under Rule 12.1 or Rule 12.2 but shall be automatically surrendered in consideration for the grant of a new award which the Committee determines is equivalent to the Award it replaces except that it will be over shares in the Acquiring Company or some other company.

 

17


 

The Rules will apply to any new award granted under this Rule 12.4 as if references to Shares were references to shares over which the new award is granted and references to the Company were references to the company whose shares are subject to the new award.

 

12.5                   Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares

 

If an Award Vests under any of Rules 12.1 to 12.3, the Committee shall determine the number of Vested Shares of that Award by the following steps:

 

(a)                           applying any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award;  and

 

(b)                           subject to Rule 11.3 ( Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares ), and if the Committee so decides, by applying such reduction to the number of Shares determined under Rule 12.5(a) as it sees fit (such reduction to be, unless it decides otherwise, on such pro-rata basis as it may determine).

 

If an Award Vests under any of Rules 12.1 to 12.3 after the holder of that Award has ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member then Rule 11.3 shall take precedence over this Rule 12.5.

 

13.                          ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

 

13.1                   General rule

 

In the event of:

 

(a)                           any variation of the share capital of the Company; or

 

(b)                           a demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of Shares to a material extent

 

the Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under Rule 13.2 ( Method of adjustment ) taking into account, where relevant, any adjustment to the related holding of Investment Shares under Rule 3.4 ( Variation of share capital – Investment Shares ).

 

13.2                   Method of adjustment

 

An adjustment made under this Rule shall be to one or more of the following:

 

(a)                           the number of Shares comprised in an Award;

 

(b)                           subject to Rule 13.3 ( Adjustment below nominal value ), the Option Price; and

 

(c)                            where any Award has Vested or Option has been exercised but no Shares have been transferred or allotted after such Vesting or exercise, the number of Shares which may be so transferred or allotted and (if relevant) the price at which they may be acquired.

 

13.3                   Adjustment below nominal value

 

An adjustment under Rule 13.2 may have the effect of reducing the price at which Shares may be subscribed for on the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board is authorised:

 

(a)                           to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are

 

18



 

to be allotted after such exercise exceeds the price at which the Shares may be subscribed for; and

 

(b)                           to apply that sum in paying up such amount on such Shares

 

so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise that sum (if any) and apply it in paying up that amount.

 

14.                          ALTERATIONS

 

14.1                   General rule on alterations

 

Except as described in Rule 14.2 ( Shareholder approval ) and Rule 14.4 ( Alterations to disadvantage of Participants ), the Committee may at any time alter the Plan or the terms of any Award.

 

14.2                   Shareholder approval

 

Except as described in Rule 14.3 ( Exceptions to shareholder approval ), no alteration to the advantage of an individual to whom an Award has been or may be granted shall be made under Rule 14.1 to the provisions concerning:

 

(a)                           the individual limits on participation;

 

(b)                           the overall limits on the issue of Shares or the transfer of treasury Shares; and

 

(c)                            the terms of this Rule 14.2

 

without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

 

14.3                   Exceptions to shareholder approval

 

Rule 14.2 ( Shareholder approval ) shall not apply to:

 

(a)                           any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

 

(b)                           any alteration relating to the Performance Condition made under Rule 14.5.

 

14.4                   Alterations to disadvantage of Participants

 

No alteration to the material disadvantage of Participants (other than a change to any Performance Condition) shall be made under Rule 14.1 unless:

 

(a)                           the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to indicate whether or not he approves the alteration; and

 

(b)                           the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

19



 

14.5                   Alterations to a Performance Condition

 

The Committee may amend any Performance Condition without prior shareholder approval(3) if:

 

(a)                           an event has occurred which causes the Committee reasonably to consider that it would be appropriate to amend the Performance Condition; and

 

(b)                           the Committee shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

 

15.                          MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1                  Employment

 

The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it.  An individual who participates in the Plan waives any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from him ceasing to have rights under an Award as a result of such termination.  Participation in the Plan shall not confer a right to continued employment upon any individual who participates in it.  The grant of any Award does not imply that any further Award will be granted nor that a Participant has any right to receive any further Award.

 

15.2                   Disputes

 

In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or relating to the Plan, the decision of the Committee shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

15.3                   Exercise of powers and discretions

 

The exercise of any power or discretion by the Committee shall not be open to question by any person and a Participant or former Participant shall have no rights in relation to the exercise of or omission to exercise any such power or discretion.

 

15.4                   Share rights

 

All Shares allotted under the Plan shall rank equally in all respects with Shares then in issue except for any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date before the date of the allotment.

 

Where Vested Shares are transferred to Participants (or their nominee) they shall be entitled to all rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date on or after the date of such transfer.

 

15.5                   Notices

 

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

(a)                           by personal delivery or by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment;

 


(3)     The Company has undertaken to consult with major shareholders prior to altering any existing performance conditions — see the letter from Hans Schram to major shareholders dated 18 January 2008 and the circular to shareholders relating to the introduction of the Plan dated . · · 2008.

 

20



 

(b)                           in an electronic communication to their usual business address or such other address for the time being notified for that purpose to the person giving the notice; or

 

(c)                            by such other method as the Board determines.

 

15.6                   Third parties

 

No third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of the Plan.

 

15.7                   Benefits not pensionable

 

Benefits provided under the Plan shall not be pensionable.

 

15.8                   Data Protection

 

Each Participant consents to the collection, processing and transfer of his personal data for any purpose relating to the operation of the Plan.  This includes:

 

(a)                           providing personal data to any Group Member and any third party such as trustees of any employee benefit trust, administrators of the Plan, registrars, brokers and any of their respective agents;

 

(b)                           processing of personal data by any such Group Member or third party;

 

(c)                            transferring personal data to a country outside the European Economic Area (including a country which does not have data protection laws equivalent to those prevailing in the European Economic Area); and

 

(d)                           providing personal data to potential purchasers of the Company, the Participant’s employer or the business in which the Participant works.

 

15.9                   Governing law

 

The Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales and the Courts of England and Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to hear any dispute.

 

21



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

CASH CONDITIONAL AWARDS

 

The Rules of the GW Pharmaceuticals plc Performance Share Plan shall apply to a right (a “ Cash Conditional Award ”) to receive a cash sum granted or to be granted under this Schedule as if it was a Conditional Award, except as set out in this Schedule.  Where there is any conflict between the Rules and this Schedule, the terms of this Schedule shall prevail.

 

1.                                 The Committee may grant or procure the grant of a Cash Conditional Award.

 

2.                                 Each Cash Conditional Award shall relate to a given number of notional Shares.

 

3.                                 On the Vesting of the Cash Conditional Award the holder of that Award shall be entitled to a cash sum which shall be equal to the “ Cash Value ” of the notional Vested Shares, where the Cash Value of a notional Share is the market value of a Share on the date of Vesting of the Cash Conditional Award.  For the purposes of this Schedule, the market value of a Share on any day shall be determined in accordance with Rule 9.3 ( Cash equivalent ).

 

4.                                 The cash sum payable under paragraph 3 above shall be paid by the employer of the Participant as soon as practicable after the Vesting of the Cash Conditional Award, net of any deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

5.                                 For the avoidance of doubt, a Cash Conditional Award shall not confer any right on the holder of such an Award to receive Shares or any interest in Shares.

 

22



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

EMI AWARDS

 

1.          INTERACTION WITH PLAN

 

The provisions of this Schedule 2 and the Rules shall govern the terms of the EMI Awards granted under this schedule and, for this purpose, references to the Plan shall include references to this Schedule 2.  Where there is any conflict between the Rules and this Schedule 2, the terms of this Schedule 2 shall prevail.

 

2.          DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

EMI Award ” means an Award granted under this Schedule 2 which is a qualifying option to acquire Shares for the purposes of Schedule 5;

 

Qualifying Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary which meets the conditions of paragraph 11 of Schedule 5;

 

Schedule 5 ” means Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

 

Shares means ordinary shares in the capital of the Company which are fully paid up and are not redeemable;

 

and, for the purposes of this Schedule 2, expressions not otherwise defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning as they have in Schedule 5.

 

3.          ELIGIBILITY

 

A person is eligible to be granted an EMI Award if (and only if) he is an employee within the meaning of paragraph 25 of Schedule 5 and if his committed time to the Company or a Qualifying Subsidiary amounts to at least 25 hours a week or, if less, 75% of his working time, in each case within the meaning of and in compliance with paragraph 26 of Schedule 5.

 

A person is not eligible to be granted an EMI Award at any time when he is not eligible to receive such an award by virtue of paragraph 28 of Schedule 5 ( no material interest requirement ). Further an EMI Award shall not be granted unless the requirements of paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 ( commercial reasons for grant ) are satisfied.

 

4.          GRANT OF EMI AWARDS

 

EMI Awards may only be granted at such time as the provisions of Schedule 5 are met.

 

When granting an Award under the Plan, the Committee shall specify whether the Award is intended to be an EMI Award and, if so, shall enter into a written agreement with the Participant on such terms as it may determine, provided that such agreement meets the requirements of paragraph 37 of Schedule 5.

 

5.          IMPACT OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH SCHEDULE 5

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Schedule 2 and/or the Rules, an EMI Award shall not be treated as an unapproved award by reason only of any minor deviation(s) from the requirements of Schedule 5 and, in the event of such minor deviation(s), the terms of the EMI Awards shall be amended so as to satisfy the provisions of Schedule 5.

 

If, however, any Award granted as an EMI Award does not meet the requirements of Schedule 5 on its Grant Date or thereafter and cannot be so amended then, to the extent that it does not

 

23



 

meet the requirements of Schedule 5, it shall continue to subsist as an Award granted under the Plan.

 

6.          LIMITS

 

No person shall be granted an EMI Award which would, at the time it is granted, result in:

 

(a)                        that person exceeding the maximum entitlement as prescribed in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5 ( currently £100,000 worth of subsisting EMI options and/or HMRC approved options ); or

 

(b)                        a breach of paragraph 6 of Schedule 5 ( further three-year limit ).

 

The maximum value of Shares over which unexercised EMI Awards may subsist at any one time shall be limited to the amount prescribed in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 ( currently £3 million ).

 

7.          DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT

 

Any Dividend Equivalent paid in connection with an EMI Award shall be deemed to be provided in connection with a non-EMI Award of equivalent size and outside the scope of Schedule 5.  A Dividend Equivalent may, however, only be paid in connection with an EMI Award to the extent that the making of such a payment would not, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, prejudice the tax-favoured status of any EMI Award.

 

8.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

Notwithstanding the generality of Rule 15.1, a Participant will not be entitled to any compensation or damages in respect of:

 

(b)                        an EMI Award losing its tax favoured status by reason of the requirements of Schedule 5 not being met, including the occurrence of a disqualifying event within the meaning of Schedule 5, or otherwise; or

 

(c)                         an Award purportedly granted as an EMI Award never having satisfied the requirements of Schedule 5 and/or never having otherwise qualified for tax favoured status.

 

24




Exhibit 10.43

 

 

CONFORMED COPY OF THE

 

TRUST DEED AND RULES

 

of the

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEME

 

 

Adopted by the company on 16 th  August 2000

 

Approved by the Inland Revenue under schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000
on 25 August 2000

 

Trust Deed and Rules amended with Inland Revenue approval
with effect from                            2001

 

 

Rowe & Maw
20 Black Friars Lane
London EC4V 6HD

 

Tel 020 7248 4282
Fax 020 7248 2009

 

Ref: 520/29851.00001

 



 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEME
TRUST DEED

 

DATE:                    16 August 2000

 

PARTIES:

 

(1)                                  GW PHARMA LIMITED(1) whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, Salisbury, Wiltshire SP4 0JQ (“the Company”); and

 

(2)                                  GWP TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED whose registered office is at Porton Down Science Park, as above (“the Trustees”).

 

THIS DEED WITNESSES that:

 

1.                                       PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Deed is to establish a trust for the employee share ownership plan known as GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme (“the Plan”) which satisfies Schedule 8 Finance Act 2000.

 

2.                                       STATUS

 

The Plan consists of this Deed and the attached Rules and Appendices.  The definitions in the Rules apply to this Deed.  The Company shall from time to time determine which of parts A to D of the Rules shall have effect.  Where the Company determines that part B shall have effect it shall also specify whether there is to be an Accumulation Period of up to 12 months, which shall apply equally to all Qualifying Employees in the Plan.

 

3.                                       DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

3.1                                Assets held on trust

 

The Company and the Trustees have agreed that all the Shares and other assets which are issued to or transferred to the Trustees are to be held on the trusts declared by this Deed, and subject to the terms of the Rules.  When Shares or

 


(1)  GW Pharmaceuticals Limited changed its name to GW Pharma Limited on 1 June 2001.

 



 

assets are transferred to the Trustees by the Company with the intention of being held as part of the Plan they shall be held upon the trusts and provisions of this Deed and the Rules.

 

3.2                                Assets other than income

 

The Trustees shall hold the Trust Fund upon the following trusts namely:

 

(a)                                  as to Shares which have not been awarded to Participants (“Unawarded Shares”) upon trust during the Trust Period and subject to any exercise of the powers given to the Trustees in Clause 8.4 below to allocate those Shares in accordance with the terms of this Deed and the Rules,

 

(b)                                  as to Shares which have been awarded to a Participant (“Plan Shares”) upon trust for the benefit of that Participant on the terms and conditions set out in the Rules,

 

(c)                                   as to Partnership Share Money upon trust to purchase Shares for the benefit of the contributing Qualifying Employee in accordance with the Rules, and

 

(d)                                  as to other assets (“Surplus Assets”) upon trust to use them to purchase further Shares to be held on the trusts declared in (a) above, at such time during the Trust Period and on such terms as the Trustees in their absolute discretion think fit.

 

3.3                                Income: Unawarded Shares and Surplus Assets

 

The income of Unawarded Shares and Surplus Assets shall be accumulated by the trustees and added to, and held upon the trusts applying to, Surplus Assets.

 

3.4                                Income: Plan Shares and Partnership Share Money

 

The income of Plan Shares and Partnership Share Money shall be dealt with in accordance with the Rules.

 

3.5                                Perpetuity Period

 

The perpetuity period in respect of the trusts and powers declared by this Deed and the Rules shall be the period of 80 years from the date of this Deed.

 



 

4.                                       NUMBER OF TRUSTEES

 

Unless a corporate Trustee is appointed, there shall always be at least 2 Trustees.  Where there is no corporate Trustee, and the number of Trustees falls below 2, the continuing Trustee has the power to act only to achieve the appointment of a new Trustee.

 

5.                                       INFORMATION

 

The Trustees shall be entitled to rely on information supplied by the Company in respect of the eligibility of any person to become or remain a Participant in the Plan.

 

6.                                       RESIDENCE OF TRUSTEES

 

Every Trustee shall be resident in the United Kingdom.  The Company shall immediately remove any Trustee who ceases to be so resident and, if necessary, appoint a replacement.

 

7.                                       CHANGE OF TRUSTEES

 

The Company has the power to appoint or remove any Trustee for any reason.  The change of Trustee shall be effected by executing a deed. Any Trustee may resign on one month’s notice given in writing to the Company, provided that there will be at least two Trustees or a corporate Trustee immediately after the retirement.

 

8.                                       INVESTMENT AND DEALING WITH TRUST ASSETS

 

8.1                                Plan Shares

 

Save as otherwise provided for by the Plan the Trustees shall not sell or otherwise dispose of Plan Shares.

 

8.2                                Participant’s Directions

 

The Trustees shall obey any directions given by a Participant in accordance with the Rules in relation to his Plan Shares and any rights and income relating to those Shares. In the absence of any such direction, or provision by the Plan, the Trustees shall take no action.

 



 

8.3                                Partnership Share Money

 

The Company and Participating Companies shall, as soon as practicable after deduction from Salary, pass the Partnership Share Money to the Trustees who will put the money into an account with:

 

(a)                                  an institution authorised under the Banking Act 1987;

 

(b)                                  a building society; or

 

(c)                                   a relevant European institution, until it is either used to acquire Partnership Shares on the Acquisition Date, or, in accordance with the Plan, returned to the individual from whose Salary the Partnership Share Money has been deducted.

 

The Trustees shall pass on any interest arising on this invested money to the individual from whose Salary the Partnership Share money has been deducted.

 

8.4                                Unawarded Shares

 

(1)                                  The Trustees may either retain or sell Unawarded Shares at their absolute discretion.  The proceeds of any sale of Unawarded Shares shall form part of Surplus Assets.

 

(2)                                  The Trustees may also, with the prior consent of the Company, at any time during the Trust Period transfer Unawarded Shares to the trustees of any other trust provided that:

 

(a)                                  the transfer shall not offend any applicable rules against perpetuities or excessive accumulations; and

 

(b)                                  in the opinion of the Trustees the provisions of the other trust are such that the transfer would be beneficial to one or more Qualifying Employees, whether or not other persons may be capable of taking a benefit under those provisions.

 

8.5                                Surplus Assets

 

The Trustees shall have all the powers of investment of a beneficial owner in relation to Surplus Assets.

 



 

8.6                                Diversification

 

The Trustees shall not be under any liability to the Participating Companies or to current or former Qualifying Employees by reason of a failure to diversify investments, which results from the retention of Plan or Unawarded Shares.

 

8.7                                Delegation

 

The Trustees may delegate powers, duties or discretions to any persons and on any terms.  No delegation made under this clause shall divest the Trustees of their responsibilities under this Deed or under the Schedule.

 

The Trustees may allow any Shares to be registered in the name of an appointed nominee provided that such Shares shall be registered in a designated account.  Such registration shall not divest the Trustees of their responsibilities under this Deed or the Schedule.

 

The Trustees may at any time, and shall if the Company so directs, revoke any delegation made under this clause or require any Plan assets held by another person to be returned to the Trustees, or both.

 

9.                                       LOANS TO TRUSTEES

 

The Trustees shall have the power to borrow money for the purpose of:

 

(a)                                  acquiring Shares; and

 

(b)                                  paying any other expenses properly incurred by the Trustees in administering the Plan.

 

10.                                SHARES FROM QUALIFYING SHARE OWNERSHIP TRUSTS

 

Where Shares are transferred to the Trustees in accordance with paragraph 76 of the Schedule, they shall award such Shares only as Free and Matching Shares, and in priority to other available Shares.

 

11.                                TRUSTEES’ OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE PLAN

 

11.1                         Notice of Award of Free and Matching Shares

 

As soon as practicable after Free and Matching Shares have been awarded to a Participant, the Trustees shall give the Participant a notice stating:

 



 

(a)                                  the number and description of those Shares;

 

(b)                                  their Initial Market Value; and

 

(c)                                   the Holding Period applicable to them.

 

11.2                         Notice of Award of Partnership Shares

 

As soon as practicable after any Partnership Shares have been acquired for a Participant, the Trustees shall give the Participant a notice stating:

 

(a)                                  the number and description of those Shares;

 

(b)                                  the amount of money applied by the Trustees in acquiring those shares on behalf of the Participant; and

 

(c)                                   the Market Value at the Acquisition Date.

 

11.3                         Notice of acquisition of Dividend Shares

 

As soon as practicable after Dividend Shares have been acquired on behalf of a Participant, the Trustees shall give the Participant a notice stating:

 

(a)                                  the number and description of those shares;

 

(b)                                  their Market Value on the Acquisition Date,

 

(c)                                   the Holding Period applicable to them; and

 

(d)                                  any amount not reinvested and carried forward for acquisition of further Dividend Shares.

 

11.4                         Notice of any foreign tax deducted before dividend paid

 

Where any foreign cash dividend is received in respect of Plan Shares held on behalf of a Participant, the Trustees shall give the Participant notice of the amount of any foreign tax deducted from the dividend before it was paid.

 

11.5                         Restrictions during the Holding Period

 

During the Holding Period the Trustees shall not dispose of any Free, Matching or Dividend Shares (whether by transfer to the employee or otherwise) except as allowed by the following paragraphs of the Schedule:

 



 

(a)                                  paragraph 32 (power of Trustees to accept general offers etc.);

 

(b)                                  paragraph 72 (power of Trustees to raise funds to subscribe for rights issue);

 

(c)                                   paragraph 73 (meeting PAYE obligations); and

 

(d)                                  paragraph 121(5) (termination of plan: early removal of shares with participant’s consent).

 

11.6                         PAYE liability etc.

 

The Trustees may dispose of a Participant’s Shares or accept a sum from the Participant in order to meet any PAYE liability in the circumstances provided in paragraph 95 of the Schedule (PAYE: shares ceasing to be subject to the plan).

 

Where the Trustees receive a sum of money which constitutes a Capital Receipt in respect of which a Participant is chargeable to income tax under Schedule E, the Trustees shall pay to the employer a sum equal to that on which income tax is so payable.

 

The Trustees shall maintain the records necessary to enable them to carry out their PAYE obligations, and the PAYE obligations of the employer company so far as they relate to the Plan.

 

Where the Participant becomes liable to income tax under Schedule E, Case V of Schedule D, or Schedule F, the Trustees shall inform the Participant of any facts which are relevant to determining that liability.

 

11.7                         Money’s worth received by Trustees

 

The Trustees shall pay over to the Participant as soon as is practicable, any money or money’s worth received by them in respect of or by reference to any shares, other than new shares within paragraph 115 of the Schedule (company reconstructions).

 

This is subject to:

 

(a)                                  the provisions of Part VII of the Schedule (dividend reinvestment);

 

(b)                                  the Trustees obligations under paragraphs 95 and 96 of the Schedule (PAYE: obligations to make payments to employer etc); and

 



 

(c)                                   the Trustees’ PAYE obligations.

 

11.8                         General offers etc.

 

If any offer, compromise, arrangement or scheme is made which affects the Plan Shares the Trustees shall notify Participants.  Each Participant may direct how the Trustees shall act in relation to that Participant’s Plan Shares.  In the absence of any direction, the Trustees shall take no action.

 

12.                                POWER OF TRUSTEES TO RAISE FUNDS TO SUBSCRIBE FOR A RIGHTS ISSUE

 

If instructed by Participants in respect of their Plan Shares the Trustees may dispose of some of the rights under a rights issue arising from those Shares to obtain enough funds to exercise the remaining rights.

 

The rights referred to are the rights to buy additional shares or rights in the same company.

 

13.                                POWER TO AGREE MARKET VALUE OF SHARES

 

Where the Market Value of Shares falls to be determined for the purposes of the Schedule, the Trustees may agree with the Inland Revenue that it shall be determined by reference to such date or dates, or to an average of the values on a number of dates, as specified in the agreement.

 

14.                                PERSONAL INTEREST OF TRUSTEES

 

Trustees, and directors, officers or employees of a corporate Trustee, shall not be liable to account for any benefit accruing to them by virtue of their:

 

(a)                                  participation in the Plan as a Qualifying Employee;

 

(b)                                  ownership, in a beneficial or fiduciary capacity, of any shares or other securities in any Participating Company;

 

(c)                                   being a director or employee of any Participating Company, being a creditor, or being in any other contractual relationship with any such Company.

 


 

15.                                TRUSTEES’ MEETINGS

 

The Trustees shall hold meetings as often as is necessary for the administration of the Plan.  There shall be at least two Trustees present at a meeting except where the sole Trustee is a corporate Trustee and the Trustees shall give due notice to all the Trustees of such a meeting. Decisions made at such a meeting by a majority of the Trustees present shall be binding on all the Trustees.  A written resolution signed by all the Trustees shall have the same effect as a resolution passed at a meeting.

 

16.                               SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

 

Any Subsidiary may with the agreement of the Company become a party to this Deed and the Plan by executing a deed of adherence agreeing to be bound by the Deed and Rules.

 

Any company which ceases to be a Subsidiary shall cease to be a Participating Company.

 

17.                               EXPENSES OF PLAN

 

The Participating Companies shall meet the costs of the preparation and administration of this Plan.

 

18.                               TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

 

18.1                        Indemnity

 

The Participating Companies shall jointly and severally indemnify each of the Trustees (except a remunerated Trustee) against any expenses and liabilities which are incurred through acting as a Trustee of the Plan and which cannot be recovered from the Trust Fund.  This does not apply to expenses and liabilities which are incurred through fraud or wilful wrongdoing or are covered by insurance under clause 18.3.

 

18.2                        Restriction of liability

 

No Trustee except a remunerated Trustee shall be personally liable for any breach of trust (other than through fraud or wilful wrongdoing) over and above the extent to which the Trustee is indemnified by the Participating Companies in accordance with clause 18.1 above.

 



 

18.3                        Insurance

 

A non-remunerated Trustee may insure the Plan against any loss caused by him or any of his employees, officers, agents or delegates.  A non-remunerated Trustee may also insure himself and any of these persons against liability for breach of trust not involving fraud or wilful wrongdoing or negligence of the Trustee or the person concerned.

 

18.4                        Charging

 

A Trustee who carries on a profession or business may charge for services rendered on a basis agreed with the Company.  A firm or company in which a Trustee is interested or by which he is employed may also charge for services rendered on this basis.

 

19.                               COVENANT BY THE PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

 

The Participating Companies hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Trustees that they shall pay to the Trustees all sums which they are required to pay under the Rules and shall at all times comply with the Rules.

 

20.                               ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS

 

The Trustees may accept gifts of Shares and other assets which shall be held upon the trusts declared by clause 3(1) or 3(4) as the case may be.

 

21.                               TRUSTEES’ LIEN

 

The Trustees’ lien over the Trust Fund in respect of liabilities incurred by them in the performance of their duties (including the repayment of borrowed money and tax liabilities) shall be enforceable subject to the following restrictions:

 

(a)                                  the Trustees shall not be entitled to resort to Partnership Share Money for the satisfaction of any of their liabilities; and

 

(b)                                  the Trustees shall not be entitled to resort to Plan Shares for the satisfaction of their liabilities except to the extent that this is permitted by the Plan.

 

 



 

22.                                AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN

 

The Company may, with the Trustees’ written consent, from time to time amend the Plan provided that:

 

(a)                                  no amendment which would adversely prejudice to a material extent the rights attaching to any Plan Shares awarded to or acquired by Participants may be made nor may any alteration be made giving to Participating Companies a beneficial interest in Plan Shares,

 

(b)                                  no amendment which may increase the limits contained in Rule 11 may be made without the prior approval of the Parent Company in general meeting; and

 

(c)                                   if the Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue at the time of an amendment or addition, any amendment or addition to a “key feature” (as defined in paragraph 118(3)(a) of the Schedule) of the Plan shall not have effect unless and until the written approval of the Inland Revenue has been obtained in accordance with paragraph 4 of the Schedule.

 

23.                                TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

23.1                         Termination

 

The Plan shall terminate:

 

(a)                                  in accordance with a Plan Termination Notice issued by the Company to the Trustees under paragraph 120 of the Schedule, or

 

(b)                                  if earlier, on the expiry of the Trust Period.

 

23.2                         Plan Termination Notice

 

The Company shall immediately upon executing a Plan Termination Notice provide a copy of the notice to the Trustees, the Inland Revenue and each individual who has Plan Shares or who has entered into a Partnership Share Agreement which was in force immediately before the Plan Termination Notice was issued.

 



 

23.3                         Effect of Plan Termination Notice

 

Upon the issue of a Plan Termination Notice or upon the expiry of the Trust Period paragraph 121 of the Schedule shall have effect.

 

23.4                         Assets undisposed of

 

Any Shares or other assets which remain undisposed of after the requirements of paragraph 121 of the Schedule have been complied with shall be held by the Trustees upon trust to pay or apply them to or for the benefit of the Participating Companies as at the termination date in such proportion, having regard to their respective contributions, as the Trustees shall in their absolute discretion think appropriate.

 

EXECUTION :

 

The parties have shown their acceptance of the terms of this Deed by executing it as a deed at the end of the Rules and the Appendices.

 



 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEME
RULES

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

2.                                      PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

3.                                      ELIGIBILITY OF INDIVIDUALS

 

4.                                      PARTICIPATION ON SAME TERMS

 

5.                                      PART A:  FREE SHARES

 

6.                                      PART B:  PARTNERSHIP SHARES

 

7.                                      PART C:  MATCHING SHARES

 

8.                                      PART D:  DIVIDEND SHARES

 

9.                                      COMPANY RECONSTRUCTIONS

 

10.                               RIGHTS ISSUES

 

11.                               LIMITS ON OVERALL NUMBER OF SHARES AWARDED

 



 

1.              DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1           Defined Terms

 

In these Rules and the Deed:

 

“Accumulation Period” means in relation to Partnership Shares, the period during which the Trustees accumulate a Qualifying Employee’s Partnership Share Money before acquiring Partnership Shares or repaying it to the employee;

 

“Acquisition Date” (a) in relation to Partnership Shares, where there is no Accumulation Period, has the meaning given by paragraph 40(2) of the Schedule; (b) in relation to Partnership Shares, where there is an Accumulation Period, has the meaning given by paragraph 42(3) of the Schedule; and (c) in relation to Dividend Shares, has the meaning given by paragraph 56(3) of the Schedule;

 

“Associated Company” has the same meaning as in section 416 of ICTA 1988;

 

“Award Date” means in relation to Free Shares or Matching Shares, the date on which such Shares are awarded;

 

“Award” means (a) in relation to Free Shares and Matching Shares, the appropriation of Free Shares and Matching Shares in accordance with the Plan; and (b) in relation to Partnership Shares, the acquisition of Partnership Shares on behalf of Qualifying Employees in accordance with the Plan;

 

“Capital Receipt” has the same meaning as in paragraph 79 of the Schedule;

 

“Close Company” has the same meaning as in section 414 of ICTA 1988;

 

“the Company” means GW Pharma Limited;

 

“Connected Company” has the same meaning as in paragraph 16(4) of the Schedule;

 

“Control” has the same meaning as in section 840 of ICTA 1988;

 

“Dealing Day” means a day on which the Stock Exchange is open for the transaction of business;

 



 

“the Deed” means the deed entered into between GW Pharma Limited and GWP Trustee Company Limited establishing the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme;

 

“Dividend Shares” means Shares acquired on behalf of a Participant from reinvestment of dividends under Part D of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 

“Free Share Agreement” means an agreement in the terms set out in Appendix A;

 

“Free Shares” means Shares awarded under Part A of the Plan which are subject to the Plan;

 

“Group Plan” means the Plan as established by GW Pharma Limited and extending to its Subsidiaries which are Participating Companies;

 

“Holding Period” means (a) in relation to Free Shares, the period specified by the Company as mentioned in Rule 5.12; (b) in relation to Matching Shares, the period specified by the Company as mentioned in Rule 7.5; and (c) in relation to Dividend Shares, the period of 3 years from the Acquisition Date;

 

“ICTA 1988” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

“Initial Market Value” means the Market Value of a Share on an Award Date.  Where the Share is subject to a restriction or risk of forfeiture, the market value shall be determined without reference to that restriction or risk

 

“Market Value” means where Shares have been admitted to the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange the average of the middle market quotations of a Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange for the 5 immediately preceding Dealing Days and on any day when Shares are not admitted to the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange the Market Value of a Share determined in accordance with the provisions of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed for the purposes of the Plan with the Inland Revenue Shares Valuation Division on or before that day;

 

“Matching Shares” means Shares awarded under Part C of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 



 

“Material Interest” has the same meaning as in paragraph 15 of the Schedule;

 

“NICs” means National Insurance Contributions;

 

“the Parent Company” means GW Pharmaceuticals plc, company number 4160917;

 

“Participant” means an individual who has received under the Plan an Award of Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares, or on whose behalf Dividend Shares have been acquired ;

 

“Participating Company” means the Company and such of its Subsidiaries as have executed deeds of adherence to the Plan under clause 16 of the Trust Deed;

 

“Partnership Shares” means Shares awarded under Part B of the Plan and which are subject to the Plan;

 

“Partnership Share Agreement” means an agreement in the terms set out in Appendix B;

 

“Partnership Share Money” means money deducted from a Qualifying Employee’s Salary pursuant to a Partnership Share Agreement and held by the Trustees to acquire Partnership Shares or to be returned to such a person;

 

“Performance Allowances” means the criteria for an Award of Free Shares where (a) whether Shares are awarded or (b) the number or value of Shares awarded is conditional on performance targets being met;

 

“the Plan” means the GW Pharmaceuticals All Employee Share Scheme;

 

“Plan Shares” means (a) Free Shares, Matching Shares or Partnership Shares awarded to Participants, (b) Dividend Shares acquired on behalf of Participants, and (c) shares in relation to which paragraph 115(5) (company reconstructions: new shares) of the Schedule applies, in each case  that remain subject to the Plan;

 

“Plan Termination Notice” means a notice issued under paragraph 120 of the Schedule;

 



 

“Profit Sharing Scheme” means a profit-sharing scheme approved by the Board of Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 of ICTA 1988;

 

“Qualifying Corporate Bond” has the same meaning as in section 117 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

“Qualifying Employee” means an employee who must be invited to participate in an award in accordance with Rule 3.5 and any employee who the Company has invited in accordance with Rule 3.6;

 

“Redundancy” has the same meaning as in the Employment Rights Act 1996 ;

 

“Relevant Employment” means employment by the Company or any Associated Company;

 

“Retirement Age” means age 60;

 

“Salary” has the same meaning as in paragraph 48 of the Schedule ;

 

“the Schedule” means Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000;

 

“Shares” means ordinary shares in the capital of the Parent Company which comply with the conditions set out in paragraph 59 of the Schedule ;

 

“the Stock Exchange” means the London Stock Exchange Limited;

 

“Subsidiary” means any company which is for the time being under the Control of the Company;

 

“Tax Year” means a year beginning on 6 April and ending on the following 5 April;

 

“the Trustees” means the trustees or trustee of the Plan;

 

“the Trust Fund” means all assets transferred to the Trustees to be held on the terms of the Trust Deed and the assets from time to time representing such assets, including any accumulations of income;

 

“the Trust Period” means the period of 80 years beginning with the date of the Deed

 


 

1.2                                Reference to Statutes

 

References to any Act, or Part, Chapter, or section (including ICTA 1988) shall include any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment of that Act, for the time being in force.

 

1.3                                Miscellaneous

 

Words of the feminine gender shall include the masculine and vice versa and words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa unless, in either case, the context otherwise requires or it is otherwise stated.

 

2.                                       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Plan is to enable employees of Participating Companies to acquire shares in a company which give them a continuing stake in that company.

 

3.                                       ELIGIBILITY OF INDIVIDUALS

 

3.1                                Requirements for eligibility

 

Individuals are eligible to participate in an Award only if they are employees of a Participating Company and they do not fail to be eligible under Rules 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4 at the times set out in paragraph 13(1) of the Schedule.

 

3.2                                Exclusion for Material Interest

 

Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Shares if they have, or within the preceding twelve months have had, a Material Interest in:

 

(a)                                 a Close Company whose Shares may be appropriated or acquired under the Plan; or

 

(b)                                  a company which has Control of such a company or is a member of a consortium which owns such a company.

 

3.3                                Exclusion for benefit under another scheme: Free Shares

 

Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Free Shares in any Tax Year if in that Tax Year:

 



 

(a)                                  they have been awarded shares under a Profit-Sharing Scheme established by the Company or a Connected Company, or are to be awarded such shares at the same time; or

 

(b)                                  they have received (or are to receive at the same time) an Award under another plan established by the Company or a Connected Company and approved under the Schedule, or if they would have received such an Award but for their failure to meet a performance target (see Rule 5.5).

 

3.4                                Exclusion for benefit under another scheme: Partnership and Matching Shares

 

Individuals are not eligible to participate in an Award of Partnership Shares or Matching Shares in any Tax Year if in that Tax Year they have received (or are to receive at the same time) an Award under another plan established by the Company or a Connected Company (as defined in paragraph 16(4) of the Schedule) and approved under the Schedule, or if they would have received such an Award but for their failure to meet a performance target (see Rule 5.5).

 

3.5                                Employees who must be invited to participate in Awards

 

Any individual who meets the requirements in Rule 3.1 in respect of an Award and is chargeable to income tax under Case I of Schedule E in respect of their employment by which they satisfy those requirements must be invited to participate in that Award.

 

3.6                                Employees who may be invited to participate in Awards

 

The Company may also invite any other individual who meets the requirements in Rule 3.1 in respect of an Award to participate in that Award.

 

4.                                       PARTICIPATION ON SAME TERMS

 

4.1                                Invitation and participation on same terms

 

Subject to Rule 4.3, every Qualifying Employee shall be invited to participate in an Award on the same terms, and all who do participate in an Award shall do so on the same terms.

 



 

4.2                                Same terms: remuneration, length of service and hours worked

 

The Company may make an Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees which varies by reference to their remuneration, length of service or hours worked.  This will not prevent participation in the Award being on the “same terms” provided that if the Award is made by reference to more than one of these factors, each factor must give rise to a separate entitlement, and the total entitlement is the sum of those individual entitlements.

 

4.3                                Performance

 

The Company may make an Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees by reference to their performance as set out in Rule 5.5, in which case the provisions of Rule 4.1 shall not apply.

 

5.                                       PART A: FREE SHARES

 

5.1                                Free Share Agreement

 

Every Qualifying Employee shall enter into an agreement with the Company (a “Free Share Agreement”) in the terms of the draft in Appendix A to these Rules.

 

5.2                                Award of Free Shares

 

The Trustees, acting with the prior consent of the Company, may from time to time award Free Shares.

 

5.3                                Number of Free Shares

 

The number of Free Shares to be awarded by the Trustees to each Qualifying Employee on an Award Date shall be determined by the Company in accordance with this Rule.

 

5.4                                Maximum annual award

 

The Initial Market Value of the Free Shares awarded to a Qualifying Employee in any Tax Year shall not exceed £3,000.

 



 

5.5                                Allocation of Free Shares by reference to performance

 

The Company may stipulate that the number of Free Shares (if any) to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee on a given Award Date shall be determined by reference to Performance Allowances .

 

5.6                                Application of Performance Allowances

 

(1)                                 If Performance Allowances are used, they shall apply to all Qualifying Employees.

 

(2)                                 Performance targets must be set for performance units of one or more employees.

 

(3)                                 For the purposes of an Award of Free Shares an employee must not be a member of more than one performance unit.

 

(4)                                 The performance measures used for Performance Allowances must be based on business results or other objective criteria, as determined by the Company over such period as the Company shall specify.  The performance measures must be fair and objective measures of the performance of the performance units to which they are or may be applied.

 

5.7                               Notification of Performance Allowances

 

Where the Company decides to use Performance Allowances it shall, as soon as reasonably practicable:

 

(a)                                 notify each employee participating in the Award of the performance targets and measures which, under the Plan, shall be used to determine the number or value of Free Shares awarded to him; and

 

(b)                                 notify all Qualifying Employees of the Company or, in the case of a Group Plan, of any Participating Company, in general terms, of the performance targets and measures to be used to determine the number or value of Free Shares to be awarded to each Participant in the Award (save that the Company may exclude from any such notice any information which it reasonably considers would prejudice commercial confidentiality).

 



 

5.8                                Choice of method for Performance Allowances

 

The Company shall determine the number of Free Shares (if any) to be awarded to each Qualifying Employee by reference to performance using Method 1 or Method 2.  The same method shall be used for all Qualifying Employees for each Award.

 

5.9                                Performance Allowances: method 1

 

By this method:

 

(a)                                 at least 20% of Free Shares awarded in any performance period shall be awarded without reference to performance;

 

(b)                                 the remaining Free Shares shall be awarded by reference to performance; and

 

(c)                                  the highest Award made to an individual by reference to performance in any period shall be no more than four times the highest Award to an individual without reference to performance.

 

If this method is used:

 

·                   the Free Shares awarded without reference to performance (paragraph (a) above) shall be awarded on the same terms mentioned in Rule 4; and

 

·                   the Free Shares awarded by reference to performance (paragraph (b) above) need not be allocated on the same terms mentioned in Rule 4.

 

5.10                         Performance Allowances: method 2

 

By this method:

 

(a)                                 some or all Free Shares shall be awarded by reference to performance;

 

(b)                                 the Award of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees who are members of the same performance unit shall be made on the same terms, as mentioned in Rule 4; and

 

(c)                                  Free Shares awarded for each performance unit shall be treated as separate Awards.

 



 

5.11                        Holding Period for Free Shares

 

The Company shall, in relation to each Award Date, specify a Holding Period throughout which a Participant shall be bound by the terms of the Free Share Agreement.

 

5.12                         Length of Holding Period

 

The Holding Period shall, in relation to each Award, be a specified period of not less than 3 years nor more than 5 years, beginning with the Award Date and shall be the same for all Participants who receive an Award at the same time. The Holding Period shall not be increased in respect of Free Shares already awarded under the Plan.

 

5.13                         Directions to Trustees during Holding Period

 

A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

(a)                                 to accept an offer for any of their Free Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

(b)                                 to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for their Free Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in paragraph (c); or

 

(c)                                  to accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for their Free Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as their shares, or to holders of shares in the same company and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 ICTA 1988; or

 

(d)                                 to agree to a transaction affecting their Free Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting;

 

(i)                                    all of the ordinary share capital of the company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 



 

(ii)                                 all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

6.                                       PART B: PARTNERSHIP SHARES

 

6.1                                Partnership Share Agreement

 

The Company may at any time invite every Qualifying Employee to enter into an agreement with the Company (a “Partnership Share Agreement”) in the terms of the draft in Appendix B to these Rules.

 

6.2                                No forfeiture

 

Partnership Shares shall not be subject to any provision under which they may be forfeit.

 

6.3                                Maximum monthly deductions

 

The amount of Partnership Share Money deducted from an employee’s Salary shall not exceed £125 in any month or such lower figure as the Company may specify for all Qualifying Employees in respect of an Award.  If the Salary is not paid monthly, the £125 limit shall be calculated proportionately.

 

6.4                                10% salary limit

 

The amount of Partnership Share Money deducted from an employee’s Salary over an Accumulation Period shall not exceed 10% of the total of the payments of Salary made to such employee over that Accumulation Period or if there is no Accumulation Period, 10% of the Salary payment from which the deduction is made.

 

6.5                                Excess deductions

 

Any amount deducted in excess of that allowed by Rule 6.3 or 6.4 shall be paid over to the employee, subject to both deduction of income tax under PAYE and NICs, as soon as practicable.

 

6.6                                Minimum amount of deductions

 

The minimum amount to be deducted under the Partnership Share Agreement in any month shall be the same in relation to all Partnership Share Agreements

 



 

entered into in response to invitations issued on the same occasion. It shall not be greater than £10.

 

6.7                                Notice of possible effect of deductions on benefit entitlement

 

Every Partnership Share Agreement shall contain a notice under paragraph 38 of the Schedule.

 

6.8                                Restriction imposed on number of Shares awarded

 

The Company may specify the maximum number of Shares to be included in an Award of Partnership Shares.

 

6.9                                Notification of restrictions

 

The Partnership Share Agreement shall contain an undertaking by the Company to notify each Qualifying Employee of any restriction on the number of Shares to be included in an Award.

 

6.10                         Timing of notification

 

The notification in Rule 6.9 above shall be given:

 

(a)                                  if there is no Accumulation Period, before the deduction of the Partnership Share Money relating to the Award; and

 

(b)                                  if there is an Accumulation Period, before the beginning of the Accumulation Period relating to the Award.

 

6.11                         Award with no Accumulation Period

 

For an Award where the Partnership Share Agreement does not contain an Accumulation Period the Trustees shall acquire Shares on behalf of the Qualifying Employee using the Partnership Share Money. They shall acquire the Shares on the Acquisition Date. The number of Shares awarded to each employee shall be determined in accordance with the Market Value of the Shares on that date.

 

6.12                         Award with Accumulation Period

 

For an Award where the Partnership Share Agreement contains an Accumulation Period, the Trustees shall acquire Shares on behalf of the

 



 

Qualifying Employee, on the Acquisition Date, using the Partnership Share Money.

 

6.13                         Accumulation Period: number of Shares

 

The number of Shares acquired on behalf of each Participant shall be determined by reference to the lower of:

 

(a)                                  the Market Value of the Shares at the beginning of the Accumulation Period; and

 

(b)                                  the Market Value of the Shares on the Acquisition Date.

 

6.14                        Accumulation Period: New Holding

 

If a transaction occurs during an Accumulation Period which results in a new holding of Shares being equated for the purposes of capital gains tax with any of the Shares to be acquired under the Partnership Share Agreement, the employee may agree that the Partnership Share Agreement shall have effect after the time of that transaction as if it were an agreement for the purchase of shares comprised in the new holding.

 

6.15                        Surplus Partnership Share Money

 

Any surplus Partnership Share Money remaining after the acquisition of Shares by the Trustees:

 

(a)                                  may, with the agreement of the Participant, be carried forward to the next Accumulation Period or the next deduction as appropriate; and

 

(b)                                  in any other case, shall be paid over to the Participant, subject to both deduction of income tax under PAYE and NICs, as soon as practicable.

 

6.16                        Scaling down

 

If the Company receives applications for Partnership Shares exceeding the Award maximum determined in accordance with Rule 6.8 then the following steps shall be taken in sequence until the excess is eliminated.

 

Step 1 .            the excess of the monthly deduction chosen by each applicant over £10 shall be reduced pro rata;

 

Step 2 .            all monthly deductions shall be reduced to £10;

 



 

Step 3 .            applications shall be selected by lot, each based on a monthly deduction of £10.

 

Each application shall be deemed to have been modified or withdrawn in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and each employee who has applied for Partnership Shares shall be notified of the change.

 

6.17                         Withdrawal from Partnership Share Agreement

 

An employee may withdraw from a Partnership Share Agreement at any time by notice in writing to the Company. Unless a later date is specified in the notice, such a notice shall take effect 30 days after the Company receives it. Any Partnership Share Money then held on behalf of an employee shall be paid over to that employee as soon as practicable. This payment shall be subject to income tax under  PAYE and NICs.

 

6.18                         Repayment of Partnership Share Money on withdrawal of approval or Termination

 

If approval to the Plan is withdrawn or a Plan Termination Notice is issued in respect of the Plan, any Partnership Share Money held on behalf of employees shall be repaid to them as soon as practicable, subject to deduction of income tax under PAYE, and NICs.

 

7.              PART C: MATCHING SHARES

 

7.1                                Entitlement to Matching Shares

 

The Partnership Share Agreement sets out the basis on which a Participant is entitled to Matching Shares in accordance with this Part of the Rules

 

7.2                                General requirements for Matching Shares

 

Matching Shares shall:

 

(a)                                  be Shares of the same class and carrying the same rights as the Partnership Shares to which they relate;

 

(b)                                  subject to Rule 7.4, be awarded on the same day as the Partnership Shares to which they relate are acquired on behalf of the Participant; and

 

(c)                                   be awarded to all Participants on exactly the same basis.

 


 

7.3                                Ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares

 

The Partnership Share Agreement shall specify the ratio of Matching Shares to Partnership Shares for the time being offered by the Company and that ratio shall not exceed 2:1. The Company may vary the ratio before Partnership Shares are acquired.  Employees shall be notified of the terms of any such variation before the Partnership Shares are awarded under the Partnership Share Agreement.

 

7.4                                Less than one Matching Share

 

If the Partnership Shares on that day are not sufficient to produce a Matching Share, the match shall be made when sufficient Partnership Shares have been acquired to allow at least one Matching Share to be appropriated.

 

7.5                                Holding Period for Matching Shares

 

The Company shall, in relation to each Award Date, specify a Holding Period throughout which a Participant shall be bound by the terms of the Partnership Share Agreement.

 

7.6                                Length of Holding Period

 

The Holding Period shall, in relation to each Award, be a specified period of not less than 3 years nor more than 5 years, beginning with the Award Date and shall be the same for all Participants who receive an Award at the same time. The Holding Period shall not be increased in respect of Matching Shares awarded under the Plan.

 

7.7                                Directions to Trustees during Holding Period

 

A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

(a)                                  to accept an offer for any of their Matching Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those original Shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

(b)                                  to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for their Matching Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in paragraph (c); or

 



 

(c)                                   to accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for their Matching Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as their Shares or to the holders of shares in the same company, and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 of ICTA 1988; or

 

(d)                                  to agree to a transaction affecting their Matching Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting;

 

(i)                                      all of the ordinary share capital of the company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 

(ii)                                   all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

8.              PART D: DIVIDEND SHARES

 

8.1                                Dividend Shares: rights and obligations

 

The Free Share Agreement or Partnership Share Agreement, as appropriate, shall set out the rights and obligations of Participants receiving Dividend Shares under the Plan.

 

8.2                                Dividend direction

 

The Company may direct that any cash dividend in respect of Plan Shares held on behalf of Participants may be applied in acquiring further Plan Shares on their behalf.

 

8.3           Dividend Shares

 

Dividend Shares shall be Shares:

 

(a)                                  of the same class and carrying the same rights as the Shares in respect of which the dividend is paid; and

 



 

(b)                                  which are not subject to any provision for forfeiture.

 

8.4           Company’s choices

 

The Company may decide to:

 

(a)                                  apply all Participants’ dividends, up to the limit specified in Rule 8.6, to acquire Dividend Shares;

 

(b)                                  to pay all dividends in cash to all Participants; or

 

(c)                                   to offer Participants the choice of either (a) or (b) above.

 

8.5                                Revocation of direction

 

The Company may revoke any direction for reinvestment of cash dividends.

 

8.6                               Dividend Share maximum

 

The amount applied by the Trustees in acquiring Dividend Shares shall not exceed £1,500 in each Tax Year.  For the purposes of this Rule, the Dividend Shares are those acquired under this Plan and those acquired under any other plan approved under the Schedule. In exercising their powers in relation to the acquisition of Dividend Shares the Trustees must treat Participants fairly and equally.

 

8.7                               Excess over limit

 

If the amounts received by the Trustees exceed the limit in Rule 8.6, the balance shall be paid to the participant as soon as practicable.

 

8.8                               Acquisition of Dividend Shares

 

The Trustees shall apply all the cash dividend to acquire Shares on behalf of the Participant on the Acquisition Date. The number of Dividend Shares acquired on behalf of each Participant shall be determined by the Market Value of the Shares on the Acquisition Date.

 

8.9                                Certain amounts not reinvested to be carried forward

 

Subject to Rule 8.7, any amount that is not reinvested:

 

(a)                                  because the amount of the cash dividend is insufficient to acquire a Share; or

 



 

(b)                                  because there is an amount remaining after acquiring the Dividend Shares;

 

may be retained by the Trustees and carried forward to be added to the amount of the next cash dividend to be reinvested.

 

8.10         Payment to Participant

 

If, during the period of three years beginning with the date on which the dividend was paid:

 

(a)                                  it is not reinvested; or

 

(b)                                  the Participant ceases to be in relevant employment; or

 

(c)                                   a Plan Termination Notice is issued

 

the amount shall be repaid to the Participant as soon as practicable. On making such a payment, the Participant shall be provided with the information specified in paragraph 90 of the Schedule.

 

8.11                         Holding Period for Dividend Shares

 

The Holding Period shall be a period of 3 years, beginning with the  Acquisition Date.

 

8.12         Directions to Trustees during Holding Period

 

A Participant may during the Holding Period direct the Trustees:

 

(a)                                  to accept an offer for any of their Dividend Shares if the acceptance or agreement shall result in a new holding being equated with those shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

(b)                                  to accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with other assets or cash or both) for their Dividend Shares if the offer forms part of such a general offer as is mentioned in paragraph (c); or

 

(c)                                   to accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for their Dividend Shares if the offer forms part of a general offer which is made to holders of shares of the same class as their shares or to holders of shares in the same company, and which is made in the first instance on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer

 



 

shall have control of that company, within the meaning of section 416 of ICTA 1988; or

 

(d)                                  to agree to a transaction affecting their Dividend Shares or such of them as are of a particular class, if the transaction would be entered into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or affecting;

 

(i)                                      all of the ordinary share capital of the company or, as the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

 

(ii)                                   all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by reference to their employment or their participation in a plan approved under the Schedule.

 

8.13                         Information on tax charges

 

Where a Participant is charged to tax in the event of their Dividend Shares ceasing to be subject to the Plan, they shall be provided with the information specified in paragraph 93(4) of the Schedule.

 

9.              COMPANY RECONSTRUCTIONS

 

9.1                                Relevant transactions

 

The following provisions of this Rule apply if there occurs in relation to any of a Participant’s Plan Shares (referred to in this Rule as “the Original Holding”):

 

(a)                                  a transaction which results in a new holding (referred to in this Rule as “the New Holding”) being equated with the Original Holding for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

 

(b)                                  a transaction which would have that result but for the fact that what would be the new holding consists of or includes a Qualifying Corporate Bond.

 

9.2                                Issues of shares not included in New Holding

 

If an issue of shares of any of the following description (in respect of which a charge to income tax arises) is made as part of a company reconstruction,

 



 

those shares shall be treated for the purposes of this Rule as not forming part of the New Holding:

 

(a)                                  redeemable shares or securities issued as mentioned in section 209(2)(c) of ICTA 1988;

 

(b)                                  share capital issued in circumstances such that section 210(1) of ICTA 1988 applies; or

 

(c)                                   share capital to which section 249 of ICTA 1988 applies.

 

9.3                                Corresponding and New Shares

 

In this Rule:

 

“Corresponding Shares” in relation to any New Shares, means the Shares in respect of which the New Shares are issued or which the New Shares otherwise represent;

 

“New Shares” means shares comprised in the New Holding which were issued in respect of, or otherwise represent, shares comprised in the Original Holding.

 

9.4                                References to Plan Shares

 

Subject to the following provisions of this Rule, references in this Plan to a Participant’s Plan Shares shall be respectively construed, after the time of the company reconstruction, as being or, as the case may be, as including references to any New Shares.

 

9.5           Application of Plan to reconstruction

 

For the purposes of the Plan:

 

(a)                                  a company reconstruction shall be treated as not involving a disposal of Shares comprised in the Original Holding; and

 

(b)                                  the date on which any New Shares are to be treated as having been appropriated to or acquired on behalf of the Participant shall be that on which Corresponding Shares were so appropriated or acquired.

 



 

9.6                                Extended definition of “shares”

 

In the context of a New Holding, any reference in this Rule to shares includes securities and rights of any description which form part of the New Holding for the purposes of Chapter II of Part IV of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992.

 

10            RIGHTS ISSUES

 

10.1                         Treatment of rights issue shares

 

Any shares or securities allotted under clause 12 of the Trust Deed shall be treated as Plan Shares identical to the shares in respect of which the rights were conferred.  They shall be treated as if they were awarded to or acquired on behalf of the Participant under the Plan in the same way and at the same time as those shares.

 

10.2         Exceptions

 

Rule 10.1 does not apply:

 

(a)                                  to shares and securities allotted as the result of taking up a rights issue where the funds to exercise those rights were obtained otherwise than by virtue of the Trustees disposing of rights in accordance with this rule; or

 

(b)                                  where the rights to a share issue attributed to Plan Shares are different from the rights attributed to other ordinary shares of the company.

 

11.           LIMITS ON OVERALL NUMBERS OF SHARES AWARDED

 

11.1         10% Limit

 

No Shares shall be issued for the purposes of the Plan if such issue would result in the aggregate of the number of Shares which have been allocated under the Plan, any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of Participating Companies during the period of 10 years ending on the relevant Date of Grant exceeding 10% of the number of Shares then in issue.

 



 

11.2                         Meaning of “allocated”

 

For the purposes of this Rule 11 the references to Shares being “allocated” shall mean the placing under option of Shares which may be issued by the Company upon exercise of such option, the issue of warrants to subscribe for Shares and, in relation to other types of employees’ share scheme or share incentive arrangements, the issue of Shares to or for the benefit of employees, directors, officers or consultants of Participating Companies provided that:

 

(a)                                  Shares allocated before Shares were first admitted to listing on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange; and

 

(b)                                  Shares which were the subject of options or warrants which have lapsed, been surrendered or otherwise become incapable of being exercised (other than by reason of the exercise thereof),

 

shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Rule 11.

 



 

EXECUTION:

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a deed

 

)

 

 

 

by  Dr Geoffrey Guy ,

 

)

 

 

 

Director, and  Justin Gover ,

 

)

 

 

 

Director/Secretary, duly

 

)

 

 

 

Authorised for and on behalf of

 

)

 

 

 

GW PHARMA LIMITED

 

)

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a deed

 

)

 

 

 

by Dr Geoffrey Guy ,

 

)

 

 

 

Director, and Justin Gover ,

 

)

 

 

 

Director/Secretary, duly

 

)

 

 

 

authorised for and on behalf of

 

)

 

 

 

GWP TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED

 

)

 




Exhibit 10.44

 

RULES

 

of the

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS APPROVED SHARE
OPTION SCHEME 2001

 

Approved and adopted by the shareholders

on  31 May 2001

 

Approved by the Inland Revenue on 3 July 2001

under reference X21997

 

Amended by the Remuneration Committee with the
approval of the Inland Revenue on 2 March 2004

 

 

 

LONDON

 



 

CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Grant of Options

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Restrictions on the number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Restrictions on the numbers of Shares over which Options may be granted to individual Eligible Employees

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Exercise of Options

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Restrictions on when Options may be exercised

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

When Options lapse

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Takeover, reconstruction and amalgamation, and liquidation

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Variation of Share capital

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Administration

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

Alterations to the Scheme

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

General

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

Interpretation

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

13.

 

Definitions

 

13

 



 

RULES OF THE GW PHARMACEUTICALS

 

APPROVED SHARE OPTION SCHEME 2001

 

In these Rules, certain words starting with a capital letter have a special meaning. They are defined in Rule 13.

 

1.                                       Grant of Options

 

1.1                                The Grantor may (in consultation with the Remuneration Committee where the Grantor is not the Company) grant Options under the Scheme to any individuals who are Eligible Employees on the relevant Date of Grant.

 

1.2                                No Options shall be granted before the Approval Date or after the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date.

 

1.3                                No Options shall be granted at any time when the Shares do not satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4.

 

1.4.                             As soon as possible after the Date of Grant the Grantor shall issue an Option Certificate (under seal or executed as a deed) and a blank Notice of Exercise form to each Participant.  An Option Certificate shall state:

 

(a)                                  the description, number and class of Shares to which the Option relates;

 

(b)                                  the Acquisition Price of such Shares;

 

(c)                                   the Date of Grant of such Option;

 

(d)                                  the identity of the Grantor;

 

(e)                                   that the Option is exercisable in accordance with the Rules (and, if applicable, subject to the achievement of a Performance Target or the satisfaction of Vesting Provisions);

 

(f)                                    that the Option cannot be assigned transferred or charged by a Participant (except to the extent necessary to enable a personal representative to exercise the Option following the death of a Participant);

 

(g)                                   the last date on which the Option is exercisable, (but that it may in circumstances set out in the Rules lapse before this date);

 

1



 

(h)                                  whether and to what extent any employers’ national insurance contributions which may be due in connection with the exercise of the Option are to be recoverable from the Participant; and

 

(i)                                      if applicable, that the Option is a Transfer Option.

 

1.5                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the exercise of any Option conditional upon the achievement of a Performance Target.  Full details of any Performance Target which applies to an Option will be attached to the Option Certificate.  A Performance Target shall not have effect to the extent that it does not relate objectively to the performance of a Participating Company.

 

1.6                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the exercise of any Option subject to the satisfaction of Vesting Provisions.  Full details of any Vesting Provisions which apply to any Option will be attached to the Option.

 

1.7                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the grant of any Option subject to the Participant first entering into an agreement in the required form relating to the recovery of employers’ national insurance contributions from the Participant or the transfer of the liability for such contributions to the Participant.

 

1.8                                If an Eligible Employee to whom an Option has been granted returns the Option Certificate to the Grantor within a month after it has been issued the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have refused the Option and shall be deemed not to have had an Option granted to him for the purposes of Rules 2 and 3 of this Scheme and corresponding rules of other schemes in respect of which Options have to be brought into account.

 

1.9                                If an Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced, destroyed or lost it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Grantor may require.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on the number of new Shares in respect of which Options may be granted

 

2.1                                No Option shall be granted under the Scheme if such grant would result in the aggregate of the number of Shares which have been allocated under the Scheme, any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of Participating Companies during the period of 10 years ending on the relevant Date of Grant exceeding 10% of the number of Shares then in issue.

 

2



 

2.2                                For the purposes of this Rule 2 the references to Shares being “allocated” shall mean the placing under option of Shares which may be issued by the Company upon exercise of such option, the issue of warrants to subscribe for Shares and, in relation to other types of employees’ share scheme or share incentive arrangements, the issue of Shares to or for the benefit of employees, directors, officers or consultants of Participating Companies provided that:

 

(a)                                  Shares allocated before Shares were first admitted to listing on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange; and

 

(b)                                  Shares which were the subject of options or warrants which have lapsed, been surrendered or otherwise become incapable of being exercised (other than by reason of the exercise thereof),

 

shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Rule 2.

 

3.                                       Restrictions on the numbers of Shares over which Options may be granted to individual Eligible Employees

 

3.1                                No Eligible Employee shall be granted Options under the Scheme which would, at the time they are granted, cause the aggregate market value of the Shares which he or she may acquire in pursuance of Options granted to him or her under the Scheme or under any other share option scheme approved under Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any Associated Company of the Company (and not exercised) to exceed or further exceed £30,000 (or such other limit as may from time to time be specified for the purpose of Schedule 4.

 

3.2                                For the purpose of Rule 3.1 the market value of any ordinary share put under option to the Eligible Employee under the Scheme shall be the Market Value at the relevant Date of Grant, and under any other scheme shall be calculated in accordance with the rules in that scheme for calculation of the market value of shares at the date of grant of options under such scheme.

 

4.                                       Exercise of Options

 

4.1                                An Option may be exercised in respect of all or some of the Shares to which the Option relates provided and to the extent that its exercise is not prohibited by Rules 5, 6 and 7.

 

4.2                                To exercise an Option a Participant shall give written notice to the Company. The notice shall be in the form of the Notice of Exercise which shall specify the number of

 

3



 

Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, the Acquisition Price of those Shares and the total price payable for those Shares on exercise of the Option.  With the Notice of Exercise the Participant must enclose:

 

(a)                                   the relevant Option Certificate; and

 

(b)                                  payment in full of the Acquisition Price for the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (or have entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Company for its payment).

 

4.3                                In the event that there is or may be Option Tax due in connection with the exercise of the Option, the Notice of Exercise shall also include

 

(a)                                  a statement as to whether the Participant wishes to pay to the Company an amount that the Company considers will be sufficient to reimburse that Option Tax (the “Estimated Tax Amount”) or whether he wants that Option Tax to be reimbursed out of the proceeds of sale of some of the Shares to which he is entitled on exercise of the Option; and

 

(b)                                  an irrevocable power of attorney executed as a deed by the Participant in favour of the Company to sell sufficient of the Shares to be issued or transferred to him to reimburse that Option Tax in the circumstances set out in Rule 4.9 below.

 

4.4                                Subject to Rule 5.10, the Notice of Exercise shall be effective from the date it is received by the Company. This date shall be regarded as the Date of Exercise of the Option (or such part as has been exercised).

 

4.5                                If the Participant has stated in the Notice of Exercise that he wishes to pay the Estimated Tax Amount, the Company shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of the Notice of Exercise (or earlier if possible), notify the Participant of the Estimated Tax Amount.

 

4.6                                The Participant shall pay the Estimated Tax Amount to the Company (or as the Company directs) within 7 days of the date of notification to him under Rule 4.5.  Any surplus over the amount needed to reimburse the Option Tax shall be returned to the Participant.

 

4.7                                If the Option has been exercised only in part the Grantor shall, unless it is prevented by statute or applicable regulations from doing so, issue a Balance Option Certificate, together with a further blank Notice of Exercise form to the Participant in respect of

 

4



 

the unexercised portion of the original Option.  The Option represented by the Balance Option Certificate shall be subject to the same Rules as the original Option.

 

4.8                                Within thirty days of the Date of Exercise the Grantor shall unless it is prevented by statute or applicable regulation from doing so, issue or transfer or cause to be issued or transferred the number of Shares over which the Option has been exercised to the relevant Participant.  At the request of the Participant, the Grantor may, in its absolute discretion, resolve to issue or transfer or cause to be issued or transferred some or all of the shares to be acquired on the exercise of the Option to such other person or persons as may be nominated by the Participant, provided that the Participant is the beneficial owner of the Shares.  If the Option is a Transfer Option the Grantor shall only transfer Shares or cause Shares to be transferred, and shall not issue Shares or cause Shares to be issued.

 

4.9                                If:

 

(a)                                  the Participant shall have stated in the Notice of Exercise that he wishes to pay the Estimated Tax Amount and he has not made such payment pursuant to Rule 4.6; or

 

(b)                                  the Participant shall have stated in the Notice of Exercise that he does not wish to pay the Estimated Tax Amount and he has not made any other arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the reimbursement of any Option Tax due in connection with the exercise of his Option; or

 

(c)                                   the Participant has paid the Estimated Tax Amount in accordance with Rule 4.6 but the Company considers that the Option Tax due in connection with the exercise of the Option is more than the Estimated Tax Amount,

 

the Company shall arrange for the sale of sufficient shares on behalf of the Participant to realise an amount which is, after deduction of any brokerage fees or commissions or other costs of sale incurred by the Company, sufficient to reimburse the relevant Participating Company or former Participating Company for the Option Tax it has had to or will have to account for on his behalf (or, in the circumstances described in (c) above, the proportion of such Option Tax that is not covered by the Participant’s payment of the Estimated Tax Amount), and arrange payment of that amount to the relevant Participating Company or former Participating Company.

 

4.10                         If an insufficient amount is recovered from the Participant to reimburse the relevant Participating Company or former Participating Company with any Option Tax which it has had to pay in connection with the exercise of the Option, the Participant shall

 

5



 

pay the balance to the Company and, to the extent it remains unpaid within 7 days of a request by the Company, he authorises the deduction of the balance from any other payment which may become due to him from any Participating Company or former Participating Company, including salary.

 

4.11                         Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with Shares then already in issue except that they will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company announced prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option or paid by reference to a record date prior to such date.

 

4.12                         If Shares are listed on the Stock Exchange or admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market or any other stock exchange or market at the date of allotment of any Share pursuant to the Scheme the Company shall as soon as practicable after such allotment apply to the relevant authority for permission for the same to be listed on or admitted to the appropriate market or exchange.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on the exercise of Options

 

5.1                                Save as provided in Rules 5.7 to 5.10 and Rule 7 an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

5.2                                An Option may only be exercised if and to the extent that the Performance Target (if any) attaching to the Option has been either achieved or waived and any Vesting Provisions have been satisfied or waived.  References in the Rules to time periods during which Options may be exercised shall be subject to this Rule.

 

5.3                                Once a Performance Target has been imposed it may only be waived or amended if and to the extent that either the waiver or amendment has been provided for in the details of the Performance Target supplied with the Option Certificate or that that an event has occurred which has made achievement of the Performance Target more onerous. Any such amendment shall be made only at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee must be fair and reasonable and shall not result in the Performance Target becoming more difficult to achieve than it was prior to such amendment.  Vesting Provisions may only be waived to the extent that such waiver has been provided for in the details of the Vesting Provisions supplied with the Option Certificate.

 

5.4                                The Remuneration Committee shall determine whether Performance Targets have been achieved or Vesting Provisions satisfied and in the event of dispute the question shall be referred to the Auditors whose decision shall be final.

 

6



 

5.5                                An Option may not be exercised at any time when the Shares which may thereby be acquired do not satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16-20 of Schedule 4.

 

5.6                                Save as provided in Rules 5.7, 5.8 and 5.9 Options may not be exercised by a Participant who is not an Eligible Employee.  An Option may not in any event be exercised at any time when the Participant is unable to do so by reason of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4.

 

5.7                                If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee by reason of:

 

(a)                                  injury, ill health or disability evidenced to the satisfaction of the Remuneration Committee;

 

(b)                                  redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996);

 

(c)                                   retirement on or after attaining his Normal Retirement Age, or early retirement at the specific request of his employing company;

 

(d)                                  the company for which he works ceasing to be a Participating Company; or

 

(e)                                   the sale or transfer of the business for which he works to a person other than a Participating Company,

 

he may exercise his Options during the period of six months commencing with the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

5.8                                If a Participant dies while he is an Eligible Employee or during the period specified in Rule 5.7, his personal representatives may exercise his Options during the 12 months commencing with the date of his death save where the Participant would have been unable to exercise the Option at the date of his death due to the application of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4.

 

5.9                                If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for a reason other than those set out in Rules 5.7 and 5.8 the Remuneration Committee may permit the exercise of the option during such period following such cessation as they may in their discretion notify to the Participant.  Such period shall not expire later than the later of six months from the date of such cessation or three years six months from the Date of Grant.

 

5.10                         If the Remuneration Committee consider that it is likely that the Company may come under the Control of another company such that the Shares will cease to satisfy the conditions of paragraph 17 of Schedule 4 or of paragraph 4 of schedule 23 to the Finance Act 2003 (Corporation Tax Relief for Employee Share Acquision), they may

 

7



 

give notice of such fact to all Option Holders, whereupon the Options may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of such notice and ending either upon the Company coming under the Control of such a company or the Remuneration Committee giving a further notice that they no longer consider such an event to be likely (a “ Further Notice ”).  Any exercise pursuant to this Rule 5.10 shall take effect immediately prior to the change of Control occurring.  If the Remuneration Committee gives a Further Notice the exercise shall cease to have any effect and any exercise monies paid shall be returned to the Option Holder.

 

6.                                       When Options lapse

 

An Option shall lapse and cease to be exerciseable on the earliest of the following events:

 

(a)                                  the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

(b)                                  upon the Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reasons other than those specified in Rules 5.7 and 5.8 unless the Remuneration Committee shall have given a notice under Rule 5.9 in which case the Option shall lapse at the at the end of the period specified in such notice;

 

(c)                                   unless a release has been effected under Rule 7.4, the last day of the Relevant Period referred to in Rules 7.1, 7.2, 7.5 and 7.6, or, (if earlier) the last day of the period during which a person is bound or entitled to acquire shares pursuant to Rule 7.3;

 

(d)                                  the last day of the periods specified in Rules 5.7 and 5.8;

 

(e)                                   an actual or purported transfer, assignment or charge of an Option or the Participant doing or omitting to do anything as a result of which he is deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of any Option;

 

(f)                                    the Participant being adjudicated bankrupt; and

 

(g)                                   a resolution being passed, or an order being made by the court, for the compulsory winding up of the Company.

 

7.                                       Takeover, reconstruction and amalgamation, and liquidation

 

7.1                                If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a Takeover Offer any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised within the Relevant Period after

 

8



 

the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer is made have been satisfied.

 

7.2                                If under Section 425 of the Companies Act the court sanctions an arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies then, any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised within the Relevant Period of the court sanctioning the arrangement.

 

7.3                                If any company becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act then any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised during any period when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

7.4.1                      If as a result of the events specified in Rule 7.1 or 7.2 a company has obtained Control of the Company, or if a company has become bound or entitled as mentioned in Rule 7.3, the Participant may, by agreement with that other company (the “Acquiring Company”), within the Appropriate Period, release each Option (the “Old Option”) in consideration of the grant of an Option (the “New Option”) which satisfies the condition that it:

 

(a)                                  is over shares in the Acquiring Company or another company falling within sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph 27(2)(b) to Schedule 4 and which shares satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16 to 20 inclusive of Schedule 4;

 

(b)                                  is a right to acquire such number of such shares as has on the date of grant of the New Option an aggregate Market Value equal to the aggregate Market Value of the Shares subject to the Old Option on the date of release of the Old Option;

 

(c)                                   has a subscription price per share such that the aggregate price payable on the complete exercise of the New Option equals the aggregate price which would have been payable on complete exercise of the Old Option; and

 

(d)                                  is otherwise identical in terms to the Old Option save that the provisions of Rule 5.2 relating to any Performance Target shall not apply to the New Option unless the Performance Target set at the time of grant of the Old Option shall provide otherwise.

 

The New Option, shall for all purposes of this Scheme be treated as having been acquired at the same time as the Old Option.

 

9


 

7.4.2                      In relation to a New Option references in the Rules to “the Company”, “Shares” and “Auditors” shall in the context of Rules 4 to 9 inclusive be construed as references to the Acquiring Company, or (as the case may be) to the other company over the shares of which the New Option is granted, to shares in such company, and to the auditors of such company respectively.

 

7.4.3                      Where in accordance with Rule 7.4.1 Options are released and New Options granted, the New Options shall not be exercisable in accordance with Rule 7.1 to 7.3 above by virtue of the event by reason of which the New Options were granted.

 

7.5                                If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, any Options may be exercised within the Relevant Period of the passing of the resolution.

 

7.6                                If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of acquiring more than 50 per cent of the issued share capital of the Company as a result of an agreement to acquire the same made with one or more shareholders of the Company any Options may be exercised within the Relevant Period of completion of that agreement.

 

7.7                                For the purposes of this Rule 7 (other than Rule 7.4) a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

7.8                                The exercise of Options under Rule 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5 or 7.6 is subject to the provisions of Rule 4 and the achievement (or waiver) of any relevant Performance Target or the satisfaction (or waiver) of any Vesting Provisions.

 

7.9                                The “Relevant Period” in this Rule 7 means the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee may determine in connection with a particular event which may allow Options to be exercised under this Rule and notify to the Participants.  Where such notice is given after the start of the Relevant Period the Relevant Period shall not be less than 30 days from the giving of such notice.

 

8.                                       Variation of share capital

 

8.1                                In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company of which the Shares form part, the number of Shares subject to any Option and/or the Acquisition Price for each of those Shares and/or the aggregate maximum number of such Shares may be adjusted by the Remuneration Committee in such manner as they consider to be fair and reasonable to preserve the Participants’ position provided that:

 

10



 

(a)                                  the Acquisition Price per Share is not reduced below the Share’s nominal value;

 

(b)                                  no adjustment shall take effect until it has been Approved;

 

(c)                                   following the adjustment the Shares continue to satisfy the conditions specified in paragraphs 16 to 20 of Schedule 4.

 

8.2                                The Company and/or the Grantor will take such steps as it may consider necessary to notify Participants of any adjustments made under Rule 8.1 and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any Option Certificate as a result of such adjustment.

 

9.                                       Administration

 

9.1                                The Scheme shall be administered by and the Company’s duties and powers under the Scheme shall be exercised by the Remuneration Committee whose decision shall be final in relation to any dispute relating to an Option or its exercise or any other matter relating to the Scheme. Any uncertainty as to the meaning of the Rules shall be determined or resolved by the Remuneration Committee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

9.2                                The Remuneration Committee may make such regulations for the administration of the Scheme as they deem fit, except that no regulation shall be valid to the extent it is inconsistent with the Rules.

 

9.3                                Notices or documents required to be given to Eligible Employees or Participants shall either be delivered to them by hand or sent to them by first class post pre-paid at the last known home address according to the information provided by them.  Notices sent by first class post shall be deemed to have been given on the day following the date of posting.

 

9.4                                Any notices or documents required to be given to the Company or the Remuneration Committee shall, unless the Rules state otherwise, be delivered by hand or sent by post to the secretary of the Company. Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received on the day following the date of posting.

 

9.5                                The Company may distribute to Participants copies of any notice or document sent by the Company to its shareholders generally.

 

9.6                                The costs of introducing and administering the Scheme shall be borne by the Company and Participating Companies (if any) in such proportions as the Company shall determine.

 

11



 

9.7                                The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares or shall procure the transfer of sufficient Shares to satisfy the exercise to the fullest extent possible all Options taking account of any other obligations of the Company to issue Shares.

 

10.                                Alterations to the Scheme

 

The Remuneration Committee may make such alterations to the Rules as they consider appropriate provided that:

 

(a)                                  no alteration to a key feature of the Scheme (as defined in paragraph 30(4) of Schedule 4) after the Approval Date shall have effect until Approved unless the Remuneration Committee has expressly determined otherwise with reference to this Rule 10 (in which case the Remuneration Committee shall notify the Inland Revenue as soon as the alteration has been made); and

 

(b)                                  the limit in Rule 2 shall not be increased without the prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting.

 

11.                                General

 

11.1                         The Scheme shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Board. Termination of the Scheme shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

11.2                         If an Eligible Employee shall cease for any reason to be in the employment of the Company a Participating Company or an Associated Company of the Company or a Participating Company, he shall not be entitled, by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise, to any sum or any benefit to compensate him for the loss of any actual or prospective right or benefit accrued or anticipated under the Scheme.

 

11.3                         Participation in this Scheme by an Eligible Employee is a matter entirely separate from any terms of employment and does not in any way affect any pension rights or other entitlements.

 

12.                                Interpretation

 

12.1                         In these Rules, where the context so allows:

 

(a)                                  words in the singular include the plural (and vice versa);

 

(b)                                  words of one gender include the other;

 

12



 

(c)                                   reference to legislation include modifications pre-enactments and re-enactments of and regulations made under that legislation;

 

(d)                                  words or expressions used in the Rules shall have the same meanings as in Schedule 4;  and

 

(e)                                   all references to Rules are to the Rules of the Scheme.

 

12.2                         Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Rules.

 

12.3                         The Scheme is governed by English law.

 

13.                                Definitions

 

In these Rules the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Acquisition Price” means the price at which each Share subject to an Option may be acquired by a Participant exercising the Option which shall, subject to Rule 8, be not less than the greater of:

 

(a)                                  the nominal value of a Share; and

 

(b)                                  the Market Value of a Share on the relevant Date of Grant.

 

“Adoption Date” means the date that an ordinary resolution adopting the Scheme is passed by the shareholders of the Company in general meeting;

 

“Appropriate Period” means:

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.1 the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made is satisfied;

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.2 the period of six months beginning with the time when the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; and

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.3 the period during which the Company remains bound or entitled as mentioned in that Rule;

 

“Approval Date” means the date on which the Scheme is Approved;

 

“Approved” means approved by the Board of Inland Revenue under Schedule 4.  “Approval” shall have a similar meaning;

 

13



 

“Associated Company” has the meaning given by section 416 (1) of the Taxes Act;

 

“Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Company (acting as experts and not as arbitrators);

 

“Balance Option Certificate” means a certificate issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 4.7. A Balance Option Certificate shall contain the same information as an Option Certificate and additionally give details of the extent to which the original Option has been exercised;

 

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company;

 

“the Company” subject to Rule 7.4.2 means GW Pharmaceuticals plc registered in England under number 4160917;

 

“Companies Act” means the Companies Act 1985;

 

“Control” has the meaning given by section 840 of the Taxes Act;

 

“Date of Exercise” means the date on which a Notice of Exercise is received by the Company;

 

“Date of Grant” means a date on which an Option is granted under the Scheme;

 

“Dealing Day” means a day on which the Stock Exchange is open for the transaction of business;

 

“Eligible Employee” means any person who:

 

(a)                                  is a director or employee of the Company or a Participating Company;

 

(b)                                  is required to work not less than 25 hours per week excluding meal breaks if the person is a director of the Company or a Participating Company; and

 

(c)                                   is not ineligible to participate in the Scheme by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4;

 

“Grantor” means in relation to an Option the person who has granted the Option being the Company, the trustee of an employee trust or any other person;

 

“Market Value” means when the Shares are listed on the Stock Exchange the middle market quotation of a share as derived from the Daily Official List of the Stock Exchange for the preceding Dealing Day and when the Shares are not listed on the

 

14



 

Stock Exchange the market value of a Share as determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed for the purposes of the Scheme in advance with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue on or before that day;

 

“Normal Retirement Age” means age 60 or any age when a Participant is bound or is eligible to retire in accordance with his contract of employment;

 

“Notice of Exercise” means a notice from a Participant to the Company informing the Company of the Participant’s wish to exercise his Option;

 

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Acquisition Price which is granted in accordance with the Rules;

 

“Option Certificate” means a certificate issued by the Company to each Participant pursuant to Rule 1.6 as evidence of the grant of an Option;

 

“Option Tax” means income tax payable under the Pay-As-You-Earn system and employees’ national insurance contributions and (in the case of Options granted after 2 March 2004 only) any employers’ national insurance contributions which are recoverable from the Participant (or, in each case, similar taxes in another jurisdiction) in any case payable by a Participating Company or former Participating Company in connection with the exercise of an Option;

 

“Participant” means a person to whom an Option has been granted (or, as the context requires, his personal representatives);

 

“Participating Company” means:

 

(a)                                  the Company; and

 

(b)                                  any other company which is under the Control of the Company;

 

“Performance Target” means a fair and reasonable target set by the Remuneration Committee which relates objectively to the performance of a Participating Company and which must be satisfied before an Option can be exercised.

 

“Remuneration Committee” means a duly constituted committee of the Board appointed by the Board for the purposes of the Scheme, or in default of such appointment means the Board;

 

15



 

“Rules” means the Rules of the GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001 in their present form or as validly amended from time to time;

 

“Schedule 4” means schedule 4 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

“Scheme” means the GW Pharmaceuticals Approved Share Option Scheme 2001 in its present form, or as validly amended from time to time in accordance with the Rules;

 

“Share” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company and “Shares” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Takeover Offer” in relation to the Company means either:

 

(a)                                  a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is either unconditional or which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

(b)                                  a general offer to acquire all the Shares;

 

“Taxes Act” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

“Transfer Option” means an Option which upon exercise may only be satisfied by the transfer of Shares as provided in Rule 4.5;

 

“Vesting Provisions” means provisions imposed at the Date of Grant of an Option restricting whether and/or to what extend the Option may be exercised solely by reference to the period following the Date of Grant for which the Participant remains an Eligible Employee.

 

16




Exhibit 10.45

 

RULES

 

of the

 

GW PHARMACEUTICALS
UNAPPROVED SHARE OPTION SCHEME 2001

 

Approved and adopted by the Shareholders

on 31 May 2001

 

Amended by the Remuneration Committee on 2 March
2004 and 10 June 2004

 

 

 

 

LONDON

 



 

CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Grant of Options

1

 

 

 

2.

Restrictions on the number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted

2

 

 

 

3.

Sub-Schemes

3

 

 

 

4.

Exercise of Options

3

 

 

 

5.

Restrictions on when Options may be exercised

5

 

 

 

6.

When Options lapse

6

 

 

 

7.

Takeover, reconstruction and amalgamation, and liquidation

7

 

 

 

8.

Variation of Share capital

9

 

 

 

9.

EMI Options

9

 

 

 

10.

Administration

10

 

 

 

11.

Alterations to the Scheme

11

 

 

 

12.

General

11

 

 

 

13.

Interpretation

11

 

 

 

14.

Definitions

12

 



 

RULES OF THE GW PHARMACEUTICALS

 

UNAPPROVED SHARE OPTION SCHEME 2001

 

In these Rules, certain words starting with a capital letter have a special meaning. They are defined in Rule 14.

 

1.                                       Grant of Options

 

1.1                                The Grantor may (in consultation with the Remuneration Committee where the Grantor is not the Company) grant Options under the Scheme to any individuals who are Eligible Employees on the relevant Date of Grant.

 

1.2                                No Options shall be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date.

 

1.3                                The Acquisition Price of Options shall be determined by the Remuneration Committee and shall not be less than the greater of the nominal value of a Share and, save where the Remuneration Committee resolves that exceptional circumstances justify it, the Market Value of a Share on the relevant Date of Grant.

 

1.4.                             As soon as possible on or after the Date of Grant of an Option (other than an EMI Option) the Grantor shall issue an Option Certificate (under seal or executed as a deed) and a blank Notice of Exercise form to each Participant.  An Option Certificate shall state:

 

(a)                                  the description, number and class of Shares to which the Option relates;

 

(b)                                  the Acquisition Price of such Shares (or a procedure or formula from which the Acquisition Price may be determined);

 

(c)                                   the Date of Grant of such Option;

 

(d)                                  the identity of the Grantor;

 

(e)                                   that the Option is exercisable in accordance with the Rules (and, if applicable, subject to the achievement of a Performance Target or the satisfaction of Vesting Provisions);

 

(f)                                    any early exercise date pursuant to Rule 5.1;

 

1



 

(g)                                   whether and to what extent any employers’ national insurance contributions in connection with the exercise of the Option are to be recoverable from the Participant; and

 

(h)                                  if applicable, that the Option is a Transfer Option.

 

1.5                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the exercise of any Option conditional upon the achievement of a Performance Target. Full details of any Performance Target which applies to an Option will be attached to the Option Certificate.

 

1.6                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the exercise of any Option subject to the satisfaction of Vesting Provisions.  Full details of any Vesting Provisions which apply to any Option will be attached to the Option.

 

1.7                                The Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion make the grant of any Option subject to the Participant first entering into an agreement in the required form relating to the recovery of employers’ national insurance contributions from the Participant or the transfer of the liability for such contributions to the Participant.

 

1.8                                If an Eligible Employee to whom an Option has been granted returns the Option Certificate to the Grantor within a month after it has been issued the Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have refused the Option and shall be deemed not to have had an Option granted to him for the purposes of Rules 2 and 3 of this Scheme and corresponding rules of other schemes in respect of which Options have to be brought into account.

 

1.9                                If an Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced, destroyed or lost it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Grantor may require.

 

2.                                       Restrictions on the number of new Shares in respect of which Options may be granted

 

2.1                                No Option shall be granted under the Scheme if such grant would result in the aggregate of the number of Shares which have been allocated under the Scheme, any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company or any other share incentive arrangements for employees, directors, officers and consultants of Participating Companies during the period of 10 years ending on the relevant Date of Grant exceeding 10% of the number of Shares then in issue.

 

2



 

2.2                                For the purposes of this Rule 2 the references to Shares being “allocated” shall mean the placing under option of Shares which may be issued by the Company upon exercise of such option, the issue of warrants to subscribe for Shares and, in relation to other types of employees’ share scheme or share incentive arrangements, the issue of Shares to or for the benefit of employees, directors, officers or consultants of Participating Companies provided that:

 

(a)                                  Shares allocated before Shares were first admitted to listing on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange; and

 

(b)                                  Shares which were the subject of options or warrants which have lapsed, been surrendered or otherwise become incapable of being exercised (other than by reason of the exercise thereof),

 

shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Rule 2.

 

3.                                       Sub-Schemes

 

The Remuneration Committee may adopt sub-schemes of the Scheme on such terms as are necessary to grant Options which attract beneficial tax treatment in any jurisdiction, provided that the aggregate number of shares which may be put under Option shall not thereby be increased beyond the limits specified in Rule 2.  Save to the extent differences from the Rules are necessary or incidental to the obtaining of such tax treatment the rules of any such sub-scheme shall be similar to the Rules.

 

4.                                       Exercise of Options

 

4.1                                An Option may be exercised in respect of all or some of the Shares to which the Option relates provided and to the extent that its exercise is not prohibited by Rules 5, 6 and 7.

 

4.2                                To exercise an Option a Participant shall give a Notice of Exercise to the Company which shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised.  With the Notice of Exercise the Participant must enclose:

 

(a)                                  the relevant Option Certificate; and

 

(b)                                  payment in full of the Acquisition Price for the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (or have entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Company for its payment).

 

3



 

4.3                                The Notice of Exercise shall be effective from the date it is received by the Company. This date shall be regarded as the Date of Exercise of the Option (or such part as has been exercised).

 

4.4                                If the Option has been exercised only in part the Grantor shall, unless it is prevented by statute or applicable regulations from doing so, issue a Balance Option Certificate, together with a further blank Notice of Exercise form to the Participant in respect of the unexercised portion of the original Option.  The Option represented by the Balance Option Certificate shall be subject to the same Rules as the original Option.

 

4.5                                Within thirty days of the Date of Exercise the Grantor shall unless it is prevented by statute or applicable regulation from doing so, and subject to Rule 4.6, issue or transfer or cause to be issued or transferred the number of Shares over which the Option has been exercised to the relevant Participant.  At the request of the Participant, the Grantor may, in its absolute discretion, resolve to issue or transfer or cause to be issued or transferred some or all of the Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option to such other person or persons as may be nominated by the Participant, provided that the Participant is the beneficial owner of such Shares.  If the Option is a Transfer Option the Grantor shall only transfer Shares or cause Shares to be transferred, and shall not issue Shares or cause Shares to be issued.

 

4.6                                If a Participating Company shall be liable for PAYE or employees’ national insurance contributions (or similar taxes in any other jurisdiction) in connection with the exercise of the Option together with any employers’ national insurance contributions which are recoverable from the Participant (“Option Tax”), the Participant shall pay the amount of the Option Tax to the Participating Company within 30 days of the Date of Exercise and the Shares referred to in Rule 4.5 shall not be issued or transferred until either the Participant has paid the amount of the Option Tax to the Participating Company, or entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Company for its payment.

 

4.7                                Shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will rank pari passu in all respects with Shares then already in issue except that they will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company announced prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option or paid by reference to a record date prior to such date.

 

4.8                                If Shares are listed or admitted to trading on a stock exchange or market at the date of allotment of any Share pursuant to the Scheme the Company shall as soon as practicable after such allotment apply to the relevant authority for permission for the same to be listed on or admitted to the appropriate market or exchange.

 

4



 

5.                                       Restrictions on the exercise of Options

 

5.1                                Save as provided in Rules 5.6 to 5.9 and Rule 7 an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant unless the Remuneration Committee has resolved that exceptional circumstances justify an earlier exercise date and such date was specified in the Option Certificate.

 

5.2                                An Option may only be exercised if and to the extent that any Performance Target attaching to the Option has been either achieved or waived and any Vesting Provisions have been satisfied or waived.  References in the Rules to time periods during which Options may be exercised shall be subject to this Rule.

 

5.3                                Once a Performance Target has been imposed it may only be waived or amended if and to the extent that either the waiver or amendment has been provided for in the details of the Performance Target supplied with the Option Certificate or that an event has occurred which has made achievement of the Performance Target more onerous. Any such amendment shall be made only at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee must be fair and reasonable and shall not result in the Performance Target becoming more difficult to achieve than it was prior to such amendment.  Vesting Provisions may only be waived to the extent that such waiver has been provided for in the details of the Vesting Provisions supplied with the Option Certificate.

 

5.4                                The Remuneration Committee shall determine whether Performance Targets have been achieved or Vesting Provisions satisfied and in the event of dispute the question shall be referred to the Auditors whose decision shall be final.

 

5.5                                Save as provided in Rules 5.6, 5.7 and 5.8, Options may not be exercised by a Participant who is not an Eligible Employee.

 

5.6                                If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee by reason of:

 

(a)                                  injury, ill health or disability evidenced to the satisfaction of the Remuneration Committee;

 

(b)                                  redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996);

 

(c)                                   retirement on or after attaining his Normal Retirement Age, or early retirement at the specific request of his employing company;

 

(d)                                  the company for which he works ceasing to be a Participating Company; or

 

5



 

(e)                                   the sale or transfer of the business for which he works to a person other than a Participating Company,

 

he may exercise his Options during the period commencing with his ceasing to be an Eligible Employee and ending six months from that date (or such longer period as the Remuneration Committee may specify).

 

5.7                                If a Participant dies while he is an Eligible Employee or during the period specified in Rule 5.6, his personal representatives may exercise his Options during the 12 months commencing with the date of his death.

 

5.8                                If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for a reason other than those set out in Rules 5.6 and 5.7 the Remuneration Committee may permit the exercise of the option during such period following such cessation as they may in their discretion notify to the Participant.

 

5.9                                If the Remuneration Committee consider that it is likely that the Company may come under the Control of another company such that the Shares will cease to satisfy the conditions of paragraph 17 of Schedule 4 or of paragraph 4 of schedule 23 to the Finance Act 2003 (Corporation Tax Relief for Employee Share Acquisition), they may give notice of such fact to all Participants, whereupon the Options may be exercised during the period commencing on the date of such notice and ending either upon the Company coming under the Control of such a company or the Remuneration Committee giving a further notice that they no longer consider such an event to be likely.

 

6.                                       When Options lapse

 

An Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable on the earliest of the following events:

 

(a)                                  the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

(b)                                  upon the Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reasons other than those specified in Rules 5.6 and 5.7 unless the Remuneration Committee shall have given a notice under Rule 5.8 in which case the Option shall lapse at the at the end of the period specified in such notice;

 

(c)                                   unless a release has been effected under Rule 7.4, the last day of the Relevant Period referred to in Rules 7.1, 7.2, 7.5 and 7.6, or, (if earlier) the last day of

 

6



 

the period during which a person is bound or entitled to acquire shares pursuant to Rule 7.3;

 

(d)                                  the last day of the periods specified in Rules 5.6 and 5.7;

 

(e)                                   an actual or purported transfer, assignment or charge of an Option or the Participant doing or omitting to do anything as a result of which he is deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of any Option;

 

(f)                                    the Participant being adjudicated bankrupt;  and

 

(g)                                   a resolution being passed, or an order being made by the Court, for the compulsory winding up of the Company.

 

7.                                       Takeover, reconstruction and amalgamation, and liquidation

 

7.1                                If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a Takeover Offer any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised within the Relevant Period after the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any conditions subject to which the Takeover Offer is made have been satisfied.

 

7.2                                If under Section 425 of the Companies Act the High Court of Justice sanctions an arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies then, any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised within the Relevant Period of the court sanctioning the arrangement.

 

7.3                                If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act then any Options may subject to Rule 7.4.3 be exercised during any period when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

7.4.1                      If as a result of the events specified in Rule 7.1 or 7.2 a company has obtained Control of the Company, or if a company has become bound or entitled as mentioned in Rule 7.3, the Participant may, by agreement with that other company (the “Acquiring Company”), within the Appropriate Period, release each Option (the “Old Option”) in consideration of the grant of an Option (the “New Option”) which satisfies the condition that it:

 

(i)                                      is over shares in the Acquiring Company or another company falling within sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph 27(2)(b) to schedule 4 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

7


 

(ii)                                  is a right to acquire such number of such shares as has on the date of grant of the New Option an aggregate Market Value equal to the aggregate Market Value of the Shares subject to the Old Option on the date of release of the Old Option;

 

(iii)                               has a subscription price per share such that the aggregate price payable on the complete exercise of the New Option equals the aggregate price which would have been payable on complete exercise of the Old Option; and

 

(iv)                              is otherwise identical in terms to the Old Option save that the provisions of Rule 5.2 relating to any Performance Target shall not apply to the New Option unless the Performance Target set at the time of grant of the Old Option shall provide otherwise.

 

The New Option, shall for all purposes of this Scheme be treated as having been acquired at the same time as the Old Option.

 

7.4.2                      In relation to a New Option references in the Rules to “the Company”, “Shares” and “Auditors” shall in the context of Rules 4 to 10 inclusive be construed as references to the Acquiring Company, or (as the case may be) to the other company over the shares of which the New Option is granted, to shares in such company, and to the auditors of such company respectively.

 

7.4.3                      Where in accordance with Rule 7.4.1 Options are released and New Options granted, the New Options shall not be exercisable in accordance with Rule 7.1 to 7.3 above by virtue of the event by reason of which the New Options were granted.

 

7.5                                If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, any Options may be exercised within the Relevant Period of the passing of the resolution.

 

7.6                                If any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of acquiring more than 50 per cent of the issued share capital of the Company as a result of an agreement to acquire the same made with one or more shareholders of the Company any Options may be exercised within the Relevant Period of completion of that agreement.

 

7.7                                For the purposes of this Rule 7 (other than Rule 7.4) a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

8



 

7.8                                The exercise of Options under Rule 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5 or 7.6 is subject to the provisions of Rule 4 and the achievement (or waiver) of any relevant Performance Target or the satisfaction (or waiver) of any Vesting Provisions.

 

7.9                                The “Relevant Period” in this Rule 7 means the period of three months or such different period not less than 30 days and not more than six months that the Remuneration Committee may determine in connection with a particular event which may allow Options to be exercised under this Rule and notify to the Participants.  Where such notice is given after the start of the Relevant Period the Relevant Period shall not be less than 30 days from the giving of such notice.

 

8.                                       Variation of share capital

 

8.1                                In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company of which the Shares form part, the number of Shares subject to any Option and/or the Acquisition Price for each of those Shares and/or the aggregate maximum number of such Shares and/or the description of Shares subject to any Option may be adjusted by the Remuneration Committee in such manner as it considers to be fair and reasonable to preserve the Participants’ position provided that the Acquisition Price per Share is not reduced below the nominal value of a Share.

 

8.2                                The Company and/or the Grantor will take such steps as it may consider necessary to notify Participants of any adjustments made under Rule 8.1 and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any Option Certificate as a result of such adjustment.

 

9.                                       EMI Options

 

9.1                                The Remuneration Committee may prior to the grant of an Option designate that Option to be an EMI Option provided that it reasonably expects the requirements of Schedule 5 to be met in relation to the whole of that Option at the relevant Date of Grant.

 

9.2                                Upon the grant of an EMI Option, the Grantor shall enter into an agreement (an “Option Agreement”) with the Option Holder complying with the provisions of paragraph 37 of Schedule 5 rather than issuing an Option Certificate pursuant to Rule 1.4.  In relation to an EMI Option, references in the Rules to an “Option Certificate” shall be interpreted as references to an “Option Agreement”, and the mechanics of exercise shall be as set out in the Option Agreement rather than in Rule 4.  The terms of an EMI Option may differ from the terms provided in the Scheme where the Remuneration Committee think this is appropriate to obtain, protect or maximise

 

9



 

beneficial tax or national insurance treatment for the Option Holder, the Company or a Participating Company.

 

9.3                                The Remuneration Committee shall procure that notice of the grant of any EMI Option shall be given to the Inland Revenue within the appropriate period of the Date of Grant in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 44 of Schedule 5.

 

9.4                                Save where the Remuneration Committee considers that circumstances justify a different course of action, the Market Value of Shares as at the Date of Grant of any EMI Option shall be agreed with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue prior to grant of the Option.

 

9.5                                The Remuneration may authorise the amendment of an Option Agreement for an EMI Option granted before 1 June 2004 to permit the exercise of the Option following the holder of the Option ceasing to be an Eligible Employee (other than by reason of death) during such period as the committee may determine (regardless of any restrictions on that period previously contained in the Option Agreement), but not so as to reduce the rights of the holder of the Option.

 

10.                                Administration

 

10.1                         The Scheme shall be administered by and the Company’s duties and powers under the Scheme shall be exercised by the Remuneration Committee whose decision shall be final in relation to any dispute relating to an Option or its exercise or any other matter relating to the Scheme. Any uncertainty as to the meaning of the Rules shall be determined or resolved by the Remuneration Committee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

10.2                         The Remuneration Committee may make such regulations for the administration of the Scheme as they deem fit, except that no regulation shall be valid to the extent it is inconsistent with the Rules.

 

10.3                         Notices or documents required to be given to Eligible Employees or Participants shall either be delivered to them by hand or sent to them by first class post pre-paid at the last known home address according to the information provided by them.  Notices sent by first class post shall be deemed to have been given on the day following the date of posting.

 

10.4                         Any notices or documents required to be given to the Company or the Remuneration Committee shall, unless the Rules state otherwise, be delivered by hand or sent by

 

10



 

post to the secretary of the Company. Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received on the day following the date of posting.

 

10.5                         The Company may distribute to Participants copies of any notice or document sent by the Company to its shareholders generally.

 

10.6                         The costs of introducing and administering the Scheme shall be borne by the Company and Participating Companies (if any) in such proportions as the Company shall determine.

 

10.7                         The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares or shall procure the transfer of sufficient Shares to satisfy the exercise to the fullest extent possible all Options taking account of any other obligations of the Company to issue Shares.

 

11.                                Alterations to the Scheme

 

The Remuneration Committee may alter the Rules as they consider appropriate provided that the limit in Rule 2 shall not be increased without the prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting.

 

12.                                General

 

12.1                         The Scheme shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Adoption Date or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Board.  Termination of the Scheme shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

12.2                         If an Eligible Employee shall cease for any reason to be in the employment of the Company, a Participating Company or an Associated Company of the Company or a Participating Company, he shall not be entitled, by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise, to any sum or any benefit to compensate him for the loss of any actual or prospective right or benefit accrued or anticipated under the Scheme.

 

12.3                         Participation in this Scheme by an Eligible Employee is a matter entirely separate from any terms of employment and does not in any way affect any pension rights or other entitlements.

 

13.                                Interpretation

 

13.1                         In these Rules, where the context so allows:

 

(i)                                     words in the singular include the plural (and vice versa);

 

11



 

(ii)                                  words of one gender include the other;

 

(iii)                               reference to legislation include modifications pre-enactments and re-enactments of and regulations made under that legislation; and

 

(iv)                              all references to Rules are to the Rules of the Scheme.

 

13.2                         Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Rules.

 

13.3                         The Scheme is governed by English law.

 

14.                                Definitions

 

In these Rules the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Acquisition Price” means the price at which each Share subject to an Option may be acquired by a Participant exercising the Option;

 

“Adoption Date” means the date that an ordinary resolution adopting the Scheme is passed by the shareholders of the Company in general meeting;

 

“Appropriate Period” means:

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.1 the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made is satisfied;

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.2 the period of six months beginning with the time when the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement; and

 

in a case falling within Rule 7.3 the period during which the Company remains bound or entitled as mentioned in that Rule;

 

“Associated Company” has the meaning given by section 416 (1) of the Taxes Act;

 

“Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Company (acting as experts and not as arbitrators);

 

“Balance Option Certificate” means a certificate issued by the Company pursuant to Rule 4.4.  A Balance Option Certificate shall contain the same information as an Option Certificate and additionally give details of the extent to which the original Option has been exercised;

 

12



 

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company;

 

“the Company” subject to Rule 7.4.2 means GW Pharmaceuticals plc registered in England under number 4160917;

 

“Companies Act” means the Companies Act 1985;

 

“Control” has the meaning given by section 840 of the Taxes Act;

 

“Date of Exercise” means the date on which a Notice of Exercise is received by the Company;

 

“Date of Grant” means a date on which an Option is granted under the Scheme;

 

“Dealing Day” means a day on which the Stock Exchange is open for the transaction of business;

 

“Eligible Employee” means any person who is a bona fide employee of the Company or a Participating Company;

 

“EMI Option” means an Option granted in accordance with the provisions of Rule 9;

 

“Grantor” means in relation to an Option the person who has granted the Option being the Company, the trustee of an employee trust or any other person;

 

“Market Value” means when the Shares are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority the middle market quotation of a share as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the preceding Dealing Day and when the Shares are not so listed the market value of a Share as determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

 

“Normal Retirement Age” means age 60 or any age when a Participant is bound or is eligible to retire in accordance with his contract of employment;

 

“Notice of Exercise” means a notice from a Participant to the Company informing the Company of the Participant’s wish to exercise his Option in such form as the Remuneration Committee may specify;

 

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Acquisition Price which is granted in accordance with the Rules;

 

13



 

“Option Certificate” means (subject to the provisions of Rule 9.2) a certificate issued by the Company to each Participant pursuant to Rule 1.4 as evidence of the grant of an Option;

 

“Participant” means a person to whom an Option has been granted (or, as the context requires, his personal representatives);

 

“Participating Company” means:

 

(i)                                      the Company; and

 

(ii)                                   any other company which is a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 736 Companies Act 1985) of the Company;

 

“Performance Target” means a fair and reasonable target set by the Remuneration Committee which relates objectively to the performance of a Participating Company or the Option Holder and which must be satisfied before an Option can be exercised;

 

“Remuneration Committee” means a duly constituted committee of the Board appointed by the Board for the purposes of the Scheme, or in default of such appointment means the Board;

 

“Rules” means the Rules of the GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001 in their present form or as validly amended from time to time;

 

“Schedule 5” means Schedule 5 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

“Scheme” means the GW Pharmaceuticals Unapproved Share Option Scheme 2001 in its present form, or as validly amended from time to time in accordance with the Rules;

 

“Share” means an ordinary share of 0.1p in the capital of the Company and “Shares” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc;

 

“Takeover Offer” in relation to the Company means either:

 

(i)                                     a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is either unconditional or which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

14



 

(ii)                                  a general offer to acquire all the Shares;

 

“Taxes Act” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

“Transfer Option” means an Option which upon exercise may only be satisfied by the transfer of Shares as provided in Rule 4.5;

 

“Vesting Provisions” means provisions imposed at the Date of Grant of an Option restricting whether and/or to what extend the Option may be exercised solely by reference to the period following the Date of Grant for which the Participant remains an Eligible Employee.

 

15




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

The Registrant has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings:

 

Name of undertaking

 

Country of 
registration

 

Activity

 


holding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GW Pharma Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

GW Research Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

Cannabinoid Research Institute Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Research and Development

 

100

Guernsey Pharmaceuticals Limited

 

Guernsey

 

Research and Development

 

100

GWP Trustee Company Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Employee Share Ownership

 

100

G-Pharm Trustee Company Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Dormant

 

100

G-Pharm Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Dormant

 

100

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated November 27, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements of GW Pharmaceuticals plc and subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/DELOITTE LLP

 

 

 

London, United Kingdom

 

 

 

March 19, 2013